Courses Catalog

C.
IL
COURSES
'
CATALOG 2 O
o o
2 O
O 2
NT
ILLINOIS
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign
http://www.archive.org/details/coursescatalog200002univ
COURSES
CATALOG
2 O
CENTRAL CIRCULATION AND BOOKSTACKS
The person borrowing this material is o o
responsible for its renewal or return
before the Latest Date stamped below. You
may be charged a minimum fee of $75.00 2 O
for each non-returned or lost item.
Theft, mutilation, or defacement of library materials can O 2
be causes for student disciplinary action. All materials
owned by the University of Illinois Library are the
property of the State of Illinois and are protected by
Article 16B of Illinois Criminal Law and Procedure.
TO RENEW, CALL (217) 333-8400.

University of Illinois Library at Urbana-Champaign
MAY 3 2005
APR o 6 2^
FEB M 2ML .
When renewing by phone, write new due date

below previous due date. LI 62
ILLINOIS
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN
Produced by the Office of Publications and Marketing for the Office of the Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs. The University of
an equal opportunity, affirmative action institution. Printed on recycled paper with soy ink. 99.096. Cover photograph by Jason Lindsey
Illinois is
These courses are offered for either undergraduate credit (expressed in
hours) or graduate credit (expressed in units). Only graduate students
and certain seniors with Graduate College approval may receive gradu-
ate credit.
400-499 are available for professional and graduate students, and for
Introduction certain seniors with Graduate College approval to register for gradu-
ate credit (expressed in units).
The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Course Description
Since its founding in 1867, the University of Illinois at Urbana-

Following the title of each course is a brief description of the content,
Champaign has earned a reputation as an institution of international
the requirements for admission to the course (if any), and the credit
stature. recognized for the high quality of its academic programs
It is
given. Additional information relating to the course content is avail-
and for the outstanding facilities and resources it makes available to
able from the department offering the course.
students and faculty, including the University Library, the largest pub-
Special requirements for admission to certain courses are intro-
lic university library in the world, with over 40 departmental libraries
duced by the word prerequisite. Sometimes a course will list as a
and units in locations across the campus.
The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign is a comprehen-
—
prerequisite a particular class standing e.g., "junior standing." An
undergraduate must have 30 hours of credit to be classified as a sopho-
sive institution offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional
more, a minimum of 60 hours to be classified as a junior, and a minimum
degrees in more than 150 fields of study. There are approximately 36,300
of 90 hours to be classified as a senior. A graduate student is a person
students (27,400 undergraduate; 8,900 graduate and professional) and
who has been admitted to the Graduate College.
12,500 faculty and staff members.
A course which is offered under the same name in different de-
partments is a crosslisted course. Courses may be crosslisted with one
This Catalog or several departments; each listing carries a "Same as" statement indi-
cating all the crosslisting rubrics. The description of a crosslisted course
is generally found only under the heading of the controlling depart-
This is one of two catalogs describing study at the University of Illinois
ment, indicated by a separate "See" statement.
at Urbana-Champaign. The Programs of Study catalog gives detailed
information relating to admission, costs, programs, and requirements
for undergraduate students and graduate students. This catalog gives Course Credit
information about all courses, both undergraduate and graduate, that
are currently available at the University as possible offerings. Courses
Credit for undergraduate students is counted in semester hours. A se-
listed in this catalog are subject to revision without advance notice and
mester hour represents the work of one classroom period for fifty
are not necessarily offered each semester or year. Individual depart-
minutes each week through one semester (two periods per week in an
ments or units should be contacted for information regarding regularity
eight-week summer session), or the equivalent in laboratory or field
of course offerings.
work, or approved independent study. In descriptions of courses, "3
hours" means 3 hours of credit each semester or summer session.
Credit for graduate students taking courses numbered 300 and
Course Rubric and Number
above typically is counted in units. One unit is usually considered the
equivalent of 4 semester hours of credit.
Courses are listed in alphabetical order by departments, and then al-
phabetically by rubric. For instance, the Department of English lists its

courses under three separate rubrics: Business and Technical Writing, Campus Information
English, and Rhetoric and Composition. Courses are listed in numeri-
cal order within the individual rubric. The course number denotes the
University of Illinois administrative offices at Urbana-Champaign are
level of the course:
open Monday through Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., except on all-
campus holidays, which are indicated in the University Calendar.
100-198 are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores, although
The Illini Union Information Desk, in the north lobby of the Illini
they may also be taken by juniors and seniors. In certain instances they
Union, 1401 West Green Street, Urbana, provides information and as-
may be taken by graduate students to make up undergraduate defi-
sistance toall visitors. The desk is open 8 a.m. -8 p.m. Monday through
ciencies, but they may not be taken for graduate credit.
Saturday and 10 a.m.-6 p.m. Sunday during the academic year; 8 a.m.-
8 p.m. Monday through Saturday during intersession; and 8 a.m.-5 p.m.
199 (Undergraduate Open Seminars) are special courses for indepen-
Monday through Friday when classes are not in session. Visitors may
dent study, for experimentation, or for seminars on topics not treated
also telephone (217) 333-INFO for campus information.
by regularly scheduled courses. Requests for initiation of the course
The Visitors Center, on the first floor of the Levis Faculty Center,
and suggestions for areas of study may be made by students or faculty.
919 West Urbana, welcomes prospective students and
Illinois Street,
The seminar may be offered only with the approval of the faculty mem-
other visitors to the University. It is open Monday through Friday (ex-
ber involved and the department head. A student may accumulate an
cept University holidays). The programs, offered daily at 10 a.m. and 1
unlimited number of credit hours in 199 courses, but no more than 12
p.m., include a media presentation, a discussion about admissions, an
such hours listed on the student's transcript may be counted toward
introduction to the University residence halls, and a campus tour.
fulfilling graduation requirements. Exceptions to this rule are made in
Further information about the University of Illinois at Urbana-
cases where a larger number of credit hours in 199 courses is an inte-
gral part of a formal, college-approved program of study (such as
Champaign, including this catalog, the Programs of Study catalog, and
the timetables, may be found on the University home page on the World
Individual Plans of Study or Unit One).
Wide Web at http://wwrw.uiuc.edu.
200-299 are intended for undergraduate students who satisfy the pub-
lished prerequisite(s), if any. In certain instances, these courses may be Illinois Articulation Initiative
taken by graduate students to make up undergraduate deficiencies,
but they may not be taken for graduate credit.
The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign has agreed to partici-
300-399 are intended primarily for juniors, seniors, and professional pate in the Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI), a statewide agreement
and graduate students who satisfy published prerequisite(s), if any. that allows transfer of the completed Illinois General Education Core
Curriculum between participating institutions. Completion of the trans-
ferable General Education Core Curriculum at any participating col-
lege or university in Illinois assures transferring students that lower-
division general education requirements for an associate's or bachelor's
degree have been satisfied. This agreement is in effect for students en-
tering an associate- or baccalaureate-degree-granting institution as first-
time freshmen in Summer
1998 (and thereafter). Students wishing to
transfer from Illinois to another IAI institution should visit the IAI
iTransfer Web site at http://www.itransfer.org/ to see which University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign courses satisfy the requirements of
the IAI General Education Core Curriculum.
Nondiscrimination Statement
The commitment of the University to the most fundamental principles

of academic freedom, equality of opportunity, and human dignity re-
quires that decisions involving students and employees be based on
individual merit and be free from invidious discrimination in all its
forms.
It is the policy of the University of Illinois not to engage in dis-
crimination or harassment against any person because of race, color,

religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, disability,
sexual orientation, unfavorable discharge from the military, or status
as a disabled veteran or a veteran of the Vietnam era and to comply
with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity, and
affirmative action laws, orders, and regulations. This nondiscrimina-
tion policy applies to admissions, employment, access to, and treatment
in each University program and activity. Complaints of invidious dis-
crimination prohibited by University policy are to be resolved within
existing University procedures.
For additional information or assistance on the equal opportu-
nity, affirmative action, and harassment policies of the University, please
contact on the Urbana-Champaign campus: Director of Affirmative
Action (Title IX, ADAand 504 Coordinator), 202 Swanlund Adminis-
tration Building, MC-304, 601 East John Street, Champaign, IL 61820;
(217) 333-0885.
Students considering enrollment in Military Science, Naval Science, or

Air Force Aerospace Studies courses should be aware that University
policy prohibits discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation; stu-
dents may enroll in these courses regardless of sexual orientation.
Students seeking to enroll in ROTC are not asked to disclose their sexual
orientation. However, homosexual conduct is grounds for disenrollment
from the program.
Information contained herein is for informational purposes only and is

subject to change without notice. Individual departments and units
should be contacted for further information. Courses, faculty assign-
ments, prerequisites, graduation or completion requirements, standards,
tuition and fees, and programs may be changed from time to time.
Courses are not necessarily offered each semester or each year. The
University retains the exclusive right to judge academic proficiency and
may decline to award any degree, certificate, or other evidence of suc-
cessful completion of a program, curriculum, or course of instruction
based thereupon. While some academic programs described herein are
designed for the purposes of qualifying students for registration, certi-
fication, or licensure in a profession, successful completion of any such
program in no way assures registration, certification, or licensure by
an agency other than the University of Illinois.
Rubric Abbreviations
For a list of official rubric abbreviations (e.g., ACCY for Accountancy),

please see Appendix B at the back of this catalog.
Accountancy
300. Professional Development Workshop equivalent; and ACCY 304 or consent of

Professional lyceum and practical workshops instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit.
on professional skills and attitudes. Prerequi-
Credit or concurrent registration in ACCY
site: 310. Financial Accounting Reporting
301 or 302. 1 hour. May be repeated in subse- Standards
Accountancy quent semesters to a maximum of 3 hours. Current authoritative accounting standards
and applications to accounting practice. Top-
301. Accounting Measurement and ics do not represent the full range of financial
Head of Department: Eugene Willis Disclosure reporting issues, but are selected based on fre-
Department Office: 360 Commerce Building Development and disclosure of organization quency of the underlying business transaction,
(West), 1206 South Sixth Street, Champaign performance measures, both financial and complexity of the topic, consistency of appli-
Phone: 333-0857 nonfinancial, for use by individuals both cable standard with underlying reporting con-
URL: www.cba.uiuc.edu/accountancy internal and external to the organization. cepts, and transferability of the standard to
Topics include measurement and disclosure other accounting issues. Projects facilitate self-
objectives and methods, and the role of discovery of knowledge and development of
Accountancy (ACCY) measurement and disclosure in design; a variety of professional skills and attitudes.
performance and monitoring of the nexus of Prerequisite: ACCY 202 or equivalent; and
198. Accounting Practice contracts from which organizations are ACCY 303 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
Course covers the professional standards re- formed. Projects facilitate self-discovery of Vt or 1 unit.
lating to corporate financial reporting, taxa- knowledge and development of a variety of
tion, auditing, and public sector reporting. professional skills and attitudes. Prerequisite: 312. Taxation Rules and Regulations
Prerequisite: Registration in the University's ACCY 202, or equivalent. 3 hours, or A }
or 1 unit. Taxation of business entities (proprietorships,
CPA Review course. 1 to 8 hours. partnerships, S corporations, and C corpora-
302. Decision Making for Accountancy tions) and the individuals who own the enti-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Decision making implications of information ties (proprietors, partners, and shareholders).
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. provided to organization managers and to Topics include tax planning, tax rules and
external stakeholders such as investors, regulations, and tax research. Projects facili-
200. Fundamentals of Accounting creditors, customers, and regulators. Concepts tate self-discovery of knowledge and devel-
Survey course in the principles of accounting from economics, statistics, and psychology opment of a variety of professional skills and
for students registered in schools and colleges emphasize the use of quantitative techniques attitudes. Prerequisite: ACCY
202, or equiva-
other than Commerce and Business Adminis- to comprehend uncertainty and risk. Projects lent. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit.
tration. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. facilitate self-discovery of knowledge and
3 hours. Credit not given for both ACCY 200
is development of a variety of professional skills 315.Auditing Standards and Practice
and either 201 or 202. and attitudes. Prerequisite: ACCY 202 or Framework for understanding and evaluating
equivalent and ECON 173 or equivalent, or the professional auditing standards for assur-
201. Accounting and Accountancy, I
concurrent enrollment. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. ance services. Model of financial reporting
Introduction to the role of contracts, both im- provides an overview of the types of informa-
plicit and explicit, within business environ- 303.Accounting Institutions and tion disseminated by companies to external
ments, and the role of accounting in provid- Regulation users, and provides the basis for identifying
ing information for negotiation, execution and Regulation theory and practice as applied to professional standards areas for future stan-
monitoring of such contracts. Topics include accounting. Topics include regulation of ac- dards' development. Projects facilitate self-
contracting as a means of coordinating inter- counting procedures for external reporting, discovery of knowledge and development of
actions between members of society, the role taxation, and rate-setting and other govern- a variety of professional skills and attitudes.
of information in making various contract- mental agency activities. Projects facilitate self- Prerequisite: ACCY
202 or equivalent; and
related decisions, accounting information sys- discovery of knowledge and development of ACCY 305 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
tems, and the roles of accountants in society. a variety of professional skills and attitudes. A
3
or 1 unit.
Projects facilitate self-discovery of knowledge Prerequisite: ACCY 202 or equivalent and
and development of a variety of professional ACCY 301 and ECON 300 and FIN 254, or 322. Socio-Economic Management as
skills and attitudes. Prerequisite: Sophomore consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 34 or 1 unit. Public Policy
standing. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both Same as B ADM, POL S and SOC S 300. See
ACCY 201 and 200. 304. Accounting Control Systems POLS 300.
Introduction to the systems, procedures, and
202. Accounting and Accountancy, II processes management employs to control 323. Introduction to International
Continuation of ACCY 201. Prerequisite: ACCY operating activities, information reporting Accounting
201 3 hours. Credit is not given for both ACCY
.
systems, and compliance with applicable Explores similarities and differences of ac-
202 and 200. laws, rules, and regulations. Topics include counting principles and procedures between
design and evaluation perspectives of control the United States and other countries with
290. Cooperative Accounting Education special emphasis on worldwide and regional
environment, risk assessment, control activi-
Practice standardization; emphasizes consolidation of
ties, information and communication and
Off-campus practice in public, private, or gov- monitoring. Projects facilitate self-discovery foreign subsidiaries, performance evaluation
ernmental accounting for students participat- of knowledge and development of a variety of foreign operations, statement analysis,
ing in intern or cooperative (repeated intern- of professional skills and attitudes. Prerequi- translation, solutions to inflation accounting,
ship) programs. Prerequisite: Consent of site: ACCY 202 or equivalent and ACCY 301 and taxation of multinationals. Prerequisite:
instructor; internship in accounting curricu-
and 302, and B ADM 21 0, or consent of instruc- ACCY 211 and 221, or equivalent; or ACCY
lum. hours. May be repeated. tor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. 401. 3 hours or Va unit.
299. Senior Research Accounting Systems Design

305.Assurance and Attestation 331.
Research and readings course for students Conceptual introduction to the credibility lent Examines the fundamentals of accounting
majoring in accountancy. May be taken by stu- by an independent party to the assertions one systems design, including systems analysis
dents in the college honors program in par- and design techniques; surveys hardware and
contracting party makes to other contracting
tial fulfillment of the honors requirements.
parties. Topics include the demand for software considerations; analyzes accounting
Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of 3.0, honors in applications within functional areas of the
assurance and attestation services, and
the junior year, or consent of instructor; se- concepts including evidence, ethics, risk, and firm; and studies the control of computerized
nior standing. 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to systems in a business environment. Prerequi-
control. Projects facilitate self-discovery of
a maximum of 6 hours. knowledge and development of professional site: ACCY 202 and C S 105, or equivalent.
skills and attitudes. Prerequisite: ACCY 202 or 3 hours orVa unit.

Accountancy
332. Introduction to Management 405. Federal Taxation opments. Prerequisite: ACCY 351
or consent of
Information Systems Introduction to historical and conceptual as instructor. Vi to 1 unit. May be
repeated to a
Same as B ADM391. Analyzes information well as applied material in the accounting area maximum of 2 units. Additional topics will
systems from a management control perspec- emphasizes the provisions
of federal taxation; be offered for additional credit.
tive, emphasizing organization environment, law relevant to accounting measure-
of the tax
technology, decision models and performance ment methods. Prerequisite: ACCY 401 enroll- ;
456. Tax Research
evaluation as determinants of information ment in graduate degree program or consent Provides the student with a working knowl-
processing requirements; cases and design of instructor. 1 Students may not receive
unit. edge of tax research methodology utilized by
projects explore the management of informa- credit for both ACCY 312 and 405. accountants in public practice. Aims to de-
tion processing systems, major functional ap- velop the student's capacity for either solv-
plications and impacts of information technol- 411. Concepts and Principles ing or defending his/her position with respect
ogy on individuals and society. Prerequisite: Fundamental structure of accounting theory to a particular tax issue. Prerequisite: Gradu-
C S 105 or equivalent, or consent of instruc- developed through the study of concepts char- ate standing or approval. 1 unit.
tor. 3 hours, or Vz to 1 unit. acteristic of accounting and an examination
of the literature dealing with the concise for- 459. Income Tax Development
Information Organization for
333. mulation of accounting principles. Prerequisite: Theoretical and historical approach to the
Management Information Systems Enrollment in graduate accounting degree study of the development of federal income
Same as B ADM
392. See B 392. ADM program or consent of instructor; ACCY 491. taxation, together with some research on tax
1 unit. cases and critical appraisal of the current law
334. Management Information System and proposals for its revision. Prerequisite:
Development 417. Financial Statement Analysis Enrollment in graduate degree program or
Same as B ADM 393. See B ADM 393. Examines tools and techniques of financial consent of instructor. 1 unit.
statement analysis from the perspective of in-
335. Management Information and Control vestors and creditors; emphasizes theoretical 471. Multinational Enterprise Accounting
Systems and empirical properties of financial ratios. Analysis of accounting for operations of mul-
Same as B ADM 394. Integration of behavioral, Prerequisite: ACCY 401, FIN 451, B ADM 472; tinational enterprises which are subject to a
quantitative, and system design concepts in or equivalent; and enrollment in graduate wide variety and envi-
of regulatory, social,
relation to professional work in the manage- degree program or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ronmental influences; emphasizes financial
ment information systems area. Prerequisite: B and managerial accounting systems and their
ADM 393 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 421. Management Accounting, I functions as evaluative, control, and report-
Vi to 1 unit. Examines recent conceptual and analytical ing tools; and examines social accounting, for-
developments in the area of management ac- eign taxation, and nonmonetary evaluation
351. Advanced Income Tax Problems counting; includes a study of modern and rel- methods. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree
Practical and theoretical training in the more evant planning and control techniques and in accountancy or equivalent; or ACCY 401
common and important provisions of the their underlying concepts as applied to the and consent of instructor. 1 unit.
federal income tax, advanced problems, and various functional areas within the firm. Pre-
tax case research and preparation. Prerequisite: requisite: Enrollment in graduate degree pro- 472.Accounting Under Different Social
Senior standing; ACCY 312. 3 hours, or A
l
or gram or consent of instructor; an undergradu- Systems
1 unit. ate course in management accounting. The Analyzes and compares accounting systems
student's background in statistics, economics, under different social systems with emphasis
401. Accounting Analysis, I and mathematics should be equivalent to the on the impact of regulatory and political
Uses of accounting information; collection, undergraduate requirements of the University structures on accounting; compares both
processing, and communication of accounting of Illinois College of Commerce and Business macro and micro accounting systems for
information; measurement of assets, liabilities, Administration in these areas. 1 unit. politically centralized and decentralized
equities, and income; and accounting system planning. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree
design. Prerequisite: Enrollment in graduate 431.The Theory of Accounting System in accounting. 1 unit.
degree program or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Design
Problems and procedures in connection with 485. Theoretical Constructs in Accounting
402. Accounting Analysis, II designing and installing accounting systems. Research
In-depth study of accounting valuation pro- Prerequisite: Enrollment in graduate degree Examines the role of information in economic
cesses, accounting income measurement, and program or consent of instructor. 1 unit. and behavioral models of decision making
special reporting problems of multiple-entity under uncertainty; presents major paradigms
organizations. Prerequisite: ACCY 401 or 451. Partnership Income Taxation underlying contemporary accounting re-
equivalent; enrollment in graduate degree Analyzes the tax treatment, problems, plan- search. Interdisciplinary approach; readings
program or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ning techniques, and underlying governmen- drawn from the accounting, behavioral, eco-
tal policiesinvolving partnerships and their nomics, and finance literature. Prerequisite:
403. Managerial Accounting partners, including Subchapter S corporations MATH 363, ACCY 491, and ECON 402. 1 unit.
Introduction to management accounting as and their shareholders. Prerequisite: ACCY 312
part of the firm's information system, in terms or equivalent. 1 unit. 491. Methods and Practices in Professional
of modern cost accounting and budgetary Research
systems for planning and controlling business 452. Corporate Income Taxation Instruction in research methods, materials,
operations. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent Analyzes the tax treatment, problems, plan- and techniques together with individual prac-
registration in ACCY 401 or equivalent; ning techniques, and underlying governmen- tice in conducting and reporting specific pro-
enrollment in graduate degree program or tal policiesinvolving corporations and their fessional research projects. Prerequisite: Enroll-
consent of instructor. 1 unit. shareholders; coverage includes formations, ment in graduate accounting degree program
operations, distributions, liquidations, reorga- or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
404. Auditing nizations, and affiliations. Prerequisite: ACCY
Introduction to conceptual and applied ma- 351 or equivalent. 1 unit. 492. Accountancy Research Orientation
terial in the field of auditing. Emphasizes the Comparative study of alternative methodolo-
audit process, reporting, and professional re- 453. Selected Topics in Federal Taxation gies and conceptual frameworks and their
sponsibilities. Prerequisite: Credit or concur- Seminar on federal tax topics of current inter- application to selected current research issues
rent registration in ACCY 402, or equivalent; est in specialized areas; topics include inter- central to the development of accounting
enrollment in graduate degree program or national taxation, deferred compensation, thought, both theoretical and empirical. Pre-
consent of instructor. 1 unit. problems of closely-held businesses, estate requisite: ACCY 411 and 421 and courses in
planning, taxation of trusts, and new devel- behavioral science, mathematics, and econom-
ics; or equivalent background and admission
Advertising
to the accountancy Ph.D. program; or consent Advertising (ADV) covers all of the decision making areas of
of instructor. 1 unit. advertising. Prerequisite: ADV and
381, 382,
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 383; B ADM 202; consent of department.

493. Special Research Problems 3 hours or '/: unit. No graduate credit given
1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. is
Individual investigations or research projects to graduate majors in advertising.
selected by the students, subject to approval 281. Introduction to Advertising
by the graduate adviser and the executive of- Survey of the economics, psychology, and 392. Advertising Management: Strategy
ficer of thedepartment. Prerequisite: Enroll- philosophy of advertising; creative and me- and Tactics
ment in graduate accounting degree program dia strategies; and organizational structure. Application of advertising management
or consent of instructor. '/> to 2 units. This course requires limited participation as decision criteria to actual communication
a subject in research. 3 hours. Not open to se-
problems involving advertisers; development
494. Doctoral Research Seminar
niors unless enrolled in the College of Com- of strategy and tactics. Prerequisite: ADV 391.
Seminars in various accounting areas de- munications. 3 hows or 'A unit. No graduate credit is given
signed to enhance the research abilities of doc- to graduate majors in advertising.
toral students and to assist them in preparing 288. Persuasive Writing
research proposals; these include Behavioral Same as B&T W 271. See B&T W 271. 393. Advertising in Contemporary Society
Dimensions, Public Sector, Tax, Auditing, Studies advertising as an institution and its
Managerial, and others announced in the 291. Special Problems role in communications, society, our economy,
Timetable. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent Special projects, research, and independent and business. Prerequisite: ADV
281; senior
registration in ACC Y 492 or consent of instruc- reading in advertising for students capable of standing; consent of department. 3 hours or V2
tor. 1 unit. May be repeated. individual work under the guidance of a fac- unit.No graduate credit is given to graduate
ulty adviser. Prerequisite: Written research pro- majors in advertising.
Models of Decision and Choice
495. posal and consent of head of department. 2 or
Same as PSYCH 434. See PSYCH 434. 3 hours. 450. Foundations of Advertising
Evaluation of key periods, events, and indi-
499. Thesis Research 309. Public Relations viduals having significant impact on the evo-
Individual direction and guidance in writing Publicity methods and public relations; rep- lution of American advertising philosophy,
theses; seminar discussion of progress made. resentation of profit and nonprofit institutions structure, and performance. Prerequisite: ADV
to 4 units. to the public; use of communications research 281, 393, and consent of instructor. 1 unit.
and media; product publicity reviewed. Pre-
requisite: Consent of department. 3 hours or
482.Research Methods in Advertising and
Vi unit.
Communications
Same as COMM
482. Treatment of basic re-
381. Advertising Research Methods search concepts and procedures in the social
Overview of basic concepts of research meth- sciences with emphasis on advertising and
odology with particular emphasis on adver- communications; examines both non-quanti-
Advanced Study, tising research. Computer analysis and inter- ative and quantitative methods. Prerequisite:
Center for pretation of actual data sets; measurement ADV 381, a basic course in statistical meth-
ods, and consent of department. I unit.
with both structured and unstructured tech-
niques; principles of survey and experimen-
Director: Braj B. Kachru tal design. Prerequisite: ADV
281 junior stand-
;
483. Advertising as Communication
Department Address: 912 West Illinois Street, ing; a specified course in statistical methods; Advertising messages from the perspective of
Urbana or consent of department. 3 hours or '/: unit.
attitude and persuasive communication
Phone: 333-6729 No graduate credit is given to graduate ma- theories. Application of theory to advertising
URL: www.cas.uiuc.edu jors in advertising.
communication issues. Prerequisite: ADV 381,
or equivalent undergraduate research course;
382. Advertising Creative Strategy and ADV 482 or an equivalent graduate research
Center For Advanced Study (CAS) Tactics course is recommended. 1 unit.
Theory and practice of advertising message
487. Advanced Studies: Special Topics planning and creation for print and broadcast 484. Advertising and Consumer Behavior
Course an upper-level graduate course in
is media; development of creative platforms and Examines consumer behavior as a means of
multidisciplinary studies with topic material competitive benefit strategies. Prerequisite: shaping the communications message; use of
that will vary semester to semester. Interested ADV 281; junior standing; consent of depart- the behavioral sciences in communication
graduate students should contact the instruc- strategy. Prerequisite: ADV 391 and consent of
ment. 3 hours or h unit. No graduate credit is
l
tors. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. given to graduate majors in advertising. department. 1 unit.
May be repeated in separate semesters to a

maximum of 3 units. 383. AdvertisingMedia Planning 485. Advertising Planning and Decision
Analyzes the various advertising media in Making
terms of markets served and factors to Same as COMM 485. Examines the theoreti-
consider in the selection and evaluation of cal foundations of decision theory as they re-
late to planning and decision making in ad-
media. Prerequisite: ADV 281; junior standing;
consent of department. 3 hours or '/: unit. No vertising; reviews concepts of strategic
graduate credit is given to graduate majors in planning and client side operations; case stud-
advertising. ies utilized extensively. Prerequisite: ADV 391
Advertising and consent of department. 3 unit.
390. Advanced Creative Strategy and

Tactics 487. Graduate Seminar
Head of Department: James E. Haefner Provides advertising students and faculty the
Planning and execution of advertising across
Department Office: 103 Gregory Hall, 810 South opportunity to interact on current topics.
media, with emphasis on the creation of
Wright Street, Urbana Prerequisite: Consent of department. V2 unit.
campaigns. Prerequisite: ADV 382; consent of
Phone: 333-1602 Must be repeated by master's program
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
URL: www.comm.uiuc.edu/ Advertising graduate students for a total of 1 unit.
391. Advertising Management: Planning

Application of analytical planning concepts to 490. Special Topics in Advertising
advertising planning and decision making; Prerajw/site Consent of department. 2 orl unit.
.
Aeronautical and Astronautical Engineering
499. Thesis Research theory, inviscid airfoil theory: two- and three- 260. Aerospace Laboratory, I
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in advertising. dimensional, Navier-Stokes equations, lami- Examines theory and application of experi-
Ho 2 units. nar boundary layer and transition to turbu- mental techniques in aeronautical and astro-
lence. Prerequisite: AAE
210, C S 101, MATH nautical engineering with emphasis on fluid
280. 3 hours. dynamics, aerodynamics, thermal, combus-
tion and propulsion phenomena. Prerequisite:
220.Aerospace Structures, I AAE 211 and 233. 2 hours.
Fundamental concepts in the linear theory of
elasticity,including stress, strain, equilibrium, 261. Aerospace Laboratory, II
compatibility, material constitution and Examines theory and application of experi-
Aeronautical and properties. Introduction to failure mechanisms mental techniques in aeronautical and astro-
Astronautical and criteria. Application to plane stress/strain
problems, beams in extension and bending,
nautical engineering with emphasis on struc-
tural mechanics, vibrations, dynamics, and
Engineering and shafts in torsion. Prerequisite: TA M 150, systems. Prerequisite: A A E 221, 250, and 251
MATH 285. May be taken concurrently with 2 hours.
Head of Department: Michael B. Bragg

AAE 201. 3 hours. Students receiving credit
for this course will not receive elective credit 270. Computational Methods in Aerospace
Department Office: 306 Talbot Laboratory, 104
for T AM 221. Engineering
South Wright Street, Urbana
Introduction to numerical methods used in
Phone: 333-2651
221. Aerospace Structures, II aerospace engineering. Finite difference
URL: www.aae.uiuc.edu Analysis of beams and shafts of monocoque method; Variational principles and Rayleigh-
and semi-monocoque construction. Energy Ritz method; finite element method; applica-
methods. Theory of elastic stability with ap- tions from simple structural mechanics and
plications to buckling of columns. Introduc- aerodynamics problems encountered in aero-
Aeronautical and Astronautical
tion to finite element structural analysis, with space engineering. Prerequisite: C S 101, A A E
Engineering (A A E)
application to trusses, frames, and plane 210, 211, 220, and 221; or consent of instruc-
stress/strain problems. Prerequisite: 220, AAE tor. 3 hours.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar MATH 280 and C S 101. 3 hours.
5 hours. 291. Special Problems
233. Aerospace Propulsion Special problems in the fields of aircraft or
Aerospace Systems
201. Principles of
Fundamentals of rocket and airbreathing jet spacecraft engineering. Prerequisite: Consent
Fundamental principles of aerospace systems propulsion devices; prediction of thrust, com- of instructor. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated in
are introduced through a systems design ap-
bustion reactions, specific fuel consumption, separate semesters.
proach. Aeronautical engineering topics of and operating performance; ramjets; turbojets;
aerodynamics, propulsion, structures and turbofans; hurboprops; aerothermodynamics 296. Honors Project
flight mechanics, and astronautical engineer- Special project or reading course for James
of inlets, combustors, and nozzles; compres-
ing topics of orbital mechanics, rockets and sors, turbines; and component matching. Pre- Scholars in engineering. Prerequisite: James
spacecraft systems are presented. The prin- requisite: A A E 210 and C S 101. 3 hours. Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor.
ciples are demonstrated through design 1 to 4: hours.
projects. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- 240. Aerospace Systems Design, I
istration in A A E 204. 2 hours. Introduction to the design of aerospace flight 297. Honors Seminar
systems. The principles of systems engineer- Special lecture sequences and /or discussion
204. Introduction to Aerospace Dynamic ing, as they apply to the design process, are groups arranged each semester to bring James
Systems presented. A general design methodology is Scholars in engineering into direct contact
Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; introduced. These concepts are then applied with the various aspects of engineering
methods of work-energy and impulse-mo- to the initial sizing of both aircraft and space- practices and philosophy. Prerequisite: James
mentum; kinematics of plane motion of rigid craft systems. Involves intensive technical Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor.
bodies; moving reference frames; moments of writing. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- 1 to 4 hours.
inertia. Prerequisite: T AM 150. 2 hours. Stu- istration in A A E 206, 211, 221, 233, and 250.
dents may not receive credit for both AA E 3 hours. 303. The Effect of Space Environment on
204 and T AM
212. Satellite Motion
241. Aerospace Systems Design, II Free molecule aerodynamics; gravity gradient
206. Flight Mechanics Conceptual design project of either an aircraft and solar radiation torques on satellites;
Introduction to the dynamics of aircraft and or spacecraft flight system to satisfy a given interaction of on-board magnetic dipoles with
spacecraft, and to orbital mechanics; aircraft set of requirements. Project team organization. the earth's magnetic field; solar wind; cosmic
performance in various flight attitudes; Emphasis on sizing, trade studies and design dust and micrometeoroid torques; lifetime
aircraft stability and control; spacecraft optimization, subsystem integration, and problem and density determination; and
attitude dynamics and control; the two body utilization of these various environmental
technical communication skills. Prerequisite:
problem of orbital mechanics; orbit transfer. AAE 240. 3 hours. effects in satellite attitude control. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: A A E 201 and 250. 3 hours. A A E 211 and 206. 3 hours, or A
}
or 1 unit.
250. Aerospace Dynamic Systems, I
210. Aerodynamics I, Compressible Flow Particle kinematics and dynamics; Lagrange's 306. Orbital Mechanics
Compressible flow aerodynamics; conserva- equations; vibration of multiple degree-of- Analysis of orbits in an inverse-square gravi-
tion of mass, momentum and energy; one-di- freedom systems; rotational kinematics and tational field; elementary rocket dynamics,
mensional and quasi-one-dimensional flow; dynamics of rigid bodies. Prerequisite: AAE impulsive orbit transfer and rendezvous, and
oblique shock waves and Prandtl-Meyer ex- 204, MATH 225 and 285. 3 hours. Students may Lambert's Theorem with applications; patched-
pansion waves; unsteady wave motion. Ap- not receive credit for both AAE 250 and T A M conic trajectories, planetary swing-by maneu-
plication to nozzles, diffusers, supersonic air- 312. vers, and linearized orbit theorv with appli-
foils and shock tubes. Prerequisite: C S 101, cation to simplified analytical models;
MATH 285, M E 205, and credit or concurrent 251.Aerospace Dynamic Systems, II perturbations. Prerequisite: AAE
206, or con-
registration in AAE 201. 3 hours. Modeling of linear dynamic systems; Laplace sent of instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
transform techniques; linear feedback control
211. Aerodynamics Incompressible Flow
II,
systems; stability criteria; design techniques. 310. Computational Aerodynamics
Equations of motion for incompressible flow, Prerequisite: AAE 204, and MATH 225 and Same as CSE 361. Introduction of computa-
both inviscid and viscous; potential flow 285. 3 hours. tional technologies as solution tools for vari-
ous aerodynamic problems; modeling and
Aeronautical and Astronautical. Engineering
solution of one- and two-dimensional, incom- 333. Electric Propulsion 408.Optimal Spacecraft Trajectories
pressible and compressible, steady and un- Elements of propulsion as applied to deep Optimal rocket trajectories in inverse-square
steady, inviscid external flow fields. Compu- space missions; physics of ionized gases; and linearized gravitational fields; orbital
tational laboratory for practical experience. plasmadynamics; electrothermal, electromag- transfer, intercept, and rendezvous; high-
Prerequisite: AAE 211 or equivalent, or con- netic, and electrostatic acceleration of gases to thrust (impulsive) and low-thrust (continu-
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or 4
3
or 1 unit. high velocity; high-impulse thruster design ous) trajectories; primer vector theory and
and performance; and the resistojet, arcjet, ion applications; cooperative rendezvous. Prereq-
311.Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids engine, MPD arc, and plasma gun. Prerequi- uisite: credit or concurrent registration in AA E
Methods of solution of fluid flow problems in site: A A E 233. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. 404 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
subsonic, transonic, and supersonic flight 1 unit.
regimes. Prerequisite: AAE 211. 3 hours, or % 334. Rocket Propulsion and Rocketry
or 1 unit. Basic principles of rocket propulsion and 411. Transonic Aerodynamics
rocketry, propellants and their influence on Fundamentals of transonic flows; transonic
313. Aerodynamics of Incompressible design of rockets, internal and external characteristics and flow modeling, shock wave
Fluids ballistics, combustion processes, design of development, properties of shock wave,
Governing equations for incompressible flow; components, flight performance, and rocket transonic similarity, shock-boundary layer
vorticity, circulation, and Kelvin's, and A A E 210
testing. Prerequisite: or equivalent, interactions, three-dimensional effects,
Helmholtz's theorems; velocity potential and A A E 233. 3 hours or Vi unit. transonic solution techniques, transonic
stream function; three-dimensional steady E 305
design, transonic testing. Prerequisite: M
and nonsteady flows, d'Alembert's paradox, 351. Aeroelasticity and Aeroinelasticity or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
and apparent mass; two-dimensional steady Advanced fundamental treatment of aerody-
flows, complex potential and velocity, and namic and dynamic structural phenomena 414. Boundary Layer Theory
mapping of flows; two-dimensional airfoils associated with flexible airplanes and missiles; Theories of the boundary layer of a compress-
and Joukowski transformation and airfoils; divergence of linear and nonlinear elastic lift- ible fluid and their solutions, laminar and tur-
and thin airfoil theory. Prerequisite: A A E 211 ing surfaces; effect of elastic and inelastic de- bulent; boundary layer in hypersonic flows.
or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, formations on lift distributions and stability; Prerequisite: AAE 314. 1 unit.
or Vt or 1 unit. elastic flutter of straight and swept wings;

equations of disturbed motion of elastic and 415. Wing Theory
314. Aerodynamic Heat Transfer inelastic aircraft; dynamic response to forces, Theoretical analysis of the aerodynamic
Thermal boundary layers; turbulent heat gusts, and continuous atmospheric turbu- characteristics of two- and three-dimensional
transfer; aerodynamic heating; and radiative lence; creep divergence of lifting surfaces; flut- wings and multiple-body systems in subsonic
heat transfer. Prerequisite: AAE 211. 3 hours, ter in the presence of creep; and effect of tem- and supersonic flows. Prerequisite: AAE
313
or Vi or 1 unit. perature on inelastic divergence and flutter. or 316. 1 unit.
Prerequisite: AAE
250 or T AM
311, A AE 221
316.Applied Aerodynamics or T A M221. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit 417. Fundamentals of Gas Kinetics
Two-dimensional and finite wing theory with Fundamental concepts required to study gas
emphasis on the mechanisms of lift and drag 381.Wind Power Technology dynamic problems from the viewpoint of ki-
generation; Reynolds number and Mach Aerodynamic, electromechanical, and struc- netic theory; derivation of the Boltzmann
number effects; drag analysis; high-lift wing tural design ofwind power systems; classical equation from classical mechanics; reduced
systems; propeller and rotor aerodynamics; windmills; modern wind power generators; and truncated distribution functions and the
control surface design; and application of wind characteristics and distribution; instru- BBGKY hierarchy; molecular collisions; flux
V/STOL aerodynamics. Prerequisite: A A E 211 mentation and measurement; energy storage vectors and equations of change; moment
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. considerations; socioeconomics of wind equations; summational invariants; H-theo-
power systems; performance of large and rem and Maxwellian distribution; inclusion of
319. Aircraft Flight Mechanics small scale wind turbines; and current design the effect of solid surfaces in kinetic theory;
Steady and quasi-steady aircraft flight approaches. Prerequisite: A fluids course, an existence theory for the Boltzmann equation;
performance; take-off and landing, climbing electrical course, and a course in mechanics, iteration procedures; moment methods;
and diving, cruise, level turn, and introduction all at the 200 level or higher; or consent of in- Chapman-Enskog procedure; and first and
to energy methods; longitudinal, directional, structor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. second approximations to the distribution
and lateral static stability and control; and function, heat flux vector, and stress tensor.
introduction to longitudinal and lateral 391. Special Problems Prerequisite: M
E 305 and AAE 314. 1 unit.
motion and dynamic stability. Prerequisite: Special problems relating to the theory, design,
A AE 206 and 251. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. testing, operation, maintenance, or production 418.Theory of Rarefied Gas Flows
of airframes or aircraft power plants. Prereq- Application of kinetic theory to rarefied gas
320. Finite Element Methods in Aerospace uisite: Senior standing in engineering; consent flow problems; free-molecule flow; near free-
Structures of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or V* to 1 unit. molecule flow; linearized problems; and flows
Same as CSE 353. Finite element methods in with appreciable deviation from equilibrium.
the analysis of aerospace structures; includes 404. Optimization ofAerospace Systems Prerequisite: AAE 417. 1 unit.
treatment of different types of elements in the Formulation of parameter and functional op-
analysis of static, dynamic, and stability timization problems for dynamic systems; 425. Advanced Composite Material
problems; and emphasizes structures most applications of optimization principles to the Structures
commonly used in aerospace applications. control and performance of aerospace ve- Same as T A M 425. Advanced analysis of com-
Introduction to NASTRAN program use. hicles, including optimal flight paths, trajec- posite materials (extension of A A E/T A M
Prerequisite: CS 101 or equivalent and A A E tories,and feedback control. Prerequisite: AAE 328); anisotropic elasticity; micromechanical
221 or equivalent. 3 hours, or % Credit
or 1 unit. 250 or equivalent. 1 unit. theories; behavior of composite plates and
is not given for more than one of the following: beams under bending, buckling, and vibra-
A A E 320, CEE 361, and M E 345. 406. Advanced Orbital Mechanics tion; advanced elasticity solution techniques;
Circular restricted three body problem; sur- hygrothermal behavior of polymer compos-
327. Deformation and Fracture of faces of zero velocity, libration points, halo ites; strength prediction theories and failure
Polymeric Materials orbits; perturbed two body motion; Gauss and mechanisms in composites; processing of
M
Same as T A 327. See T A M 327. Lagrange planetary equations, Hamilton's prin- metal, ceramic, and polymer composites;
ciple, canonical equations and the Delaunay analysis of residual stresses. Prerequisite: AAE
328. Mechanical Behavior of Composite variables, application to artificial Earth satel- 328 or T AM 328. 1 unit.
Materials lites; orbit determination. Prerequisite: AAE
Same as TAM 328. See TAM 328. 306 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
African Languages
426. Manufacturing of Advanced Polymer Lyapunov-Schmidt Reduction, bifurcations of 211. Elementary Lingala, I
Matrix Composite Materials equilibrium points, limit cycles and tori, the Same as AFLNG 211. See AFLNG 211.
Same as T A M
and M
E 426. Review of the center manifold and Poincare normal forms,
manufacturing methods for polymer-matrix co-dimension two and higher order bifurca- 212. Elementary Lingala, II
composite materials; analysis of fiber process- tions, bifurcation theory of maps, the Birkhoff- Same as AFLNG 212. See AFLNG 212.
ing techniques, interfacial treatments, and Smale homoclinic theorem and horseshoes,
composites fabrication methods; analytical Melnikov's method and Silnikov phenomena, 213. African Oral Literature
treatment of process modeling including heat period doubling and other routes to chaos. Same as ANTH and C LIT 213. Examines the
transfer, cure kinetics, resin flow, and residual Applications to many engineering problems, oral literature of the African continent in all
stresses. A semester project is required. Pre- such as aircraft at high angles of attack, pipes its varieties (tales, myths, songs, proverbs,
requisite: A A E 328 or equivalent. 1 unit. conveying fluid and panel flutter will be dem- etc.), in translation. Places the literature in its
onstrated. Prerequisite: A A E 250 or T A 312.M many contexts (historical, cultural, religious,

428. Theory of Large Deformations in 1 unit. Explores the
political, legal, sociological, etc.).
Nonlinear Continuous Media process of oral transmission, unique to oral
Fundamental concepts of large deformations 490. Seminar literature, with particular reference to the con-
in nonlinear elasticity and inelasticity with Presentation by graduate students, staff, and tinuity between African and Afro-American
applications: generalized tensors, finite guest lecturers of current topics in the field of oral literature. 3 hours.
deformations, stress-strain relations in terms aeronautics and astronautics. Prerequisite:
of strain energy functions, solutions of tension, Graduate standing in aeronautical and 222. Introduction to Modern Africa
shear and bending problems, finite plane astronaurical engineering. units. Same as ANTH, POL S, and SOC 222. Inter-
strain, theory of successive approximations, disciplinary introduction to Africa dealing
fiber-reinforced beams, plates and cylinders, 493. Special Problems with basic themes and problems in the poli-
thermodynamics deformable media,
of Theoreticaland experimental investigations of tics, economics, sociology, anthropology, and
stability considerations, and constituent problems in airplane, missile, and space flight history of Africa. 3 hours.
relations for inelasticity. Prerequisite: A A E 326 engineering. A
l
to 1 unit.
or equivalent. 1 unit.
Memoirs of Africa
223.
499. Thesis Research Same as ANTH 223. See ANTH 223.
429. Theory of Linear and Nonlinear Research in the various areas of the aeronau-
Viscoelasticity tical and astronaurical engineering sciences. 231. Elementary Swahili, I
Same as T A M 429. Fundamental concepts of to 4 units. Same as AFLNG 231. See AFLNG 231.
viscoelasticity with applications: elastic-vis-
232. Elementary Swahili, II
coelastic analogies, creep and relaxation func-
tions, thermomechanical reciprocity relations,
Same as AFLNG 232. See AFLNG 232.
variational principles, model fitting, shear cen-
241. Elementary Wolof, I
termotion, thick-walled cylinders under pres-
sure and inertia loads with material annihilation,
sandwich plates, propagation of viscoelastic African Languages 242. Elementary Wolof, II
waves, vibration of bars, plates and shells, non-
linear elastic-viscoelastic analogy, properties
(See Linguistics)
of nonlinear viscoelastic stress-strain laws, 243.Pan Africanism in the Americas,
creep rupture, and torsion of nonlinear bars Europe, and Africa
and shells. Prerequisite: A A E 326 or consent Same as AFRO and POL S 243, and SOC 267.
of instructor. 1 unit. See POL S 243.
438. Fundamentals of Combustion 251. Elementary Zulu, I

Same as ME 403. Fundamentals of kinetic Same as AFLNG 251. See AFLNG 251.
theory, transport phenomena, chemical
equilibria, and reaction kinetics; flames, their
gross properties, structure, and gas dynamics
African Studies 252.
Same
Elementary Zulu,
as
II
AFLNG 252. See AFLNG 252.
including oscillatory and turbulent burning;
solid and liquid propellant combustion; one- Director of Center: Paul Tiyambe Zeleza 254. Economic Systems in Africa
dimensional detonation theory including Center Office: Room 210, International Studies Same as ACE 254. Examines systems of
structure and initiation; three-dimensional Building, 910 South Fifth Street, Champaign production and exchange in Africa. Through
and other complex detonation waves; and Phone: 333-6335 lectures, discussions, readings and films
supersonic burning. Prerequisite: A A E 211 or URL: www.afrst.uiuc.edu participants will study the ways African
M E 305. 1 unit. people interact in local markets and the impact
of national and international markets on their
Dynamics
452. Stochastic Structural African Studies (AFRST) welfare. 3 hours.
Same asTAM417. Structural dynamics prob-
lems treated from a probabilistic point of view; 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 266. African Film and African Society
theory of probability and random processes 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Same as ANTH 266. See ANTH 266.
introduced as mathematical tools; response of
structures under random excitation is stud- 201. Elementary Bamana, I
302. Egypt Since the First World War
ied in order of increasing complexity; and Same as AFLNG 201. See AFLNG 201. Same as HIST 302. See HIST 302.
probability of failure for such structures is dis-
cussed. Prerequisite: AAE 250 or TA M 312. 202. Elementary Bamana, II
303. Intermediate Bamana, I
1 unit. Same as AFLNG 202. See AFLNG 202. Same as AFLNG 303. See AFLNG 303.
454. Dynamical Systems and Bifurcation 210. Introduction to Modem African 304. Intermediate Bamana, II
Theory Literature Same as AFLNG 304. See AFLNG 304.

Fundamental concepts of nonlinear oscilla- Same as C LIT 21 and ENGL 211. Significant
310. Modern African Fiction
tions, structural stability, local and global bi- contemporary African writings depicting the
furcations in the context of ordinary and par- history and cultural traditions of African Same as C LIT and FR 310, and ENGL 370.
tial differential equations; introduction to peoples. 3 hours.

Examines selected major African novels along
dynamic systems, structural stability and thematic and formal lines; literary responses
to colonialism and political independence and
Afro-American Studies
the crises that accompanied both in Africa; and 351. Intermediate Zulu, I 234. Afro-American Bibliography
study of critical approaches to the African Same as AFLNG 351. See AFLNG 351. Provides information and practice in the iden-
novel and African characteristics of and tification and use of Afro- American research
contribution to the novel as a genre. Readings 352. Intermediate Zulu, II materials. Emphasizes the Black experience in
in English. Prerequisite: AFRST 210 or 222, or Same as AFLNG 352. See AFLNG 352. the United States; also the experience of Afro-
junior standing. 3 hours or 1 unit. Americans in the rest of the western hemi-
450. Seminar on Selected Topics in African sphere. 3 hours.
313. Intermediate Lingala, I Studies
Same as AFLNG 313. See AFLNG 313. Topics vary with the disciplinary focus. 240. African-American Dance and
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Vi or 1 unit. American Culture
314. Intermediate Lingala, II May be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. Same as DANCE 240. See DANCE 240.
499. Thesis Research 243.Pan Africanism in the Americas,
Advanced Lingala, I
315. Individual direction in research and guidance Europe, and Africa
Same as AFLNG 315. See AFLNG 315. in writing theses for advanced degrees. 0to2 Same as AFRST and POL S 243, and SOC 267.
units. May be repeated to a maximum of See POL S 243.
Advanced Lingala, II
316. 2 units.
Same as AFLNG 316. See AFLNG 316. 244. Social Science Perspectives in Afro-
American Studies
317. Topics in Lingala Language and Focuses on unique aspects of Afro- American
Literature, I
life through a review of social science perspec-
Same as AFLNG 317. See AFLNG 317. tives. An interdisciplinary analysis of racial
inequalities will emphasize trends in white
318. Topics in Lingala Language and and black and related social
racial attitudes
Literature, II Afro-American psychological issues. Critically reviews tradi-
Studies tional Black American literature and compares
it with Afro-centric perspectives. Prerequisite:
325. Southern Africa: Race and Power
AFRO 100 or equivalent; or an introductory
Same as HIST 325. See HIST 325. Director of Program: Dianne M. Pinderhughes course in sociology, economics, anthropology,
Program Office: 1201 West Nevada Street, Ur- political science, or history; or consent of in-
333. Intermediate Swahili, I
bana structor. 3 hours.
Phone: 333-7781
334. Intermediate Swahili, II

URL: www.aasrp.uiuc.edu 250. Black Women: Histories and Cultures
Same as AFLNG 334. See AFLNG 334. Same as W S 250. See W S 250.
Afro-American Studies (AFRO) 253. Afro- American History to 1877
Advanced Swahili, I
335.
Same as HIST 253. See HIST 253.
100. Introduction to Afro- American Studies
Interdisciplinary introduction to the basic 254. Afro-American History Since 1877
336. Advanced Swahili, II
Same as AFLNG 336. See AFLNG 336. concepts and literature in the disciplines Same as HIST 254. See HIST 254.
covered by Afro-American studies; surveys
the major approaches to the study of Afro- 259. Afro-American Literature, I
337. Topics in Kiswahili Language and
Literature, I Americans across several academic disciplines Same as ENGL 259. See ENGL 259.
Same as AFLNG 337. See AFLNG 337. including economics, education, psychology,
260. Afro- American Literature, II
literature, political science, sociology, and
338. Topics in Kiswahili Language and others. 3 hours.
Same as ENGL 260. See ENGL 260.
Literature, II
261. Afro- American Societies and Cultures
Same as AFLNG 338. See AFLNG 338. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
Same as ANTH 261 Designed to examine the
5 hours.
.
339.Advanced Topics in Kiswahili breadth of the black Americas in South

Race and Cultural Diversity in America, Central America, the Caribbean (in-
Language and Literature, I 210.
cluding Spanish, Gallic, Dutch, and English
Same as AFLNG 339. See AFLNG 339. American Life
sub-areas), and Canada, with specific com-
Same as E P S 210. See E P S 210.
340.Advanced Topics in Kiswahili parisons to rural and urban United States; the
Language and Literature, II 224. Humanistic Perspectives of the Afro- African slave trade with reference to black-
Same as AFLNG 340. See AFLNG 340. American Experience white relations in the trade; the development
Presents the Afro-centric world view as it was of Creole cultures in West Africa and in Spain
343. Intermediate Wolof, I manifested in traditional African society and and subsequent cultural elaboration in the
Same as AFLNG 343. See AFLNG 343. in the Afro-American slave community. New World; conditions of slavery, slave re-
Shows that this world view merged with volts, migrations of black people in the New
344. Intermediate Wolof, II European notions of art and humanity, as World; and examination of selected ethno-
Same as AFLNG 344. See AFLNG 344. revealed in modern Afro- American literature, graphic material. Prerequisite: ANTH 102, 103,
art, and music. Prerequisite: AFRO 100 or or consent of instructor. 4 hours.
Advanced Wolof, I
345. consent of instructor. 3 hours.
Same as AFLNG 345. See AFLNG 345. 271. African-American Women's History
225. Race and Ethnicity Same as HIST and W
S 271 See HIST 271
.
Advanced Wolof, II
346.
Same as SOC 225. See SOC 225.
Same as AFLNG 346. See AFLNG 346. 272. Minority Images in United States Film
230. Introduction to U. S. Racial and Ethnic Same as ENGL 272. See ENGL 272.
347. Topics in Wolof Language and Politics
Literature, I
Same as LLS and POL S 230. See POL S 230. 298. Special Topics in Afro-American
Same as AFLNG 347. See AFLNG 347. Studies
and Indigenous Americans of
231. African Advanced seminar on selected topics with
348. Topics in Wolof Language and South America particular emphasis on current research
Literature, and one
II
Same as ANTH 231. See ANTH 231. trends. Prerequisite: Junior status of
Same as AFLNG 348. See AFLNG 348. the following: AFRO 224, or HIST 253 or 254,
Agricultural Communications
or ENGL 259 or 260. 3 hours. May be repeated cultural cooperatives; introductory material
to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts for on the uses and sources of revenue. 2 hours.
advanced hours in LAS.)
210. Economics of the Environment
300. Literature of the African Diaspora in Same as ECON, ENVST, NRES, and U P 210.
the Americas
Critical examination of the contributions of
Agricultural and Economic issues surrounding environmental
quality, including: costs and benefits of envi-
writers of African descent from the Caribbean Consumer Economics ronmental protection; economics of environ-
(English, French, Spanish) and the United mental policies; and economics of interna-
States. Major works of fiction, poetry, drama tional environmental problems. Prerequisite:
Head of Department: Robert J. Hauser
and essays from Cuba, Guadeloupe, Guyana,
Department Office: 332 Mumford Hall, 1301
ACE 100 or ECON 102. 3 hours.
Haiti, St. Lucia, the United States, and other
West Gregory Drive, Urbana
countries are analyzed within a post-colonial 222. Marketing Commodity and Food
Phone: 333-1810
theoretical framework. Prerequisite: AFRO 224 Products
URL: w3.aces.uiuc.edu/ACE
or 259 or 260 or consent of instructor. 3 hours Examines factors affecting the size of the
or 1 unit. market for agricultural products and the scope
of marketing activities; functions and services
310. Hate Crimes: Perspectives on Agricultural and Consumer performed; pricing agricultural products,
Intergroup Aggression and Violence including the nature and causes of price
Economics (ACE)
Same as PSYCH 310. Hate crimes represent fluctuations; and costs of marketing and
the manifestation of intergroup bias and efforts to reduce costs and improve the
100. Economics of Resources, Agriculture, marketing system. ACE
aggression. Examples of these crimes will be Prerequisite: 100 or
examined while analyzing longstanding and Food ECON 102. 3 hours.
Principles of microeconomics; demand, pro-
theories in social psychology. Prerequisite:
duction, supply, elasticity, markets, and trade Food and Agribusiness Management
PSYCH 201 or AFRO 244 or consent of 231.
are presented and used in the analysis of de- Provides an overview of management in the
instructor. 3 hours or 3A unit.
cisions of individuals relating to agricultur- food and agribusiness sector. Major topics
314.Race and Ethnic Issues in Family ally oriented problems such as: growth and covered include: introduction to the food and
Sociology and Education development; resources; trade; environment; agribusiness sector; the environment of the
Same as E P S, HDFS, and SOC 314. See E P S and income. Macroeconomic concepts are also firm; fundamentals, structural design, and
314. introduced. 4 hours. Students receiving credit change in organizations; leadership, motiva-
for ECON 102 may not receive credit for ACE tion, communication; and planning and con-
327. Black Political Participation in the 100. trol. Coverage is at the introductory level with
American Political Process a focus on textbook material and current is-
Same POL S 327. See POL S 327. 107. Agricultural, Consumer and
as sues. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, ACE
Environmental Systems 100 or ECON 102, and ACE 161. 3 hours.
353. Development of Plantation Societies Same as ANSCI 107. Systems approach to
in the Americas analyzing problem situations from a holistic 232. Management of Farm Enterprises
Same as HIST 353. Comparative and interdis- perspective, emphasizing human activities Economic principles applied to management
ciplinary approach to study of the develop- and processes, is developed using classroom of farms; budgeting; crop and livestock sys-
ment of New World societies with focus on illustration. This approach is then applied to tems; record analysis; financial management;
plantation agriculture from the 15th to 19th a case study of a current issue impacting farm leases; and problems in resource ap-
centuries. Course considers Portuguese, Span- agriculture and rural areas. There may be a praisal and business reorganization. Field trip
French, and Dutch colonization.
ish, British, field trip to an area affected by the chosen required; see Timetable for approximate cost.
Students will study the relative importance of issue. 2 hours. ACE 100 or ECON 102. 3 or 4 hours.
Prerequisite:
culture versus economy and demography in Three hours credit without home farm prob-
determining social structure. Prerequisite: A 161. Microcomputer Applications lem, or four hours credit with home farm
survey course in early United States history Studies selection and agricultural applications
problem.
and/or Western civilization; junior status, or of microcomputer hardware and software;
consent of the instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. includes instruction and practice in solving 233. Agribusiness Market Planning
data-related problems with microcomputers Examines important aspects in the develop-
368. The South in American History and general purpose software packages. ment of a business plan and marketing plan
Same as HIST 368. See HIST 368. 3 hours. for a new or existing product or sendee in the
agribusiness sector. Includes development of
379. Slavery and Race Relations in Latin 182. Consumer Issues in Textile Marketing
a complete business plan for a specific firm or
America Multidisciplinary examination of consumer
segment with special attention to the organi-
Same as HIST 379. See HIST 379. issues and fundamentals of global business,
zation of the firm and the markets in which
both generally and specifically as related to the firm will operate. In addition, a market-
textile marketing. Active learning environ-
ing plan will be developed for a chosen prod-
ment promoted. Consumer issues focus on uct including: market analysis; business strat-
consumer rights, ethics, public policy. Busi-
egy and goals; implementation; financial
ness fundamentals examined include textile and contingency plan-
analysis; monitoring
production, distribution, marketing, manage- Computerized planning packages and
ning.
Agricultural ment, finance and regulation. 3 hours. presentation packages are used in the devel-
opment
Communications 183. Introduction to Fibers and Textiles
ACE 231
of the final presentation. Prerequisite:
or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
Same as NRES 183. See NRES 183.
(See Human and Community Development) 243. Agricultural Finance

199. Undergraduate Open Seminar and
Introduction to agricultural finance including
Special Topics
study of financial markets and institutions
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
providing debt and equity capital to agricul-
tural firms, development of skills in applying
203. Rural Taxation
principles and methods of financial manage-
Federal, state, and with empha-
local taxation
ment to agricultural firms. Prerequisite: ACE
sis on their application to farm income, farm
232 or ACCY 201, or equivalent. 3 hours.
property, farm property transfers, and agri-
Agricultural and Consumer Economics
245. Personal Finance 288. RetailMarket Analysis ernment policy in markets. Prerequisite: ECON
Examines principles of personal finance with Analysis of functions in a retail store with 102 and ACE 222. 4 hours or 1 unit.
attention given to research findings on the emphasis on textiles and apparel; relationship
interdependence of financial decisions and of the retailer to related primary and second- 325. Economics of Food Marketing
energy, time, and other resources used to ary markets and the consumer; and analysis Same as FSHN 325. Economic performance of
attain goals and maintain values. Prerequisite: of current trends and social influences in fash- food system; marketing margins; transporta-
Sophomore standing and 3 hours of sociology, ion retailing. Prerequisite: Concurrent registration, processing, advertising, and retailing of
psychology, or economics. 3 hours. tion in B ADM 202 or consent of instructor. food products; structure, conduct, and perfor-
3 hours. mance of food marketing firms and industries;
251. The World Food Economy government and public interest in the food
Examines global food production, consump- 295. Internship system. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102;
tion, and trade; problems of hunger and popu- Supervised, off-campus experience in a field ACE 222 recommended. 4 hours or 1 unit.
lation; the role of agricultural development, directly pertaining to a subject matter in agri-
trade, and aid in relieving hunger. Prerequi- cultural and consumer economics. Prerequisite: 327. Commodity Price Analysis
site: ACE 100 or ECON 102. 3 hours. Junior standing, cumulative GPA of 2.5 or Studies the factors affecting prices of agricul-
above at the time the internship is arranged, tural products: longtime, cyclical, seasonal,
254. Economic Systems in Africa and consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours. and other price movements; sources of infor-
Same as AFRST 254. See AFRST 254. mation relating to production and demand
303. Agricultural Law factors; government activities as they relate to
255. Economics of Rural Poverty and Relation of common-law principles and statu- prices of agricultural products; and methods
Development tory law to land tenure, farm tenancy, farm and problems in price analysis and forecast-
Examines rural poverty and rural develop- labor,farm management, taxation, and other ing. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102; ACE
ment issues, with particular attention to cur- problems involving agriculture. Prerequisite: 261, or equivalent. 3 hours or 3
/4 unit.
rent antipoverty policies and programs, and Junior standing or consent of instructor.
alternative policies. Topics include measure- 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. 328.Commodity Futures and Options
ment of poverty; causes of rural poverty; so- Markets
cioeconomic characteristics of the rural poor; 306.Environmental Law Development of futures trading; operation
trends in rural poverty; income maintenance, Examines environmental law issues, with par- and governance of commodity exchanges;
education, and employment policies and their ticular attention to agro-environmental prob- economic functions of futures trading;
consequences; rural development strategies. lems. Topics include common-law pollution operational procedures and problems in using
Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102 or consent control; role of administrative agencies and futures markets; public regulation of futures
of instructor. 3 hours. courts; federal and state power; air, water, and trading; evaluation of market performance.
noise pollution; regulation of toxic substances; Field trips required; see Timetable for approx-
261. Statistics for Agricultural and protection of land, soil, and other natural re- imate cost. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102.
Consumer Economics sources on agricultural land. Prerequisite: ACE 3 hours orVt unit.
methods applied to agricultural and
Statistical 303, or B ADM
200 or 261, or equivalent, or
consumer economics, including descriptive consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 331. Strategic Management in Food and
index numbers, statistical inference,
statistics, Agribusiness
hypothesis testing, sampling, introduction to 310. Intermediate Natural Resource Same as B ADM 338. Examines the applica-
analysis of variance, linear regression and cor- Economics tion of the strategic marketing process to the
relation, multiple regression, time series analy- Same as ENVST 317 and NRES 310. Examines food and agribusiness sector; integrates meth-
sis, and nonparametric methods. Prerequisite: economic aspects of natural resources and ods and models with analysis of socioeco-
MATH 124 or 125. 4 hours. Students who have their implications for public policy develop- nomic variables that affect strategic decision-
received credit for ECON 172, CPSC 340, STAT ment; discusses economic growth, resource making in that sector; emphasizes the dynamic
100, or equivalent may not receive credit for scarcity, property rights, stock vs. flow re- nature of the decision environment in the
this course. sources, conservation, investment decisions, agribusiness sector. Prerequisite: ACE 231,
discounting, and the institutional framework B ADM 202, or ACE 222; or consent of instruc-
270. Consumer Economics for decision-making; and applies the above to tor. 3 hours or % unit.
Introduction to the study of the consumer in agricultural problems. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or
the American economy; sources of consumer ECON 102. 3 hours orV* unit. 332. Decision Making in the Agricultural
information and consumer protection; and Firm
examination of current consumer issues 311. Economic Analysis for Sustainable Analyzes decision procedures for common
within an economic framework. Prerequisite: Development farm operation problems, decision-making
ACE 100 or ECON 102 or consent of instructor. Application of theory and methods of cost- under uncertainty, control procedures for the
3 hours. benefit analysis and environmental econom- farm firm, evaluation of farm investments,
ics to appraisal of development projects and and labor management. Prerequisite: ACE 232;
286. Cultural Analysis of Textiles economic programs. Topics include willing- credit or concurrent registration in ACE 243.
Cross-cultural variations in form, function, ness to pay, willingness to accept, project ap- 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
and meaning of dress analyzed in relation to praisal, social benefit-cost analysis, dynamic
physiological, psychological, and sociological models, ecological economics, and nonmarket 333. Practicum in Food and Agribusiness
needs of human beings; analysis of process of valuation. Prerequisite: ECON 300 or equiva- Management
acculturation; case studies. 3 hours. lent. 3 hours or 1 unit. Same as B ADM 339. Provides students the
opportunity to develop and experiment with
287. Textiles in the Global Economy 319.Regional Environmental Management analytic and process skills necessary for
History of the development of fiber, fabric, Simulation effective decision-making in the agribusiness
apparel, and related industries; present struc- Same as CEE, ENVST, and GEOG 341, and sector. Identification and analysis of strategic
ture, organization, domestic and international UP375.SeeCEE341. issues in the sector are emphasized. In-depth
operation, and interrelationships of these in- dialogue with executives-in-residence from
dustries; trends of the major sectors of the pri- 320. Economics of Commodity Marketing the agribusiness sector is an integral part of
mary and secondary markets; and application Examines the structure, operations, and effi- the experience. Prerequisite: ACE 331 and
of the principles of marketing to textiles and ciency of grain and livestock markets; prod- consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Course
apparel. 3 hours. uct demand and linkages between grain and cannot be taken credit/no credit.
livestock; problems in transportation and
quality standards; price discovery and mar-
ket performance; role of world trade and gov-
10 Agricultural and Consumer Economics
334. Professional Farm Management 353. Economic Development in South and 370. Family Economics
Capstone course which examines systems of Southeast Asia Same as ECON 346. Examines the economic
farm management as they apply to those man- Same as ECON 353. Analysis of plans and welfare of American families: application of
aging farms for clients as a profession. Uses progress toward economic development in economic theory to the behavior of families
case studies to explore business practices and India and southeast Asia; economic character- and individuals with respect to time allocation
procedures, professional ethics, relationships istics of the area and their significance for eco- between the home and the market; family
with clients and farm operators and division nomic development. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or forms; human capital accumulation; gender
of inputs and returns between owner and op- ECON 102 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or differences in income; income inequality; and
erator. A strong emphasis is placed on com- h
x
or 1 unit. poverty. Considers the role of public policy.
munication, leadership, and problem-solving Prerequisite: ECON 102 or ACE 100; a course
skills. Marketing, leasing, and farmland as an 354. Economic Development of Tropical in statistics; senior standing. 3 hours, or Vi to
investment will also be discussed. Field trips Africa 1 unit.
and comprehensive farm plan required; see Same as ECON

Types of African econo-
354.
Timetable for approximate cost. Prerequisite: mies and growth of the exchange economy; 371. Consumer Economic Policy
ACE 243; credit or concurrent registration in development of natural resources, industry, Analyzes choice-making, buying, using, and
ACE 332. 3 hours or 'A unit. and education; analysis of eco-
trade, finance, disposing of consumer goods by families from
nomic integration, governmental planning, a social policy perspective. Prerequisite: Six
343. Intermediate Financial Management and development projects; and demographic, hours of social science. 3 hours, or 'A or I unit.
and Markets land tenure, and institutional influences on
Examines finance principles applied to development. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 374. Economics of Consumption
commercial agriculture at an intermediate 102 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or Same as ECON 313. Introduces the concepts,
level; farm financial and investment analysis, 1 unit. and methods for analysis of the micro
theories,
risk and liquidity analysis, capital structure and macro aspects of consumption; includes
and leasing in agriculture; and organization, 355. International Trade in Food and standards and content of consumption and
structure, and analysis of rural financial Agriculture description of consumption patterns and
markets and institutions. Prerequisite: ACE 243 Examines trends and patterns of exports and trends in the USA and selected other countries.
and 261, or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. imports of major agricultural commodities, ECON 101, or ECON 102 and 103,
Prerequisite:
and evaluates the economic and institutional or ACE 100; a course in statistics; junior
345. Financial Planning and Counseling factors having a bearing on this trade. standing. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
Examines and counseling
financial planning Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102. 3 hours or
philosophies, techniques, and procedures % unit. 380. Fiber Theory and Textile Performance
with application to individuals and families Same as NRES 380. See NRES 380.
in various life cycle stages and family struc- 356. Agricultural and Food Policies and
tures. Course will use case studies, problem- Programs 386.Marketing and Public Policy
solving activities, educational exhibit prepa- The problems an industry;
of agriculture as Investigates and analyzes the external envi-
ration and participation. A financial counseling analysis of past and current federal and state ronment of textile and apparel businesses, in-
clinic will focus on debt management and re- governmental policies and programs affect- cluding economic, political-legal, sociocul-
tirement planning. Prerequisite: ACE 245 and ing agriculture; objectives and development tural, and technological forces; develops
junior standing or consent of instructor; FIN of policies; the use of economic concepts in understanding of diversity of interests that
260 or 262 and 360 are recommended. 4 hours evaluating possible future agricultural poli- business must consider through a public
or 1 unit. cies and programs; and forces in policy for- policy and case study approach. Prerequisite:
mation. Field trip; see Timetable for approxi- B ADM202 and ACE 287, or consent of in-
348. Rural Real Estate Appraisal mate cost. Prerequisite: ACE 100 or ECON 102. structor. 3 hours or A
3
unit.
Same as NRES 348. Valuation methods and 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.

value bases of rural real estate; legal aspects 387. The Consumer in the Marketplace
of property rights, appraisal theory and pro- 362. Applications of Regression Models Analysis of the interdependent relationships
cedures, condemnation appraisal, character- Emphasizes the application of single-equation between marketing stimuli and the day-to-day
istics of the rural land market, soil identifica- regression methods to problems in agricul- lives of consumers. Studies the processes
tion and productivity, and other legal, tural economics; techniques include ordinary involved when individuals or groups select,
economic, agronomic, and engineering as- least squares, maximum likelihood estimators, purchase, use, or dispose of products and
pects of real estate valuation. Laboratory field estimators with heteroskedastic, serially cor- services to satisfy their needs and desires.
trips, including a practice appraisal; see Time- and multicollinear data; and uses of
related, Consumer phenomena are discussed from
table for approximate cost. Prerequisite: NRES binary independent variables. Prerequisite: multidisciplinary perspectives and include
101 and ACE 232, or equivalent. 3 hours, or % ACE 261 and MATH 134, or equivalents. research and theory from consumer behavior,
or 1 unit. 2 hours or Vi unit. cultural anthropology, marketing, sociology,
and psychology. Prerequisite: Six hours of
351.Economics of International 363.Optimization Methods social science course work. 3 hours, or 3A or
Development Application of mathematical programming 1 unit.
The economics of agricultural development methods models in agricultural

to discrete
and the relationships between agriculture and economics; Kuhn-Tucker theorem, Lagrange 391. Independent Study
other sectors of the economy in developing multipliers, duality, simplex method as ap- Individual research work under the supervi-
nations; agricultural productivity and levels plied to linear and quadratic programming, sion of an appropriate member of the faculty.
of living in the less developed areas of the and input-output analysis models in agricul- Prerequisite: Not open to students on proba-
world; and studies of agricultural develop- ture. Prerequisite: MATH 124 and 134. 2 hours tion; written consent of instructor and autho-
ment in different world regions including Af- or '/2 unit. rized departmental approval are required
rica, Asia, and Latin America. Prerequisite: ACE prior to enrolling. The honors section is open
100 or ECON 102 or equivalent. 3 hours, or V* 366. Mathematics for Applied Economists to James Scholars and other students having
or 1 unit. Applications of concepts of linear algebra, a minimum GPA of 3.0 and may be taken in
calculus and multivariate optimization to conjunction with other courses in this depart-
352.Economic Development in Latin equilibrium analysis, comparative statics, and ment subject to approval of the instructor. 1 to
America other topics in agricultural and consumer 5 hours.
Same as ECON 352. See ECON 352. economics. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Vi unit. Only Vi unit may be counted towards 396. Practicum
graduation in the Agricultural and Consumer Cooperatively supervised field experience in
Economics graduate programs. management and administration in a textile
Agricultural and Consumer Economics I I
marketing business. Only one unit may be 443. Advanced Financial Management and 461. Applied Economic Theory for
applied to the total required for a graduate Markets Agricultural and Consumer Economics
degree. At the undergraduate level, only four Financial planning applied to farms and farm- Provides an understanding of theory of the
hours may be counted toward the hours related firms and sectors; financial aspects of firm, consumer economics and various mar-
required in Agricultural and Consumer risksand risk management in the food pro- ket models necessary to conduct applied eco-
Economics. Prerequisite: ACE 287 or 288 and duction/distribution system and related fi- nomic research. Special emphasis is placed on
consent of instructor. Not available to students nancial markets; and cash flow, capital bud- applications relevant to agricultural and con-
on probation. 4 to 12 hours, or 1 to 3 units. geting, and liquidity management. Prerequisite: sumer economics. Course uses multivariate
ECON 400 and calculus or mathematical sta- calculus and optimization. Prerequisite: ECON
399. Senior Thesis tistics, consent of instructor. 1 unit. 300 or equivalent, and MATH 244 or ACE 366
Intended primarily for candidates for honors or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
but open to other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior 444. Research Issues in Agricultural
standing; departmental approval. 3 to 5 hours. Finance 462.Risk and Information: Theory and
Examines the current research issues in agri- Applications
410. Natural Resource Economics cultural finance; topics include simulation and Applications of the theory of economic behav-
Same as ECON, ENVST, and NRES 463. optimization modeling and applications, eco- ior under uncertainty and asymmetric infor-
Emphasizes the role of public policy in natural nomics of organization, principal agent issues, mation. Analysis of individual decision mak-
resource use: theory of allocating renewable and firm-level performance evaluation. Em- ing under uncertainty includes: tests of the
and nonrenewable natural resources over phasis is placed on developing a framework expected utility hypothesis; comparative sta-
time; effects of institutions on resource use; to evaluate research and communicate results. tistics of changes in risk preferences and risk;
causes and consequences of technological Prerequisite: ACE 362; 363; 343 or consent of and moment based models of decision mak-
change; natural resources and economic instructor. 3
/i unit. ing. Analysis of economic equilibrium under
growth; and applications of concepts to uncertainty and asymmetric information in-
current natural resource issues. Prerequisite: 451. Economic Policy in the Global cludes tests for complete markets and appli-
ECON 300 or equivalent. 1 unit. Economy, I cations of noncooperative game theory. Pre-
Agricultural and food problems of the world requisite: ECON 402 and 470, or STAT 310.
411. Environmental Economics: Theory and and of selected countries viewed in the world 1 unit.
Applications setting; resources and institutional factors af-
Same as ECON and ENVST 464. See ECON fecting production; and national and interna- 463. Advanced Math Programming in
464. tional policies and plans for developing agri- Applied Economics
cultural production and improving levels of Studies advanced mathematical program-
420. Economic Analysis of Food living. Emphasizes a comparative approach ming methods with particular emphasis on
Commodity Markets to agricultural development of countries on applications in agricultural and consumer eco-
Examines selected economic problems in different economic levels. Prerequisite: ECON nomics. Includes linear programming and
marketing agricultural products and discusses 400 or equivalent. 1 unit. extensions, nonlinear programming, sector
relevant theory and empirical methodologies modeling, risk modeling, and methodologi-
for analyzing and interpreting research 453.Applied Welfare and Policy Economics cal issues in mathematical programming mod-
results; topics include: operational efficiency Provides an intensive treatment of the theory, eling of agricultural systems. Prerequisite: ACE
in marketing firms and industries; efficient measurement, and interpretation of economic 363 or equivalent. 1 unit.
allocation over space, form, and time; price welfare with consideration of alternative
making institutions; and research in demand empirical measures from both single and 464.Advanced Research and Scholarly
stimulation and selected issues in trade. multiple markets. Includes coverage of Communication
Prerequisite: ACE 362 and 363, and ECON 400; various applications of welfare economics in Seminar intended for Ph.D. students who
or equivalent. 1 unit. policy analysis. Prerequisite: ECON 400 and at have completed written preliminary exami-
least two semesters of college calculus. 1 unit. nations. Develops a comprehensive under-
427.Advanced Price Analysis standing of the research process. Discussions
Studies the methods used to analyze factors 456. Economic Policy in the Global include identification of research topics, struc-
affecting agricultural prices; analyzes agricul- Economy, II ture of research proposals, review of literature,
tural prices and price movements with respect Economic theory is used to study both the ef- effective communication, management of re-
to time, space, and form; and examines meth- fects and the causes of public policies in an search activities, and contributions to schol-
ods of price forecasting and techniques of time international context that influence agricul- arly debate. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
series analysis. Prerequisite: ACE 362 or ECON tural industries,consumers, and taxpayers. tor. '/: unit.
471, and ECON 400; or equivalent. 1 unit. Neoclassical models of government interven-
tion are used to study the welfare effects of 470. Family and Consumption Economics
428. Research in Futures Markets income redistribution and stabilization poli- Discussion of current topics and review of the
Examines the research literature on commod- cies and macroeconomic policies as they af- literature in family and consumption econom-
ity futures and options markets, both theoreti- fect agriculture. Formal models of political ics. Prerequisite: ECON 400 or equivalent.
cal and empirical; topics include: supply of economy and public choice are used to ana- Vi or 1 unit.
storage, basis models, theory of the firm and lyze the underlying causes of public policy.
hedging under uncertainty, optimal hedging, Emphasis is placed on the political power of ill. Economics of the Family
speculative returns, market performance, pric- interest groups as an explanation of public Discusses and analyzes advanced literature on
ing efficiency and option pricing. Prerequisite: policy decisions. Prerequisite: ECON 400, and the economics of the family, developed within
ACE 328 or equivalent, and ECON 400 or ACE 453 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. the models of human capital and allocation
equivalent. 1 unit. of time; emphasizes the theory and empirical
460.Research Methods in Agricultural and ECON 400 or 402,
applications. Prerequisite:
430. Applied Production Economics Consumer Economics ECON 470 or SOC 385, or equivalent. 1 unit.
Examines basic theory of production econom- The use of theory and observations in the
ics and econometric applications. Basic theory formulation and resolution of research 474.Economics of Consumer Behavior
includes: duality; cost functions; profit func- problems in agricultural and consumer Same as ECON 413. Examines theoretical and
tions; Le Chaterlier principle; functional form; economics, including criteria for choice in empirical analysis of consumer demand;
and aggregation. Economic applications in- modeling options and observational methods. topics include theory of consumer behavior,
clude: nonparametric analysis; technical and Prerequisite: ECON 300 or 301 and ACE 362, as well as extensions and applications in a
allocative inefficiency; and productivity mea- or equivalent. V* or 1 unit. static context (characteristics analysis and
surement. Prerequisite: ECON 400 and ACE product quality, price indices, measurement
362. 1 unit. of consumer welfare) and in a dynamic
12 Agricultural Education
context (intertemporal choice, habit and stock 277. Design of Agricultural Structures
adjustment modes, choice under uncertainty). Design of timber, concrete, and steel agricul-
Prerequisite: ECON 400, and ACE 362 or ECON tural structures; engineering properties of
471. 1 unit. wood, concrete, and steel materials; design of
compression members, tension members,
481. Principles of Textile Characterization
Same NRES 481. See NRES 481.
Agricultural beams, and connections; complete design of
as a few structural frames. Includes laboratory.
Engineering Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
482. Textile Finishing: Theory and inCEE261. 3 hours.
Development
Head of Department: Loren E. Bode
Same as NRES 482. See NRES 482. 287. Environmental Control for Plants and
Department Office: 338 Agricultural Engineer-
Animals
ing Sciences Building, 1304 West Pennsylva-
484. Topics in Consumer Marketing Application of engineering and biological
Analysis of apparel marketing emphasizing nia Avenue, Urbana
principles to controlling agricultural building
Phone: 333-3570
trends and future research directions. Prereq- environments. Design of environments to
uisite: A course in marketing and consent of
URL: www.age.uiuc.edu
meet specific biological requirements are de-
instructor. 1 unit. veloped through the integration of fluids and
Includes Agricultural Engineering (AG E)
thermodynamics principles for environmen-
High Performance Fibers
485. and Technical Systems Management (TSM)
tal control with the properties of animals and
Same as NRES 485. See NRES 485. plants and their related biological needs. In-
488. Global Textile Markets: Theory and Agricultural Engineering (AG E) cludes laboratory. Prerequisite: AG E 222.
3 hours.
Research
Examines the history, policies, organization, 100. Introduction to Agricultural
296. Honors Project
performance, and trends of the international Engineering
Special problem in engineering is selected for
textile and apparel industries. Prerequisite: Introduction to agricultural engineering dis-
bibliographical, theoretical, and/or experi-
ACE 287 or equivalent; or consent of instruc- cipline and career opportunities; class activi-
mental research. Prerequisite: James Scholar in
tor. 1 unit. ties include familiarization with the laborato-
engineering; consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours.
ries, computer facilities, and network software
490. Current Enrollment available to agricultural engineering students.

298. Undergraduate Seminar
credit. Classes emphasize and practice technical com-
Professional engineering concepts; design
munication and problem-solving skills as well
methods; preparation and presentation of an
491. Independent Study as career planning. 1 hour.
undergraduate design thesis proposal. Thesis
Individual research work under the supervi-
sion of an appropriate member of the faculty. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
to be completed in AG
E 299. Field trip.
Prerequisite: Junior standing in engineering.
to 2 units. May be repeated as topics vary to 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. hour.
I
a maximum of 2 units.
221. Engineering for Agricultural and
Undergraduate Thesis
2'}'}.
492. Special Topics Biological Systems
The agricultural engineering problem selected
Group instruction on a special topic under the Introduction to engineering methods used in
in AG E 298 is investigated and a detailed en-
direction of one or more members of the the design and management of agricultural,
gineering report is prepared. Prerequisite: AG
faculty. May be repeated
to 2 units. as topics biological and environmental systems. Topics
E 298; senior standing in engineering. 2 to
vary to a maximum of 6 units. covered include the hydrologic cycle, soil-
4 hours.
water properties and relationships, water run-
494. Seminars and Workshops off, surveying, soil erosion, water manage-
311. Instrumentation and Measurements
Participation in a seminar or workshop with ment, engine power, fluid power, tillage, Static and dynamic measurements; design of
other graduate students and faculty members. metering, cutting, conveying, and machinery
measurement systems; error and noise con-
to 2 units. management. Prerequisite: MATH 120, calcu- trol; analog and digital signal processing; te-
lus and analytical geometry, or equivalent.
lemetry; measurement of agricultural and bio-
499. ThesisResearch 4 hours.
Individual research under supervision of
logical quantities. Prerequisite: ECE 205. 3 or 4
members of the graduate teaching staff in their 222. Engineering for Bioprocessing and
hours, or % or 1 unit. (Credit for optional lab is
1 hour or !4 unit). Credit is not given for both

respective fields. to 4 units. Bioenvironmental Systems
Introduction to engineering analysis and
AGE 311 and ME 261.
design of biological processes, systems, and
315. Applied Machine Vision
environments. Characterization of biological The convergence of computer imaging, pat-
materials in engineering terms including size,
tern recognition, and artificial intelligence
shape, rheological parameters and thermal have made it possible to quantify complex
and mass transfer properties. Principles of
physical phenomena that commonly occur in
Agricultural engineering of environments for biological food and agricultural systems. This course
organisms, including psychrometrics, mass
Education and energy balances, and environmental
introduces students to basic principles re-
quired for machine vision applications. Hard-
effects on plants and animals. Prerequisite:
ware and software aspects for machine vision
(See Human and Community Development) MATH 120, calculus and analytical geometry, applications will be studied. Prerequisite: C S
or equivalent. 4 hours.
101, MATH 225, or consent of instructor.
3 hours or 'A unit.
236. Machine Characteristics and
Mechanisms 320.Kinematics and Dynamics of
Design and development concepts of agricul-
Mechanical Engineering
tural and industrial machines; analysis and
Same as M
E 320. See E 320. M
synthesis of tillage, planting, harvesting, and
material handling mechanisms. Includes labo- 336. Engineering Design Projects for
ratory. Prerequisite: AG E 221 and T AM 212. Agricultural Industries
3 /wurs. Open-ended, industry sponsored design
projects related to agriculture which utilize
principles of machine design, engineering
Agricultural Engineering 13
analysis,and functional operation of engineer- and other mechanical properties. Includes 111. Humanity in the Food Web
ing systems. Projects are selected, design laboratory. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent The human food web is the complex network
teams formed, concepts visualized, alterna- registration in T A M 221 and CH E 371; or of technologies, environments, people, and
tives evaluated, and geometry created using T A M 221, T A M 235, and M E 205 or M E social institutions that produces, processes,
CAD systems. Emphases on communication 213; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. and distributes the world's food supply Stu-
skills, technical writing, and interaction with dents will study the food webs of the past,
industry representatives. Prerequisite: AG E 385.Food and Process Engineering Design present, and future and will explore various
236, T A M
235 or CH E 371; or credit or con- Design of equipment, processes, and facilities human roles, including their own, in the glo-
current registration in M
E 271; or consent of for food, pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and bal technology-environment-society-food sys-
instructor. 3 hours or -A unit. related process industries. Prerequisite: AG E tem. Course topics include domestication,
383. 2 hours or A
l
unit. mechanization, urbanization, the green revo-
340. Applied Methods
Statistical lution, biotechnology, food safety, the environ-
Same as ANSCI, CPSC, FSHN and NRES 340. 387. Grain Drying and Conditioning ment, and appropriate technologies for de-
See CPSC 340. Psychrometric principles of air modification veloping countries. A case study of the
for dehydration and conditioning of moist development of Chicago and the simulta-
345. Statistical Methods products, emphasizing the drying of cereal neous conversion of the tall grass prairie to
Same as ANSCI and NRES 345. See ANSCI grains; design of drying, cooling, and aeration the Corn Belt will be conducted. 3 hours.
345. systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite:
AG E 222 or consent of instructor; E 205 M 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
346. Tractors and Prime Movers recommended. 3 hours or -VS unit. 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
Engineering aspects of design and application
of tractors for farm and construction use; 389. Process Design for Corn Milling 200. Materialsand Construction Systems
thermodynamics of engines; measurement of Engineering and scientific principles involved and maintenance of hand and
Selection, use,
power and efficiencies; power transmission in the major corn fractionation processes of power tools; shop safety; selection of build-
and traction; operator environment. Includes wet milling, dry milling and alkali cooking, ing and roofing materials; concrete masonry
laboratory. Prerequisite: M E 205 or equivalent. including structural and diffusional character- construction; farm surveying. Includes labo-
3 hours or Vi unit. istics of corn, steeping phenomena and chemi- given to students in agricul-
ratory. Priority is
cal and mechanical fractionation methods. tural occupations and technical systems man-
356. Soil and Water Conservation Principles of process design and mill opera- agement majors. Prerequisite: Junior standing
Structures tion. Prerequisite: M
E 205 or 213, or CH E 371, and consent of instructor. 3 hours.
Hydrology, hydraulics, design, construction or consent of instructor. 3 hours or }A unit.
and cost estimating of structures for the 202. Metallurgy, Materials, and Welding
conservation and quality control of soil and 396. Special Problems Processes
water resources; relationship of topography, Individual investigation and report of any Selecting and using
metal-arc, inert-gas, sub-
soils, crops, climate, and cultural practices in phase of agricultural engineering approved by merged oxyacetylene welding and cutting
arc,
conservation and quality control of soil and the department. Prerequisite: Senior standing processes for construction and maintenance
water for agriculture. Prerequisite: Credit or in engineering. 1 to 4 hours, or 'A to 1 unit. May of agricultural equipment. Includes labora-
concurrent registration in T A M
235. 3 hours, be repeated to a maximum of 16 hours or tory. See Timetable for materials charge. Pre-
orVt orl unit. 4 units. requisite: CHEM 101; junior standing or con-
sent of instructor. 3 hours.
357. Land Drainage 400. Research Orientation
Design, construction, performance, and Discussion of the philosophy and methods of 203. Electric Wiring, Motors, and Controls
maintenance of surface, subsurface, and open research thesis preparation, and publication Systems
ditch agricultural drainage systems. Includes of research findings in agricultural engineer- Selecting and using wiring materials, electric
laboratory. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent ing. units. motors and controls in agricultural lighting,
registration in T AM 235. 3 hours, or Vt orl unit. heating, ventilation, and materials handling prob-
490. Seminar lems. Includes laboratory. See Timetable for mate-
360. Indoor Air Contaminant Measurement Presentation and discussion of current re- rials charge. Prerequisite: PHYCS 140 or TSM
and Control search and literature in agricultural engineer- 100; junior standing or consent of instructor.
Study of particulates and gases in contami- ing. 'A unit. 3 hours.
nated indoor air environments such as animal
facilities, grain handling facilities, welding 496. Topics in Agricultural Engineering 221. Power and Machinery Management
areas, and other industries. Effects of air qual- Individual investigations or studies of any Performance, costs, application, selection, and
ity on humans and animals. Characterization phases of agricultural engineering selected by replacement of farm tractors and field imple-
of particulates including sources, size distri- the student and approved by the adviser and ments; optimization of mechanized agricul-
butions, viability, and transport properties. the faculty member who will supervise the tural field operations. Includes laboratory.
Properties of various gas contaminants includ- study. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A to Prerequisite: TSM 100. 4 hours.
and odor perception.
ing sources, toxic effects, 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of
Measurement, sampling, and control tech- 4 units. 240. FluidPower Technology
nologies for particulate and gas contaminants Fundamentals of fluid power technology from
in indoor air environments. Course includes 499. Thesis Research the perspective of industrial and offroad
hands-on experience
series of lab sessions for to 4 units. May be repeated. equipment applications. Students will be
with measurement and sampling instrumen- introduced to the basic requirements of fluid
tation including an aerodynamic particle sizer, power circuit analysis, functional elements of
Technical Systems Management
a laser particle counter, a gas chromatogra- fluid power systems, and practical circuits
pher/mass spectrometer, a multipoint aero- (TSM) through a combination of classroom and
sol sampler and impactors. Prerequisite: laboratory exercises. 2 hours. Students may not
PHYCS 113, MATH 285, T A M 235, or equiva- 100. Technical Systems in Agriculture receive credit for both TSM 240 and AG E 221
lent. 3 hours or A
3
unit. Examples, problems, discussions, and labora-
tory exercises pointing to present and poten- 250. Technical Systems Management
383. Engineering Properties of Food tial engineering applications in agriculture; Internship
Materials emphasis on farm power and machinery, soil Supervised off-campus learning experience
Physical properties of foods and biological and water control, farm electrification, and with a business firm engaged in production
materials; design of processing equipment and farm structures. Includes laboratory. Prerequi- or technological service to agriculture. Prereq-
the sensing and control of food processes; ther- site: MATH 112, 114, or 116, or equivalent. uisite: Junior standing with a 2.0 cumulative
mal, electromagnetic radiation, rheological, 3 hours.
14 Agricultural, Consumer and Environmental Sciences
grade point average; TSM 221, 252, 272, or 281; and Microcomputer Control
381. Electrical
and consent of the coordinator of program. Systems
2 hours. Microcomputer and electrical control applica-
tions; electrical fundamentals; solid-state de-
252. Soil and Water Management Systems vices; relays; sensors; motor types and char-
Principles of planning, constructing, and
adapting soil conservation and drainage prac-
acteristics; three-phase power; logic devices; Air Force Aerospace
analog/digital convertors; single-board mi-
tices for Illinois farms, and the application of croprocessors and interfacing for agricultural Studies
surveying to these practices. Includes labora- control applications. Includes laboratory. Pre-
tory. Prerequisite: TSM 100 or 200. 3 hours. requisite: TSM 100; or consent of instructor. 3
Head of Department: Stephen Wanzek
hours or 3/S unit.
271. Residential Housing Design Department Office: 223 Armory Building, 505
Study of principles and practices in residen- East Armory Avenue, Champaign
Phone: 333-1927
tial housing; space planning, house types,
structures, materials, utilities, environmental

Note: Students considering enrollment in Mili-
energy conservation, remodeling, and
control,
tary Science, Naval Science, or Air Force Aero-
economic influences. Prerequisite: TSM 100, or
consent of instructor. 3 hours. space Studies courses should be aware that
Agricultural, University policy prohibits discrimination on
the basis of sexual orientation; students may
and Environmental Systems
272. Structural
Planning principles for agricultural storage
Consumer and enroll in these courses regardless of sexual
buildings and animal housing; building space Environmental orientation. Students seeking to enroll in
ROTC are not asked to disclose their sexual
planning, structural designs, ventilating
systems, construction materials, costs, and
Sciences orientation. However, homosexual conduct is
livestock waste systems; includes laboratory. grounds for disenrollment from the program.
Prerequisite: TSM 100 or 200, or consent of Program Administrator: R. Kirby Barrick
instructor. 3 hours. Program Office: 104 Mumford Hall, 1301 West Air Force Aerospace Studies (AFAS)
Gregory Avenue, Urbana
281. Grain Drying, Handling, and Storage
Phone: 333-3380
Systems 102. Leadership Laboratory
URL: www.aces.uiuc.edu/Acad-Proj/
Grain drying fundamentals, air-moisture Aerospace Studies Leadership Laboratory
relationships, grain drying systems for (LLAB) is a co-requisite with all Air Force
efficient energy use, fans, grain-handling Consumer and
Agricultural, Aerospace Studies courses. LLAB is the ap-
devices and systems, planning of grain Environmental Sciences (ACES) plication of personal leadership skills, dem-
handling systems, grain standards, moisture onstration of command, effective communi-
measurement, grain storage, fungi and insect cation, individual leadership instruction,
100. Contemporary Issues in Agricultural, physical fitness training, and knowledge of
problems, aeration, processing and milling of
Consumer and Environmental Sciences U. S. Air Force customs and courtesies. Pre-
corn and soybeans. Includes laboratory.
Study of contemporary issues in the human, requisite: Consent of instructor. hours.
Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours.
food and natural resource systems, and an
overview of the role of the College of Agri- 111. The Air Force Today,
299. Professional Seminar I
cultural Consumer and Environmental Sci- Survey course focusing on the organizational
Role of the mechanization of agriculture in
ences and the University of Illinois in this sys- structure and missions of Air Force organiza-
society and the part of the individual gradu-
tem. Required of and limited to freshmen tions, military customs and courtesies,
ate in this role; directed toward the study of
enrolled in the Agricultural, Consumer and officership and core values, and an introduc-
the interplay of developments in agriculture
Environmental Sciences College. 2 hours. tion to written and oral communication skills.
and technical systems management; topics
selected from technical and popular journals. 1 hour. Requires concurrent enrollment with
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar AFAS
A tour of farms, industry, and business is re- 102.
5 hours. May be repeated.
to Approved for
quired. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 1 hour.
S/U grading. 112. The Air Force Today, II
300. Special Problems Continuation of AFAS 111. Survey course
298. International Experience
Technical agricultural problem is selected for focusing on the organizational structure and
International experience in agricultural, con- missions of Air Force organizations, military
study, investigation, and report, wherein a
sumer and environmental sciences related ar-
customs and courtesies, officership and core
satisfactory solution does not require a back-
eas involving foreign travel and study without values, and an introduction to written and oral
ground of engineering education. Prerequisite:
enrollment in another institution. Experience communication skills. Prerequisite: AFAS 111
Minimum GPA of 2.5; consent of instructor.
must be planned and approved in advance or consent of instructor. 1 hour. Requires
1 to 4 hours, or 14 to 1 unit.
through consultation with a College of Agri- concurrent enrollment with AFAS 102.
cultural, Consumer and Environmental Sci-
333. Chemical Applications Systems
Hydraulic principles; liquid application sys- ences faculty member. Prerequisite: Written 121. The Development of Air Power, I
consent of instructor; junior standing; not Historical survey of trends, events, and
tems including pumps, controls, and agricul-
tural spray nozzles; granular application sys-
open to students on probation. 1 to 4 hours. emergence of air power
policies that led to the
tems; safe storage, handling, and disposal of through the Persian Gulf War. Also provides
Consumer and
299. Agricultural,
an introduction to basic leadership and
pesticides and fertilizers; federal and state le-
Environmental Sciences Study Abroad management skills, ethical decision making,
gal requirements. Includes laboratory Prereq-
Provides campus credit for study at accredited and basic communication skills. Prerequisite:
uisite: TSM 221; CPSC 326; or PL PA 377; or
foreign institutions. Final determination of AFAS 112 or consent of instructor. 1 hour.
ENTOM 319. 3 hours or V* unit.
credit granted is made upon the student's Requires concurrent enrollment with AFAS
successful completion of work. Prerequisite:
341.Engine and Tractor Power 102.
Construction, performance and maintenance
Consent of major department, college, and
Study Abroad Office. to 15 hours (summer 122. The Development of Air Power, II
combustion engines, power trains,
of internal
and hydraulic systems for powered equip- session, to 8 hours). May be repeated to a Continuation of AFAS 121. Historical survey
ment; methods and equipment for perfor-
maximum of 36 hours within one calendar year. of trends, events, and policies that led to the
mance testing. Includes a laboratory. Prereq- emergence of air power through the Persian
uisite: TSM 221 or consent of instructor. 3 hours Gulf War. Also provides an introduction to
or Vi unit. basic leadership and management skills, ethi-
Animal Sciences
cal decision making, and basic communica- Animal Sciences (ANSCI) 200. Special Problems
tion skills. Prerequisite: AFAS 121 or consent Individual research in animal sciences. Prereq-
of instructor. 1 hour. Requires concurrent en- uisite: Minimum GPA of 2.5; not open to stu-
100. Introduction to Animal Sciences
rollment with APAS 102. Survey of beef and dairy cattle, companion dents on probation; consent of instructor and
animals, horses, poultry, sheep, and swine. head of department. The honors section is
231. Air Force Leadership and open to James Scholars and other students
Includes the importance of product technol-
Management, I having a minimum GPA of 3.0 and mav be
ogy and the basic principles of nutrition, ge-
Study of leadership and quality management taken in conjunction with other courses in this
netics, physiology, and behavior as they ap-
fundamentals, professional knowledge, lead- department subject to approval of the instruc-
ply to breeding, selection, feeding, and
ership ethics, and communication skills re- tor. 1 to 5 hours.
management. Lecture and lab. 4 hours. Credit
quired of an Air Force junior officer. Case stud-
is given only for freshmen, sophomores, and
ies are used to examine Air Force leadership 201. Principles of Dairy Production
first-semester transfer students.
and management situations as a means of Surveys the dairy industry; examines prin-
demonstrating and exercising practical appli- 103. Domestic Animals in Their ciples of breeding, selection, reproduction,
cation of the concepts. Prerequisite: AFAS
122 Environment feeding, milking, and management of dairy
or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Requires con- Introductory course that will provide novice cattle. Prerequisite: ANSCI 100. 3 hours.
current enrollment with AFAS 102. students with the fundamentals of animal-
202. Domestic Animal Physiology
animal and animal-human interactions for
232. Air Force Leadership and Study of the basic physiology of domestic
domestic farm animals. Emphasizes hands-on
Management, II animals in relation to husbandry practices.
experiences to develop a background in the
Continuation of AFAS 231. Study of leader- Prerequisite: ANSCI 100 or one semester of
concepts and practice of recognizing and
ship and quality management fundamentals, animal biology, or equivalent. 4 hours.
understanding the animal's physiology and
professional knowledge, leadership ethics,
behavior, animal well being, and animal
and communication skills required of an Air 203. Behavior of Domestic Animals
responses to human interactions. Prerequisite:
Force junior officer. Case studies are used to Same as EEE 203. Introduction to concepts of
ANSCI 100 or consent of instructor. 2 hours.
examine Air Force leadership and manage- animal behavior with emphasis on domestic
ment situations as a means of demonstrating animals; lecture and lab. Prerequisite: BIOL 104
107. Agricultural, Consumer and
and exercising practical application of the con- Environmental Systems and ANSCI 100, or equivalent. 3 hours. Credit
cepts. Prerequisite: AFAS 231 or consent of Same as ACE 107. See ACE 107.
is not given for both ANSCI 203 and EEE 346.
instructor. 3 hours. Requires concurrent enroll-
ment with AFAS 102. 204. Introduction to Dairy Cattle
109. Meat Purchasing and Preparation
Evaluation
General approach to meat utilization with
241. National Security Forces in Evaluation of physical traits of dairy cattle in
emphasis on selecting, grading, cutting, and
Contemporary American Society, I relation to economic value and genetic im-
pricing meat for the home, restaurant, and
Study of the Armed Forces as an integral food service industry; includes laboratory.
provement; sire selection, mating systems, and
element in contemporary society with specific When appropriate, field trips are taken to area genetic merit for dairy cattle. Field trip re-
emphasis on the military profession, civil- quired. See Timetable for approximate cost of
commercial establishments; see Timetable for
military interaction, and the formulation, field trip. Prerequisite: ANSCI 100 or consent
approximate cost. 2 hours.
organization, and implementation of U. S. of instructor. 2 hours.
national security policy. In addition, students 110. Living with Animals and
study leadership and management, ethical Biotechnology 205. Human-Companion Animal
decision making, and communication skills. Interactions
Lecture/discussion course that will provide
Prerequisite: AFAS 232 or consent of instructor. Explores the relationships between humans
freshman students an overview of biotechnol-
3 hours. Requires concurrent enrollment with ogy and animals. Focuses on significant tech- and companion animals and the roles and
AFAS 102. nological achievements involving animals and
functions that animals play in today's society.
how they influence the global development Examines the evolution of the human/com-
242. National Security Forces in panion animal bond, benefits and disadvan-
of agriculture, medicine, and industry. Prereq-
Contemporary American Society, II uisite: Freshman standing, nonanimal sciences tages of this bond, and working/nonworking
Continuation of AFAS 241. Study of the majors. 2 hours.
roles of companion animals. Controversial is-
Armed Forces as an integral element in con- sues which are of current concern to society
temporary society with specific emphasis on 119. Meat Technology be examined in detail. Prerequisite: Sopho-
will
the military profession, civil-military interac- Student participation in the transformation of more standing. 3 hours.
tion, and the formulation, organization, and live animals through slaughter and carcass
implementation of U. national security
S. fabrication into food products for human con-
206. Horse Management
study leadership
policy. In addition, students sumption; includes laboratory. Purchase of Focus on the principles of managing horses
and management, ethical decision making, from birth through breeding; topics include
personal equipment is required; see Timetable
and communication skills. Prerequisite: AFAS reproductive physiology, breeding manage-
for approximate cost. Prerequisite: Consent of
241 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Requires ment, nutrition, diseases, parasites, herd
instructor. 3 hours.
concurrent enrollment with AFAS 102. health programs, genetics, facility design and
150. World Animal Resources exercise physiology. Prerequisite: ANSCI 220,
Examination of the world's animals, domes- 231, and credit or concurrent registration in
ticated and wild, and their uses in various cli- ANSCI 221. 3 hours.
matic, economic and cultural contexts. Explo-

ration of their contemporary management and
207. Companion Animal Management
their future prospects. Provides background
Biological management of companion animals
emphasizing the dog and cat as well as others
for international experiences, such as ACES
Animal Sciences 298 and 299. Prerequisite: Completion of the such as the rabbit, the bird, and fish; subject
matter includes anatomy, breeds and breed
campus Composition 1 general education re-
types, selection, nutrition, reproduction, ge-
Head of Department: Robert A. Easter quirement. 3 hours.
netics, training, health and disease, equipment
Department Office: 116 Animal Sciences needs, and showing of small animals. 3 hours.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
Laboratory, 1207 West Gregory Drive, Urbana
Phone: 333-3131 209. Meat Animal and Carcass Evaluation
URL: www.ansci.uiuc.edu Principles and techniques of meat animal and
carcass evaluation and their relationship to
current practices in industry; includes dem-
16 Animal Sciences
onstrations and student participation. Stu- BIOL 104 or one introductory level biology tions, and discussions. Prerequisite: ANSCI 221
dents planning to enroll in ANSCI 210 and 212 course. 4 hours. or equivalent. 3 hours or A
3
unit.
should take ANSCI 209 in their sophomore
year. Prerequisite: ANSCI 100. 3 hours. 247. An Introduction to Gross Anatomy 302.Sheep Production
Same as V B 200. See V B 200. Study of management, nutrition, reproduc-
210. Meat Selection and Classification tion, genetics,marketing, economics, housing,
Characteristics associated with the value of 250. Animal Sciences Internship health and production record programs as
carcasses and wholesale cuts from meat Supervised off-campus learning experience in they apply to sheep production. History of the
animals; grading and classification. Field trips an animal-related enterprise. Prerequisite: Jun- U. S. sheep industry will be explored along
to meat packing plants are required; see ior standing in animal sciences or agricultural with a study of wool production, marketing
Timetable for approximate cost. Prerequisite: sciences with animal sciences emphasis; good and processing. Prerequisite: ANSCI 221 or
ANSCI 209. 2 hours. academic standing; consent of department equivalent. 3 hours.
head; ANSCI 100 and a 200-level course in
211.Breeding Animal Evaluation animal sciences. 2 to 4 hours. 303. Pork Production
Application of current scientific tools, meth- Applies science and technology to the selec-
ods, and performance programs available to and Swine Management
283. Beef Cattle tion, breeding, feeding, housing and manage-
livestock breeders for improving beef cattle, Examines basic principles of beef cattle and ment of swine in a production enterprise;
swine, sheep, and horses; emphasis on the swine management for students other than emphasizes use of research findings in deci-
changing nature of modem breeds of livestock animal sciences majors. Prerequisite: ANSCI sion making. Prerequisite: ANSCI 220, 221, and
as influenced by selection, economics, and 100. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both ANSCI 307; and ANSCI 231 or 331. 3 hours or 3A unit.
consumer and market trends. Prerequisite: 283 and ANSCI 301 or 303. Credit is not given for both ANSCI 283 and 303.
Sophomore standing; credit or concurrent reg-
ANSCI 209 required for the food
istration in 290. Introduction toMetabolism in 304. Poultry Science
animal section only. 3 hours. Domestic Animals Basic principles of genetics, physiology,
Principles and regulation of metabolism in nutrition, and health of avian species; the
Advanced Livestock Evaluation
212. animals, emphasizing energy derivation and application of science and technology in
Advanced instruction in the selection of its relationship to domestic animal produc- solving the breeding, nutrition, disease,
breeding animals of beef, sheep, and swine tion. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 02 and credit or con- housing, and other management problems
species and in the evaluation of market current registration in ANSCI 221. 3 hours. encountered in commercial egg and poultry
animals for slaughter. This course requires meat production. Prerequisite: ANSCI 221 or
visits to farms, related companies, and events 295. Senior Honors Thesis 325, or consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hour's, or 3A
to observe the latest techniques and scientific Independent study, under the supervision of or 1 unit. Undergraduate and graduate
principles associated with livestock selection a faculty member, on a problem of appropri- students must complete research project to
and evaluation. Prerequisite: ANSCI 211 or ate scope and character that culminates in obtain 4 hours or 1 unit credit.
consent of instructor. 3 hours. writing a thesis. Intended primarily for hon-
ors students who plan on conducting research 305. Genetics and Animal Improvement
213. Horse Appraisal and/or pursuing graduate study. Thesis Principles of heredity and their application to
Advanced course for students interested in projects must be supervised by a faculty mem- the problems of animal improvement. Prereq-
improving performance and conforma-
their ber and reviewed by a departmental commit- uisite: CPSC 220 or equivalent. 3 liours or A 3
unit.
exposure to the
tion evaluation skills; provides tee.Students must present a satisfactory the-
horse show industry and the career opportu- sis to receive credit. Prerequisite: Senior 306.Equine Science
nities associated with this facet of the horse standing; minimum GPA of 3.4; consent of a Understand and apply current scientific re-
industry; students may compete in intercolle- faculty member. 5 hours. search and principles of equine science to in-
giate judging contests. Prerequisite: ANSCI 211. tensive horse production. An

in-depth ap-
1 hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 298. Undergraduate Seminar proach to equine reproductive physiology,
2 hours. Presentations and discussion of employment nutrition, anatomy, and exercise physiology
opportunities, departmental research activi- will be followed using a combined lecture and
214.Advanced Dairy Cattle Evaluation ties, and topics relevant to animal agriculture. laboratory format. Emphasis on current re-
Advanced instruction in the selection of breed- Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 1 hour. search and hands-on techniques. Prerequisite:
ing dairy animals. Involves visits to farms, ANSCI 202, 206, and 231, or consent of instruc-
related companies and events to observe the 299. Animal Management Field Studies tor. 3 hours or 3
A unit.
latesttechniques and scientific principles as- Field studies of farmsand service industries;
sociated with dairy cattle selection and evalu- discusses and demonstrates management 307. Environmental Aspects of Animal
ation. Field trips for cattle judging are re- practices on commercial farms. Trip normally Management
quired. Prerequisite: ANSCI 204 or consent of taken during spring break; see Timetable for Animal-environmental interactions (including
instructor. 2 hours. May be repeated to a maxi- approximate cost. Prerequisite: Credit or con- thermal, air, microbic, photic, sound, and be-
mum of 4 hours. current registration in ANSCI 100. 1 hour. May havioral factors) as bases for prescribing prac-
be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. tical environments for production of animals.
220. Plant and Animal Genetics Prerequisite: ANSCI 202. Courses in physiol-
Same as CPSC and NRES 220. See CPSC 220. 300.Dairy Herd Management ogy, nutrition, microbiology, and generics, re-
The technology of modern milk production spectively, are recommended. 3 hours or 3A
221.Animal Nutrition practices; application of principles in nutri- unit.
Principles of animal nutrition and their tion, physiology, economics, health and hy-
application to farm livestock and man. giene, waste management, and facilities de- 308. Lactation Biology
Prerequisite: CHEM 102 or equivalent. 4 hours. sign for efficient dairy herd management Examines anatomy, development, physiology
Credit is not given for both ANSCI 221 and 325. systems. See Timetable for approximate cost of and cell biology of the mammary gland; the
field trip. Appropriate for students in veteri- endocrine, biochemical and environmental
231. Biology of Reproduction nary medicine interested in large animal prac- control of milk synthesis, secretion and
Same as BIOLStudy of the basic prin-
231. tice. Prerequisite: ANSCI 221 or equivalent. composition; and comparative lactation
ciples of reproduction, lactation, growth, and 3 hours or A
3
unit. biology. Prerequisite: ANSCI 231 or consent of
hormone regulation of domestic and nondo- instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
mestic animals as well as humans, including 301. Beef Production
biotechnological methods of reproductive The principles of feeding and management of Meat Science
309.
control, manipulation, performance enhance- beef cattle; financial aspects of beef produc- Fundamental biological principles that
ment of lactation and growth, and disease tion; and diseases, parasites, and breeding influence growth, composition, processing,
control. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; difficulties of beef cattle. Lectures, demonstra- preservation, and quality of meat and meat
Animal Sciences 17
products. Prerequisite: CHEM 102; MCBIO 100 equivalent) and credit or concurrent registra- puter simulation programs. Applications to
and 101, or 200 and 201. 4 hours or 1 unit. tion in BIOCH 350 or ANSCI 290, or consent populations, processes, and products of ani-
of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit. mals, plants, and humans. Prerequisite: BIOL
310.Immunogenetics and 104 and PLBIO 100, or BIOL 121; a course in
Immunophysiology 322.Companion Animal Nutrition calculus, and a course in computer sciences;
Same as BIOL and VP 310. Blood groups, ge- Digestive physiology and basic nutritional or consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or Vt or 1
netics of immunoglobulins, the T-cell recep- considerations of companion animals includ- unit. Students desiring 4 hours or 1 unit credit
tor, immunoevolution, lymphocyte differen- ing canine, feline, laboratory animals, and do additional work in some area of math-
tiation, the major histocompatibility complex, some wildlife species. Nutritional idiosyncra- ematical modeling in the life sciences.
disease resistance, immune-endocrine inter- sies and the importance of nutrition in vari-
actions, and involvement of the immune sys- ous physiological states will be emphasized. 368. Biological Modeling
tem in fertility, nutrition, and aging. Prerequi- Current research findings will be used to il- Same as CPSC, BIOL, and GEOG 368. See
site: BIOL210 and 307 and ANSCI 202. 4 hours lustrate development/refinement of nutri- GEOG 368.
or 1 unit. tional principles applied to these species. Pre-
requisite: ANSCI 221 or equivalent. Previous 385. Gastrointestinal and Methanogenic
312. Animal Growth and Development course in physiology (ANSCI 202), organic Microbial Fermentations
Basic principles of animal growth from early chemistry (CHEM 231), and biochemistry/ Fundamental aspects of the ecology of micro-
fetal development through typical marketing intermediary metabolism (ANSCI 290 or organisms and their biochemical activities re-
ages for the major domestic animal species. BIOCH 350) will be advantageous but are not lated to the anaerobic degradation of organic
Topics discussed include molecular and cel- required. 3 hours or Vt units. matter; emphasizes anaerobic ecosystems of
lular determinants of tissue development and the mammalian gastrointestinal tract and
whole animal growth, with coverage of cur- Animal Nutrition
325. Principles of methanogenic organic residue fermentations
rent and future technologies for manipulat- Principles of animal nutrition and their (animal wastes, sediments). Prerequisite:
ing growth to enhance animal production. application to veterinary practice; designed BIOCH 350 or BIOCH 352 and 353, and
Prerequisite: ANSCI 202 and 221; ANSCI 290 primarily for students in veterinary medicine. MCBIO 100; or MCBIO 200 or 309, or consent
or BIOCH 350; or consent of instructor. 3 or 4 Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOCH of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit.
hours, or 1 unit. 350, or equivalent. 3 hours or Vt unit. Credit is
not given for both ANSCI 325 and 221. 401. Animal Bionomics
316. Population Genetics Discussion of the current literature and re-
Same as BIOL 316. Mathematical theory of the 331.Physiology of Reproduction in search techniques pertaining to adaptation of
genetics of populations: estimation of allele Domestic Animals domestic animals to their environments. Pre-
frequency for autosomal and X-chromosomal Examines anatomy and physiology of repro- requisite: ANSCI 307 or consent of instructor.
loci, Hardy-Weinberg principle, systems of duction and application to animal production: Vi unit.
mating, relationship between relatives, forces discusses topics that include endocrinology,
that change allele frequency, and quantitative ovarian and testicular function, estious cycles, The Microbiology and Physiology
402. of
inheritance. Applications to animals, plants, fertilization, implantation, pregnancy, and Ruminant Nutrition
and humans. Prerequisite: ANSCI 220, BIOL environmental and management factors influ- Physiological and microbiological aspects of
120, or BIOL 210, and MATH
120 or 134; or encing reproduction. Prerequisite: ANSCI 231 ruminant digestion and their influence on the
consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hours or Vt or 1 or equivalent. 3 hours or Vt unit. metabolism of the extraruminal tissues;
unit. Students desiring 4 hours or 1 unit credit interpretation of nutritive requirements in
do additional work in some area of population 340. Applied Statistical Methods terms of rumen microbial activities; and
genetics. Same as AG E, CPSC, FSHN, and NRES 340. evaluation of research techniques. Prerequisite:
See CPSC 340. BIOCH 350 or equivalent. Vt unit. Offered in
317. Quantitative Genetics alternate years.
Same as BIOL 317. Mathematical theory of the 341. Human Evolution, II
genetics of quantitative traits: properties of Same as ANTH 341 . See ANTH 341 403.Techniques in Animal Nutrition
random-mating populations; estimation of Research
repeatability, heritability, and genetic correla- 345. Statistical Methods Discusses and applies methods of laboratory
tion; genetic results of selection; selection Same as AG E and NRES 345. Design and analysis and animal experimentation fre-
methods; correlated response; and selection analysis of experiments: multiple regression, quently used in nutrition research. Prerequi-
for more than one trait. Application to animals method of fitting constants, factorial experi- site: Courses in nutrition, physiology, and bio-
and plants. Students desiring 4 hours or 1 unit ments with unequal subclass numbers, analy- chemistry and consent of instructor. Vt unit.
credit do additional work in some area of sis of covariance, experimental design; com-
quantitative genetics. Prerequisite: ANSCI 316; puter applications to agricultural experiments 404. Concepts in Nonruminant Nutrition
and credit or concurrent registration in ANSCI using statistical packages. Prerequisite: CPSC Review of current literature in nonruminant
345, or CPSC 440; or consent of instructor. 3 or 340, or MATH 263, or equivalent. 4 hours or nutrition. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
4 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. 1 unit. Vi unit.
320. Nutrition and Digestive Physiology of Animal Behavior

346. 409. Muscle Biology
Ruminants Same as ANTH, BIOL, and EEE 346. See EEE Microstructure and chemical composition of
Physiology and microbiology of digestion in 346. muscle tissue; chemistry and biosynthesis of
the ruminant, and biochemical pathways of muscle and connective tissue proteins; and
utilization of the absorbed nutrients for 355. Principles of Laboratory Animal biochemical aspects of muscle contraction and
productive purposes. Prerequisite: ANSCI 221 Sciences, I rigor mortis. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 and 355.
3 hours or Vt unit. Same as VP 346 and BIOL 355. See VP 346. Vi unit.
321.Minerals and Vitamins in Metabolism 356. Principles of Laboratory Animal 410. Current Topics in Nutritional Research
Nutritional implications and metabolic roles Sciences, II Same as FSHN and NUTRS 410. See NUTRS
of minerals and vitamins in animal metabo- Same as VP and BIOL 356. See VP 356. 410.
lism. The course is designed to instill a basic
358. Mathematical Modeling in Life 411.Comparative Regulation of
understanding of vitamin and mineral func-
Sciences Macronutrient Metabolism
tions, absorption, metabolism, and excretion.
Research methodologies used in the study of
Same as BIOL and STAT 358. Introduction to Same as NUTRS and FSHN 411. See NUTRS
deterministic and stochastic mathematical 411.
vitamin and mineral nutrition will also be dis-
models for the life sciences, statistical meth-
cussed. Prerequisite: A course in nutrition
(ANSCI 221, 325, Foods and Nutrition 324, or ods for fitting and testing models, and com-
Anthropology
412. Advanced Endocrinology industry. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A ture of this ancient civilization. Prerequisite:
Same as PHYSL and V B 412. See PHYSL 412. to 1 unit. ANTH 102 is recommended. 3 hours.
Advanced Quantitative Genetics
417. 493. Research Studies in Animal Sciences 108.The Sacred Mind: Religion and
Same as BIOL 417. Advanced theory of the Directed and supervised study of selected re- Society in Western Thought from
genetics of quantitative traits; lectures, student search topics in Animal Sciences. Prerequisite: Antiquity to the Enlightenment
and discussions on selected
presentations, Consent of instructor. 'A to 1 unit. May be re- Same as PHIL, SOC, and RELST 108. See
readings; and application to biological peated to a maximum of 1 unit. RELST 108.
systems. Prerequisite: ANSCI 31 7 or CPSC 444;
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Offered in 499. Thesis Research 109.The Secular Mind: Religion and
alternate years. to 4 units. Society in Western Thought from the
Enlightenment to the Present
420. Comparative Protein and Energy Same as PHIL, SOC, and RELST 109. See
Nutrition RELST 109.
Physiological aspects of protein and amino
acids, fats and fatty acids, and carbohydrates 112. Symbols in Anthropology
as applied to higher animals; includes classi- Introduction to the principles and methods of
fication, digestion, absorption, utilization, symbolic anthropology including the role that
metabolism, and dietary deficiencies and ex- Anthropology symbols play in society, and how symbolic
cesses. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 or equivalent meanings are derived and changed. Applica-
and a course in nutrition. % unit.
Acting Head of Department: Richard Wheeler
tions to contemporary American culture, fo-
cusing on the University of Illinois as an in-
Department Office: 109 Davenport Hall, 607
431. Advanced Reproductive stitution and a community, are developed in
South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
Endocrinology the course. 3 fours.
Phone: 333-3616
Same as PHYSL and V B The reproduc-
431.
URL: www.anthro.uiuc.edu/Department 141. Race: The Concept in Anthropology
tive endocrinology of domestic and laboratory
animals. Topics include neuroendocrinology; Examines the biological concept of race as
chemistry, metabolism, and action of hor- applied and misapplied to Homo sapiens by
Anthropology (ANTH)
mones; regulation of gonadal function; endo- anthropologists and others from the 18th cen-
crine changes during puberty, aging, preg- tury to the present and of the origin, nature,
102. Anthropology: Human Origins and and significance of so-called racial variation.
nancy, and parturition; external factors
Culture
affecting reproduction; infertility; and hor- 3 hours.
Introduction to and survey of human origins
mones and behavior. Prerequisite: ANSCI 331,
and evolution, physical anthropology, race Human Behavior
PHYSL 312, BIOCH 350, or equivalent. % unit. 143. Biological Bases of
and racism, archaeology, and the beginning Same as HDFS 143. Critical consideration of
of human civilization. Recommended though data and information bearing on current
432.Advanced Reproductive Physiology
Comparative physiology of production of not required to be taken with ANTH
103 as a controversies and ideas concerning the
survey of the field of anthropology. 4 hours. antecedents of selected aspects of human
domestic and laboratory animals, including
gametogenesis, fertilization, embryonic devel- behavior. Topics to be discussed include
103. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
opment, and factors influencing reproduction. communication; social organization; and
Survey of cultural anthropology; deals with and aggressive behavior. 3
Prerequisite: ANSCI 331 and BIOCH 350; or parental, sexual,
the nature of culture and its various aspects
equivalent. Va unit. hours. Credit is not given for both ANTH143
including social organization, technology, and 144.
economics, religion, and language, as these are
433. Laboratory Methods in Reproductive
manifest in contemporary traditional and 144. Biological Bases for Human Behavior
Physiology
Western societies; gives attention to distinctive (Honors)
Same as PHYSL and V B 433. Laboratory
theoretical anthropological approaches and to Critical consideration of data and information
methods used in reproductive physiology
anthropological perspectives of culture bearing on current controversies and ideas
studies, such asblood sampling, large animal
change. 4 hours. concerning the antecedents of selected aspects
surgery, collection of tissues and gametes,
embryo recovery, in vitro fertilization, tissue of human behavior. Topics to be discussed
104. Talking Culture
culture, hormone measurements, and directed include communication; social organization;
Same as LING 104. Introduction to linguistic
individual research problems. Prerequisite: and parental, sexual, and aggressive behav-
Consent of instructor. '/> to % unit.
anthropology, focusing on the role of language
and maintenance of society and
in the creation
ior. Special for honors students —
emphasizes
a "hands on" laboratory-demonstration ap-
culture and on a person's concept of self
441. Advanced Design and Analysis of proach. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
Biological Experiments
within that culture. Demonstrates how ANTH 144 and 143.
language use within a community can serve
Same as CPSC 441. See CPSC 441.
as the foundation for the analysis of cultural 146. Human Remains and the Law
444. Immunobiological Methods practices. 3 hours. Surveys forensic anthropology, the application
Same as VP 444. See VP 444. of physical anthropology and ancillary bio-
105. Introductory World Archaeology logical sciences in the identification of human
463. Radioisotopes in Biological Research: Using archaeological data, traces our prehis- remains (or their traces) when standard means
Principles and Practice toric heritage and the processes which led to
(e.g., fingerprints) fail. Readings will include
Same BIOPH and V B 463. See V B 463. the evolution of agriculture, settled villages,
as case studies; students will be involved in data
and civilization in many areas of the world;
gathering and analyses. 3 hours. Credit is not
490.Animal Sciences Seminar lectures range from the earliest humans to given for both ANTH 146 and 356.
Discussions of current research and literature. Homo sapiens and from Sumeria and Egypt to
Registration for to '/: unit each semester is Mexico, Peru, and the United States. 3 hours. 149. Evolution and Human Disease
expected for animal sciences graduate stu- Principles of modern evolutionary theory are
dents. to Vi unit. May be repeated to a maxi- 107. Archaeology of Ancient Egypt
applied to medical problems. Topics include:
mum of '/: unit for Masters students and 1 Survey of Egyptian archaeology from prehis- transmission, pathogen strategies, symptoms
unit for Ph.D. students. toric times through the New Kingdom; in-
and spectrum of disease, evolution of viru-
cludes lectures on modern archaeological
lence, concept of cause, antimicrobial resis-
492. Advanced Topics in Animal Sciences techniques developed in Egypt to presenta-
tance,emerging diseases, stress and adapta-
Selected topics associated with teaching, tions on the history, life, gods, and architec-
tion, nutrition, diachronic overview of
research, and production related to the animal changing patterns of human disease and eco-
Anthropology 19
logical factors. 3 hours. Students may not resources; and some modern theories and con- Memoirs of Africa
223.
ceive credit for both this course and ANTH troversies about their experience. 4 hours. Same as AFRST 223. Course introduces Africa
179. to students who have read little or nothing
186. Southeast Asian Civilizations about the continent. The course will provide
150. Novel Archaeology Same as AS ST 186 and HIST 172. Overviews a "user-friendly" approach by offering engag-
Designed nonanthropology majors; survey
for the cultural and institutional history of the ingly written narratives of actual lives lived.
course of prehistory as seen through the eyes Indianized states and Vietnam, with attention The texts are a combination of memoirs writ-
of novelists, science fiction writers, as well as to dominant commercial, political, religious, ten by Africans (about their childhood expe-
visual media; covers 2 million years of artistic,and social traditions of Southeast Asia. riences growing up in various regions of Af-
prehistory examining what happened in the 3 hours. rica) and by non-African scholars and other
past as well as the interface between fact and authors (including but not limited to anthro-
fiction and past and present. 3 hours. 190. American Jewish Culture pologists) who have spent significant amounts
Examines American Jewish experience in its of time on the continent. Prerequisite: Comple-
157. The Archaeology of Illinois cultural and historical diversity. Introduces the tion of campus Composition I general require-
Traces the prehistory of Illinois from the first approaches of cultural anthropology in order ment. 3 hours.
entry of people into the region more than to investigate how an ethnic group has
13,000 years ago until the 17th century and elaborated and continues to elaborate its 225. Women in Prehistory
the beginning of historical records; examines identity in American culture and society Same as W S 225. Course identifies the
subsequent cultural changes up to the 19th through strategies of individual and collective presence of women in the archaeological
century and statehood from an archaeological behavior. In this way, American Jewish record and seeks to reconstruct women's lives
and ethnohistorical perspective. 3 hours. identities emerge as the products of specific and roles in a range of ancient societies. It also
interactions between Judaism's overarching considers the intellectual history of gender
160.Anthropology of Contemporary Issues cultural system and local American cultural studies in archaeology and anthropology.
Course considers how anthropological theory formations. 3 hours. 3 hours.
and methods enhance our understanding of
contemporary social and political issues, in- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 230. Introduction to Social Anthropology
cluding immigration, education, affirmative 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. and Ethnology
action, and welfare. It examines the relation- Introduction to the anthropological study of
ship between social policy and social science 210. Comparative Family Organization contemporary human societies; emphasis on
knowledge, and the juxtapositioning of an- Same as HDFS 210. See HDFS 210. the comparative study of social organization,
thropological, policy, and other analytical ap- interpersonal relations, cultural ecology, and
proaches to contemporary issues. It assesses 213. African Oral Literature processes of sociocultural change, but also
the strengths and limits of anthropological Same as AFRST and C LIT 213. See AFRST 213. includes some consideration of the method
—
knowledge its qualitative, ethnographic,
Museum
and theory of ethnological field research. Pre-
—
and narrative character for addressing these
214. Introduction to
Introductory survey of museum studies, in-
Studies
requisite: ANTH
103, or consent of instructor.
issues. 3 hours. 3 hours.
cluding curation, conservation, development
165.Languages and Peoples of Native and ethics. Prerequisite: Sophomore status.
231. African and Indigenous Americans of
North America Preference given to students interested in South America
Develops understanding of the rich diversity museum career. 2 hours.
Same as AFRO 231. Contemporary African
of languages and cultures found among American and Indigenous American people
Native North American peoples from the 215.Museum Studies Laboratory of South America constitute dynamic cultures
Introduction to the day-to-day functions of a
perspectives of sociocultural and linguistic that extend across national borders. Taken to-
anthropology. 3 hours.
museum. Weekly lecture and rotation through gether, these two diaspora aggregations of
various areas of the Natural History Museum
people, one displaced in the Americas, the
168. Introduction to the Civilization of provide a hands-on experience. Prerequisite:
other displaced from Africa and Europe, pro-
India ANTH 214. 2 hours. vide evidence of extraordinary cultural, social,
Same as HIST 168. See HIST 168. and ethnic endurance in the face of radical and
220. Introduction to Archaeology
relentless change. Course combines informa-
179. Culture and Ecology in Human Health Introduction to the problems of studying past
tion on both African-American and Native-
Overview of health and illness in human cultures; special attention given to the ranges
American cultures in ethnographic and com-
societies emphasizing interactions among of techniques available and the adequacy of
parative perspectives. Prerequisite: ANTH 103
stress, adaptability,and culture. Case studies various methodologies as bases for sound
or 182 or 230, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
of differing cultural and ecological settings, inference about the structure of extinct
past and present, and of differing health care cultures. Prerequisite: ANTH 102, or consent
240. Introduction to Biological
systems are related to alternative theories of of instructor. 3 hours.
Anthropology
health and illness, including contemporary Past and present evolution of the human
cosmopolitan medicine. 3 hours. and Civilization:
221. Materials An
species and population and individual
Overview of Archaeometry
biological variation; topics include genetic
180. Anthropological and Archaeological Introduction to the instrumental methods
principles relevant to human evolution,
Perspectives on Death used to analyze archaeological and museum
primate phylogeny and behavior, fossil
Cross-cultural introduction to the celebration artifacts to solve questions of dating, authen-
evidence for human evolution, and the origin
ticity, composition, provenience, and technol-
of death across time and space. Examines the and significance of biological diversity in
anthropological and archaeological literature ogy. Both organic and inorganic materials are
modern man. Prerequisite: ANTH 102 or 143;
on death, particularly in terms of death ritual considered in their cultural contexts, using
or an introductory life sciences course; or
and burial practices, study popular films on examples from both Old and New World ar-
consent of instructor. 3 hours.
death in different cultures, and carry out a chaeology. Lecture/discussions are supple-
field project at a local cemetery. 3 hours. mented with visits to campus laboratories and and Social Behavior of
243. Natural History
museums. 3 hours.
the Great Apes
182. Peoples and Cultures of South Same as EEE 243. Examines the social organi-
America 222. Introduction to Modem Africa
zation, mating patterns, and group structure
South America considered as a theater of con- Same as AFRST, POL S, and SOC 222. See
of free-ranging chimpanzees, gorillas, and
flict and cultural experimentation among Na-
AFRST 222.
orangutans. Presents historical perspective
tive American, African, and Iberian peoples; focusing on misconceptions which have col-
their survival and transformation as reported ored our understanding of ape social behav-
in selected ethnographies and eyewitness
. —
20 Anthropology
ior; addresses questions concerned with learn- modern African culture, the African film 281. Introduction to Chinese Culture and
ing potential, food sharing, social cooperation, industry, and African cinema as an art form Society
aggressive behavior, self-awareness, and the and as popular entertainment. 3 hours. Same as EALC 281. Comprehensive introduc-
appropriateness of the apes as models for tion to Chinese culture and society based on
understanding human behavior. Prerequisite: 268. Images of the "Other": ethnographic studies, theoretical analysis, and
ANTH 102, 143, or an equivalent course in Anthropological Perspectives historical survey. Topics cover crucial issues
animal behavior; or consent of instructor. Do all peoples view neighboring or distant concerning China's past, present and future,
3 hours. populations as radically different "Others," or with an emphasis on conditions in the last two
can humans create mutual images based on a decades of the 20th century. 3 hours.
244. Anthropology of Play notion of shared humanity? Course compares
Same as KINES 244. See KINES 244. and analyzes the range of images of ethnic, 287. Asian American Experiences
"racial", gender, class and bodily differences Same as SOC 287. Overview of the historical,
258. People of the Ice Age that have been enacted historically and cross- social, cultural, and artistic aspects of the
Explores a vast period of human prehistory culturally in both Western and non-Western experiences of Asian Americans in the United
—
2 million to 1 0,000 years ago before the first populations. Prerequisite: A previous course in States. Attention will be paid to the 19th and
cities arose and before people domesticated history and /or one of the social sciences 20th century immigration experience; the
plants and animals in the Old World; uses ar- would be helpful. 3 hours. nature of the family and community over time
chaeological and paleoanthropological data to in the diverse Asian American groups; and
understand past life ways as well as reasons and Latinos Challenging the
269. Latinas contemporary socio-economic and political
for change through time in human adaptation. Anthropological and Literary Landscape issues facing Asian Americans. We will
Prerequisite: ANTH 102. 3 hours. Same as LLS and method-
269. Theoretical consider East, South, and Southeast Asians
ological perspectives on the construction of and their similarities and differences in
259.Spanish-Speaking Peoples in the Latina/Latino identities in contemporary adapting to the United States. 3 hours.
United States American society. 3 hours.
Same as LLS 259. Introduction to the Spanish- 290. Individual Study
speaking population of the United States, 270. Introduction to Linguistic Supervised reading and research on anthro-
including demography, history, economics, Anthropology pological topics chosen by the student with
and aspects of the sociocultural milieu; Introduction to linguistic anthropology as a staff approval. Especially flxit not exclusively)
emphasis on Mexican-Americans and Puerto major subdiscipline within the field of anthro- for students who are preparing for a summer
Ricans, although other Spanish-speaking pology; problems of elicitation and analysis field-work project, or who have some justifi-
groups are also considered. Prerequisite: of language as faced by anthropologists; and able reason for doing independent study, but
ANTH 103, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. the role of language in the other major sub- who do not qualify for the honors (departmen-
disciplines: biological, archaeological, and tal distinction) courses. Prerequisite: Junior or
260. Peoples of the World: Introduction to social anthropology. Prerequisite: ANTH
103 or senior standing; 12 hours in anthropology;
Ethnography LING 200, or consent of instructor; comple- consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours. May not be
Study and criticism of ethnographic description of Campus Composition I general edu- taken concurrently with ANTH 291 or 293.
tions of exotic ways of life, both as scientific cation requirement. 3 hours.
reporting and as a literary art form. Readings 291. Honors Individual Study
include examples from several major culture 276. Aztec Civilization Individual study and research projects for
areas: Africa, the Americas, the Middle East, Detailed description and analysis of Aztec those students who are candidates for depart-
Oceania, southern and eastern Asia, and West- culture, society, and empire at c. 1500 AD, mental distinction in anthropology. Prerequi-
ern civilization. Prerequisite: ANTH 102, 103, based primarily on ethnohistorical documen- site: Senior standing; 3.2 GPA in anthropology;
or consent of instructor. 3 hours. tation. Topics covered include life cycle, fam- consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours. May not be
ily and society, political and economic orga- taken concurrently with ANTH 290. (Counts
261. Afro- American Societies and Cultures nization, warfare, religion, and intellectual for advanced hours in L A S.)
Same as AFRO 261 . See AFRO 261 and aesthetic traditions. External relationships
with neighboring peoples and the indigenous 293. Honors Senior Thesis
262. Cultural Images of Women view of the Spanish conquest are considered. Preparation and completion of a senior hon-
Same as W S 262. Perceptions of women, their Prerequisite: ANTH 102, 103, or 105. 3 hours. ors thesis, research paper, or equivalent project
perceptions of themselves, and their varying for those students who are candidates for high
roles and statuses in several contemporary on Cities
277. Anthropological Perspectives or highest departmental distinction in anthro-
societies in diverse countries; supervised eth- and the Built Environment pology. Prerequisite: Senior standing; 3.2 GPA
nographic observation of women's behavior. Examine urban development from its origins in anthropology; consent of instructor. 2 to 4
3 hours. to the present day. Among the concepts cov- hours. May not be taken concurrently with
ered are urbanism, urbanization, ceremonial ANTH 290. (Counts for advanced hours in
264. Plants and Their Uses centers and ceremonial cities, the city as a sys- LAS.)
Same as PLBIO 263. See PLBIO 263. tem, the spatial and economic organization of
cities, and the built environment (sacred land- 296. Special Topics
265. Ethnicity in the United States:
scapes, vernacular architecture, places of Topics are given on a one-time only, experi-
Anthropological Perspectives
power). Small field project is conducted in mental basis. Faculty offer special topics in
Course examines the history and present day Champaign-Urbana. 3 hours. their areas of expertise that provide an oppor-
circumstances of a variety of U. S. ethnic
tunity for undergraduates to be exposed to
groups. It uses the tools of ethnography and Anthropology
280. Personal some of the most current developments in fac-
history to explore this complex topic. The first Anthropological approaches and methods ulty research. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated.
half of the course explores 18th and 19th related to the student's everyday life situation;
century ethnicities by combining historical explanation and use of ritual, ideology, myth, 297. Honors Seminar
and ethnographic methods. The second half communication, media images, rites of Each seminar considers a topic or issue of cur-
focuses on contemporary ethnic movements passage, structure, symbols, and other rent interest in anthropology. Prerequisite:
and theories about them. Prerequisite: ANTH concepts so that the student may develop a ANTH 102 and 103, two additional anthropol-
103. 3 hours. more critical understanding of contemporary ogy courses, a GPA of 3.25 in anthropology
American society and his or her position in it. courses, and consent of instructor. 3 hours. May
266. African Film and African Society 3 hours. be repeated as topics vary to a maximum of 6
Same as AFRST 266. Introduction to African
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
cinema as a contemporary art form and as a
window on the social and cultural realities of 300. Introduction to Linguistic Structure
Africa. The course will include discussion of Same as LING 300. See LING 300.
Anthropology 21
Women in Muslim Societies

303. the relationship between social organization 336. Native Peoples and Cultures of
W
Same as HIST, RELST, and S 303. See RELST and economic from the perspectives of
life Greater Amazonia
303. classical studies in anthropology and their Develops cross-cultural understanding of
contemporary interpretations. Prerequisite: contemporary native peoples around the rim
307. Introduction to Mathematical ANTH 230. 3 hours or 1 unit. of and within Amazonia; examines culture
Linguistics history, history, and ecology prior to study of
Same as LING 307. See LING 307. 325. Analyzing Qualitative selected cases; deals with adaptive versatility
Anthropological Data of contemporary native peoples as well as
308. Human Evolutionary Anatomy Examines strategies for the exploration and with radical change. Prerequisite: ANTH 103,
Comprehensive, comparative study of mus- analysis of anthropological data in the form 182, 230, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
culoskeletal anatomy in primates, focusing on of words and documents. Emphasizes the 1 unit.
functional and adaptive changes that have oc- hands-on application of these strategies to the
curred in the mascatory apparatus, facial skel- analysis and interpretation of real data sets Theory
339. Anthropological in
eton, and locomotor systems of New World collected by the students. Covers data reduc- Contemporary Perspective
monkeys, Old World monkeys, apes, and hu- tion; text management and retrieval; coding; Exploration of current theory in social and
mans. Relationships between morphology, within-, between-, and cross-case analyses; cultural anthropology, with emphasis on ex-
ecology, and behavior are discussed, applied data matrices; analysis of anthropo-
critical amining theories in the light of contemporary
to the fossil record, and used to address cur- logical documents; content analysis; validity ideas about theoretical adequacy and of the
rent issues in human evolution. Prerequisite: and reliability issues; and the preparation of historical development of anthropological
ANTH 343 or 340 or 356, or a course in hu- research reports. Prerequisite: 318. ANTH thought; designed especially for anthropology
man or comparative vertebrate anatomy 4 hours or 1 unit. majors and anthropology graduate students.
3 hours or 1 unit. Prerequisite: ANTH
230 or equivalent. 3 hours,
326. The Rise of Civilization in Ancient orVt or 1 unit.
310. Human Evolutionary Anatomy Lab Peru
Comparative detailed dissections of craniofa- Survey of the early inhabitants of Peru and 340. Human Evolution, I
cial, locomotor, neural, and alimentary sys- emergence of complex society in pre-Inca era. Principles of evolution and a survey of human
tems in nonhuman primates, to understand Prerequisite: ANTH 220 or ANTH 328, 357, 375, evolution from the early primates through the
the anatomical bases of human evolution. Pre- 376 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Pleistocene epoch; emphasis on evolutionary
requisite: Credit or concurrent registration in theory as applied to humans and interpreta-
ANTH 308. 3 hours or 1 unit. 327.Archaeology of the Incas tion of the fossil record. Prerequisite: 240 ANTH
The rise of the Inca Empire, its culture and art. or an introductory life sciences course, or con-
315. Area Studies in Ethnomusicology The societies conquered by the Incas are also sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
Same as MUSIC 317. See MUSIC 317. studied. Prerequisite: ANTH 220, or ANTH 328,
375, 376 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 341. Human Evolution, II
316. Anthropology of Music 1 unit. Same as ANSCI 341. Principles of human ge-
Same as MUSIC 316. See MUSIC 316. and race
netics; anthropological aspects of race
328. North American Archaeology formation; and hereditary and environmen-
318. Anthropological Research Design Methods, techniques, and results of archaeol- tal factors in the biological variation of mod-
Examines the design of anthropological re- ogy in North America; focuses on divergent ern humans. 3 hours, or % or 3 unit.
search; covers the philosophical basis of re- approaches to the regional archaeology of
search design, different approaches to framing North America; and surveys and synthesizes 342. Behavior-Genetic Analysis
questions and designing research, sampling, the archaeology of the subcontinent. Prerequi- Same as EEE 350 and PSYCH 342. See PSYCH
questionnaire design, data collection tech- site: ANTH 220 or consent of instructor. 3 342.
niques, research ethics, coding, and general hours, or % or 1 unit.
problems of measuring quantitative and quali- 343. Introduction to Primate Morphology
tative data. Prerequisite: ANTH 220, 230, 240, The Philosophy of Social Science
329. and Behavior
or 270 and a course in statistics; or consent of Same as PHIL 375 and SOC 325. See PHIL 375. Same as EEE 344. Survey of primate social
instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. behavior and the classification, morphology,
330. The History and Historiography of and distribution of living and extinct species;
321. Social Organization and Structure Anthropology emphasis on interrelationships among behav-
Introduction to anthropological concepts of Provides a selective overview of the history ior, biology, and ecology. Prerequisite: ANTH
social organization and structure; considers and historiography of anthropology in the 240 or EEE 246; or consent of instructor. 3
kinship theory, descent and alliance systems, 19th and 20th centuries. The class moves chro- hours, or % or 1 unit.
nonkin association, social
social stratification, nologically and topically, paying particular
networks, group identification and bound- attention to the social, institutional, and his- 344. Field and Laboratory Techniques in
aries, structural-functional interpretations of paradigmatic shifts, the in-
torical contexts of Biological Anthropology
society, and the meaning of social or cultural terconnections between various national tra- Supervised participation in biological anthro-
structure. Prerequisite: ANTH 230 or consent and the negotiations of the discipline's
ditions, pology research projects; techniques, methods,
of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. boundaries. Prerequisite: Graduate or senior and procedures discussed and practiced un-
standing in anthropology, or consent of in- der actual field or laboratory working condi-
322.Analyzing Quantitative structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. tions. Normally taken concurrently with
Anthropological Data ANTH 345. Prerequisite: ANTH 240 or equiva-
Examines strategies for the discovery and 333. South American Indians of the lent; consent of instructor. 3 hoars or 1 unit.
exploration of patterning in quantitative Andean Region May be repeated as topics vary. Usually of-
anthropological data. Emphasis on the Survey of Andean cultures at the time of the fered in the summer session only.
philosophy of data analysis, exploratory and Spanish conquest, of their subsequent history,
computer-intensive methods, and hands-on and of modern Indian culture in the Andean 345. Analysis of Research Data in
application to the analysis and interpretation countries. Prerequisite: ANTH 230 or consent Biological Anthropology
of real data sets collected by the students. of instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. Analysis, interpretation, evaluation, and
Prerequisite: ANTH
318. 4 hours or 1 unit. organization of field and laboratory data in
335. Ethnography of Local Cultures biological anthropology; preparation of
323.Economic Anthropology Same as EDPSY and SOC 335. See EDPSY 335. written reports on research. May be taken
Covers the emergence of economic anthropol- concurrently with ANTH 344 or subsequently.
ogy as a subdiscipline; considers various defi- Prerequisite: ANTH
240 or equivalent; consent
nitions of economics with their implications of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated
for the study of human society; emphasizes
22 Anthropology
as topics vary. Usually offered in the summer hours or 1 unit. Credit is not given for both spectives covered include symbolic, processual,
session only. ANTH 356 and 146. materialist, structural-functionalist, structural-
ist, and postmodernist approaches. Prerequi-
Animal Behavior
346. 358. Paleo-Faunal Analysis site: A 200-level course in cultural anthropol-
Same as ANSCI, BIOL, and EEE 346. See EEE Introduces students to the use of faunal re- ogy or consent of instructor; or graduate
346. mains as they pertain to archaeological re- standing. 4 hours or 1 unit.
search programs. Presents and critically as-
348. The Prehistory of Africa sesses a number of approaches to the analysis 364. Field Work in Cultural Anthropology
The study development in Africa
of cultural of faunal remains as to their usefulness to par- Supervised participation in field research in
from the appearance of hominids to the time ticular research designs. Prerequisite: Open to ethnography, ethnology, linguistics, or social
of European domination. Prerequisite: ANTH Anthropology majors with senior or gradu- anthropology; techniques, methods, and pro-
220 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or ate standing. 4 hours or 1 unit. cedures discussed and practiced under actual
1 unit. working conditions. Prerequisite: ANTH 230 or
359. Forensic Anthropology 300; some knowledge of the language of the
351. Archaeological Surveying: Techniques Examines current research and techniques in area concerned; consent of instructor. Nor-
and Applications the application of physical anthropology to mally taken concurrently with ANTH 365. 3
Familiarization with methods used in the lo- legal investigations, primarily in the identifi- hours or 1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary.
cation and recording of archaeological sites, cation ofhuman skeletal material, but also in Usually offered in the summer session only.
including techniques of mapping especially other characterization and identification of
adapted to the needs of archaeology; atten- human remains and traces (e.g., footprints); 365. Analysis of Field Data in Cultural
tion given to means of presenting and results also considers expert witness testimony and Anthropology
interpreting data derived from this work; and ethical issues in such application. Prerequisite: Analysis, interpretation, evaluation, and or-
work both in the field and in the laboratory. ANTH 356 or equivalent. 3 hours, or % or ganization of field data in cultural anthropol-
Prerequisite: ANTH 102 or consent of instruc- 1 unit. ogy; preparation of written reports on research
tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. in ethnography, ethnology, linguistics, or so-
360. Peoplesand Cultures of Oceania cialanthropology. May be taken concurrentlv
352. Theory and Methods of Lithic Same as AS ST 360. Survey of the Pacific Is- with ANTH 364 or subsequently. Prerequisite:
Analysis lands; regional geography, human ecology, ANTH 230 or 300; some knowledge of the lan-
Lecture and laboratory on the principles and culture history, and ethnography of Mel- guage of the area concerned; consent of in-
techniques of stone and bone artifact manu- anesia, New Guinea, Polynesia, New Zealand, structor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated as
facture, identification, classification, metrical Micronesia, and Australia; and some consid- topics vary.
analysis, interpretation, and integration with eration of Pacific ethnohistory and the role of
other classes of archaeological evidence. Em- Oceania in the modern world. Prerequisite: and Society
366. Class, Culture,
phasis on the use of lithics to test human be- ANTH 102 and 103, or consent of instructor. 3 Social hierarchies in a variety of cultural
havioral models. Prerequisite: ANTH 220. 3 hours, or 3
A or 1 unit. contexts; industrial societies and the process
hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. of industrialization; looks at other social forms
361. Peoples and Cultures of Mexico and purposes of comparison. A variety of
for the
353. Field Work in Cultural Anthropology: Guatemala be discussed and compared
social theories will
Theory and Methods Survey of the peoples and cultures of Middle through ethnographic studies. Prerequisite:
Major philosophical, theoretical, and method- America with special emphasis upon Mexico ANTH 103 and 230 or graduate standing.
ological issues that arise in conducting cul- and Guatemala; begins by placing Middle 4 hours or 1 unit.
tural-oriented anthropological field work to- America geographically, and
historically,
day; application of class knowledge to an culturally within the broader Latin American 367. Cultures of Africa
actual field experience; emphasis on field scene; countries first viewed as a whole and Culture and social organization in traditional
work as a reflexive experience and as a mutu- then selected ethnographic studies of specific African societies with emphasis on the poli-
ally creative and frustrating endeavor. Prereq- communities considered for comparative tics, kinship, and religion of a small sample of
uisite: ANTH 230 or graduate standing. 3 hours purposes. The Caribbean is not included in societies illustrating the main cultural varia-
or 1 unit. this survey. Prerequisite: ANTH 230 or consent tions found in sub-Saharan Africa; some dis-
of instructor. 3 /lours, or V> or 1 unit. cussion of ecological factors and ethnic group
354. Field Techniques in Archaeology relations in precolonial times. Prerequisite:
Participation in archaeological excavations; 362. Modem Europe: Anthropological ANTH 230 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
techniques, methods, and procedures dis- Perspectives Vt or 1 unit.
cussed and practiced under actual working Historical studies which deplov anthropologi-
conditions. Normally taken concurrently with cal methods in the study of early modern and 368. Religions of Africa
ANTH 355. Prerequisite: ANTH
102, or consent modern Europe; looks at processes of twenti- Same as RELST 368.Course will consider re-
of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated eth century modernization through ethno- ligious acts, beliefs and experiences in Africa
as topics vary. Usually offered in the summer graphic studies. Western, Central, and East- as they relate to politics, cosmology, social
session only. em Europe will all receive attention, but the structure, gender norms and markers, aesthet-
study of Western Europe will predominate. ics and performance, and illness and healing,
355. Laboratory Techniques in Archaeology Prerequisite: ANTH 103 and 230 or three his- among other factors. Religious traditions that
Laboratory work including processing, clas- tory courses or graduate standing. 4 hours or firstoriginated in sub-Saharan Africa will be
sifying, dating, interpretation, evaluation, and 1 unit. emphasized, but some consideration will also
preparation of written reports of archaeologi- be given to local African experiences of Chris-
cal research. May be taken concurrently with 363. Religion in Anthropological tianity and Islam. Prerequisite: At least one
ANTH 354 or subsequently. Prerequisite: Perspective previous course in either Cultural Anthropol-
ANTH 102 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Same as RELST Course focuses on theo-
363. ogy, Religious Studies or African Studies; or
1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary. retical issues raised bv religion. Does religion consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
address itself essentially to intellectual, emo-
356. Human Osteology tional orpragmatic issues? Is religion created 370. Mind, Culture, and Society
Identification of human skeletal material and by worshippers? How does
rulers, clerics or Same as COMM and LING 370. Introduces
basic techniques of measurement; methods of the individual experience religion, and (how) students to the field of cognitive anthropology
determining age, sex, race, and stature from can s/he reshape it? In exploring these and and its relation to cognitive science. Language
the human skeleton; and analysis of skeletal related issues, we will read the writings of and the application of linguistic methods to
populations. Prerequisite: ANTH
102 or a German, French, and British social scientists problems in the social and cognitive sciences
course in anatomy, physiology, or introduc- of the past 150 years as well as work by con- are emphasized and also the relevance of the
tory life sciences and consent of instructor. 3 temporary anthropologists. Theoretical per- ethnographic method to cognitive science in
Anthropology 23
and kinesthetic dimensions of

general. Visual an international social problem. Prerequisite: 398. Combined Graduate and
knowledge are also explored. Prerequisite: ANTH 230 or 260, or consent of instructor. Undergraduate Seminar
ANTH 230, or one course in communications 3 hours, or 3
/i or 1 unit. Research seminar on specialized topics in an-
or linguistics, or consent of instructor. 3 hours thropology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
or 1 unit. 380.Symbolic and Interpretive 4 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated.
Anthropology
373.Theory and Method in the Cross- Focus on recent developments in symbolic 400. Introduction to General Linguistics
Cultural Study of Individual Social and interpretive anthropology; topics covered Same as E I L 402 and LING 400. See LING
Behavior include writing the ethnographic text, subject- 400.
Same as PSYCH 373. See PSYCH 373. object relations, critical reflection on field-
work, construction of the self, dialogism, prac- 420. Ethnicity in China
374.Mesoamerican Art and Iconography tice,performance, narrative, power, and Same as EALC 420. Explores ethnic diversity
Comparative analysis of the iconographic representation. Prerequisite: ANTH 321 and and ethnic relations in China. Topics include
(symbolic) content of elite art and architecture 363, or similar courses in anthropology, the the multi-ethnic history of Chinese society,
of precolumbian Mesoamerican societies. social sciences, or the humanities, and consent communist and Western theories on nation-
Emphasis is placed on describing and inter- of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. ality and ethnicity, the state and ethnicity, eth-
preting basic shared features of cosmology nic conflict and political economy, gender and
and the ideological aspects of social and po- and Society in Japan
383. Self ethnic hierarchy. Prerequisite: ANTH 384 or
systems discerned from surviving art-
litical Same EALC 383. The lifecourse and the
as consent of instructor. 1 unit.
works. Prerequisite: ANTH 102 or 105 or con- growth of the self in modern Japanese civili-
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. zation. Prerequisite: ANTH
230 or a course in 440. Problems in Physical Anthropology
East Asian history, or consent of instructor. 3 Seminar designed to involve students in the
375. The Prehistory and Archaeology of hours, or % or 1 unit. theoretical and methodological approaches to
Mexico problem areas in physical anthropology. May
Discusses the ancient cultures and civiliza- Gender, and Population
384. Family, in be repeated for additional credit. Prerequisite:
tions of Mexico as reconstructed from archaeo- Contemporary China ANTH 340, 341, or 343; consent of instructor.
logical data; begins with the earliest evidence Same as EALC 384. Explores the interworking 1 unit.
of human occupation and traces the develop- of family system, gender dynamic and demo-
ment of agricultural societies and ultimately graphic process in response to socioeconomic 443.Problems in Primate Behavior and
large urban civilizations to 1300 A.D. Pre-
c. and political changes in contemporary China. Ecology
requisite: ANTH 105 or 220; or consent of in- Urban-rural differentiation and regional and Same as EEE 443. Group discussions and
structor. 3 hours or 1 unit. ethic diversities will be examined. Prerequisite: individual presentations of research reports
ANTH 230 or equivalent; ANTH 281. 3 hours and problems in fields of primate ethology,
376. Archaeology of the Maya and Aztecs or 1 unit. ecology, evolution, and related subjects; topics
Discusses and analyzes the archaeological vary each semester. Prerequisite: Consent of
data related to two important indigenous Anthropology of Education
385. instructor. Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated.
Mesoamerican civilizations, the Maya and Same as EDPSY and E P S 385. See E P S 385.
Aztecs. Major topics considered include inter- 450. Seminar in Anthropology
pretations of political and social organization, 386. Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Analysis of selected topics of special interest
subsistence systems, religion, and writing sys- Southeast Asia in anthropology. Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated
tems. Problems in correlating archaeology and Same as AS ST 386. Culture, cultural history, for up to 2 units per semester.
ethnohistorv are also examined. Prerequisite: and social systems of mainland Southeast
ANTH 220 and 375. 3 hours or 1 unit. Asia:Burma, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam, 452. Research Problems in Archaeology
Laos, Assam Hills, upland southwestern Seminar oriented to current research problems
377. Pottery Analysis China, and Malaya; emphasis on the interac- in archaeology, designed to acquaint students
Introduction to the theories and techniques of tion of complementary ethnic types in the con- with theoretical and methodological aspects
pottery analysis for archaeologists. In addition text of local ecology and the Hindu-Buddhist of particular problems and to develop a critical
to presentation and discussion of the major systems of religion and politics of the lowland perspective of archaeological research.
literature, there is hands-on practice making, states. Prerequisite: ANTH 220 or 230, or con- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. May
drawing, breaking, and analyzing pottery. sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. be repeated.
Prerequisite: Either ANTH 220, 375, or 376, or
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 391. Topics in Museum Studies 453. The Formal Analysis of Kinship
Course uses campus museums to introduce Systems
Advanced Computer-Assisted
378. students to research on collections, conserva- Survey of a variety of the world's systems of
Methods in Archaeology tion, collections management, exhibit design kinship, marriage, and family organization;
Examines advanced, computer-assisted meth- and installation, public relations, and planning concentration on the distinctive properties of
ods for the analysis of archaeological data. educational programs. Emphasis varies from kinship systems as a species of social structure,
Covers database design basics, seriation, cor- year to year. Students participate in current on the formal apparatus for describing and
respondence analysis, discriminant analysis, research projects at the museums. Prerequisite: understanding them and their functions, and
cluster analysis, archaeological stratigraphy, ANTH 214 and 215 or consent of instructor. 4 on the theory of kinship that arises from the
assemblage diversity analyses, and the analy- hours or 1 unit. May be repeated in separate use of such formal apparatus. Prerequisite:
sis and interpretation of radiocarbon dates. semesters to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 units. Consent of instructor. '/: to 1 unit.
Applies these methods in the analysis and in-
terpretation of archaeological data using the 394. Human Paleopathology 454. Ritual and Power in Social Life
Bonn Archaeological Statistics Package and Comprehensive study of the evidence of Systematic examination of the relationship
the MYSTAT and SYSTAT statistical packages. human disease in antiquity, emphasizing between power structure and ritual by
Prerequisite: ANTH 322 or equivalent. 4 hours diagnosis of skeletal pathologies, and the reference to anthropological theory and
or 1 unit. anthropological interpretation of historic and through consideration of select ethnographies;
prehistoric disease patterns. Prerequisite: networks cultural
social stratification, social
379. Medical Anthropology: The Culture of ANTH 356, a course in human anatomy, or symbolism, and ethnicity. Prerequisite: Consent
Health and Illness equivalent. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. of instructor. 1 unit.
Introduction to concepts and social aspects of

health, illness, and curing in different cultures
with consideration also of the interaction be-
tween folk and modern medicine in develop-
ing nations and the delivery of health care as
24 Arabic
455. Archaeological Approaches to Cultural kinship theory, as well as contemporary

Complexity Then explores the nature of political
critiques.
Examines patterns of behavior archaeologists authority and stratification systems; presents
associate with complex societies and seeks to topical and theoretical issues as well as
understand if and how these behaviors gen- selected case studies. Prerequisite: Graduate
erate and /or reflect cultural complexity; theo- standing. 2 unit. Arabic
retical literature and case studies discussed.
Major topics include mortuary studies, settle- 468. Colonialism and Culture
ment pattern analysis, and theory. Prerequisite: Same as HIST 468. Course examines the his- (See Linguistics)
Graduate student standing. 2 unit. tory of colonialism and post-colonialism in
anthropological perspective. The relations of
456. Research Problems in Ethnohistory history and anthropology are explored through
Seminar oriented to current research problems ethnographic studies which problematize his-
in anthropological applications of ethnohistory, torical memory. Theoretical works of colonized
designed to acquaint students with theoreti- people will be debated and discussed. Prereq-
cal and methodological issues and principal uisite: Graduate standing. 2 unit.
documentary sources for a specific world area.
Students will undertake a major project ana- 470. Proseminar in Cognitive Science Architecture,
lyzing documents. Prerequisite: Consent of in- Same as C S 449, LING and PHIL 470, and
EDPSY and PSYCH 471 In-depth view of cog-
School of
structor. 2 unit. May be repeated in the same .
or separate semesters to a maximum of 2 units. nitive science: the study of mind and intelli-
gence. Covers major areas of cognitive science Director: R. Alan Forrester
457. Social Construction of Space including: anthropology, artificial intelligence, School Office: 117 Temple Buell Hall, 611 Taft
Consideration of anthropological, archaeo- cognitive neuroscience, cognitive psychology, Drive, Champaign
logical, and related disciplinary perspectives emotions, linguistics, and philosophy. Lec- Phone: 333-1330
on space, place, landscape, the built environ- tures focus on prominent questions and issues URL: www.arch.uiuc.edu
ment, and architecture. Course work encom- in each area highlighted by descriptions of
passes critical review of major theoretical lit- current research. Also explores interconnec-
Architecture, School of (ARCH)
erature and case studies of ancient and tions among these fields. Prerequisite: Mini-
modern societies. Prerequisite: Consent of in- mally second semester graduate standing in
structor. 1 unit. a cognitive science discipline including: an- 171. Architectural Design, I
thropology, computer science, educational Formal fundamentals of architectural design;

459. Proseminar in Biological and Cultural psychology, electrical engineering, linguistics, formal vocabulary, principles, and concepts of
Evolution philosophy, psychology, or consent of instruc- architectural design; basic design methods;
Critical review of the major theoretical per- tor. Vi to 1 unit. skills development in sketching, drafting, ren-
spectives of human biological and cultural dering, layout, diagramming, modeling, and
evolution; examines the historical bases of and Culture
475. Leisure lettering; and creative problem-solving in two-
these perspectives and their influence on con- Same as KINES and LEIST 475. See LEIST 475. and three-dimensional exercises. Prerequisite:
temporary theories and interpretations. Pre- ARTGP 187 or equivalent and sophomore
Graduate standing in the Department
requisite: 480. Dissertation Writing Seminar standing. 3 hours.
of Anthropology or consent of instructor. Through reading style handbooks, theoretical
1 unit. works on the nature of writing, and published 172. Architectural Design, II
dissertations in anthropology, as well as Functional fundamentals of architectural de-
460. Proseminar in Ethnological Theory completing specific dissertation writing sign; functional vocabulary, principles, and
History of modern ethnological thought. Fo- assignments, this course provides a forum for concepts of architectural design; basic design
cusing on social and cultural anthropological advanced doctoral students to outline and and programming methods; skills develop-
theories, it takes a topical approach to theo- complete substantial work on their doctoral ment in drafting, modeling, layout, rendering,
retical problems and emphasizes the develop- thesis. The class format is a workshop in which and sketching; and creative problem-solving
ment Gradu-
of analytical skills. Prerequisite: every student circulates dissertation chapters in two- and three-dimensional exercises. Pre-
ate standing. 1 unit. for discussion by the instructor and other class requisite: ARCH 171. 3 hours.
members. Prerequisite: Students must have
461. Archaeological Theory completed all requirements for the Ph.D. in 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
History of theory in archaeology. Different anthropology but the dissertation, and they 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
theoretical approaches are examined by must have completed their doctoral fieldwork.
critically analyzing the seminal literature 2 unit.
200. Senior Honors in Architecture
within the contexts of paradigmatic shifts in For candidates for honors in architecture.
archaeology and general developments in the 489. Readings in Anthropology Independent guided study and research in a
discipline of anthropology. 2 unit. Individual guidance in intensive readings in selected area of architecture. Prerequisite:
the literature of one or more subdivisions of Senior standing in architecture, a University
463. Feminist Theory in Anthropology the field of anthropology, selected in consul- GPA of 3.0 or, in special cases, consent of
Same as W S 463. Theoretical issues raised in tation with the adviser in accordance with the Director of School. 3 hours, (summer session, 2
recent feminist writings in anthropology. needs and interest of the student. Prerequisite: to 3 hours). May be repeated to a maximum of
Theoretical approaches to be explored include One semester of graduate work in anthropol- 6 hours with consent of Director of School.
constructionist, postmodern, textual and ogy; consent of adviser. 'A or 1 unit.
historical materialist perspectives. Selected 210. Introduction to the History of
contemporary ethnographies introduce the 490. Individual Topics in Anthropology Architecture
integration of feminist theory into data Supervised individual investigation or study Visual and cultural analysis of selected build-
analysis. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or of a topic not covered by regular courses. The ings, urban spaces, and cities, from ancient
consent of instructor. 2 unit. topic selected by the student and the proposed Greece to modern times; emphasizes the ar-
plan of study are approved by the adviser and chitectural traditions of Western Civilization,
467. Kinship and Social Organization in the staff member who supervises the work. especially as they affect the built environment
Africa Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 units. ofAmerica and the Middle West. Prerequisite:
Explores a variety of systems of kinship and Sophomore standing or consent of instructor.
social organization in sub-Saharan Africa; 499. Thesis Research 3 hours.
covers classic statements on African kinship, Preparation of theses. to 4 units.
which provide a foundation of modern
Architecture 25
215. Buildings, Land, and Cultural design; man-environment relationships 315. Neoclassical and Nineteenth Century
Traditions: Diversity and Change theory; and architectural design and presen- Architecture
Same as L A 215. See L A 215. tation methods. Prerequisite: ARCH 172. Evolution of Continental and British architec-
3 hours. ture and urban planning from 1750 to World
231. Anatomy
of Buildings War I; includes some reference to American
Firstcourse in building science and technol- 272. Architectural Design, IV architecture of the same period. Prerequisite:
ogy with emphases on the anatomy of build- Buildings in the community setting; introduc- ARCH 210 or ARTHI 112, or consent of in-
ings, including the function, the physical tory urban design and site planning theory; structor. 3 hours or A
3
unit.
makeup and the working principles of vari- man-environment relationships theory; and
ous building systems, components, and ma- architectural design and presentation meth- 316.Modern American Architecture
terials, their interrelationships and their build- ods. Prerequisite: ARCH 271. 3 hours. Development of American architecture and
ing design implications. Prerequisite: Sophomore urban planning from the seventeenth century
standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. 299. Study in Versailles, France to the present. Prerequisite: ARCH 210, ARTHI
Study in the University of Illinois Architec- 112, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit.
232. Construction of Buildings tural Program at Versailles, France. Prerequi-
Second course in building science and site: Concurrent registration in the full-time 317. Twentieth-Century Architecture
technology with emphases on the process of program at Versailles through the Chicago or Developments in Western architecture and
project execution from the initiation of design Urbana-Champaign Campus. hours. urban design from 1900 to the present;
to the completion of construction. Includes examines the rise of modernism in Europe
comprehensive study of the construction of 300. Independent Studies in Urban Design and, after World War II; includes work in the
buildings and their systems, materials and The individual study of selected topics United States, India, Japan, and Australia.
methods, and their implications on building involving the history, design, and function of Prerequisite: ARCH 210 or ARTHI 112, or
sustainability and design decision-making. significant European cities. Prerequisite: One consent of instructor. 3 hours or 3A unit.
Prerequisite: ARCH 231 or consent of instructor. year of history of architecture or Art History;
4 hours. consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. 318. History of the Urban Environment
Examines the evolution of town planning and
241.Environmental Technology, I 301.Independent Study urban design in Western civilization from
Study of the control of thermal environment, Independent guided study and investigation prehistory to the present; studies cultural and
mechanical and related building sub-systems, in a selected area of architecture. Prerequisite: technical advancements affecting the form of
and their integration into the overall building Junior standing in architecture, written the urban environment. 3 hours or lA unit.
design. The specific topics include: thermal proposal approved by sponsoring faculty
comfort and the behavioral implications; fun- member and approval of Director of School. 319. Historic Building Preservation
damentals of thermal behavior of buildings; to 4 hours, or to 1 unit. Introduces historic preservation: legal, finan-
the principles of heat and moisture in build- cial,and administrative assistance, graphic
ings; indoor air quality and "Sick Building 309. Great Modern Architects examination of restored buildings and sites,
Syndrome"; energy and sustainability impli- Seminar on selected topics addressing the and application of conservation technology.
cations of building design; and mechanical philosophy, theory, personality, and work of 3 hours or A
}
unit.
systems including HVAC and plumbing sys- significant architects since the mid-nineteenth
tems. Prerequisite: ARCH 232. 4 hours. century. Prerequisite: ARCH 210. 3 hours or 323. Social and Behavioral Factors for
¥t unit. Design
242.Environmental Technology, II Research-oriented introduction to existing
Study of the control of luminous and sonic 310. Ancient Architecture social and behavioral knowledge, methods,
environments, the supporting building Architecture and urban design in ancient and tools for relating man to his physical and
systems, and their integration into the overall Egypt, Greece, and Rome. Prerequisite: ARCH social environment, with implications for
building design. Specific topics include: 210, ARTHI 111, or consent of instructor. theories and a philosophy of architectural
lighting fundamentals; light sources; effects of 3 hours or Vi unit. design. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3
lighting on comfort and performance; lighting hours or 'A unit.
calculations and design; energy economy and 311. Early Christian and Byzantine
sustainability; acoustic fundamentals; room Architecture 324. Gender and Race in Contemporary
acoustics; noise control; and basic Architecture and urban design of the early Architecture
electrical
and sound systems. Prerequisite: ARCH 232.
Christian era, the Byzantine Empire, south- Same as WS 324. Analyzes how the built
4 hours.
eastern European lands under Byzantine environment reflects social attitudes towards
cultural influence, and medieval Russia; from gender and race. Identifies the work of women
251. Statics and Dynamics 300 to circa 1500. Prerequisite: ARCH 210,
circa and people of color in architecture and related
Study of equilibrium of rigid bodies in two ARTHI 111, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or disciplines as consumers, critics, and creators
and three dimensions; trusses; shear and Vi unit. of the environment. Provides links with
bending moments in beams; arches and valuable professional networks in Chicago
frames; cables; friction; introduction to dy- 312. Medieval Architecture and elsewhere. Prerequisite: Junior standing or
namics; architectural applications. Prerequisite: The development of Romanesque and Gothic consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
MATH 120. 4 hours. architecture and urban design. Prerequisite:

ARCH 210, ARTHI 111, or consent of instruc- 330. Architectural Practice
252. Mechanics of Materials and Design tor. 3 hours or Va unit. Role of the architect in the building enterprise,
Applications professional ethics, and the conduct of pro-
Study of and deformations
stresses, strains,
313. Renaissance Architecture fessional practice; legal aspects of architectural
in axially loaded members; direct shear and
Developments in architecture, urban design, practice and building construction; introduc-
bearing stresses; torsion; beam stresses and and garden art in Italy and northern Europe tion of business management, marketing, op-
deflections; stresses under combined loading; in the fifteenth through the sixteenth centuries. erational procedures, financial planning, and
column buckling; design of structural mem- Prerequisite: ARCH 210, ARTHI 112, or consent cost control of architectural practices; and the
bers; introduction to statically indeterminate of instructor. 3 hours or l
A unit. administration of construction contracts. Pre-
structures; architectural applications. Prereq- requisite: Graduate standing or consent of in-
314.Baroque and Rococo Architecture
uisite: ARCH 251. 4 hours. structor. 4 /wurs or 1 unit.
Developments in architecture, urban design,
271. Architectural Design, III and garden art in Italy, France, Germany, and 351.Theory and Design of Steel and
The building environmental setting; in-
in its
England in the seventeenth and eighteenth Timber Structures
troductory building design and site planning centuries. Prerequisite: ARCH 210, ARTHI 112, Analysis and design of steel and timber
theory; principles of energy efficient building or consent of instructor. 3 hours or A
3
unit. structures for buildings. Steel columns, beams,
26 Architecture
trusses, connections, roof and floor framing 398. Directed Research in Architecture 430.Management and Business
systems; timber beams, columns, roof and Participation in on-going research projects Administration in Architecture
floor framing systems. Prerequisite: ARCH 252. which may include energy management, en- Study of management and business adminis-
4 hours or 1 unit. vironmental perception, facilities develop- tration topics relevant to the architecture pro-
ment, building science, and other topics. Pre- fession. The application of: marketing, ethics,
352. Theory of Reinforced Concrete requisite: Approval of written proposal by accounting, organizational behavior, quanti-
Concrete materials; behavior of reinforced instructor and Director of School. 4 hours or 1 tative analysis, finance, operations, econom-
concrete construction; behavior and design of unit. Students may register in different sec- ics, and strategic planning to the field of ar-
structural elements, one-way slabs, beams, tions of this course to a maximum of 8 hours chitecture. Management and economic issues
and girders; columns; ACI code requirements; or 2 units. that influence and motivate commercial, in-
and introduction to continuity in reinforced dustrial, institutional,and individual clients
concrete structures. Prerequisite: ARCH 252. 399.Off-Campus Study are addressed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
4 hours or 1 unit. Provides opportunity for approved off- in Architecture. 3 unit.
campus study. Detailed proposal for study off
353. Reinforced Concrete Design campus must be submitted for approval to the 434. BuildingEconomics
Selection, design, and comparison of rein- appropriate committee in the School prior to Study of factors affecting cost of building
forced concrete floor systems for buildings; such study. Final determination of credit and including: the building market, construction
study and design of columns and footings; its application toward the degree is made after cost, estimates and cost control, time value of
and prestressed concrete. Prerequisite: ARCH a review of the student's off -campuswork by money and building life-cycle cost, measuring
352. 4 hours or 1 unit. the above committee and the Director of the worth of investments, depreciation and tax
School. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate consideration of cash-flows. Prerequisite:
354. Structural Planning standing in architecture and approval of Graduate standing or consent of instructor.
General problems in the selection and design program prior to registration. to 12 hours, or 1 unit.
of structural systems for buildings; methods to 3 units.
of analysis; site explorations, soils, and 438.Economic Issues in Architectural
foundations; bracing; and special systems. 411.Seminar in History of Ancient and Development
Prerequisite: ARCH 351 and 352. 4 hours or Medieval Architecture Individual and team analysis of architectural
1 unit. Seminar on topics in ancient, early Christian, development proposals addressing relevant
Byzantine, and Medieval Architecture. Prereq- economic topics and trends. Proposals are
355. Structural Analysis uisite: ARCH 310, 311, or 312, or equivalent as analyzed for development, construction, fi-
Advanced problems in the analysis of stati- determined by the instructor. 1 unit. nance, operation, and sale costs. Potential and
cally determinate structures; general theories projected rate of return on investment is es-
and methods of analysis of statically indeter- 413. Seminar in History of Renaissance and tablished for specific time periods. Economic
minate structures by geometric and energy Baroque Architecture and social forces impacting upon real estate
methods; and introduction to theory of plas- Seminar on topics in European architecture values are examined. Prerequisite: ARCH 330,
tic design. Prerequisite: ARCH 351 and 352. from the fifteenth through the eighteenth 430, and 434; or consent of instructor. 1 or
4 hours or 1 unit. centuries. Prerequisite: ARCH 313 and 314, or V/i units.
equivalent as determined by the instructor.
371. Architectural Design, V 1 unit. 444. Building Systems and Design
Intermediate building and environmental de- Integration
sign; issue-oriented building problems; urban 415. Seminar on the Architectural History Advanced course on building design for
design theory; intermediate building design of American Communities greater performance, including the study of:
and site planning theory; human-environment Advanced historic study of the architectural the anatomical and functional variations of
relationships theory; and architectural design design and aesthetics of individual buildings building subsystems and their design impli-
and presentation methods. Prerequisite: ARCH and their relationship to each other in selected cations; inter-system relationships and syner-
272. 6 hours. No graduate credit. small-scale American communities. Prerequi- gistic integration of building subsystems into
site: ARCH 316 or equivalent, and consent of the overall building; and the strategies for
372. Architectural Design and Construction instructor. Vi or 1 unit. designing buildings of high functional perfor-
Documentation mance and greater overall value. (Day-long
Schematic design, design development, and 417. Seminar in the Development of Friday field trips and lab fee.) Prerequisite:
construction documents of a small scale Contemporary Architectural Thought Graduate standing in Architecture or consent
(10,000 square feet) public building empha- Examination of the development of the phi- of instructor. V* or 1 unit. Term paper is re-
sizing the integration of the basic elements of losophy of significant modern and contempo- quired for 1 unit credit.
building, structural, and environmental tech- rary architectural writers and architects in re-
nologies. Prerequisite: ARCH 371; credit or con- lation to their projects and executed work. 445. Design and Constructability
current registration in ARCH 241 and 242. Prerequisite: ARCH 315 and 316, or equivalent Advanced course on building design for
6 hours. No graduate credit. as determined by the instructor. 1 unit. greater constructabilitv, including material
alternatives and their architectural, perfor-
373. Architectural Design Studio 418. Recording Historic Buildings mance, and construction implications; the
Design studies of intermediate size building Examines techniques for recording historic implications of the specifics of design on the
types; planned communities; civic and social buildings and sites: measuring, photograph- range of applicable construction methods, and
facilities at the community and urban scale; ing, and drawing to Historic American Build- therefore, on construction productivity and
and collaboration among the several disci- ing Survey standards; taking field notes and economy; and the strategies for designing
plines involved in planning the human habi- investigating public records to document re- buildings of high constructability and greater
tat: urban planning, landscape architecture, ports. Prerequisite: ARCH 319 and demon- overall value. (Day-long Friday field trips and
sociology, and economics. Prerequisite: ARCH strated ability in architectural graphics; or lab fee.) Prerequisite: ARCH 444 or consent of
372. 6 hours or 1 Vi units. consent of instructor. V* unit. instructor. '/» or 1 unit. Term paper is required
for 1 unit credit.
Design Studio
374. Architectural 419. Conservation of Building Materials
Research and individual comprehensive de- Examination, analysis, and pathologies of 447. Architectural Practice Studio
sign study for a selected architectural project; building materials and techniques for treat- Comprehensive building design with empha-
special emphasis on site development and the ment and repair of historic buildings. Empha- sis on holistic design integration for optimum
integration of construction technology, struc- sis is on conservation of traditional masonry, performance and constructabilitv' with best
ture, and environmental systems. Prerequisite: concrete, and metals. Field trips and lab work. possible economy under the realistic tempo-
ARCH 373, or consent of instructor. 6 hours or Prerequisite: ARCH 319. Vi or 1 unit. To receive ral, technical, legal, and budgetary limitations.
Vh units. 1 unit credit, students must participate in lab.
Architecture 27
The projects, typically real ones, are executed 457. Soil Mechanics ill. Architectural Design Studio
through partial construction document phase Classification of soils; hydraulic properties Continuation of ARCH 471. Prerequisite:
through collaborative design bv project teams. and flow of water; strength and deformation ARCH 471 or consent of instructor. 1 to 2 units.
(Day-long Friday field trips.) Prerequisite: properties; consolidation of soil and settle-
ARCH 434 and 445; or consent of instructor. ment analysis; soil exploration; bearing capac- 476. Architectural Design Seminar
2 units. ity of soils; lateral earth
pressure theory; in- Presentations and discussions relative to vari-
troduction to foundations. Prerequisite: ARCH ous areas of architectural and environmental
448. Construction Execution and 352. 1 unit. design concerns. Prerequisite: ARCH 374 or
Administration consent of instructor. % or 1 unit. May be re-
Advanced course in construction with empha- 458. Structural Wood Design peated to a maximum of 3 units.
sison acquiring knowledge and developing Analysis and design of wood structures for
skills for successful project execution in a real- buildings; response of wood buildings to 477. Theory of Architecture
time project with numerous variables affect- gravity and lateral loads; design of structural Review of principles of architectural design;
ing the project outcome, including: devising elements: beams, columns, beam-columns, factors in programming architectural require-
methods and strategies for effective project members in tension, and trusses using NDS ments; design development; and evaluation
execution; making decisions that can steer the specifications; connections; plywood panels; and criticism. Prerequisite: ARCH 374 or con-
project to the best possible direction; and skill- diaphragms and shear walls. Prerequisite: sent of instructor. A
3
or 1 unit.
fully mediating disputes and conflicts that ARCH 351 or equivalent. 1 unit.
might arise. For this purpose, on-going major 481. Urban Design Studio, I
construction projects are used as Learning 459. StructuralMasonry Design Same as L A 481. Design of large building
Laboratories. Prerequisite: ARCH 330 and 445; Engineering properties of masonrv materials; types, building complexes and communities,
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. (Summer I credit: codes and standards for masonry structures; involving collaboration with other disciplines
'A unit: Summer II credit: Vi unit.) May be re- analysis and design of masonry structures in research related to urban development.
peated in subsequent semesters to a maximum including multistory buildings and arches. Prerequisite: ARCH 374; credit or concurrent
of 2 units. Prerequisite: ARCH 352 or equivalent. 2 unit. registration in U P 326 or consent of instructor.
1 to 2 units.
451.Advanced Structural Analysis 461.Housing Environments Design Studio, I
Advanced theory and analvsis of statically Emphasizes comprehensive design studies on Urban Design Studio, II
482.
indeterminate structures, recognizing effects individually selected housing problems; the Same as L A 482. Design studies of central
due to temperature, settlement, and fabrica- study process includes programmatic devel- business districts, residential communities
tion errors; matrix methods focusing on com- opment, environmental analysis, definitive and other urban development projects; col-
puter analysis techniques; introduction to design development and comprehensive laboration with other disciplines in research
plastic analysis and design. Prerequisite: ARCH project documentation. Prerequisite: ARCH 374 related to urban development. Prerequisite:
355. 1 unit. and 466. 1 to 2 units. ARCH 481, U P 326, or consent of instructor.
1 to 2 units.
452. Foundation Engineering 462. Housing Environments Design Studio, II
Soil mechanics and site exploration; design of Terminal design studio studies on individu- 488. Urban Design Seminar
spread footings, combined footings, piles, and ally selected housing problems; emphasizes Analysis and criticism of urban development
caissons; and foundation walls and retaining definitive design development and process projects; individual reports and discussions.
walls in reinforced concrete. Prerequisite: documentation for final project. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ARCH 374, U P 326, or consent of
ARCH 355 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ARCH 461. 1 to 2 units. instructor. Va to 1 unit.
453.Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design 463.Methods of Social and Behavioral 491. Special Problems in Architectural
Criticalreview of the analysis, methods, and Research in Designed Environments History and Preservation
specifications involved in the design and Same as LA 463. Introduction to methods and Individual investigation of the work of
behavior of reinforced concrete structures for techniques of systematically generating social particular architects, of specific buildings, and
buildings, including tall buildings, plates, and and behavioral information relevant to the of the architecture of periods or regions;
shells; computer applications. Prerequisite: programming, design, and evaluation of comparative studies; and aesthetic problems.
ARCH 355; credit or concurrent registration physical environments. Prerequisite: Graduate Twelve hours of architectural
Prerequisite:
in ARCH 451 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. standing in architecture, landscape architec- history or consent of instructor. Vi to 3 units.
ture, or urban and regional planning. I unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 units.
454. Advanced Steel Design
Advanced topics in the design of steel struc- 464.Conducting Social and Behavioral 493. Special Problems in Architectural
tures; critical study of the AISC specification; Research in Designed Environments Practice and Management
design of steel members and their connections; Same as L A 464. See L A 464. In-depth investigation of emerging issues and
composite structures; and the analvsis and specific areas of research interest beyond what
design of continuous structures and tall build- Design/Behavior Studio
465. is covered in graduate courses of regular
ings. Prerequisite: ARCH 451 or consent of in- Same as L A 465. See L A 465. offering in the area of architectural practice
structor. 1 unit. and management. Students, as individuals or
466.Problems and Processes in Housing in groups, are expected to propose a research
455. Prestressed Concrete Design Design plan and methods for a specific topic of
Theory and design of prestressed concrete Analyzes issues confronting architects in the research interest in consultation with the
structures; and suspension shell structures. design of housing environments; emphasizing instructor, and execute it under the guidance
Prerequisite: ARCH 453 or consent of instructor. new and emerging problems; examines of the instructor through consultation on a
1 unit. processes in problem solutions. Prerequisite: regular basis. Prerequisite: Advanced graduate
Concurrent registration in ARCH
374 or standing and consent of instructor. 'A to 3
456. Advanced Structural Planning consent of instructor. 1 unit. units, (summer credit: 'A to IV: units.) May be
Study of the loads, functional and spatial repeated in same and subsequent semesters
requirements, and construction problems in 471. Architectural Design Studio as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units.
the selection and design of structural systems Definitive design thesis focusing
on design
and integration
for buildings; cost estimates; issues and various building types with Problems
494. Special in Building Science
of mechanical and electrical equipment. optional choices related to the student's and Technology
Prerequisite: ARCH 452 and 453; credit or particular interests, talents, and capacities. In-dept investigation of emerging issues and
concurrent registration in ARCH 454 and 455, Prerequisite: ARCH 374 or consent of instructor. specific areas of research interest beyond what
or consent of instructor. 1 unit 1 to 2 units. iscovered in graduate courses of regular
offering in the area of building science
28 Art and Design
technology. Students, as individuals or in Including Introductionto Art and Design 186. Design, II
groups, are expected to propose a research (ART&D), Cinematography (ARTCI), Crafts Second course in design with emphasis on
plan and methods for a specific topic of (ARTCR), Art Education (ARTED), General graphic communication; students gain expe-
research interest in consultation with the Professional Courses in Art and Design rience using modem graphics equipment. Pre-
instructor, and execute it under the guidance (ARTGP), Graphic Design 64.RTGD), History requisite: ART&D 185. 3 hours. Not open to stu-
of the instructor through consultation on a of Art (ARTHI), Industrial Design (ARTTD), dents majoring in art and design.
regular basis. Prerequisite: Advanced graduate Art Painting (ARTPA), Photography (ARTPH),
standing and consent of instructor. 'A to 3 Printmaking (ARTPR), and Sculpture 190. Recreational Crafts, I
units, (summer credit: 'A to Vi units). May be (ARTSC) Introduction to design and execution in crafts
repeated in both subsequent and separate particularly adapted to work with children in
semesters to a maximum of 3 units. schools, playgrounds, and summer camps.
Introduction to Art and Design Primarily for recreation majors in physical
495. Special Problems in Structural Theory (ART&D) education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing
and Design or consent of instructor. 2 hours.
Individual or group investigation and study 103. Introduction to Studio Arts
in architectural engineering application; re- Introductory studio experiences with a variety 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
search in economy and design in correlation of art materials and techniques accompanied 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
with architectural, mechanical, and structural by visitations to artists' studios and museum
requirements. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- tours. 3 hours. Not open to students majoring
209. Japanese Tea Ceremony and Zen
tor. Vi to 3 units. May be repeated to a maxi- in art and design. Credit is not given for both
Aesthetics
mum of 3 units. ART&D 103 and 190. The tea ceremony and culinary arts of Japan
practiced as the physical discipline necessary
Problems in Housing
496. Special 105. Introduction to Watercolor Painting for Zen aesthetic experience. 2 hours. May be
Environments Basic watercolor class that includes an repeated to a maximum of 4 hours.
Individual investigation or research in introduction to the tools, materials, and
housing environments involving special techniques of the medium; landscape, still life,
401. Individual Art Enquiry
issues such as energy conscious design, Explores the perspectives of the relationship
and figure experiences. 3 hours. Not open to
human-environmental relations, aesthetic of science and art through three main topics:
students majoring in art and design. May be
theory, government policy, and cultural repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
individual perspectives and responses;
patterns. Prerequisite: ARCH 374 or consent of physiology and art; and the relationship of
instructor. Vt to 1 Vi units. May be repeated to 106. Introduction to Oil Painting art's origins to form and structure. Prerequisite:
a maximum of 3 units. Elementary oil and acrylic painting and Graduate standing in art education, or related
sketches from still life and landscape; includes fields with consent of instructor. 1 unit.
497. Special Problems in Architectural basics such as stretching canvas, preparing
Design surfaces, and varied painting techniques. 3
Individual investigation of building types and Cinematography (ARTCI)
hours. Not open to students majoring in art
systems, aesthetic theories, design thesis pro- and design. May be repeated to a maximum
gramming and other problems in architectural of 6 hours.
180. Introduction to Cinematography
design. Prerequisite: ARCH 374 or consent of Introduction to the principles and techniques
instructor. % to 3 units. May be repeated to a 107. Elementary Drawing of cinematography as applied to individual
maximum of 4 units. Basic drawing course using a variety of media expression. 3 hours.
and techniques, including charcoal, conte,
498. Special Problems in Urban Design pencil, pen and india ink, and studies in 181. Screenplay Writing for Motion
Individual investigation of problems at the perspective, line, value, composition, and the Pictures — Basic
community and urban scale; collaboration figure. 3 hours. Not open to students majoring Basics of motion picture scriptwriting from the
with other disciplines. Prerequisite: Credit or in art and design. May be repeated to a synopsis, through the treatment, to the final
concurrent registration in ARCH 481 or U P maximum of 6 hours. continuity of the script. Word processor is a
326, or consent of instructor. 'A to 3 units. May must. Propensity for writing. Prerequisite: Ful-
be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. 108. Ikebana: The Japanese Art of Flower fillment of campus Composition I requirement
Arrangement and consent of instructor. 3 hours.
499. ThesisResearch Introduces Japanese arts and cultural heritage
Consent of instructor and gradu-
Prerequisite: through Ikebana (Japanese flower arranging). 280. Basic Cinematography
ate program coordinator. to 4 units. May be 2 hours. Fundamentals of the theory and practice of
repeated to a maximum of 4 units. motion pictures as an art form, with empha-
109. Sumi-E (Japanese and Chinese Black- sis on principles, tools, and techniques. Pre-
Ink Painting) requisite: ARTCI 180 or consent of instructor.

Introduction to the ancient abstract Chinese 3 hours.
art of black-ink painting; through the study
and practice of Chinese and Japanese Sumi-E 281. Screenplay Writing for Motion
students discover the foundation of twentieth- Pictures, II
century visual arts and discuss the philosophv Continuation of ARTCI 181. Character devel-
Art and Design, of Chinese and Japanese art. 2 hours.
opment, dramatic structure, perfecting the
School of 140. Introduction to Art
form and style, refining the expository ele-
ments, rewriting and refining the screenplav
Broadly based conceptual foundation for a until the first draft. Skills in operating and
Director of School: Dietmar R. Winkler critical understanding of the visual arts in access to a word processor are a requirement.
School Office: 143 Art and Design Building, 408 contemporary society. 3 hours. Not open to Prerequisite: ARTCI 181. 3 hours.
East Peabody Drive, Champaign students in art and design and architecture.
Phone: 333-0855 291. Individual Cinematography Problems
URL: www.art.uiuc.edu 185. Design, I Directed independent creative activity or re-
Design elements and principles with empha- search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and
sison color and painting exercises; uses a va- Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and
riety ofmedia to explore the different aspects associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours.
of design, emphasizing two-dimensional Mav be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
problems. 3 hours. Not open to students ma-
joring in art and design.
Art and Design 29
380. Cinematography 262.Metal Technology 288. Glass, I
Theory and practice of motion pictures as an Understanding of the working properties of Introduction to all of the basic processes of
art form; emphasis on individual creative pro- nonferrous metals. Experimentation with little glass forming, including blowing, casting and
duction. Anticipated cost to the student for known processes of metalwork to be subjects oven work. Focus on the development of the
each semester is $150 to $600. Costs should be of individual research. Prerequisite: ARTCR 260 hot form and a working knowledge of the
discussed with the instructor before enroll- and junior standing in crafts, or consent of specialized processes, tools, and equipment
ment. Prerequisite: ARTCI 280 or consent of instructor. 2 hours. May be repeated to a used with glass as a creative material.
instructor. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be re- maximum of 4 hours. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent
peated to a maximum of 12 hours or 4 units. of instructor. 3 hours.
263. Metalsmithing
491. Special Problems in Cinematography Experience and experimentation in designing 289. Glass, II
Directed individual creative activity or and executing hollowware through traditional Object-making using hot and cold glass.
research. Prerequisite: ARTCI 380. Vi to 2 units. forming processes; emphasis on sinking, angle Concentration on the development of personal
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units. raising, crimping, stretching, seaming and sensibilities using glass, light and mixed
snarling, cold forging, tube and spiculum media. Slides, demonstrations and studio time
forming, planishing, surface embellishment, on casting, slumping, fusing, sandblasting and
Crafts (ARTCR) and patination; exploration of metal as a me- enamelling /painting on glass. This course is
dium of personal aesthetic expression. Pre- directed toward the broad artistic challenge
160. Jewelry/Metals, I requisite: ARTCR 160 or consent of instructor. of material expertise and personalized
Design and execution of jewelry and related 3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 conceptual growth. Prerequisite: ARTCR 288.
objects through fabrication, focusing on hours. 3 hours.
surface embellishment, joining, and finishing
processes; exploring metal as a medium of 264. Jewelry Metals, V 290. Senior Honors in Crafts
personal aesthetic expression. Prerequisite: Expands the general techniques of ARTCR 261 Independent creative activity, guided study,
Sophomore standing or consent of instructor. with emphasis on experimentation and or research for honors. Prerequisite: Senior
3 hours. development of personal style. Prerequisite: standing in crafts, a cumulative grade point
ARTCR 261. 5 hours. average of 3.0; and consent of instructor,
161. Jewelry/Metals, II adviser, and associate director of the School.
Additional experience and experimentation in 265. Jewelry Metals, VI 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maximum
designing and executing jewelry and related Continuation of ARTCR 264; emphasis on of 5 hours.
objects through fabrication, refinement of experimentation and development of personal
surface embellishment, joining, and finishing style, a portfolio, and a senior exhibition. 291. Individual Metals Problems
skills; further exploration of metal as a Prerequisite: ARTCR 264. 5 hours. Directed independent creative activity or re-
medium of personal aesthetic expression. search in metals. Prerequisite: Junior standing
Prerequisite: ARTCR 160. 3 hours. 266. Enamelling in Art and Design. Also completing Indepen-
Exploration and experimentation in image dent Study contract with signatures and con-
170. Ceramics, I development and color through traditional sent of instructor, student's adviser, and As-
Introduction to materials and techniques in- enamelling processes; emphasis on cloisonne, sociate Director of School of Art and Design.
volved in the ceramic process. By achieving champleve, bassetaille, plique-a-jour, limoges, 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum
technical expertise in clay, students can begin and grisaille; exploration of enamel and metal of 6 hours.
to develop a personal artistic language em- as a medium of personal aesthetic expression.
ploying clay as an art medium. Students will Prerequisite: ARTCR 160 or consent of instruc- 292. Individual Ceramics Problems
explore a variety of assignments employing tor. 3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum Directed independent creative activity or
the potters wheel and hand-building tech- of 9 hours. research in ceramics. Prerequisite: Junior
niques, as well as investigating various firing standing in Art and Design. Also completing
processes. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or 270. Ceramics, III Independent Study contract with signatures
consent of instructor. 3 hours. Introduction to ceramic design for develop- and consent of instructor, student's adviser,
ing basic skills in designing and producing and Associate Director of School of Art and
171. Ceramics, II clay products by various hand processes in- Design. 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a
Investigationand refinement of skills involved cluding throwing, handbuilding, and casting. maximum of 6 hours.
in ceramic processes and materials. Further Prerequisite: Junior standing in curriculum in
investigation of more complex forms on the crafts. 3 hours. 293. Individual Glass Problems
wheel as well as hand-built sculptures
potter's Directed independent creative activity or re-
and vessels will help the student develop a 271. Ceramics, IV search in glass. Prerequisite: Junior standing in
personal identity with the material and its Introduction to ceramic glaze calculation; con- Art and Design. Also completing Independent
potential. Prerequisite: ARTCR 170. 3 hours. cern with the understanding and application Study contract with signatures and consent of
of the knowledge of glaze calculation in a cre- instructor, student's adviser, and associate di-
260. Jewelry Metals, III ativeway and with applications of creative rector of School of Art and Design. 1 to 4 hours.
The design and production of jewelry and re- experiments in glaze and clay bodies. Prereq- May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
lated objects with additional experience in uisite: ARTCR 270. 3 hours.
manipulative techniques such as casting, elec- 370. Kiln Construction: Design, Materials,
troforming, surface decoration, enamelling, 274. Ceramics, V Function
complex construction and forming. Prerequi- The application of the combined skills of Design and construction of a kiln. Prerequisite:
site: ARTCR 161 and enrollment in the crafts throwing and creative glaze procedures to ARTCR 170 and 171, or consent of instructor.
curriculum. 3 hours. produce thrown ceramic products with the 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated to a maxi-
emphasis on creative experimentation; also mum of 6 hours or 2 units.
261. Jewelry Metals, IV covers plaster and mold making as a creative
Expands the general techniques of ARTCR 260 procedure in producing clay products. 374. Ceramics
with emphasis on experimentation and devel- Prerequisite: ARTCR 271. 5 hours. Ceramic design with emphasis on the devel-
opment of personal style through advanced opment of professional style and personal
techniques of hollowware, complex construc- 275. Ceramics, VI expression. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
tion, enamelling, electroforming and plating, Technical and creative research in ceramic 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 2 units. May be repeated
forging and the use of varied materials. Pre- design, with emphasis on reappraisal of the to a total of 6 hours.
requisite: ARTCR 260. 3 hours. traditional media and the traditional limited
production method used by artist potters.
Prerequisite: ARTCR 274. 5 hours.
30 Art and Design
384. Glass ogy of the exceptional child in conjunction 118. Drawing, II
Advanced glass design with emphasis on with methods of instruction and student Continuation of ARTGP 117. Theory and prac-
professional development and personal style. teaching experience. Prerequisite: ARTED 204 tice in the elements of drawing. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, and 207; concurrent registration in ED PR 238 ARTGP 117. 3 hours. This course is open to Art
or Vi to 1 unit. and 242, art education sections only. 4 hours. and Design majors only.
491. Special Problems in Crafts 290. Senior Honors in Art Education 119. Design, I
Directed individual creative activity or Independent guided research and study for Theory and practice in the elements of two
research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in honors. Prerequisite: Senior standing in art dimensional design and the study of color. 3
crafts. Vi to 2 units. May be repeated to a education, a cumulative grade point average hours. This course is open to Art and Design
maximum of 5 units. of 3.0; and consent of instructor, adviser, and Majors only.
associate director of the School. 2 to 5 hours.
498. Ceramic-Glass-Metal Laboratory May be repeated to a maximum of 5 hours. 120. Design, II
Individually directed research and personal Theory and practice in the elements of three
expression in ceramic, glass, or metal medium. 291. Individual Problems in Art Education dimensional design. Prerequisite: ARTGP 119.
Prerequisite: Enrollment in the MFA program Directed independent research or creative 3 hours. This course is open to Art and Design
with a major in ceramics, glass, or metal, or activity. Prerequisite: Junior standing in art and majors only.
consent of departmental graduate committee. design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and
Vi to 2 units. May be repeated. associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. 121. Design Drawing I
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Introduction to technical drawing skills as

applied to orthographic, pictorial and perspec-
Art Education (ARTED) 301. Children's Artistic Development tive concepts. Three-dimensional visualiza-
Historical and contemporary perspectives on tion will be emphasized. 3 hours.
201. Art in Early Childhood Education children's artistic development, emphasizing
Philosophical and practical foundations for relationships between general intellectual 122. Design Drawing II
teaching art in early childhood settings. growth and the ability to create and respond Three-dimensional visualization based on
Lectures, discussions and class activities focus to works of art. Prerequisite: Junior standing, freehand drawing techniques. Advanced
on the value of art in the curriculum, artistic and PSYCH 100 and EDPSY 211 3 hours, or % .
perspective concepts including light theory
development and instruction, observation and or 1 unit. (shade, shadow, and reflection) will be
guided teaching practice. Prerequisite: ART&D introduced. Prerequisite: ARTGP 121. 3 hours.
140. 2 hours. Not open to art majors. 390.Advanced Art for Elementary Grades
Advanced laboratory experiences in two-di- 187. Freehand Drawing
203. Art in the Elementary Grades mensional visual art techniques for elemen- For students in architecture; drawing three
Introductory laboratory experiences with the tary teachers, supervisors,and principals. Pre- dimensional form and space. Intense investi-
elements of design in the visual arts and with requisite:Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or gation of perspective in freehand drawing;
processes, materials, and activities appropri- Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated for a maximum drawing in class and outside sketchbook as-
ate for the elementary grades. 2 hours. Not of 4 hours or 2 units. signments from nature, including the human
open to students majoring in art. figure in pencil, pen, and other media. Prereq-
489. Issues in Art Education uisite: Enrollment in Architecture curriculum.
204. Art Education Laboratory Study of fundamental issues affecting educa- 3 hours.
Examines methods and studio activities for tion in the visual arts; examines and explores
elementary and secondary schools with a va- the educational implications of the nature and 191. Unit One Studio/Seminar in Art and
riety of appropriate materials and processes; value of art, the nature of the artist, and the Design
includes techniques, art activities and practi- development of the child as an artist and con- Topics vary; consult Timetable or Unit One of-
cal application for teaching exceptional stu- noisseur. 1 unit. May be repeated to a maxi- fice. lto3 hours. May be repeated as topics vary.
dents, including learning disabled. 2 hours. mum of 4 units.

Must be repeated for a total of 4 hours.
490. Curriculum Development in Art 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
206. Practicum in Teaching Art Analysis of curriculum organization in the
visual arts; particular emphasis given to a 305. Art for Public Places
Supervised teaching of art to children aug-
range of curriculum positions in education Introduces the design and construction of free-
mented by a seminar; includes classroom
preparation and evaluation. Prerequisite: Con- and general research related to curriculum standing site-specific sculpture for indoor and
sent of instructor. 4 hours. design. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. outdoor settings through the study of existing
1 unit. public works. Includes field trip and the
207. Art Curriculum Development and creation of a large-scale project exhibit on
Practicum in the Elementary Schools 491. Special Problems in Art Education campus. Prerequisite: Junior standing or
Early field experience in local elementary Individual direction in research and in creative consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
schools one half day weekly; includes identi- activity; thesis. Vi to 2 units.
391. Individual Studio Problems
fication, instruction, methods, and practicum
on the psychology of the exceptional child. 499. Thesis Research Directed independent creative activity or
Guidance in research and writing theses for research. Prerequisite: Junior or graduate
Prerequisite: ARTED 206; art education majors
only. 3 hours. advanced degrees. Prerequisite: Graduate standing; consent of instructor, student's
standing in art education. 0to4 units. adviser,and Associate Director of the School.
208. Organization of Public School Art 4 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated to
I to
Programs a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units.
The selection and arrangement of content for

General Professional Courses in Art
different educational levels; study and evalu- and Design (ARTGP) 493. Seminar: Introduction to Methods and
Criticism
ation of curricula, equipment, and supplies;
and program supervision. Prerequisite: ARTED 113. Orientation to Art and Design Prerequisite: Graduate standing in art. '/> to 1
unit.
207 or junior standing in art, or consent of in- Overview of art and design professions in
structor. 3 hours. today's society. hours.
280. Professional Seminar in Art Education 117. Drawing, I

Examines responsibilities,methods, and tech- Theory and practice in the elements of draw-
niques specific to teaching art in elementary ing. 3 hours. This course is open to Art and
and secondary schools; includes the psychol- Design majors only.
Art and Design 31
Graphic Design (ARTGD) the School. 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a History of Art (ARTHI)
maximum of 5 hours.
101. Introduction to East Asian Art: China
120. Visual Organization
291. Individual Graphic Design Problems and Japan
Introduces the discipline and function of
Directed independent creative activity or re- Same as EALC 120. Thematic introduction to
graphic design; explores the organization and
search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in art and the visual arts of China and Japan, including
structure of two-dimensional space as context
design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and calligraphy and painting, woodblock prints,
for visual communication; includes practical
associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. sculpture, gardens and architecture. 3 hours.
exercises in visual perception, visual organi-
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
zation, and visual communication. Prerequi-
110. Introduction to Non-Western Art:
Sophomore standing graphic design
in
site:
300. Design History Survey Africa, the Americas, and Oceania
curriculum or consent of instructor; concur- Studies the history of design from 1850 to Highlights of visual arts traditions in black
rent registration in ARTGD 300 by students present, exploring design as the visible Africa, pre-Columbian America, and the
in graphic design. 3 hours. manifestation of complex cultural forces. South Pacific; a cross-cultural analysis of non-
Gives attention to major historical movements Westem aesthetic systems and forms with a
130. Image Making, I
emergence of contemporary
as well as to the focus on thematic problems rather than style
The understanding and application of the design. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Graphic surveys. 3 hours.
image making process in graphic design, with Design or Industrial Design or consent of
emphasis on hand-generated images; covers
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 111.Ancient and Medieval Art
and technological
historical, cultural, influ-
Development of the visual arts in Western
ences on concept, content, and visual style.
332. Experimental Visualization Europe and the Near East in their cultural con-
Prerequisite: ARTGD 120, concurrent registra- Technologies, I textsfrom prehistoric times until the early fif-
tion in ARTGD 140. 3 hours. Graphic Design Exploration and problem solving in visual teenth century; includes Egyptian, Greek,
majors only. communication using contemporary software Roman, and medieval art and architecture.
tools and imaging facilities. Prerequisite: A 100- 4 hours.
140. Typography
level course in graphic design or in industrial
Introduces the discipline, function, and tradi-
design or equivalent; or a 100-level computer 112.Renaissance and Modern Art
tion of typography as it relates to visual/ver-
science course; or consent of instructor. 3 hours Development of the visual arts in Western
bal communication; explores both technical
ARTGD 120
or 1 unit. Europe and the United States in their cultural
and formal aspects. Prerequisite:
contexts from the early fifteenth century to the
or consent of instructor; concurrent registra- 333. Experimental Visualization present. 4 hours.
tion in ARTGD 130 by students in graphic Technologies, II
design. 3 hours. Continuation of ARTGD 332. Prerequisite: 115. Art Appreciation
ARTGD 332. 3 hours or 1 unit. Broad introduction to the visual arts; surveys
210. Image Making, II
media representing the major cultural and
Explores the applications of computer tech- 360. Sequential Design historical periods, both Western and non-
nology in the visual communication process Introduces and explores the structure and Western. In addition to required lectures and
with manipulation of digitized and computer- manipulation of time and space as a context readings, campus art collections and exhibi-
generated images. ARTPH 115;
Prerequisite:
for visual communication, with emphasis on tions are visited periodically. 3 hours.
concurrent registration in ARTGD 230. 3 hours. design using type, image, sound, and motion
Graphic Design majors only. with computer-based hypermedia. Prerequi- 210. African Art and Society, I
site: Senior standing in graphic design or con- Introduces the arts of Black Africa, i.e., dance,
220. Production
sent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be re- drama, songs, and poetry, as expressed in a
Basic information and current methods in the
peated to a maximum of 9 hours or 3 units. multimedia framework and a social-religious
production of multiple printed communica-
context; surveys the art styles of the Dogon,
tions, including printing processes, paper- 370. Advanced Graphic Design, I
Senufo, Mende, and Ashanti peoples. 3 hours.
making, binding and other practices, and the Research, analysis, and synthesis of complex
preparation of art work for the various meth-
visual problems; emphasis on modular se- 211. African Art and Society, II
ods of reproduction; field trips required. Pre-
quence, symbolic systems, and image making Introduces the arts of Black Africa, i.e., dance,
requisite: ARTGD 120 and 140 or consent of
for visual communication. Preparation of a drama, songs, and poetry, as expressed in a
instructor; concurrent registration in ARTGD comprehensive portfolio and consideration of multimedia framework and a social-religious
230 or 240 by students in Graphic Design.
professional requirements encountered by the context; focuses on Yoruba art and surveys the
3 hours.
designer in the visual communications indus- southeastern Nigeria, Cam-
art traditions of
try. Prerequisite: ARTGD 240; for graduate eroon, Gabon, Central Africa, and East Africa.
230. Advanced Typography
credit, consent of graphic design program 3 hours.
Further exploration of typographic form and
chair. 4 hours or 1 unit.
manipulation of variables which affect con-
215. Greek Art
tent, stresses the importance of typographic
380. Advanced Graphic Design, II Same as CLCIV 217. Survey of architecture,
composition as an integral component of con- ARTGD
370. Prerequisite:
Continuation of sculpture, and painting of the Greek world
temporary visual communication design. Pre- ARTGD 370; for graduate credit, consent of from the geometric period to the beginning
requisite: Junior standing in graphic design
graphic design program chair. 4 hours or 1 unit. of the Christian era. 3 hours.
curriculum, and ARTGD 130 and 140. 3 hours.
467. Graphic Design Laboratory 216. Roman Art
240. Methodology Individually directed research in the studio Same as CLCIV 218. Survey of architecture,
Goal-directed graphic design problem-solving
with concentration in graphic design. Prereq- sculpture, and painting of the Roman world
with emphasis on the methods of thinking and uisite: Enrollment in the MFA
program in from republican times to the age of Constantine,
research which precede the making of design;
graphic design or consent of departmental with brief treatment of later Roman art lead-
development of systems for objective prob- graduate committee. '/: tolVi units. May be ing to Byzantine. 3 hours.
lem-solving. Prerequisite: ARTGD 230. 3 hours.
repeated to a maximum of 3 units.
The Development of the Ancient City
217.
290. Senior Honors in Graphic Design Problems Graphic Design
guided study,
491. Special in Same as CLCIV 231. See CLCIV 231.
Independent creative activity,
Directed individual creative activity or
or research for honors. Prerequisite: Senior research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in 218. Ancient Greek Sanctuaries
standing in graphic design, a cumulative graphic design. Vi to 2 units. May be repeated Same as CLCIV and RELST 232. See CLCIV
grade point average of 3.0; and consent of to a maximum of 5 units. 232.
instructor, adviser, and associate director of
32 Art and Design
222.Medieval Art grade point average of 3.0, and consent of 324. Gothic Art
The arts of Byzantium and Western Europe instructor, adviser, and associate director of Arts of western Europe from the end of the
from the early Christian era to the Renais- the School. 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a Romanesque period until the Renaissance.
sance. 3 hours. maximum of 5 hours. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
230. Italian Renaissance Art 291. Individual Art History Topics
Architecture, painting, and sculpture, of Italy Directed independent research or creative 325. Medieval Manuscripts and Early
during the Renaissance. 3 hours. activity. Prerequisite: Junior standing in art and Printed Books
design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and Surveys manuscript illumination and early
231. Northern Renaissance Art associate director of the School. 1 4 hours.
to book production from 300 to 1500 A.D. ; topics
Architecture, painting, sculpture, and minor May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. include techniques of manuscript illustration
arts of Europe outside Italy in the fifteenth and and printing production in such masterpieces
sixteenth centuries. 3 hours. 301. Chinese Art as the Vatican Virgil, the Utrecht Psalter, the
Same as EALC 301. History of Chinese art Book of Kells, the Tres Riches Heures, the
235. Baroque Art from earliest times to the present. Prerequisite: Gutenberg Bible, and Brant's Ship of Fools.
Studies European painting, sculpture, and Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
graphic work during the period 1580 to 1700 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit.
with emphasis on major masters such as
Bernini, Caravaggio, Poussin, Rembrandt, and 302. Japanese Art 330. Topics in ItalianRenaissance Art
Velazquez. 3 hours. Same as EALC 302. History of Japanese art Special field in the history of painting,
from earliest times to the twentieth century. sculpture, and architecture of Italy during the
240. Art of the Nineteenth Century Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of Renaissance selected for intensive study.
Architecture, painting, sculpture, and minor instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
arts of France, Germany, Spain, and England instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. May be
in the nineteenth century. 3 hours. 310.West African Art and Ideas repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units.
Study in depth of West African art styles in
241.Twentieth-Century European Art time perspective and cultural context, with a 331. Topics inNorthern Renaissance Art
Survey of the major artists and artistic move- special interest in the use of interdisciplinary Special field in the history of painting,
ments in European painting and sculpture source materials. Prerequisite: Junior standing sculpture, and minor arts of France, Germany,
from postimpressionism to the present. 3 hours. or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Spain, and England during the Renaissance
selected for intensive study. Prerequisite: Junior
250.American Art 311. Traditional Art of Pacific Ocean standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or M
Surveys American art and architecture from Cultures May be repeated to a maximum of 6
or 1 unit.
the colonial period to the present. 3 hours. Survey of traditional art in Polynesia, Melanesia, hours or 2 units.
and Micronesia, including New Zealand and
260. Introduction to Women and the Visual Australia; emphasizes major style areas and 332. Italian Art of the Sixteenth Century
Arts in Western Culture their historical and cultural significance. Pre- Painting, sculpture, and architecture in Italy
Same as W
S 263. Explores the complex inter- requisite: Junior standing or consent of instruc- from 1500 to 1580. Prerequisite: Junior standing
connections of women with the visual arts in tor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. orconsentof instructor. 3 hours, or % orl unit.
Europe and North America from the classical
era to the present, including the modes of ar- The Archaeology of Greece
315. 333. Italian Art of the 14th and 15th
tistic production and the representation of Same as CLCIV 343. See CLCTV 343. Centuries
women in Western society. 3 hours. Study of Italian painting, sculpture and archi-
The Archaeology of Italy
316. tecture from circa 1300 to 1500. Prerequisite:
269. Spiritualityand Experience in the Arts Same as CLCIV 344. See CLCIV 344. Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3
of theMiddle Ages hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
Same as HISTand RELST 269. Elective seminar 318. Etruscan and
Art Italic
designed to give advanced undergraduates a Same as CLCIV 318. History of early Italic and 335. Italian Baroque Art
deeper understanding of the relationship Etruscan sculpture, painting, and architecture Studies major masters of Italian painting and
between religion and human experience in the from c. 1000 B.C. to the first century B.C. sculpture during the period 1580-1700, with
middle ages. Participants will be encouraged Emphasis on the international context of particular emphasis on art in Rome. Prerequi-
to apply a variety of methodologies derived Etruscan art and architecture. Prerequisite: site: Junior standing or consent of instructor.
from anthropology, art history, literary studies Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
and music history to the study of medieval hours, or % or 1 unit.
sources. Prerequisite: Any course in medieval 336.The Age of Rembrandt and Rubens
history, medieval literature, or medieval 321. Early Christian and Early Medieval Studies seventeenth-century art in the Low
music. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in Art Countries with extensive treatments of the
LAS.) Christian art of the Roman Empire, the art of careers of Rubens and Rembrandt. Prerequisite:
early Medieval Europe (including England Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3
289. Senior Honors in Art History — BA and Ireland), and of the Eastern Mediterra- hours, or V* or 1 unit.
Independent guided research and study in a nean from the third to the eighth centuries.
selected area of art history for candidates for Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of in- 337.Spanish Art of the Golden Age
the Bachelor of Arts in Art History with de- structor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Studv of art in Spain during the sixteenth and
partmental distinction. Prerequisite: Senior seventeenth centuries, with emphasis on
standing in the art history curriculum; a cu- 322. Byzantine and East Christian Art major masters such as El Greco, Velazquez,
mulative grade point average of 3.25; an art Arts of Byzantine, the Crusader States, and Zurbaran, Montanes, Ribera, Cano, Murillo,
history grade point average of 3.5; and con- Russia from the ninth to the fifteenth centu- and Valdes Leal. Prerequisite: Junior standing
sent of instructor, department adviser, and ries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of orconsentof instructor. 3 hours, or % orl unit.
associate director of the School. 2 to 5 hours. instructor. 3 hours, orV* or 1 unit.
May be repeated to a maximum of 5 hours. 339. Painting in Eighteenth-Century
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) 323. Romanesque Art Europe
Art and architecture of the Romanesque Criticalsurvey of the major developments in
290. Senior Honors in Art History — BFA period. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent European painting of the eighteenth century.
Directed independent research and study for of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Emphasis is placed on French artists, but
honors. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Fine major figures in England, Spain, and Italy are
and Applied Arts art history, a cumulative
Art and Design 33
also considered. Prerequisite: Junior standing background and the relation of the American 446. Seminar in Contemporary Art
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or V-> unit. artist to Europe in an attempt to isolate the Intensive study of selected problems or artists.
roots of Modernism in the United States. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit. May
340. Romantic Art Prerequisite: One year of art history or consent be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
Studies English, French, and German art from of instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
the end of the eighteenth centurv through 450.Seminar in American Art
1840; focuses on revivalist movements, 357. History of Photography Investigation of selected problems in the
historicism, landscape art, and changing Examines a history of photography from its history of American art. Prerequisite: ARTHI
conceptions of art and artist during the period. origin to the present, including both documen- 350 and 351, or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of tary and artistic approaches; considers rela- May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
instructor. 3 hours, or }
A or 1 unit. tionships with other arts. Prerequisite: Junior
standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 3A 468. ArtMuseum Internship
341.Realism to Post-Impressionism or 1 unit. Introduction to actual supervised practice in
Studies European art from 1850 to 1900, with one specialized department in an art museum:
emphasis on French painting. Prerequisite: 391. Topics in Art History curatorial, educational, or administrative
Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 Variable content; consult the Timetable for cur- department. Prerequisite: ARTHI 466 and 467.
hours, or Vt or 2 unit. rent topics. Prerequisite: Junior standing or 3 unit.
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or or 1 unit. %
342. German and Austrian Painting of the May be repeated as topics vary. 492. Individual Readings in the History of
Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Art
Centuries 401. Seminar in Chinese Art Directed readings in special fields or aspects
Survey of modern German and Austrian Same as EALC 401. Investigation of selected of history of art not provided in depth by the
painters and pictorial movements from the phases, concepts, and problems of the art of current course offerings. Prerequisite: Consent
1890s to the period of Hitler, with special em- China; intensive reading and reports. Prereq- of instructor. Sections A and B may be taken
phasis on the expressionist period. Prerequi- uisite: ARTHI 301 or consent of. instructor. 2 simultaneously. '/: to 2 unit. Registration
site: Junior standing or consent of instructor. unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. allowed for each section is Vi to 1 unit.
3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
415. Seminar in Ancient Art 493. Theory and Methodology
343. The Art Nouveau Europe in Same as CLCIV 415. Research seminar in Investigation of the theoryand practice of art
Survey of the principal artists and artistic subject selected and architecture
from the art history as a discipline. Discussions address
currents in the applied arts during the 1890s of the ancient period. Prerequisite: Consent of historiographical and methodological issues
in Europe; emphasis on individual figures, instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated to a and include both traditional and recent
with an attempt to define the common stylistic maximum of 3 units. approaches to the discipline. Prerequisite:
and theoretical assumptions of the period. Graduate level or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 420. Seminar in Classical Archaeology
instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. Same as CLCIV 420. See CLCIV 420. 499. Thesis Research
Guidance in research and writing theses for
344. The Beginnings of Modernism: 422. Studies in Medieval Art advanced degrees. Prerequisite: Graduate
European Art from Post-Impressionism to Research seminar in subjects selected from the standing in art history. to 4 units.
World War I art and architecture of the medieval period.
The pioneer movements in modern painting Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit. May
and sculpture, emphasizing the work and be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. Industrial Design (ARTID)
ideas of individual major figures. Prerequisite:
Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 430. Seminar in Italian Renaissance Art 133. Design Workshop, I
hours, or Vt or 2 unit. Special problems in the history of Italian Re- Design issues affecting contemporary culture
naissance art. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- and aesthetic perceptions. Prerequisite: ARTGP
345. Twentieth-Century Art in Europe: tor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 121 and 122, or equivalent. 3 hours.
1915-1945 3 units.
Study of the leading personalities and 134. Design Workshop, II
movements in European painting, sculpture, 431. Studies in Northern Renaissance Art Bionics, value adding, human factors, as they
and architecture, with emphasis on painting. Research seminar in subjects selected from the affect contemporary culture and design
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of art of the Northern Renaissance. Prerequisite: movements. Prerequisite: ARTID 133. 3 hours.
instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 2 unit. Graduate standing and consent of instructor. 2
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. 135. Model Making, I
346. Recent American Painting and Links practical experience of model-making

Sculpture 435.Seminar in Baroque Art with basic instruction in machines. Focuses on
Criticalsurvey of developments since World Research seminar in problems selected from model-making and prototype construction
War II with emphasis on questions of quality the art of seventeenth-century Europe. and exploring the materials and techniques of
and personal content and with consideration Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. May soft model-making and methods of finishing
of the most current tendencies. Prerequisite: be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. and surface effects on wood, metals, and plas-
Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 tics. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in Indus-
hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
440. Seminar in the Art of the Period trial Design or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
1750-1900
350. Realism and Romanticism in Intensive study of selected problems in Euro- 136. Model Making, II
American Art, 1776-1876 pean art. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 Focuses on model-making techniques and
Studies the two major directions of art in the u nit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. methods of machining and finishing applica-
United States from independence to the tions primarily in metals and plastics. Prerequi-
centennial, with focus on major figures and 441.Seminar in Modern Art site: Sophomore standing in Industrial Design;
the scientific and philosophical movements Investigation of special problems in the ARTID 135 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
which influenced them. Prerequisite: One year history of twentieth-century art. Students
of art history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, present reports of their research. Prerequisite: 210. Design Methods, I
or Vi or 2 unit. Consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated Various Industrial design methods will be
to a maximum of 3 units. reviewed and applied to design problems in
351. EarlyAmerican Modernism individual and group projects. Prerequisite:
Examines American art, particularly painting Sophomore standing in Industrial Design or
and sculpture, 1876-1940, against its cultural consent of instructor. 2 hours. May be repeated.
34 Art and Design
211. Design Methods, II 372. Computer Applications in Design, II 141. Beginning Painting I
Includes modems of the designer, design Continuation of ARTID 371 with emphasis on Introductory course in oil and acrylic painting.
methods and design process. Emphasis will be applying computer applications programs to Painting is primarily observational. Literal
on cross-disciplinary research in methodology solving product, graphic, and communica- representational content is varied. The
and integration into Industrial Design. Prereq- tions problems in design; uses of networking processes and fundamentals of the craft of
uisite: Junior standing in Industrial Design, and high quality output devices (plotters, painting are explored, emphasizing the
ARTID 210, and consent of instructor. 2 hours. printers, and video media). Prerequisite: developments of creative pictorial aesthetics.
ARTID 371 or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Prerequisite: Freshman standing in Art and
270. Drawing and Rendering h
l
unit. Design. 3 hours.
Perspective drawing using color pastels,
markers, and other media with emphasis on 475. Industrial Design, I 142. Figure Painting I
quick delineation. Prerequisite: Concurrent Introductory graduate-level course empha- The process and fundamentals of painting are
registration in ARTID 275, 276, 277, or 278; or sizes in-depth design research used to evalu- explored as applied to representational and
consent of instructor. 2 hours. May be repeated ate set studio projects. Focuses on the devel- interpretive painting of the human figure.
to a maximum of 4 hours. opment of critical thinking and product Prerequisite: ARTPA 125, 141, or consent of
evaluation, and the development of inherent instructor. 3 hours.
271. Materials and Processes, I skills required to communicate that thinking
Provides an introduction to materials and through designed artifacts. This course is the 143. Painting, Materials and Methods
processes use in industrial design. Prerequisite: first level of a six-semester study in a three- Problems of nonliteral content for painters,
Sophomore standing in Industrial Design or year program leading to a terminal degree of with special consideration of materials and
consent of instructor. 2 hours. MFA in Industrial Design. Prerequisite: BFA in techniques. Prerequisite: ART&D 118 and 120.
Industrial Design or a related field (as ac- 2 hours.
272. Materials and Processes, II cepted by the faculty), or consent of instruc-
Continuation of ARTID 271. Prerequisite: tor. Vh units. 144. Painting, Issues, and Methods
ARTID 271. 3 hours. Continuation of ARTPA 143 with special
476. Industrial Design, II emphasis on formal organization in Painting.
275. Industrial Design, I Second semester of the introductory level year Prerequisite: ARTPA 143. 2 hours.
Designing of objects for manufacture by the of the Industrial Design MFA degree program.
machine industries. Prerequisite: Junior Prerequisite: ARTID 475. 1 h [
units. 201. Watercolor, I
standing in Industrial Design curriculum or Prerequisite: ART&D 118 and 120. 2 hours.
consent of department. 3 hours. Field trip 477. IndustrialDesign Laboratory, III
required. Start of the second level of a six-semester 219. Current Art Issues Seminar
study in a three-year program leading to a Seminar with readings, lectures, discussions
276. Industrial Design, II terminal degree of MFA in Industrial Design. on ideas and issues affecting contemporary
Continuation of ARTID 275. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ARTID 476. 1 Vi units. art. Attendance is required at visiting artists'
ARTID 275. 3 hours. Field trip required. and scholars' lectures and field trips. Prereq-
478. Industrial Design Laboratory, IV uisite: Junior standing in fine and Applied Arts
277. Advanced Industrial Design, I Completion of the second level of a six-semes- or consent of instructor. 2 hours. May be re-
Prerequisite: ARTID 276. 4 hours. ter study in a three-year program leading to a peated to a maximum of 6 hours.
terminal degree of MFA in Industrial Design.
278. Advanced Industrial Design, II
Prerequisite; ARTID 477. Vh units. 225. Intermediate Drawing and Painting, I
Prerequisite: ARTID 277. 4 hours. Explores the interrelationship of drawing and
479. Industrial Design Laboratory, V painting. Prerequisite: ARTPA 126 and 142, and
280. Professional Practices junior standing in Painting. 3 hours.
Beginning of the third year of six-semester
Focuses on the preparation of a design study in a three-year program leading to a ter-
portfolio and resume; examines operations of 226. Intermediate Drawing and Painting,
minal degree of MFA in Industrial Design. II
professional design offices; and includes Emphasis is solely directed to a research and Continues the exploration of the interrelation-
presentations and discussions by visiting design project accompanied by a comprehen- ship of drawing and painting. Prerequisite:
designers. 2 hours. sive written statement. Prerequisite: ARTID ARTPA 225, and junior standing in Painting.
478. 1 'h units. 3 hours.
290. Senior Honors in Industrial Design
Independent creative activity, guided study, 480. Industrial Design Laboratory, VI 231. Intermediate Painting, I
or research for honors. Prerequisite: Senior Final semester of a three-year program lead- Prerequisite: ARTPA 126, 142, and 144, and
standing in Industrial Design, a cumulative ing to a terminal degree of MFA in Industrial junior standing in Painting. 3 hours.
grade point average of 3.0; and consent of Design. Emphasis is solely directed to a re-
instructor, adviser, and associate director of 232. Intermediate Painting, II
search and design project accompanied by a
the School. 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a comprehensive written statement. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ARTPA 231, and junior standing
maximum of 5 hours.
ARTID 479. Vh units.
in Painting. 3 hours.
291. Individual Industrial Design 491. Special Problems in Industrial Design 233. Advanced Painting, I
Problems Directed individual creative activity or design.

Prerequisite: ARTPA 226 and 232, and senior
Directed independent creative activity or re- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Industrial
standing in Painting. 3 hours.
search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and
Design. '/: to 2 units. May be repeated to a
Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and 234. Advanced Painting, II
maximum of 8 units.
associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. Prerequisite: ARTPA 233, and senior standing
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. in Painting. 3 hours.
Art Painting (ARTPA)

371. Computer Applications in Design, I 245.Advanced Painting Studio, I
Concepts, methods, and current applications Advanced creative study from nature and the
125. Life Drawing, I
of computer-aided industrial design (CAID) model in various painting and drawing
Prerequisite: ART&D 118. 2 hours.
media. Prerequisite: ARTPA 226 and 232, and
will be studied, using autocad and other
software. Prerequisite: Junior standing in senior standing in Painting. 3 hours.
126. Life Drawing II
Industrial Design or consent of instructor. 3 Prerequisite: ARTPA 125. 2 hours.
hours or 1 unit.
246.Advanced Painting Studio, II
Advanced creative study and research in vari-
ous painting and drawing media, individual
Art and Design 35
exhibition, documentation of work, statement for average cost; student must furnish cam- 350. Photography Seminar
of aesthetic objectives. Visiting critic/artist era. Prerequisite: Freshman standing in Art and Advanced study of photographic issues and
and staff critique student art. Prerequisite: Design; or consent of instructor. 3 hours. literature.Discusses aesthetics, criticism, and
ARTPA 245, and senior standing in Painting. current imagery, as well as photography's
3 hours. 215. Photography, II relationship to other media. Prerequisite: Junior
Uses hand held cameras (35mm and 2V4") and standing in Photography, or consent of
290. Senior Honors in Painting black and white processes to express ideas and instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated
Independent creative activity, guided study, emotions with emphasis on the development to a maximum of 6 hours or 1
I /: units.
or research for honors. Prerequisite: Senior of a personal aesthetic. See Timetable for aver-
standing in painting, a cumulative grade point age cost; student must furnish camera. Prereq- 360. Video for Artists, I
average of 3.0; and consent of instructor, uisite: ARTPH 115. 3 hours. Explores the potential of video as a medium
adviser, and associate director of the School. for creative expression and communications
2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maximum 216. View Camera and Studio within the context of visual art. See current
of 5 hours. Includes work with camera movements, black Timetable for average student materials cost;
and white exposure, and development rela- camera, recording, and editing equipment are
291. Individual Painting Problems tionships as tools of creative expression; cov- furnished. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art;
Directed independent creative activity or re- ers basic lighting techniques and studio proce- ARTPH 115 or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and dures. Most equipment furnished. Prerequisite: or % or 1 unit.
Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and ARTPH 215, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. 361. Video for Artists, II
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. 220.Color Photography Explores advanced concepts and techniques
Explores the potential of color prints and of video as a medium of creative expression
335. Computer Imaging transparencies as media for creative expres- and communication within the context of
Fine arts approach to computer imaging for sion. See Timetable for average cost; student visual art. See current Timetable for average
students in painting, printmaking, sculpture must furnish camera. Prerequisite: ARTPH 115. student material cost; camera, recording, and
and related fields; no previous computer ex- 3 hours. editing equipment are furnished. Prerequisite:
perience is necessary. Prerequisite: Sophomore ARTPH 360. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
standing or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi 291. Individual Photography Problems
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 Directed independent creative activity or re- 398.Photography Workshop
hours or 1 unit. search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and Advanced course on a special topic: see Time-
Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and table section note for description. Prerequisite:
380.Drawing associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. Junior, senior or graduate standing in art and
Advanced drawing media. Prereq-
in several May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. design; or consent of instructor based upon
uisite: For undergraduates, consent of instruc- announced criterion that varies with topic. 3
tor; for graduates, consent of departmental 315. Photography, III hours or 1 unit.
graduate committee. 2 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. Explores creative expression through the
medium of photography. Students select 486. Photography Studio
381. Painting format and process (i.e., black and white, color, Individually directed research; personal ex-
Advanced painting in oil and other media. mixed media) based on prior experience; pression through the photographic medium.
Not open to candidates for the MFA in group critiques held frequently; initial Enrollment in MFA program and
Prerequisite:
Painting. Prerequisite: For undergraduates, opportunity to experiment in personally major in Photography, or consent of the de-
ARTPA 142 or equivalent; for graduates, selected directions which will be refined and partmental graduate committee. Vi to 2 units.
consent of departmental graduate committee. amplified in ARTPH 316. Prerequisite: Junior May be repeated.
2 to 4 hours, or '/: to 1 unit. May be repeated to standing in Photography or consent of
a total of 2 units. instructor. 3 hours or % units. May be repeated 491. Special Problems in Photography
to a maximum of 12 hours or 3 units. Directed individual creative activity or
382. Painting Materials and Techniques research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
Study of the materials and techniques used in 316. Advanced Photography Photography. 'A to 2 units. May be repeated
the various media: oil, watercolor, tempera, Concentrated use of photographic processes to a maximum of 5 units.
gouache, encaustic, etc. Prerequisite: ARTPA 142 for creative expression with emphasis on
or graduate standing in Art. 2 hours or '/> unit. professionalism and the production of a
photographic portfolio. Prerequisite: Senior Printmaking (ARTPR)
491. Special Problems in Painting and standing in Photography, or consent of
Drawing instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated 271. Beginning Etching
Directed individual creative activity or to a maximum of 6 hours or 1 '/: units. Introductory course in intaglio printmaking,
research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in including the complete image development
Painting. Vi to 2 units. May be repeated to a 330. Alternative Processes from sketch to printing stages. Prerequisite:
maximum of 5 units. Explores cyanotype, Van-Dyke Brown, Bichro- Sophomore standing or consent of instructor.
mate Printing and other historical processes. 3 hours.
495. Painting Laboratory Additional work will utilize offset lithogra-
and experimental painting with
Professional phy and electrostatic equipment. Prerequisite: 272. Intermediate Etching
emphasis on the development of maturity of Two art photography courses including Intermediate course in intaglio printmaking,
styleand personal expression. Prerequisite: ARTPH 215, or consent of instructor. Back- including the complete development from
Enrollment in the MFA program in Painting. ground in drawing, design, and art history sketch to printing stages. Prerequisite: ARTPR
Vi to 3 units. courses will be expected. 3 hours or 1 unit. 271. 3 hours.
Photography
331. Digital 281. Beginning Lithography
Photography (ARTPH) Problem solving using digital photographic Studio course in lithography comprised of
technology. Projects will include the produc- black and white printing primarily from stones.
115. Basic Photography tion of slides and/or video with additional Work includes the complete development of a
Investigates basic elements comprising a pho- graphic arts techniques, electrostatics and lithographic print from idea to the final print.
tograph; explores the photogram, tone, and computer typesetting. Prerequisite: Junior Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in Art and
texture as expressive media; and works with standing in Photography, or consent of in- Design or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
the camera, exposure meter, and film and print structor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
developing in black and white. See Timetable
36 Art Education
282. Intermediate Lithography 230. Figure Modeling 391.Advanced Sculpture Techniques

Studio course in lithography comprised of Life sculpture: three-dimensional study of Advanced work in various sculptural media.
black and white and multiple color printing human, animal, and other forms found in Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 hours, or
from both stones and metal plates. Work nature. Three-dimensional portraiture and Vi to 1 unit.
includes the complete development of a representational bas relief sculpture. Study of
lithographic print from idea to the final print. representational sculpture on campus and in 491. Special Problems in Sculpture
Prerequisite: ARTPR 281. 3 hours. surrounding communities. Prerequisite: Directed individual creative activity or
Consent of instructor. 3 hours. research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
291. Individual Printmaking Problems sculpture. Vi to 2 units. May be repeated to a
Directed independent creative activity or re- 253. Intermediate Sculpture, I maximum of 5 units.
search. Prerequisite: junior standing in Art and A experimental, and creative use of
free,
Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and permanent and impermanent sculpture 496. Sculpture Laboratory
associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours. materials; clays, wood, pastelines, and Experience at a professional level in sculptural
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. plasters. Prerequisite: ARTSC 152. 2 hours. techniques including metals casting, welding,
stone carving, wood carving, clay modeling,
Advanced Etching
371. 254. Intermediate Sculpture, II and ceramic sculpture, with emphasis on the
Advanced course in intaglio printmaking, Special projects in stone carving and malleable development of creative achievement. Prereq-
including the complete image development sheet metal; lead, copper, brass, and alumi- uisite: Enrollment in the MFA program in
from sketch to printing stages. Prerequisite: num. Prerequisite: ARTSC 253. 2 hours. Sculpture or consent of departmental gradu-
ARTPR 271 and 272. 3 hours, or % to 1 unit. ate committee. 1 to 3 units.
255. Sculpture Materials and Techniques, I
381.Lithography Special projects for cast bronze; model prepa-
Laboratory course in lithography. Course of rations, investments, melting, pouring, chas-
study includes a complete development of the ing, and developing of patinas. Prerequisite:
process, exploiting its potential as a fine art ARTSC 152; junior standing in curriculum in
medium. Prerequisite: For undergraduates, Sculpture. 3 hours.
ARTPR 282; for graduates, consent of depart-
mental graduate committee. 2 hours, or Vi to 256. Sculpture Materials and Techniques, II
Art Education
1 unit. Special projects in terra cotta; use of various
clays; preparation and construction methods; (See Art and Design, School of)
491. Special Problems in Printmaking special problems in casting methods and
Directed individual creative activity or materials; kiln operation; fuels; and glazing.
research. Vi to 2 units. May be repeated to a Prerequisite: ARTSC 255. 3 hours.
maximum of 5 units.
257. Advanced Sculpture, I
497. Print Workshop Introduction to plastics and welded metals;
Intaglio, relief, and planographic print media; projects utilizing the special qualities of these
includes etching, engraving, aquatint, wood, materials. Prerequisite: ARTSC 254. 2 hours. Asian Studies
paper, and plastic relief printing, and lithog-
raphy. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Art. 258. Advanced Sculpture, II
Vi to 3 units. Projects in permanent materials; special (See East Asian Languages and Cultures)
attention given to the relation of sculpture to
the allied fields of architecture and landscape
Sculpture (ARTSC) architecture. Prerequisite: ARTSC 257. 2 hours.
151. Sculpture, I 259. Advanced Sculpture Materials and

Exploration of basic sculptural ideas and tech- Techniques, I
niques including construction, modeling, Projects in various permanent materials;

carving, and and the use of sculptural
casting, special attention given to the relation of
media such as wood, plaster, plastics, and clay. sculpture to the allied fields of architecture
and landscape architecture. Prerequisite:
The elements of three-dimensional design and
composition will also be emphasized. Prereq- ARTSC 256. 3 hours. Astronomy
uisite: Sophomore standing, or consent of in-
structor. 3 hours. 260. Advanced Sculpture Materials and Chair of Department: Richard M. Crutcher
Techniques, II
Department Office: 103 Astronomy Building,
152. Sculpture, II Continuation of ARTSC 259. Prerequisite: 1002 West Green Street, Urbana
Theory, techniques, and formal principles of ARTSC 259. 3 hours.
Phone: 333-3090
wood sculpture, including carving and URL: www.astro.uiuc.edu
constructions; metal sculpture; including 290. Senior Honors in Sculpture
welding, forming, and finishing and related Independent creative activity, guided study,
concepts and techniques in mixed-media or research for honors. Prerequisite: Senior Astronomy (ASTR)
sculpture. Prerequisite: ARTSC 151. 3 hours. standing in Sculpture, a cumulative grade
point average of 3.0; and consent of instructor,
100. Perspectives in Astronomy
219. Current Issues in Sculpture, Glass, adviser, and associate director of the School. One-semester introduction to astronomy. The
and Ceramics 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maximum nature of science; sun, planets, and moons;
Through seminar interaction, visiting lectur- of 5 hours.
origin of the solar system; nature and evolu-
ers, and visits to studios, students become fa- tion of stars; exploding stars; stellar remnants,
miliar with skills and sensibilities necessary 291. Individual Sculpture Problems
including dwarfs, neutron stars, and black
for a professional artist. The seminars will be Directed independent creative activity or re-
holes; molecules in space; galaxies and qua-
augmented with reading, lectures, discussions search. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and
sars; past and future of the universe; and life
on ideas and issues affecting contemporary Design; and consent of instructor, adviser, and
in the universe. Lectures and observation; a
art. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Art and associate director of the School. 1 to 4 hours.
field trip to Parkland Staerkel Planetarium
Design, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. May May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
may be required, nominal charge. 3 hours.
be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Credit is not given to students with credit in
ASTR 121 or 122; not open to students with
Astronomy 37
credit in PHYCS 102, 112, or equivalent. Stu- 250. Introduction to Cosmology 322. ExtragalacticAstronomy
dents with credit in PHYCS 111 are encour- Descriptive course on modern cosmological Overview of current physical understanding
aged to take ASTR 210. theories. Topics include aspects of special and of the large-scale structure, contents, and
general relativity; curved spacetime; the Big evolution of the universe; includes such topics
113. The Sky Bang; inflation; primordial element synthesis; as the properties of galaxies, quasars, clusters
Examines the visual aspects and phenomena the cosmic microwave background; the and superclusters of galaxies, the microwave
of the sky; astronomical lore and history. formation of galaxies and large scale structure. background radiation, origin and evolution of
Prerequisite: ASTR 100, 121 or 122, or consent ASTR 100, or 121, or 122, or 210,
Prerequisite: galaxies, and observational cosmology.
of instructor. 3 hours. or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Prerequisite: ASTR 305 or consent of instructor.
3 hours or 1 unit.
121. The Solar System 290. Individual Study
Introductory survey of the universe; structure Individual study at an advanced undergradu- 333. Solar System Astrophysics
and motions of the earth and moon; planetary ate level. Prerequisite: Consent of adviser and Same as GEOL 333. Planetary orbits and per-
motions; physical nature of the planets; of staff member who supervises the work. 1 turbations; physical perturbations; physical
comets and meteors; origin and evolution of to 4 hours. parameters of the planets; planetary interiors,
the solar system. Emphasis will be placed on atmospheres, magnetospheres, and surface
problem-solving and scientific methods. Two 301. Scientific Writing for Astronomers layers; the satellites; asteroids and comets;
lectures and one discussion each week, and Development of journal-style writing skills. meteors, meteorites, and tektites; interplan-
observing sessions during the semester. Papers written in accordance with the Astro- etary grains and gas; and problems of origin
Intended for nonscience majors; science and physical Journal Manual of Style on topics and evolution. Prerequisite: PHYCS 113 or 114
Astronomy majors should take ASTR 210. 3 approved by the instructor. Emphasis on de- or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
hours. Credit not given to students with credit veloping adequate and critical coverage of the
in ASTR 1 00 or 21 or GEOL 1 1 6; or in PHYCS topic, brevity compatible with clarity, and ef- 350. Introduction to Geophysics
112 or higher-level Physics course. Students fective presentation.Proper referencing, foot- Same as GEOL 350. See GEOL 350.
with credit in PHYCS 111 are encouraged to notes, and bibliography are covered. Prereq-
take ASTR 210. uisite: Concurrent enrollment in a designated 396. Seminar in Astronomy
300-level astronomy course. 1 hour or !4 unit. Lectures on topics of current interest in as-
and Galaxies
122. Stars tronomy and astrophysics; for advanced un-
Introduction to astrophysical objects and 304. Astrophysics, I dergraduates and graduates. See Timetable for
phenomena beyond the solar system, and the Introduction to astrophysical problems, with current topics. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
governing basic physical principles; galaxies, emphasis on underlying physical principles; tor. 1 to 4 hours, or V* to 1 unit. May be repeated.
quasars, and structure of the universe; includes the nature of stars, equations of state,
cosmology; the Milky Way; the interstellar stellar energy generation, stellar structure and 401. Stellar Atmospheres
medium and the birth of stars; distances, evolution, astrophysical neutrinos, binary Physical characteristics of stellar atmospheres
motions, radiation, structure, evolution, and stars, white dwarfs, neutron stars and pulsars, as derived from spectroscopic observations;
death of stars, including neutron stars and and novae and supernovae. Prerequisite: radiation transfer; theory and observations of
black holes. Emphasis will be placed on PHYCS 113 or 114; or consent of instructor. 3 the continuous spectrum; limb darkening; for-
problem-solving and scientific methods. Two hours or 1 unit. Graduate students in As- mation of absorption lines; line profiles; curves
lectures and one discussion each week, and tronomy will not receive credit in ASTR 304. of growth; relative chemical abundances; and
observing sessions during the semester. emission features. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
Intended for nonscience majors; science and 305. Astrophysics, II structor. Desirablebackground includes some
Astronomy majors should take ASTR 210. 3 Introduction to astrophysical problems; in- familiarity with atomic physics, advanced cal-
hours. Credit not given to students with credit cludes fundamentals of solar system astro- culus, and general astronomy. 1 unit.
in ASTR 100 or 210, or in PHYCS 112 or higher- physics, elements of physical cosmology, and
level physics course. Students with credit in such additional topics as galactic nuclei, qua- 402. Theoretical Astrophysics
PHYCS 111 are encouraged to take ASTR 210. sars, cosmic ray nuclei, the interstellar me- Application of physical principles to a broad
dium, and cosmic electrodynamics. Prerequi- selection of topics in astrophysics: fluid dy-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar site: PHYCS 113 or 114; or consent of instructor. namics in an astrophysical context; equilibria
5 hours. 3 hours or 1 unit. Graduate students in As- and collapse of interstellar clouds; star forma-
tronomy will not receive credit in ASTR 305. tion; shock waves, ionization fronts, winds,
210. General Astronomy and accretion and jets; stellar structure, evo-
Survey of modern astronomy for students 314. Astronomical Techniques lution, and nucleosynthesis; white dwarfs,
with background in physics. Topics include: Introduction to techniques used in modern neutron stars, pulsars, and compact x-ray
the solar system; nature and evolution of stars; optical and radio astronomy with emphasis sources; dynamics of stellar systems and spi-
white dwarfs, neutron stars, and black holes; on the physical and mathematical understand- ral structure; cosmic electrodynamics, includ-
galaxies, quasars and dark matter; large scale ing of the detection of electromagnetic radia- ing continuum radiation mechanisms, cosmic
structure of the universe; the Big Bang; and tion; includes such topics as fundamental rays, and radio galaxies; cosmology; galaxy
Inflation. Emphasis will be on the physical properties of radio and optical telescopes and formation; and quasars. Emphasis on the un-
principles underlying the astronomical the detectors that are used with telescopes. derlying physics rather than on detailed fac-
phenomena. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: MATH tual description. Prerequisite: PHYCS 336, 361,
enrollment in PHYCS 113 and 114. 3 hours. 242 or 245; PHYCS 113 or 114; or consent of and 386; or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Credit is not given to students who have credit instructor. ASTR 210 is recommended. 4 hours
in ASTR 100, 121, or 122. or 1 unit. Graduate students in Astronomy will 403. Observational Astronomy
not receive credit for ASTR 314. Techniques and basic results of observational
230. Extraterrestrial Life astronomy; gamma ray, x-ray, ultraviolet, vis-
Scientific discussion of the search for extra- 321. Galactic Astronomy ible, infrared, and radio astronomy; data han-
terrestrial life. Topics include: cosmic evolu- Galactic structure: the observational data; stars dling; coordinate systems, time, astrometry;
tion (protons to heavy elements to molecules); in the solar neighborhood; the solar motion; detectors; telescopes; imaging; photometry;
terrestrial evolution (chemical, biological, and stellar statisticsand distribution; stellar spectroscopy; polarimetry Prerequisite: Con-
cultural); high technology searches for extra- populations; interstellar matter and spiral sent of instructor. 1 unit.
terrestrial life in the solar system (Mars, Ve- structure; and the whole galaxy. Prerequisite:
nus, outer planets); and beyond the solar sys- ASTR 210, 305, or both 121 and 122, or consent 404. Stellar Structure and Evolution
tem (Drake equation and current SETI projects). of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Same as PHYCS 404. Relationship between
Prerequisite: ASTR 100, 121, 122, or 210; or con- observable features of stars and the physical
sent of instructor. 3 hours. processes that occur in their interiors; topics
include matter and radiation in stars (equa-
38 Atmospheric Sciences
tions of state,modes of energy flow, nuclear 120. Severe and Unusual Weather 303. Weather Analysis and Forecasting
energy production, and element synthesis); Most extreme manifestations of weather and Course provides the student with the neces-
structure of stars during all phases prior to climate are analyzed in terms of their physi- sary skill to conceptualize the structure and
the supernova or planetary nebula stage; stel- cal basis and their historical, economic and dynamics of the atmosphere through interpre-
lar pulsations with reference to Cepheids and human consequences. Emphasis is placed on tation and analysis of weather charts, time and
RR Lyrae variables; and properties of white the interplay between technological advances, cross sections, soundings, and forecast prod-
dwarfs, neutron stars, and contact binaries. the evolution of meteorology as a science, and ucts. Students develop case studies of weather
Prerequisite: PHYCS 361 and 382, ASTR 402, the impacts of extreme weather (winter system structure, participate in discussions of
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. storms, floods, severe thunderstorms, hurri- weather processes as depicted by weather
canes, El Nino). Technological advances in- maps, and learn techniques of forecasting
405. Diffuse Matter Astrophysics clude satellites, weather radars and profilers, weather. The depiction of atmospheric kine-
Same as PHYCS 405. Interstellar gas: balance and computer models used for weather pre- matic and dynamic processes on weather
of microscopic processes, large scale structure, diction. 3 hours. charts is emphasized. Students learn concep-
interaction with stars, dynamics, heating, ion- tual models of the structure of mid-latitude
ization, and cooling; continuous and discrete 130. Illinois in the Changing Earth System cyclones and convective weather systems, in-
radiation processes, excitation mechanisms, Same as GEOG and GEOL 130. Introduction cluding cyclogenesis, frontogenesis, the pro-
propagation of radiation, molecule formation, to the role of interacting physical, biological, cess of storm intensification, occlusion and
dust grains, star formation, magnetic fields, and human processes of the global Earth Sys- frontolysis. Numerical weather prediction
and cosmic rays. Prerequisite: Consent of in- tem in shaping the past, present, and future models and statistical forecasting techniques
structor. 1 unit. environment in Illinois. Intended for nonspe- are reviewed and utilized. Prerequisite:
cialists in science. Addresses how the environ- ATMOS 222, or consent of instructor. 4 hours
The Physics of Compact Objects
406. ment of Illinois has been influenced by past or 1 unit.
Same as PHYCS 406. See PHYCS 406. climates, and how our environment may
change as the climate changes in the future. 312. Radar Meteorology
407. Radiation Hydrodynamics The implications for Illinois of efforts to deal Basic principles of radar and references to
Dynamics of radiating fluids, i.e., fluids in with local and global environmental problems other ground based remote sensing systems,
which radiation dominates energy and /or are discussed, as well as the global forces that with emphasis on radar. Discusses principles
momentum transport in the flow; emphasis have created geological resources and geologi- of conventional and Doppler radar, data pro-
on underlying physical principles with cal hazards in Illinois. 3 hours. cessing, and use of Doppler radar in meteo-
examples from astrophysics; numerical rology. Emphasizes radar observations of
methods. Prerequisite: ASTR 401
or consent of 140. Climate and Global Change meteorological phenomena, such as severe
with basic concepts of
instructor. Familiarity Introduces climate change and its interactions thunderstorms and wind shear. Students ana-
radiation transport, fluid mechanics, and with the global environment; surveys the lyze data from national radar facilities. Pre-
tensors desirable. 1 unit. physical, chemical, biological and social fac- requisite: ATMOS 222 or consent of instructor.
tors contributing to global change; includes 4 hours or 1 unit.
490. Individual Study topics such as greenhouse warming, acid rain,
Individual study or nonthesis research. Pre- ozone depletion, regional drought and nuclear 313. Satellite Remote Sensing
requisite: Consent of adviser and of staff mem- winter; distinguishes anthropogenic influ- Review used in satel-
of the basic techniques
ber who supervises the work. 2 to 2 units. May ences and natural variability of the earth sys- remote sensing of the Earth's surface and
lite
be repeated to a maximum of 4 units. tem; addresses societal impacts, mitigation atmosphere, as well as other planets in our
strategies, policy options and other human solar system. Topics include radiative trans-
496. Seminar in Special Topics responses to global change. Prerequisite: A 100- fer, scattering and absorption processes, the
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 0to4 units.
level course in atmospheric science or chem- Sun, mathematics of inversion, atmospheric
May be repeated. istry or consent of instructor. 3 hours. properties and constituents, surface proper-
ties, precipitation, radiation budgets, image
499. Thesis Research
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar classification, satellite technology and orbital
0to4 units.
Special topics each semester. 5 hours. May
1 to configurations. Laboratory work on radiative
be repeated. transfer modeling and satellite data analysis
is emphasized. All students participate in a
222. Weather Processes team project that has novel and practical ap-
Introduction to the mean state of the atmo- plications. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 245, or
sphere, the fundamental physics of weather equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
processes, and the mechanisms producing
daily weather changes, both qualitative and
Atmospheric quantitative in nature. Prerequisite: MATH 242.
314. Tropical Meteorology
Course covers the basic synoptic and dynamic
Sciences 3 hours. meteorology of the tropics and the unique
characteristics of the tropical motion. Unique
301. Principles of Atmospheric Physics tropical phenomena such as hurricanes, El
Acting Head of Department: Robert Wilhelmson Quantitative introduction to atmospheric ther- Nino, monsoons, intraseasonal oscillations,
Department Office: 101 Atmospheric Sciences modynamics, cloud physics, and radiative easterly waves, and quasi-biennial oscillations
Building, 105 South Gregory Drive, Urbana transfer; topics include the structure, stabil- are discussed. Prerequisite: ATMOS 222 or
Phone: 333-2046 ity, and energy balance of the atmosphere, and consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
URL: www.atmos.uiuc.edu the formation of clouds and precipitation. Pre-
requisite: MATH 242 or 245; consent of instruc- 381. Modeling Earth and Environmental
tor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Systems
Atmospheric Sciences (ATMOS)
Same as GEOG and GEOL 381. Introduction
302. Principles of Atmospheric Dynamics to systems modeling with applications to the
100. Introduction to Meteorology Same as PHYCS 302. Introduction to those el- earth and environmental sciences. Basic sys-
Introduces the student to the basic concepts ements of fluid dynamics and thermodynam- tems concepts and systems thinking in the
and principles of atmospheric science in a ics essential to understanding the large- and contexts of hydrological, climatic, geochemi-
descriptive format; emphasizes the physics small-scale motions of the neutral atmosphere. cal, and other environmentally relevant sys-
responsible for changes in the weather; uses Prerequisite: MATH 280; consent of instructor. tems. Students identify key processes and re-
current weather information to illustrate 4 hours or unit.
1
lationships in systems, represent these
textbook material. 3 hours.
elements quantitatively in models, test the
models, use them to predict system behavior,
Aviation 39
and assess the validity of the predictions. No mathematical models and laboratory physical 491. Seminar in Atmospheric Sciences
special mathematical or computing back- models, the important processes which Seminar on topics of current interest. Prereq-
ground is required. Prerequisite: Junior or determine the earth's and other planets' uisite: Consent of instructor. to 2 unit.
graduate standing in a natural science, geog- general circulation. Prerequisite: ATMOS 301
raphy, natural resources and environmental or equivalent, and ATMOS 302. 2 unit. 497. Special Topics in Atmospheric
studies, or engineering. 4 hours or 2 unit. Sciences
and Dynamical
410. Physical Lecture course in topics of current interest; sub-
390. Individual Study Oceanography jects such as tropical meteorology, aerosol phys-
Individual study or reading at an advanced Basic principles underlying physical and ics, and geophysical fluid dynamics will be
undergraduate level in a subject not covered dynamical oceanography, with an emphasis covered in semester offerings on a regular ba-
in normal course offerings. Prerequisite: Con- on processes affecting air-sea interaction and sis. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 2 unit.
sent of adviser and of staff member supervis- climate modeling; topics include the physics
ing work. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be of sea water, water mass characteristics, static 499. Thesis Research
repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 units. stability, diffusion, equations of motion, Section A: For master's degree candidates;
May not be used to satisfy requirements for geostrophic currents, wind-driven circulation, Section B: For doctoral degree candidates.
an M.S. or Ph.D. degree in Atmospheric Sci- thermohaline circulation, numerical models, Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 4 units.
ences. waves, tides. Prerequisite: MATH 242 and

ATMOS 301, or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
397. Topics in Atmospheric Sciences
Special topics in atmospheric sciences at an 421. Precipitation Physics
advanced undergraduate level. Prerequisite: Develops an understanding of precipitation
Advanced undergraduate standing and con- processes through cloud observations, micro-
sent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 2 unit. physics, dynamics, and comprehensive theo-
retical models; includes growth by condensa- Aviation
401. Synoptic Meteorology tion, coalescence, and riming; and studies ice
Examines the observed behavior of the atmo- crystals, hail, and weather modification. Pre-
Henry L. Taylor
Director of Institute:
sphere through the application of physical and requisite: ATMOS 301. 2 unit.
Administration Building (Old
Institute Office:
hydrodynamical principles to analyses of real
Terminal Building), University of Illinois,
meteorological data; develops concepts for 442. Global Atmospheric Modeling
Willard Airport, Savoy, IL 61874
studying atmospheric circulations, particu- Same as CSE 468. Course provides the student
Phone: 244-8601
cyclones and anticyclones.
larly extratropical with training in the development, testing and
URL: www.aviation.uiuc.edu/willard
Laboratory work includes the development of application of physically based climate
diagnostic techniques suitable for a better models. Physically based mathematical
understanding of the current weather. Prereq- models of the earth's climate are used to study Aviation (AVI)
uisite: ATMOS 301 and 302. 1 unit. the causes of the ice ages which have occurred
within a period of 100,000 years during the
101. Private Pilot, I
402. Mesoscale Meteorology last two million years, the predictability of
The first of a two course sequence to prepare
Basic concepts and ideas on atmospheric pro- climate on the timescale of 1 to 3 months with
cesses that occur on scales of motions from a particular attention to the worldwide El Nino
for FAA
Private Pilot certification. Includes
classroom instruction on aerodynamics, air-
few kilometers to a few hundred kilometers, phenomenon, and project the potential
plane systems, airport and airplane opera-
a scale loosely classified by meteorologists as climatic consequences of the increasing
"mesoscale". After an introductory discussion
tions, federal regulations and airplane safety.
concentrations of carbon dioxide and other
Also includes twenty-five hours of flight train-
of mesoscale classifications and attendant greenhouse gases. Prerequisite: ATMOS 301
ing and 6 hours in a flight simulator in the
forecast problems, the course will introduce and 302, or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
flight laboratory. Students enrolling in this
various mesoscale phenomena, internally gen-
course will also participate in up to 5 hours of
erated circulations, externally forced circula- 451. Atmospheric Radiation
research flight experiments. Private Pilot cer-
tions,and mesoscale instabilities. Covers all Physical concepts and various methods of
tification requires the completion of AVI 120.
three fundamental aspects of mesoscale me- analysis of radiation scattering by atmospheric
teorology: observations, theory and modeling, molecules, particulates, and clouds; infrared
Prerequisite: Consent of director. 3 hours.
with particular emphasis on the dynamics of radiative transfer in a stratified inhomoge-

102. Orientation Refresher
precipitating mesoscale systems. Prerequisite: neous atmosphere; radiation and ozone pho-
Course provides the student with additional
ATMOS 301 and 302. 2 unit. tochemistry in the stratosphere; and remote
aeronautical experience to develop the re-
temperature and composition sensing tech-
quired proficiency to complete successfully
405.Numerical Methods in Fluid niques using satellite radiation data. Prerequi-
the objectives of a flight course, pilot certifi-
Dynamics site: ATMOS 301 2 unit.
.
Same as CSE 466 and C S 405. Intended to give

The flight hours may
cate, or aircraft rating.
be divided between dual instruction or solo
the student practical numerical techniques for 461.Advanced Atmospheric Dynamics
flight as required to meet the student's needs.
solving those linear and nonlinear differen- Introduces the language and methods of mod-
tial equations which appear frequently as ini- ern atmospheric dynamics, covering the ar-
The amount of dual vs. solo time and aircraft
and boundary value problems in hydrody- to be used will be determined by the chief pi-
tial eas of atmospheric waves, dynamical insta-
lot. Students enrolled in this course will also
namics and dynamic meteorology. Prerequisite: and wave-mean flow interactions.
bilities,
participate in up to 5 hours of research flight
MATH 280 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Emphasis is on gaining a physical understand-
experiments. Prerequisite: Consent of director.
ing of atmospheric motions from planetary
Dynamical Weather Prediction hours. May be repeated.
406. down to gravity wave scales, and on solving
Same as CSE 467. Describes the principles and dynamical problems that arise in research.
120. Private Pilot, II
methods of simulating and predicting large- Prerequisite: ATMOS 302 or consent of instruc-
motions on the basis of hy-
scale atmospheric
Second of a two course sequence to prepare
tor. 2 unit.
drodynamics and thermodynamics. Prerequi- for FAA Private Pilot certification. Includes
site: ATMOS 302. 2 unit. 490. Individual Study classroom instruction on airplane operation,
navigation, night flying and meteorology. In-
Individual study or reading in a subject not
408.Atmospheric General Circulation cludes thirty-six hours of flight training and 6
covered in normal course offerings. Prerequi-
Reviews the observed general circulation of Consent of instructor.
hours in a flight simulator in the flight labo-
site: '/: to 2 units.
the earth's atmosphere; discusses the balance ratory. Students enrolling in this course will
requirements of mass, momentum, and also participate in up to 5 hours of research

energy conservation; illustrates, by means of flight experiments. Students successfully com-
pleting final examinations will be issued a
40 Aviation
Private Pilot certificate. Prerequisite: AVI 101 Aviation staff. Prerequisite: AVI 140 and con- enrollment in AVI 220; and consent of director.
and consent of director. 3 hours. Credit is not sent of instructor. 3 hours. 1 hour.
given for both AVI 120 and 121.
210. Commercial Pilot, II 224. All Attitude Orientation
121. Private Pilot, Requalification Final course in a series of advanced flight/ Primary focus of this course is to teach the re-
Forty-five classroom hour transitional course courses in preparation for the FAA Commer- covery of an airplane from emergency inflight
for students entering the Institute with a Pri- with Instrument rating.
cial Pilot certificate attitudes. Teaches the safe handling of an air-
vate Pilot certificate who desire to continue Includes 45 hours classroom instruction on craft in all attitudes of flight through the use
in the Commercial-instrument sequence (AVI IFR and VFR cross-country, and VFR commer- of various acrobatic maneuvers including
130 through 210/211). Includes instruction on cial maneuvers. Includes 28 hours of flight loops, snap rolls, slow rolls, Immelmans, Cu-
airplane operations, navigation, and meteo- instruction and training (single-engine air- ban eights, spins, and similar maneuvers, plus
rology. Includes 17 hours of flight training and plane) and 3 hours in a flight simulator in the takeoff and landing procedures in a tailwheel
3 hours in a flight simulator in the flight labo- flight laboratory. Students enrolling in this airplane. Ten flight hours. Students enrolling
ratory. Students enrolling in this course will course will also participate in up to 5 hours of in this course will also participate in up to five
also participate in up to 5 hours of research research flight experiments conducted by In- hours of research flight experiments conducted
flight experiments. Prerequisite: Private Pilot stitute of Aviation staff. Prerequisite: AVI 200 by the Institute of Aviation staff. Prerequisite:
certificate (with a minimum of 60 hours of and consent of director. 3 hours. Students may AVI 101 and 120 or the Private Pilot certificate
flight), and consent of director. 2 hours. Credit not receive credit for both AVI 210 and 211. and consent of director. hours.
is not given for both AVI 120 and 121.
211. Commercial Pilot, II —Multiengine 250. Practice Teaching —Airplane
130. —
Commercial Instrument, I Final course in a series of advanced lecture/ Practice teaching using classroom, audiovi-
First of a two course sequence to prepare the flight courses in preparation for the FAA Com- sual materials, flight simulators, and air-
private pilot for the instrument rating; reviews mercial Pilot certificate with both the Instru- planes; prepares the certified flight instructor
cross-country flight with an emphasis on in- ment rating and multi-engine ratings. In- to teach in all modes of aviation education. A
strument approaches and enroute instrument cludes 45 hours classroom instruction on IFR minimum of 2 hours of classroom lecture, 3
procedures; includes 45 hours classroom in- and VFR cross-country, and VFR commercial hours of simulator instruction, and from 1 to
struction on instrument flying, navigation, maneuvers. Includes 35 hours of flight instruc- 19 hours of airplane instruction is given by
aircraft instruments, and regulations. Includes tion and training (23 hours multi-engine air- the student; an additional 20 hours of class-
27 Vi hours of flight training and 10 hours in plane and 12 hours single-engine airplane) room lecture-discussion clarifies and explains
a flight simulator in the flight laboratory. Stu- and 2 hours in a flight simulator in the flight the proper methods of aviation instruction.
dents enrolling in this course will also partici- laboratory. Includes three flight exams for Prerequisite: AVI 220 and flight instructor cer-
pate in up to 5 hours of research flight experi- qualified individuals. Students enrolling in tificate; junior standing; recommendation
ments. Issuance of the instrument rating this course will also participate in up to 5 from AVI 220 flight instructor; and consent of
requires completion of AVI 140. Prerequisite: hours of research flight experiments con- director. 3 hours.
AVI 120 or 121 and consent of director. 3 hours.
, ducted by Institute of Aviation staff. Prerequi-
site: AVI 200, recommendation from AVI 200 258. Human Factors in Human-Machine
140. —
Commercial Instrument, II instructor, and consent of director. 3 hours. Stu- Systems
Second of a two course sequence to prepare dents may not receive credit for both AVI 211 Same as PSYCH 258 and I E 240. See PSYCH
the private pilot for the instrument rating. In- and 210. 258.
cludes forty-five hours classroom instruction
on advanced maneuvers, aerodynamics, navi- —
Airplane
220. Flight Instructor 280. Multiengine Land
gation, and aircraft systems. Includes 28 hours Prepares the commercial pilot for an FAA Prepares the commercial pilot for an FAA
of flight training and 8 hours in a flight simu- Flight Instructor (Airplane) certificate. In- multiengine land airplane rating; 18 hours of
lator in the flight laboratory. Students enroll- cludes 45 hours classroom instruction on fun- discussion and 9 hours of flight in a multiengine
ing in this course will also participate in up to damentals of teaching, student motivation, airplane (7 '/: dual instruction, Vi solo, plus 1 .0
5 hours of research flight experiments. Prereq- blocks to learning, stress, cognitive approaches check ride for qualified individuals). Students
uisite: AVI 130 and consent of director. 3 hours. to learning, flight instructor duties /responsi- enrolling in this course will also participate
bilities, lesson planning and development, in up to 5 hours of research flight experiments
184. Aircraft Systems for Pilots aerodynamics, and pertinent federal aviation conducted by Institute of Aviation staff. Pre-
Basic aircraft systems, their components, and regulations. Includes 22 hours o f flight train- requisite: Commercial Pilot certificate and con-
theory of operation. Familiarization of Federal ing and instruction and three hours in flight sent of director. 1 hour.
Aviation Administration maintenance rules simulator teaching techniques in the flight

and regulations applicable to pilots. 3 hours. laboratory. Also includes a one-hour flight 281.Cockpit Resource Management
check for course completion. Students enroll- Examines societal /cultural, industry, govern-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar ing in this course will also participate in up to mental regulatory agency, organizational,
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 5 hours of research flight experiments. Prereq- group, and individual influences on cockpit
uisite: Commercial Pilot certificate with instru-
behavior and cockpit resource management.
200.Commercial Pilot, I ment rating and consent of director. 3 hours. Two 90 minute lecture /discussion and one
Advanced course in preparation toward the two-hour laboratory/flight periods each
FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate. Includes 15 222. Instrument Flight Instructor week. Laboratory and flight sections use
hours of flight (12 hours dual and 3 hours solo) Provides the instruction and supervised multi-engine flight simulators and multi-en-
including a 1 '/: hour flight exam for qualified training for the addition of the Instrument- gine aircraft. Students will gain experience fly-
students plus 8 hours in a flight simulator in Airplane rating to the Flight Instructor ing preplanned scenarios in both aircraft and
the flight laboratory. Includes 45 hours of certificate. Reviews instrument operations simulators. Materials from lecture/discus-
classroom instruction covering cross-country with an emphasis on the instructional aspects sions will be emphasized in flights. Prerequi-
procedures, appropriate federal aviation regu- of these operations. Includes five hours of site:Multi-engine instrument rating; junior
lations,maintenance inspections, and PIC flight simulator instruction, ten hours of flight standing. 3 hours.
Emphasis is on instrument fly-
responsibilities. instruction and supervised training, four
ing procedures and an introduction to com- hours of discussion and a one hour flight test. 291. Special Ratings and/or Specialized
mercial maneuvers. Successful completion is Students enrolling in this course will also Flight
required prior to enrolling in AVI 210 (or AVI participate in up to 5 hours of research flight Consists of aeronautical experience that can
211 ). Students enrolling in this course will also experiments. Prerequisite: Commercial Pilot be used for special FAA certificates and/or
participate in up to 5 hours of research flight certificate with instrument rating; flight ratings such as Airline Transport Pilot or
experiments conducted by the Institute of instructor-airplane certificate or concurrent Rotercraft-helicopter. Course may also be used
for specialized flight such as advanced multi-
Biochemistry 41
engine operations. Sixteen hours of discussion 397. Special Topics in Aviation 344, BIOCH 350 or equivalent is recom-
and a variable number of hours of flight in- Special topics in the field of aviation. Prereq- mended. 3 hours or V* unit.
struction (dual and /or solo) to meet the indi- uisite: AVI 395 or equivalent and junior stand-
vidual needs of the student. Students enrolling; or consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or l
/i 350. Introductory Biochemistry
ing in this course will also participate in up to to 1 unit. May be repeated in subsequent se- Chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates,
five hours of research flight experiments con- mesters only when separate topics are offered lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, vitamins, and
ducted by the Institute of Aviation staff. Pre- to a maximum of 12 hours or 3 units. coenzymes and their relation to the regulation
requisite: Pilot certificate, and consent of di- and processes of organisms, cells, and subcel-
rector. hours. 427. Engineering Psychology lular components. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 or
Same as PSYCH 427. See PSYCH 427. 236, or equivalent. 3 hours or Vt unit. Not in-
292. Professional Multiengine tended for students in biochemistry curricu-
Indoctrination 448. Cooperative Problem Solving lum. Students may not receive credit for both
Extends the development of an advanced pro- Same as I E 448. See I E 448. BIOCH 350 and the BIOCH 352-353 sequence.
fessional pilot student; offers an internship
providing a manufacturer-equivalent school 352. General Biochemistry
in a Cessna 310R aircraft, a crew coordination Principles, chemistry, and methods of analy-
(CRM) school for passenger carrying opera- sis of the composition and processes of living
tions, and proficiency based right-seat, second systems. Required for students in biochemis-
in command qualification. Students enrolling try curriculum. Students should not enroll in
in this course will also participate in up to 5 BIOCH 352 without intent to take BIOCH 353.
hours of research flight experiments. Prereq-
Biochemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or 223, and CHEM 331
uisite: AVI 211 or equivalent, and consent of or 336; or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1
instructor. 3 hours. unit.Students mav not receive credit for both

Head of Department: John A. Gerlt
the BIOCH 352-353 sequence and BIOCH 350.
Department Office: 419 Roger Adams Labora-
293. Turboprop Pilot Orientation
tory, 600 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
Introduction to multi-engine turboprop air- 353. General Biochemistry
Phone: 333-2013
plane operations. Forty-five hours of lecture- Principles, chemistry, and methods of analy-
URL: www.scs.uiuc.edu/~bioch
discussion, and 16 hours (as pilot and co-pi- sis of the composition and processes of living
lot) of simulated flight in a Frasca 242T systems. Required for students in biochemis-
Turboprop aircraft simulator or equivalent. In- Biochemistry (BIOCH) try curriculum. Prerequisite: BIOCH 352 or con-
cludes turbine engine theory and operation, sent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Students
normal and emergence procedures, perfor- may not receive credit for both the BIOCH 352-
mance calculations, and crew coordination. 353 sequence and BIOCH 350.
Prerequisite: AVI and consent of
184, 280, 281,
Director. 3 hours. 355. Biochemistry Laboratory
210. Biochemistry Internship
Introduction to modern methods of experi-
Full-time practice of biochemical science in an
329. Human-Computer Interaction mentation with biochemical compounds, sys-
off-campus industrial setting or research
Laboratory tems, and processes: qualitative and quanti-
laboratory environment. Summary report
Same as PSYCH 329 and I E 349. See PSYCH tative measurement of constituents and
required. Prerequisite: Completion of freshman
329. biochemical reactions in biological systems.
year or equivalent, or consent of Director of
Methods for the determination of structure of
Cooperative Education in Biochemistry.
342. Interactive Systems Modeling, metabolites and biological macromolecules.
hours. May be repeated in separate semesters.
Analysis, and Design
Approved for S/U grading.
Prerequisite: CHEM 231 or 236, or equivalent;
Same as I E 342. See I E 342. credit or concurrent registration in BIOCH
350, 352, or 353, or equivalent. Quantitative
292. Senior Thesis
355. Aviation Accident Investigation and analytical chemistry and credit or concurrent
Limited in general to seniors in biochemistry
Analysis registration in a course that includes nucleic
and chemistry. BIOCH 292 is recommended
Fundamental concepts of aviation safety aug- acid biochemistry (i.e., BIOCH 350 or 353) are
for all those who plan to do research and
mentation with emphasis on accident preven- recommended. 3 hours or Vt unit. Concurrent
graduate study, and it or CHEM 292 is a pre-
tion through accident investigation, casualty
requisite for graduation with distinction in
registration in BIOCH 356 is required.
reduction through crashworthy design, and
biochemistry. Each student who desires to do
safety enhancement resulting from litigation; 356. Lectures on Biochemistry Laboratory
thesis research must receive written permis-
accident investigation techniques and crash Methods
sion from a member of the biochemistry fac-
survival design factors. Prerequisite: AVI 101 Lectures on theory and practice underlying
ulty. Accordingly, prospective students are
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. modern laboratory techniques in biochemis-
encouraged to contact the biochemistry staff
try.This course emphasizes a thorough un-
in the semester prior to registration in this
356. Human Performance and Engineering derstanding of biochemical principles, meth-
course. Students must present a thesis to re-
Psychology ods and instrumentation, and critical data
ceive credit in this course. Registration of 10
Same as PSYCH 356 and I E 346. See PSYCH analysis used in contemporary biochemical
hours over two semesters is expected. Prereq-
356. research, and is designed to accompany
uisite: BIOCH 352, 353, and 355/356. 2 to 6
BIOCH 355. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 or 236, or
395. Aviation Psychology hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
equivalent; credit or concurrent registration
Same as PSYCH 395. Integrates the disciplines in BIOCH 350, 352, or 353, or equivalent.
of psychology and aviation, discussing the 320. Molecular Biophysics
Quantitative analytical chemistry and credit
relevance of the psychology of perception,
Same as BIOPH 320. See BIOPH 320.
or concurrent registration in a course that in-
cognition, learning, stress, decision making, cludes nucleic acid biochemistry (i.e., BIOCH
338. Plant Molecular Biology
and group processes to a variety of aviation 350 or 353) are recommended. 3 hours or Vt
Same as PLBIO 338. See PLBIO 338.
concerns related to topics such as cockpit unit. Concurrent registration in BIOCH 355 is
design, pilot error, pilot training, crew required.
346. Physical Biochemistry
communications, and air traffic control. Field
Same as CHEM 346. Physical properties of
trips will be taken to laboratories at Beckman 360. Biochemistry Senior Seminar
biological macromolecules, with special em-
or to Willard Airport. Prerequisite: Introductory Writing intensive course dealing with the tech-
phasis on proteins and nucleic acids; the use
Psychology. An upper level course in human of physical methods for the characterization nical literature, current issues, and current
factors (PSYCH 258 or 356) is recommended of such substances. Prerequisite: 340 or CHEM advances in Biochemistry. Prerequisite: Comple-
but not required. 3 hours or Vt unit. Aviation tion of the Campus Composition I general edu-
experience is useful but not required.
42 BlOENGINEERING
cation requirement; BIOCH 352 and concur- Biology (BIOL)

rent registration in BIOCH 353 and /or BIOCH
355/356. 3 hours or Vi unit. Graduate students
100. Biological Sciences
may register, but priority will be given to un- Introduction to biology for the nonmajor. In-
dergraduate students.
depth focus on three contemporary problems-
BlOENGINEERING maintaining a livable environment, issues of
414. Free Radicals in Biology
human health, and evolution. 3 hours. Credit
Same as VP 414. See VP 114.
Chairperson, Executive Committee: Leon A. is not given for both BIOL 100 and 101.
440. Research Topics in Biophysical Frizzell

101. Biological Sciences
Chemistry Program Office: 53 Everitt Laboratory, 1406
Introduction to biology for the nonmajor,
Same as BIOPH and CHEM 440. See CHEM West Green Street, Urbana
including laboratory. In-depth focus on three
440. Phone: 333-1867
URL: www.ece.uiuc.edu/bioen contemporary problems-maintaining a livable
environment, issues of human health, and
450. Biomolecular Physics
evolution. Emphasis in laboratory is on
Same as BIOPH and PHYCS 450. See PHYCS
Bioengineering (BIOEN) science as a process. Lecture and laboratory. 4
450.
hours. Credit is not given for both BIOL 101
452. Experimental Techniques in 120. Introduction to Bioengineering and 100.
Biochemistry Lecture and discussion of recent trends in

Experiments concerning the detection, isola-
104. Animal Biology
bioengineering; topics typically include the
Introductory zoological concepts with empha-
tion, and characterization of macromolecules, biological interaction with ultrasound and
sis on the diversity and comparative anatomy
including enzymes, antibodies, and nucleic microwave radiation, modeling, instrumenta-
acids; methods of studying the size, shape,
of animals and the fundamentals of physiol-
tion, biomaterials, biomechanics, biological
and hydrodynamic properties of macromol- ogy, genetics, evolution, and behavior. Enroll-
heat and mass transfer, and medical imaging
ecules and other compounds. Prerequisite:
ment priority is given to students in curricula
techniques. 1 hour.
which require this course. Lecture and labo-
BIOCH 355/356. Vt to 1 unit. May be repeated
ratory. 4 hours.
to a maximum of 1 Vi units credit. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
455. Analysis of Biochemical Literature
105. Insects and People
Discussions of current research and literature. 270. Individual Study Same as ENTOM 105. See ENTOM 105.
Prerequisite: BIOCH 352, 353, and
355/356; or Individual projects. Prerequisite: Consent of
106. Heredity and Society
equivalent. Required of all graduate
'/: unit. instructor. 0to4 hours.
Provides nonscience students with an under-
students whose major is biochemistry.
280. Biomedical Imaging standing of genetics so they can appreciate
490. Individual Study Same as ECE 280. See ECE 280. how recent discoveries and environmental
changes may affect their future and the future
Designed for students majoring or minoring
306. Veterinary Orthopedic Biomechanics of society. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
in biochemistry who wish to undertake
individual studies of a non-Ph.D. thesis nature Same as V B 306. See V B 306. BIOL 106 and BIOL 120 or 210.
under the direction of a faculty member of the
314. Biomedical Instrumentation 107. Evolution
department. Prerequisite: Consent of head of
Same as ECE 314. See ECE 314. emphasized which allow an
Principles are
department. !4 to 4 units (summer session, 'A to
understanding of the origin and nature of
2 units).
315.Biomedical Instrumentation human behavior. Topics include the history of
Laboratory evolution as a science, Darwinism and the
494. Advanced Topics in Biochemistry
Same as ECE 315. See ECE 315. development of its modern synthesis, the
Series of half-semester intensive courses on
origin and diversification of life, the evolution
the recent research findings in important ar-
370. Special Topics in Bioengineering of behavior, societies, language, thought and
eas of biochemistry and molecular biology.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 0to4 hours, reason. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3
Covers such areas as: biophysical methods;
or to 1 unit. May be repeated. hours. Credit is not given for both BIOL 107
enzyme mechanisms; membrane biochemis-
try; regulation of gene expression; nucleic acid
andEEE301.
375. Modeling of Bio-Systems
biochemistry; metabolic regulation; cellular
Same as ECE 375. See ECE 375. 108. Biology of Human Aging
communication; and medical biochemistry.
Comprehensive and critical analysis of what
Lectures, discussions, student papers, and
376. Methods in Computational happens as humans age; includes information
presentations. Prerequisite: BIOCH 352 and 353
Neurobiology gained from model systems ranging from
and (at the option of the instructor) CHEM Same as BIOPH 317, NEURO 317, and PHYSL cells to such diverse organisms as bamboo
346; or consent of instructor. Vi unit. May be
317.SeePHYSL317. and chimpanzees; considers the role of evo-
repeated. Students may register for this course
lution in shaping special features of our life
more than once in the same term to a maxi- 380. Magnetic Resonance Imaging cycle. 3 hours.
mum of 1 unit.
Same as ECE 380. See ECE 380.
120. Genetics, Evolution, and Biodiversity
495. Biochemistry Seminar 498. Individual Study First course in a three-semester introduction
Student, faculty, and invited speakers present Individual projects. Prerequisite: Consent of to biology for majors in life sciences curricula
seminars and discussions on current research instructor. to 2 units.
!4 and others requiring a good foundation in bi-
topics. Required of all Biochemistry Ph.D.
ology, such as pre-professional students. This
students. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and
lecture-laboratory course covers transmission
BIOCH 353; or consent of instructor. or 'A
genetics, evolution and plant and animal phy-
unit. May be repeated in subsequent semesters
logeny and systematics. Prerequisite: Credit or
to a maximum of 3 units.
concurrent registration in CHEM 101 and 105,
or 107 and 109. 5 hours. Credit is not given for
to 4 units.
Biology both BIOL 120 and BIOL 106 or 210.
Department Office: 286 Morrill Hall, 505 South

Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
Phone: 333-3044
Biology 43
121.Ecology and Organismic Biology BIOL 122 or 251, or consent of instructor. applied today to all groups of organisms, with
Second course in a three-semester introduc- 3 hours or Vi unit. a practical experience in the acquisition and
tion to biology for majors in life sciences cur- analysis of systematic data. Prerequisite: BIOL
ricula and others requiring a good foundation 304. Biological Clocks 121 and a course in evolutionary biology and
in biology,such as pre-professional students. Study of the nature, mechanisms, functions, systematics, ENTOM 302 or EEE 232 or
This lecture-laboratory course covers ecology development, and evolution of the biological consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
and animal and plant physiology. Prerequisite: rhythms associated with geophysical cycles;
BIOL 120 or consent of Director of Biology emphasizes circadian rhythms and their role 368. Biological Modeling
Programs, and credit or concurrent registra- as biological clocks for the timing of photope- Same as CPSC, ANSCI, and GEOG 368. See
tion in CHEM 102 and 106, or credit for CHEM riodism, celestial orientation, human physi- GEOG 368.
107 and 109. 5 hours. Credit is not given for ology and behavior. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or
both BIOL 121 and 251. equivalent. 2 hours or A
l
unit. 369. Spatial Ecosystem Modeling
Same as GEOG and NRES 369. See GEOG 369.
122. Molecular and Cellular Biology 309. Ecological Genetics
Third course in a three-semester introduction Study of the genetics of natural populations, 371. Quantitative Biology, I
to biology for majors in life sciences curricula stressing empirical observations and experi- Theory and practical application in biology of
and others requiring a good foundation in bi- ments. Emphasis on recent theories of geno- probability and statistics; lectures and as-
ology, such as pre-professional students. This type/environmental interactions and their signed problems. Prerequisite: 120 or MATH
lecture-laboratory course covers molecular relationship to evolutionary processes. Prereq- equivalent, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or
genetics and molecular and cellular biology. uisite: BIOL 122 or 210. 3 hours or % unit. 1 unit.
Prerequisite: BIOL 121 or consent of Director

310.Immunogenetics and 372. Quantitative Biology, II
of Biology Programs, and credit or concurrent
Immunophysiology Additional topics in biostatistics, emphasizing
registration in CHEM
231. 5 hours. Credit is
not given for both BIOL 122 and BIOL 250. Same as ANSCI and VP 310. See ANSCI 310. nonparametric comparative, correlational,
and sequential analyses; multidimensional
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 316. Population Genetics contingency analyses, circular statistics,
0to5 hours. May be repeated. Same as ANSCI 316. See ANSCI 316. binomial sequential sampling. Lecture and
discussion. Prerequisite: BIOL 371 or consent
210. Genetics 317. Quantitative Genetics of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Principles of heredity and the nature of genetic Same as ANSCI 317. See ANSCI 317.
material. Prerequisite: One
year of biology or 373. Philosophy of Biology
consent of instructor. 4 hours. Credit is not 324.Chemical Ecology Same as PHIL 373. See PHIL 373.
given for both BIOL 210 and BIOL 106 or 120. Chemical bases of ecological interactions
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) among organisms; topics include the chemi- 390. Special Courses
cal structures and functions of messenger Experimental and temporary courses. Prereq-
231. Biology of Reproduction compounds important in inter- and intraspe- uisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to 5 hours, or 54
Same as ANSCI 231. See ANSCI 231. cific interactions among plants, insects, higher to 1 unit. May be repeated as topic varies.
animals, fungi, microbes, and their environ-
250. The Cell ments. Prerequisite: Courses in organic chem- 391. Biostatistics
Study of the biology of cells from the molecu- istry and ecology, or consent of instructor. 3 Same as CHLTH and VP 391. See VP 391.
lar to the microscopic level of organization. hours or 'A unit. Offered in alternate years.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: Credit or Advanced Quantitative Genetics
417.
concurrent registration in organic chemistry; 338. History of Biology Same as ANSCI 417. See ANSCI 417.
consent of the honors biology committee. 5 Same as HIST 338. See HIST 338.
418. Concepts and Topics in Immunology
hours. Credit is not given for both BIOL 250
and CSB 213 or 215, or BIOL 122. 339. Tropical Ecology Same as VP 418. See VP 418.
Ecological principles as they apply to plants,
animals, and humans in tropical habitats; 490. Special Topics in Biology
251. The Organism
topics include climate, soils and ecosystem Individual topics in research conducted un-
Study of the way different classes of organ-
processes; seasonality and habitat diversity; der the supervision of faculty members in the
isms respond to challenges of their environ-
community structure, species diversity, and School of Life Sciences. Designed for students
ment; emphasis on the general features of or-
plant-animal interactions; regrowth following enrolled in the biology program who would
ganismic behavior. Lecture and laboratory.
natural and human disturbances; and human like to become more familiar with specialized
Prerequisite: BIOL 250; good standing in the
use and abuse of tropical forests. Prerequisite: fields of study prior to committing themselves
honors biology program; and consent of the
EEE 212 or PLBIO 381; or consent of instructor. to a specific area for their doctorate degree.
honors biology committee. 5 hours. Credit is
3 hours or V* unit. Vi to 2 units.
not given for both BIOL 251 and BIOL 121.
252. Population Biology Animal Behavior

346. 491.Design and Analysis of Biomedical
Same as ANSCI, ANTH, and EEE 346. See EEE Experiments
Study of problems associated with behavior
of plant and animal populations based on ge- 346. Same as VP 491 . See VP 491
netic, evolutionary, and ecological principles.
355. Principles of Laboratory Animal 499. Thesis Research
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 251;
Science, I to 4 units.
statistics; good standing in the honors biol-
ogy program; consent of the honors biology Same as VP 346 and ANSCI 355. See VP 346.
committee. 4 hours. (Counts for advanced
hours in L A S.)
356. Principles of Laboratory Animal
Science, II
303. Introduction to Neurobiology Same as VP 356 and ANSCI 356. See VP 356.
Same as NEURO 303. Introduction to the
358. Mathematical Modeling in Life
physiology of nerve cells, mechanisms of
Sciences
neural integration, and the organization of
sensory and motor systems; also introduces
Same as ANSCI and STAT 358. See ANSCI 358.
neurochemistry, neuroendocrinology, neural
360. Principles of Systematics
development, neural plasticity, and the
Comprehensive survey of the theory and
physiological basis of behavior. Prerequisite:
methodology of systematics as they are
44 Biophysics
rylation, water oxidation, RUBP carboxylase/ 438. Bioenergetics of Photosynthesis

oxygenase, photorespiration, whole plant Same as PLBIO 438. Biophysical and bio-
photosynthesis, translocation and herbicide chemical mechanisms of green plant and /or
action. Prerequisite: PLBIO 330, BIOCH 350, bacterial photosynthesis; includes the role of
BIOPH 301, or equivalent; or consent of in- membranes; and emphasizes energetic aspects
Biophysics structor. 3 hours or Vt unit. of photosynthesis. Meets for four weeks dur-
ing the last half of the fall semester in alter-
354. BiologicalEnergy Conversion nate years. Prerequisite: One year each of col-
Program Office: 388 Morrill Hall, 505 South Introduces and explores the major mecha- lege-level physics, chemistry, and biology;
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana nisms of energy conversion in biology, with BIOCH 350 or BIOPH 301; or consent of in-
Phone: 333-1630 particular emphasis on respiratory and pho- structor. '/2 unit.
URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/Biophysics tosynthetic bioenergetics, and the physico-
chemical tools required to describe these pro- 440. Research Topics in Biophysical
cesses. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350, and CHEM Chemistry
Biophysics (BIOPH) 340 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 3 Same as BIOCH and CHEM 440. See CHEM
hours or Vt unit. 440.
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 401. Macromolecular Modeling 442. Biomedical Magnetic Resonance
Modeling of macromolecular interactions, Principles of magnetic resonance and its
254. The Physical Basis of Life structure, dynamics and changes. Extensive application to biology and medicine; includes
Same as BIOEN 254. Introductory biology use of computers and graphics workstations discussion of magnetic resonance imaging and
with emphasis on quantitative chemical and to carry out modeling and simulations of spectroscopy of living systems. Prerequisite:
physical principles underlying structure and proteins and nucleic acids. Prerequisite: Introductory biology and physical chemistry.
function; with lab for computer, modeling, Consent of instructor. 1 unit. Vt unit. Meets in the fall semester of alternate
and simulation. Prerequisite: Mathematics years.
through introductory calculus (MATH 120); 404. Physiological Measurements
one year of chemistry; and one year of physics. Same as PHYSL 404. See PHYSL 404. 446. Bacterial Energetics
4 hours. (Counts as advanced hours in L A S). Same as MCBIO 446. Describes and analyzes
410. Special Topics in Biophysics the principles of biological energy transduc-
290. Reading and Individual Topics Advanced course/tutorials on topics of inter- tion using diverse examples from prokaryotic
Reading or laboratory work chosen in consul- est in biophysics, such as electrophysiology, metabolism; includes fermentations, aerobic
tation with a departmental faculty sponsor. radiation biology, bioenergetics, bioacoustics, and anaerobic respiration, photosynthesis.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to5 hours. protein structure, or the physics of muscular Meets during the last half of the spring semes-
May be repeated to a maximum of 10 hours. contraction. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ter. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 or CHEM 340, or
Majors in any School of Life Sciences option Vt to 1 unit. equivalent; or consent of instructor. Vi unit.
may count toward graduation no more than
a combined maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292, 411. Seminar 450. Biomolecular Physics
and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE; Survey of literature in one area of biophysics, Same as BIOCH and PHYCS 450. See PHYCS
MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO These hours will with special emphasis on student reports. 450.
not be counted as advanced hours in the op- Prerequisite: Enrollment in the biophysics
tion. program or consent of instructor. Vt or V2 unit. 463. Radioisotopes in Biological Research:
Principles and Practice
301. Introduction to Biophysics 414. Sensory Biophysics Same as V B and ANSCI 463. See V B 463.
Review of the field of biophysics designed to Advanced treatment of sensory systems
introduce the student to types of biological which are approachable in detailed quantita- 475. Biophysics of Muscle
problems currently under investigation. tive terms, with emphasis on the visual sys- Description and analysis of the fundamental
Prerequisite: Eight hours of physics. 3 hours or tem; lectures scheduled for four weeks dur- physical processes underlying motility and
Vt unit. ing the first quarter of the spring semester. contraction in living systems; surveys recent
Normally carries Vt unit credit; however, stu- advances and assesses current status of
317. Methods in Computational dents may develop a particular topic intro- relevant problems; meets for four weeks
Neurobiology duced in the lectures into a term paper for an during the second quarter of the spring
Same as BIOEN 376, NEURO and PHYSL 317. extra Vt unit credit. Prerequisite: BIOPH 301, semester in alternate years. Prerequisite:
See PHYSL 317. PHYSL 301, or consent of instructor. Vt or Vi CHEM 340 or 342, and BIOCH 350. Vt unit.
unit. Students must consult the instructor be-
320. Molecular Biophysics fore enrolling for Vi unit. 490. Individual Topics
Same as BIOCH 320. Examines structure and For graduate students wishing to study indi-
function of biological macromolecules and 415. Radiation Biophysics vidual problems or topics not assigned in
supramolecular assemblies; uses various Consideration in quantitative terms of the other courses. Topics covered include bioa-
display techniques to describe the three mechanisms of the responses of molecules and coustics, electrophvsiology, bioenergetics, cel-
dimensional nature of biological structure. cells to ionizing radiation; meets for four lular biophysics, dynamics of macromol-
Specific topics include: diffraction methods, weeks during the second quarter of the spring ecules, fluorescence spectroscopy, kinetics,
protein structure and the molecular basis of semester in alternate years. Prerequisite: mathematical biophysics, membrane biophys-
enzyme catalysis, antibody structure and Graduate standing in biophysics, one year of ics, molecular biophysics, muscle biophysics,
function, virus structure and assembly; physics beyond introductory physics, and nervous activity, photosynthesis, protein-lipid
membrane proteins, microtubules and other BIOPH 301 or consent of instructor. Vt unit. interactions, radiation biophysics and oncol-
supramolecular assemblies, nucleic acid ogy, scenescence, thermoregulation, vision,
structure, protein-nucleic acid interactions. 428. Cell Membranes macromolecular structure, cerebral energy
Prerequisite: BIOCH 352 or CHEM
346, or Isolation and biochemical analysis; experi- metabolism. Prerequisite: Consent of depart-
equivalent; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or mental membrane models; Gouy-Chapman- ment. Vi to 2 Vi units.
Vt unit. Stern layers; equations of transport (diffu-
sional, meditated, and active); phospholipid 499. Thesis Research
332. Photosynthesis bilayers and protein subunits; and cell mem- Research may be conducted in one of the ar-
Same as PLBIO 332. Comprehensive descrip- brane synthesis (in vivo and in vitro). Meets eas listed below, subject to approval of the staff
tion of photosynthesis. Topics include: the for four weeks during the second half of the member concerned and the department in
photosynthetic membranes, light absorption, spring semester in alternate years. Prerequisite: which the research is to be done: (a) bioacous-
electronand proton transfer, photophospho- BIOPH 301; BIOCH 350 or equivalent. '/: unit. tics; (b) bioelectricity; (c) bioenergetics; (d)
Business Administration 45
cellular biophysics; (e) dynamics of macromol- and the concept of property: its creation, trans-
ecules; (f)fluorescence spectroscopy; (g) kinet- fer, and importance to our business society.
ics; (h) computational biophysics; (i) mem- Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours.
brane biophysics; molecular biophysics; (k)
(j)
muscle biophysics; (1) photosynthesis; (m) 202. Principles of Marketing

protein-lipid interactions; (n) radiation bio- Business Emphasizes the concepts of planning, orga-
physics and oncology; (o) scenescence; (p) nization, control, and decision making as they
thermoregulation; (q) vision; (r) macromolecu- are applied in the management of the market-
lar structure; (s) cerebral energy metabolism; Dean Howard Thomas
of College: ing function. Prerequisite: ECON 172 or equiva-
(t) magnetic resonance; (u) complex systems; College Office: 260 Commerce Building (West), lent. 3 hours.
(v) computational neurobiology. to 4 units. 1206 South Sixth Street, Champaign

Phone: 333-2747 205. Business Location Decision-Making:
URL: www.cba.uiuc.edu Theory and Practice
Same as GEOG 205. See GEOG 205.
Business (BUS) 210. Management and Organizational
Behavior
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar General analysis of management and organi-
Bridge Program 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. zational behavior from a systems point of
view, including classical organizational theory
299. International Business Study in and management, organizational behavior,
Director: Ronald L. Woolfolk Absentia and management science; environmental
Office: 270 Lincoln Hall, 702 South Wright Upon prior written approval of the College of forces; planning, organizing, and control pro-
Street, Urbana Commerce and Business Administration Office cesses; motivation, incentives, leadership,
Phone: 244-1588 of Undergraduate Affairs, a student may earn communication, and interpersonal relations;
up to 18 credit hours per semester undertak- and discussion of production and decision-
ing a study and /or research project in interna- making and mathematical models. Prerequi-
Bridge Program (BR)
tional business at accredited foreign institu- Junior standing. 3 hours. Credit
site: is not
tions or approved overseas programs. Final given for both B ADM
210 and 247.
100. Summer Bridge — Reading determination of appropriate credit will be
Intensive course designed to improve critical made upon completion of the work done 212. Principles of Retailing
comprehension skills for effective reading of abroad. While absent from the Urbana-Cham- Gives a general analysis of the structure of
college texts and primary sources; not in- paign campus, the student must continue to retailing emphasizing the retailing environ-
tended for credit toward a baccalaureate de- pay all by the University of Illi-
fees required ment and operating efficiencies; includes pa-
gree. hours. Offered only as part of the Sum- nois to retain continuity of enrollmentand to tronage behavior, merchandise control, pric-
mer Bridge Program. allow the time spent away from this campus ing, promotion, location, and vendor relations;
and gives special attention to emerging trends
101. Summer Bridge — Composition to count toward residency. Prerequisite: One
semester in residence at UIUC, good academic in retailing. Prerequisite: B ADM
202. 3 hours.
Intensive course designed to improve writing
standing, completion of at least forty-five se-
skills; not intended for credit toward a 261. Summary of Business Law
mester hours toward the bachelor's degree, and
baccalaureate degree. hours. Offered only as Basic principles of the private law of business
prior approval of course work by the College
part of the Summer Bridge Program. including the law of contracts, agency, and
of Commerce and Business Administration
business organizations; a brief introduction to
102. Summer Bridge — Math Office of Undergraduate Affairs. to
This course may be repeated to a maximum of

18 hours.
the law of sales, commercial paper, security
Intensive course designed to improve arith- devices, and property. Prerequisite: Junior
18 hours per semester, and 36 hours total.
metical and elementary algebraic skills; top-
standing. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
icsvary according to the needs of the students, B ADM 261 and 303.
but generally include elementary algebra (ab-
solute value, first degree equations and in- 274. Operations Research
equalities, algebraic expressions, rules of ex- Introduction to methods of operations re-
ponents, factoring graphing, quadratic search from an executive or managerial view-
equations); not intended for credit toward a point, emphasizing formulation of business
baccalaureate degree. hours. Offered only as
part of the Summer Bridge Program.
Business problems in quantitative terms; industrial
applications of linear programming, dynamic
Administration programming, game theory, probability
103. —
Summer Bridge Computer Skills theory, queuing theory, and inventory theory.
Intensive course designed to develop com- Prerequisite: ECON 173, or consent of instruc-
Head of Department: Kent B. Monroe
puter skills; not intended for credit toward a tor. 3 hours.
Department Office: 350 Commerce Building
baccalaureate degree. hours. Offered only as
(West), 1206 South Sixth Street, Champaign
part of the Summer Bridge Program. 294. Senior Research
Phone: 333-4240
Research and readings course for students
URL: www.cba.uiuc.edu/ba/dept
majoring in business administration. May be
taken by students in the college honors
Business Administration (8 ADM) program in partial fulfillment of the honors
requirements. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of
3. 0, honors in the junior year, or consent of
Bulgarian 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. instructor; senior standing. 2 to 4 hours.
200. The Legal Environment of Business 295. Senior Research

(See Slavic Languages and Literature)
Examination of the nature of law and the for- Research and readings course for students
mation and application of legal principles; the majoring in business administration. May be
role of law in society; the legal environment
taken by students in the college honors
in which business operates, particularly gov-
program in partial fulfillment of the honors
ernment taxation; the regulation of commerce, requirements. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of
3.0 or honors in the junior year; senior
competition, and labor-management relations;
standing. 2 to 4 hours.
46 Business Administration
300. Socio-Economic Management as 338. Strategic Management in Food and ing,and wage and salary administration; and
Public Policy Agribusiness considerable emphasis on case analysis, role
Same as ACCY 322, POL S and SOC S 300. See Same as ACE 331. See ACE 331. playing, and research. Prerequisite: B ADM 323;
POL S 300. ECON 173 and 240. 3 hours, or <A to 1 unit.
339. Practicum in Food and Agribusiness Credit is not given for B ADM
351 and PSYCH
303. Principles of Business Law Management 245.
Contracts, sales, products liability, commer- Same as ACE 333. See ACE 333.
cial paper, debtor-creditor relations, property, 352. Pricing Policies
agency and employment, partnership, corpo- 343. Purchasing and Materials The role of pricing in contemporary market-
ration. Prerequisite: B ADM 200 or consent of Management ing and major pricing decisions facing the
instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Examines the analysis, planning, and forms firm; theoretical, economic, and practical
of organization that are associated with the methods and models for setting prices; pric-
314. Production buying functions in business. Major focus on ing newproducts, initiating price changes,
Introduction to production management, the principal issues involved in the procure- and responding to competitive pricing; the
consideration of major problems of the ment of raw materials, components, equip- relationship of pricing objectives and strate-
production area, and the use of quantitative ment, operating supplies, and services. Also gies to the goals of the firm; and sealed bid-
methods for solving them. Prerequisite: B ADM treats the unique aspects of institutional and ding for contracts. Prerequisite: B ADM 202.
274 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. government purchasing. Case problems con- 3 hours or Vi unit.
stitute a major vehicle of instruction. Prereq-
315. Management in Manufacturing uisite: B ADM
200 and 202. 3 hours or 3A unit. 360. Marketing to Business and
Application of production concepts and quan- Government
titative techniques to actual industrial prob- 344. Buyer Behavior Introduces the general area of industrial mar-
lems; the mathematical structure of the par- Studies the factors affecting customer behav- keting; examines the nature of industrial mar-
ticular production problems; the general ior in household and organizational markets kets especially as they compare to consumer
structure of the production system and its in- and their relevance for marketing manage- markets and emphasizes such factors as the
teraction with marketing and budgeting; and ment planning and analysis; provides an over- demand for industrial goods, marketing in-
areas including inventory control, production view of explanations of consumption differences telligence systems for industrial firms, mar-
processes, programming, production control, anchored in socioeconomic, demographic, cul- keting strategy in industrial markets, and
forecasting of production levels, simulation of tural, and psychological processes; and surveys analyses and control of industrial marketing
the production system, and physical planning buyer decision-making processes and their programs; integrates important concepts from
of industrial plants. Prerequisite: B ADM 314. implications for marketing strategy. Prerequi- sales management and business logistics
3 hours or Vi unit. site: B ADM 320. 3 hours or Vz unit. throughout the course; uses case studies. Pre-
requisite: B ADM 202. 3 hours or Vi unit.
320.Marketing Research 345.Small Business Consulting
Focuses on the techniques and methods of Through guided experience, students identify 362. Business-to-Business Selling
marketing research; emphasizes primarily and offer advice to local small business firms; Addresses the principles, techniques, and
survey research and experimental design; and exposes students, serving as consultants, to analysis of selling to professional buyers as
offers students the opportunity to apply tech- the wide variety of problems facing the well as the organization and administration
niques to real-world situations. Prerequisite: B smaller firm as well as enables them to apply of the selling function as it relates to marketing
ADM 202 and ECON 172. 3 hours or •/: unit. current business methods to real problems. strategy and the achievement of corporate
Students work in teams. Prerequisite: Junior objectives. The application of classroom
Behavior in Organizations
321. Individual standing in the College of Commerce and concepts is practiced under supervision
Understanding the behavior of employees in Business Administration or admission to the during laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: B
work organizations; particular attention to the Master of Business Administration program; ADM 343 or 344 or consent of instructor, junior
motivation of individuals to join and perform or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. or senior standing. 3 hours or Vi unit.
in organizations and to employee satisfaction
with elements of the work environment; and 346. Entrepreneurship:Small Business 369. Logistics Management
emphasis on various management strategies Formation Treats the total flow of materials from their
to modify employee motivation and satisfac- Studies entrepreneurship for those with a acquisition as basic or unprocessed supplies
tion. Prerequisite: B ADM210, graduate stand- serious interest in owning their own business to delivery of the finished product, as well as
ing, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. within five years of graduation; students the related counter-flows of information that
prepare a comprehensive business plan for both record and control material movement.
323. Organizational Design and starting or acquiring such a business; also Major topics include forecasting material re-
Environment studies the problems of an existing small quirements; transportation planning; order
Understanding of complex organizations; business. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 4 processing system; raw material, in-process
particular attention to ways of dividing work, hours or 1 unit. and finished goods inventors' management;
achieving coordination, and issues connected packaging; in plant and field warehousing;
with change and adaptation. Prerequisite: B 347. Legal Strategies for the location theory (space, time, and cost trade-
ADM 210. 3 hours, or '/: to 1 unit. Entrepreneurial Firm offs); communications; and control. Prerequi-
Addresses the legal and managerial strategies site: B ADM 343 or 360. Senior standing. 3 hours
337. Promotion Management important to the emerging firm, with particu- orVt unit.
Studies the effects of promotion upon sales and lar focus on defensive legal strategies in the con-
society from managerial and behavioral points text of entrepreneurship. From the entrepreneur's 370. International Marketing
of view; examines management of the adver- perspective, examines the law of partnerships, Examines social, political, cultural, and eco-
tising, sales promotion, and sales force func- sole proprietorships, corporations, joint ven- nomic environmental differences among
tions within the context of an overall market- tures, agency, and defensive strategies to countries in terms of their impact on the strat-
ing program; includes consumer response to thwart takeovers. 4 hours or 1 unit. egy of extension versus adjustment of mar-
advertising, promotional planning and bud- keting practice bv multinational corporations;
geting, advertising and sales research, media 351. Personnel Administration examines each marketing function in detail
selection, legal environment of promotion, and Studies concepts and methods used by the with respect to the specific areas the interna-
sales force management and control; takes an staff personnel unit in building and maintain- tional marketer must examine. A special sec-
analytical focus throughout; uses case studies. ing an effective work force in an industrial tion concentrates on international market re-
Prerequisite: B ADM 202. 3 hours or 'A unit. organization; development of ability to design search. Prerequisite: B ADM
344 or consent of
the personnel subsystem within the firm and instructor. 3 hours or '/: unit.
to deal effectively with problems encountered
in such areas as recruitment, selection, train-
Business Administration 47
380. Advanced Marketing Management gence, database management, expert systems, 410. Individual Behavior in Organizations
Integrative study of methods and models for group decision support, machine learning Same as POL S 460, PSYCH 453 and SOC 456.
marketing decision-making; emphasizes the methods, and computer-supported coordina- Introduction to the principal theories and im-
application of analytical tools and behavioral tion technology — for managerial decision sup- portant empirical research in various disci-
and quantitative models to marketing deci- port. Real-world cases of applying these in- plines that study organizations; in addition to
sion-making. Uses lectures, case studies and formation technologies to management examination of the subject matter content of
simulation exercises. Prerequisite: B 274 ADM information systems will be discussed. Prereq- various disciplines, students critically exam-
and 344. 3 hours or '/4 unit. uisite: B ADM 392. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. ine the capacities andlimitations of the vari-
ous fields to make contributions to the study
382. Introduction to International Business 404. Applied Multivariate Analysis in of organizations. Prerequisite: Enrollment as a
Analyzes the major business management Business major in organizational sciences in a cooper-
functions of international business operations Advanced doctoral level seminar on the ap- ating program or consent of instructor. I unit.
of multinational firms; topics include interna- plications of multivariate statistical techniques
tional business environment, organizational tomarketing and business problems: critically 411. Problems of Personnel Management
policies and strategies of multinational com- examines the relevance of optimization rules Same as L I R 448. Examines the organization
panies, industrial relations and control poli- and inferential properties of various multivari- and administration of the personnel function
cies. Prerequisite: B ADM 202 or 210, or equiva- ate techniques including regression, AID, in management; the relations of personnel
lent; ECON 101 or 102. 3 hours or Vi unit. MANOVA, discriminant, canonical, factor, administration to operating departments and
clusteringand multidimensional scaling for the scope of business and industrial personnel
384. International Management marketing and business problems; particularly services; analytical appraisal of policies and
Analyzes the impact of socio-cultural vari- emphasizes pitfalls of data and computational practices in selected areas of personnel
ables on organization structure processes, de- problems. Prerequisite: PSYCH 494. 1 unit. administration, such as selection and training,
cision-making, leadership role, employee carried out through case studies and direct
motivation and productivity in the interna- 407. Behavioral Research Methods in industrial contracts; and specific consideration
tional business area. Prerequisite: B ADM 202 Business Administration given to problems up to and including placing
or 210, or equivalent; senior standing. 3 /lours Theory and practice of research methodology the person on a job. Prerequisite: Consent of
orl unit. for the study of administrative, industrial, and instructor. 1 unit.
consumer behavior and organizations; alter-
389. Business Policy native methods of data collection and their 412. Organization and Its Environment
Analysis of policy formulation and implemen- strengths and weaknesses; observational, Analysis of business organizations adapting
tation from a company-wide standpoint; questionnaire, field, and laboratory experimen- to shifts in internal and external elements;
emphasis on integration of knowledge and tation and statistical analysis of pregathered major emphasis on (1) the business firm as a
approaches across functional areas; both time-series and cross-sectional data; and ex- part of a complex socioeconomic system; (2)
endogeneous and exogeneous factors which amples of good and bad research in business the effects of government, labor unions, and
affect company policies; and the role of the disciplines. A completed individual research political, religious, and business organizations
firm in society. Prerequisite: Senior standing in project of potentially publishable nature is on the executive's decision problems; (3) en-
the College of Commerce and Business Ad- formally presented in class. Prerequisite: Basic vironmental factors conducive to organiza-
ministration. 3 hours or A
l
unit. inferential statistics course; credit or concur- tional change; and (4) organizational growth.
rent registration in B ADM 408. 1 unit. Prerequisite: B ADM 409. 1 unit.
391. Introduction to Management
Information Systems 408. Foundations of Behavioral Science for 414. Human Resources Management and
Same as ACCY 332. See ACCY 332. Management Strategy
Develops and integrates fundamental behav- Same as L I R 465. See L I R 465.
392. Information Organization for ioral concepts and theory having administra-
Management Information Systems tive applications; initially focuses on the indi- 420. Marketing Management
Same as ACCY 333. Data collection, classifi- vidual decision maker and ultimately includes Introduces concepts useful in understanding
cation, verification, and transmission; file or- interpersonal, organizational, and social struc- marketing systems and buyer behavior in
ganization, including sequential and random tures and influences; and develops strategies addition to developing skills in making mar-
processing techniques, record locating, over- and methods of research on behavioral appli- keting decisions; the orientationis primarily
flow procedures, and file security; analysis of cations in business. 1 unit. managerial and uses examples from both busi-
alternativemethods of data organization; ness and nonbusiness contexts. 1 unit.
commercial file management systems; design 409. Organizational Behavior
of data processing systems; and instruction in Same as L I R 409. Examines and analyzes the 421.Marketing Strategy
COBOL and use of case studies. Prerequisite: organization as a social system and the im- Formal analysis of strategy drawing on
ACCY 332 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or pact of its various components on work atti- concepts from the theory of games, decision
'A to 1 unit. tudes and behavior; topics include the develop- theory, value theory, and information theory;
ment of organizational structures, organizational topics cover elements of game models, classes
393. Management Information System effectiveness, decision making and policy for- of decision problems, games against nature,
Development mulation, leadership, and change. Prerequisite: modern utility theory, information theory,
Same as ACCY 334. Essential steps in devel- B ADM 408. 1 unit. group decision making, statistical decision
oping a management information system, in- theory, and linear and nonlinear optimization.
cluding preliminary planning, design, feasi- 410. Individual Behavior in Organizations 1 unit.
bility analysis, implementation schedule, and Same as POL S460, PSYCH 453, and SOC 456.
postimplementation review of the system; in- Introduction to the principal theories and im- 422. Marketing Models
cludes a semester-long project which famil- portant empirical research in various disci- The models in the design, implemen-
role of
iarizes students with methodology and tech- plines that study organizations; in addition to tation, and adjustment of seller strategy; ap-
niques. Prerequisite: ACCY 332 or B 392, ADM examination of the subject matter content of plication of simulation, programming, and
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. various disciplines, students critically exam- other methods to the specification and solu-
ine the capacities and limitations of the vari- tion of product, price, promotion, and other
394. Management Information and Control ous fields to make contributions to the study marketing problems; and topics including the
Systems of organizations. Prerequisite: Enrollment as a nature of models and model building, fore-
Same as ACCY 335. See ACCY 335. major in organizational sciences in a cooper- casting models, optimization models, and
ating program or consent of instructor. 1 unit. other decision models. Prerequisite: B ADM
395. DecisionSupport Systems 421.1 unit.
Examines the recent developments in infor-
—
mation technology such as artificial intelli-
48 Business Administration
423. Consumer Behavior 431. Survey Methods in Marketing 468. Production Planning and Control
Studies alternative models of buyer behav- Research In-depth treatment of decision-making topics
ior; focuses attention on psychological, socio- Same as SOC 474. Analysis of survey methods in production at the factory manager level and
logical, and economic factors including mo- in marketing with emphasis on sample design, above; topics include the development of gen-
tivation, learning, attitudes, personality, data collection, and data processing; an eralized decision rules and systems analysis
reference groups, social stratification, demo- advanced course in the methods required to in production; and particular emphasis on the
graphics, life-styles, and cross-cultural differ- design, implement, and evaluate a research design of production control, quality control,
ences and their impact on purchasing, con- project. Prerequisite: ECON 171 or equivalent. and inventory control systems, and how each
sumption, and choice decisions. Prerequisite: 1 unit. of these systems is integrated into the firm as
B ADM 420. 1 unit. a whole. Prerequisite: First year of the Master
435. The Sampling of Human Populations of Business Administration program. 1 unit.
425. New Product Development and Social Organizations
The decisions on the firm's total market offer, Same as SOC 485 and PSYCH 485. Procedures 472. Statistics for Management Decision
including such topics as use of market analy- for selecting samples from and estimating Making
sis in making decisions on assortment, prod- population parameters for human popula- The application of classical and modern
uct development, pricing, packaging, brand- tions and social organizations; types of sample business decision making. The
statistics for
ing, and sales forecasting; coordination of designs treated include simple random level of the course assumes some prior
these decisions and actions with market com- samples, stratified, and cluster samples to- knowledge of basic statistics as well as facility
munications, physical movement, production, gether with random number and systematic with elementary calculus. 1 unit.
finance, and the overall goals and policies of selection techniques; and emphasis given to
the firm;and emphasizes the use of analytic the study of various kinds of advanced sample 473.The Quantitative Analysis of
and research methods in making assortment designs for both area and institutional settings Decisions
and product decisions. Prerequisite: B ADM 420 together with the problems involved in the Introduction to operations research tech-
and 472; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. application of analytical statistics to compli- niques; topics include the construction and
cated sampling procedures. Each student is solution of linear models under certainty, and
426. Marketing Theory and Systems required to participate in a field project which the construction of probabilistic models, spe-
Detailed study of macro- and micro-market- involves the actual selection of a cluster cifically queuing theory, Markov chains, and
ing systems and the various approaches to sample from the local area. Prerequisite: SOC sequential decisions. 1 unit.
marketing theory; attention given to general 387 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
systems theory, the nature of marketing sys- 475. Systems Modeling and Simulation
tems, system adaptation to the environment, 438. Research Seminar in Consumer Same as C S 445. Elements of computer
concepts of theory, and major approaches to Behavior simulations, including modeling deterministic
macro- and micro-theory in marketing. 1 unit. Advanced doctoral level seminar which criti- and stochastic systems, generation of random
cally examines the relevance of behavioral and numbers and variables, and probability and
ill. Sales Force Management social constructs for generating consumer be- statistics related to modeling, validating,
Examines primary elements and problems in havior theories with the use of philosophy of running, and of interpreting computer
the area of sales force management; studies scienceand metatheory criteria; specifically simulations. Prerequisite: C S 105 or 125 and
such topics as the dyadic interaction between discusses the need for, and procedures with STAT 310, or equivalent background in
the buyer and seller, the sales presentation, which to modify behavioral/social constructs computer and statistical principles, or consent
important salesperson characteristics, the se- and processes such as motivation, concept of the instructor. 1 unit.
lection, training, assignment, motivation, and formation, information processing, choice

compensation of salespeople, supervision and axions, attitude consistency, and group norms. 476. Business Forecasting and
evaluation of the sales force, and coordination Prerequisite: B ADM 415. 1 unit. Econometrics
of the sales force with other elements in a Introduction to maximum likelihood estimat-
firm's marketing program. Uses case studies. 444. Strategic Management for Competitive ing techniques; topics including the use and
Prerequisite: B ADM 420. 1 unit. Advantage limitations of least squares, two-stage least
Policy construction and planning of policy squares, limited-information and full-informa-
428. Promotional Strategy implementation at the executive level; case and consideration of problems
tion estimates;
Management orientation to promotional strat- studies ofcompany-wide situations from the with observational errors, multicolinearity,
egy for the medium and large size organiza- management point of view; and integration and autocorrelation in time-series and cross-
tion: includes analyses of the primary ele- and application of material from previous section structural estimation. A major portion
ments of the promotional function from both courses. Credit is not given for both B ADM of the course is devoted to the application of
qualitative and quantitative perspectives em- 444 and 389. Prerequisite: B ADM 409, 420, and the econometric techniques in business fore-
phasizing such factors as (1) selection among 467, FIN 451, or equivalent. 1 unit. casting and analysis. Prerequisite: B ADM 472.
alternative promotional tools, (2) the promo- 1 unit.
tional budgeting and allocation process, and 452. Legal Aspects of Management
(3) determination of appropriate messages Decisions 477. Economics of Decision Making
and media schedules for given product/mar- The environment in which business
legal The operational analysis of the problems of
ket situations. Explores widely used models decisions are made, including the legal system individual decisions under uncertainty that
in depth for strategic usefulness; emphasizes and the role of courts, government taxation arise in the practice of management. Prerequi-
case analysis and contemporary situations. and regulation of business, administrative law, site: B ADM 472. 1 unit.
Prerequisite: B ADM 420. 1 unit. antitrust law, labor law, and trends in the law
affecting business policy. 1 unit. 478. Stochastic Models in Management
429. Marketing Research Science
Examines the collection and analysis of infor- 467. Process Management Application of Markov processes to describe,
mation applied to marketing decisions; Introductory course in decision-making prob- analyze, and design systems of interest in
stresses quantitative methods including sam- lems in production; includes the theoretical management science, including queues,
plings, scalings, experimental design, forecast- foundations for production management as inventory, production, brand loyalty, stock
ing, and multivariate procedures through the well as the applications of decision-making market, and other applications. Prerequisite:
use of class projects on actual market research techniques to production problems in the firm; MATH 361 or STAT 310, or equivalent. 1 unit.
problems. Prerequisite: B ADM 472, and credit and considers production processes, plant lay-
or concurrent registration in B ADM 420. 1 unit. out, maintenance, scheduling, quality control, Mathematical Programming
479. for
and production control in particular. Prereq- Management Science

uisite: B ADM 472 and 473. 1 unit. Mathematical programming models (linear,
integer, quadratic, nonlinear, dynamic, and
combinatorial) used to describe, analyze, and
Cell and Structural Biology 49
design systems such as production, transpor- given for both CSB 215 and BIOL 250. (Counts
tation, scheduling, and planning. Prerequisite: for advanced hours in L A S.)
MATH 315 or equivalent. 1 unit.
216. Molecular Genetics of Animal Cells
482. International Business Operations, I Introduction of the structure, expression, and
Integration of economics and the functional
areas of business focused on the problems of
Campus Honors regulation of genes of higher eukaryotes with
an emphasis upon animal cells. Specific top-
managing international business operations; Program ics will include chromatin structure and its
studies economic, legal, functional, and ad- relation to gene expression, regulation of gene
ministrative problems through cases and lit- expression during development, recombina-
Director.Bruce F. Michelson
erature emphasizing financial and marketing tion, molecular genetic technologies, gene re-
Office:1205 West Oregon Street, Urbana
problems. Students select one area from the placement therapy, and the molecular genet-
Phone: 244-0922
following for special study and reporting: ics of cancers. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or consent
URL: www.honors.uiuc.edu
Europe, Latin America, Africa, Middle and of instructor. 3 hours. Students may not receive
Near East, or South Asia and Far East. Prereq- credit forboth CSB 216 and CSB 300 and/or
uisite: Completion of first year of the Master Campus Honors Program (CHP) 301. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.)
of Business Administration program. 1 unit.
217. Animal Molecular Genetics
Honors Seminar
295. Interdisciplinary
483. International Business Operations, II Laboratory
Seminar on interdisciplinary topics in the
Continuation of B ADM 482. Prerequisite:
natural sciences, social sciences, humanities,
Laboratory course in molecular genetics with
B ADM 482. 1 unit. a strong emphasis upon animal cells. Prereq-
and arts. Open to Chancellor's Scholars and
uisite: Credit or concurrent registration in CSB
other honors students. Prerequisite: Junior
486. Japanese Business and Management 216. 2 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L
standing in the Campus Honors Program. 3
Systems AS.)
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
Analyzes the business and management sys-
tems of Japan and compares them with the 234. Functional Human Anatomy
American business and management systems: Studies the essentials of functional human
topics include quality circles and quality of anatomy with special reference to skeletal,
work life; the human side of Japanese produc- muscular, splanchnic, circulatory, and nervous
business-government relations in Japan;
tivity; systems. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite:
organizational strategies and policies of Japa- BIOL 122 or PHYSL 103; or consent of
nese business organizations; economic, politi- instructor. 5 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
and ecological factors affecting Japa-
cal, legal, Catalan in LAS.)
nese management systems. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing; B ADM 409 or equivalent. 290. Individual Topics
1 unit. Laboratory work and/or reading in fields
(See Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese)
selected in consultation with an appropriate
490. Seminar in Business Administration faculty member. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours in
Special topics in the general area of business. Life Sciences courses including one course in
Topics are selected by the instructor at the CSB, and consent of instructor. 2 to 5 hours.
beginning of each semester. tol unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 10 hours.
Majors in any School of Life Sciences option
491.Proseminar in Business may count toward graduation no more than
Administration a combined maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292,
Lectures in topics of current interest not
covered by regular course offerings. Subjects
Cell and Structural and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE;
ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO. These
are announced in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Biology hours will not be counted as advanced hours
Consent of instructor or head of department. in the option.
to 1 unit. Approved for S/U grading.
Head of Department: Martha Gillette
297. Undergraduate Seminar in Cell and
493. Research in Special Fields
Department Office: B107 Chemical and Life
Structural Biology
2 units.
Sciences Laboratory, 601 South Goodwin
V* to Review and discussion of current literature
Avenue, Urbana
describing research in molecular, cellular, and
494. Independent Study and Research Phone: 333-6118
structural biology of higher eukaryotes with
Directed reading and research. Vz or 1 unit. URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/csb
an emphasis upon animal systems. Prerequi-
Junior or senior standing, majors in CSB,
site:
499. Dissertation Research or consent of instructor. 1 hour. May be re-
Required of all students writing doctoral dis-
Cell and Structural Biology (CSB)
peated in subsequent terms to a maximum of
sertations in business administration; guid-
4 hours. These hours will not be counted as
ance in writing theses and seminar discussions 213. Cells and Tissues
advanced hours in the option.
of interim progress reports. 0to4 units. Lecture introduction to the fundamental or-
ganization and structure of animal cells and
300. Cell Biology, I
tissues and plant cells, including ultrastruc-
Principles of eukaryotic cell biology; consid-
ture. Prerequisite: BIOL 121. 3 hours. Credit is
eration of molecular and fine structural com-
not given for both CSB 213 and BIOL 250.
ponents of the cell with an emphasis on ex-
Credit is also not given for CSB 213 and 300,
perimental analysis of the relationship of
unless 300 is taken after 213. (Counts for ad-
structure to function of gene, membrane, cy-
Business and vanced hours in L A S.) toskeleton, and extracellular matrix. Prerequi-
Technical Writing and Tissues Laboratory

215. Cells
site: BIOL
tration in
122,
BIOCH
and credit or concurrent regis-
350 or 352, or consent of
Laboratory course in the functional organiza-
instructor. 4 or 5 hours, or 1 or VA unit. Stu-
tion and structure of cells and tissues. Prereq-
(See English) dents who have received credit for CSB 300
Credit or concurrent registration in CSB
uisite:
213 or 300; or equivalent lecture course with
may not also receive credit for 213.
consent of instructor. 2 hours. Credit is not
50 Ceramic Engineering
301. Cell Biology, II Anatomy

325. of the Human Neck and
Continuation of Cell Biology, I. Emphasis is Head
on the cell cycle, transport, contractility, mo- Comprehensive study of the human neck and
tility, and molecular and cellular topics in de- head with emphasis on the principles of
velopment, neurobiology, and immunology. systematic anatomy, relations between form
Prerequisite: CSB 300 or 213, and BIOCH 350 and function, and regional dissection. Lecture Ceramic Engineering
or 352, or consent of instructor. 4 or 5 hours, or and laboratory. Prerequisite: Consent of
1 orl'A unit. instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
(See Materials Science and Engineering)
307. Structure and Function of the Nervous 380. Developmental Neurobiology
System Principles of vertebrate and invertebrate de-
Same as NEURO and PHYSL 315. See PHYSL velopmental neurobiology with emphasis on
315. the molecular and cellular mechanisms con-
trolling neuronal determination, axon path-
308. Immunology finding, synapse formation, and plasticity.
Introduction to fundamentals of immunology Prerequisite: CSB 213 or 300 or consent of in-
with emphasis on biological application; ba- structor. 3 hours or 3
sic background for understanding immuno-

/4 unit.
Chemical
logical responses and techniques applicable 410. Special Topics in Cell and Structural Engineering
to biological research. Prerequisite: Four semes- Biology
ters of college biology; a course in organic Discussion of current topics of interest in
chemistry; or consent of instructor. 4 hours or higher eukaryotic cellular and molecular Head of Department: C. F. Zukoski
3
/4 unit. biology, development, neurobiology; seminar Department Office: 114 Roger Adams Labora-
or lecture format. Topics do not repeat. tory, 600 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
312. Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A tol unit.
]
Phone: 333-3640
Same as NEURO 312. Cellular and molecular May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. URL: www.scs.uiuc.edu/chem_eng
basis of form and function of the nervous sys-
tem with emphasis on chemical signaling. 412. Cell and Structural Biology Seminar
Topics will include: combinatorial regulation Invited speakers, faculty, and student presen- Chemical Engineering (CH E)
of neurotransmission, nerve terminal, molecu- tations and discussions on current research

lar organization of postsynaptic sites, retro- topics. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and 101. The Hidden World of Engineering
grade signals, neurotrophins, cytoskeleton, CSB 300; or consent of instructor. A l
unit. May everyday objects: bathtubs,
Tells the stories of
growth cone motility, gene regulation, axon be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. pop cans and screws. These simple objects
target selection, chemoaffinity hypothesis, shape our lives, yet are engineering master-
calcium signaling in plasticity, and neurologi- 487. Human Neuroscience pieces. To unveil this hidden world the course
cal disorders and therapies. Prerequisite: One Same as NEURO 487. Principles of human uses a humanistic approach. Designed to ap-
of the following: CSB 300 or BIOCH 352 or neuroscience and mechanisms of neural peal to all majors, it uses human stories-filled
BIOL 303 or PHYSL 316 or consent of instruc- pathophysiology. Prerequisite: One of the fol- with failures and triumphs-to reveal the meth-
tor. 3 hours or 3
/» unit. lowing: BIOL 303, PHYSL 315 or 316, or an ods of engineers. The course enchants with
equivalent course; or consent of instructor. tales of ancient steel making, today's pop cans,
315. Human Genetics % unit. huge stone monuments, and salt. The course
Studies the techniques employed for genetic will change how a student looks at his or her
analysis of human traits; discussion of genetic 490. Individual Topics world. Several sessions focus on women en-
mechanisms operative in human develop- Individual topics in research and/or reading gineers and the environment. 3 hours.
ment, metabolism, and behavior; and genet- for graduate students, to be conducted under
ics and human disease. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 the supervision of faculty members in cell and 161. The Chemical Engineering Profession
or 210; biochemistry and statistics recom- structural biology; designed to allow students Lectures and problems on the history and
mended. 3 hours or unit. % to become more familiar with specialized scope of chemical engineering endeavors;
fields of study prior to committing themselves decisions and criteria for process development
322. Anatomy of the Human Extremities to a specific area for their graduate degree. and plant design. Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or
Comprehensive study of the human extremi- Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of 107. 1 hour.
ties with emphasis on the principles of sys- instructor. 'A to 4 units.
tematic anatomy, relations between form and 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
function, and regional dissection. Lecture and 491. Experimental Methods in Cell and 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
laboratory. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Structural Biology
2 hours or 'A unit. Research methods in cellular, muscular, and 201. Cooperative Education: Planning
structural biology; first-year students in the Same as CHEM 201. See CHEM 201.
323.Anatomy of the Human Thorax and Cell and Structural Biology graduate program
Back participate in research and related activities 202. Cooperative Education: Industrial
Comprehensive study of the human thorax in a faculty laboratory. Seven week rotation. Practice
and back with emphasis on the principles of students in the CSB
Prerequisite: First-year Same as CHEM 202. See CHEM 202.
systematic anatomy, relations between form graduate program and consent of department.
and function, and regional dissection. Lecture Vi unit.
210. Chemical Engineering Internship
Full-time practice of chemical science in an off-
and laboratory. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 1 hour or 'A unit. 499. Thesis Research campus industrial setting or research labora-
Research on the thesis and preparation of the tory environment. Summary report required.
324. Anatomy of the Human Abdomen and thesis. to 4 units (summer: to 2 units). May Prerequisite:Completion of freshman year or
Pelvis be repeated in the same or subsequent equivalent, or consent of Director of Coopera-
Comprehensive study of the human abdomen semesters to a maximum of 4 units (summer tive Education in Chemical Engineering.
and pelvis with emphasis on the principles of session may be repeated to a maximum of 2 hours. Mav be repeated in separate semesters.
systematic anatomy, relations between form units). Approved for S/U grading.
and function, and regional dissection. Lecture
and laboratory. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Chemical Engineering 51
261. Introduction to Chemical Engineering open and closed systems. Prerequisite: Credit gineering, or consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours,
Lectures and problems on material and energy or registration in CH E 373. 3 hours or V> unit. or Vt to Vi unit. May be repeated.
balances. Prerequisite: CHEM
102 or 108; credit
or concurrent registration in C S 101. 3 hours. 387. Applied Chemical Kinetics and 465.Chemical Engineering Seminar
Catalysis Required of all graduate students whose
292. Senior Thesis Problems in chemical kinetics; techniques for major is Chemical Engineering. Prerequisite:
Limited in general to seniors in the curricu- the prediction and measurement of rates of CH E 373. Vi unit.
lum in chemical engineering. Any others must reactions; and homogeneous and heteroge-
have the consent of the head of the depart- neous catalysis chain reactions. Prerequisite: 466. Applied Mathematics in Chemical
ment. Each student taking the course must CHEM 342 or CH E 370. 2 or 3 hours, or Vz or Vi Engineering
register in a minimum of 5 hours either in one unit. Development of mathematical models and a
semester or divided over two semesters. A survey of modern mathematical methods cur-
maximum registration of 10 hours in two se- 388. Electrochemical Engineering rently used in the solution of chemical engi-
mesters is permitted. However, CH E 390 (2 Fundamentals of analysis, design, and opti- neering problems; topics include the applica-
hours) may be substituted for 2 of the 5 hours mization of electrochemical systems. Prereq- tion of vectors and matrices, partial differential
required in CH E 292. 1 to 6 hours. In order to uisite: Senior standing in physical science or equations, numerical analysis, and methods of
receive credit, a thesis must be presented by engineering. 2 or 3 hours, or Vi orVi unit. optimization in Chemical Engineering. Prereq-
each student registered in CH E 292. (Counts uisite: Consent of instructor. Vi or 1 unit.
for advanced hours in L A S.) 389. Chemical Process Control and

Dynamics 467. Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis
370. Chemical Engineering Techniques used in the analysis of process Same as CHEM 467. Rates and mechanisms
Thermodynamics dynamics and in the design of process con- of chemical reactions, treatment of data,
Fundamental concepts and the laws of ther- trol systems; includes Laplace transforms, sta- steady state and unsteady behavior predic-
modynamics; the first and second law appli- and frequency response meth-
bility analysis, tions of mechanisms, prediction of rate con-
cations to phase equilibrium and chemical ods. Laboratory emphasizes on-line data stants and activation barriers. Introduction to
equilibrium and other applications in the acquisition and control. Prerequisite: CH
E 371 catalysis. Catalysis by solvents, metals, orga-
Chemical Engineering profession. Prerequisite: and senior standing in Chemical Engineering; nometallics, acids, enzymes, semiconductors.
CHE 261. 4 hours or I unit. MATH 285; C S 101. 4 hours or 1 unit. Prerequisite: An undergraduate course in
chemical kinetics. 1 unit.
371. FluidMechanics and Heat Transfer 390. Individual Chemical Engineering

Introduction to fluid statics and dynamics; Projects 469. Special Topics in Chemical
dimensional analysis; design of flow systems; Laboratory; development of an individual Engineering
introduction to heat transfer; conduction, project. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Same as CSE 481. Various advanced topics;
convection, and radiation. Prerequisite: CH E Chemical Engineering. 2 hours or Vi unit. generally taken during the second year of
261 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. graduate study. Typical topics include turbu-
391. Open-Ended Experimental Design lence, hydrodynamic instability, process dy-
373. Mass Transfer Operations Experimental design projects. Topics include namics, interfacial phenomena, reactor design,
Introduction to mass transfer processes and statistical design of experiments, parameter cellular bioengineering, properties of matter
design methods for separation equipment. estimation, scale-up, design optimization, at high pressure, and phase transitions. Pre-
Prerequisite: CH E 371 or consent of instructor. process simulation, and statistical quality requisite: Consent of instructor. V* to 1 unit.
4 hours or 1 unit. control. Prerequisite: Senior standing in May be repeated.
Chemical Engineering. 3 hours or Vi units.
374. Chemical Engineering Laboratory 485. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mechanics and
Experiments and computation in fluid me- 392. Polymer Science and Engineering Molecular Rheology
chanics, heat transfer, mass transfer, and Fundamentals of polymer science and engi- In-depth treatment of continuum and molecu-
chemical reaction engineering. Exercises in neering: polymerization mechanisms, kinet- lar dynamics of non-Newtonian fluids, particu-
effective Chemical Engineering communica- ics, and processes; physical chemistry and larly polymeric systems. Topics include linear
tions. Prerequisite: CH E 373; credit or concur- characterization of polymers; polymer rheol- and nonlinear viscoelasticity, rheometry and
rent registration in CH E 381 ; senior standing ogy, mechanical properties, and processing. rheo-optics, and molecular rheology. Applica-
in Chemical Engineering. 4 hours or 1 unit. Prerequisite: CH E 370; credit or concurrent tions to the processing of Theologically com-
registration in CH E 371; CHEM 344. 3 hours plex materials. Prerequisite: CH E 466. 1 unit.
377. Synthesis and Design of Chemical or Vi unit. Credit is not given for both CH E
Systems 392 and MATSE 350, or MATSE 351 486. Surface Chemistry
Capstone design course where students ap- Same as CHEM 486.Introduction to the be-
ply principles from previous courses to the 393. Chemistry and Transport in havior of molecules adsorbed on solid sur-
design of complete chemical process systems. Microelectronics Processing faces; the structure of surfaces and adsorbate
Topics include: techniques used in the synthe- Introductory survey of chemical processing layers. The bonding of molecules to surfaces;
sis and analysis of chemical processes, process principles applied to microelectronic fabrica- adsorbate phase transitions; trapping and
simulation and optimization, effective com- tion. Key concepts originate from chemical sticking of molecules on surfaces. An intro-
munication in a chemical process engineering kinetics;thermodynamics; mass and energy duction to surface reactions; kinetics of sur-
environment. Prerequisite: CH E 373; credit or balances; transport of mass,momentum and face reactions. A review of principles of chemi-
concurrent registration in CH E 381. 4 hours heat; and process synthesis and integration. cal reactivity; reactivity trends on surfaces;
or 1 unit. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing in prediction of rates and mechanisms of reac-
Chemical Engineering, Electrical and Com- tions on metals, semiconductors, and insula-
380. Heat,Mass, and Momentum Transport puter Engineering, or Materials Science and tors. Prerequisite: CHEM 344. 1 unit.
Unifying treatment of physical rate processes Computer Engineering. 3 hours or Vi units.
with particular emphasis on the formulation 487. Fluid Dynamics
and solution of typical boundary value 396. Special Topics in Chemical dynamics with special
Basic concepts in fluid
problems associated with heat, mass, and Engineering emphasis on topics of interest to chemical
momentum transport. Prerequisite: CH E 371; Study of topics in chemical engineering; con- engineers; derivation of the Navier-Stokes
MATH 285. 3 hours or % unit. tent varies from semester to semester. Typical equations; solutions for creeping flow, for
topics include optimization, chemical kinet- perfect fluids, and for boundary layers; non-
381.Chemical Rate and Reactor Design ics, phase equilibrium, biochemical engineer- Newtonian fluids; and turbulence. Prerequisite:
Chemical kinetics, chemical reactor design, ing, kinetic theory, and transport properties. Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
and the interrelationship between transport, Prerequisite: Senior standing in Chemical En-
thermodynamics, and chemical reaction in
.
52 Chemistry
488. Advanced Topics in Heat and Mass etry, and chemical equilibrium; descriptive The Chemistry
115. of Everyday
Transfer chemistry of the elements and coordination Phenomena
Principles of transfer operations developed in compounds. Prerequisite: Credit in or exemp- Introduces students majoring in nontechnical
terms of physical rate processes; boundary tion from MATH 112; one year of high school fields to the chemical model of the material
layer heat and mass transfer, eddy diffusion, chemistry or equivalent. Placement into 101 universe describing the structure and dynam-
phase changes, and separation processes. by the Chemistry Placement Test recom- ics of changing matter with special emphasis
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. % or 1 unit. mended. 3 hours. Students may not receive on the materials and processes of everyday
credit for both CHEM 101 and 107. living. Prerequisite: Two years of high school
496. IndividualStudy algebra. 3 hours. Credit not given for students
Study under the supervision of a staff mem- 102. General Chemistry (Biological or with prior credit in CHEM
101, 107 or equiva-
ber in areas not covered in course offerings. Physical Version) lent, except for students in the Teaching of
Prerequisite: Consent of the staff member un- Lecture and recitations. Section B (Biological Chemistry or Teacher Education Minor in
der whom the study is to be made. to 1 unit. Version): Chemistry of organic and biochemi- Chemistry programs.
cal systems, chemical energetics and equilib-
497. Special Problems rium, chemical kinetics, and reaction mecha- 122. Elementary Quantitative Analysis
Individual work on problem-oriented projects nisms. Section P (Physical Version): Chemistry Theory and practice of equilibria pertinent to
not included in theses. This could be research, of materials, including organic and biological chemical analyses; practical applications of
engineering design, or professional work in substances, chemical energetics and equilib- classical and instrumental methods of analy-
chemical engineering which has educational rium, chemical kinetics, and solids and crys- sis. Intended primarily for students outside
values. The work must be done under the tals. Prerequisite: CHEM101 or 107 or ad- the School of Chemical Sciences. Prerequisite:
supervision of a staff member with the vanced placement credit for one semester of CHEM 102 and 106 or equivalent. 3 hours. Stu-
approval of the department head. Vi to 4 units. college-level chemistry. 3 hours. Students may dents with credit in CHEM 122 cannot receive
not receive credit for both CHEM
1 02 and 1 08. credit for CHEM 109, 223, or 224.
498. Research Seminar
Discussion of recent developments of impor- 105. General Chemistry Laboratory 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
tance to different areas of chemical engineer- Laboratory studies to accompany CHEM 101 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
ing research. The course is divided into a num- Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
ber of sections, and subject matter differs from in CHEM 101 is required. 1 hour. 201. Cooperative Education: Planning
section to section and from time to time. Pre- Same as CH E 201 . On-campus planning and
requisite: Consent of instructor. to 1 unit. May 106. General Chemistry Laboratory discussion of cooperative work-study educa-
be repeated. (Biological or Physical Version) tionprograms in industry and government.
Laboratory studies to accompany CHEM 102. Each chemistry or chemical engineering stu-
499. Thesis Research Prerequisite: CHEM 101 and 105; credit or dent participating in the cooperative educa-
Candidates for the master's degree who elect concurrent registration in CHEM 102 is tion program must register for CHEM/CH E
research are required to write a thesis. A the- required. 1 hour. 201 or 202 each term (201 if on-campus, 202 if
sis is always required for the Doctor of Phi- off-campus). Prerequisite: Acceptance into the
losophy. Not candidates for thesis work
all 107. Accelerated Chemistry, I School of Chemical Sciences Cooperative Edu-
necessarily are accepted. Any student whose Lectures and recitations. Beginning chemistry cation Program. hours.
major is in another department must receive course for students in the chemical sciences
permission from the head of the Department and others with strong high school chemistry 202. Cooperative Education: Industrial
of Chemical Engineering to register in this and mathematics preparation. Chemical cal- Practice
course. to 4 units. culations, structure, bonding and equilibrium. Same as CH E 202. Off-campus cooperative
Credit toward graduation is received for practice of chemistry or chemical engineering
CHEM 107 only if CHEM 109 is also com- in industrial or governmental facilities. Each
pleted. Prerequisite: Admission by U of I place- chemistry or chemical engineering student
ment test or consent of adviser; credit or con- participating in cooperative education must
current registration in MATH 120 or 135; register for CHEM 202 for each off-campus
concurrent registration in CHEM 109. 3 hours. term. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the School
Chemistry 108. Accelerated Chemistry, II
of Chemical Sciences Cooperative Education
Program. hours.
Continuation of CHEM 107. Lectures and reci-
Head of Department: Steven C. Zimmerman tations. Emphasizes chemical thermodynam- 210. Chemistry Internship
Department Office: 106 Noyes Laboratory, 505 ics, equilibrium, chemical kinetics, and coor- Full-time practice of chemical science in an off-
South Mathews Avenue, Urbana dination chemistry. Prerequisite: 107 CHEM campus industrial setting or research labora-
Phone: 333-0711 and/or 109 and concurrent registration in tory environment. Summary report required.
URL: www.scs.uiuc.edu/chem CHEM 110, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Prerequisite:Completion of freshman year or
equivalent, or consent of Director of Coopera-
109. Accelerated Chemistry Laboratory, I tive Education in Chemistry. hours. May be
Chemistry (CHEM) Laboratory and lecture. Students with appro- repeated in separate semesters. Approved for
priate advanced placement or proficiency S/U grading.
100. Introductory Chemistry credit may, with the consent of the depart-
Introduction to the basic concepts and lan- ment, take this course without concurrent reg- 223. Quantitative Analysis Lecture
guage of chemistry; lectures, recitations, and istration in CHEM 107. Prerequisite: Concur- Fundamentals of quantitative analysis,
laboratory. Prerequisite: 2'A units in high CHEM 107. hour.
rent registration or credit in 1 chemical equilibrium and kinetics. This lecture
school mathematics, or credit or concurrent Students with credit in CHEM 109 can receive course is intended to accompany 224. CHEM
registration in MATH 112. 3 hours. Only stu- credit for CHEM 223, but not for CHEM 122 Prerequisite: CHEM
102 and 106 or equivalent.
dents without high school chemistry or with or 224. 2 /lours. Students with credit in 223 canCHEM
chemistry placement scores inadequate for receive credit for CHEM
109 but not for
enrollment in CHEM 101 receive graduation 110. Accelerated Chemistry Laboratory, II CHEM 122.
credit. Laboratory and discussion. Includes experi-
ments in qualitative analysis, inorganic syn- 224. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory
101. General Chemistry thesis, and kinetics as well as an individual Laboratory course covers the fundamentals of
For students who have some prior knowledge project. Prerequisite:Concurrent registration in quantitative analysis, equilibrium and kinet-
of chemistry. Principles governing atomic CHEM 108 or consent of department. 2 hours. ics. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registra-
structure, bonding, states of matter, stoichiom- tion in CHEM 223. 1 hour. Students with credit
Chemistry 53
in CHEM 224 cannot receive credit for CHEM transition elements; organometallic chemistry; 337. Organic Chemistry
109 or 122. solid state chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; Laboratory experiments in organic chemistry
chemistry of the lanthanide and actinide ele- with emphasis on synthesis. Prerequisite:
231. Elementary Organic Chemistry, I ments. Prerequisite: CHEM 237 (formerly 181). CHEM 234 or 237 and credit or concurrent reg-
Presents elementary structural and synthetic 3 hours or Ya unit. istration in CHEM 331 or 336. 3 hours or Vt unit.
chemistry with emphasis on applications of
this material to closely related areas. For 316. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory 339. Advanced Organic Chemistry
students in agricultural, nutritional and Emphasizes modern techniques for the Third course, lectures. Topics in structure, syn-
biological sciences, as well as premedical, synthesis, purification, and characterization of thesis and reactions of organic chemistry. Pre-
predental, and preveterinary programs. One- inorganic and organometallic compounds. requisite: CHEM
331 or 336. 3 hours or Vi unit.
semester survey course; may be followed by There are three components to the course:
CHEM 331. Prerequisite: CHEM 102 and 106, lectures on laboratory methodology and 340. Principles of Physical Chemistry
or 108. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit reporting, laboratory experiments, and report One-semester course in physical chemistry
for both CHEM 231 and 236. writing. The final third of the course is emphasizing topics most important to stu-
dedicated to special individualized projects. dents in the biological and agricultural sci-
234. Elementary Organic Chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 319, or credit or concurrent ences. Not open to students in the specialized
Laboratory, I registration in CHEM
315, or equivalent; for curricula in chemistry and chemical engineer-
Basic laboratory techniques in organic chem- undergraduate students, completion of ing. Laboratory experience in this area pro-
istry are presented with emphasis on experi- campus Composition I general education vided by CHEM 319 to be taken preferably
ments of interest to closely related areas. For requirement. 3 hours or Vt unit. CHEM 340. Prerequisite: CHEM 122 or 223
after
students in agricultural science, dairy technol- andCHEM 231, or equivalent; PHYCS 102;
ogy, food technology, nutrition, dietetics, pre- 319. Instrumental Characterization of MATH 242 or equivalent (calculus including
medical, predental, and preveterinary pro- Chemical Systems Laboratory partial derivatives). 4 hours or I unit.
grams. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent Laboratory course emphasizes the application
registration in CHEM 231. 2 hours. Students of modern instrumental techniques for 342. Physical Chemistry, I
may not receive credit for both CHEM 234 and characterizing the kinetic behavior and Lectures and problems focusing on micro-
CHEM 237. equilibrium properties of chemical systems. scopic properties. CHEM
342 and 344 consti-
Prerequisite: Either CHEM
237 or both CHEM tute a year-long study of chemical principles
236. Fundamental Organic Chemistry, I 234 and 224. Credit or concurrent registration covering topics such as quantum chemistry,
Fundamental structural, synthetic, and in CHEM 321. 2 hours or Vi unit. atomic and molecular structure and spectra,
mechanistic organic chemistry is presented. statistical thermodynamics, properties and
For students whose major is chemistry or for 321. Instrumental Characterization of thermodynamics of materials in gases, solids,
those in the specialized curricula in chemis- Chemical Systems and liquids, and chemical kinetics and equi-
try or chemical engineering. The first semes- Lecture course covers the fundamentals of libria. Prerequisite: CHEM
108, 122, or 223;
ter of a two-semester integrated sequence (to instrumental characterization including: MATH 225 or 315, and a minimal knowledge
be followed by CHEM336). This lecture nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, of differential equations, or equivalent;
course is intended to accompany CHEM237. potentiometry, voltammetry, atomic and mo- PHYCS 111, 112, and 114 or equivalent. 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 108, 122 or 223-224. 4 hours. lecular spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, ac- or 1 unit. Credit is not given for both CHEM
Students may not receive credit for both and x-ray spectros-
tivation analysis, electron 342 and PHYCS 361.
CHEM 231 and 236. copy and gas and liquid chromatography.
Prerequisite: CHEM 340; or credit or concur- 344. Physical Chemistry, II
237. Structure and Synthesis rent registration in CHEM 342; or consent of Continuation of CHEM 342, focusing on bulk
Laboratory course introduces synthesis and the instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. properties. Prerequisite: CHEM 342. 4 hours or
the basic techniques for the separation, 1 unit. Credit is CHEM 344
not given for both
isolation and purification of organic and 322. Separation Methods and PHYCS 361.
inorganic compounds. Prerequisite: Credit or Examines theory, practice, and instrumenta-
concurrent registration in CHEM
236. 2 hours. tion in gas and liquid chromatography, extrac- 345. Physical Principles of Chemistry
Students may not receive credit for both tion techniques,mass spectrometry as coupled Laboratory, I
CHEM 237 and 234. to chromatography, electrophoresis, and sepa- Laboratory course features experiments con-
rations based on phase equilibria. Prerequisite: cerning the fundamental physical nature of
Thermodynamics of Materials
245. Credit or concurrent registration in CHEM 340 chemical phenomena. Typical experiments
Same as MATSE 301. See MATSE 301. or 342. 4 hours or 1 unit. include magnetic resonance and thermochem-
istry. Prerequisite: CHEM 319, and credit or
292. Senior Thesis 323. Electronic Circuits, I concurrent registration in CHEM 344; or con-
Research with thesis, under the direction of a Same as PHYCS 343. See PHYCS 343. sent of instructor. 2 hours or 'A unit.
senior staff member in chemistry.Normally
the student takestwo semesters of CHEM 292 331. Elementary Organic Chemistry, II 346. Physical Biochemistry
CHEM 292 is recommended
in the senior year. Second course; lectures covering topics in Same as BIOCH 346. See BIOCH 346.
for all those who plan to do research and organic chemistry with special applications to
graduate study, and it or BIOCH 292 is a pre- the life sciences. Prerequisite: CHEM
231 and 347. Physical Principles of Chemistry
requisite for graduation with distinction in 234. 3 hours or % unit. This course should not Laboratory, II
chemistry. In the semester preceding their ini- be taken by students who have completed Laboratory course features advanced experi-
tial enrollment, those interested in taking the CHEM 236. Students may not receive credit ments concerning the fundamental physical
course should consult with their advisers and for both CHEM 331 and CHEM
336. nature of chemical phenomena. This course
with the graduate adviser for the area of in- is a continuation of CHEM 345. Typical experi-
terest in which they plan to work. A maximum 336.Fundamental Organic Chemistry II ments include dielectric constants of liquids
of 10 hours may be counted toward gradua- Course is the second semester of a two- and low-energy electron diffraction from sur-
tion and a thesis must be presented for credit semester integrated sequence and should be faces. Prerequisite: CHEM 345 or consent of
to be received. 2 to 6 hours. (Counts for ad- taken the semester following enrollment in instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
vanced hours in LAS.) CHEM 236. Prerequisite: CHEM 236 and 237;
students who have completed CHEM 231 and 348. Advanced Physical Chemistry
315. InorganicChemistry 234 (formerly 131 and 134) may be enrolled The sequence, CHEM 348 and 349, is designed
Basic chemical bonding in molecules; intro- with consent of instructor. 3 hours or 'A unit. to give seniors and graduate students a uni-
duction to symmetry; chemistry of the main Students may not receive credit for both fied treatment of physical chemistry on an
group elements; coordination chemistry of the CHEM 336 and CHEM 331. advanced level; topics include the electronic
54 Chemistry
structure and spectra of atoms, principles of 420. Advanced Analytical Chemistry 435. Organic Chemistry Seminar
wave mechanics, experimental and theoreti- Treatment of the basic issues of importance in Current literature in organic chemistry.
cal aspects of the chemical bond in diatomic modern analytical chemistry. Topics include Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. '/: unit.
and polyatomic molecules, statistical thermo- basic chemical and measurement concepts,
dynamics, and chemical kinetics. Prerequisite: measurement instrumentation and tech- 436. Introduction toOrganic Chemistry
CHEM 344 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. niques, and principles, tools, and applications Research
in spectroscopy, electrochemistry, separations, Lecture course on research techniques in
349. Advanced Physical Chemistry sensors, mass spectroscopy and surface char- organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Consent of
Continuation of CHEM 348. Prerequisite: acterization. Prerequisite: CHEM 319, 321, and instructor. 'A unit.
CHEM 348. 4 hours or 1 unit. 344. 3
4 unit.
440. Research Topics in Biophysical
357. Polymer Chemistry 421. Experimental Spectroscopy Chemistry
Same as MATSE 357. See MATSE 357. Principlesand applications of spectroscopic Same as BIOCH and BIOPH 440. Topics of
measurements and instrumentation. Atomic importance in research in biophysical chem-
358. Polymer Physical Chemistry and molecular absorption, emission, fluores- istry are discussed with emphasis on physi-
Same as MATSE 358. See MATSE 358. cence, and scattering, emphasizing physical cal background and current applications; top-
interpretation of experimental data. Prerequi- ics may be chosen from among the following:
391. Special Topics in Chemical Science site: General physics and chemistry equivalent NMR and ESR spectra of biological macromol-
and Technology to a major in physical sciences for a bachelor's ecules; x-ray diffraction studies of macromol-
Open to advanced undergraduates and degree. 2 unit. ecules; kinetics and statistical mechanics of
graduate students. Deals with subjects not helix coil transitions; physical approaches to
ordinarily covered by regularly scheduled 422. Principles of Electrochemistry and the refolding and assembly of multisubunit
courses. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- Electroanalysis on
proteins; fluorescence spectroscopic studies
istration in any 300-level course in chemistry. Structure of the metal solution interface. Elec- macromolecules; and light scattering from
2 or 3 hours, or Vi or % unit. trochemical and physical methods for prob- macromolecules in solution. Prerequisite:
ing metal/solution interface. Electroanalysis. CHEM 344 or equivalent, or CHEM 346. 2 unit.
392. Solid State Structural Analysis
Principles of electrochemical instrumentation
Lectures and laboratory on various aspects of for electroanalysis. Electrode materials. Electro- Thermodynamics and
441. Statistical
x-ray diffraction studies of solids; topics in- Thermodynamics
chemical surface science and electrocatalysis.
clude the properties of crystals, symmetry, Prerequisite: General physics and chemistry Fundamentals of classical thermodynamics
diffraction techniques, data collection meth- with emphasis on equilibrium and stability
equivalent to a major for a bachelor's degree.
ods, and the determination and refinement of 1 unit. criteria; an introduction to equilibrium statis-
crystal structures. Prerequisite: CHEM
342 or tical mechanics with discussion of several en-
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 424. Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry sembles and applications to ideal systems of
Recent advances in measurement science and interest to chemists;and introduction to
393. Fundamentals of Laboratory Safety the application of analytical chemistry to other nonequilibrium thermodynamics. Prerequisite:
Same as MATSE 392. See MATSE 392. sciences; designed to acquaint students with CHEM 342 and 344, or equivalent. 2 unit.
techniques and applications not covered in
402.Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Mechanics
442. Statistical
other courses. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
Descriptive chemistry of the main group and
tor. V2 unit. May be repeated. Fundamentals of equilibrium statistical me-
transition elements, reactions and reaction chanics with selected applications to interact-
mechanisms of inorganic systems, and elec- 425. Analytical Chemistry Seminar ing classical fluids: dense gases, solutions, liq-
tronic structure of inorganic molecules and Required of allgraduate students whose uids, plasmas, and ionic solutions; introduction
solids. Prerequisite: CHEM 315 or approval of major is analytical chemistry. Vt unit. to nonequilibrium statistical mechanics and
instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. CHEM 348
linear response theory. Prerequisite:
430.Advanced Organic Chemistry: and 441, or equivalent, or consent of instruc-
404. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Structure and Spectroscopy tor. 2 unit.
Laboratory Advanced survey of organic chemistry with
Specialized laboratory techniques; more emphasis on structure and spectroscopy. 443.Quantum Dynamics
difficult inorganic syntheses. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: CHEM 331 or 336. 2 unit. The quantum mechanical description of time-
Credit or concurrent registration in one of the dependent processes, including discussions of
lecture courses in inorganic chemistry in the 431. Advanced Organic Chemistry: the time-dependent Schrodinger equation,
400 series. 'A to Vi unit. Physical Organic Chemistry approximations, interaction of matter with
Advanced survey of organic chemistry with radiation, wave packets, elastic and inelastic
405. Inorganic Chemistry Seminar emphasis on reaction mechanisms and con- scattering, and relaxation phenomena. Prereq-
Required of all graduate students whose
major is inorganic chemistry. 'A unit.
cepts of physical organic chemistry. Prerequi- uisite: Concurrent registration in CHEM 348
site: CHEM331 or 336 and one year of physi- or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
cal chemistry. 1 unit.
406. Physical Inorganic Chemistry
445. Physical Chemistry Seminar
Includes group theory and use of physical Advanced Organic Chemistry:
432. Required of all graduate students whose
methods to provide information about the Synthesis major is physical chemistry. Prerequisite:
geometry, electronic structures, and reactiv- Advanced survey of organic chemistry with Consent of instructor. A or Vz unit.
X
ity of inorganic compounds in solution; em-

emphasis on synthesis. Prerequisite: CHEM 331
phasizes NMR
and ESR. Prerequisite: CHEM or 336. 2 unit. 446. Molecular Electronic Structure
344. 2 unit.
Theoretical basis of the electronic structure of
433. Special Topics in Organic Chemistry atoms and molecules; molecular orbital
407. Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Advanced
Special topics in organic chemistry. concepts and self-consistent field theory;
Advanced course dealing with a subject not
course dealing with a subject not ordinarily angular momentum and the full rotation
ordinarily covered by regularly scheduled
covered by regularly scheduled courses, such group; electron correlation effects; and
courses, such as organometallic chemistry,
as natural product synthesis and biosynthe- applications to electronic spectroscopy of
advanced ligand field theory and molecular sis, organic photochemistry, chemistry of spe- organic molecules, detailed descriptions of
orbital theory of inorganic compounds, kinet-
cial families of organic compounds, etc. Pre- chemical reactions, and molecular properties.
ics and mechanisms of inorganic reactions, etc.
CHEM
requisite: 431 and 432, one of which Prerequisite: CHEM 348. 2 unit.
Prerequisite: CHEM 406 or consent of instruc- may be taken concurrently. Vz or Va unit. Two
tor. '/> to 2 unit. May be repeated for credit.
lectures per week are required for V* unit
credit. May be repeated for credit.
Civil and Environmental Engineering 55
448. Chemical Kinetics criticism. Prerequisite: One cinema studies

Theoretical and experimental topics in chemi- course at the 200 or 300 level and one college
cal kinetics and chemical dynamics; topics course in literature, or consent of instructor. 3
include relation between rates and mecha- hours or 1 unit.
nisms of chemical reactions, collision theory

of reaction rates, activated complex theory, Chinese Cinema
366. Japanese
Same as EALC 366. Examines the influence of
theorv of unimolecular processes, classical
dynamics of reactive scattering, elastic scat- its cinema and
Japan's traditional aesthetics on
tering,quantum theory of inelastic scattering (See East Asian Languages and Cultures) surveys major film movements, genres, and
its
or equivalent curve crossing processes, and directors. Prerequisite: Two college level
experimental methods. Prerequisite: CHEM courses in cinema studies or East Asian Lan-
344. 1 unit. guages and Cultures, or graduate standing. 3
hours or 1 unit.
449. Special Topics in Physical Chemistry
Advanced course dealing with a subject not 388. French and Comparative Cinema, I
ordinarily covered by regularly scheduled Cinema Studies Same as C and HUMAN 388. See FR
LIT, FR,
courses, such as molecular spectroscopy, 388.
statistical mechanics, radiation and hot-atom
Acting Director: David M. Desser 389. French and Comparative Cinema, II
chemistry, molecular quantum mechanics,
radio-frequency spectroscopy, advanced Office Address: 3092 Foreign Language Build- Same as C and HUMAN 389. See FR
LIT, FR,
ing, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana 389.
experimental methods, kinetics of irreversible
processes and cooperative phenomena, etc.
Phone: 333-3356
URL: www.uiuc.edu/unit/cinema 390. The Films of Ingmar Bergman
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A or I unit.
May be repeated. Same as SCAN 390. See SCAN 390.
467. Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis

Cinema Studies (CINE) 391. The German Cinema
Same as CH E 467. CH E 467. Same as GER 390. See GER 390.

Shakespeare on Film and Videotape:
117.
486. Surface Chemistry From Text to Screen 392. Swedish Cinema
Same as CH E 486. See CH E 486. Same as ENGL 117. See ENGL 117. Same as SCAN 392. See SCAN 392.
490. Special Topics in Chemistry 193. Undergraduate Seminar in Cinema

Designed for students majoring or minoring Studies
in chemistry who wish to undertake indi- Topics vary. Consult Timetable or Unit for
vidual studies of a nonresearch nature under Cinema Studies. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated
the direction of a faculty member of the de- to a maximum of 6 hours as topics vary.
partment. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Cinematography
and written approval of department head. 200. Topics in Film and History
Staff for the course is the same as for CHEM Same as HIST 200. See HIST 200.
(See Art and Design, School of)
499. Va to 1 unit.
261. Survey of World Cinema, I: The
Labeled Compounds in
496. Isotopically Beginnings through the Coming of Sound
Chemistry and Biology Survey of the development of equipment,
Variable credit course consisting of 2 parts: techniques, and themes of the cinema from its
first half is a practical study of the most origins through the coming of sound; lectures,
commonly used radioisotopes, including discussions, and showings of selected films.

procedures for their safe handling (taught 3 hours.
jointly with the first half of V B 463); last half

of course covers the synthesis and analysis of
262. Survey of World Cinema, II: The Civil and
Thirties to the Present
isotopically labeled compounds using both
Survey of the development of equipment,
Environmental
radioisotopes and stable isotopes. Course
credit is Vi (for the first half only) or 1 unit
techniques, and themes of the cinema from the Engineering
(for the entire course). Prerequisite: CHEM 336. coming of sound to the present; lectures, dis-
cussions, and showings of selected films.
Vi or 1 unit. Students may not receive credit
Head of Department: David E. Daniel
3 hours.
for this course and BIOPH, V B, or ANSCI 463. Department Office: 1114 Newmark
Civil
285. The Jewish Experience in Film Engineering Laboratory, 205 North Mathews
Selected topics focusing on various aspects of Avenue, Urbana
Candidate for the master's degree who elects
Judaism and Jewish culture as it has been Phone: 333-8038
research is required to present a thesis. A thesis URL: www.ce.uiuc.edu
isalways required of students working portrayed in world cinema along with an
toward the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. examination of the contributions of selected
Not all candidates for thesis work necessarily Jewish artists to the cinema. Prerequisite: One
Civil and Environmental Engineering
college course in literature or cinema studies.
are accepted. Any student whose major is in a
3 hours.
(CEE)
department other than chemistry or chemical
engineering must receive permission from the
301. Philosophy and Film 195. Introduction to Civil Engineering
head of the Department of Chemistry to
register in this course. 0to4 units.
Same as PHIL 301. See PHIL 301. Civil engineering orientation course includ-
ing historical developments, educational re-
319. Studies in Russian and East European quirements, relation to science, professional
Cinema practice, and specialties within the profession.
Same as COMM, SLAV, and SPCOM 319. See Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in civil en-
SLAV 319. gineering. hours.
361. Film Theory and Criticism 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar

Study of major aesthetic and critical theories 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
about film; study of theory and practice of film
56 Civil and Environmental Engineering
201. Engineering Surveying 263. Behavior and Design of Metal crete;and behavior of concrete under various
Introduction to surveying and photogramme- Structures, I types of loading and environment; test meth-
try. Prerequisite: CEE 293; credit or concurrent Introduction to the design of metal structures; ods. Laboratory practice is an integral part of
registration in CS 101. 4 hours. behavior of members and their connections; the course. Prerequisite: CEE 210. 3 hours or
and theoretical, experimental, and practical Va unit.
205.Route Surveying and Design bases for proportioning members and their
and layout of routes;
Principles for the design connections. Prerequisite: CEE 261. 3 hours. 315. Construction Productivity
coverage includes horizontal and vertical Introduction of the application of scientific
alignment, route location, earthwork, compu- 264. Reinforced Concrete Design, I principles to the measurement and forecasting
ground and photogrammetric survey
tation, Study of the strength, behavior, and design of of productivity in construction engineering.
methods, and special survey methods for reinforced concrete members subjected to Conceptual and mathematical formulation of
highways, railroads, pipelines, tunnels and moments, shear, and axial forces; extensive the labor, equipment, and material factors
urban construction. Prerequisite: CEE 201 or discussion of the influence of the material affecting productivity. Prerequisite: CEE 216 or
consent of instructor. 3 hours. properties on behavior. Prerequisite: CEE 261. consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
3 hours.
210. Mechanical Behavior of Materials 316. Construction Planning and Control
Same as T A M 224. See T A M 224. 280. Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Project definition; scheduling and control
Foundation Engineering models; material, labor and equipment allo-
216. Construction Engineering Classification of soils, compaction in the labo- cation; optimal schedules; project organiza-
Introduction to the construction processes: ratory and in the field, soil exploration, bor- tion; documentation and reporting systems;
contracting and bonding, planning and sched- ing and sampling, permeability of soils, one- and management and control. Prerequisite:
uling, estimating and project control, produc- dimensional settlement analyses, strength of CEE 216 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or %
tivity models, and construction econometrics. soil, introduction to foundations. Prerequisite: or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: CEE 292; credit or concurrent reg- TAM 221. 3 hours.
istration in C S 101 and CEE 293. 3 hours. 318. Construction Cost Analyses and
284. Geotechnical Engineering Estimates
220. Introduction to Transportation Introduction to applied problems in Geotechnical Introduction to the application of scientific
Engineering Engineering: analysis and design of foundations, principles to costs and estimates of costs in
An introduction to the design, planning, op- bearing capacity and settlement of foundations; construction engineering; concepts and statis-
eration, management, and maintenance of and slopes; ground
stability of excavations tical measurements of the factors involved in
transportation systems. Principles for planning movements due to construction; analysis and direct costs, general overhead costs, cost mark-
integrated multimodal transportation systems design of excavations, retaining walls, slopes ups and profits; and the fundamentals of cost
(highways, air, rail, etc.) are presented. Intro- and underground structures in soil and rock. recording for construction cost accounts and
duction is provided on the layout of highways, Prerequisite: CEE 280. 3 hours. cost controls. Prerequisite: CEE 216 or consent
airports, and railroads with traffic flow mod- of instructor. 3 hours, or A
l
or 1 unit.
els, capacity analysis, and safety. Functional 292. Planning, Design, and Management of
design concepts are introduced for both the Civil Engineering Systems 320. Pavement Analysis and Design, I
facilities and systems areas of study with life Introduction to the formulation and solution Analysis, behavior, performance, and struc-
cycle costing procedures and criteria for opti- of civil engineering problems. Major topics tural design of pavements for highways and
mization. Prerequisite: T A M
221; CEE 293 or are: engineering economy, mathematical mod- airfields; topics include climate factors, agri-
concurrent registration. 3 hours. eling, and optimization. Techniques, includ- cultural, life cycle design economics, and traf-
ing classical optimization, linear and nonlin- fic loadings. Prerequisite: CEE 220 or equiva-
241. Environmental Quality Engineering ear programming, network theory, critical lent. 3 hours, or V> or 1 unit.
Considers the sources, characteristics, trans- path methods, simulation, decision theory,
port, and effects of air and water contami- and dynamic programming are applied with 321. Bituminous Materials and Mix Design
nants; biological, chemical, and physical pro- the aid of personal computers to a variety of Properties and control testing of bituminous
cesses in water; atmospheric structure and civil engineering problems. Prerequisite: materials, aggregates for bituminous mix-
composition; unit operations for air and wa- MATH 130, and credit or concurrent registra- tures, and analysis and design of asphalt con-
ter quality control; solid waste management; tion in MATH 225. 3 hours. crete and liquid asphalt cold mixtures; struc-
and environmental quality standards. Prereq- tural properties ofbituminous mixes; surface
uisite: CHEM 102. 3 hours. 293. Engineering Modeling Under treatment design; and recycling of mixtures.
Uncertainty Prerequisite: CEE 220 or consent of instructor.
255. Introduction to Hydrosystems Identification and modeling of nondetermin- 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
Engineering istic problems in civil engineering, and the
Quantitative aspects of water in the earth's treatment thereof relative to engineering de- 322. Development of Highway Facilities
environment and its engineering implications, sign and decision making. Development of Analysis of factors in developing a highway
including design and analysis of systems stochastic concepts and simulation models, transportation facility; traffic estimates and
directly concerned with use and control of and their relevance to real design and decision assignment; problems of highway geometries
water; presents a quantitative introduction to problems in various areas of civil engineering. and design standards; planning and location
hydrology, hydraulic engineering, and water Prerequisite: MATH 130; credit or concurrent principles; intersection design factors; street
resources planning. Prerequisite: CEE 293 or a registration in MATH 242 recommended. systems and terminal facilities; programming
course in probability or statistics; credit or 3 hours. improvements; drainage design; structural
concurrent registration in T A M
235 and CEE design of surface; concepts of highway
292, or equivalent. 3 hours. 295. Professional Practice management and finance; and highway
Series of lecturesby outstanding authorities maintenance planning. Prerequisite: CEE 220
261. Introduction to Structural Engineering on the practice of civil engineering and its or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Basic topics in the analysis, behavior and de- relations to economics, sociology, and other
sign of trusses and framed structures under fields of human endeavor. Lectures are given 325. Highway Traffic Analysis and Design
static loads; analysis topics include member approximately once a week. Prerequisite: Study of fundamentals of traffic engineering;
forces in trusses, shear and moment diagrams, Junior standing. hours. analysis of traffic stream characteristics; capac-
deflections, simple applications of the force ity of urban and rural highways; design and
method and slope-deflection; and an introduc- 314. Properties and Behavior of Concrete analysis of traffic signals and intersections;
tion to computer applications by means of a Examines the influence of constituent materi- traffic control; traffic impact studies; and traf-
general purpose structural analysis program. als (cements, aggregates and admixtures) on fic accidents. Prerequisite: CEE 220 or consent
Prerequisite: TA M 221. 3 hours. the properties of fresh and hardened concrete; of instructor. 3 hours, or A
}
or 1 unit.
mix design handling and placement of con-
Urban Transportation Planning

330. procedures and decisions that public servants, 348. Atmospheric Chemistry
Same as U P 330. See U P 330. lawyers, engineers, business persons, and citi- Same as ENVST 348. Examines the evolution
zens in general confront with regard to the of the atmosphere from its initial formation
334. Airport Facilities Design environment. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate to its natural background condition to its cur-
Basic principles of airport facilities design to standing, or consent of instructor and credit rent state perturbed by human activities; at-
include aircraft operational characteristics, in an introductory course in pollution control. mospheric chemistry of carbon, nitrogen, and
noise, site selection, land use compatibility, 2 hours or Vi unit. sulfur; atmospheric aerosol and heteroge-
operational area, ground access and egress, neous reactions; material transport; strato-
terminals, ground service areas, airport 342.Water Quality Control Processes spheric ozone and its depletion; airborne ra-
capacity, and special types of airports. Fundamental theory underlying the unit pro- dioactivity and atmospheric ion chemistry.
Prerequisite: Senior standing in CEE, or consent cesses utilized in the treatment of water for Prerequisite: M
E 207, CHEM 340, or ATMOS
of instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. domestic and industrial usage, and in the treat- 301, or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 3
ment of domestic and industrial wastewaters. hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
336. Hazardous Waste Management Prerequisite: CEE 241; credit or concurrent reg-
Analysis of the sources, characteristics, and istration in TAM 235. 3 hours or Vi unit. 349. Air Resources Engineering
environmental and health effects of hazard- Introduction to air pollution; includes the ba-
ous wastes. Legislative and regulatory con- 343. Chemical Principles of Environmental sis for air quality criteria, classification of
trols. Biological, chemical, and thermal de- Engineering Processes sources, and the design of systems to control
struction of hazardous materials. Land Application of principles of chemical equilib- air pollution from stationary sources. Prereq-
disposal of solid residues. Contaminated site rium and chemical kinetics to air and water uisite: CEE 241; credit or concurrent registra-
clean-up. Prerequisite: CEE 342, and CEE 344 quality. Chemistry topics are thermodynam- tion in TAM 235. 3 hours or Vi unit.
or equivalent. 3 hours or Vi unit. ics, kinetics, acid /base chemistry, complex-
ation, precipitation, dissolution, and oxida- 350. Surface Water Hydrology
337. Managing Wastewaters in Aquatic tion/reduction. Specific applications include Study of descriptive and quantitative hydrol-
Ecosystems batch reactors, alkalinity, acidity, buffers, the ogy dealing with the distribution, circulation,
Examines the characteristics of rivers and carbonate system, solubility, water stability, and storage of water on the earth's surface;
lakes which affect the management of domes- corrosion, and disinfectants. Prerequisite: CEE discusses principles of hydrologic processes
tic and industrial wastewaters; includes as- 342 or consent of instructor. 2 or 4 hours, or VS and presents methods of analysis and their
sessment of chemical hazards, and introduc- or J unit. Students taking the course for 4 hours applications to engineering and environmen-
tion to surveillance and biomonitoring, and a or 1 unit enroll for the entire semester; stu- tal problems. Prerequisite: CEE 255 or equiva-
review of regulations governing effluents. dents taking the course for 2 hours or 'A unit lent with consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
Prerequisite: CEE 241 or consent of instructor. take only the first half of the semester. Vi unit.
2 hours or Vi unit.
Waste Management
344. Solid 351. Hydromechanics
338. Biomonitoring: Design, Analysis, and Analysis of the sources, quantities, and Incompressible fluid mechanics with particu-
Interpretation characteristics of solid waste; effect of refuse lar emphasis on topics in analysis and appli-
Discusses the theory and application of on the environment; establishment and cations in civil engineering areas; primary top-
biomonitoring as a component of environ- operation of collection and transportation ics include principles of continuity, momentum
mental management; reviews a range of tech- systems; material recovery systems; energy and energy, kinematics of flow and stream
niques to analyze effluents and assess condi- recovery systems; ultimate disposal systems. functions, potential flow, laminar motion, tur-
tion and trend in the environment, using A term project is required of all graduate bulence, and boundary-layer theory. Prerequi-
biological and ecological systems; and empha- students. Prerequisite: CEE 241 or consent of site: T A M 235 or consent of instructor. 3 hours
sizes biomonitoring program design, selection instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. or Vi unit.
and analysis of data, and interpretation of
biomonitoring results. Prerequisite: CEE 337 or 345. Atmospheric Dispersion Modeling 353. Analysis and Design of Hydraulic
consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. Application of the fundamentals of meteorol- Systems
ogy to air pollution problems including the Hydraulic analysis and design of engineering
339.Environmental Systems Analysis, I transport and diffusion of particulate matter, systems: closed conduits and pipe networks;
Examination of principles of environmental aerosols and gases; precipitation processes hydraulic structures, including spillways, still-
engineering design: applications to mathemati- and rain-out; behavior of stack effluents; ef- ing basins, and embankment seepage; selec-
cal methods, including single and multi-objec- fects of pollutants in the atmosphere. Prereq- tion and installation of hydraulic machinery.
tiveprogramming, to environmental systems; uisite: T A M235 and M
E 205, or equivalent, Prerequisite: T A M
235 or consent of instruc-
economic analysis, including benefit-cost; and or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. tor. 3 hours or Vi unit.
management strategies. Prerequisite: CEE 292;
and CEE 342 or 349. 3 hours or Vi unit. 346. Biological Principles of Environmental 356. Hydraulics of Surface Drainage
Engineering Processes Hydraulic analysis and design of urban, high-
340. Physical Principles of Environmental Application of principles of biochemistry and way, airport, and small rural watershed drain-
Engineering Processes microbiology to air and water quality, wastes, age problems; discussion of overload and
Analysis of the physical principles which form and their engineering management; biological drainage channel flows; hydraulics of storm-
the basis of many water and air quality-con- mediated changes in water and in domestic drain systems and culverts; determination of
trol operations; sedimentation, filtration, in- and industrial wastewater. Prerequisite: CEE design flow; runoff for highways, airports,
ertial separations, flocculation, mixing and 343 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. and urban areas; design of drainage gutters,
principles of reactor design. Prerequisite: CEE channels, sewer networks, and culverts. Pre-
342 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. 347. Stream Ecology requisite: CEE 255 or consent of instructor. 3
Same as EEE 359. Description of physical, hours orVi unit.
341. Regional Environmental Management chemical, and biological characteristics in
Simulation streams and rivers including an integrated 357. Groundwater
Same as ACE 319, ENVST and GEOG 341 and , study of the environmental factors affecting Physical properties of groundwater and aqui-
U P 375. Simulation of environmental, political, the composition and distribution of biota; fers, principles and fundamental equations of
and economic problems facing a midwestern emphasizes the application of ecological porous media flow and mass transport, well
community. Students assume the responsibili- principles in aquatic ecosystem protection and hydraulics and pumping test analysis, role of
ties of planners, environmental quality man- management. Prerequisite: CEE 337 or EEE 212, groundwater in the hydrologic cycle, ground-
agers, lawyers, business managers, land de- or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. water quality and contamination. Prerequisite:
velopers, and other roles and interact to M
CEE 255 and T A 235, or consent of instruc-
resolve these problems. Introduces practical tor. 3 /lours or Vi unit.
58 Civil and Environmental Engineering
361. Methods of Structural Analysis 374. Introduction to Structural Dynamics decision making; Bayesian statistical decision
Direct stiffnessmethod of structural analysis; Analysis of the dynamic response of structures theory, decision tree, utility concepts, and
fundamentals and algorithms; numerical and structural components to transient loads multi-objective decision problems; modeling
analysis of plane trusses, grids and frames; and foundation excitation; single-degree-of- and analysis of uncertainties, practical risk
virtual work and energy principles; introduc- freedom and multidegree-of-freedom sys- evaluation, and formulation of risk-based
tion to the finite element method for plane tems; response spectrum concepts; simple in- design criteria, risk benefit trade-offs, and
stress and plane strain. Prerequisite: CEE 261. and introduction to
elastic structural systems; optimal decisions. Prerequisite: CEE 293 or
4 hours or 1 unit. systems with distributed mass and flexibility. equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
T
Prerequisite: AM
212; MATH
285; CEE 261, or % to 1 unit.
363. Behavior and Design of Metal or equivalent. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. Credit is
Structures, II not given for both CEE 374 and T 311. AM 397.Independent Study in Civil
Metal members under combined loads; con- Engineering
nections, welded and bolted; moment-resis- 375. Welding and Joining Processes Individual investigations or studies of any
tant connections; plate girders, conventional Same as MATSE and MET E 344. See MATSE phase of civil engineering selected by the
behavior, and tension field action. Prerequisite: 344. student and approved by the department.
CEE 263. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. 1 to
378. Introduction to the Design of Ocean 4 hours, or to 4 units.
364. Reinforced Concrete Design, II Structures
Study of the strength, behavior, and design Introduction to design and construction of 398. Civil Engineering Special Topics
of indeterminate reinforced concrete struc- civil engineering structures in the ocean and Structured presentations of new and develop-
tures, with primary emphasis on slab systems; to associated engineering operations; princi- ing areas of knowledge in civil engineering
emphasis on the strength of slabs and on the pal topics include water wave mechanics, en- offered by the faculty to augment the formal
available methods of design of slabs spanning gineering oceanography, wave and current courses available. Prerequisite: Individually
in two directions, with or without support- forces, and design considerations for fixed and identified for each offering under this course
ing beams. Prerequisite: CEE 264. 3 hours, or V* floating structures. Prerequisite: T A M 235; number; see Timetable. 1 to 4 hours, or 'A to
or 1 unit. CEE 261; CEE 293. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. 1 unit.
365. Design of Structural Systems 379.Applied Structural Mechanics 410. Advanced Topics in Construction
The whole structural design process includ- Study of beams under lateral load; beams with Materials
ing definition of functional requirements, se- combined lateral load and thrust; beams on Lectures and discussions related to advanced
lection of structural scheme, formulation of elastic foundations; applications of Fourier topics in the science and technology materials
design criteria, preliminary and computer- series and virtual work principles to beam- used in civil engineering construction.
aided proportioning, and analysis of response, type structures; stress and strain in three Prerequisite: As specified for each section, or
cost, and value. Prerequisite: Credit in either dimensions; applications to flexure of beams consent of instructor. It is expected that each
CEE 263 or 264 with concurrent registration and plates; elements of the engineering theory section will require a 300-level course as a
in the other. 3 hours or 1 unit. of plates; and torsion of thin-walled open prerequisite or co-requisite. Va to 1 unit. May
sections. Prerequisite: MATH 285. 3 hours, or Vi be repeated in the same or separate semesters
367.Masonry Structures or 1 unit. to a maximum of 4 units.
Introduction to analysis, design and construc-
tion of masonry structures. Mechanical 383. Soil Mechanics and Soil Behavior 416.Systems Analysis, I: Systems
properties of clay and concrete masonry units, Composition and structure of soil; water flow Methodology and Network Techniques
mortar,and grout. Compressive, tensile, flexural, and hydraulic properties; stress in soil; com- Same as I E 416. See I E 416.
and shear behavior of masonry structural compressibility behavior and properties of soils;
ponents. Strength and behavior of unreinforced consolidation and settlement analysis; shear 420. Pavement Analysis and Design, II
bearing walls. Detailed design of reinforced ma- strength of soils; compaction and unsaturated Development of models for and analysis of
sonry beams, columns, structural walls with and soils; experimental measurements. Prerequi- pavement systems; use of transfer functions
without openings, and complete lateral-force site: CEE 280 or equivalent, or consent of in- relating pavement response to pavement per-
resisting building systems. Prerequisite: CEE structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. formance; evaluation and application of cur-
264 or first course in reinforced concrete de- rent pavement design practices and proce-
sign. 3 hours, or A
3
to 1 unit. 384. Applied Soil Mechanics dures; analysis of the effects of maintenance
Application of soil mechanics to earth pres- activities on pavement performance; and eco-
368. Prestressed Concrete sures and retaining walls, stability of slopes, nomic evaluation of highway and airport
Study of strength, behavior, and design of pre- foundations for structures, excavations; con- pavements. Prerequisite: CEE 320. 1 unit.
stressed reinforced concrete members and struc- struction considerations; instrumentation. Pre-
tures, with primary emphasis on pretensioned, requisite: CEE 383 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. 421. Pavement Evaluation, Maintenance,
precast construction; emphasis on the necessary and Agricultural
coordination between design and construction 391. Computer Methods in Civil Concepts and procedures for condition sur-
techniques in prestressing. Prerequisite: CEE Engineering vey rating; evaluation by nondestructive test-
264. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Same as CSE 315. Review of programming ing (roughness, skid resistance, structural ca-
concepts; formulation and programming of pacity); and destructive testing, maintenance
369. Behavior and Design of Wood numerical, data processing, and logical strategies, and rehabilitation of pavement sys-
Structures problems with applications from various tems for highways and airfields. Prerequisite:
Mechanical properties of wood, stress grades branches of civil engineering; organization of CEE 320. 1 unit.
and working stresses; effects of strength-re- programs and data; and development and use
ducing characteristics, moisture content, and of problem-oriented programming languages 423. Highway
Materials Stabilization
duration of loading and causes of wood dete- in civil engineering. Prerequisite: S 101 or C and soils with ce-
Stabilization of aggregates
rioration; glued-laminated timber and ply- equivalent; senior or graduate standing in civil ment, lime, bituminous materials, and other
wood; behavior and design of connections, engineering; or consent of instructor. 3 hours stabilizing agents; emphasis on basic stabili-
beams, and beam-columns; design of build- or 1 unit. zation reactions, properties of stabilized ma-
ings and bridges; other structural applications: terials, and composition design. Prerequisite:
trusses, rigid frames, arches, and pole-type 393. Engineering Decision and Risk CEE 220 or consent of instructor. I unit.
buildings;and prismatic plates and hyperbolic Analysis

paraboloids. Prerequisite: CEE 261 and one of: Development of modern statistical decision 424. Transportation Soils Engineering
CEE 263, or 264. 3 hours, or M or 1 unit. theory and risk analysis, and application of Occurrence and properties of surficial soils,
these concepts in civil engineering design and soil classification systems, soil variability;
subgrade evaluation procedures, repeated monitoring and laboratory experiments; 467. Behavior of Reinforced Concrete
loading behavior of soils; soil compaction and methods of sample analysis and their limita- Structures
field control; soil moisture, soil temperature, tions. Prerequisite: MATH 285 and CEE 349; or Study of the strength and behavior of assem-
and frost action; soil trafficability and subgrade consent of instructor. 1 unit. blages of reinforced concrete members, includ-
stability for transportation facility engineering. ing a study of the applicability of traditional
Prerequisite: CEE 383 or equivalent. 2 unit. 450. Advanced Hydrologic Modeling elastic design procedures to structures which
Application of deterministic and probabilis- exhibit inelastic behavior under the influence
439. Environmental Systems Analysis, II tic concepts to simulate and analyze hydro- of both short and long term loadings. Prereq-
Examination of advanced topics in environ- logic systems; discussion of the theory and uisite: CEE 466. 2 unit.
mental systems analysis with emphasis on the application of linear and nonlinear, lumped,
mathematical modeling of water quality sys- and distributed systems techniques in mod- 469.Thin Shell Structures
tems and multi-objective programming meth- eling the various phases of the hydrologic Fundamental membrane and bending theo-
ods of analysis. Large scale optimization mod- cycle. Prerequisite: CEE 350 or consent of in- ries of shells; application of theories to analy-
els and inter-relationships between water structor. 2 unit. sis and design of folded plates and cylindri-
quality and water quantity analyses, e.g., res- cal, rotational, and translational shells;
ervoir operation. Prerequisite: CEE 339. 1 unit. 451. Open-Channel Hydraulics membrane stresses and deflections; and ap-
Advanced hydraulics of free surface flow in proximate bending solutions by variational,
440. Processes forWater Quality Control, I rivers and open channels; discussion of theory, finite-difference, and finite-element methods.
Theory and basic design of processes used in analytical and numerical solution techniques, Prerequisite: CEE 473 or consent of instructor.
water and wastewater treatment, including and their applications to gradually and 1 unit.
adsorption, ion exchange, chemical oxidation rapidly varied nonuniform flows, unsteady
and reduction, disinfection, sedimentation, flow, and flow in open-channel networks. 473. Theory of Plates
filtration, coagulation, flocculation, and Prerequisite: CEE 351 or equivalent. 2 unit. Classical plate bending theory; emphasis on
chemical precipitation. Prerequisite: Credit or methods of solution including series expan-
concurrent registration in CEE 340 and 343, 455. Transport Processes in Water sions, variational procedures, and finite ele-
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Physical processes involved in transport of ment techniques applicable to plate-type
pollutants by water; turbulent diffusion and commonly encountered in practice;
structures
441. Modeling of Water Quality in Natural longitudinal dispersion in rivers, pipes, lakes, consideration of inplane loads, large deflec-
Systems and the ocean; diffusion in turbulent jets, tions, buckling, and anisotropy. Prerequisite:
Same as CSE 464. Studies mathematical mod- buoyant jets, and plumes. Prerequisite: MATH MATH 285. 2 unit.
eling of the movement and fate of pollutants 280 and 285, and T A M
235, or consent of
and other substances and
in streams, lakes, instructor. 2 unit. 475. Steel Structures: Fatigue and Fracture
other natural water bodies; the emphasis is on Examines fatigue and fracture behavior of steel
the development of practical models of 457. Modeling of Groundwater Flow and structures and connections; discusses relevant
aquatic systems. Prerequisite: CEE 340 or 351. Solute Transport fatigue and fracture mechanics theory and ex-
2 unit. Same as CSE 465. Examines theory and perimental data and applies them to an assess-
application of numerical methods, finite ment of behavior and current design specifi-
442. Processes for Water Quality Control, II differences and finite element, for solving the cation practice. Prerequisite: CEE 363. 2 unit.
Theory and its application for design and op- equations of groundwater flow and solute
eration of processes used in water and waste- transport; transport of chemically reacting 477. Probabilistic Bases for Structural
water treatment; emphasis is on biological solutes; model calibration and verification. Loads and Design
treatment processes and related processes for Prerequisite: CEE 357 or consent of instructor; Application of probabilistic methods in de-
gas transfer, sludge dewatering, sludge dis- MATH 285 or equivalent. 1 unit. scribing and defining loads on structures with
posal,and solids separations. Prerequisite: CEE emphasis on the random fluctuation in time
340 and 343, and credit or concurrent registra- 459.Sediment Transport and space. Introduction to random vibration
tion in CEE 346, or consent of instructor. 2 unit. Physical processes of transportation and methods and applications to dynamic re-
deposition of sediment particles in liquid sponse of structures under wind and earth-
443. Unit Operations in Environmental bodies with particular emphasis on fluvial quake loads. Computer simulation of struc-
Engineering sediment problems; sediment in desilting tural loads and responses. Probability-based
Experimental and pilot plant studies of unit basins; reservoirs and delta formation; safety criteria and review of current methods
operations and unit processes in environmen- erosion; stable channel design; and river of selection of design loads and load combi-
tal engineering, emphasizing water treatment porphology. Prerequisite: CEE 451 or consent nations. Prerequisite: CEE 293 and 374, or
and wastewater treatment; evaluation of pa- of instructor. 2 unit. equivalent, or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
rameters for the design of biological waste
treatment units; determination of chemical 465. Behavior of Structural Metal 478. Finite Element Methods in Solid and
requirements for water treatment processes; Frameworks Structural Mechanics
and studies of anaerobic digestion. Prerequi- Theories of ultimate behavior of metal struc- Same as CSE 451. Theory and application of
site:CEE 440 or credit or concurrent registra- tural members with emphasis on buckling and the finite element method; stiffness matrices
tion in CEE 442, or consent of instructor. 2 unit. stability of members and frames; theory of for triangular, quadrilateral, and isoparamet-
torsion applied to beam torsion, lateral-tor- ric elements; two- and three-dimensional ele-
448. Control of Air Pollution from sional buckling, curved beams with empha- ments; algorithms necessary for the assembly
Stationary Sources sis on design criteria; post-buckling strength and solution; direct stress and plate bending
Same as M E 411. Study of the basic theory of of plates and post-buckling versus column problems for static, nonlinear buckling and
pollution control devices and their application behavior. Prerequisite: CEE 363. 2 unit. dynamic load conditions; displacement, hy-
to air pollution control
problems. Prerequisite: brid, and mixed models together with their
Credit or concurrent registration in CEE 340 466. Behavior of Reinforced Concrete origin in variational methods. Prerequisite:
and 343, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Members TA M
451, or CEE 379, or consent of instruc-
In-depth study of the behavior of reinforced tor. 2 unit.
449. Techniques and Instrumentation in concrete members, including the relationships
Air Sampling between behavior and building code require- 479. Earthquake Engineering
Same as ENVST 449. Studies principles of ments. Prerequisite: CEE 264. 2 unit. Study of the effects of earthquakes on con-
sampling for particles and gases in the field structed works and of the design of structures
of air pollution; examines instrumental tech- to resist earthquake motions; earthquake
niques relevant to the design of sampling sys- ground motions and mechanisms; response of
tems used in process control, ambient air structures to earthquake motion; behavior of
60 Classical Civilization
materials, elements, assemblages and struc- equivalent; T A M

321 or equivalent; or Classical Civilization (CLCIV)
tures subjected to earthquake motion; prin- consent of instructor. 1 unit.
ciples of earthquake resistant design; and spe- 100. Vocabulary Building from Greek and
cial topics. Prerequisite: CEE 374. 1 unit. 487. Rock Mechanics, II
Latin Roots
Application of rock mechanics to engineering
Vocabulary building assistance for students
480. Earth Pressures and Retaining problems; shear strength of rock masses; dy-
through an analysis of Greek and Latin roots,
Structures namic and static stability of rock slopes;
prefixes, and suffixes found in English. 2 hours.
Classical and modern earth pressure theories deformability of rock masses; design of pres-
and their experimental justification; pressures sure tunnel linings and dam foundations; con- 102. Medical Terminology from Greek and
and bases for design of retaining walls, trolled blastingand blasting vibrations; tun- Latin Roots
bracing of open cuts, anchored bulkheads, nel support; machine tunneling; design and Introduction to the study of the Greek and
cofferdams, runnels, and culverts. Prerequisite: construction of large underground openings; Latin roots of contemporary medical terminol-
Credit or concurrent registration in CEE 384. and field instrumentation. Prerequisite: CEE ogy and to the linguistic patterns governing
1 unit. 486 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
their combination and usage. 3 hours.
481. Earth Dams and Related Problems 495. Civil and Environmental Engineering 110. Introduction to Greek Culture
Fundamentals of problems of slope stability; Seminar Study of social and cultural life in Greece
seepage in composite sections and anisotropic Discussion of current topics in civil and during the classical period. 2 hours. Credit is
materials; methods
of stability analysis; environmental engineering and related fields not given for both CLCIV 110 and 114.
mechanism of failure of natural and artificial by staff, students, and visiting lecturers. to
slopes; compaction; and field observations. A unit. May be repeated.
l
111. Mythology of Greece and Rome

Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration Study of the major myths of Greece and Rome
in CEE 384. 1 unit. 497.Independent Study in Civil and their impact upon later art, music, and
Engineering literature. 2 hours. Credit is not given for both
482. Advanced Analysis of Consolidation Individual investigations or studies of any CLCIV 111 and 115.
of Clays phase of civil engineering selected by the stu-
Elastic solutions relevant to soil mechanics; dent and approved by the adviser and the staff 112. The Roman Achievement
permeability; general application of Terzaghi's member who will supervise the investigation. Introduction to Roman civilization through
theory of one-dimensional consolidation; ad- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 4 units. the study of the social and cultural life of
vances in consolidation theories; mechanism ancient Rome. 2 hours. Credit is not given for
of volume change; delayed and secondary 498. Civil Engineering Special Topics both CLCIV 112 and 116.
compressibility and creep; theory of three-di- Structured presentations of new and develop-
mensional consolidation and solutions; radial ing areas of knowledge in civil engineering at 114. Introduction to Greek Culture
flow and design of sand drains; and analysis an advanced graduate level. Prerequisite: In- Studies the social and cultural life in Greece
and control of settlement. Prerequisite: CEE dividually identified for each offering under during the classical period. Shares two hours
383. 1 unit. this course number; see Timetable. 'A to 1 unit. of lecture with CLCIV 110; additional hour of
lecture-discussion for a closer analysis of
483. Advanced Analysis of Shear Strength 499. Thesis Research topics. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
of Soils 0to4 units.
CLCIV 114 and 110.
Physico-chemical properties of soils; fabric and
structure of soil; mechanism of shearing resis- 115. Mythology of Greece and Rome
tance; residual shear strength of overconsolidated Studies the major myths of Greece and Rome
clays and clay shales; long-term shear strength and their impact upon later art, music, and
of overconsolidated clays; Hvorslev shear literature. Shares two hours of lecture with
strength parameters; and undrained shear CLCIV 111; additional hour of lecture-
strength of clays. Prerequisite: CEE 383. 1 unit. Classical discussion for a closer analysis of topics. 3
hours. Credit is not given for both CLCIV 115
484. Foundation Engineering Civilization and 111.
study of case histories of projects in
Critical
foundation engineering; current procedure for (See Classics) 116. The Roman Achievement
design and construction of foundations, Introduces Roman civilization through the
embankments, and waterfront structures. study of the social and cultural life of ancient
Prerequisite: CEE 384. 1 unit. Rome. Shares two hours of lecture with CLCIV
112; additional hour of lecture-discussion for
485. Behavior and Design of Deep a closer analysis of topics. 3 hours. Credit is
Foundations not given for both CLCIV 116 and 112.
Ultimate capacities and load-deflection of
piles and drilled shafts subjected to compres-
Classics 120. Origins of Western Literature
sive loads, tensile loads, and lateral loads; ef- Same as C LIT 120. Origins and development
fects of duration of load, soil-structure inter- Chair.David Sansone of selected major genres in Western literature,
action; two andthree dimensional analysis of Department Office: 4072 Foreign Language emphasizing the relationship between classi-
pile groups with closely spaced piles; effects Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana cal representatives and their modem succes-
of installation; inspection of deep foundations Phone: 333-1008 sors. 3 hours.
and full-scale field tests. Prerequisite: CEE 383, URL: wsi.cso.uiuc.edu/classics
384, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 131. Introduction to Classical Archaeology:
Includes Classical Civilization (CLCIV), Greece

486. Rock Mechanics, I Coptic (COP), Greek (GRK), and Latin (LAT) Introduction to the archaeology of ancient
Physical properties and classification of intact Greece and the Aegean world. 3 hours.
rock, theories of rock failure, state of stress in Note: The following courses presuppose no
the earth's crust, stresses and deformations 132. Introduction to Classical Archaeology:
knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages
around underground openings assuming and are open to all students. For other courses Rome and Italy
elastic, plastic, and time-dependent behavior; Introduction to the archaeology of Italy and
in the area of classical civilization, see ARCH
effect of geologic discontinuities on rock 210; ARTHI 215, 216, and323; HIST 181, 182,
Rome to the fall of the Roman Empire. 3 hours.
strength; and introduction to stability analyses
381, 382, 383, and 384; PHIL 203 and 310; POL
in rock. Prerequisite: CEE 383; GEOL 450 or S 393; and RELST 201, 202, and 340.
Classics 61
150. Sports in Greece and Rome 292. Senior Thesis pottery, will be offered in separate semesters.
Same as KINES 141. Athletics and sports in Thesis and honors; for candidates for depart- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Classical
ancient Greece and Rome from 776 B.C. to 393 mental distinction in classical civilization and Civilization, Art History, Anthropology, Archi-
A.D. 2 hoars. for other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior standing tecture, or History, or consent of instructor. 1
and consent of Classics Honors Program. 2 to unit. Maybe repeated to a maximum of 3 units.
160. Ancient Greek and Roman Religion 4 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.)
Same as RELST 160. Study of Greek and
Roman Paganism and the rise of Christianity 298. Senior Survey Coptic (COP)
within that context. Readings are confined to For candidates for departmental distinction in
ancient sources in English translation. 3 hours. the classics major. Prerequisite: Senior standing, 301. Introductory Coptic, I
and consent Honors Program. 2 to

of Classics Same as LING 314 and RELST 301. Introduc-
191.Freshman Honors Tutorial 4 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) grammar and
tion to the principles of Coptic
Study of selected topics on an individually and gnostic texts. 3
to the reading of biblical
arranged basis. Open only to honors majors 315. Greek, Roman, and Medieval hours or Vi unit. A knowledge of classical or
or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi- Rhetorical Theory koine Greek, though useful, is not required.
site: Consent of departmental honors adviser. Same as SPCOM 315. See SPCOM 315.
1 to May be repeated once.
3 hours. 302. Introductory Coptic, II
318. Etruscan and Italic Art Same as LING 315 and RELST 302. Continua-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as ARTHI 318. See ARTHI 318. tion of COP 301; reading of gnostic and
1 to 5 liours. May be repeated. postbiblical texts. Prerequisite: COP 301 3 hours .
The Archaeology of Greece

343. or Vi unit.
217. Greek Art Same as ARTHI 315. Monuments, material
Same as ARTHI 215. See ARTHI 215. remains, and sculpture and other arts illus-
trating the development of GRK civilization Greek (GRK)
Roman Art
218. to 323 B.C. Prerequisite: A course in ancient
Same as ARTHI 216. See ARTHI 216. history, art, or language, or consent of instruc- 101. Elementary Greek, I
tor. 3 hours or unit. % Same as RELST 111 Introduces ancient Greek
.
The Heroic Tradition

221. (both classical and koine), including the
Same as C LIT 263. Study of ancient epics and The Archaeology of Italy
344. reading of simple prose. 4 hours.
their relation to the social consciousness of Same as ARTHI 316. Monuments, material
their period; introductory and background remains, and sculpture and other arts illus- 102. Elementary Greek, II
and readings in the epic tradition of
lectures; trating the development of Graeco-Roman Same as RELST 112. Continuation of GRK 1 01
antiquity and its successors. Prerequisite: and other ancient Italian civilizations to 330 Grammar and reading in classical and koine
Sophomore standing or consent of instructor. A. D. Prerequisite: A course in ancient history, Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 101. 4 hours.
3 hours. art or language, or consent of instructor. 3
hours or Va unit. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
222.The Tragic Spirit 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
Same as C LIT 264. Readings in the tragic 345. FieldWork in Classical Archaeology
drama of Greece and Rome; a systematic study Participation in archaeological excavation: 201. Classical and Koine Greek Prose
of the contents and development of this methods of stratigraphic excavation and ma- Same as RELST 200. Readings in classical
classical literary/dramatic genre. Prerequisite: terial analysis are discussed and practiced in Greek prose, and narrative and epistolary New
Sophomore standing or consent of instructor; actual working conditions. Will be offered Testament texts. Prerequisite: GRK 102. 4 hours.
completion of campus Composition I general during spring, summer or fall semesters, as
education requirement (applies to writing- Consent of
faculty activities allow. Prerequisite: and Koine Greek Prose, II
202. Classical
intensive sections taken for Composition II instructor. 1 to May be
4 hours, or 'A to 1 unit. Same as RELST 204. Continuation of GRK 201
credit.). 3 hours. repeated to a maximum of 12 hours or 3 units. Further readings in classical Greek prose, and
narrative and epistolary New Testament texts.
The Development of the Ancient City
231. 382. Computer-Based Foreign Language Prerequisite: GRK 201 or equivalent. 4 hours.
Same as ARTHI 217. Monuments and archaeo- Teaching
logical remains illustrating the development Same as E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN, ITAL, 292. Senior Thesis
of the Greek and Roman city (polis). Prerequi- PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. Thesis and honors. Open to candidates for
site: Sophomore standing or consent of instruc- See HUMAN 382. distinction in Greek. Prerequisite: Senior
tor. 3 hours. standing, and consent of Classics Honors
390. Topics in Classical Literature Program. 2 to 4 hours. (Counts for advanced
232. Ancient Greek Sanctuaries Same as C LIT 307. Study of selected topics in hours in LAS.)
Same as ARTHI 218 and RELST 232. Survey Greek and Latin literature in translation;
of the archaeological remains of ancient Greek content is variable. Prerequisite: A 200 level 298. Senior Survey
sanctuaries and their importance to ancient classical civilization course, or consent of For candidates for honors in Greek and for
society and religion. Prerequisite: Sophomore instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. May be other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior standing, and
standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours. repeated. consent of Classics Honors Program. 2 or 4
240. Sexand Gender in Classical Antiquity 391. Topics in Classical Archaeology and
Same as C LIT 262 and W
S 240. Understand- Civilization: Seminar and Tutorial 301. Homeric Greek
ing of the place of women in ancient societies Study of selected topics; variable content. Introduction to Epic Greek; readings of
can be gained through the examination of the Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, Homer. Prerequisite: GRK 202 or equivalent. 3
ways in which the ancients conceptualized sex or V* to \ unit. May be repeated. hours or Vi unit.
and gender. The myths, religion, art and lit-
erature of Egypt, Greece, Rome and the Near 415. Seminar in Ancient Art 310. Introduction to Indo-European
East contain a wide array of representations Same as ARTHI 415. See ARTHI 415. Linguistics
of men and women, of their emotions, as well Same as LAT 310 and LING 309. See LING 309.
as of their social, legal and political status and 420. Seminar in Classical Archaeology
relations. 3 hours. Same as ARTHI 420. Problems in classical ar- 311.Greek Prose Composition
chaeology. Various topics in all fields of classi- Practice in the writing of Greek prose.
cal archeology such as ancient topography, Prerequisite: GRK 201 or equivalent. 3 hours or
agricultural practices, ancient industries and Vi unit.
crafts, and trade patterns as documented by

62 Communications
391.Readings in Greek Literature at a rapid rate; use of computer-assisted instructor. 3 hours, or 3

A or 1 unit. May be
Readings in authors or special topics chosen individual mastery lessons. 8 hours. repeated for credit.
by the instructor from the entire extant
literature in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 301 or 106. Intensive Intermediate Latin 393. Independent Reading
equivalent. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. May be Equivalent to LAT 103 and 104. Review of Prerequisite: LAT
202 and consent of the
repeated. grammar and syntax and reading of easy instructor. 1 to 'A to 1 unit. May be
4 hours, or
prose and poetry for students who have repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or 3 units.
393. Independent Reading attained 102 proficiency and wish to advance
Prerequisite: GRK 301 and consent of instructor. more rapidly; use of computer-assisted 400. Beginning Latin for Graduate
1 to 4 hours, or 14 to 1 unit. May be repeated (to program materials. Prerequisite: LAT 102 or Students
a maximum of 8 hours or 3 units). 1 05, or a placement score showing high school Basic grammar, syntax, and vocabulary;
achievement equivalent to LAT 102. 8 hours. reading practice. Designed for graduate
411. Advanced Composition students who need to use Latin in their
Practice in writing continuous Greek prose, 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar research. 4 hours. No graduate credit.
with special attention to stylistic problems. 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
Prerequisite: GRK 311 or equivalent. '/: unit. 401. Readings in Latin for Graduate
201. Survey of Latin Literature Students
420. Proseminar The republican period. Prerequisite: LAT 104 Directed readings, largely in medieval and
Alternating poetry and prose, concentrates on or four years of high school Latin. 3 hours. modern Latin. Designed for graduate students
a major author from one of the following areas: (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) who need to use Latin in their research.
epic, history, lyric poetry, oratory, drama, or Prerequisite: LAT 400 or two years of high
philosophy. Areas normally follow this 202.Survey of Latin Literature school Latin, or equivalent. 4 hours. No
sequence in successive years. Prerequisite: GRK The imperial period. Prerequisite: LAT 104 or graduate credit.
391 or equivalent. 1 unit. May be repeated as four years of high school Latin. 3 hours.
topics vary, to a total of 5 units. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) 411. Advanced Composition
Practice in writing Latin prose, with special
431. Special Disciplines 271. Introduction to Second Language attention to stylistic questions. Prerequisite:
Same as LAT 431. Variable content course Learning and Teaching LAT 311 or equivalent. Vi unit.
concentrating on an area such as comparative Same as FR, GER, HUMAN, RUSS, and SPAN
grammar, epigraphy, metrics, palaeography, 271. See SPAN 271. 420. Proseminar
or papyrology Prerequisite: GRK 391 and LAT Alternating poetry and prose, concentrates on
391, or equivalent. 1 unit. May be repeated as 275.Developing and Implementing a major author from one of the following areas:
topics vary. Communicative Language Teaching epic, oratory, lyric and elegiac poetry, history,
Same as FR, GER, RUSS, and SPAN 275. See drama, philosophy, satire, or epistolography.
480.Greek Seminar SPAN 275. Areas normally follow this sequence in
Research on special problems of Greek litera- successive years. Prerequisite: LAT 391 or
ture; required of all majors in classical philol- 278. Current Issues in Secondary Language equivalent. 2 unit. May be repeated as topics
ogy. Prerequisite: A Greek proseminar. 1 unit. Teaching vary to a maximum of 5 units.
Same as FR, GER, RUSS, and SPAN 278. See
495. Introduction to Classical Studies SPAN 278. 431. Special Disciplines
Same as LAT 495. Introductory survey for Same as GRK 431. See GRK 431.
graduate students in classics; prepares stu- 292. Senior Thesis
dents for work at the graduate level and sur- Thesis and honors. For candidates for honors 480. Latin Seminar
veys basic bibliography and methodology. Pre- in Latin and for other seniors. Prerequisite: Research on special problems of Latin litera-
requisite: Graduate standing in classics. 1 unit. Senior standing, and consent of Classics ture; required of all majors in classical philol-
Honors Program. 2 or 4 hours. (Counts for ogy. Prerequisite: A Latin proseminar. 1 unit.
499. Thesis Research advanced hours in L A S.)
Guidance in writing theses for advanced 495. Introduction to Classical Studies
degrees. to 4 units. 298. Senior Survey Same as GRK 495. See GRK 495.
For candidates for honors in Latin and for
other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior standing and 499. Thesis Research
Latin (LAT; consent of Classics Honors Program. 2 or 4 Guidance in writing theses for advanced
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) degrees. to 4 units.
101. Elementary Latin
Grammar and reading for students who have 310. Introduction to Indo-European
had no work in Latin. 4 hours. Linguistics
Same as GRK 310 and LING 309. See LING
102. Elementary Latin 309.
Grammar and reading of easy prose. Prereq-
uisite: LAT 101 or one year of high school Latin.
311. Intermediate Prose Composition
Practice in the writing of Latin prose. Prereq-
Communications
4 hours.
Credit or concurrent registration in
uisite: LAT
103. Intermediate Latin 201 or the equivalent. 3 hours or Vi unit. Chairperson of Committee on Graduate Study:
Review grammar; reading of easy narrative
of Clifford Christians
prose. Prerequisite: LAT 102 or two years of 360. Medieval Latin Office: 222B Armory, 505 East Armory Avenue,
high school Latin. 4 hours. Literary and historical texts in prose and Champaign
poetry will be read in the original; the course Phone: 333-1549
104. Introduction to Latin Literature will also cover patristic writings. Prerequisite: URL: www.comm.uiuc.edu/icr/home
Continuation of LAT 103, with readings Two years of college Latin, or consent of the
chiefly in Latin poetic literature. 4 hours. instructor. 3 hours or V* unit.
105. Intensive Elementary Latin 391. Readings in Latin Literature

Equivalent to LAT
101 and 102. Introduction Readings in authors or special topics chosen
to basic grammar and syntax for students who by the instructor from the entire extant
have had no previous Latin and want to learn literature in Latin. Prerequisite: Three years of
college Latin or equivalent; consent of
Communications 63
Communications (COMM) 251. Social Aspects of Mass munications. Specific topics will vary accord-
Communications ing to instructor's focus, but may include hu-
101. The Social and Cultural Foundations Same as JOURN and SOC 251. Media struc- man dimensions of global communication,
tures related to cultural content and functions; intercultural communication, media impact,
of the Mass Media
problems of life and society as treated in mass- structure and processes of institutional com-
Analysis of the evolution and structure of the
produced communications. Prerequisite: Reg- munication (i.e. propaganda, diplomacy). Pre-
mass media in the United States with special
istration in the College of Communications or requisite: Registration in the College of Com-
emphasis on the effects of the mass media on
consent of the college. 3 hours. munications or consent of the College. 3 hours.
public life. Prerequisite: Freshman or sopho-
more standing. 3 hours. Does not count toward
256. Women in Popular Film and 291. Special Problems
major requirements in the College of Commu-
Television Special projects, research, and independent
nications.
Same as W S 286. Course begins by examin- reading in communications for students ca-
ing the notion that the mass media might in- pable of individual work under the guidance
166. Media Literacy
fluence our development as gendered indi- of a faculty adviser. Prerequisite: Consent of
Develops students' ability and skills to ana-
viduals, looking at those who have argued college. 1 to 3 hours.
lyze, assess, and critically evaluate media im-
both for and against this notion. It then con-
ages, words, sounds, and presentations that
siders briefly the different forms of feminist 295.Honors Research Seminar in Media
comprise mass culture, and to understand the
theory which exist, and how they have been Studies
media's roles in the contemporary world. As
applied to the study of the mass media. These An honors research seminar open to qualified
part of their learning in the course, students
introductory weeks are followed by an exami- Media Studies' majors, and to other advanced
prepare their own media, use logs and evalu-
nation of the development of images of students in the College of Communications.
ate their exposure to media and advertising.
women in film and and an exami-
television, The seminar has two primary goals: (a) to in-
3 hours.
nation of how these images might function for troduce students to alternative research ap-
different segments of the female audience. The proaches used in the scholarly study of mass
course also looks at the history of these me- communication; and (b) to enable students to
dia, the history of their portrayal of women, employ one or more of these methodological
201. Information, Technology and feminist criticisms of these portrayals, femi- approaches in producing an independent re-
Organizations nist discussions of the appeal of specifically search project on a topic of their choos- won
"female" genres such as melodramas and soap ing. The seminar meets as a group only for
Same as LIS 201. See LIS 201.
operas to the female audience, feminist at- the first several weeks of the semester, to dis-
202. SocialAspects of Information Systems tempts to create alternatives to mainstream cuss different research methodologies used in
Same as LIS 202. See LIS 202. images in various media, and the representa- mass communication research and to present
tion of women of color in the dominant me- topics to the class; and for the last two weeks
Communications
217. History of dia. 3 hours. of the term, to present completed projects to
Same as JOURN 217. Nature and development the larger group. Otherwise students meet
of communication systems; history of commu- 261.American Broadcasting and regularly with instructor (and any other ad-
nication media; history of journalism, adver- Telecommunications visers they may have chosen from among the
tising, and broadcasting; and communications Examines the history and principal issues of media studies faculty) to discuss and provide
in the modern world. Prerequisite: Registration American broadcasting and the electronic evidence of progress of their independent re-
in the College of Communications or consent media; the context of prior forms of mass com- search papers. Prerequisite: At least 2 courses
of the college. 3 hours. munication and ideas about purposes and in Media Studies. 2 hours.
terms of control; the important social, eco-
Communications and Public Opinion
218. nomic, political, and cultural questions bear- 308. Cultural Analysis of Screen Media
Same as JOURN 218. See JOURN 218. ing on AMand FM radio, commercial televi- Same as SPCOM 308. See SPCOM 308.
sion, public broadcasting, cable and new
220. Communications and Popular Culture forms of electronic communication; issues in 310. Media Ethics
Same as JOURN 220. Examines the critical programming and service content; and basic Surveys the major ethical problems in news,
literature on mass media entertainment; legal and regulatory matters. Prerequisite: Reg- publications advertising, publications and
reviews significant contemporary issues and istration in the College of Communications or entertainment media; includes case studies
develops perspectives for understanding consent of the college. 3 hours. and moral reasoning on confidentiality,
popular culture. Prerequisite: Registration in privacy, conflict of interests, deception,
the College of Communications or consent of 264. Economic Structure of Communication violence, and pornography. Prerequisite:
the college. 3 hours. Describes and analyzes the economic struc- Consent of college or consent of instructor. 3
tures, policies, and current problems of fields hours or 1 unit.
221. Film Culture: Interpretation and such as telecommunications, publishing,
Theories broadcasting and cable, film, recorded music, 319. Studies in Russian and East European
Introduces students to key issues of, major and postal service; examines how copyrights, Cinema
theoretical approaches to, and current debates patents, antitrust laws, and government regu- Same as CINE, SLAV, and SPCOM 319. See
about the cultural function of films. Course lation bear on the communications industry. SLAV 319.
addresses theories of spectatorship, the poli- Prerequisite: Consent of college. 3 hours.
tics of pleasure, the culture of entertainment, 322. Politics and the Media
and the cinematic construction of race, class 275. History and Development of Latina/ Same as POL S 322 and SPCOM 325. See
and gender. 3 hours. Latino Media in the United States SPCOM 325.
Same as LLS 275. Examines the portrayal and
231. Mass Communication in a Democratic participation of Larinas and Latinos in the U.
323. Language Acquisition
Society S. media using a variety of interdisciplinary
Same as LING and PSYCH 323. See PSYCH
Same as JOURN 231.
Studies the philosophi- approaches. Addresses historical and politi- 323.
cal bases of the functions and the responsi- cal movements that have been critical to
bilities of mass communications. Prerequisite: 325. Introduction to Psycholinguistics
Latina /Latino print, broadcast, and electronic
Registration in the College of Communica- Same as LING 325. See LING 325.
communication within the broader context of
tions or consent of the college. 3 hours. cultural diversity. 3 hours.
335. Interpersonal Communication
241. Law and Communications Processes
277. Global Communications
Same as JOURN 241. See JOURN 241. Introduces students to the multiple dimen-
Same as SPCOM 335. See SPCOM 335.
sions of cross-national and comparative com-
64 Community Health
Theory and Change

352. Attitude 460. Feminist Media Studies: Feminist 474. Communications Systems
Same as PSYCH and SOC 352. See PSYCH 352. Theory, the Media, and the Politics of the Same as JOURN 474. Analyzes the structure
Popular and development of communications systems;
362. Telecommunications Management Same as W
S 460. Course addresses major ar- examination of the role of communication in
Examines problems and issues in telecommu- eas of theoretical debate or interest in the social change, political movements, and
nications management; the role of manage- broad topic of "Feminist Media Studies" and formal organizations. Prerequisite: Consent of
ment in operation of broadcasting, cable, and looks in depth at a number of theoretical is- College of Communications. 1 unit.
telecommunications industries; forces shap- sues which define it. Development of an un-
ing products and services in commercial and derstanding of historical, psychoanalytic, in- 477. Philosophy of Technology
nonprofit media, i. e., technology, markets, terpretive, and social scientific approaches to Course introduces students to those thinkers
revenues, programming, and regulation; plan- the study of file and television texts, their re- who understand technology philosophically
ning, accountability, and social responsibility. ception, and their production is expected. as a central component in modern culture. The
Prerequisite: Consent of college or consent of Readings are extensive and directed toward major perspectives on the nature of technol-
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. illustrating the range of theoretical and em- ogy are rooted in Norbert Weiner, Karl Marx,
pirical approaches applied to addressing ques- and Martin Heidegger. Media technologies,
366. Film as Business tions of central interest in the field. Viewings information systems, and global communica-
Studies the filmed entertainment industry; the will emphasize some lesser-known historical tions share background problems and basic
economic structures and policies of the texts central to theoretical debates in the field. issues with technology generally Instrumen-
production, distribution, and exhibition Viewings and readings are focused on "popu- talism, feminist and critical approaches, ethi-
sectors; the nature of ownership patterns, lar" film and television. Prerequisite: Gradu- cal concerns, alternative technologies are de-
investment, competition, and trade practices; ate standing or consent of instructor. 1 unit. veloped in the context of technology as a
filmed entertainment as a commodity in an cultural activity. 1 unit.
international market system. Prerequisite: 463. World Broadcasting

Consent of college or consent of instructor. 3 Studies the broadcast systems used by the Methods
482. Research in Advertising and
hours or 1 unit. nations of the world; alternative and mixed Communications
systems; international organizations, agree- Same as ADV 482. See ADV 482.
and Policy Issues in
368. Legal ments, exchanges, and problems; broadcasts
Telecommunications to and from other countries; implications of 485. Advertising Planning and Decision
Studies the histories, assumptions, and con- such new developments as satellites; and mass Making
sequences of major legislative, regulatory, and and nonmass uses. Prerequisite: Consent of Same as ADV 485. See ADV 485.
judicial decisions in American broadcasting department. 1 unit.
and telecommunications; social, cultural and 490. Special Topics in Communications
economic background of federal communica- 468.The Political Economy of Consent of chairperson of com-
Prerequisite:
tions law and regulation; administrative Communications mittee on graduate study in communications.
Vi to 2 units.
agency (FCC) practice and constraints; vari- Same as JOURN 468. Analyzes the structure,
ous regulatory and policy issues including fi- policy, and behavior of such media of com-
Research Methods in Communications
492.
duciary licensing, fairness doctrine, cable, munication as newspapers, magazines, books,
public broadcasting, telematics, deregulation, postal service, telegraph, telephone, broad-
Same as JOURN 492. Introduction to the meth-
ods of empirical research in the behavioral
and statutory revision process. Prerequisite: casting, and film; special emphasis on their
sciences applicable to research problems in
Registration in College of Communications or relationships to political order and the
consent of the college. 3 hours or 1 unit. economy. Prerequisite: Consent of College of
human communication, with emphasis on
Communications. 1 unit.
studies of mass communication. Lectures,
Language, Culture, and Society
370. readings,and laboratory practice. Prerequisite:
Same as ANTH and LING 370. See ANTH 370. 470. Communications and Popular Culture Consent of College of Communications. 1 unit.
Same as JOURN 470. Problems of cultural
377. International Communications 493. Qualitative Research Methods in
analysis related to the media of communica-
Same as POL S 377. See POL S 377. tions; social implications of communications
Communications
Introduces qualitative concepts and strategies
research. Prerequisite: Consent of College of
391. Literacy in theInformation Age in the social sciences and humanities which
Same as LIS 391. See LIS 391. apply to research problems in mass commu-
471. Proseminar in Communications, I
nications. Prerequisite: Consent of College of
410.Communication in International Same as JOURN 471 General discussion of the
.
Development mass media of communications, their role as
Same as AGCOM 410. See AGCOM 410. social institutions, and their control and 499. Thesis Research
Prerequisite:Consent of chairperson of com-
support; content, audience, and effect of the
414. Seminar on Social Interaction mittee on graduate study in communications,
mass media. Prerequisite: Consent of College
Same as SOC 414. See SOC 414. of Communications. 1 unit.
and of thesis supervisor. to 4 units. May be
repeated to a maximum of 8 units.
420. Seminar in Semantics
472. Proseminar in Communications, II
Same as PHIL 420. See PHIL 420. Same as JOURN 472. General discussion of the
problem of communications, including the
Developmental Psycholinguistics
424.
individual as a communicating system,
Same as LING and PSYCH 424. See PSYCH
symbolic processes, analysis of messages,
424.
psycholinguistics, and language as social
425. Psycholinguistics
behavior. Prerequisite: Consent of College of Community Health
Same LING and PSYCH 425. See PSYCH Communications. 1 unit.
as
425.
473. History and Theory of Freedom of the Interim Head of Department: Thomas O'Rourke
Department Office: 121 Huff Hall, 1206 South
Press
432. History of Libraries Fourth Street, Champaign
Same as LIS 432. See LIS 432.
Same as JOURN 473. Development of the
Phone: 333-3163
Anglo-American press system and the idea of
freedom of the press; contemporary mass URL: www.als.uiuc.edu/chlth
437. The Analysis of Interpersonal
Interaction media and their implications for freedom and
democracy. Prerequisite: Consent of College of Includes Community Health (CHLTH) and
Same as SPCOM 437. See SPCOM 437. Rehabilitation Counseling (REHAB)
Community Health 65
Community Health (CHLTH) tion of the campus Composition I require- 290. Honors Seminar
ment. 4 hours. Same as KTNES 290 and LEIST 260. See KINES
100. Contemporary Health 290.
Examines concepts of health and health

206. Human Sexuality
Emphasizes the behavioral aspects of human 293. Special Projects
promotion in contemporary society with
sexuality. Topics include: birth control; Special projects in research and independent
emphasis on health and injury control for
prenatal care, pregnancy and childbirth; sex investigation in any phase of health, kinesiol-
individuals and groups. Topics include self
and
care, health insurance, exercise, nutrition
roles; premarital sex; lifestyles; marriage and ogy, recreation, and related areas selected by
divorce. 2 hours. the students. Prerequisite: Junior or senior
weight control, sexuality, contraception,
standing; grade-point average of 2.5; consent
tobacco, alcohol, cardiovascular health,
210. Community Health Organizations of faculty adviser and instructor, and approval
infectious diseases, and cancer. 3 hours.
Overview of institutions and agencies which of the head of department. 2 or 3 hours. May
provide health information, education, ser- be repeated for a total of 4 or 6 hours.
101. Introduction to Public Health
vices, and care. Includes historical founda-
Introduction to the nation's public health sys-
tem; includes an overview of historical roots
tions, constituencies, organizational goals and Women's Health
309.
and organizational structure, basic research structure, funding and expenditures, modes Same as W S 335. Examines the culture of
tools,concepts and scope of varied public
of service delivery, political and ethical issues. women Study
in relationship to their health.
Prerequisite: CHLTH 100 and 101. 2 hours. willbe devoted to selected health care issues,
health programs, topical treatment of major
contemporary health and safety problems. developmental and physiological changes in
214. Introduction to Aging the health problems that affect
life cycle,
3 hours.
Same as HDFS, LEIST, PSYCH, and REHAB women, and the maintenance of health.
111. Professional Seminar 214. See HDFS 214. Prerequisite: CHLTH 100 or equivalent; or
Orientation to department; current views and consent of instructor. 3 hours or 3A unit.

240. Health Promotion Practicum
issues in health fields; career opportunities,
Preparation and presentation of lifestyle 310. Public Health Practice
and other related topics. credit.
workshops to campus community groups. Theory and practice of public health promo-
Practica selected from one or more of the fol- tion as they relate to educational approaches
140. Health Advocate, I
lowing topics: chemical education, sexuality, in solving community health problems. Pre-
Provides an overview of current college stu-
stress management or campus acquaintance requisite: CHLTH 210, or consent of instruc-
dent health issues and concerns, knowledge
rape education (CARE). Prerequisite: Junior tor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
of the University of Illinois health care deliv-
ery system and an understanding of medical
standing, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. May
be repeated once for credit. 321. Health Data Analysis
self care; develops skills in communication
Introduces health data analysis, sources and
and referral techniques enabling students to
250. Health Care Systems uses of health data, collection techniques and
be advocates for members of their living units.
Overview of the major issues confronting classification procedures, commonly used
2 hours.
health care systems from a macro perspective. health indices, techniques of rate adjustment,
141. Health Advocate, II
Identification and analysis of the functions, graphic presentation of data as they relate to
Provides the opportunity to utilize knowledge major participants and trends in health care the planning, conducting, and evaluating of
of college health issues and concerns, and
systems in the United States and abroad. community health programs. Prerequisite:
communication skills in coordinating health Attention is directed at current and emerging CHLTH 391, or SOC 385, or EDPSY 290, or
promotion programming for members of their issues having implications for health care equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
systems in industrialized nations. 3 hours.
living units. Prerequisite: CHLTH 140. 1 hour.
May be repeated to maximum of 3 hours.
329. Research Techniques for the Health
Tomorrow's Environment
266. Sciences
143. Drug Use and Abuse Same as CPSC and ENVST 236. See CPSC 236. Study of the ethics of research, research litera-
Introduction to the biological, psychological, ture, research designs, and health measure-
274. Introduction to Epidemiology ment techniques utilized in the public health
pharmacological, and legal aspects of drug use
Basic concepts and methods of epidemiology; sciences.Emphasizes developing skills in ana-
and abuse; surveys community and university
patterns of disease occurrence; applications of lyzing research and assessment of health be-
resources concerned with drug use and abuse;
epidemiology to health education, health haviors, and problem identification and re-
emphasizes personal and social actions for
and planning, health
services administration search design for individual student research
responsible drug use. 2 hours.
and environmental health. Prerequisite:
policy,
projects. Prerequisite: CHLTH 391 or SOC 385,,
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar CHLTH 100 and 101, or consent of instructor. or EDPSY 390; or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
3 hours.
348. Exercise and Health Psychology
280. Orientation to Internship Same KINES 348. See KINES
200. Mental Health as 348.
Introduction to the science of mental health Provides students with information concern-
and illness including personality developing placement in internship. Topics include 355.Health Services Financing
internship requirements; student responsibili- Examines major topics and emerging trends
ment, the genesis and manifestations of men-
ties; preparation of resumes and cover letters; in health financing, including sources of rev-
tal illness, and the maintenance of mental
selecting an organization or site; interviewing; enue, public and private financing organiza-
health; taught by a psychiatrist with empha-
issues of professional development. Prerequi- tions, reimbursement and sources of revenue
sis on the preventive and medical aspects of
mental health. 2 hours. site: Junior standing. credit. to health providers, and capital financing in
the health care industry. Prerequisite: Junior
204.Foundations of Health Behavior 285. Community Health Internship standing. 3 hours or Vt unit.
Examination of the application of the social Supervised experience in official, volun-
field
tary and professional health agencies; de- The Organization of Health Care
356.
and behavioral sciences to health and health
behavior. Psychological, social psychological, signed to provide students in Community Same as SOC 339. Examines types and per-
and Health with work experience in actual field formance of health care organizations (e.g.,
sociological approaches to health behav-
situations. Students work for 12 weeks in doctors' offices, clinics, hospitals, and nurs-
ior will be analyzed. Topics that will be cov-
ered include the development of health atti-
University-approved health agencies for a ing homes), networks of health services,
tudes and behaviors, perceptions of health and minimum of 480 hours. Prerequisite: Comple- evaluation of health care, and social policy is-
tion of CHLTH 300-level courses in field of sues relating to organizations in the U. S.
methods of changing health behavior
illness,
and patient-provider interaction. Prerequisite: concentration; Senior standing in Community health care system. Prerequisite: Six hours of
CHLTH 100, or consent of instructor; comple- Health and consent of instructor. 8 hours. anthropology, sociology, community health, or
psychology. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
.
66 Community Health
357. Health Planning or Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum with emphasis on chronic diseases. Prerequi-
Same as SOC W
357. Survey of the history and of 8 hours or 2 units. site: CHLTH 374, VP 417, or equivalent and
objectives of health planning as related to advanced course work in statistics through
medical care delivery in the United States; Health Education
401. Issues in multivariate analysis. 1 unit.
methods of health, institutional and commu- Analyzes current developments, trends, and
nity planning; planning and marketing con- empha-
controversies in health education with 479. Seminar in Epidemiology
cepts and methods; analysis of consumer be- sison developing student competencies for Discussion of advanced topics in epidemio-
havior, public policies, and private competitive intervention planning, implementation and logic methods and research. Prepares students
forces. Prerequisite: CHLTH 250 and junior analyses; and examines issues affecting the for thesis or dissertation research through
standing. 3 hours or % unit. health educator in various work settings, in- study of selected literature and the comple-
cluding patient care, public health, school tion of a research paper. Prerequisite: CHLTH
358. Health Administration health, and higher education. 1 unit. 374 or equivalent. 1 unit.
Examines management principles relative to
health care institutions; emphasizing goal Health Development
410. Public 490. Seminar for Advanced Students
setting, decision making, system analysis, Advanced study of the principles, practice and Critical evaluation of theories and research
organizational structure, conflict resolution, current issues of public health at the local, studies in community health, emphasizing
and leadership theories. Prerequisite: Senior or and international levels, includ-
state, national research methods and experimental design
graduate standing, or consent of instructor. 3 ing the relationships between public health and analysis; and student presentations of
hours or % unit departments, voluntary health agencies, and thesis literature reviews and research proce-
other community organizations. 1 unit. dures. Prerequisite: Master's thesis. Vi unit.
Substances in the Environment
361. Toxic May be repeated to a maximum of 1 unit.
Same as ENVST 331. See ENVST 331. 427. Statistical Techniques in
Epidemiological Research 493. Special Projects
369.Environmental Health Same as ENVST 427, MED S 463, and VP 426. Independent research on special projects.
Same as ENVST 369. Appreciation of the Description and application of quantitative Prerequisite: EDPSY 390, KINES 495, and
concepts and mechanisms used to reduce or issues and statistical techniques prominent in CHLTH 440 or equivalent. Vz to 2 units. May
prevent environmental problems that may the analysis of classification data arising from be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
lead to infectious or environmentally-induced epidemiologic cohort or case-control aetiologic
from a public health
diseases; presents topics studies; studies of preventive public health; 494. Special Topics in Community Health
perspective which include water supply and therapeutic clinical interventions. Con- Lectures on topics of current interest. Vi or
management, waste water treatment and founding factors and methods of adjustment 1 unit.
disposal, radiation protection, pest control, including standardization, stratified and

and solid waste management. Prerequisite: matched analyses, and multiple logistic re- 499. Thesis Research
CHLTH 274 or equivalent. 2 hours or Vi unit. gression modeling are emphasized. Practice Preparation of theses in community health.
using available computing software for imple- to 4 units.
371. Epidemiology and the Media mentation is stressed. Prerequisite: CHLTH 374
Same as VP 371. See VP 371. and minimum of two statistics courses cover-
Rehabilitation Counseling (REHAB)
ing multiple regression and correlation. 1 unit.
374. Principles of Epidemiology
Same as ENVST, MED S and VP 374. The epi- 440. Health Behavior: Theoretical 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
demiology and natural history of infectious Perspectives 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated.
and noninfectious diseases, including inte- Analysis of social science theories and per-
grated vector control and host resistance; men- spectives that comprise the foundation of 206. Working With Persons with
health and public health. Prerequisite:
tal health education theory and practice. Includes Disabilities, I
MCBIO 326, VP 332, or equivalent; or consent development of a conceptual frame of refer- Introduction to identifying the individual
of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. ence for understanding, predicting, and facili- needs of persons with disabilities, recognizing
tating change in health behaviors. Prerequisite: the variance of disabilities, and administering
375. Geographical Epidemiology Graduate standing. 1 unit. activities of daily living. Prerequisite: BIOL 120
Same as GEOG 372. Patterns of health and or PHYSL 103, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
disease in place and time; time-space analysis 450.Health Policy in the United States
and mapping; interrelations between health Comprehensive analysis of the policy process 207. Working With Persons with
and population, behavior, and environment; in health care in the United States; systematic
Disabilities, II
socioculrural aspects; investigative examples and review of health policy develop-

critical
Experience in identifying the individual needs
from mid-latitude continental, oceanic, and ment, implementation, and evaluation; impact of persons with disabilities, recognizing the
tropical settings. Prerequisite: CHLTH 374, or of government at all and the role of pro-
levels variance of disabilities, and administering the
consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vz unit. viders, industry, labor, and consumer in health activities of dailv living; a continuation of
policy. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate REHAB 206, augmented by a paper. Prerequi-

385. Community Health Advanced program in community
health or the MBA REHAB 206 or consent of instructor. 3
site:
Internship Administration Program; CHLTH 329; or con- hours.

Observation, study, and practical work in sent of instructor. 1 unit.
student's area of specialization under super- 214. Introduction to Aging
vision in professional field situations; student 476. Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases Same as CHLTH, HDFS, LEIST, and PSYCH
works for a minimum of 12 weeks in a Uni- Same as VP 416. See VP 416. 214. See HDFS 214.
versity-approved agency or site. Prerequisite:
CHLTH 329, 374 and 410; or graduate stand- 477. Principles and Methods of Veterinary 301. Introduction to Rehabilitation
ing in community health; or consent of the Epidemiology Orientation to general field of rehabilitation;
department. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as VP 417. See VP 417. includes foundations, resources, assessment,
counseling, and placement. 4 hours, or 1 unit.
391. Biostatistics 478. Applied Epidemiology
Same as VP 391 . See VP 391. Same as VP 420. Advanced epidemiologic 302.Medical Aspects of Disabilities
analysis of disease problems. Covers research Examination of the scope of physical, mental
394. Special Topics designs including cohort, case-control, and and cognitive disabilities, their causes,
Lecture-discussion course in topics of current intervention trials; methods of analysis includ- complications, and treatment. Prerequisite:
interest; see Timetable for specific subjects. ing multivariate adjustment for confounding BIOL 1 22 and CSB 234; or consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, and description of effect modification; and 4 hours or 1 unit.
application of statistical computer software
Comparative Literature 67
303. Independent Living 420. Social Psychology of Persons with 494. Special Topics
Focuses on the concept of independent living, Disabilities Lecture course on topics of current interest;
its medical aspects, and application to Same as SP ED Study of the social and
420. specific subject matter announced in Timetable.
elimination of physical and social barriers to emotional adjustment of individuals with Prerequisite: Will be determined for each topic
persons with disabilities. Prerequisite: REHAB disabilities; evaluation of effects imposed by and will be indicated in Timetable; REHAB 301;
301 or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. societal attitudes; analysis of the implications consent of instructor. '/: to 1 unit. May be re-
for rehabilitation professionals in dealing with peated to a maximum of 2 units.
304. Gerontology individuals who have a disability; review of
Same as HDFS 304. See HDFS 304. relevant research. Prerequisite: REHAB 301 and 499. Thesis Research
302, and consent of instructor. 1 unit. Preparation of thesis in rehabilitation. Prereq-
307. Social and Cultural Contexts of uisite: Satisfactory standing in the master's
Disability 421. Rehabilitation Administration program. to 2 units. May be repeated to a
Examines the social and cultural contexts of Overview of rehabilitation management in the maximum of 2 units.
disabilities, their consequences for the expe- public and private sectors; emphasis on reha-
rience of disability, and implications for the bilitation service delivery and the interface of
development of habilitation and rehabilitation rehabilitation administration, supervision,
practice. Prerequisite: Six hours of social or and all persons with dis-
service delivery to
health science, or consent of instructor. 2 hours abilities;coverage of construct areas such as
or Vi unit. the State/Federal System of Vocational Reha-
322. Introduction to Mental Retardation

bilitation Education, and private sector facili- Comparative
emphasis on the organizational role and
ties;
Same as PSYCH, SOC W, and SP ED 322. See administrative practices, management, super- Literature
SP ED 322. and other relevant areas of leadership
vision,
development and modeling. Prerequisite: Acting Director of Program: Jean-Philippe
335. Job Placement Techniques REHAB 301, 401, SP ED 410, or consent of in-
Examines theories of job placement, job seek- Mathy
structor. 1 unit.
ing skills, and techniques for outreach with Program Office: 3080 Foreign Languages
employees. Focuses on a systems approach to Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
436. Vocational Evaluation
job placement for persons with disabilities. Phone: 333-4987
Encompasses both the theory and practice of
Topics include supported employment, labor URL: www.lang.uiuc.edu/complit/
vocational evaluation techniques for persons
market trends, and job restructuring. Lab time clhomepage.html
with disabilities. Reviews basic psychometric
with disabled clients who are active in the job instruments and adds practical experience
search process is required. 2 hours or A unit.
l
with work samples and computer-based Comparative Literature (C LIT)
Taught in the Rehabilitation Education
testing.
340. Introduction toSensory Impairments Research and Evaluation Center and includes
Introduces sensory impairments (i.e., vision, 119. The Literature of Fantasy
hands-on experience in the evaluation of
hearing, and learning disabilities) from a Same as ENGL 119. See ENGL 119.
disabled clients. Prerequisite: REHAB 301, or
rehabilitation perspective. Prerequisite: BIOL one basic course in testing. 4 hours or 1 unit.
122 or equivalent; PSYCH 100 or equivalent; 120. Origins of Western Literature
REHAB 301. 4 hours, or 1 unit. Same as CLCTV 120. See CLCIV 120.
437. Introduction to Neuropsychological
Testing for Rehabilitation Counselors
344. Introduction to Adaptive Technologies 141. Masterpieces of Western Culture, I
Use by rehabilitation counselors of neuropsy- Comparative study of selected works reflect-
for Persons with Disabilities
chological test batteries and other related tests;
Introduction and orientation to available ing main currents of Western literature and
particular emphasis on understanding test thought, such as biblical stories, Homer, Greek
adaptive technologies, their applications to reports and useful applications for neuropsy-
various disability groups, and current research drama, Vergil, medieval romance and love
chological testing in terms of rehabilitation lyrics, Dante, Boccaccio, Chaucer, Petrarch,
and field testing. Prerequisite: REHAB
301; clients. Prerequisite: REHAB 301; consent of
REHAB 302, or consent of instructor. 4 hours, Rabelais, Cervantes, and Shakespeare. Prereq-
instructor. 1 unit.
or 1 unit.
uisite: Completion of campus Composition I
general education requirement (applies to

483. Supervised Practice in Rehabilitation
345. TransitionPlanning and Vocational writing-intensive sections taken for Compo-
Counseling
Training for Individuals with Disabilities sition II credit). 3 hours.
Development of individual counseling skills
Same SP ED and HRE 345. See SP ED 345. in a rehabilitation setting; emphasis on voca-
142. Masterpieces of Western Culture, II
tional evaluation and placement skills as de-
381. Rehabilitation Practicum Comparative study of selected works reflect-
veloped in case management and planning ing main currents of Western literature and
Practical experience in a major area of
experiences as well as adjustment to disabil- thought, such as Moliere, Voltaire, Swift,
rehabilitation; discussion/laboratory sections
ity, vocational choice, and job placement tech-
cover such practicum topics related to Goethe, romantic lyrics, Melville, Flaubert,
administration, counseling, or supported
niques. Prerequisite: REHAB 301, 420, 436, and Dostoevsky, Ibsen, Joyce, Kafka, and Camus.
consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
employment and other rehabilitation services.
Prerequisite: REHAB 301 and consent of tion general education requirement (applies
I
instructor. 1 unit. to writing-intensive sections taken for Com-

491. Seminar in Rehabilitation
position II credit). 3 hours.
Interdisciplinary seminar on topics of current
401. Research Methods in Rehabilitation
interest. Students, faculty, and visiting 151. Cross-Cultural Thematics
Examines methods and techniques of con-
lecturers present seminars based on their Explores a combination of Western and non-
ducting and evaluating rehabilitation re-
study, research or professional activities in the
search; experimental and survey designs and Western literature through the focus on a
selected rehabilitation topic area. Prerequisite:
procedures; data collection and current direc- shared theme, exploring differences in
tions of rehabilitation research. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 'A unit. May be repeated treatment both within and among different
to a maximum of 1 unit.
cultures. Two such thematic focuses are
REHAB 301, EDPSY 390, and consent of in-
structor. 1 unit. offered in rotation; one on concepts of love and
Problems in Rehabilitation
493. Special
one on ways of writing about death. Both
Independent research on special projects.
themes introduce students to a wide array of
Open only to majors. Prerequisite: REHAB 301; famous texts from different cultures and also
consent of instructor. '/: unit. May be repeated offer some varied perspectives for their own
inevitable thoughts on these major topics. 3
.
68 Comparative Literature
hours.May be repeated to a maximum of 6 211. Japanese Literature in Translation, I 267. The Short Story
hours for different themes. If different topics Same as EALC 205. See EALC 205. Same as ENGL 245. See ENGL 245.
are offered simultaneously, students may
register for two different sections for a total of 212. Japanese Literature in Translation, II 268. The Short Story
6 hours. Same as EALC 206. See EALC 206. Same as ENGL 246. See ENGL 246.
175. Masterpieces of East Asian Literature 213. African Oral Literature 269. Modern British and American Fiction
Same as EALC 175. See EALC 175. Same as AFRST and ANTH 213. See AFRST in Relation to Continental Fiction
213. Same as ENGL 248. See ENGL 248.
189. Classic Masterpieces of Non-Western
Cultures 215.The Scandinavian Novel: 283. Jewish Sacred Literature
Analysis of representative works from the Masterpieces in English Translation Same as ENGL and RELST 283. See RELST
Middle East and Asia through the seventeenth Same as SCAN 215. See SCAN 215. 283.
century, portraying literary, philosophical and
religious achievements of the Islamic, Hindu, 218. Japanese Hero Types 284.Modern Jewish Literature
Buddhist and Confucian traditions, and Same as EALC 218. See EALC 218. Same as ENGL and RELST 284. See ENGL 284.
emphasizing comparative perspectives both
within the range of non-Western traditions 219. Women in Japanese Literature and Honors
293. Senior Thesis
Same as EALC and W S 219. See EALC 219. Independent research guided by tutor(s),
and in juxtaposition to Western thinking. 3
leading to the writing of a comparative thesis.
hours. All readings in English.
German Literature in Translation
224. Intended primarily for candidates for honors
190. Modern Masterpieces of Non-Western Same as GER 200. See GER 200. in comparative but open to other
literature,
Cultures seniors. 3 to 6 hours. May

be repeated to a
Gods and Man in Modern Japanese
225. maximum of 12 hours. (Counts for advanced
Analysis of representative works from the
Drama hours in L A S.)
Middle East and Asia of the eighteenth to
Same as EALC and RELST 225. See EALC 225.
twentieth centuries, portraying literary, philo-
sophical and religious achievements of the
295. Special Topics: Colloquium on
228. Special Topics in German Literature Interdisciplinary Subjects
Islamic, Hindu, Buddhist and Confucian tra-
Same as GER 296. See GER 296. Presentation and discussion of subjects
ditions and emphasizing comparative per-
relating literature to other disciplines; topic
spectives both within the range of non-West- Middle Ages
240. Italian Civilization of the varies. 3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum
em traditions and in juxtaposition to Western and Renaissance of 6 hours.
thinking. All readings in English. 3 hours.
Same as ITAL 240. See ITAL 240.
305. Literary Criticism from 1800 to the
191. Freshman Honors Tutorial 244. Hispanic Literature and Culture
Study of selected topics on an individually Present
Same as SPAN 244. See SPAN 244. Same as ENGL 383. See ENGL 383.
arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi- 248. Dostoevsky and Tolstoy 307. Topics in Classical Literature
site: Consent of departmental honors adviser. Same as RUSS 222. See RUSS 222. Same as CLCIV 390. See CLCTV 390.
1 to 3 hours. May be repeated once.
249. Soviet and Post-Soviet Russian 310. Modern African Fiction

199.Undergraduate Open Seminar Literature Same as AFRST and FR 310, and ENGL 370.
lto5 hours. May be repeated. Same as RUSS 225. See RUSS 225. See AFRST 310.
201. Comparative Literary Studies, I 250. Grimms' Fairy Tales in Their European The Chinese Novel
311.
Introduction to various methods in compara- Context Same as EALC 311. See EALC 311.
tive literary study, including genres, thematics, Same as GER 250 and ENGL 267. See GER 250.
literary relations, literary movements, and in-
312. Modern Chinese Literature in
terdisciplinary approaches. Prerequisite: One 252. Viking Sagas in Translation Translation
semester of college literature or consent of in- Same as SCAN 252. See SCAN 252. Same as EALC 312. See EALC 312.
structor. 3 hours.
253. Medieval Literature and Culture 313. Dante
202. Literature and Ideas Same as ENGL 202. See ENGL 202. Same as ITAL 313. See ITAL 313.
Analysis of several important world-views in
Western civilization (such as classical, Roman- 255. Renaissance Literature and Culture 314. Petrarch and Boccaccio: Literature of
tic, modern, and so forth), studied compara- Same as ENGL 204. See ENGL 204. the Italian Middle Ages
tively and in relation to selected figures in
Western literature. Prerequisite: C LIT 141 and and Culture of the
257. Literature
142; or one year of college literature; or con- Enlightenment 315. Modern Japanese Fiction in
sent of instructor. 3 hours. Same as ENGL 206. See ENGL 206.
Translation
Same as EALC 315. See EALC 315.
203. Introduction to Persian Culture and 262. Sexand Gender in Classical Antiquity
Literature, I Same as CLCIV and W S 240. See CLCIV 240. 320. Masterpieces of Italian Renaissance
Same as PERS 205. See PERS 205. Literature
The Heroic Tradition
263.
204. Introduction to Persian Culture and Same as CLCIV 221 See CLCIV
. 221
Literature, II Japan at War and Peace
328.
Same PERS 206. See PERS The Tragic Spirit
264.
as 206. Same as EALC 328. See EALC 328.
Same as CLCIV 222. See CLCIV 222.
207. Classical Chinese Literature 334. Studies in Francophonie
Same as EALC 207. See EALC 207. 265. Modem Drama
Development of the Same as FR 379. See FR 379.
210. Introduction to Modern African 335. Polish Literature in Translation, I
Literature 266. Development of the Modern Drama Same as POL 345. See POL 345.
Same as AFRST 210 and ENGL 21 1 See AFRST .
210. 336. Polish Literature in Translation, II
Same as POL 346. See POL 346.

Computational Science and Engineering 69
337. Nineteenth-Century Literature in 389. French and Comparative Cinema, II 481. Seminar in Literary Themes and Types
Translation Same as FR, CINE, and HUMAN 389. See FR Study of a theme or type (the Faust myth, the
Same as RUSS 315. See RUSS 315. 389. romantic hero, etc.) to discover its essential
components in all the literatures studied and
338. Twentieth-Century Literature in 396. Special Topics in Comparative the significance of national variations. The
Translation Literature subject of the seminar varies each semester. 1
Same as RUSS 317. See RUSS 317. Selected literary topics of international May be repeated
unit. as topics vary to a
significance in relation to other cultural maximum of 3 units.
340. Studies in Russian Literature and expressions. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Society 3 hours, or Ya to 1 unit. May be repeated to a 490.Seminar in Contemporary Criticism,
Same as RUSS 360. See RUSS 360. maximum of 9 hours or 3 units. Methods and Theory
Same as FR 490. See FR 490.
341. Themes and Types in Western and 401. Theory of Literature
Non-Western Narratives Major issues of literary theory, critical 493. Special Studies
Analysis of literary themes and types in nar- approaches, and comparative research. 'A to 1 unit.
ratives of Western and non- Western literature Prerequisite: Knowledge of two languages
(e.g., the hero, east and west, dream visions), other than English or (with instructor's 499. Thesis Research
emphasizing comparative perspectives. Prereq- consent) advanced knowledge of one foreign Intended for students engaged in writing a
uisite: One year of college literature, or con- language. 1 unit. thesis as a partial requirement for the M.A. or
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May Ph.D. degree in comparative literature. to 4
be repeated to a maximum of 9 hours or 3 units. 402. Cross-Culfural Comparison units. Maximum credit for master's candidates
Problems and methods of cross-cultural liter- is 2 units.
357. Russian Modernism ary studies, concentrating on the effects of his-
Same as RUSS 324. See RUSS 324. torical encounters between different civiliza-
tions and on theoretical issues in comparing
361. International Literary Genres and literatures across cultures. Prerequisite: Knowl-
Forms edge of two languages other than English or
Structure and development of literary genres (with instructor's consent) advanced knowl-
and forms
instance,
in historical perspective (for
drama, parody and the grotesque,
edge of one foreign language. 1 unit. Computational
poetry, fables and and modern
fabulists, 411. Studies in Critical Theory Science and
fiction); essential
and
international components
significant national variations of such
Same as GER 470. See GER 470. Engineering
genres and forms. Emphasis changes from 451. Seminar in Literary Movements and
semester to semester. Prerequisite: One year of Periods Director of Program: Michael T. Heath
college literature or consent of instructor. 3 Investigation of" the development
and muta- Administrative Office: 2262 Digital Computer
hours, or % or 1 unit. May be repeated to a tion of literary movements (classicism, roman- Laboratory, 1304 West Springfield Avenue,
maximum of 9 hours or 3 units. ticism, symbolism, etc.) through a study of Urbana
critical texts and their reception in various Phone: 333-0654
363. Ibsen in Translation countries. 2May be repeated
unit. as topics URL: www.cse.uiuc.edu
Same as THEAT and SCAN 363. See SCAN vary to a maximum of 3 units.
363.
461. Seminar in Literary Genres and Forms Computational Science and
364. Strindberg in Translation Study of a form (the lyric, the novel, the drama, Engineering (CSE)
Same as SCAN and THEAT 364. See SCAN etc.) to discover its essential components in all
364. the literatures studied and the significance of 301.Numerical Analysis: A
national variations. 1 unit. May be repeated as Comprehensive Introduction
365. Comedy topics vary to a maximum of 3 units. Same as C S and MATH 350, and ECE 391.
Same as ENGL 365. See ENGL 365. See C S 350.
471. Seminar in Literary Relations
368. Russian Drama Investigation of the impact of one literature 302. Introduction to Parallel Programming
Same as RUSS 335. See RUSS 335. upon another, or of some specific works upon for Scientists and Engineers
others (the role of English literature in Same as C S 320 and ECE 392. See C S 320.
371. International Literary Relations
continental Europe, the influence of Russian
Study of specific relations between authors of novelists on French and German writers, etc.). 305.Data Structures for Noncomputer
different countries; influences of certain 1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary to a Majors
works, concepts, or tastes on another work,
maximum of 3 units. Same as C S 300. See C S 300.
author, or country; and literary interaction
between Eastern and Western cultures. 472. Studies in French and Comparative Software Design and Development
306. for
Emphasis changes from semester to semester. Cinema Noncomputer Majors
One year of college literature or
Prerequisite: Same as FR 452. See FR 452. Same as C S 302. See C S 302.
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or yA or 1 unit.
May be repeated to a maximum of 9 hours or 478. Seminar in Twentieth-Century French 311. Numerical Methods for Partial
3 units. Literature Differential Equations
Same as FR 478. See FR 478. Same as C S 355 and MATH 355. See C S 355.
375. Women and Society in Scandinavian
Literature 480. Teaching Comparative Literature 312. Numerical Linear Algebra
Same as SCAN and W S 375. See SCAN 375. Introduction to the college-level teaching of Same as C S 358 and MATH 358. See C S 358.
comparative literature, usually associated
377. East European Literatures with the supervision of teaching practice. 313.Numerical Approximation and
Same as SLAV 377. See SLAV 377. Required of new teaching assistants in the Ordinary Differential Equations
Comparative Literature program, but may be Same as C S and MATH 359. See C S 359.
388. French and Comparative Cinema, I
taken by other Comparative Literature
Same as FR, CINE, and HUMAN 388. See FR students. A
l
unit. 314. Combinatorial Algorithms
388. Same as C S and MATH 373. See C S 373.
70 Computer Science
315. Computer Methods in Civil and Advanced Finite-Element Methods

417.
Environmental Engineering Same as T A M 474. See T A M 474.
Same as CEE 391. See CEE 391.
Computer Architecture
421.
Computer System Organization
322. Same as ECE 412. See ECE 412.
Same as C S 333. See C S 333.
422.Theory of High-Speed Parallel
Computer Science
323. Operating Systems Design Computation
Same as C S 323. See C S 323. Same as C S and ECE 433. See C S 433. Head of Department: Daniel A. Reed
Department Office: 2270 Digital Computer
324. Distributed Systems Advanced Operating Systems
423. Laboratory, 1304 West Springfield Avenue,
Same as C S and ECE 328. See C S 328. Same as C S 423. See C S 423. Urbana
Phone: 333-3501
325.Communication Network for Computer Systems Analysis
424.
URL: www.cs.uiuc.edu
Computers Same as C S and ECE 441. See C S 441.
Same as C S and ECE 338. See C S 338.
426. Topics in Compiler Construction Computer Science (C S)
326. Software Engineering Same as C S 426. See C S 426.
Same as C S 327. See C S 327.
100. Freshman Orientation in Computer
428.High Performance Computer
Science
Computer Graphics
327. Architectures: Hardware and Software
Introduction to Computer Science as a field
Same as C S 318. See C S 318. Same as ECE 411. See ECE 411.
and career for computer science majors.
328. Advanced Topics in Computer 432. Computational Techniques for Circuit
Overview of the field is presented along with
Graphics specific examples of problem areas and
Analysis and Design
Same C C S 319. Same as ECE 452. See methods of solution. 1 hour. Recommended for
as S 319. See ECE 452.
all freshman Computer Science majors.
333. Introduction to VLSI System Design 434.Advanced Theory of Semiconductors

101. Introduction to Computing with
Same as C S 335 and ECE 325. See ECE 325. and Semiconductor Devices
Application to Engineering and Physical
Same as ECE 439. See ECE 439.
341. Introduction to Optimization Science
Same as ECE 390. See ECE 390. 442. Digital Signal Processing Fundamental principles, concepts, and meth-
Same as ECE 451. See ECE 451. ods of computing, with emphasis on applica-
350. Introduction to Computational tions in the physical sciences and engineer-
Mechanics 443. Image Processing ing. Basicproblem solving and programming
Same as TAM 370. See TAM 370. Same as ECE 447. See ECE 447. techniques; fundamental algorithms and data
structures; use of computers in solving engi-
351. Introduction to Finite Element Power System Dynamics and
444. Stability neering and scientific problems. Prerequisite:
Analysis Same as ECE 476. See ECE 476. MATH 120 or 135. 3 hours. Students may not
Same as M E 345. See M E 345. receive credit for this course and any of C S
Power System Control
445. 102, 103, 105 or the C section of C S 110.
353. Finite Element Methods in Aerospace Same as ECE 473. See ECE 473.
Structures 105. Introduction to Computing for
Same as A A E 320. See A A E 320. 451. FiniteElement Methods in Solid and Nontechnical Majors
Structural Mechanics Introduction to computing as an essential tool
361. Computational Aerodynamics Same as CEE 478. See CEE 478. of academic and professional activities in dis-
Same as AAE 310. See A AE 310. ciplines other than Science and engineering.
460. Advanced Numerical Methods for Functions and interrelationships of computer
362. Safety Analysis of Nuclear Reactor Computational Fluid Mechanics system components: hardware, systems and
Systems Same as TAM 470. See TAM 470. applications software, networks. Widely used
Same as NUC E 357. See NUC E 357. application packages such as spreadsheets
464. Modeling of Water Quality in Natural and databases. Concepts and practice of pro-
372.Computer Simulation Studies in the Systems gramming for the solution of simple problems
Physical and Social Sciences Same as CEE 441. See CEE 441. in different application areas. Students inter-
Same as MATSE 382 and ECON 370. See ested in Scientific and engineering applica-
MATSE 382. 465. Modeling of Groundwater Flow and tions of computing should take C S 101 instead
Solute Transport
of this course. Prerequisite: MATH 112 or
373. Atomic-Scale Simulations Same as CEE 457. See CEE 457. equivalent. Students may not receive credit for
Same as PHYCS 363, and MATSE 385. See
both C S 105 and 101. 3 hours.
MATSE 385. 466.Numerical Methods in Fluid
Dynamics 110. Programming Laboratory
411. Iterative and Multigrid Solvers Same as ATMOS and C S 405. See ATMOS 405. Practical laboratory course in the methods
Same as C S 450. See C S 450. used and required for writing and main-
skills
467. Dynamical Weather Prediction
taining well-structured software. Extensive
412. Parallel Numerical Algorithms Same as ATMOS 406. See ATMOS 406. practice with a programming language is pro-
Same as C S 454 and MATH 486. See C S 454. vided. Different sections use different pro-
468. Global Atmospheric Modeling
413. Topics in Numerical Analysis Same as ATMOS 442. See ATMOS 442.
gramming languages. An existing knowledge
Same as C S and MATH 458. See C S 458.
of fundamental computing principles is as-
481. Special Topics in Chemical sumed. Three laboratorv hours per week. Pre-
414.Geometry and Topology of Grid Engineering requisite: C
S 101, 105, 125, or consent of in-
Generation Same as CH E 469. See CH E 469. structor. recommended that students
It is
Same as C S 470. See C S 470. enrolling in CP sections of this course have

prior C programming experience or have
415. Topics in Analysis of Algorithms taken C S HOC. 1 hour. Students may not re-
Same as C S 473. See C S 473. ceive credit for studying any given language
more than once. (That is, they mav take a given
Computer Science 71
section only once.) Students may not receive neering; topics include floating-point computa- 299. Senior Thesis in Computer Science
credit for C S 101 and HOC, both C S 125
both tion,systems of linear equations, approximation Research and thesis development experience
and C S 110J, or both C S 223 and C S 110CP. of functions and integrals, the single nonlinear in computer science. A student works with a
Section C: C Programming Laboratory. equation, and the numerical solution of ordi- faculty member on a mutually agreed upon
Section CP: C++ Programming Laboratory- nary differential equations; discusses various thesis topic and completes a written thesis.
Section F: Fortran Programming Laboratory. applications in science and engineering; in- Work involves literature search, oral presen-
Section M: Mathematica Programming cludes some programming as well as the use tation, analysis and /or implementation, pa-
Laboratory. of high quality mathematical library routines. per preparation, and a written thesis. Prereq-
Section J: Java Programming Laboratory. Prerequisite: A 100-level computer science uisite: Senior standing in C S and consent of
Section P: Pascal Programming Laboratory. course; MATH 225 or 315; MATH

242. 3 hours. instructor. 3 hours. May be repeated to a maxi-
Students with earned credit in C S or MATH mum of 6 hours.
125. Introduction to Computer Science 350 may not receive additional credit for C S
First course for computer science majors and or MATH 257. 300.Data Structures for Noncomputer
other students with a deep interest in com- Majors
puting. The course introduces students to ba- 273. Introduction to Theory of Same as CSE 305. Introduction to the concepts,
sic concepts in computing and fundamental Computation principles, and use of computing data struc-
techniques for solving computational prob- Introduction to the various aspects of the tures for noncomputer majors. Topics include
lems. Prerequisite: Three years of high school theory of computation, including the neces- pointers, lists, stacks, trees, hashing, graphs,
mathematics or MATH 112. 4 hours. sary background in first order predicate logic, and sorting. Prior experience with the C pro-
combinatorics, and recurrence relations; gramming language is assumed. This course
173. Discrete Mathematical Structures asymptotics; basics of algorithm analysis; NP- meets for half a semester. Prerequisite: C S HOC
Studies discrete mathematical structures completeness; formal languages and au- or equivalent or consent of instructor. 2 hours
frequently encountered in the study of tomata. Prerequisite: C S 125 and 173 or equiva- or '/i unit. Students may not receive credit for
Computer Science. Topics will include sets, lent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. both C S 300 and C S 225. Computer Science
propositions, boolean algebra, induction, and Computer Engineering majors may not
recursion, relations, functions, and graphs. 2 290. Individual Study receive credit for C S 300.
hours. Students may not receive credit for both Prerequisite: 100-level computer science course.
C S 173 and MATH 213. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated. and Information Systems
301. Files for
Noncomputer Majors
196. Honors Course in Computer Science 292. Senior Project in Computer Science, I Introduction to the concepts, principles, and
Course is offered for honors credit in conjunc- First part of a project course in computer sci- use of computing information systems for
tion with other 100-level computer science ence. Students work in teams to solve typical noncomputer majors. Topics include file
courses, in which concurrent registration is commercial or industrial problems. Work in- organization and processing, file storage
required. Enrollment is strictly limited to be- volves planning, design, and implementation. devices, sorting and retrieval of information,
ginning students with superior talents in com- Extensive oral and written work is required and an introduction to database concepts. This
puter science. A special examination may be both on-campus and possibly off-campus at course meets for half a semester. Prerequisite:
required for admission to this course. Prereq- sponsors' locations. Students must enroll for C S 110 or C S 125 or equivalent or consent of
uisite: Concurrent registration in another 100- a two semester sequence, C S 292 and 293. instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. Graduate
level computer science course (see Timetable); Prerequisite: Senior standing in C S or consent students in Computer Science mav not receive
consent of instructor. 1 hour. May be repeated. of instructor. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit for CS 301.
credit for both this project course and a project
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar course in another engineering department for 302. Software Design and Development for
5 hours. the same project. Noncomputer Majors
Same as CSE 306. Introduction to the con-
225. Data Structures and Software 293. Senior Project in Computer Science, II cepts, principles, and practices used in mod-
Principles Continuation of a project course in computer ern software design and development for
Data abstractions: elementary data structures: science. Students work in teams to solve typi- noncomputer majors. Topics include software
lists, stacks, queues, trees; searching and sort- cal commercial or industrial problems. Work life cycle, planning, requirements, design,
ing techniques. Introduction to the principles involves planning, design, and implementa- testing,and maintenance. Introduction to the
of software engineering including semester tion. Extensive oral and written work is re- use of CASE tools. Course meets for half a
programming project. Prerequisite: C S 125 or quired both on-campus and possibly off-cam- semester. Prerequisite: C S 300 or equivalent
both C S HOC and junior standing; C S 173 or pus at sponsors' locations. Prerequisite: C S 292. or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. Stu-
MATH 213 or consent of instructor. 4 hours. 3 hours. Students must enroll for a two semes- dents may not receive credit for both C S 302
ter sequence, C S 292 and 293. Students may and C S 327. Computer Science and Computer
231. Computer Architecture, I not receive credit for both this project course Engineering majors may not receive credit for
Introduction to computer architecture, work- and a project course in another engineering C S 302.
ing up from the logic gate level: combinational department for the same project.
and sequential networks; computer arith- 303.Computer Device Interfacing for
metic; arithmetic/logic units; memory orga- 296.Honors Course in Computer Science Noncomputer Majors
nization; control unit design. Prerequisite: CS Group projects for honors work in computer Introduction to the concepts, principles, and
125. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit science. Sections of this course are offered in use of computer interfacing mechanisms. De-
for both C S 231 and ECE 290. conjunction with other 200-level computer signed for students not majoring in computer
science courses, in which concurrent registra- science or computer engineering, the course
232. Computer Architecture, II tion is required. A special examination may deals with hardware and software issues of
Second-level course in computer architecture: be required for admission to this course. Pre- interfacing a computer to various types of in-
machine-level programming, instruction sets, requisite: Concurrent registration in another put/output and scientific equipment. Topics
data representations; subroutines; input/ 200-level computer science course (see Time- include standard interfaces, digital-to-analog
output hardware and software; linking and table); consent of instructor. 1 hour. May be re- and analog-to-digital conversion, digital sig-
loading; relation to high-level languages. peated. nal processing and networking. This course
Prerequisite: C S 223 and 231 3 hours. Students
meets for half a semester. Prerequisite: C S 110
.
may not receive credit for both C S 232 and 297. Special Topics in Computer Science or equivalent or consent of instructor. 2 hours
ECE 291. Lecture course in topics of current interest. See or Vi unit. Students may not receive credit for
Timetable for current topics. Prerequisite: Con- both C S 303 and C S 384. Computer Science
257. Numerical Methods sent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated. and Computer Engineering majors may not
Same as MATH 257. Introduction to numeri- receive credit for C S 303.
cal methods for students in science and engi-
72 Computer Science
304. Computer User Interfaces and requisite: C S 110 or 223; and C S 300 or 225, or Prerequisite: C S 323 or equivalent, or consent
Visualization for Noncomputer Majors advanced programming experience. 3 hours, of instructor. 3 hours or Va unit.
Introduction to the concepts, principles, and or Va or 1 unit.
use of computer user interfaces for noncom- 331. Embedded Systems Architectures
puter majors. Topics include window systems, 321. Programming Languages and Survey of sampled data systems and embed-
user interfaces, visualization, graphics, and Compilers ded applications; principles and characteris-
multimedia. Prior experience with the C pro- Introduction to the structure of programming tics of sensors and devices; embedded micro-
gramming language is assumed. This course languages and their implementation. Basic processors; processor/device interfaces;
meets for half a semester. Prerequisite: C S HOC language design principles; abstract data I/O handling; data communica-
time-critical
or equivalent or consent of instructor. 2 hours types (lists, arrays, user-defined types); embedded environments. Overview
tions in
or '/: unit. Students may not receive credit for functional languages; type systems; object- of embedded operating systems, cross devel-
both C S 304 and C S 318. Computer Science oriented languages. Basics of lexing, parsing, opment and debugging techniques and tools.
and Computer Engineering majors may not syntax-directed translation, semantic analysis Prerequisite: C S 232 or ECE 291 or equivalent.
receive credit for C S 304. and code generation. Prerequisite: C S 225, and 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
C S 231 or 232 or ECE 290 or 291. 3 hours, or Va
311.Database Systems or 1 unit. 333. Computer System Organization
Examines the logical organization of data- Same as CSE 322. Computer system analysis
bases: the entity-relationship model; the hier- 322.Programming Language Design and design. Organizational dependence on
archical,network, and relational data models Advanced course in principles of language computations to be performed. Speed and cost
and their languages. Functional dependencies design. Using imperative and functional proof parts and overall machines. Instruction set
and normal forms. Design, implementation, gramming as unifying themes, major lan- design. Pipeline and vector machines. Memory
and optimization of query languages; security guage design paradigms will be explored. hierarchy design. Prerequisite: C S 231 or ECE
and integrity; concurrency control, and dis- Tools in this study will include both practical 290; C S 232 or ECE 291. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
tributed database systems. Prerequisite: C S 225 language processor construction and theoreti-
or 300; or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % cal models. Emphasis will be on reasoning 335. Introduction to VLSI System Design
or 1 unit. about programs and languages. Prerequisite: Same as ECE 325 and CSE 333. See ECE 325.
C S 321. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
313. Combinatorial Mathematics Advanced VLSI Design Projects
336.
Same as MATH 313. See MATH 313. 323. Operating Systems Design Same as ECE 326. See ECE 326.
Same as CSE 323. The organization and
314. Multimedia Systems structure of modern operating systems and 337.VLSI System and Logic Design
Organization and structure of modern multi- concurrent programming concepts. Deadlock, Computer system design of VLSI chips with
media systems; audio and video encoding; virtual memory, processor scheduling, and emphasis on logic design. Overview of VLSI
quality of service concepts; scheduling algo- disk systems. Performance, security, and technology; detailed discussion of recent
rithms for multimedia within OS and net- protection. Prerequisite: C S 225, and C S 232 integrated circuit logic families; types of
works multimedia protocols over high-speed or ECE 291 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
.
memories and contemporary logic design
networks; synchronization schemes, user-in- methods based on them, including various
terface design; multimedia teleservices. Pre- 324. Real-Time Systems custom design approaches; automated logic
requisite: C S 323. 3 hours or Va or 1 unit. For 1 Examples of real-time computing systems; synthesizers; Binary Decision Diagrams; Field
unit credit additional work is required. real-time scheduling and resource manage- Programmable Gate Arrays; hardware/
ment algorithms; analytical and efficient vali- software realization of algorithms; and
317. Computer-Assisted Instruction dation methods; examples of real-time oper- hardware/software tradeoffs for improving
Same as C & 1 335. See C & 1 335. ating systems; temporal consistency of system performance and lowering costs.
real-time data; formal methods for specifica- Prerequisite: C S 231 or ECE 290 or consent of
Computer Graphics
318. tion of and reasoning about timing constraints. instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
Same as CSE 327. Software, hardware, and Prerequisite: C S 323. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
mathematical tools for the representation, 338.Communication Networks for
manipulation, and display of topological and 326.Compiler Construction Computers
two- and three-dimensional objects; applica- Compiler structure, syntax analysis, syntax- Same as CSE 325 and ECE 338. Introduction
tions of these tools to specific problems. Pre- directed translation, automatically con- to International Standards Organization Open
requisite: C S 225 or 300, and analytic geom- structed recognizers, semantic analysis, code System Interconnection (ISO-OSI) reference
etry. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. generation, intermediate language, optimiza- model, design issues and protocols in the
tion techniques. Prerequisite: C S 232 or ECE physical layer, data link layer and network
319. Advanced Topics in Computer 291; and C S 321. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. layer; architectures and control algorithms of
Graphics local-area networks, point-to-point networks
Same as CSE 328. Advanced methods for rep- 327. Software Engineering and satellite networks; standards in network
resenting, displaying, and rendering two-, Same as CSE 326. Follows the software life access protocols; models of network intercon-
three-, and four-dimensional scenes. General cycle from the requirement, specification, and nection; and overview of networking and
algebraic curves and surfaces, splines, Gaussian design phases through the construction of ac- communication software. Prerequisite: C S 231
and bump-function representation, fractals, tual software. Topics includemanagement of or ECE 290. 3 hours or Va unit.
particle systems, constructive solid geometry programming teams, programming method-
methods, lighting models, radiosity, advanced ologies, debugging aids, documentation, 343. Introduction to Robotics
ray-tracing methods, surface texturing anima- evaluation and measurement of software, Same as ECE and G E 370. See ECE 370.
tion techniques, data visualization methods. verification and testing techniques, and the
Prerequisite: C S 318. 3 hours or Va or 1 unit. problems of maintenance, modification, and 344. Robot Sensing
portability. Prerequisite: C S 225. 3 hours, or Va Same as ECE and G E 379. See ECE 379.
320. Introduction to Parallel Programming or 1 unit.
for Scientists and Engineers 346. Pattern Recognition and Machine
Same as CSE 302 and ECE 392. Introduction 328. Distributed Systems Learning
to fundamental issues in design and devel- Same as CSE 324 and ECE 328. Covers topics Organized review of basic theoretical concepts
opment of parallel programs for various types needed for a basic understanding of distrib- and methods of machine learning and recog-
of parallel computers. Various programming uted computer systems: Protocols, specifica- nition; decision space and linguistic and rela-
models according to both machine type and tion techniques, global states and their deter- tional representation of objects; statistical and
application area. Cost models, debugging, mination, reliable broadcast, transactions and deterministic recognition algorithms; various
and performance evaluation of parallel pro- commitment, security, and real-time systems. types of learning, including adaptive, proce-
grams with actual application examples. Pre-
Computer Science 73
dural, and inductive; selected applications; 362. Logic Design 422. Programming Language Semantics
and medical consulting, determination of cost- Same as ECE 362 and MATH 391 See ECE 362. . Topics in the theory of programming lan-
optimal classification rules, inferential infor- guages including: functional programming,
mation systems, and computer vision. Prereq- 373. Combinatorial Algorithms meta-circular interpreters, typed, untyped and
uisite: C S 273 and 348. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Same as CSE 314 and MATH 373. Advanced polymorphic lambda-calculi, and denota-
data structures, graph algorithms, arithmetic tional semantics. Prerequisite: C S 322 and 326.
347.Knowledge-Based Programming algorithms, geometric algorithms, string prob- 1 unit.
Examines use of the computer to process hu- lems, parallel algorithms, NP-completeness.
man-made knowledge-bases. Topics include: Prerequisite: C S 225 and 273, or consent of in- Advanced Operating Systems
423.
trade-off of search versus knowledge; com- structor. 3 hours, or A or 1 unit.
3
Same as CSE 423. Advanced concepts in op-
plexity of finite problem-domains; machine- erating system design and coverage of recent
aided acquisition of knowledge from experts; 375. Automata, Formal Languages, and research directions. Resource management for
acquisition of knowledge by computer induc- Computational Complexity parallel and distributed systems. Interaction
tion; validation and measurement methods, Same as MATH 375. Finite automata and regu- between operating system design and com-
production-rule programming; and logic pro- lar languages; pushdown automata and con- puter architectures. Topics include: process
gramming. Prerequisite: C S 273 and 348. 3 text-free languages; Turing machines and re- management, virtual memory, interprocess
hours, or ¥> or 1 unit. cursively enumerable sets; linear-bounded communication, context switching, parallel
automata and context-sensitive languages; and distributed file system designs, persistent
348. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence computability and the halting problem; un- objects, process and data migration, load bal-
Same as ECE 348. Introductory description of decidable problems; recursive functions; ancing, security, protection. Term projects.
the major subjects and directions of research Chomsky hierarchy; computational complex- Prerequisite: C S 323, 328, and 333, or consent
in artificial intelligence; topics include AI lan- ity. Prerequisite: C S 273 or consent of instruc- of instructor. 1 unit.
guages (LISP and PROLOG), basic problem tor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit.
solving techniques, knowledge representation 424. Foundations of Concurrent

and computer inference, machine learning, 376. Program Verification Programming Languages and Systems
natural language understanding, computer Examines formal methods for demonstrating Introduction to the theory of concurrency and
vision, robotics, and societal impacts. Prereq- correctness and other properties of programs; concurrent programming languages. Topics
uisite: C S 225 or ECE 291; or consent of in- includes an overview of predicate calculus. include formal models of concurrent compu-
structor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Topics include: invariant assertions, Hoare tation such as process algebras, nets and ac-
axiomatics, well-founded orderings for tors; high level concurrent programming lan-
350.Numerical Analysis: A proving termination, structural induction, guages and their operational semantics; and
Comprehensive Introduction computational induction, data structures, and methods for reasoning about correctness and
Same as CSE 301, ECE 391 and MATH 350. parallel programs. Prerequisite: C S 225, and complexity of concurrent programs. Prerequi-
Introduction to numerical analysis that either C S 273 or MATH
314. 3 hours, or 3A or 1 site: C S 322 and either C S 375 or 376, or
includes linear system solvers, optimization unit. equivalent. 1 unit.
techniques, interpolation and approximation
of functions, solving systems of nonlinear 383. Linear Programming 426. Topics in Compiler Construction
equations, eigenvalue problems, least squares, Same as MATH 383. See MATH 383. Same as CSE 426. Advanced topics in compiler
and quadrature, as well as numerical handling construction, including incremental and
of ordinarv and partial differential equations. 384. Computer Data Acquisition Systems interactive compiling, error correction, code
Prerequisite: C S 101 or 125; C S 257 or MATH Theory, operation, and design of computer optimization, models of code generators, etc.
315; MATH 285 or 341; or consent of instructor. data acquisition systems; analog and digital Prerequisite: C S 326. 3 unit.
3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. aspects, conversions between representations,
interfacing and systems considerations. 433. Theory of High-Speed Parallel
355. Numerical Methods for Partial Prerequisite: C S 231 or ECE 290; ECE 205 or Computation
Differential Equations 340. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. Same as CSE 422 and ECE 433. Theoretical
Same as CSE 311 and MATH 355. Introduc- aspects of parallel and pipeline computation;
tion to numerical techniques for initial and 391. Seminar in Computer Science time and processor bounds on classes of com-
boundary value problems in partial differen- Seminar course for advanced undergraduate putations; data alignment network speed and
tial equations; includes finite difference and and graduate students. Topics will vary. cost bounds; conflict-free access memories;
finite element discretization techniques, direct Prerequisite: Varies with course topic; consent and overall computer system ideas. Prerequi-
and iterative solution methods for discrete of instructor. to 4 hours, to 1 unit. Course site: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
problems, and programming techniques and may be repeated, but students may not take
usage of FORTRAN packages. Prerequisite: the same topic more than once unless the 436.Design of Fault-Tolerant Digital
C S 257; MATH 280, 285, or 341. 3 hours, or % course material is different. Systems
or 1 unit. Same as ECE 442. See ECE 442.
397. Special Topics in Computer Science
358.Numerical Linear Algebra Lectures in topics of current interest. See Time- Computer Systems Analysis
441.
Same as CSE 312 and MATH 358. Direct and table for current topics. Prerequisite: Consent Same as CSE 424 and ECE 441 Development .
iterative methods for systems of linear of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or A to 1 unit. Mayl

models of computer systems and
of analytical
equations; over determined systems of be repeated. application of such models to performance
equations; eigenvalue problems; nonlinear evaluation; topics include scheduling policies,
systems of equations. Prerequisite: C S 257 or 405. Numerical Methods in Fluid paging algorithms, multiprogrammed re-
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. Dynamics source management, and queuing theory. Pre-
Same as ATMOS 405. See ATMOS 405. requisite: MATH 361 or 363, and ECE 313, or
359.Numerical Approximation and equivalent. 1 unit.
Ordinary Differential Equations 411.Design of Database Management
Same as CSE 313 and MATH 359. Polynomial Systems 442. Artificial Neural Networks
and spline interpolation; least squares and The internal workings of database management Comprehensive treatment of neural network
uniform approximation; numerical differen- systems: query interpretation, concurrency con- architectures and learning algorithms bal-
tiation and integration; initial-value and trol, distribution, data buffering, schema man- anced with theory and application examples.
boundary-value problems ordinary differ-
in
agement. Considers traditional database man- Prerequisite: C S 348, MATH 285 and 315, or
ential equations. Prerequisite: C S 257 and agement systems and newer approaches. consent of instructor. 1 unit.
MATH 285 or 341, or consent of instructor. 3 Presents and analyzes the course material in
hours, or Vi orl unit. terms of a particular target application. Pre- Computer Vision
443.
requisite: C S 311. 1 unit. Same as ECE 449. See ECE 449.
74 Coptic
Design of Computer Problem Solvers

444. 471. Combinatorial Mathematics
Same as ECE 444. Principles and engineering Same as MATH 470. See MATH 470.
techniques for artificial intelligence problem-
solving and inference systems; pattern-di- 472. Extremal Graph Theory
rected inference systems, including context Same as MATH 417. See MATH 417.
mechanisms and efficiency issues; truth-main-
tenance systems, including basics of justifica- 473. Topics in Analysis of Algorithms
Crafts
tion-based, logic-based, and assumption- Same as CSE 415. Theoretical analysis of vari-
based systems, dependency-directed search ous algorithms; topics include sorting, search- (See Art and Design, School of)
and closed-world reasoning, and integration ing, selection, polynomial evaluation, matrix
with other reasoning modules; constraint lan- multiplication, and multiplication of real num-
guages, including applications to engineering bers. Prerequisite: C S 373 or equivalent, or con-
systems; symbolic relaxation systems, includ- sent of instructor. 1 unit.
ing applications to vision and temporal rea-

soning; production rule languages; MYCIN- Methods of Combinatorics
475.
like rule languages. Prerequisite: C S 348. 1 unit.

Same as MATH 474. See MATH 474.
445. Systems Modeling and Simulation Automated Deduction

476. Topics in
Advanced topics in computer-aided methods
Crop Sciences
Same as B ADM 475. See B ADM 475.
for formal deduction, selected from areas of
448. Computer Models of Cognitive current research, such as: resolution theorem Head of Department: Gary H. Heichel
Processes proving strategies, special relations, equa- Department Office: AW-101 Turner Hall, 1102
Same as ECE 448. Formal models and concepts tional reasoning, unification theory, rewrite South Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
in vision and language; detailed analysis of systems, mathematical induction, program Phone: 333-3420
computer vision, language, and learning prob- derivation, hybrid inference systems, and pro- URL: w3.aces.uiuc.edu/CropSci/
lems; relevant psychological results and lin- gramming with logic. Prerequisite: C S 341 or
guistic systems; and survey of the state of the consent of instructor. Vi to 1 unit. May be re- Includes Crop Sciences (CPSC) and Plant
art in artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: C S peated. Pathology (PL PA)
348. 1 unit.
477.Coding Theory
449.Proseminar in Cognitive Science Same as ECE 456 and MATH 476. See ECE 456. Crop Sciences (CPSC)
Same as ANTH and LING 470; and EDPSY
and PSYCH 471. See ANTH 470. 478. Information Theory 100. Farming Systems
Same as ECE and STAT 463. See ECE 463. General introduction to the equipment and
450. Iterative and Multigrid Solvers practices commonly used on Midwest farms.
Same as CSE 411. A comprehensive treatment 479. Computational Complexity Classes will consist of short lectures followed
of algebraic and multigrid iterative solvers for Same as ECE and MATH 479. See ECE 479. by demonstrations. All classes and demonstra-
systems of equations, primarily linear equations will be conducted at the University of
tions arising from discretization of partial dif- 490. Individual Study Illinois Crop Sciences Research and Education
Individual study or reading in a subject not
ferential equations. Prerequisite: C S 350 or con- Center. Includes field trips to local production
covered in normal course offerings. Prerequi- and agribusiness
sent of instructor. 1 unit. facilities. 2 hours.
site: Consent of instructor. Vi to 4 units. May
454. Parallel Numerical Algorithms be repeated. 120. Introduction to Applied Entomology

Same as CSE 412 and MATH 486. Introduc- Same as ENTOM and NRES 120. Lectures,
491. Advanced Seminar in Computer and field trips cover the biology
tion of numerical algorithms for parallel com- laboratory,
Science of insects and the recognition and manage-
puters: parallel algorithms in numerical lin-
Seminar on topics of current interest. Subjects ment of insect pests of agricultural, forest, and
ear algebra (dense and sparse solvers for linear
will be announced in the Timetable. Prerequisite:
systems and the algebraic eigenvalue prob- urban ecosystems. Covers insect structure and
Consent of instructor. to 1 unit. May be
lem), numerical handling of ordinary and par- physiology, classification, life histories, behav-
repeated in the same or subsequent semesters ior, and pest management. 3 hours. Students
tial differential equations, and numerical op-
as topics vary.
timization techniques. Prerequisite: At least one may not receive credit for both ENTOM 120
of: C S 350, 355, 358, or 359, or consent of in- and CPSC 120.
497. Special Topics in Computer Science
structor. 1 unit.
Lecture course in topics of current interest. See 121. Principles of Field Crop Production
Timetable for current topics. Prerequisite: Con-
458. Topics in Numerical Analysis and Protection
Same as CSE 413, and MATH 458. Prerequisite: sent of instructor. Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated. Introductory course on the kinds, origin, tax-
Consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated. onomy, morphology, and physiological and
ecological bases of growth, reproduction, im-
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 0to4 units.
469. Introduction to Coherent Optics and provement, and utilization of corn, soybeans,
Holography May be repeated.
small grains, forage crops, and sorghum; crop-
Same as ECE 469. See ECE 469. ping and tillage practices and principles; field-
crop production hazards; basic principles of
470. Geometry and Topology of Grid disease, insect and weed management in ag-
Generation ronomic crops. 4 hours.
Same as CSE 414. Design of geometric algo-
rithms for grids and triangulations. Develop- 130. Medical Crops and Herbology
ment of geometric and topological prerequi- Coptic Same as NRES 130. See NRES 130.
sites (no prior course in these subjects is
assumed). Topics include complexes, subdi- 140.Ecology of Agricultural and Forest
(See Classics)
visions,Delaunay triangulations, randomized Systems
algorithms, homology groups, splines and Same as NRES 140. See NRES 140.
surfaces. Prerequisite: C S 373 or consent of in-
structor. 1 unit. 141. Introduction to Applied Statistics
Introduces fundamental statistics used to ana-
lyze and interpret data in the biological and
physical sciences of agriculture, environmen-
Crop Sciences 75
tal sciences, and related areas. Includes de- itsto growth; development of a working un- sound practices for integrated pest manage-
scriptive and inferential statistics, measures of derstanding of natural systems and environment. Two of the following or con-
Prerequisite:
central tendency and dispersion, probability, mental economics; and examination of vari- sent of instructor: CPSC 120, 226 or PL PA204.
correlation and regression, and tests of hy- ous management strategies (technical, 4 hours or 1 unit.
potheses. Enhances students' ability to criti- economic, and social) that can be used to im-
cally assess statistical information encoun- prove environmental quality. Prerequisite: One Higher Organisms
315. Genetics of
tered in professional and every day activities. course in the life sciences and one course in Contemporary advances in molecular genet-
3 hours. Students may not receive credit for the social sciences, or consent of instructor. 3 ics are integrated with classical genetic prin-
both CPSC 141 and STAT 100 or ACE 261 hours. ciplesand concepts. Topics include linkage,
recombination, restriction fragment length
150. The Global Food Production Web 250.Crop Sciences Internship polymorphisms, gene interactions,
allelism,
Introduces students to the global web in- Supervised off-campus learning experience and extranuclear Examples are
inheritance.
volved in the production of food we consume with a business firm engaged in production taken from higher organisms such as plants,
on a dailv basis. Selected ecosystems of plants, or technological service to agriculture. animals and humans. Prerequisite: CPSC 220
people, and cultures in Asia, Africa, and Latin Prerequisite: Sophomore standing; 2.0 GPA; or BIOL 210 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
America will be studied based on involvement CPSC 121 or NRES 101; and consent of V* unit.
with various crops. Presents the origin and program coordinator. 3 to 5 hours.
biology of plants; their evolution with human- 318.Crop Growth and Production
kind in various cultures; the spread and eco- 251.Research Experience in Crop Sciences Crop production and management as influ-
nomic importance of crops around the world; Supervised, on-campus, learning experience enced by environment, plant species, and
and considers current hunger and environ- with faculty engaged in laboratory, green- cropping system; relates plant growth pro-
mental issues resulting from the global food house and/or field research in the plant sci- cesses to management practices. Prerequisite:
web. Interactive communications with se- ences. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing, 3.0 NRES 101 and CPSC 121 or equivalent, or con-
lected scientists, producers, and traders GPA, consent of adviser, and consent of the sent of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit.
around the world through the World Wide Crop Sciences Teaching Coordinator. 1 to 4
Web and email system of the INTERNET per- hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 10 320. Conservation Biology
mit students to get personal exposure to in- hours. Same as ENVST 320 and EEE 349. See EEE 349.
formation and activities. 3 hours.
283. Introductory Ecology for Educators 321. Biological Control of Insect Pests
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as ENVST 283, and NRES 223. See NRES Same as ENTOM 321. See ENTOM 321.
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 223.
322. Forage Crops and Pastures
205. Genetic Engineering Laboratory 290.Undergraduate Crop Sciences Seminar Forages, their plant characteristics, ecology,
Laboratory/discussion course that provides Course includes reports and discussions of and production; grasslands of farm and range
a hands-on introduction to the techniques and crops and plant protection research. Prerequi- as related to animal production and soil
principles of genetic engineering, recombinant site: Senior standing. 1 hour. conservation. Prerequisite: CPSC 121. 3 hours
DNA and the impact of molecular genetics on orVi unit.

society. Students will isolate DNA from plants 300.Advanced Special Problems
and clone specific genes into bacterial plas- Individual problems in crops or plant protec- 323. Principles of Plant Breeding
mids, perform polymerase chain reactions, tion.Graduate students majoring in agronomy Same as NRES 323. Genetic and cytological
do not receive graduate credit. Prerequisite: variation in crop plants; the production and
DNA restriction analysis and DNA blotting,
Minimum grade-point average of 2.5; not control of such variation in developing vari-
and discuss the relevance of these techniques
to both medicine and agriculture. Prerequisite: open to students on probation; consent of in- eties and hybrids; and the maintenance of high
structor. Approval of the crop sciences teach- quality seed stocks. Field trips; see Timetable
A general biology course. 3 hours.
ing coordinator is required prior to advance for approximate cost. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100;
220. Plantand Animal Genetics enrollment and registration. The honors sec- CPSC 220 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Same as ANSCI and NRES 220. The principles tion is open to James Scholars and other stu-
of heredity in relation to plant and animal dents having a minimum grade-point aver- 324. Plant Breeding Methods
improvement. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100 or BIOL age of 3.0 and may be taken in conjunction Discussion of the application of current sci-
104. 4 hours. with other courses in this department subject entific tools and methods available to plant
to approval of the instructor. 1 to 5 hours, or 'A breeders for improving plants; emphasis on
221. Biotechnology in Agriculture to 2 units. actual use of plant breeding methods and pro-
Basic introduction to the techniques and ap- duction of high quality seed. Field trip; see
plication of biotechnology to a wide range of 305. Plantsand Global Change Timetable for estimated cost. Prerequisite: CPSC
agricultural areas, and specific examples are Same as NRES and PLBIO 305. The science of 323. 2 hours or h unit. Offered summer only
x
given. May serve as either a terminal course global atmospheric and climate change in the in alternate years.
explaining the techniques or as an introduc- 21st Century. Understanding of how plants,

tory base for future studies. Prerequisite: Any including crops, will respond and may be 326. Weed Management in Agronomic
100-level course in a biosciences discipline. adapted to these changes. Using plants to Crops
3 hours. ameliorate predicted climate change. Prerequi- Principles of weed ecology and biology, and
site: CPSC 121 or PLBIO 100. 3 hours or % unit. their application to weed management.
226. Introduction to Weed Science Herbicides and their use in corn, soybeans and
Same as NRES 227. Fundamentals of weed 308. Plant Tissue Culture other agronomic crops. Specialized topics
biology, ecology, and management. Emphasis Same as NRES 308. See NRES 308. include weed management in reduced tillage,
isplaced on basic principles and specific herbicide tolerant crops and management of
management strategies that are relevant to 310. Principles of Plant Protection problem weeds. Prerequisite: CPSC 226 or
both crop and noncrop ecosystems. Includes Principles of disease, insect, and weed man- consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit. Offered
a laboratory/discussion. Prerequisite: CPSC agement. Includes sampling methods, statis- in alternate years.
121 or NRES 103 or PLBIO 100. 3 hours. models and forecasting, thresholds, deci-
tics,
sion-making, cultural control, host plant 329. Fundamentals of Insect Pest

236. Tomorrow's Environment resistance, biological control, the chemistry, Management
Same as ENVST 236 and CHLTH 266. Intro- regulation, environmental fate and impact of Same as ENTOM 319. See ENTOM 319.
duction to interdisciplinary methods of analy- pesticides, transgenics, pest resistance to con-
sis of environmental problems in a finite trol.Provides students with an understand- 330. Plant Physiology
ing of economically and environmentally Same as PLBIO 330. See PLBIO 330.
world; examination of the concept of the lim-
76 Crop Sciences
331. Toxic Substances in the Environment 400. Seminar ized complete block, split plots, Latin square)
Same as EN VST 331 and CHLTH 361. See Current research in crops, genetic engineer- and treatment (complete factorial); covariate
ENVST331. ing, plant protection and other topics relevant analysis; aspects of multiple regression; use
to Crop Sciences. Prerequisite:Graduate stand- of SAS for all analyses. Prerequisite: CPSC 340
332. Genetic Toxicology ing. 'A unit. May
be repeated in separate se- or equivalent. 2 unit.
Same as ENVST and MCBIO 332. Introduces mesters as topics vary to a maximum of 3Vi
the field of genetic toxicology; includes the units. Students enrolling in discussion sections 441. Advanced Design and Analysis of
study of physical and chemical induced mu- receive S/U grading. Students enrolling in Biological Experiments
tagenesis, survey of genetic indicator organ- lecture-discussion sections receive letter grad- Same as ANSCI 441. Design and analysis of
isms and genetic assays, distribution of envi- ing. complex experiments; considers combined,
ronmental mutagens and their biochemistry, nonreplicated, confounded and fractional fac-
analysis of case histories of environmental 418. Crop Growth and Development torials, lattices, mixed models, multivariate,
mutagens and risk assessment. Prerequisite: Study of the physiological processes involved response surface, and quality control design
BIOL 210 or CPSC 220; CHEM 102; BIOCH in growth and development of crop plants and in terms of their characteristics and usefulness
350, or 352 and 353, or consent of instructor. 3 the interaction of physiological processes and in biological and physical experiments. Analy-
hours or Y-> unit. Offered in alternate years. the environment that influences productivity. sis of actual experimental data with SAS soft-
Prerequisite: CPSC 318 or 330. 1 unit. ware will be emphasized. Examples are drawn
333. Plant Physiology Laboratory from numerous disciplines. Prerequisite: CPSC
Same as PLBIO and NRES 333. See PLBIO 333. 423. Molecular Cytogenetics 440 or equivalent. 1 unit. Offered in alternate
Genetic and cytogenetic basis for developing years.
336. Perennial Grass Ecosystems plant materials with specific cytogenetic fea-
Same as NRES 336.See NRES 336. tures and the use of such materials in plant 442. Environmental Plant Physiology
improvement. Consideration of the role of Same as PLBIO 442. See PLBIO 442.
337. Ecology of Cropping Systems genome organization in plant adaptation. In-
Examines the dynamics and function of agri- troduction to cytogenetic laboratory tech- 444. Quantitative Aspects of Plant
cultural ecosystems and reviews fundamen- niques. Prerequisite: CPSC 220 and BIOCH 350, Breeding
tal concepts of ecology. Agricultural systems or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Studies the theoretical bases for plant breeding
will be compared on the basis of energy flow, procedures with special emphasis on the
nutrient cycling, diversity, stability and re- 424. Plant Biochemistry relationship between type and source of
quired inputs. Prerequisite: CPSC 121 and Same as NRES and PLBIO 424. Enzymes and generic variability, mode of reproduction, and
PLBIO 100 or 102, and NRES 101, and either pathways involved in plant intermediary effectiveness of different selection procedures.
EEE 212, or NRES 316 or PLBIO 318; or con- metabolism. Basic cell physiology, bioenerget- Prerequisite: CPSC 323 and 440, or equivalent.
sent of instructor. 3 hours or 3/i unit. Term pa- ics,and hormonal regulation of metabolism. 1 unit. Offered in alternate years.
pers required. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: CPSC 330 and BIOCH 350. 1 unit.
Offered in alternate years. 445. Tissue Culture and Biochemical
340. Applied Methods
Statistical Genetics of Higher Plants
Same as AG E, ANSCI, FSHN, and NRES 340. 425. Membrane Transport and Mineral Describes the practice and uses of plant tis-
Statistical methods involving relationships Nutrition in Plants sue culture in modern plant biology includ-
between populations and samples; collection, Same as NRES, and PLBIO 425. Consideration ing callus, suspension, protoplasts, anther,
organization, and analysis of data; and of biochemical mechanisms for solute move- embryo and organ culture and their use for
techniques in testing hypotheses with an ment across plant cell membranes as related basic and applied studies such as propagation,
introduction to regression, correlation, and to nutrient acquisition, assimilation, and par- mutant selection, gene amplification, somadonal
analysis of variance limited to the completely titioning. Prerequisite: CPSC 330; BIOCH350 variation and transformation. The plant bio-
randomized design and the randomized recommended. % unit. Offered in alternate chemical genetics aspects encompass mu-
complete-block design. Prerequisite: MATH years. tagenesis, mutant selection, mutant character-
112, or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. ization and the use of generic transformation
426. HerbicideBehavior in Plants to alter plant biochemistry. The mutations
349. Basic Toxicology Study of various chemicals used to inhibit characterized will include photosynthesis,
Same asENVST and V B 349, and FSHN 380. plant growth, including their uptake, translo- dwarf, viviparous, lipid, seed traits, blue fluo-
See FSHN 380. cation, mode of action, metabolism and resis- rescent and herbicide resistant. A laboratory
tance mechanisms in plants; and the relation- of three hours per week outside of the regular
350. Crops and Society ship of chemical structure to the environmental class time will be arranged for carrying out
Interpretations of the role of crop plants in the fate of herbicides. Prerequisite: CPSC 326 and experimentation predominately with plant tis-
development of culture and civilizations. 330. 1 unit. Offered in alternate years. sue culture. Prerequisite: CPSC 220 and BIOCH
Crops are described primarily in terms of their 350; or equivalent. 1 unit. Offered in alternate
origins, evolution and influence on social and 430. Molecular Marker Data Analyses years.
political institutions. Prerequisite: general A Statistical analyses and interpretation of mo-
biology course and a general chemistry or lecular marker data including development of 446. Plant Gene Regulation
physical science course, or the consent of the genetic maps, cluster analyses, quantitative Same as NRES 446.
Current topics and litera-
instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit. trait loci analyses, and plant breeding appli- ture on the function and regulation of higher
cations of molecular marker data. Prerequisite: plant genes. Topics of emphasis: transposable
360.Transmission Electron Microscope CPSC 340 or equivalent, and CPSC 323 or elements, their effect on gene expression and
Optics and Operation equivalent. An advanced statistics course (e.g. variation, and uses in tagging and isolating
Same as V B 360. See V B 360. CPSC 440 or ANSCI 345 or equivalent) and genes; the developmental, tissue specific, or
familiarity with SAS recommended. '/: unit. environmental regulations of plant genes; the
361. Specimen Preparation for
Offered during Summer Term 1 only. structure, synthesis, subcellular targeting, and
Transmission Electron Microscopy regulation of major cereal and legume seed
Same as V B 361 See V B 361
. .
435. Mineral Nutrition of Plants proteins; the use of genetic engineering to ex-
Same as PLBIO 435. See PLBIO 435. plore the regulation of plant genes or to alter
377. Diseases of Field Crops
traits of agricultural importance. Prerequisite:
Same as PL PA 377. See PL PA 377. 440.Design and Analysis of Biological CPSC 220, BIOCH 350, or consent of instruc-
Experiments tor. 1 unit.
Advanced Soil Ecology
379. Statistical methods as tools for research. Prin-
Same as NRES 379. See NRES 379. ciples of designing experiments and methods
of analysis for various kinds of designs, ex-
perimental (completely randomized, random-
Crop Sciences 77
450. Recombinant DNA Technology of instructor crop sciences teaching coordina- trol. Prerequisite: PL PA 204 or 301; an intro-
Laboratory tor. Specific approval of the associate dean in ductory course in animal biology; or consent
Intensive instruction in the core methodolo- advance of registration is required for a sec- of instructor. 1 unit. Offered in alternate years.
gies of recombinant DNA
technology. Stu- ond and /or third special problems course. The
dents will generate and analyze recombinant honors section is open to James Scholars and 406. Genetics of Plant-Pathogen
DNA clones, using methods such as PCR; other students having a minimum grade-point Interactions
DNA isolation, restriction and ligation; elec- average of 3.0 and may be taken in conjunc- The genetics and expression of resistance in
trophoresis; hybridization; DNA sequencing; tion with other courses in this department plants to fungi, bacteria, viruses, nematodes,
computer-based sequence analysis. Prerequi- subject to approval of the instructor. 1 to 4 and other pathogens; variation and genetic
CPSC 220 or BIOCH 350, or equivalent,
site: hours, or 'A to 1 unit. systems in pathogens with particular empha-
and consent of instructor. Vi unit. Offered sis on pathogenicity; complementary genetic
Summer Term I. 301. Biologyand Ecology of Plant systems; and theory and practice of breeding
Pathogenic Fungi and Nematodes disease-resistant plants. Lecture and discus-
490. Professionalism and Ethics in Principles of the biology, ecology and patho- sion. Prerequisite: PL PA 204 or 301; and CPSC
Agricultural and Natural Resource Science genesis of fungi and nematodes that cause 323 or BIOL 122 or 210; or equivalent. 1 unit.
Same as NRES 490. Topics related to profes- plant diseases; morphology, classification, and Offered in alternate years.
sional activities of agricultural and natural histories of these pathogens. Prerequisite: PLBIO
resource scientists, including scientific writ- 100, MCBIO 100 and 101, CPSC 220 or equiva- Epidemiology
408. Plant Disease
ing and publishing, grantsmanship and lent or consent of instructor. A course in bio- Fundamental concepts and principles of plant
money management, oral presentation skills, chemistry is recommended. 4 hours or 1 unit. disease epidemics; includes pathometry, crop
finding and keeping a job, and mentoring and loss assessment, pathogen and host dynam-
teaching are discussed. Ethical dimensions of 302. Plant Pathogenic Fungi and Nematode ics, quantification of pathosystem compo-
these areas are explored through case stud- Laboratory nents, pathosystem management, disease
ies. Vi unit. Laboratory companion to PL PA 301 . Identifi- forecasting, and decision analysis. Prerequisite:
cation, classification, and culturing techniques PL PA 204 or equivalent and CPSC 340 or
493. Advanced Studies in Crop Sciences for plant pathogenic fungi and nematodes. equivalent. 1 unit. Offered in alternate years.
Directed studies of selected problems or top- Prerequisite: Concurrent or prior registration

ics relevant to Crop Sciences. Study may be in in PL PA 301. 1 hour or 'A unit. 411. Molecular Biology of Microbe-Plant
one of the following fields: 1) Plant Breeding Interactions
and Genetics; 2) Plant Molecular Biology; 3) 303. Viral and Bacterial Pathogens of Plants Same as MCBIO 411. Detailed analysis of the
Plant Physiology; 4) Crop Production and Current knowledge of the structural, physi- microbe-plant interaction at the molecular
Ecology; 5) Biometrics; 6) Plant Pathology; 7) ological, genetic, and molecular characteris- level. Covers commensal, symbiotic, and
Entomology; and 8) Weed Science. Prerequi- tics of viruses and bacteria that cause disease pathogenic interactions from viewpoint of
site: Consent of instructor. 'A to 2 units. May in plants. Emphasis on biological concepts of both plant and microbe. Emphasizes microbial
be repeated in the same or separate semesters pathogenesis, mechanisms involved in the and plant genes involved in the interactions,
as topics vary to a maximum of 2 units. interactions of viruses and bacteria with their organization, regulation of expression
plants, and responses of plants to these patho- and the nature and function of the encoded
499. Thesis Research gens. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100, MCBIO 100 and gene products. Prerequisite: PL PA 303, or
Individual research under supervision of 101, CPSC 220 or equivalent or consent of in- equivalent; MCBIO 31 6, or 330, or equivalent;
faculty. Required of all students working structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. A course in biochem- and BIOCH 350 or equivalent. A unit. Offered
y
toward the Master of Sciences (thesis option) istry is recommended. in alternate years.
or Doctor of Philosophy in Crop Sciences. to
4 units. May be repeated in separate semesters 308. Plant Disease Diagnosis 472. Systematics of Ascomycetes and Fungi
as topics vary to a maximum of 4 units. Field and laboratory techniques in plant dis- Imperfecti
ease diagnosis and appraisal; identification of Same as PLBIO 472. Identifies and classifies
diseases of small grains, turf, corn, soybeans, ascomycetes and fungi imperfecti emphasiz-
Plant Pathology (PL PA) forage crops, vegetables, fruit, forest and ing relationships between sexual and asexual
shade trees, and ornamentals, both on field forms; laboratory provides experience in col-
100. Plants, Pathogens, and People trips and in laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: lection, culturing and isolation, and identifi-
Plant diseases and their impact on food sup- PL PA 204, or equivalent. 2 hours or Vi unit. cation. Prerequisite: PLBIO 372 or equivalent.
plies and human history are studied in lec- '/: unit. Offered in alternate years.
tures, demonstrations and discussions. Issues 325. Diseases of Ornamentals and

of food production and safety, pesticide use Turf grasses 499. Thesis Research
and human health, and the environment are Symptoms, diagnosis, causal agents, epidemi- Individual study and basic and/or applied
considered. Includes the biology of pathogens ology and control of diseases of ornamental research related to plant disease; required of
that cause plant disease. Prerequisite: RHET and turfgrass plants are studied in lectures, all students working toward the Master of
105 or equivalent. 3 hours. Designed for laboratories and discussions. Prerequisite: PL PA Science or Doctor of Philosophy in plant
nonscience and science majors. 204. 3 hours, or 4
3
unit. pathology. to 4 units.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 377. Diseases of Field Crops

5 hours. Same as CPSC 377. Studies the symptoms of
major crop diseases, life histories of
field
204. Introductory Plant Pathology causal organisms, and methods of control.
Concepts relating to causal agents of repre- Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: PL PA 204
sentative plant diseases, symptoms and diag- or 301. 3 hours or Vi unit.
nosis, modes of infection and spread, effects

ofenvironment on disease development, and 403. Plant Nematology
methods of control. 3 hours. Comprehensive study of plant-feeding nema-
todes with emphasis on economically impor-
300. Special Problems tant groups; nematode morphology, identifi-
For students desiring to study specific prob- cation, classification, developmental biology,
lems not assigned in other courses. Prerequi- ecology, and host-parasite relationships; inter-
site: For undergraduates only, a minimum action with fungi, bacteria, and viruses in plant
grade-point average of 2.5; not open to stu- disease development; experimental and diag-
dents on probation; senior standing; consent nostic techniques; symptomatology and con-
—
78 Curriculum and Instruction
at least 40 hours of early field experiences framework of the total educational enterprise.
toward the required total of 100 hours. Experiences in school settings, required in
Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in C & I some curricula, are provided in C & 1 229. Pre-
101.0 to 2 hours. requisite: C & I 101; PSYCH 100; concurrent
registration in E P S 201 2 hours.
.
Curriculum and 229. Field Experience in

Education
Secondary
241.Techniques of Teaching in the
Instruction Offered in conjunction with C & 1 240 for stu- Secondary Schools
dents in secondary teacher education pro- Methods of teaching specific subject matter
grams adopting this means of fulfilling early secondary school; special sections
fields in the
Head of Department: Violet J. Harris
field experience requirements. Meets in dis- provided in the usual high school subjects.
Department Office: 311 Education Building,
1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign
cussion sections paralleling C & 1 240 sections, Prerequisite: EPS 201; C & I 240; concurrent
for one hour per week throughout the semes- registration in ED PR 242; consent of instruc-
Phone: 244-8286
ter, for purposes of assignment to schools, ori- tor. 3 to 5 hours.
URL: www.ed.uiuc.edu/coe/ci
entation to specific field experiences, and
monitoring and evaluating these experiences. 249. Independent Study
Curriculum and Instruction (C & I) Students are assigned in school and commu- Permits study of problems not considered in
nity settings for at least two hours per week other courses; for students who excel in self-
for the entire semester, thereby amassing at direction and intellectual curiosity. Prerequisite:
101. Introduction to the Teaching of
least 32 hours of early field experiences toward Upperclassman; upper 5 percent of class in
Secondary School Subjects
the required total of 100 hours. Registration is grade-point average; demonstrated writing
Survey of recent developments in the teach-
required in secondary teacher education pro- competence, research potential, scholarly
ing of secondary school subjects; assesses stan-
grams adopting this means of fulfilling early attitude, and interest as attested to by
dard and new programs; and explores re-
field experiences requirements. Prerequisite: instructors; consent of adviser and staff
search and empirical evidence as they relate
Concurrent registration in C & I 240. to member who supervises the work. 2 or 3 hours.
to effective teaching of secondary school sub-
2 hours.
jects. Special sections are provided in English,
291. Thesis
mathematics, science, social studies, speech, Senior standing. 2 hours.
235.Content Area Applications of Prerequisite:
and computer science. Experiences in school
Educational Technology
settings are provided in C & 1 219. 2 hours. 292. Thesis
Course will explore a wide range of educa-
tional technologies, investigating in detail Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours.
160. Serving Children in Schools and
those that can be effectively integrated into the
Communities 300.Workshop and Laboratory in
full range of content areas in education.
This service learning course is designed for Curriculum Development
Course will cover the use of distributed infor-
students interest in working with children Curriculum development projects in special-
mation servers, multimedia collaborative net-
(defined as birth through high school), careers ized fields of education. Prerequisite: Junior
work applications and other advanced in-
serving children, and/or parenthood. Three standing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be re-
structional technologies to support learning
main topics implied by the title will be peated to a maximum of 2 units toward any
explored through reading, writing, and
and teaching. Prerequisite: EPS 201, EDPSY
236 or equivalent; or consent of instructor
one degree.
discussion: (1) The concept of "Serving" an
3 hour.
examination of what service means, as well 301. Introduction to Teaching in a Diverse
as the kinds of service and satisfactions of Society
237. Theory and Process in Elementary
service involving children. In this course, Orients the student to ways in which English,
School Teaching
service includes not only volunteer service Speech, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies
Directed toward affecting prospective teacher
opportunities, but also careers related to is learned in middle school and senior high
insight with regard to classroom behavior in
—
serving children; (2) "Children" a brief look
teaching; includes materials dealing with child
school settings. Integrates an introduction to
at child development and a deeper analysis the use of technology as both tool and a con-
learning, teaching theory, and elementary
of social issues facing American children text for teaching and learning. As participants
school curriculum. Eight-week morning as-
today; "Schools and Communities" an
(3) — signment to a public school classroom is part in a series of learning activities, students will
overview of institutions serving children, reflect on the teaching and learning of English,
of the course structure. Prerequisite: EPS 201,
including families, schools, and community Speech, Mathematics, Science, and Social
EDPSY 236, and admission to the Elementary
agencies. A minimum of two hours per week Studies from an inquirv oriented perspective.
Education Teacher Education curriculum.
of approved community service related to Course work is integrated with field work to
5 hours.
children is a requirement of the course. connect theory with practice in an examina-
Opportunities for service projects will be 239.Microteaching Practice in Teaching tion of research and current trends in English,
available in cooperation with the Office of Techniques Speech, Mathematics, Science, and Social
Volunteer Programs. Students will be given Instruction and practice in basic teaching Studies education. Prerequisite: 201, EPS
an orientation to working with children in techniques; consideration of both teacher- EDPSY 211 or equivalent, and admission to
their service assignments. 2 hours. the professional education certification se-
centered and learner-centered techniques;
systematic examination of each technique in quence. 3 hours or }A unit. May be repeated in
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar separate semesters as topics vary to a maxi-
terms of basic descriptive and evaluative
procedures; and application of techniques to mum of 6 hours or 1 '/: units.
specific instructional situations. Students
219. Field Experience in Secondary 302. Teaching Diverse Middle Grade
amass 32 hours of early field experiences
Teaching Students
(laboratory component) toward the required
Offered in conjunction with C & I 101 in the Examines the curriculum and philosophy of
total of 100 hours. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
secondary teacher education program in teaching students in the middle grades.
2 hours.
English, mathematics, science, social studies, Students will focus on a number of related
speech, and computer science. Meets in topics including teaching a diverse middle
240. Secondary Education in the United
subject area discussion sections one hour per school student population, including all
States
week throughout the semester for purposes students in instruction, using technology for
Provides each specialized educational worker
of assignment to schools, orientation to teaching middle school English, Speech,
with a common orientation to the major re-
specific field experiences, and monitoring and Mathematics, Science, and Social Studies and
sponsibilities of the public school as a unit and
evaluating these experiences. Students are alternative means of assessing students'
to the educational worker's own specialized
assigned in a school for at least two hours per learning. Seminar content will be integrated
responsibilities and problems within the
week for the entire semester. Students amass with course work in adolescent development,
Curriculum and Instruction 79
and special education in middle school 320. Foundations of Early Childhood 335. Computer-Assisted Instruction
settings. Course work is integrated with field Education Same as C S 317. Computer-assisted instruc-
assignments in working with middle school Study of the role of the early childhood teacher tion (CAD and its relation to classroom teach-
students. Prerequisite: C& I 301. 3 hours or A
3
in designing, organizing, and implementing development, man-
ing; the teacher's role in
Requires concurrent enrollment in
unit. educational programs for children in pre- agement, and criticism of CAI lessons;
EDPSY 320 and SP ED 205. schools, kindergartens, and the first three treatment of topics including instructional
grades of the elementary school; includes the capabilities of CAI systems, instructional pro-
303.Teaching Diverse Senior High School history, philosophy, and theory of early child- gramming, and the design of CAI lessons.
Students hood education; includes morning school Prerequisite: A 100 level Computer Science
Examines the curriculum and philosophy of practicum providing at least 90 hours of early course, or C S 400, or consent of instructor. 4
teaching students in the senior high school field experience. Prerequisite: Admission to the hours or 1 unit.
grades. Students will focus on a number of Early Childhood Teacher Education Curricu-
related topics including teaching a diverse stu- lum; EDPSY 236; E P S 201. 5 hours or 1 unit. 336.The Computer and Mathematics
dent population, including all students in in- Education
struction, using technology for teaching high 321. Principles and Practices in Early Examines the role of the computer as an in-
school English, Speech, Mathematics, Science, Childhood Education structional tool in the secondary school math-
and Social Studies and alternative means of Studies the principles and practices of using ematics classroom; reviews curricular mate-
assessing students' learning. Seminar content play as an educational tool in early childhood rials and develops sample classroom projects
will be integrated with course work in instruc- education; reviews historical, philosophical, in computer mathematics; analyzes compu-
tional technology, assessment, and special and psychological foundations of nursery-kin- tational problems and develops algorithms for
education in senior high school students. Pre- dergarten methods; assesses techniques relat- their solution; and includes iteration, Monte
requisite: C & 1 302. 3 hours or Vt unit. Requires ing play to various aspects of instruction; sur- Carlo methods, and simulation. Prerequisite:
concurrent enrollment in EDPSY 391 and veys materials and equipment; and presents C S 101 or 400, or consent of instructor. 4 hours
C&I 235. methods of classroom evaluation. Prerequisite: or 1 unit.
C & I 320. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
304.Teaching and Assessing Secondary 340. Principles and Practices in Science
School Students 322. Parent Involvement Techniques for Education
Emphasizes the practical application of theory Teachers The principles, place, and practice of science
and recommended practices for developing Principles and practices in working with par- education in the school and in the lives of
curriculum, teaching, and assessing learning ents in programs of involvement, education, children; stresses the functional nature of
in the middle and senior high school years. and participation for elementary and early science and its place in the curriculum; and
Prerequisite: C & I 303. 4 hours or 1 unit. Re- childhood teachers; includes techniques of considers the organization of the science
quires concurrent enrollment in SP ED 305, reporting to parents, counseling with parents, program, experiences and techniques of value
EOL 350, and ED PR 242. guiding parent participation in schools, and in teaching, and the role of the classroom
developing relations with community agen- teacher and specialist. Opportunity for
305. Introduction to Teaching Elementary cies. Prerequisite: C & I 320 or graduate stand- experience in field and laboratory work.
Age Children ing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Prerequisite: C & I 237 or 320; two years of
Course examines the contexts of elementary college science. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
education in the public schools. Includes con- 324. Pediatrics and Nutrition
tent on teaching as a profession and commu- Same as FSHN 305 and HDFS 305. See FSHN 342. Mathematics, Science, and Technology
nity/family contexts of education. Course 305. in Early Childhood Education
work is integrated with field experiences with The principles, place and practice of science
elementary children. (ED PR 1 50). Prerequisite: 330. Principles and Practices in and mathematics education in early childhood
E P S 201 EDPSY 236; or consent of instructor
; Mathematics Education education and in the lives of young children;
and admission to Elementary Education Organization, scope, and sequence of the stresses the functional nature of science and
Teacher Education Curriculum. 1 hour or 'A mathematics program and the functional mathematics and their inter-relatedness;
unit. Requires concurrent enrollment in ED PR nature of mathematics; methods, techniques, methods, techniques, experiences, and mate-
150. experiences, and materials of value in teaching rials of value in teaching mathematics and
mathematics, and the role of classroom science in early childhood education; and the
306. Theory and Practice in Elementary teacher. Prerequisite: C & I 237 or 320; MATH role of the classroom teacher. Opportunity for
School Teaching, I 201 or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May experience in field and laboratory work. Pre-
Course examines teaching in the elementary be repeated in the same semester. requisite: Junior standing; C & I 320, general
grades. Students will focus on a number of education requirements in mathematics
related topics, including classroom manage- 331. Teaching Elementary Mathematics (MATH 203 or equivalent), 2 years of college
ment, instructional design, personal and pro- Examines the organization, scope, and se- science. 5 hours or 1 14 units.
fessional attributes of effective teachers, and quence of the mathematics program and the
multicultural perspectives. Course work is in- functional nature of mathematics; methods, 344. Social Studies in Early Childhood
tegrated with field assignments in public el- techniques, experiences, and materials of Education
ementary schools. Prerequisite: C & I 305, or value in teaching mathematics, and the role Course emphasizes the place of social studies
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. of the classroom teacher. Includes laboratory in early childhood education program (pre-
experience, with supervised problem solving. school-grade 3). Focuses on several areas of
307. Theory and Practice in Elementary Prerequisite: MATH 203, or consent of instruc- knowledge related to the social lif e of the com-
School Teaching, II tor and admission to Elementary Education munity as it is concerned with young children;
Course continues the examination of teaching Teacher Education Curriculum. 4 hours or 1 (1) knowledge from the social sciences, (2)
in the elementary grades, begun in C & I 305 unit. social cognition and social skills learning, and
and 306. In addition to continuing the study (3) ways of dealing with cultural and social
of some topics introduced in the previous 332. An Investigative Approach to diversity. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early
courses, students will focus on the following Elementary Mathematics Instruction Childhood Program. 2 hours or Vi unit.
topics as they complete student teaching: Course will model and examine an investiga-
designing instruction for classes including tive approach to elementary mathematics in- 345. Principles and Practices in Social
special needs students, managing technology struction, which is purposeful, inquire-based, Studies Education
in the classroom, and working with parents. and meaningful mathematics instruction, and Emphasizes the role of social studies educa-
Prerequisite: C & 1 306, or consent of instructor. which is integrated across math topics and tion in the school; the formal instructional
2 hours or Vi unit. Requires concurrent with other content areas. Prerequisite: C & 1 331, program in social studies, including the
enrollment in ED PR 232. or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. knowledge, skills, and sensitivities to be
80 Curriculum and Instruction
taught; the teaching strategies and materials 360. Principles and Practices in Language 375. Teaching Elementary Reading and
employed; and the organization of learning Arts Education Language Arts, I
experiences and the total program in addition Goals, content, and teaching problems in- Course examines the basic theories, issues,
to the educative impact of the school as a so- volved in the devising of programs in the area methods, and materials for a developmental
cial system. Prerequisite: C & 1 237 or 320; jun- of language arts that are cumulative and se- K-8 language arts program. Emphasizes lan-
ior standing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. quential. Prerequisite: C& 1 237 or 320. 3 hours, guage arts (including reading, as well as writ-
or Vi or 1 unit. ing, speaking and listening) as tools for learn-
,
346. Culture in the Classroom ing across the curriculum. Addresses cultural
Overview of the social and cultural factors that 365. Language and Literacy in Early diversity in language arts instruction, with
affect learning and teaching, and application Childhood Education, I emphasis on linguistic diversity. Prerequisite:
of cultural information to curriculum devel- Basic principles, techniques, and materials for C& I 367, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1
opment, classroom practices, and evaluation. the emergent literacy classroom. Emphasizes unit.
3 hours, or A
X
or 1 unit. linguistic and cultural factors in culturally
diverse settings. Prerequisite: EDPSY 236, 376. Teaching Elementary Reading and
347. Issues and Practices in Addressing admission to the Early Childhood Program. 3 Language Arts, II
Diversity in Elementary Education hours or Vi unit. Course examines the basic theories, issues,
Course examines multiple perspectives on methods, and materials for a developmental
and pedagogical responses to the historical 366.Language and Literacy in Early K-8 language arts program. Emphasizes lan-
diversity that has characterized United States Childhood Education, II guage arts (including reading, as well as writ-
education since its beginning. Course places Emphasizes developmentally appropriate ing, speaking, and listening) as tools for learn-
particular emphasis on cultural issues, includ- practices for the teaching of reading and ing across the curriculum. Addresses cultural
ing the social construction and implication of writing in grades K -2. Prerequisite: C & I 365, diversity in language arts instruction, with
race in contemporary society. Identity issues admission to the Early Childhood Program. 2 emphasis on linguistic diversity. Prerequisite:
play a significant role as students examine the hours or Vi unit. C & I 367 and 375, or consent of instructor. 2
intersections of their biographies with those hours or Vi unit.
children in classrooms, especially in relation 367. Principles and Practices in Teaching
to classroom practices and the belief systems Literature to Children and Youth 384. Instructional Technologies for
embodied in them. Developing concepts of Examines literature written for children and Education and Training
racism (personal, cultural, and institutional) youth and the uses of literature in the school Same as HRE 384. See HRE 384.
as well as of class and gender, are pivotal in curriculum. Prerequisite: C & 1 237 and 320 and
response to agendas of privilege, equity, and one college course in literature. 3 hours, or Vi 399. Issues and Developments in
justice. Culturally relevant practices are exam- or 1 unit. Students may not receive credit for Education
ined, as well as those developed in regard to both C& I 367 and LIS 303. Seminar course on topics not treated by
differences in "ability" or in response to lan- regularly scheduled courses; requests for
guage and dialect differences. 1 hour or 'A unit. 368. Children's Literature for Early initiation may be made by students or faculty
Childhood Education members. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 2 to 4
348. Teaching Elementary Social Studies Examines literature written for children ages hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Course examines the nature and role of social birth-eight years, extensive reading and analy- maximum of 8 hours or 2 units.
studies in elementary schools, both in terms sis of literature in all genres and formats;
of the formal curriculum and of the impact of evaluations of literature in relation to cogni- 400.Elementary School Classroom
the school as a social system on children's so- tive and linguistic development, emergent lit- Programs
cial learning. Examine multiple approaches to eracy, linguistic and cultural diversity, and Explores organizational centers for determin-
what should be experienced and learned in family and school literacy; reviews and ap- ing selection and sequence of educative expe-
social studies as well as the nature of social plies theories about the functions of literature. riences in the elementary school classroom;
inquiry. Various instructional methods em- Prerequisite: One college literature course, or emphasizes the role of the teacher in curricu-
phasizing direct experiences as well as read- consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. lum construction. 1 unit.
ing are emphasized. Local, state, and national

trends in curriculum and evaluation are ad- 370. Principles and Practices in Reading 401.Fundamentals of Curriculum
dressed. Students engage in social inquiry, as Education Development
well as develop, implement, and evaluate an and materials for
Basic principles, techniques, Examines a variety of definitions of curricu-
action research project focusing in depth on a the developmental reading program; empha- lum developments; readings reflect current
particular practice of social education. 3 hours sizes methods and materials which provide theories and research related to substantive
or A
l
unit. for differentiated instruction. Prerequisite: Jun- issues in the field: how learning is influenced
ior standing; C & 1 237 or 320. 3 hours, or Vi or by stated goals of education, cultural back-
350. Teaching Elementary Science, I 1 unit. ground of the learners, structure of the school
Course is the first in a two-course sequence setting, competencies of teachers, psychologi-
that examines science content, learning theory, and Practices for Fostering
371. Principles and means
cal characteristics of the learners,
and the teaching of science in the elementary Independence in Reading of measuring student achievement. 1 unit.
school. Introductory course includes an intro- Comprehension, study, and reference skills as
duction to children's learning in science and they pertain to reading in the content fields; 402. Continuing Education Program
science content for elementary age children. appropriate for elementary and junior high Development
Prerequisite: Admission to Elementary Educa- school majors, K-8. Prerequisite: C & I 370. 3 Same as EOL and HRE 448. See EOL 448.
tion Teacher Education Curriculum. 2 hours hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
or Vi unit.
407. Problems and Trends in Specialized
372. Teaching of Reading in Grades Four Fields
351. Teaching Elementary Science, II Through Twelve Intensive examination of problems and trends
Course is the second in a two-course sequence Developmental reading programs beyond the in the subject fields. 1 unit. May be repeated
that examines elementary science content, primary grades; factors related to reading to a maximum of 2 units.
learning theory, and the teaching of science in speed and comprehension; vocabulary devel-
the elementary school. Course includes an opment, specific comprehension skills, study 409. Curriculum Research
examination of the nature of science, as well skills, and reading interests and tastes. Prereq- Reviews the principle methodologies used in
as methods and materials for teaching science uisite: C & I 370 or EDPSY 211; junior stand- research on curriculum problems; emphasizes
and assessing science learning. Prerequisite: C ing. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. subject-analytical, large-scale survey, experi-
& I 350, or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi

mental, case methods, and clinical studies;
unit. emphasizes the conceptual and practical prob-
Curriculum and Instruction 81
lems in such research. Prerequisite: EDUC 400 435. Theory and Design of Instructional 465. Topics in Research, Inquiry, and
or equivalent. 1 unit. Simulations Writing Studies
Introduces theory and design of interactive Same as ENGL 482. See ENGL 482.
418. Evaluation of Educational Programs simulations for teaching decision making in
Same as EDPSY 451. Origins, assumptions, schooling /training situations; includes intro- 466. Topics in Writing Pedagogy and
applications, and development of approaches duction to models of simulation, a process of Program Design
to educational program evaluation in practice simulation construction, identification and Same as ENGL 483. See ENGL 483.
over the past twenty years; unobtrusive interpretation of learning outcomes, computer
measures and noneducation evaluation implementation of selected simulations. Pre- 467. Children's Literature and the School
systems; and practice in collecting evaluative requisite: C & I 335; C S 300 or equivalent. 1 Curriculum
data. Prerequisite: EDPSY 390, one year of work unit. Investigates trends and issues related to
with children or youth in an institutional teaching literature in the school; focuses
setting, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 440. Current Issues in Science Education attention upon the organization and planning
Advanced seminar in science education for of a balanced literature curriculum (fictional
419. Methods of Child Study teachers, consultants, and administrators. and informational). Prerequisite: C& I 367 or
Studies ways in which teachers can evaluate Identifies major problems and issues; analyzes LIS 304; and ENGL 101, 103, 106, 115, 116, or
child behavior and development with empha- current trends and research; and develops a consent of instructor. 1 unit.
sison classroom application; instruction and philosophical framework related to science
practice in the use and interpretation of ob- education. Prerequisite: C& 1 340 or equivalent, 468. Contemporary Classics in Children's
servations, anecdotal records, rating scales, and two years of college science; or consent Literature
interviews, achievement tests, intelligence of instructor. 1 unit. Critically examines children's books that have
tests, questionnaires, and sociomerric and pro- received major national and international
jective techniques. Prerequisite: EDPSY 312 or 449. Independent Study awards and prizes and the requirements for
consent of instructor. 1 unit. Offers opportunity and challenge of self- that distinction; gives particular attention to
directive, independent study; develops the the most recent publications so honored and
420. Programs in Early Childhood individual's ability as an independent student, their implications for use in the classroom.
Education and enables the student to pursue needed Prerequisite: C & I 367 or 467, or LIS 304; and
Advanced course intended primarily for study in a field in which appropriate courses ENGL 106 or 215, or equivalent; or consent of
teachers and supervisors of younger children, are not being offered during a given semester. instructor. 1 unit.
ages three to eight; reviews and analyzes re- Prerequisite: Approval of study outline by
search findings, experimentation, and current adviser and the department chairperson prior 469. Topics in Discourse and Writing
trends in curriculum organization, proce- to enrollment. '/: or 1 unit. May be repeated to Studies
dures, and materials essential to developing a maximum of 2 units with consent of adviser Same as ENGL 484. See ENGL 484.
classroom programs for children. 1 unit. and department head.
470. Issues and Trends in Reading
421.Curriculum Problems and Trends in 450. Methods of Educational Inquiry The timing of beginning reading, the influence
Early Childhood Education Same as EDPSY and SP ED 450. Critical con- of certain linguists on methodology and
Includes principles underlying education sideration of research concepts and methods terminology in instructional materials, and the
practices in day care centers, preschool/ used in alternative means of contemporary influence of research on methodology are
nursery and kindergarten settings derived educational inquiry. or 1 unit. dealt with in a way that provides a historical
from theory and research in developmental perspective for evaluating the merit of
psychology, social psychology, anthropology, 461.Theory and Practice in Children's emerging issues and trends. Prerequisite: C &
and other related disciplines. 1 unit. Composition I 370. 1 unit.
Studies composition or writing, its beginning
422. Arts in Early Childhood: Curriculum and progress, gives particular attention to the 471. Field Instruction in Reading Programs
in Context relationship between creativity and imagina- Directed practice in the area of reading;
Role of dance, drama, music, literature, and tion and the basic skills of punctuation, spell- students are placed in an approved and
the visual arts in early childhood education, ing, and other conventions of writing; and supervised field position for part of the
focusing on production/performance, appre- examines research studies on functions of semester. 1 unit.
ciation, history, and aesthetics. Interrelation- writing, motivation, and purposes for writing
ships among curriculum, notions of child de- during the school years. Prerequisite: C & 1 360 472. The Organization and Supervision of
velopment, cultural contexts, and unique or equivalent. 1 unit.
School Reading Programs
traditions of different arts disciplines. Current Studies procedures for planning, improving,
arteducation practices in the United States 462. Linguistics and the School Curriculum and evaluating reading programs on a system-
and other countries. Requires attendance at Analyzes linguistics for the school curriculum wide basis. Open only to those persons who
performances and visits to an art museum. including dialect diversities, new theories of are preparing to supervise reading programs
Prerequisite: Graduate status. '/: or 1 unit. One grammar, lexicography, and variations in oral or with approval of graduate adviser. Prereq-
unit credit requires additional papers. and written forms of language; gives attention uisite: C & 1 475. 1 unit.
to how teachers apply these principles in the

430. Trends and Issues in Mathematics construction or language arts programs. 473.Reading Instruction in Nursery School
Education Prerequisite: C & I 360, or credit in a course in Through Grade Three
Deals with theories of learning, research stud- English grammar or linguistics. 1 unit. Planning and evaluating reading instruction
ies, curriculum development projects, and and materials in nursery school through
other events which have influenced elemen- 463. Writing Studies I: Social Contexts and Grade Three. Prerequisite: C & I 370 or 371, or
tary mathematics programs; also considers Functions of Writing equivalent; or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
problems and issues in contemporary pro- Same as SPCOM and ENGL 405. See SPCOM
grams. Prerequisite: C & I 400 or 420. 1 unit. 405. 475. Corrective Reading Instruction in the
Classroom
431. Development of Mathematics 464. Writing Studies II: Writing Processes Nature, causes, and diagnosis of reading dif-
Programs and Their Development ficulties; translation of diagnostic information
Deals with procedures for developing cur- Same as SPCOM 406 and ENGL 464. See into instructional practice. Prerequisite: C& I
ricula in the major content areas of mathemat- SPCOM 406. 370 or 371, or equivalent. 1 unit.
ics and alternative instructional procedures.

Prerequisite: C & I 330 or equivalent; or con-
sent of instructor. 1 unit.
82 Czech
476. Clinical Diagnosis and Remediation tualunderstanding of tap style and the de-
in Reading velopment of the specific skills needed for per-
Supervised experienced; special attention to formance. 1 hour. May be repeated to a maxi-
evaluative and interpretative techniques in mum of 4 hours.
cases of severe reading disabilities based on
the analysis of specific reading needs. Prereq-
uisite: C & I 475. 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Dance 121. Intermediate Tap
Intermediate level of tap dance technique for
maximum of 2 units. nondance majors. Course is a continuation of
Head of Department: Patricia K. Knowles DANCE 120, emphasizing a progression in
477. Clinical Practicum in Corrective Department Office: 907Vi West Nevada Street, movement vocabulary, style, rhythm, and
Reading Urbana performance quality. Prerequisite: DANCE 120,
Diagnostic procedures and individual instruc- Phone: 333-1010 or equivalent and consent of instructor. 1 hour.
tion with small groups of children who have URL: www.dance.uiuc.edu/dance May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours.
reading difficulties. Prerequisite: C & 1 475. 1
unit. 130. Performance Practicum, I
Dance (DANCE) Performance laboratory involving the re-
481. Aesthetics and Curriculum hearsal and performance of student works
Same as DANCE 481. Provides a synthesis of 100. Introduction to Contemporary Dance under faculty supervision and /or works by
theoreticaland autobiographical perspectives Overview of major works, figures, and trends faculty and visiting artists. Prerequisite: Con-
on aesthetic issues and their ramifications for responsible for shaping dance as an evolving maximum of 16 hours of
sent of instructor,
the development and the critique of arts cur- contemporary art form. The course will have performance credit (DANCE 130, 330, 335)
ricula. Drawing on Art as an important source lecture, viewing, discussion and experiential may be counted toward degree requirements.
of knowledge and communication, the course (studio participation) components. 3 hours. For 1 to 3 hours (1 or 2 hours credit per dance).
reviews ideas from Aesthetics and Arts Edu- nondance majors.
cation (e.g., music, poetry, literature, visual 131. Production Practicum
arts, theater and dance education). Identifies 101. Beginning Modern Dance Practical experience in the production of dance
principles common forms but mani-
to all art Introduction to basic dance technique and concerts mounted in the Krannert Center for
fested differently in each of them to develop movement improvisation; the study of motion the Performing Arts. 1 or 2 hours. (1 hour credit
tools and skills for the design of, evaluation as an art, group relationships in improvisation, per concert up to 2 hours per semester). May
of,and research on arts curricula. Prerequisite: and discussion of choreographic ideas. For be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
Graduate standing, and background with one nondance majors. 1 hour. May be repeated to
of the arts, or consent of instructor. Vi or 1 a maximum of 4 hours. 150. Orientation to Dance
unit. Survey of the including dance as a the-
field
102. Intermediate Modern Dance atre art, careers, injury prevention and nutri-
490. Seminar for Advanced Students of Intermediate dance technique and improvisation. Also serves to orient incoming students
Education tion. For nondance majors. Prerequisite: to the faculty, programs, and policies of the
Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral study. to DANCE 101 or consent of instructor. 1 hour. Department of Dance, and the production and
2 units. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. performing resources in the Krannert Center
for the Performing Arts. Prerequisite: Major
491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar 105. Jazz standing in Dance or consent of instructor. 2
Assists doctoral candidates in planning field Introduction to basic dance technique and hours.
studies and thesis problems. Students are stylisticwork in the jazz idiom. For nondance
expected to present their studies at each of majors. 1 hour. May be repeated to a maximum 151. Production in Dance
four stages: (1) the inception, delimitation, of 4 hours. Examines the theoretical and practical aspects
tentative design stage; (2) the proposed design of dance production. Includes lighting,
stage; (3) the revised design stage; and (4) the 106. Jazz Dance, II costumes, scenery, props, audio make-up, and
final design stage. Students are expected to Progressive development of the concepts and some management. Commitment outside of
analyze critically all presentations. Prerequisite: skills in DANCE 105. For nondance majors. scheduled class includes participation in the
Admission to doctoral study. 1 to 2 units. Prerequisite: DANCE 105 or equivalent; or production of the annual Senior Concert.
consent of instructor. 1 hour. May be repeated Prerequisite: DANCE 150. 2 hours.
499. Thesis Research to a maximum of 4 hours.
Individual direction of research and thesis 160. Modern Technique, I
writing. to 4 units. 107. BalletFundamentals, I Elementary technique for majors with empha-
Introduction to ballet for nondance majors. 1 sis on a conceptual understanding of move-
hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 ment principles and the development of tech-
hours. nical skill and performance sensitivity.
Prerequisite: Departmental audition. 1 to 3
108. Ballet Fundamentals, II hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 18
Progressive development of the concepts and hours.
skills in DANCE 107; for the nondance major.
Czech Prerequisite: Two semesters of DANCE 107 or 162. Improvisation, I
equivalent; consent of instructor. 1 hour. May Experience in selective, basic processes of

(See Slavic Languages and Literature) be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. movement involvement, both individual and
group; special attention to organic, economical
Fundamentals, HI
109. Ballet bodily use, the dynamics and quality of which
Intermediate level of Ballet technique for are necessary to the activity being performed.
nondance majors. Course is a continuation 1 hour.
and development of the skills in DANCE 108.
Prerequisite: Two semesters of DANCE 108 or 163. Improvisation, II
equivalent, and consent of instructor. 1 hour. Continuation of DANCE 162, with emphasis
May be repeated in separate semesters to a on expanding bodilv activity into various ex-
maximum of 4 hours. isting or created performing environments;
use of sound and music, body coverings, and
120.Beginning Tap properties; and special attention to relating
Introduction to basic tap technique for these experiences to dance composition. Pre-
nondance majors. Emphasis is on a concep-
Dance 83
requisite: DANCE 162 or consent of instructor. elements from several different cultures.
sis of 301. The Alexander Technique for Dancers
2 hour. Emphasis on the continuing impact of Afri- Introduces the Alexander Technique: a prac-
can-American dance on American culture. tical method for changing habitual movement
164. Beginning Composition Course work will include both lecture-discus- patterns which interfere with coordination,
Theory and practice in principles of dance sion and studio sessions. 3 hours. ease, and efficiency of movement. The course
composition; emphasis on solo creative work focuses on learning the principles through
using various approaches to composition. Pre- 260. Modern Technique, II hands-on work, readings, discussions, and
requisite: DANCE 163 or consent of instructor. Progressive development of the concepts in application to dance. 1-3 individual lessons
2 hours. DANCE 160, with emphasis on the qualitative outside of class required per semester. Prereq-
and definitive performance of a variety of uisite: DANCE 260 or consent of instructor. 2
166. Ballet, I technical styles. Prerequisite: Admittance by hour or V* unit.

Elementary ballet for dance majors; empha- departmental placement and consent of
sizes placement, refinement of adagio, pirou- instructor. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated to a 310.Advanced Jazz
ette, jumps, and connecting steps, lor 2 hours. maximum of 18 hours. Continuation of DANCE 210, emphasizing the
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. conceptual understanding of the jazz style and
264. Intermediate Composition development of specific skills necessary for
168. Music Theory Dancers
for Experience in choreographing a minimum of this idiom. Prerequisite: DANCE
210 or
Introduction to basic music theory with a one solo and two small group works utilizing equivalent and consent of instructor. 2 hour or
concentration on rhythm. The first half of the various approaches to choreographic form. Vt unit. May be repeated in subsequent
semester will concentrate on 1) learning, Prerequisite: DANCE 164 or consent of instruc- semesters to a maximum of 4 hours or 1 unit.
understanding, and being conversant in basic tor. 2 hours.
music parameters; 2) analytical listening; 3) 312. Theatre Dance, I
notation; 4) transcripts; 5) reading notation/ 266. Ballet, II Same as THEAT 312. Stylistic characteristics
following a score; 6) performance of simple Intermediate ballet for dance majors; a proof popular dancing beginning with the social
rhythm patterns. The second half will deal gressive development of movement concepts dances, customs, and manners of early
with form and formal analysis as it relates to and vocabulary in DANCE 166, with empha- Renaissance and developing through 1850.
choreography, as well as more advanced sis on technical development and extended may be required. Prerequisite: Junior
Field trips
parameters of music theory. Prerequisite: Major movement combinations. Prerequisite: Depart- standing in Dance or Theatre, or consent of
standing in Dance. 3 hours. mental placement and consent of instructor. 3 instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
May be repeated to a maximum of
or 2 hours.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 8 hours. 313. Theatre Dance, II
1 to May be repeated to a maximum

5 hours. Same as THEAT 313. A continuation of
of 9 hours. 269. Music Literature for Dancers DANCE 312. Focuses on the stylistic charac-
Basic analysis of representative pieces from teristics of popular dancing beginning with
210. Jazz Dance the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, the social dances, customs, and manners, from
Introduction to basic dance techniques and and Modern periods, emphasizing music of 1850 and developing through Musical Theatre
stylistic work in the jazz idiom for experienced the twentieth century. Students learn to of the 20th Century. Prerequisite: Advanced
dancers. Emphasis on a conceptual under- recognize general stylistic characteristics of standing in Dance or Theatre; DANCE 312 or
standing of jazz style (as related to America's each period and to understand dance forms equivalent, or consent of instructor. 2 hours or
own cultural diversity) and the development related to the music. Prerequisite: DANCE 168 Vi unit. Field trips may be required.
of the specific skills necessary for performance or equivalent, and consent of instructor. 3
and teaching. Prerequisite: Major standing in hows. 314. Musical Theatre Choreography
Dance, or consent of instructor. 2 hour. May Same as THEAT 315. Focuses on the study and
be repeated to a maximum of 2 hours. 295. Career Seminar practice of Musical Theatre Choreography.
Addresses survival strategies and the transi- Includes choreographic experiences in the
220. Tap Dance tion from academe to the profession. Course style of prominent musical theatre choreog-
Introduction to basic tap technique for expe- content includes research and discussion of raphers as well as choreography created by
rienced dancers. Emphasis on a conceptual career possibilities in performance, choreog- the students. Prerequisite: DANCE 313 or con-
understanding of tap style and the develop- raphy, teaching, community dance work, sent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
ment of the specific skills necessary for per- therapy, and the dance-related fields of
formance and teaching. Prerequisite: Major health/fitness/recreation. Students will re- 320. Dance Internship
standing in Dance, or consent of instructor. 2 search individualized projects in an area of Supervised field experience in community
hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 interest. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Dance. and /or professional organizations in a vari-
hours. 2 hour. ety of danced-relate areas. Provides students
with work experience and exposure to pro-
230. Dance Practicum 298. Senior Project and/or video
fessional situations. Written
Provides dance majors with diverse perform- The design, execution, and production of a documentation and department presentation
ing experiences in the community. Venues will culminating choreographic /performance of internship activities required. Prerequisite:
include area schools, nursing homes, and spe- project. Prerequisite: DANCE 365 and senior Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 1
cial populations. Students will participate in standing in Dance. 2 to 3 hours. May be unit. May be repeated in separate semesters
the creation of lecture-demonstrations which repeated to a maximum of 3 hours of credit. to a maximum of 6 hours or 1 Vz units.
include improvisation and choreography. Par-
ticipation in all performances is a requirement. 300.Viewing Dance Composer-Choreographer Workshop
328.
Course is intended to be a two-semester ex- Overview of contemporary dance from the Same as MUSIC 328. For experienced compos-
perience with creation of the lecture-demon- United States, Canada, and Europe focusing ersand choreographers; explores the many
stration in the first semester and rehearsals/ on the current works of significant emerging between musical composition
relationships
performances during the spring term. Prereq- and established choreographers working in and choreography. Prerequisite: For dance
uisite: Dance majors, or consent of instructor. the field today. Prerequisite: For dance majors: majors, DANCE 264 or consent of instructor;
2 or 2 hours. Offered for 1 hour in fall, and 2 undergraduate standing; DANCE 341, or for music majors, MUSIC 106 or equivalent,
hours in spring. May be repeated in separate consent of instructor. For nondance majors: other compositional experience, and consent
semesters to a maximum of 6 hours. junior, senior, graduate standing in the arts or of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
consent of instructor. 1 hour or V* unit. Not open
240.African-American Dance in American to MFA candidates in Dance. 330. Performance Practicum, II
Culture Laboratory for the rehearsal and performance
Same as AFRO 240. Overview of the develop- of concert works by graduate choreographers,
ment of African- American dance as a synthe-
84 East Asian 1_anguages and Cultures
faculty, and guest artists. Prerequisite: Consent 360. Modern Technique, III 451. Supervised Teaching
of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or 'A to 1 unit (1 or 2 Progressive development of the concepts in Practical teaching experience under the super-
hours, or V* or Vi unit per dance). A maximum DANCE 260, with emphasis on virtuosity and member; weekly conference
vision of a faculty
of 16 hours or 2 units of performance credit versatility. Prerequisite:Admittance by depart- devoted to evaluation and planning. Teach-
(DANCE 130, 330, 335) may be counted mental placement and consent of instructor. 2 ing areas include major and nonmajor univer-
toward degree requirements. to 3 hours, or 'A or Vi unit. May be repeated to sity courses and classes for community adults
a maximum of 18 hours or 2 units. and children. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
331. Production Practicum in dance. V2 to 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Practical experience in all aspects of the 365. Advanced Composition maximum of 2 units with consent of instruc-
production of dance concerts mounted in the Choreography for the experienced student; tor as topics vary.
Krannert Center for the Performing Arts and includes performance of at least one original
on tour with the Illinois Dance Theatre. work. Prerequisite: DANCE 264 or consent of Modern Technique, IV
460.
Prerequisite: DANCE 131 or equivalent, and instructor. 2 hours or V2 unit. Modern technique for advanced graduate
consent of instructor. 1 or 2 hours, or Vt or V2 students. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
hour or 'A unit credit per concert up to
unit (1 366. Ballet, III dance and placement by technique faculty, '/i
2 hours or Vi unit per semester). May be Advanced ballet for dance majors; a progres- to % unit. May be repeated to a maximum of
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or '/: unit. sivedevelopment of movement concepts and 4 units.
vocabulary in DANCE 266. For dancers of
335.Dance Repertory Workshop advanced technical level with the ability to 465. Choreography
Experience in learning, rehearsing, and per- execute the ballet vocabulary; includes fun- Structured creative utilization of formal
fecting concert dance pieces under the direc- damentals of pointe work. Prerequisite: Depart- choreographic elements in the creation,
tion of experienced choreographers. Prerequi- mental placement and consent of instructor. 2 rehearsal, staging, and performance of
site:Enrollment in advanced technique course; or 2 hours, or V* or V2 unit. May be repeated to original dance works. Prerequisite: Graduate
consent of instructor. 2 or 2 hours, or 'A or V2 a maximum of 8 hours or 1 unit. standing in dance and audition. V2 unit.
unit. A maximum of 16 hours or 2 units of
performance credit (DANCE 130, 330, 335) 367. Choreography for the Video Camera 466. Ballet, IV
may be counted toward degree requirements. Provides a comprehensive approach, from Ballet for advanced graduate students.
camera use to editing techniques, leading to a Graduate standing in dance and
Prerequisite:
340. History of Dance, I practical ability to develop and produce video placement by technique faculty. 'A to % unit.
Survey of Dance from its beginning in primi- projects on a basic level. Course focuses on May be repeated to a maximum of 4 units.
tive societies through the early Nineteenth developing choreographic projects designed
century. Prerequisite: Dance majors or consent specifically for the video /film format. Prereq- 475. Production for Dance
of instructor; completion of campus Compo- uisite: DANCE 164 and 264. 2 hours or V2 unit. Examines theoretical and practical aspects of
sition 1 general education requirement. 3 hours dance production with emphasis on lighting
or 1 unit. 410. Professional Seminar and costuming; includes scenery and props,
Survey of professional organizations, publi- make-up, audio, video, stage management,
341. History of Dance, II cations, scholarly resources, and trends, cul- and public relations. The design and execution
Survey tracing the development of dance from minating in student presentation of projects of costumes for a dance production is a
the rise of Romanticism through the twentieth examining current issues in the field. Prereq- required culminating project. Prerequisite:
century. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 uisite: Graduate standing in dance. V2 unit. MFA candidacy in Dance; DANCE 465;
hours or 1 unit. concurrent registration in DANCE 498. 2 unit.
420. Problems in Teaching and
345. Dance Kinesiology and Somatics Administration 481. Aesthetics and Curriculum
Introduction to human anatomy and kinesi- Recent developments in the teaching of dance, Same as C& I 481. See C& 1 481.
ology, specifically as applied to dance; intro- including standards for major programs,
duction to the field of Somatics; approaches curricula planning, performance experiences, 498. Creative Project in Dance
toimproving the use of the body; exploration administration, evaluation, and theoretical The design, implementation, and completion
of the connections between the body, the approaches to the teaching of studio courses. of a culminating creative project in choreog-
mind, and movement. Prerequisite: Major Prerequisite: DANCE 410. 2 unit. raphy and/or performance. Prerequisite: 7
standing in dance or consent of instructor. 4 units of graduate work in dance, including one
hours or 1 unit. 430.Dance Touring Company unit in choreography. 2 unit. May be repeated
Repertory ensemble for the performance of to a maximum of 2 units.
347. Labanotation, I lecture-demonstration programs, off-campus
Fundamentals of labanotation, including and short-term residencies; rehearsal
concerts,
theory, reading, and writing; introduction to and performance of works by resident faculty
effort/shape analysis. Prerequisite: DANCE and guest choreographers. Prerequisite:
260 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Graduate standing in dance and audition. V2
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2
350. Teaching Workshop
Methods and approaches to the teaching of
units. East Asian
dance technique in the modern, ballet, and 431. Production Practicum Languages and
jazz idioms. The teaching of dance in commu-
nity situations, K-6 and nursing homes, will
Practical experience in the technical, design, Cultures
and administrative aspects of production in
also be addressed. Prerequisite: DANCE 260 conjunction with department concerts. Prereq-
and 266; junior standing in Dance or consent uisite: Graduate standing in dance. V2 unit. Head of Department: Ronald P. Toby
of the instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 1 unit. Department Office. 608 South Mathews Avenue,
Urbana
351. Independent Study and Special Topics 441. Contemporary Directions in Dance Phone: 244-1432
Special projects in research or creative Critical approach to 20th century dance with URL: www.ealc.uiuc.edu
investigation taught on an individual or class emphasis on the evolution of ideas that have
basis. Prerequisite: Junior standing and consent influenced and shaped the dance of today Includes Asian Studies (AS ST), Chinese (CHIN),
of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or 'A to 1 unit. May Prerequisite: DANCE 340, 341 and graduate East Asian Languages and Cultures (EALC),
be repeated for a maximum of 8 hours or 2 standing in dance; graduate students from Japanese (JAPAN), and Korean (KOREA)
units, which may be counted toward degree other disciplines may be admitted with
requirements. prerequisite courses and consent of instructor.
I unit.
East Asian Languages and Cultures 85
Note: All 200-level language courses are open with instructor, seminar may be repeated for 142. Chinese Reading and Writing
to freshmen and are taught in English. a maximum of 3 units. Continuation of CHIN 141. Successful comple-
tion of this course fulfills the Liberal Arts and
490. Individual Study and Research in Sciences foreign language requirement. Pre-
Asian Studies (AS ST) Special Topics requisite: CHIN 141, or proficiency as deter-
Supervised individual investigation or study mined by placement test. 4 hours. Credit is not
104. Asian Mythology of a topic not covered by regular course offer- given for both this course and CHIN 103 or
Same as RELST 104. See RELST 104. ings. The topic selected by the student and the 104.
proposed plan of study must be approved by
186. Southeast Asian Civilizations the student's adviser and the instructor who 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
Same as ANTH 186 and HIST 172. See ANTH supervises the work. Prerequisite: Consent of 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
186. instructor. Vi to 3 units.
205.Advanced Chinese, I
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Continuation of intermediate-level Chinese
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Chinese (CHIN) with emphasis on rapid reading, vocabulary
acquisition, and newspaper reading. Prereq-
290. Individual Study 101. Elementary Chinese, I uisite: CHIN 104 or 142. 5 hours.
Directed readings in the languages and Introduction to Mandarin Chinese, including
literatures of South Asia, Southeast Asia, or conversation with a native Chinese-speaking 206.Advanced Chinese, II
the Near East. The area selected depends on tutor under the direction of a linguist- Continuation of CHIN 205 with emphasis on
the student's interest. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, and a minimum of formal grammar rapid reading, vocabulary acquisition, and
instructor. 2 to 4 hours. and writing. 5 hours. newspaper reading. Prerequisite: CHIN 205. 5
hours.
291. Honors Tutorial 102. Elementary Chinese, II
Tutorial in the civilizations of South Asia, Second term of spoken Mandarin Chinese, 299. Study Abroad
Southeast Asia, or the Near East. The geo- including conversation with a native Chinese- Lectures, seminars, and practical work in
graphical area or nation and discipline depend speaking tutor under the direction of a Chinese language, literature, and civilization
on student interests. All students submit a linguist-instructor; formal grammar based on and in other academic areas appropriate to the
substantial paper. Prerequisite: Completion of conversational materials; and work on written student's course of study. Prerequisite: Junior
two honors activities, work in Asian studies, Chinese. Prerequisite: CHIN 101. 5 hours. standing and a GPA of 2.5. 0-1 6 hours. May be
and consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 32 hours per
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. 103. Intermediate Chinese, I academic year.
Firstterm of second year of the Chinese lan-
298.Colloquium in South, Southeast, and guage, including drill for more advanced con- 307. Introduction to Literary Chinese
Southwest Asian Studies versational fluency; introduction to a greater Introduction to literary language, style, and
Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours. (Counts variety of styles and levels of discourse and structural patterns as reflected in the Confu-
for advanced hours in L A S.) usage; and increasing study of the written lan- cian classics and other literary, philosophical,
guage and more formal grammar. Prerequisite: and historical texts. Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or
338. Governments and Politics in the Near CHIN 102, or equivalent. 5 hours. equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
East
Same as POL S 338. See POL S 338. 104. Intermediate Chinese, II 308.Readings in Literary Chinese
Concentration on ability to engage in fluent Readings in texts selected from the Confucian
345. Tutorials in East and Southeast Asian discourse, on comprehensive grammatical classics and other literary, philosophical, and
Languages knowledge, and on ability to read ordinary historical texts. Attention is given to linguis-
Tutorials at the elementary, intermediate, and simple text in Chinese. Prerequisite: CHIN 103 tic and intellectual patterns and to problems
advanced Asian languages not regu-
levels in
or equivalent. 5 hours. of translation. Prerequisite: CHIN 307 or
larly offered are available with the consent of equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
the head of the Department of East Asian Lan- 121. Elementary Spoken Mandarin, I
guages and Cultures. Prerequisite: Consent of For nonmajors who want to develop a basic 309. Social Science Readings in Chinese
head of the Department of East Asian Lan- competence in spoken Mandarin Chinese. Reading and translation of selected Chinese
guages and Cultures. Graduate credit is given Emphasizes the development of pronuncia- texts in the social sciences with emphasis on
only for work beyond the elementary level. 2 tion, vocabulary and grammar skills with a specialized terminology and prose style.
to 5 hours, or 'A to 1 unit. May be repeated up concurrent emphasis on mastery of Pinyin Prerequisite: Three years of modern Chinese. 3
to 6 semesters successively, but no more than phonetic orthography. 4 hours. Credit is not hours or 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum
4 units of graduate credit may be accumulated given for both this course and CHIN 101 or of 9 hours or 3 units.
in any one language. 102.
340. Fourth-Year Chinese, I
347. Governments and Politics of 122.Elementary Spoken Mandarin, II Focus of this course is on reading and discuss-
Southeast Asia Continuation of CHIN 121. Emphasizes ing modern and pre-modern Chinese literary
Same as POL S 347. See POL S 347. development of pronunciation, vocabulary selections in Chinese. Students continue to
and grammar skills, with a concurrent develop dictionary, literary and writing skills
349. Governments and Politics of South emphasis on mastery of Pinyin phonetic begun at the advanced (205 —206) levels. Pre-
Asia CHIN 206 or equivalent. 3 hours or
orthography. Prerequisite: CHIN 121. 4 hours. requisite: 1
Same as POL S 349. See POL S 349. Credit is not given for both this course and unit.
CHTN lOlor 102.

360. Peoples and Cultures of Oceania 341. Fourth-year Chinese, II
Same as ANTH 360. See ANTH 360. 141.Chinese Reading and Writing Continuation of CHTN 340. Prerequisite: CHIN
Students with a basic background in spoken 340 or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
386. Peoples and Cultures of Mainland
Mandarin will develop their ability to read
Southeast Asia 390. Readings in Chinese Literature
and write Chinese characters. Successful
Same as ANTH 386. See ANTH 386. completion of CHIN 141 and 142 fulfills the Guided readings in Chinese literature in the
Liberal Arts and Sciences foreign language vernacular with regular individual confer-
450.Seminar in South, Southeast, and ences and a paper. Prerequisite: Reading
requirement. Prerequisite: CHIN 122, or
Southwest Asian Studies knowledge of Chinese and consent of instruc-
speaking proficiency as determined by
Seminar on selected Asian topics. Prerequisite: tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated to a
placement test. 4 hours. Credit is not given for
Consent of instructor. 1 unit. Topics will vary maximum of 6 hours or 2 units.
both this course and CHIN 101 or 102.
.
86 East Asian Languages and Cultures
415. Premodem Fiction and Drama 208. Chinese Popular Literature role in Asia; the Korean colonial experience;
Close readings and analysis of selected pre- Surveys Chinese popular literary works Korea in the modern world. 3 hours.
20th century Chinese works written in the written in the vernacular language (short
premodem vernacular language. Prerequisite: story, novel, and drama), with attention to 270. Korean Literature in English
CHIN 308. 1 unit. cultural and artistic values. 3 hours. No Historical survey of Korean literature. Class
knowledge of Chinese is required. will read and discuss English translations of
417. Studies in Literary Chinese Texts representative works of Korean poetry and
Close reading and analysis of selected Chinese 218. Japanese Hero Types fiction as well as critical studies. 3 hours.
texts written in the Chinese literary language Same as C LIT 218. Analysis of Japanese hero
with emphasis on poetry and artistic prose. and heroine archetypes in comparison with 281. Introduction to Chinese Culture and
Prerequisite: CHIN 308. 1 unit. their Western counterparts: from shaman Society
ruler, Don Juan, samurai romantic, and feudal Same as ANTH 281 . See ANTH 281
paragons to modern superfluous hero and
East Asian Languages and Cultures self-destructive hollow man. Discussion with 285. Premodem Japanese History
(EALC) readings and films. 3 hours. No knowledge of Same as HIST 285. See HIST 285.
Japanese required.
286. Modern Japanese History
120. Introduction to East Asian Art: China
and Japan Women in Japanese Literature
219. Same as HIST 286. See HIST 286.
Same as ARTHI 101. See ARTHI 101. Same as C LIT and W S 219. Critical study of
Japanese women's history as represented in 287. Introduction to Buddhism
122. History of East Asian Religions literature,emphasizing religio-social-literary Same as RELST 287. See RELST 287.
Same as RELST 122. See RELST 122. significance, male views of women, female
290. Individual Study
roles, and universal experience of growing up
Directed readings in the languages and
Zen
132. female. Readings and discussion. 3 hours. No
literatures of East Asia. The area selected
Same as RELST 132. See RELST 132. knowledge of Japanese required.
depends on the student's interest. Prerequisite:
140.Chinese Civilization 222. Traditional China Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours.
Introduction to the historical development of Same as HIST 222. See HIST 222.
291. Honors Tutorial
Chinese civilization. Emphasis will be on
Modern China Tutorial in the civilizations of East Asia. The
broad themes and the connections among 223.
Same as HIST 223. See HIST 223. country and discipline depend on student
cultural values, social institutions, political
interests. All students submit a substantial
structures, and contacts with outsiders. Visual
224. Chinese Thought from Confucius to paper. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to
and literary evidence will be stressed. 3 hours.
Mao 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
Same as HIST and RELST 224. See HIST 224. hours.
150. Introduction to Japanese Culture
Topical introduction to Japanese cultural and
Gods and Man in Modern Japanese
225. 295. Topics in Asian Religions
aesthetic life with attention to cultural and
aesthetic patterns as they are reflected in Drama Same as RELST 295. See RELST 295.
literature, language, and the arts. 3 hours. Same as C LIT and RELST 225. Approach to
modern Japanese culture through drama. 298.Colloquium in East Asian Languages
Special emphasis given to the postwar and Cultures
170. East Asian Civilizations: China, Japan, is
Korea period. Readings in English supplemented by

Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours. Mav be
HIST and videotapes. No knowledge repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts
Same as HIST 170. See 170. films 3 hours.
of Japanese required.
for advanced hours in L A S.)
175. Masterpieces of East Asian Literature
Women 301. Chinese Art
Same as C LIT 175. Study of major works in 261. in East Asia
Same as W S 261 Interdisciplinary inquiry into
Same as ARTHI 301. See ARTHI 301.
the literary traditions of China and Japan, in- .
cluding haiku, noh, Tale ofGenji, kabuki, Tang and

the cultural social patterns that have
302. Japanese Art
poetry, Dream of the Red Chamber, Ming the- shaped women's lives in China, Japan, and
ater, and the colloquial tale. 3 hours. No knowl- Korea. 3 hours.
edge of Chinese or Japanese language re- The Chinese Novel
311.
quired. 262. Popular Culture in China and Japan
Same as C LIT 311. Reading and analysis of
Introduction to the popular cultural traditions
representative pieces of Chinese fiction from
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar of China and Japan; examines popular
the fourth century B.C. to 1900 with emphasis
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. morality, cosmology, religion, secret societies,
on the development of Chinese fiction, its
the "way of the samurai," body and health
place in the literary tradition, and its role in
205. Japanese Literature in Translation, I (acupuncture, meditation, Zen, T'ai-chi
Same society. 3 hours or 1 unit. No knowledge of
as C LIT 211. Survey of Japanese chuan), aesthetics (poetry, painting, tea
Chinese is required.
literature from earliest times to 1600; readings ceremony), and the world of the courtesan
in prose, poetry, and drama in English using a variety of documentary, fictional, and
312. Modern Chinese Literature in
translation. 3 hours. visual sources. 3 hours.
Translation
Same as C LIT 312. Reading and analysis of
206. Japanese Literature in Translation, II 265. Contemporary Korean Society
representative selections from Chinese
Same as C LIT
212. Survey of Japanese Same as SOC 265. Introduces contemporary
literature since the May 4 Movement, with
literature from 1600 to recent times; readings Korean society: the twentieth century struggle
special attention to the relationship between
in prose, poetry, and drama in English Korean
of Korea for an individual identity; the
literature and ideology in twentieth-century
translation; and lectures and papers. 3 hours. road to modernization and its significance for
China. 3 hours or 1 unit. No knowledge of
the United States and the developing world.
Chinese Literature
207. Classical
Chinese is required.
3 hours.
Same C
LIT 207. Surveys Chinese literary
as
works from the classical tradition (history, 267. History of Korea
313.Premodem Chinese Drama
Same as THEAT 314. Survey of Chinese drama
philosophy, poetry, literary criticism) with Same as HIST 267. Historical examination of
from the 12th century through the early 20th
attention to intellectual and artistic values. 3 the Korean experience, from the earliest times
century Students will read major works of
hours. No knowledge of Chinese is required. to the present day: basic political, social,
Chinese drama in English translation, as well
economic patterns; examination of the cultural
as works on stagecraft, performance styles, the
and intellectual tradition; Korea's historical
East Asian Languages and Cultures 87
social functions of drama and the social role 380. Buddhist Meditation 460. East Asian Language Pedagogy
of actors. Videotaped contemporary perfor- Same as RELST 384. See RELST 384. Course is for teachers of Japan, Chinese, or
mances of traditional drama will be viewed. Korean language who wish to improve their
3 hours or 1 unit. 383. Self and Society in Japan teaching skills and learn more about second
Same as ANTH 383. See ANTH 383. and foreign language acquisition specific to
315. Modem Japanese Fiction in the East Asian Language context. Besides
Translation Gender, and Population in
384. Family, reviewing research on language teaching
Same as C
LIT 315. Critical study of selected Contemporary China methodology and curriculum development,
20th century writers with an emphasis on Same as ANTH 384. See ANTH 384. students will observe each other conduct
cultural background, world view, human practice classes and analyze videotapes of
relationships, aesthetic theories, Japanese and 385. Chinese Foreign Policy class sessions. Prerequisite: Native or near-
Western traditions, and universal literary Same as POL S 389. See POL S 389. native fluency in Japan, Chinese, or Korean. 1
issues. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent unit. Undergraduates enroll only with consent
of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Requires
390. China Under the Ch'ing Dynasty
of instructor and the Graduate College.
no knowledge of Japanese; readings and films.
474. Problems in Japanese History

391. Early-Modem Japan: The Making of
322. Classical Japanese Poetry Same as HIST 474. See HIST 474.
Surveys Japanese poetry from early times (7th National Culture
c.) to the early modern period (19th c), from
Same as HIST 391 See HIST 391
.
475. Problems in Japanese Society and
choka and tanka, through various linked verse Cultures
392. Twentieth-century Japan: Negotiating
forms, and up to haiku, which is practiced Introduction to social, cultural, and intellec-
Modernity
popularly even today. Topics include poetic tual issues that have shaped modem Japan. A
variety of methodologies are employed, in-
technique, social context, and the presence of
poetry in other literary kinds. Main texts are cluding those of intellectual history, anthro-
393. Social-Economic History of Modern
poetrv collections and narratives in English pology, and literary criticism. Prerequisite: A
China
translation. Prerequisite: EALC 175, 205, 206,
reading knowledge of Japanese or consent of
or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated in same or
or Vi unit. Requires no knowledge of Japanese. subsequent semesters as topics vary to a maxi-
394. Twentieth-Century China
mum of 3 units.
328. Japan at War and Peace
Same as C LIT 328. Examination of the 400.Proseminar in East Asian Languages 483. Problems in Chinese History
changing ways the Japanese have imagined and Cultures Same as HIST 483. See HIST 483.
war and peace in the twentieth century as Interdisciplinary introduction for first-semes-
documented in novels, memoirs, essays, 490. Individual Study and Research in
ter EastAsian Languages and Cultures gradu-
plays, films, journalism, and other works. Special Topics
ate students toWestern-language writings on
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of Supervised individual investigation or study
East Asia that have been important to mod-
instructor. 3 hours or -A unit. of a topic not covered by regular course
ern scholarship on the region. The proseminar
The topic selected bv the student
offerings.
will cover the three cultures of the region in
330. Introduction to East Asian Linguistics and the proposed plan of study must be
an interdisciplinary fashion, focusing on the
Same as LING 330. See LING 330. methods of various disciplines in their treat-
approved by the adviser and the instructor.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Vi to 3 units.
ment of East Asia. Method refers both to the
336.Japanese Syntax
kinds of materials studies, and the theory and
May be repeated.
Course aims to provide advanced students of
tools used in research. 1 unit.
Japanese with a basic knowledge of syntactic
characteristics of Japanese. By reading some Japanese (JAPAN)
401. Seminar in Chinese Art
classic literature along with more current
work, we critically examine the analyses of a 101.Elementary Japanese, I
particular syntactic phenomenon in Japanese. 420. Ethnicity in China Introduction to Japanese, including conversa-
Prerequisite: Two years of modern Japanese Same as ANTH 420. See ANTH 420. tion with a native Japanese-speaking tutor
language and LING 202 for undergraduate under the direction of a linguist-instructor,
students; LING 300 or LING 330 for graduate 431. Seminar in Japanese Literature and a minimum of formal grammar and writ-
students. 3 hours or 1 May be repeated in
unit. Examination of Japanese literature from a va- ing. 5 hours.
separate semesters to a maximum of 6 hours riety of genresand historical periods designed
or 2 units. to prepare advanced students for independent
102. Elementary Japanese, II
work in literary criticism and analysis. Texts Second term of spoken Japanese, including
Government and Politics of China
337.
in the vernacular are read and discussed from conversation with a native Japanese-speaking
Same as POL S 337. See POL S 337. a variety of critical perspectives. Students pro- tutor under the direction of a linguist-instruc-
tor; formal grammar based on conversational
duce a term paper based on current scholar-
Government and Politics of Japan
348. materials; and work on written Japanese. Pre-
ship in the field of Japanese literary studies.
Same as POL S 348. See POL S 348. requisite: JAPAN 101. 5 hours.
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of Japanese.
1 unit. May be repeated in same or subsequent
366. Japanese Cinema 103. Intermediate Japanese, I
semesters as topics vary to a maximum of 3
Same as CINE 366. See CINE 366. Firstterm of second year of the Japanese lan-
units.
guage, including drill for more advanced con-
376. Classical Chinese Thought versational fluency; introduction to a greater
434. Research Seminar in Japanese History
Same as HIST 376. Inquiry into the major variety of styles and levels of discourse and
schools of Chinese thought in the Classical
usage; and increasing study of the written lan-
Period through the Han (206 B.C.-A.D. 220);
450. Seminar in East Asian Languages and guage and more formal grammar. Prerequisite:
Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Topics
Cultures JAPAN 102 or equivalent. 5 hours.
such as the concept of history military ,
Seminar on selected topics. Topic varies with
thought and logic will be covered. Readings 104. Intermediate Japanese, II
instructor. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
are in English. Prerequisite: One 1 00 or 200 level Concentration on ability to engage in reason-
1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
course on Chinese culture or consent of ably fluent discourse in Japanese, on compre-
units.
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. hensive views of formal grammar, and on abil-
ity to read simple ordinary written Japanese.
Prerequisite: JAPAN 103 or equivalent. 5 hours.
88 Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar development for teaching Japanese in prac-

1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. tice teaching of Japanese in the classroom.
Prerequisite: JAPAN 360 or equivalent. 3 hours
205. Advanced Japanese, I or 1 unit.
Readings in graded Japanese texts with oral
practice designed to help students acquire the 390. Readings in Japanese Literature Ecology, Ethology,
sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical Guided readings Japanese literature in the
in
structures of written Japanese. Prerequisite: vernacular with regular individual confer- and Evolution
JAPAN 104. 5 hours. ences and a paper. Prerequisite: Reading
knowledge of Japanese and consent of instruc-
Head of Department: Scott K. Robinson
206. Advanced Japanese, II tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Department Office: 515 Morrill Hall, 505 South
Continuation of JAPAN 205. Readings in maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
graded Japanese texts with oral practice de-
Phone: 333-7801
signed to help students acquire the sophisti- 399. Study Abroad
URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/eee
cated vocabulary and grammatical structures Lectures, seminars, and practical work in the
of written Japanese. Prerequisite: JAPAN 205 Japanese language, literature, and civilization,
or equivalent. 5 hours. and in other academic areas appropriate to the Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution
student's course of study. Prerequisite: Junior
(EEE)
307. Introduction to Classical Japanese standing and a GPA of 2.50. to 16 hours, or
Introduction to the grammar, morphology, units.
vocabulary, and style of classical Japanese 105. Environmental Biology
language as found in premodern Japanese Introduction to ecological principles in rela-
Korean (KOREA) tion to understanding environmental prob-
literary and historical writings. Prerequisite:
Three years of modern Japanese language or lems; emphasizes impacts upon ecosystems
equivalent. 3 hours or 3
A unit. 101. Elementary Korean, I
by human activities such as air and water pol-
lution, usage of pesticides and pest control
Introduction to Korean, including conversa-
308.Readings in Classical Japanese tion with a native Korean-speaking tutor un-
measures, expansion of agriculture in tropics
Readings in texts in classical Japanese selected der the direction of a linguist-instructor, and
and arid regions, harvesting the oceans, and
from historical and literary sources of the a minimum of formal grammar and writing.
development of energy sources. 3 hours.
premodern period. Attention is given to 5 hours.
grammatical, morphological, and stylistic 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
features and to problems in translation. 102. Elementary Korean, II 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
Introduction to reading of classical syllabaries Second term of spoken Korean, including con-
203. Behavior of Domestic Animals
and manuscript texts. Prerequisite: JAPAN 307. versation with a native Korean-speaking tu-
Same as ANSCI 203. See ANSCI 203.
3 /it>»rs or V* unit. tor under the direction of linguist instructor;
studies formal grammar based on conversa-
212. Basic Ecology
309. Social Science Readings in Japanese tional materials; and includes some work on
Lecture, discussion, laboratory, and field
Readings in Japanese social science materials, written Korean. Prerequisite: KOREA 101. 5
course dealing with the relationships between
including articles from newspapers, periodi- hours.
organisms and their environment; introduc-
cals, and learned journals. Prerequisite: JAPAN
tion to physiological bases for adaptations,
206 or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be 103. Intermediate Korean, I
population dynamics, community organiza-
repeated to a maximum of 9 hours or 3 units. Firstterm of second year of the Korean
tion, and the structure and function of ecosys-
language, including drill for advanced
340. Fourth Year Japanese, I
tems. Prerequisite: One year of biology or con-
conversational fluency; introduces a variety
Further developments of skills in sophisti- current registration in BIOL 122. 5 hours.
of styles and levels of discourse and usage;
cated Japanese language use, including read- (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
and increases study of the written language
ings in authentic materials in a wide variety and formal grammar. Prerequisite: KOREA 102. 232. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
of writing styles, writing for formal occasions, 5 hours.
Classification and comparative anatomy of
and speaking appropriately according to the
vertebrates including functions and evolution
situation while using precise vocabulary in 104. Intermediate Korean, II
of their organs and organ systems. Lecture and
correct level of speech. Prerequisite: JAPAN 206 Second term of second year of the Korean
laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equiva-
or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit. language including drill for more advanced
lent. 5 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L
conversational fluency; more variety of styles
341. Fourth Year Japanese, II
AS.)
and levels of discourse and usage; more
Continuation of JAPAN 340. Further develop- formal grammar and an introduction of basic
243. Natural History and Social Behavior of
ments of skills in sophisticated Japanese lan- Chinese characters. Prerequisite: KOREA 103.
the Great Apes
guage use, including readings in authentic 5 hours.
materials in a wide variety of writing styles,
Same as ANTH 243. See ANTH 243.
writing for formal occasions, and speaking 205. Advanced Korean, I
290. Special Topics
appropriately according to the situation while Concentrates on the ability to engage in fluent
Supervised participation in research and
using precise vocabulary in a correct level of discourse, on comprehensive grammatical
scholarly activities in ecology, ethology, or
speech. Prerequisite: JAPAN 340 or equivalent. knowledge, and on the ability to read ordinary
evolution, usually as an assistant to the in-
3 hours or 1 unit. texts in Korean, including some Chinese
structor. Prerequisite: Two years of life sciences
characters. Prerequisite: KOREA 104. 3 hours. and consent of instructor. 1 to 5 hours. Majors
360. Teaching Japanese as a Second
in any School of Life Sciences option may
Language, I 206. Advanced Korean, II
count toward graduation no more than a com-
Introduction to basic theory of Japanese Continuation of KOREA 205; emphasizes bined maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292, and
pedagogy; teaching methods, and theory and rapid reading, fluent conversation, learned
294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE;
practice of teaching Japanese grammar. 3 hours vocabulary and idiom acquisition, and
KOREA ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO. These
or 1 unit. reading of newspapers. Prerequisite:
hours will not be counted as advanced hours
205. 3 hours.
in the option.
361.Teaching Japanese as a Second
Language, II
294. Individual Topics
Application of pedalinguistics of Japanese;
Supervised independent investigation of in-
theory and method of instructional exercise
dividual topics in ecology, ethology, or evolu-
tion; requires a written report to instructor.
Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution 89
Prerequisite: Two years of life sciences and con- 336. Mammalogy solving. Prerequisite: EEE 212 or consent of
sent of instructor. 1 to 5 hours. Majors in any Classification, distribution, life history, evo- instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
School of Life Sciences option may count to- lution, and identification of mammals. Lec-
ward graduation no more than combined
a ture, laboratory, and field work. Prerequisite: 350. Behavior-Genetic Analysis
maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292, and 294 BIOL 122 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. Of- Same as ANTH and PSYCH 342. See PSYCH
credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE; ENTOM; fered in alternate years. 342.
MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO. These hours will
not be counted as advanced hours in the op- 337. Ichthyology Hormones and Behavior
353.
tion. Classification, anatomy, ecology, behavior, Same as NEURO and PSYCH 343. See PSYCH
distribution, and evolution of fishes of the 343.
301. Introduction to Evolutionary Biology world. Emphasis is on morphological, ecologi-
Introduction to the evidence for evolution and cal, and behavioral diversification of fishes in 359. Stream Ecology
the origin and types of genetic variation, a phylogenetic context. Laboratory devoted to Same as CEE 347. See CEE 347.
stressing various modes of selection and mod- anatomy and identification. Three scheduled
373. Statistical Ecology
ern observations and experiments illustrating field trips (1-3 days each). Prerequisite: BIOL
the evolutionary process. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 4 Same as NRES 378. Study of methods used in
122 or 210. 3 hours or -A unit. Credit is not given hours or 1 unit.

the collection and analyses of ecological data.
for both EEE 301 and BIOL 107.

Emphasis on sampling, experimental design,
338. Herpetology multivariate techniques, exploratory analyses,
302. Molecular Evolution Classification, diversity, structure, function, and computer intensive applications such as
Introduction to evidence for evolutionary ecology, behavior and evolution of amphib- exact tests and permutation procedures. Labo-
change at the molecular and cellular levels of ians and reptiles. Laboratory devoted to ratory emphasis on analyses and interpreta-
organization; origin and changes in macro- anatomy and identification. One week-end tion of ecological data with statistical software.
molecules, genes, cells, and their organelles field trip. Prerequisite: BIOL 1 22 or equivalent, Prerequisite:One course in ecology such as EEE
emphasized. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or 210. 3 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 212 including basic concepts in population
tours or Va unit. and community ecology and one course in
339. Field Vertebrate Natural History statistics such as BIOL 371 or CPSC 340 in-
311. Evolutionary Ecology Laboratory and field course. Intensive study cluding basic concepts of sampling, hypoth-
Emphasizes the evolution of life-history of North American vertebrates with emphasis esis testing/inference, and techniques such as
strategies in plants and animals (reproductive on vertebrates of Illinois; taxonomy, life t-tests and ANOVA. 4 hours or I unit.
rates, life cycles, sex ratios, breeding and histories, habitats, and feeding habits of all the
mating systems) and the coevolution of common resident species. Prerequisite: BIOL 383.Advances in Ethology: Behavioral
animals and plants (pollination, dispersal, and 122 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. Ecology
herbivory). Prerequisite: EEE 212 or equivalent. In-depth examination of areas of current
3 hours or A
}
unit. Offered in alternate years. 342. Fish and Wildlife Ecology interest at the interface of behavior, ecology,
Same as NRES 322. See NRES 322. and evolution; focuses on communication,
316. Ecological Parasitology foraging, and social behavior. Prerequisite: EEE
Same as VP 316. Ecological perspective on 343. Limnology 212 and 346, or consent of instructor. 3 hours
parasite-host associations and parasitic diseases Fresh water biology; study of the lake, pond, or % unit. Offered in alternate years.
of vertebrates. Parasite life cycles, and the ma- and river with emphasis on the physical
jor parasitic groups; protozoa, platyheminthes, environment as well as on the plants and 443. Problems in Primate Behavior and
nematodes and arthropods will be covered. The animals which live in fresh water. Lectures, Ecology
relation of parasitism to other ecological asso- discussions, laboratory, and field work. Same as ANTH 443. See ANTH 443.
ciations such as predation and competition Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equivalent. 5 hours or
will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EEE 212 or 1 unit. 444. Concepts in Ethology
Discussion, review, and critical analysis of
consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit.
344. Introduction to Primate Morphology general concepts and specific problems in
320. InvertebrateZoology and Behavior behavior with new topics each semester.
Invertebrates; structure and development; Same as ANTH 343. See ANTH 343. Prerequisite: EEE 346. '/> unit. May be repeated.
application of biological principles; specific
and comparative morphology of the inverte- 345. Population and Community Ecology 445. Seminar in Fish and Wildlife Ecology
brates; and coordination of structure and func- Characteristics of populations and their evo- Modern ecological principles and concepts to
tion, origin, development, and life histories. lution, population dynamics and regulation, specific problems in fisheries and wildlife.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 and organization and structure of communi- Prerequisite: EEE 342 or 345, or equivalent. Vi
or equivalent. 5 hours or 1 unit. Offered in al- ties; lecture and field research projects. Pre- unit. Offered in alternate years.
ternate years. requisite: or equivalent. A course in
EEE 212
statistics is highly recommended. 5 hours or 1 452. Concepts in Ecology
332. The Evolution of Adaptive Systems unit. Offered in alternate years. Discussion, review, and critical analysis of
Evolutionary mechanisms underlying adap- general concepts and specific problems in
tations; emphasizes origin and subsequent 346. Animal Behavior ecology with new topics each semester.
Same as ANSCI, ANTH and BIOL 346. Intro- Prerequisite: An advanced course in ecology or
modification of major complex systems; per-
tinent evidence considered from several dis- ductory course emphasizing how patterns of consent of instructor. Vi unit. May be repeated.
ciplines, including population biology, devel- behavior promote survival, change through
evolution, and are modified by the environ- 490. Individual Research
opmental biology, structural analysis and
ment. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equivalent; or Individual topics in research conducted un-
paleobiology. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or 210. 3
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 3A unit. der the supervision of faculty members in the
hours or -A unit.
Department of Ecology, Ethology, and Evolu-
335. Ornithology 349. Conservation Biology tion. Prerequisite: Consent of adviser. Vi to 3
Structure, function, ecology, behavior, and Same as ENVST 320. Synthesis of conservation units.
evolution of the birds of the world; laboratory biology with an emphasis on the preservation
of biological diversity and its evolutionary 491. Topics in Population Biology
devoted to anatomy and and
identification;
potential. Laboratory includes an introduction Lecture and discussion of problems in popu-
field studies devoted to identification and
to the use of modern molecular techniques in lation biology, with a different topic each se-
behavior of birds. Independent research
conversation biology, computer simulation mester. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Vi
project and two optional weekend field trips.
modeling, and field conservation problem unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 4
Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equivalent. 5 hours or
units.
1 unit. Offered in alternate years.
.
90 Economics
261; PSYCH 233, 234, or 235; SOC 185; or STAT site:ECON 102 or equivalent. 3 hours. Credit
100. isnot given for ECON 245 if student has credit
for or is enrolled in ECON 346.
173. Economic Statistics, II
Continuation of ECON 172. Emphasizes esti- 255. Comparative Economic Systems
Economics mation and hypothesis testing for the linear
statistical model; topics include contingency
Analyzes the significant similarities and
differences in the development, structure, and
tables, goodness of fit, single and multiple re- policies of capitalism, communism, and
Head of Department: Richard J. Arnold gression, correlation, Bayesian decision theory, market socialism. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or
Department Office: 330 Commerce Building time series analysis, and index numbers. Pre- equivalent. 3 hours.
(West), 1206 South Sixth Street, Champaign requisite: ECON 172; MATH 134 or equivalent.
Phone: 333-0120 3 hours. 273. Regression and Forecasting
URL: www.cba.uiuc.edu/economics Covers the methodology of multiple regres-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar sion, particularly as it applies to time series
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. data and forecasting; also examines the use of
Economics (ECON) various exponential smoothing models, and
210. Economics of the Environment autoregressive integrated moving average
101. Introduction to Economics Same as ACE, ENVST, NRES, and U P 210. models in business forecasting. Prerequisite:
General survey of the operation of the eco- See ACE 210. ECON 173 or equivalent. 3 hours. (Counts for
nomic system; emphasizes the determination advanced hours in L A S.)
of the level of national income, the pricing and 214. Introduction to Public Finance
allocation of products, and factors of produc- General survey of the economics of the public 294. Senior Research
tion under existing conditions in the United sector at the federal, state, and local levels, Research and readings course for students
States. This is an honors course limited to stu- including government expenditures, public majoring in economics; may be taken by
dents currently enrolled in the Chancellor's budgeting, cost-benefit analysis, principles of students in the college honors program in
Scholar Program. 4 hours. Students with credit taxation, tax reform, and intergovernmental partial fulfillment of the honors requirements.
in ECON 102 or 103 may receive 2 hours credit fiscal relations. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or Prerequisite: Cumulative grade-point average
in ECON 101. Students with credit in both equivalent. 3 hours. Credit is not given for of 3.0 or honors in the junior year, or consent
ECON 102 and 103 may not receive credit for ECON 214 if the student has credit for ECON of instructor; senior standing. 2 to 4 hours.
ECON 101. 314. Current or prospective economics majors (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
are encouraged to take ECON 314.
102. Microeconomic Principles 295. Senior Research
Introduction to the functions of individual 236. American Economic History Research and readings course for students
decision-makers, both consumers and produc- Traces the course of growth and development majoring in economics; may be taken bv
ers, within the larger economic system. Pri-
of the economy from the colonial period to students in the college honors program in
mary emphasis on the nature and functions World War I; emphasizes conceptualization of partial fulfillment of the honors requirements.
of product markets, the theory of the firm key issues of the American experience and Prerequisite: Cumulative gTade-point average
under varying conditions of competition and analysis of significant episodes and turning of 3.0 or honors in the junior year; senior
monopoly, the study of resource markets, the points. Prerequisite: ECON 102 and 103 or standing. 2 to 4 hours. (Counts for advanced
distribution of income, and the role of gov- consent of instructor. 3 hours. hours in L A S.)
ernment in prompting efficiency and equity
238. European Economic History 299. Undergraduate Open Seminar, II
in the economy. 3 hours. Students receiving
credit for ACE 100 may not receive credit for
Economic structure and development of Independent study course covering topics not
Europe since 1000 with respect to agriculture, treated by regular course offerings. Requests
ECON 102.
industry, trade, technology, finance, and for activation of this course may be made by
103. Macroeconomic Principles government; emphasis on those forces which students or by faculty and should be directed
Introduction to the theory of determination contribute to the economic development of to the head of the department. While credit
of total or aggregate income, employment, Europe and on the spread of these forces toward graduation is normally granted for
output, price levels, and the role of money in throughout the world. Prerequisite: ECON 102 this course, credit toward satisfying specific
the economy. Primary emphasis on monetary and 103 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. college or departmental requirements is con-
and fiscal policy, inflation, unemployment, tingent upon approval by the appropriate col-
240. Labor Problems lege or departmental committee. Prerequisite:
economic growth, and international econom-
ics. 3 hours. Students with credit in ECON 101 Survey of the problems and analysis of U.S. Junior or senior standing. ECON 101 or
labor markets and unions; topics include la- recommended. May
may receive 1 hour of credit in ECON 103. equivalent is to 9 hours.
bor force participation, occupations, hours, be repeated.
109. Current Economic Problems wage determination, development and at-
Economic analysis of specific economic tributes of U. S. labor unions, and overview 300. IntermediateMicroeconomic Theory
problems dealing with poverty, economic of collective bargaining and the effects of Microeconomic analysis including value and
development, international economics, and unions, unemployment, wages and inflation, distribution theory; analysis of the pricing of
other contemporary issues. Prerequisite: Credit and racial and sex discrimination; and selected the factors of production integrated in a mi-
or concurrent registration in ECON 102 or 103. current policy problems. Prerequisite: ECON cro-general equilibrium context which builds
1 hour.
102 or equivalent. 3 hoars. Current or prospec- towards explaining the resource allocation
tive majors are encouraged to take ECON 341 ECON 102 or equivalent;
process. Prerequisite:
172. Economic Statistics, I Credit is not given for ECON 240 if student MATH 125 and 134 or equivalent are recom-
Introduction to the modern theory and has credit for or is currently enrolled in ECON mended. 3 hours, or Vi or V* unit. Students
methodology of statistics in the areas of 341. may not receive graduate credit for both
economics and business; topics include ECON 300 and ECON 422. Upon recommen-
descriptive statistics, probability theory, 245. Women in the Labor Market dation bv the adviser and approval by the
sampling theory and methodology, sampling Same as W S 245. Changing role of women in Department of Economics, a noneconomics
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis the labor market and the economy; supply and major may receive up to V* unit. Graduate
testing. Prerequisite: Credit or registration in demand for women: nature, extent, and legal credit for both ECON 300 and 400 is given only
MATH 134 or equivalent. 3 hours. Students remedies for sex discrimination in employ- upon recommendation of the student's ad-
may not receive credit for this course if they ment; "earnings gaps" and variable employ- viser and approval by the Department of Eco-
have received credit for a college-level ment costs, men versus women; new role of nomics.
introductory statistics course such as ECON multi-earner families; and comparative use of
women as a professional resource. Prerequi-
Economics 91
301. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory 329. Contemporary Issues in the dates in economics. Prerequisite: ECON 102
The modern theory of the determination of the International Economy and 103 or equivalent. 3 hours, or '/: to 1 unit.
level and rate of growth of income, employ- Analysis in depth of selected current issues Graduate credit is not given for both ECON
ment, output, and the price level; discusses and policy problems of the international 350 and ECON 450 or 451.
alternate fiscal and monetary policies to fa- economy, including (but not restricted to) the
cilitate full employment and economic following: new approaches to the theory of The Development
351. of the Japanese
growth. Prerequisite: ECON 102 and 103 or international trade, reform of the international Economy
equivalent; MATH 125 and 134 or equivalent monetary system, role of the General Agree- Analyzes Japan's international trade, eco-
are recommended. 3 hours, or Vi or Vt unit. ment on Tariffs and Trade and the United nomic structure, standards of living, policy-
Students may not receive credit for both Nations Conference on Trade and Develop- making process, and future prospect; addi-
ECON 301 and ECON 423. Upon recommen- ment in expanding trade between developed tional attention to U.S. -Japanese economic
dation by the adviser and approval by the and undeveloped economies, problems of sta- relations and Japan's role in Asia. Prerequisite:
Department of Economics, a noneconomics bilizing international commodity markets, ECON 102 and 103 or consent of instructor. 3
major may receive up to % Graduate
unit. and balance of payments problems of the hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
credit for both ECON 301 and 401 is given only United States and other selected countries.
upon the recommendation of the student's Prerequisite: ECON 328 or equivalent. 3 hours, 352.Economic Development in Latin
adviser and approval by the Department of or Vi or 1 unit. America
Economics. Same as ACE 352. Studies economic activity
339. The European Economies and the processes of diversification and
303. Macroeconomic Policy Analyzes the theory, history, and policy issues industrialization in Latin America, with
Analyzes current macroeconomic policy in the economics of the European Community, comparative analysis of selected countries.
issues, problems, and techniques; discusses including the customs union, common agri- Prerequisite: ECON 102 or 103 or consent of
various policy techniques including monetary, cultural policy, single market, and economic instructor. 3 hours, or '/: or 1 unit.
fiscal, incomes, and exchange rate policies, and monetary union. Discusses the economic
and their effectiveness for treating inflation, interests and concerns of the individual na- 353. Economic Development in South and
unemployment, productivity, resource and tion-states of Europe. Treats current economic Southeast Asia
exchange rate problems. Emphasizes current issues of concern to both Europe and the Same as ACE 353. See ACE 353.
issues in the U.S. but includes some discussion United States. Computer literacy is expected.
of other developed economies. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Credit or current registration in
354. Economic Development of Tropical
Africa
ECON 301 or equivalent. 3 hours, or 'A or % ECON 300 and 301. 3 hours or 1 Students
unit.
unit. may not receive credit for both ECON 339 or Same as ACE 354. See ACE 354.
ECON/HIST 237 taken previously.
306. History of Economic Thought
357. The Russian Economy
Economics of Labor Markets Analytical survey of Soviet economic devel-
The development of economics; the examina- 341.
tion of contributions of individual writers and Same as L I R 341 Studies the microeconomic
.
opment; structure and performance of the
schools of thought as thev influenced eco- determinants of labor demand and supply, economy; problems of planning and control;
nomic thought and national policy. Prerequi- economic effects of unions, and macroeco- the dismantling of the Soviet economy in the
site: ECON 102 and 103 or equivalent. 3 hours nomic labor market problems. Prerequisite: Commonwealth of Independent States; prob-
or '/: unit. ECON 300 or equivalent. 3 hours, or '/: or 1
lems of transition to a market economy. Pre-
requisite: ECON 102 and 103 or consent of in-
unit.
313. Economics of Consumption structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Same as ACE 374. See ACE 374. 343. Unions, Bargaining, and Public Policy
Analyzes the legal background and economic 358. The Economy of China
Economics
314. Public Sector Discusses changes in the patterns of produc-
issues associated with unions and collective
Economic analysis of government tax and tion, exchange, and distribution in Commu-
bargaining in the United States including
expenditure policies; topics include public nist China, with emphasis on their relation to
theory of the labor movement; process of
good and externality theory, public choice social transformation; survey of Chinese eco-
union wage determination; analysis of strikes;
theory, income distribution, cost-benefit background, strategies, and principal issues nomic history over the past century, dealing
analysis, principles of taxation, tax incidence, in collective bargaining; and problems and
with the institutional background to and the
economic effects and optimal structures of structure of economic activities in China. Pre-
policies of government intervention. Prereq-
requisite: ECON 102 and 103 or consent of in-
major taxes, and taxation in developing uisite: ECON 102 and 103 or equivalent. 3
economies. Prerequisite: ECON 300 or consent hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
of instructor; consent of instructor required for

student with credit for ECON 214. 3 hours, or 345.Economics of Human Resources 359. The Israeli Economy
A
X
or 1 unit. Same as L I R 345. Education and training in
Analyzes the economic structures, policies,
economic growth; labor force characteristics; and performance of modern Israel, emphasiz-
315. The Economics of Poverty and Income occupational structure and future human re- ing the pre- 1948 Palestine economy; the de-
Maintenance sources requirements; job information net- velopment of the Histadrut, Kibbutz, and
Same as L R 315. Analyzes the nature and
I works; economics of discrimination and Moshav; the economic relations between Arab
causes of poverty with special emphasis on underutilization; national human resources
and Jewish populations; and the impact of
critical evaluation of programs to combat policies and programs; and private industry
post-1948 immigration on Israel's economic
poverty in the United States. Prerequisite: and union human resources planning. Prereq- development. Prerequisite: ECON 102 and 103
ECON 102 and 103 or equivalent. 3 hours, or uisite: ECON 300 or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit.
Vi or 1 unit. or 1 unit. Graduate credit is not given for both

361.Urban Economics
ECON 345 and 444.
328. International Economics Same as FIN 386. Analyzes the urban economy.
Introduction to the theory of international 346. Family Economics The theory or urban spatial structure; the
trade and finance with selected application to theory of local public finance, pricing, and in-
Same as ACE 370. See ACE 370.
current problems of commercial policy, vestment decisions in the urban public sector;
balance of payments adjustment, and the 350. The Developing Economies and the application of cost-benefit analysis
international monetary system. Prerequisite: Analyzes the economic problems associated and user-charge pricing to such problems as
ECON 300 or equivalent, or consent of with newly developing nations; emphasizes housing, transportation, land-use control, and
instructor; ECON 301 is recommended. 3 their economic structures, their factor scarci- pollution. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or equiva-
hours, or '/: or 1 unit. ties, and their programs for development. Not lent; ECON 300 is recommended. 3 hours, or
open for graduate credit to graduate candi- Va or 1 unit.

3
92 Economics
367.Dynamic Simulation and Impact of and negligence assignment, the use of admin- aggregate distribution theory; money, capital
Energy Scarcity istrative and common law to mitigate market movements, trade, and growth; optimal
Same as GEOG 367. See GEOG 367. failure, and the logic of private versus public growth models; and exhaustible resources and
law enforcement. Prerequisite: ECON 300 or growth. Prerequisite: ECON 403. 1 unit.
370.Computer Simulation Studies in the equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Physical and Social Sciences 410. Advanced Topics Economic Theory, I
in
Same as MATSE 382, and CSE 372. See MATSE 400. General Economic Theory Study at an advanced one or more of
level of
382. Emphasizes microeconomic theory; principal the following possible topics: economics of
topics include a review of value and distribu- externalities, advanced aggregate economic
371. Introduction to Applied Econometrics tion theory, the theory of choice by households theory, theory of central planning, investment
Application of economic theory and statisti- and firms, general microeconomic theory, and theory, consumer behavior theory, capital
cal inference in the estimation and analysis of theoretical developments of current interest. theory, welfare economics, inflation theory,
economic relations and predicting the out- Prerequisite: ECON
102 or equivalent. 1 unit. income distribution theory, or other topics.
comes of economic variables. Prerequisite: Students may
not receive credit for both Prerequisite: ECON 402 and 403, or consent of
ECON 173 or equivalent; ECON 300 or 301. ECON 400 and 422. Graduate credit for both instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated.
hours, or h
x
to 1 unit. ECON 300 and 400 is given only upon recom-
mendation of the student's adviser and ap- 411. Advanced Topics in Economic Theory, II
372. Econometrics proval by the Department of Economics. Study an advanced level of one or more of
at
Studies econometric models and methods the following possible topics: economics of
used in estimation and hypothesis testing in 401. General Economic Theory externalities, advanced aggregate economic
economics. Prerequisite: MATH 134, ECON Emphasis on macroeconomic theory; princi- theory, theory of central planning, investment
173, and MATH 225 or 315. 3 hours, or '/> or 1 pal topics include a review of Keynesian mac- theory, consumer behavior theory, capital
unit. roeconomic theory, formal growth theory, and theory, welfare economics, inflation theory,
selected business cycle theory. Prerequisite: income distribution theory, or other topics.
375. Mathematical Economics ECON 102 and 103 or equivalent. 1 unit. Stu- Prerequisite: ECON 402 and 403, or consent of
Introduction to linear and nonlinear economic dents may not receive credit for both ECON instructor. 1 unit. Maybe repeated.
models; emphasizes the formulation and 401 and 423. Graduate credit for both ECON
interpretation of modern economic theory and 301 and 401 is given only upon recommenda- Consumption Economics
413.
welfare economics. Prerequisite: MATH 125, tion of the student's adviser and approval by Same as ACE 474. See ACE 474.
225, or 315; MATH 242 or equivalent; ECON the Department of Economics.
300. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. 414. Public Goods Theory
402. Microeconomic Theory, I In-depth analysis of the theory of public
380. IndustrialCompetition and Monopoly Introduction to the models and methods of goods; includes public goods and externality
Analyzes the ways firms and markets are or- modern microeconomic theory, concentrating theory, public choice, theory of cost-benefit
ganized, how they interact, outcomes of vari- on individual and firm decision making and analysis, optimal income redistribution, and
ous types of firm behavior and performance on industry equilibrium; brief treatment of fiscal federalism. Prerequisite: ECON 300 or
of markets, and causes and types of market general equilibrium theory and welfare analy- equivalent. 1 unit.
failure. Prerequisite: ECON 300. 3 hours, or Vi sis. Topics include: consumer utility and de-
or 1 unit. mand theory; production and cost functions; 415. Economics of Taxation
firm supply, input demand, and price behav- Theoretical and empirical analysis of the im-
381. Government Regulation of Economic ior; competitive, monopolistic, and oligopolistic pact of taxation on the economic system; top-
Activity ics include tax equity and excess burden, in-
industry analysis; and distribution theory. Pre-
Analysis of economic bases, policies, and requisite: ECON 300 and 301, or equivalent; centive effects of taxation, tax incidence,
consequences of government regulation of calculus. 1 unit. structure of major types of taxes (income, con-
economic activity. Reasons for government sumption, and wealth), normative tax analy-
intervention in market behavior, methods of Macroeconomic Theory, I
403. sis, and taxation in developing economies.
government intervention, and outcomes are Development of modern macroeconomic Prerequisite: ECON 300 or equivalent. 1 unit.
studied. Prerequisite: ECON 300 or consent of theory, including national income accounts
instructor. 3 hours or, Vi or 1 unit. and their relation to input-output tables; 418. Economics of Education, Health, and
classical,Keynesian, and monetarist aggregate Human Capital
383.Health Economics models; behavior hypotheses of consumption, Same as EOL 418. See as EOL 418.
Economic analysis of the health care industry investment, and government; properties and
to explain the demand for and supply of 420. Monetary Theory
the role of money and interest; foreign trade
medical care. Includes analysis of behavior of
and investment; price rigidity, price flexibility, Micro- and macroeconomic theories of the
consumers, producers, and insurers; and and employment; wage-price interaction and supply of and demand for money; money
public policies to regulate the industry and to substitutes and their significance; review of
inflation; and ad hoc stabilization models.
provide services for the poor and elderly. Prerequisite: ECON 300 and 301, or equivalent; current empirical research; money in closed
Prerequisite: ECON 300 is recommended. 3
calculus. 1 unit.
economy, macroeconomic, and static general
hours or 1 unit. equilibrium models; and analysis of inflation
404. Microeconomic Theory, II and unemployment. Prerequisite: Consent of
385.Economics of Innovation and General market equilibrium theory and instructor. 1 unit.
Technology welfare economics; discusses the problems of
Examines the economic factors shaping existence, stability, efficiency, and equity of
421.The Theory of Monetary Policy
innovation and technical change since the Monetarism and other current topics; stabili-
economic equilibrium; and introduces social
industrial revolution withemphasis on the choice and the special problems created by zation policy; money in dynamic models;
economic relationship between science and public goods, externalities, and uncertainty.
money in open economy macroeconomic
technology and the role of government in Prerequisite: ECON 402. 1 unit.
models; and international aspects of monetary
technical change. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or theory. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1
equivalent; ECON 300 or consent of instructor. Macroeconomic Theory, II

405. unit.
3 hours, or '/: or 1 unit. Development of modern macroeconomic
theory, including disequilibrium theory,
422.Microeconomics for Business
388. Law and Economics optimal short-term stabilization measures, Microeconomics for professional business stu-
Applications of economic theory to problems
and monetary, fiscal, incomes, and exchange dents. Shows relevance of value and distribu-
and issues in both civil and criminal law and rate policies; large-scale econometric models;
tion theories for business managers. Includes
the effect of legal rules on the allocation of
linear and neoclassical growth models;
demand and supply theory consumer choice,
resources; includes property rights, liability production and cost theory, industrial struc-
Economics 93
hire, and wage and capital theory. Intended improvements, capital mobilization and 452. Computer-Based Models for Economic
for students in the Master of Business Admin- financial organization, and the measurement Policy Analysis
istration program. Prerequisite: Enrollment is of economic growth. Prerequisite: Graduate Discusses problems and methods of building
often restricted to students in specialized pro- standing in economics or consent of instructor. social accounting matrices and computable
grams. 1 unit. Students may not receive credit 1 unit. general equilibrium (CGE) models; provides
for both ECON 422 and 300 or 400. hands-on experience with CGE models with
437. General Economic History PC-based exercises. The exercises
a series of
423.Macroeconomics for Business Treatment of selected topics in the economic demonstrate a number of techniques for con-
Development of short run macroeconomic history of industrialized economics by apply- structingCGE models and show applications
models. Analysis of private sector behavior ing economic theory and quantitative meth- models to a variety of economic policy
of these
functions, and government policy alterna- ods of analysis to historical problems; explo- problems in developing countries such as food
tives. Extensions for open economy models ration of the implications forcontemporary subsidies, international trade restrictions, for-
and growth models. Intended for students in work economics. Prerequisite: Graduate
in eign debt, and sectoral investment priorities.
the Master of Business Administration pro- standing in economics or consent of instruc- Prerequisites: ECON 400 and 401 or equiva-
gram. Prerequisite: Enrollment is often re- tor. 1 unit. lent; MATH 120 and 132 or equivalent. 1 unit.
stricted to students in specialized programs.
1 unit. Students may not receive credit for both 438. Economic History of Europe 455. Comparative Economic Systems
ECON 423 and 301 or 401. Major lines of development since 1450; com- Comparative analysis of the structures and
parative study of forces and institutions in- policies of market-directed and planned
427. Business International Economics imical or favorable to growth; and selected economies. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or equiva-
Provides the business student with a working readings on organization of economic activ- lent. 1 unit.
knowledge of the principles of international ity, role of governments and the entrepreneur,
economics, issues in the current international commercial policy, monetary systems, land 460. Urban Economics
business environment, U. S. and international tenure, process of capital formation, industri- Examines the microeconomic theory of urban
trade law, and current policy issues and alization, etc. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- land-use and spatial structure (static and dy-
debates. Considers the basic causes and tor. 1 unit. namic models); analyzes externalities caused
consequences of international trade, the by traffic congestion; normative and positive
foreign exchange market and theory of 440. Labor Economics analysis of the provision of local public goods;
exchange rate determination, the U. S. trade Same as L I R 440. Survey of recent trends in and public policy issues (i.e., slums and ur-
deficit, the international monetary system, and the labor force, of real and money earnings, ban decline, pollution). Prerequisite: ECON
antidumping and countervailing duty law, and of the distribution of national income 402. 1 unit.
copyright and patent infringement law, the used as the basis for a critical economic analy-
General Agreement on tariffs and trade, the sis of contemporary English and American 463. Natural Resource Economics
rudiments of strategic trade theory, and wage theory. Prerequisite: ECON 300 and 301. Same as ACE 410, ENVST and NRES 463. See
selected policy issues varying by year. 1 unit. ACE 410.
Prerequisite: Familiarity with intermediate
microeconomics at the level of ECON 300. 1 441. Labor Economics 464. Environmental Economics: Theory and
unit. Same as L I R 441.- Economic issues and Applications
implications involved in hours of work, Same as ACE 411 and ENVST 464. Examines
428. International Trade Theory employment and unemployment, and trade both theory and policy applications in the
Development and use of the neoclassical union institutionalism (the impact of the trade environmental area; selectively reviews the
theory of international trade for the analysis union upon the basic institution of a free literature to provide a framework for under-
of tariffs, customs, unions, and the effects of enterprise economy); emphasis in all cases on standing the relevant economic relationships
trade on the distribution of income and the development of appropriate public policy. and the criteria appropriate for policy assess-
welfare; analysis and use of the relations Prerequisite: ECON 300 and 301. 1 unit. ment; emphasizes the characteristics of major
between the balance of payments and national environmental problems and policy choices;
income to study the role of income changes 442. Collective Bargaining and considers the valuation of environmen-
combined with price changes in the balance Same as L I R 442. See L I R 442. tal amenities and the conflict between envi-
of payments adjustment process. Prerequisite: ronmental quality and growth. Prerequisite:

ECON 300 and 301, or equivalent. 1 unit. 443. Workplace Dispute Resolution ECON 300 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Same as L I R 443 and LAW 361 See L I R 443.
.
429. International Financial Economics 466. Quantitative Analysis for Economics

Examines the balance of payments, exchange 447.Labor Union Organization and Studies topics in optimization: implicit
rate, capital flows and international monetary
Administration function theorem, multipliers and Kuhn-
system; fiscal and monetary policy in open Same as L I R 447. See L I R 447. Tucker conditions; topics in matrix algebra
economies. Prerequisite: ECON 300 and 301, including characteristic roots and vectors,
The Economics
450. of Development and partitioned matrices, quadratic forms, special
Growth matrices; topics on difference and differential
430. Topics in International Economics Review and analysis of the theories and pat- equations common in economic theory. 4 hours
Advanced topics in international economics terns of growth in developed and underde-
or 1 unit.
drawn from history, application, and policy; veloped economies; consideration of the prob-
subject matter varies. Prerequisite: ECON 428 lems and methods of measuring growth; 467. Mathematical Economics, I: Statics
critical examination of the variables thought
and 429, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May Studies quantitative techniques useful in eco-
to be strategic in the growth process; and ex- nomic analysis and decision making; math-
not be repeated for credit.
ploration of the policy implications of differ- ematical programming; input-output analysis;
436. American Economic History ent theories. Prerequisite: ECON 300 and 301, point-set theory and game theory; existence,
Emphasizes, but is not limited to, the reading or equivalent. 1 unit. optimality, and stability conditions for static
and criticism of current literature in American general equilibrium; and activity analysis, in-
economic history; attempts to facilitate
451. The Developing Economies cluding welfare economics. Prerequisite:
understanding of the use of economic analysis Analyzes the newly developing economies, MATH 315; ECON 402 and 403, or equivalent.
in interpreting events framed in historical with emphasis on institutional factors affect-
1 unit.
context; includes British colonial policy, trade ing development and economic policy relat-
and tariffs, industrialization, technology,
ing to development. Prerequisite: ECON 450. 468. Mathematical Economics, II:
1 unit. Dynamics
slavery and the southern economy, land
policy, agriculture, transportation and internal Studies quantitative techniques useful in eco-
nomic analysis and decision making; single
94 Educational Organization and Leadership
and systems of difference and differential 482. Government Regulation of Industry 380.Continuing Education General
equations; dynamic programming; Pontryagin Microeconomic and econometric analyses of Seminar
maximum principle; interaction of multiplier market failure and government response in Introductory analysis of literature and
and von Neumann model; Turn-
accelerator; selected industries; topics include economic professional practice in continuing education
pike theorem; growth models; and control effect of regulation, bureaucratic behavior, of adults; for beginning graduate students
systems. Prerequisite: MATH 315; ECON 402 optimal policy, and strategies for regulatory majoring in continuing education and for
and 403, or equivalent. 1 unit. reform. Prerequisite: ECON 402; ECON 480; or nonmajors. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be
consent of instructor. 1 unit. repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 units.
470. Economic Statistics
Classical statistics and regression analysis; 490. Individual Study and Research 418. Economics of Education, Health, and
descriptive statistics, probability and point Directed reading and research. to 1 unit. Human Capital
and interval estimation; decision theory; Same as ECON 418. Basic economic analysis
variance analysis; and linear regression and 491. Workshop and Research Seminar of human capital and the value of human time,
least-squares estimates. Prerequisite: A course Workshops are offered in all areas of special- with applications to the economics of educa-
in statistics or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ization in which graduate students are writ- tionand health; theory and analysis of con-
ing Ph.D. dissertations. The specific format sumer investment in human and physical
471. Econometric Analysis varies, but in general workshop sessions in- capital over the life cycle; the returns to edu-
Part 1: The construction of econometric clude presentations by graduate students of cation and and their effects on growth;
health,
models; characteristics of models and choice thesis research, by faculty members of their the theory of nonmarket time; public finance
of estimating methods; and estimates of current research, and by occasional outside of education and health; and implications for
parameters by various methods. Part 2: speakers. Prerequisite: Admission to the De- the analysis of the distribution of income. Pre-
Bayesian statistics and decision theory. partment of Economics Ph.D. program. Vi requisite: A course in microeconomic theory
Prerequisite: ECON 470 or equivalent. 1 unit. unit. A minimum of 1 unit of ECON 491 is re- and a course in statistics, or consent of instruc-
quired of all students in the Ph.D. program. tor. 1 unit.
472.Applied Econometrics
Develops a general methodological basis for 499. Thesis Research 433. Clinical Supervision of Instruction
searching for quantitative economic knowl- Preparation of thesis required of all students Same as C & 1 416. See C& 1 416.
edge; integrates and gives operational content writing master's or doctoral theses in econom-
to the topics of economic, statistical, and ics. to 4 units. 438. Instructional Supervision
econometric theory. Prerequisite: ECON 471 or Methods, theories, and research applying to
476, or equivalent. 1 unit. the supervision and evaluation of classroom
instruction; includes analysis and application
473.Time Series Analysis in Economics of research in effective teaching practices,
Modern time series analysis techniques for formative and summative evaluation, staff
handling economic data which arises in a development, data collection techniques, and
happenstance fashion through time and their Educational alternative feedback methods. Prerequisite:
application to specific economic problems. Graduate standing or consent of instructor. 1
Prerequisite: ECON 471 or STAT 478, or Organization and unit.
equivalent. 1 unit. Leadership
The Community College
442.
476. Econometrics, I Same as HRE 442. Community colleges and
Estimation of parameters for single-equation Head of Department: Paul W. Thurston vocational-technical institutes: their purposes,
models; tests of hypotheses and confidence Department Office: 333 Education Building, function, and objectives; social forces related
regions for regression models; large-sample 1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign to theirdevelopment and evaluation; charac-
theory in single-equation models; and Baye- Phone: 333-2155 teristicsand needs of students; educational
sian statistics in regression models. Prerequi- URL: www.ed.uiuc.edu/EOL programs and teaching strategies; and orga-
site: MATH 315 and STAT 310. 1 unit. nization, control, and financing. 1 unit.
477. Econometrics, II Educational Organization and 443. The College Student

Considers the specification of models with Leadership (EOL) Study of the characteristics and development
systems of simultaneous equations; identifi- of college students, the institutional contexts
cation problem, distributed lag models, K- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar in which they operate, and the interaction of
class estimators, maximum likelihood estima- 1 5 hours. May be repeated in the same or
to students with the college environment. 1 unit.
tors, three-stage least-squares, and effects of separate semesters as topics vary.
specification errors. Prerequisite: ECON 476. 1 448. Continuing Education Program
unit. 267. The American College Development
Survey of the American college and univer- Same as C & I 402 and HRE 448. Analysis of
478. Bayesian Inference in Econometrics problems, trends,
sity; its history, structures, the process of planning and conducting con-
Examines some standard econometric prob- and governance. Provides an opportunity to tinuing education programs for adults; in-
lems from the Bayesian perspective and com- explore the nature and scope of higher edu- cludes theory, research, and practice regard-
pares Bayesian and classical inference. Prereq- cation in the United States. 3 hours. ing sponsors, need appraisal, objectives,
uisite: ECON 476 or equivalent. 1 unit. selection and organization of learning activi-
350. Legal and Professional Issues for ties, and evaluation. Recommended for ma-
480. Industrial Organization Teachers jors in continuing education. Prerequisite: Con-
Theory of the organization of markets and Provides the basic common understanding of sent of instructor; EDPSY 362 is recommended,
firms, behavior of firms, functioning of schools as social organizations and the pro- especially for majors in continuing education.
competitive systems, and performance of fessional role of teachers in public schools; 1 unit.
markets. 1 unit. analyzes selected legal issues relating to stu-
dent rights, employment and teacher rights, 449. Independent Study
481. Anti-Trust and Business Policy and collective bargaining in schools; and Offers opportunity and challenge of self-
Economic analysis of public policy for mar- serves as an introduction to instructional su- directive, independent study, that is, develops
ket structure and conduct; topics include anti- the individual's abilitv as an independent
pervision, teacher evaluation, and continuing
trust and mergers, predatory pricing, adver- student, and enables the student to pursue
professional development of teachers. Prereq-
tising, and technological advance. Prerequisite: needed study in a field in which appropriate
uisite: Admission into a teacher preparation
ECON 480. 1 unit.
program. 1 hour or '/» unit. Concurrent enroll- courses are not being offered during a given
ment in ED PR 232 or 242.
Educational Organization and Leadership 95
semester. Prerequisite: Approval of study nel; organization of personnel; the legal frame- 477. Student Personnel Work in Higher
outline by adviser and the department head work of the personnel function; selection, Education
prior to enrollment. Vi to 1 unit. May be evaluation and development of staff; collective Studies the theoretical foundations and
repeated for credit with consent of adviser and bargaining, contract administration and person- principles underlying the practice of student
department head. nel policy; and the personnel administrator's personnel work; investigation of the role and
role as a catalyst for school improvement. Pre- function of student personnel workers in
450. Public Control and Administration of requisite: EOL 469 or equivalent or consent of terms of their relationship to various goals,
Education instructor. 1 unit. philosophies, issues, trends, and research. 1
Provides the basic common understanding of unit.
theory and practice in operation and control 466. Public School Finance
and other citizens;
of schools useful to teachers Advanced graduate study of financing pub- 479. Organization and Control of Higher
analyzes both formal and informal influences liceducation systems in the United States; fo- Education
on governance; and serves as an introductory cuses on the social, economic, political, legal, Organizational patterns whereby colleges and
course for prospective administrative officers and technical dimensions of developing universities seek to accomplish their purposes;
and supervisors. 1 unit. Not open to experi- school finance policy for federal, state, and agencies involved in the control of higher
enced administrators nor to students who local governments; relates theory and research education. Prerequisite: EOL 442 or 474, or
have taken any of the following (or equiva- in public school finance to administrative equivalent. 1 unit.
lents): EOL 455, 461, 463, 465, 466, or 467. practice in budgeting and financial adminis-
tration. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or con- 480. Internship in the Administration of
Higher Education
452. Current Issues in sent of instructor. 1 unit. Higher Education
Seminar on current issues, problems, and Provides supervised direct experience in the
trends in higher education. Prerequisite: Two 467. PublicSchool Financial administration of higher education; with the
units in higher education or consent of Administration aid of the faculty, students select the institution
instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a Role of financial administration in public and position most relevant to their career
maximum of 2 units. schools; analysis of the budgetary and goals. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
accounting systems used in American public No more than 2 units may be given toward
455.The Principalship in Elementary and education agencies; examination of the an advanced degree.
Secondary Education principles of school fiscal administration,
Provides an overview and analysis of the including organizing the fiscal function and 484.Continuing Education Internship
administrative, supervisory, and leadership intergovernmental fiscal relations; emphasizes Supervised field experience. Prerequisite:
functions of building-level administrators; the role of financial decision making in public Consent of instructor. 1 to 2 units. May be
emphasizes the design and implementation of school administration. Prerequisite: EOL 466 or repeated to a maximum of 4 units.
effective educational programs on a school- consent of instructor. 1 unit.
wide basis; analyzes administrative tasks and 486.Continuing Education Advanced
processes through case studies, interviews 468. The Political and Social Context of Seminar
with practitioners, simulations, and readings. Schooling Analyzes specialized topics related to continu-
Prerequisite: EOL 450 and teaching experience The political and environment of pub-
social ing education of adults; for advanced students.
required. 1 unit. lic education in the United States; analysis of Recommended for majors in continuing edu-
the power structure and its influence on education. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Vi or
461. School Improvement cational policy making at the district level; 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
Study of major ideas on school improvement, examination of the evolving roles of state and units.
past and present, and of emerging research on federal agencies, the courts, private organiza-
the condition of public education in the United tions, and interest groups in school gover- 487.Applying Quality Processes in
States. In-depth examination of reform pro- nance. Studies the tension between the ideal Educational Leadership
posals for changing the organization of of a democratically controlled public school Same as HRE 487. See HRE 487.
schools, the instructional program, and the system and the growing power of educational
roles of students, teachers, and school admin- experts. Prerequisite: An undergraduate course
490. Seminar for Advanced Students of
istrators. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or in political science, or an introductory course
Education
consent of instructor. 1 unit. in the politics of education such as E P S 309,
Open only to persons who have been admitted
for doctoral study in the Department of
or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
463. Organizational Theory and Educational Organization and Leadership.
Administrative Leadership 469. Legal Basis of Educational Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to2 units.
Study of theoretical perspectives and empiri- Administration
cal research drawn from the social sciences Examines the range of federal and state
491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar
and ad-
relating to educational organizations constitutional and statutory sources that apply Assists doctoral candidates in planning field
ministrative leadership with an emphasis on studies and thesis problems; students are
to the constituents (pupils, parents, teachers,
application of theory to practice. Prerequisite: administrators, and board members) engaged expected to present their studies at each of
EOL 450 or consent of instructor. four stages: (1) the inception, delimitation,
1 unit. in public schools. Emphasizes development
tentative design stage; (2) the proposed design
of legal analytical skills. Prerequisite: EOL 450
464. Directed Field Experience in stage; (3) the revised design stage; and (4) the
Administration final design stage. Students are expected to
Direct experience in the study of educational 471. Stateand Federal Educational Politics analyze all presentations critically. Prerequisite:
problems of concern to administrators; and Policies Consent of instructor. 1 to 2 units.
features an action component whereby the Examines the legislative and political pro-
student is provided with opportunities for cesses in the formulation of current federal 499. Thesis Research
assuming responsibility for decision making and with
state educational policies, together
Individual direction of research and thesis
in a live or simulated setting; each student writing. to 4 units.
the evaluation of policy and the formulation
works under the supervision of a professor, of policy alternatives. Prerequisite: EOL 469. 1
and where possible and appropriate, a unit.
practicing administrator. 1 to 3 units. May be
repeated to a maximum of 3 units, with no 474. The American College and University
more than 1 unit earned at the master's level. Introduction to higher education as a subject:
its history, purposes, leaders, and literature;
465. Personnel Administration attention to conceptual framework in which
Principles, problems, and trends in the admin- further development of this subject can
istration of professional public school person- progress. 1 unit.
96 Educational Policy Studies
from students or faculty. Prerequisite: EPS 201 been resolved or not resolved by the overall
or equivalent, and consent of instructor. to 9 system. Particular attention to the role that
hours. May be repeated. both the federal and state judiciary as well as
legislative authority have had in shaping edu-
301.Philosophy of Education cational policy. 2 hours or '/; unit.
Educational Policy Philosophical examination of selected educa-

conveys a grasp of the complexi-
tional issues; 310. Economics of Education
Studies the issues and some philosophical
ties of Introduction to economic concepts and their
methods for dealing with them. 2 hours or Vi application to education, including invest-
unit. ment and consumption theories of education
Head of Department: James D. Anderson
and the role of human capital in economic
Department Office: 360 Education Building,
302. History of American Education growth and development; cost-benefit analy-
1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign
Development of American education in ses in education, education and the distribu-
Phone: 333-2446
relation to political, social, and cultural tion of income, and manpower and educa-
URL: www.ed.uiuc.edu/COE/EPS
developments; attention to the influence of tional planning. Prerequisite: Consent of
movements in the cultural environment upon instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Educational Policy Studies (E P S) evolving conceptions of educational theory
and practice. 2 hours or Vi unit. 311. History of Western European
Education: Antiquity to the Early Modern
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 303. Comparative Education Era
Introduction to the cross-cultural, cross- Same as HIST 308. Cultural history of west-
national study of educational institutions and ern European educational practice with spe-
201. Foundations of American Education
their relationship to society. 2 hours or '/: unit. cial focus on Classical Greece, the Hellenestic
Studies some of the problems of formulating
Topics may vary. world, Rome, early Christianity, the middle
and justifying aims and policies in American
ages, the twelfth century renaissance, scholas-
education, of designing and systematizing the
Foundations of Education
304. Social ticism and the fourteenth century renaissance.
curriculum, of organization and social context
Analyzes normative and conceptual aspects Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
of the public school system, and of the teach-
and society,
of the interrelationship of school tion I general education requirement. 3 hours
ing-learning process; examined in terms of
and of reciprocal influences between schools or Vi unit.
perspectives provided by social philosophy,
and major social trends and forces. 2 hours or
history, sociology, and philosophy of educa-
Vi unit. 312. History of Western European
tion. 3 hours.
Education: Early Modern Era to the
305. History of Educational Ideas Twentieth Century
202.Composition II/Foundations of
Studies selected educational theorists and Same as HIST 315. Cultural history of western
American Education intellectual movements; provides familiarity
Course is identical to E P S 201 except European educational practice with special
for the
with the major educational ideas of the past focus on the fifteenth century renaissance, the
additional writing component. See EPS 201.
and historical perspectives on current issues
Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
Reformation and Counter-reformation,
and problems in education; and critical Enlightenment, and 19th-century national
tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
readings of such authors as Aristotle, Plato, schooling systems in Germany, France, and
Students may not receive credit for both this
Quintilian, St. Augustine, Loyola, Comenius, England. Prerequisite: Completion of campus
course and EPS 201.
Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart, and Composition I general education requirement.
Dewey. 2 hours or Vz unit. 3 hours or Vi unit.
210. Race and Cultural Diversity in
American Life 306. Aesthetics, The Arts, and Education 314.Race and Ethnic Issues in Family
Same as AFRO 210. Study of race and cultural Theoretical introduction to the problems in- Sociology and Education
diversity from Colonial era to present; the
volved in teaching critical appreciation of the Same as AFRO, and HDFS, and SOC 314.
evolution of racial ideology in an ethnically
arts; examines materials from aesthetics, art Graduate-level sociological examination of
heterogeneous society; the impact of race on history, and criticism for their relevance to the
the structures and operations of fundamental
how gender, race, ethnicity, cultural diversity
problems of aims, curriculum, organization, and class function in the development of di-
social institutions; the role of race in contem-
and teaching-learning. 2 hours or Vi unit. verse American families, which are important
porary politics and popular culture. Prerequi-'
foundations of education. Primary attention
site:Completion of campus Composition I
307. Aesthetics, Mass Communications, will be given to African American and His-
general education requirement. 4 hours. and Education panic families. Secondary attention will be
Theoretical introduction to the problems given to Asian American, Native American
249. Independent Study involved in teaching a critical understanding
Designed for students who wish to do ad- and other racial and ethnic family groups.
ofmass communications; examines materials SOC 100, a 200-level SOC course,
Prerequisite:
vanced readings and research in greater depth
from aesthetics, communication theory, and or consent of instructor. 2 hours or '/: unit.
and to investigate further ideas and themes
the social sciences for their relevance to the
that have been explored in E P S 199 and 201.
problems of aims, curriculum, organization, 315. Sociology of Education
Prerequisite: EPS 201; interest as attested to
and teaching-learning. 2 hours or Vi unit.
by instructors; and consent of adviser and staff
Same as SOC 315. Education as a social process
in various cultures and historical periods,
member who supervises the work. 2 hours. 308. Critical Thinking for Teachers emphasizing current systems Westernized
in
Examination of critical thinking dispositions countries. Prerequisite: SOC hours
100; or six
291. Thesis
and abilities as an approach to the foundations of anthropology, social geography, political
Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours.
of knowledge and structure of thinking in science, or sociology. 2 hours or '/: unit.
subject-matter areas. 2 hours or Vi unit.
292. Thesis
Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours. 385. Anthropology of Education
309.The Politics of Education Same as Anthropology and EDPSY 385. Intro-
Overview of the political structure and pro-
duction to the contribution of anthropology
299. Undergraduate Seminar in
cesses through which many of the major is- to the cross-cultural study of education, in-
Educational Policy Studies
sues in education are treated; analyzes nature cluding discussion of material from represen-
Advanced undergraduate seminar that builds
of the policymaking process in education and tative cultures ranging from primitive social
upon introductory work in E P S 201 and in-
discusses the roles of principal participants in groups to present-day national states; special
cludes historical, philosophical, legal, and so-
the process of educational decision making,
cial science perspectives on education. Re- attention to education of minority ethnic and
but focuses on fundamental recurring issues subordinate cultures; and emphasis on both
quests for activation of this course may come
in education and the ways these issues have
Educational Policy Studies 97
informal and formal education as cultural pro- 406. Seminar in the History of Education issues and approaches. The course goal is to
cess in relation to culture transmission, evo- Intensive group study of a small number of provide familiarity with notable contempo-
lution, change, and development. Prerequisite: selected problems to assist individual students rary authors from a variety of perspectives.
A course in anthropology or sociology, or con- todevelop an understanding of and the ability Course work in philosophy, phi-
Prerequisite:
sent of instructor. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi or 2 unit. touse the techniques of historical research in losophy of education or consent of instructor.
furthering such study; problems studied are 2 unit.
399. Issues and Developments in selected in the light of the interests and
Educational Policy Studies previous training of the group of students 417. Ethical Dimensions of Educational
Seminar on topics not treated by regularly enrolled. Prerequisite: Two courses in the Policy
scheduled courses; requests for initiation may history of education or consent of instructor. Designed to prepare students to analyze ethi-
be made by students or faculty members. 2 to 1 unit. cal issuesinvolved in educational policy mak-
4 hours, or '/: to 2 unit. May be repeated to a ing, policy administration, and policy evalu-
maximum of 8 hours or 2 units. 407.Philosophy of Language and ation; includes topics such as educational
Education equity, privacy, due process, and compliance;
400. Traditions inPhilosophy of Education Examines philosophical issues in language draws upon multiple disciplines to analyze
Analyzes major trends and primary sources meaning, and use, as they pertain to educa- issues developed out of practice. Prerequisite:
in philosophy of education, drawing mainly tional problems. Topics range from issues in Open to students who have fulfilled their so-
from the 20th centurv. Movements covered logic, analysis, or critical thinking to contempo- cial foundations requirements and other stu-
will include pragmatism, concept analysis, rary discourse theory. Prerequisite: Course work dents with consent of instructor. 1 unit.
phenomenology, feminism, and Marxism/ in philosophy, philosophy of education, or con-
Critical theory. This course is required of all sent of instructor. 2 unit. 449. Independent Study
Philosophy of Education graduate students. Offers opportunityand challenge of self-di-
Prerequisite: An appropriate 300 and 400 level 408. Theories of Knowledge and Education rective, independent study; develops the
course work in philosophy, philosophy of Examines philosophical issues in the construc- individual's ability as an independent student
education, or consent of the instructor. 1 unit. tion, justification and transmission of knowl- and enables the student to pursue needed
edge, as they pertain to educational processes. study in a field in which appropriate courses
401. Modern Theories of Education Course work in philosophy or
Prerequisite: are not being offered during a given semes-
Analyzes the assumptions about knowledge philosophy of education, or consent of instruc- ter. Prerequisite: Approval of study outline by
and values that provide a basis for different tor. 1 unit. adviser and the department chairman prior
conceptions of educational theory, research to enrollment. A or 2 unit. May be repeated
[
and practice. Prerequisite: Course work in and Education

409. Ethics for credit with consent of adviser and depart-
philosophy, philosophy of education, or Examines issues in moral philosophy as they ment chair.
consent of instructor. 1 unit. pertain to education. Topics include current
theories of moral education, ethical problems 485. Education in the Developing
402. Educational Movements in the in teaching, or topics of moral dispute in Countries
Twentieth Century educational policy. Prerequisite: Course work Analyses of the role and functions of educa-
Historical study of significant educational in philosophy, philosophy of education, or tion in social, political, and economic devel-
trends during the past sixty years, with special consent of instructor, l.unit. opment, with particular reference to the new
reference to their influence on American and the developing countries. Prerequisite:
education; an analytical examination of the and Political Theories and
410. Social Consent of instructor. 2 unit.
principal transition movements in the last Education
decade of the nineteenth century and of efforts Examines philosophical issues in social and 490.Seminar for Advanced Students of
to solve the problems since 1900. 2 unit. politicaltheory as they pertain to educational Education
problems. The course includes topics such as Seminar in educational policy studies; sections
403. The Historical Foundations of autonomy, democratic education, educational offered in the following fields: (a) history of
American Educational Thought reform, and social change. Prerequisite: Course education; (b) philosophy of education; (c)
Studies the evolution of educational theories work in philosophy, philosophy of education, comparative education; (d) social foundations
and philosophies since the eighteenth century; or consent of instructor. 2 unit. of education; (e) philosophy of educational
particular reference to their impact upon research; and (f) historical methods in educa-
educational developments in the United 411. Philosophical Issues in Educational tion. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
States; a broad view of the general growth of Research May be repeated.
American educational thought; and attention Examines some crucial assumptions and con-
to selected major educational theorists, or cepts of contemporary research in education 491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar
schools of thought, exploration of their from the point of view both of the consumer Assists doctoral candidates in planning field
fundamental ideas, and the relation of these and the practitioner of educational research. studies and thesis problems; students are ex-
ideas to significant intellectual currents in Topics include paradigm conflicts, causal at- pected to present their studies at each of four
American culture. Prerequisite: Consent of tributions in social science, assessment, ethi- stages; (1) the inception, delimitation, tenta-
instructor. 2 unit. cal problems in the conduct of research, and tive design stage; (2) the proposed design
the assumptions of quantitative research. Pre- stage; (3) the revised design stage; and (4) the
404.Seminar in Educational Classics requisite: Course work in philosophy, philoso- finaldesign stage. Students are expected to
Reading and group discussion of a limited phy of education or consent of instructor. 1 analyze all presentations critically. Prerequisite:
number of the most important writings in unit. Open only to students who have been admit-
educational philosophy which have had a pro- ted for doctoral study. 1 to 2 units.
found influence on the progress of educational 412. John Dewey's Philosophy of
thought and practice. Prerequisite: EPS 305 or Education 499. Thesis Research
equivalent; consent of instructor. 2 unit. Focuses on Dewey's Philosophy of Education Individual direction of research and thesis
emphasizing the intensive study of original writing. to 4 units.
405.Foundations of Aesthetic Education works. Prerequisite: Course work in philoso-
Philosophical approach to the problems of phy, philosophy of education or consent of
teaching for appreciation in formal education; instructor. 1 unit.
appraisal of the status of aesthetic education,
its nature and function, and its relation to other 413. Contemporary Perspectives in
types of education. Prerequisite: EPS306 or Philosophy of Education
equivalent. 2 unit. Analyzes exemplary current work in the field,
covering a range of contrasting philosophical
98 Educational Practice
lative and University of Illinois GPA. 3 to 8 ence that includes a survey of theories, mod-
hours. els, and research on life planning and that
encourages systematic skill identification, val-
242. Educational Practice in Secondary ues clarification, and the development of job
Education search strategies. 3 hours.
Educational Course in practice teaching to meet certifica-
tion requirements for teaching in the second- 290. Elements of Statistics
Practice ary school. Prerequisite: Satisfactory progress Course content includes descriptive statistics,
in an approved teacher education program, correlation, regression, the normal curve, sta-
including 100 hours of early field experience; tistical interference, and the presentation of
Offices for Student Teaching: Agricultural
2.5 cumulative and University of Illinois GPA. statistics. The course does not require calcu-
Education, 151 Bevier Hall; Art Education, 121
2 to 8 hours. lus and makes use of examples drawn from
Art & Design Building; Secondary Education,
education, medicine, social science, business,
398 Education Building; Foreign Language,
and the popular media. Designed for profes-
2090 FLB; Kinesiology, 119 Freer Hall; Music
sional training of students whose major inter-
Education, 3004 Music Building; Special
ests are not in math or science. Prerequisite:
Education, 288 Education Building; Speech
Communication, 244 Lincoln Hall; Speech and
MATH 112, 116, or 118. 4 hours. Students may
not receive credit for both this course and
Hearing, 231 Speech and Hearing Building.
Phone: See Web site for phone numbers.
Educational STAT 100 or 210; ECON 172 or 173; ACE 261;
PSYCH 233, 234, or 235; SOC 185; CPSC 340;
URL: www.ed.uiuc.edu/cte/org.html Psychology or EDPSY 390.
Note: Students entering teacher education cur-

291. Thesis
ricula with 55 or more semester hours should Department Chairperson: Lizanne DeStefano
apply for student teaching assignments dur- Department Office: 210 Education Building,
ing the first semester in the curriculum. How- 1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign
292. Thesis
ever, such students must complete at least a Phone: 333-2245
semester before they may be admitted to stu- URL: www.ed.uiuc.edu/edpsy/main
dent teaching. 311.Psychology of Learning for Teachers
Study of the psychology of human learning
Educational Psychology (EDPSY)
as it applies to instruction, educational issues,
Educational Practice (ED PR) and educational problems. Prerequisite: EDPSY
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 211 or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
150. School and Community Experiences 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
Early field experiences in teacher education, 312. Theories and Problems of Adjustment
including observation and laboratory experi- 211. EducationalPsychology in School Settings
ences in public schools: designed to provide Basic undergraduate course in psychology of Examines theories of adjustment, factors that
opportunities for career exploration, profes- education for prospective teachers; materials influence adjustments, and common adjust-
sional orientation, the development of insight and principles from the various areas of psy- ment problems of children and adolescents in
into the interrelationship of theory and prac- chology (mental hygiene, psychology of learn- school contexts. Prerequisite: EDPSY 211 or
and the place of the student in the educa- ing, etc.) applied to the practical problems of equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
tice,
tional process. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- teaching. Includes limited voluntary partici-
tor. 0to4 hours.

pation as a subject in experiments. Prerequi- 313. Child Language and Education
site: PSYCH 100. 3 hours. Provides an overview of current knowledge
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar about children's acquisition of communicative
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 236. Child Development for Elementary competence together with a consideration of
Teachers the educational import of this developmental
220. Educational Practice in the Education Study of child growth and development de- process. Prerequisite: EDPSY 211 or 236; or
of Exceptional Children signed particularly for those preparing to equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Course in practice teaching which provides teach in the elementary school; special empha-
teaching experience with exceptional children. sison the significance of the developmental 314. Sociocultural Influences on Learning
Prerequisite: Senior standing; consent of process for educational programs and proce- Provides a general overview of the relation-
department; sufficient hours of background dures; and systematic experience in studying ship of language, culture, and society to the
courses; 2.5 cumulative and University of and evaluating children's behavior and in sup- teaching-learning process; gives broad expo-
Illinois GPA. 2 to 8 hours. porting their learning and development. In- sure to research and theory concerned with
cludes limited voluntary participation as a the effects of sociocultural factors on cogni-
232. Educational Practice in Elementary subject in experiments. Prerequisite: PSYCH tion, perception, and motivation; also consid-
Education 1 00. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both EDPSY ers the effect of such factors on classroom in-
Course in practice teaching to meet certifica- 236 and PSYCH 216. teraction. Prerequisite: EDPSY 211 or 236; or
tion requirements for teaching in the elemen- equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
C & I 320, or 306 as
tary school. Prerequisite: 249.Independent Study
required by the student's curriculum; senior Study of problems not considered in other 315. Personality and Social Development
standing; 100 hours of early field experience; courses; designed for students who excel in Same as PSYCH 365. See PSYCH 365.
2.5 cumulative and University of Illinois GPA. self-direction and intellectual curiosity.
2 to 8 hours. Upperclass status; upper five
Prerequisite: 316. Discipline and Classroom
percent of class in grade-point average; Management
238. Educational Practice for Special Fields demonstrated writing competence, research General overview of theories related to ana-
in Elementary Schools potential, scholarly attitude, and interest as lyzing student behaviors in the classroom; the
Course in student teaching to meet require- attested to by instructor; consent of adviser incidence and etiology of conduct problems
ments for certification in special fields at the and staff member who supervises the work. I and behavior disorders in the classroom, with
elementary school level. Prerequisite: For stu- to 4 hours. emphasis upon preventive strategies and
dents in the early childhood education cur- guiding principles for maintaining classroom
riculum, C & I 320 required and concurrent 250. Career Development Theory and discipline. Prerequisite: EDPSY 211 or 236, or
enrollment in C & I 321 consent of instructor;
;
Practice equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
100 hours of early field experience; 2.5 cumu- Design and implementation of an innovative
planning process; a participatory experi-
life
Educational Psychology 99
320. Early Adolescent Development bers. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 2 to 4 hours, experience in developing, administering, scor-
Course examines early adolescent develop- or V2 to 1 unit. May be repeated to a maxi- ing and interpreting traditional and alterna-
ment designed particularly for those prepar- mum of 8 hours or 2 units. tive assessments. Prerequisite: EDPSY 211 or
ing to teach in the middle grades; special em- 236; undergraduates should be concurrently
phasis is given to physical, cognitive, emotional, 360. Introduction to Counseling and enrolled in C & I 303. 2 hours or '/: unit.
and social transitions in early adolescence and Psychotherapy
to understanding how these developmental Same as PSYCH 367. Study of counseling and 392. Introduction to the Principles of
transitions influence educational programs psychotherapeutic processes and theories. Measurement
and procedures. Course will include observa- Coverage of major models and theories as well Study of the selection, preparation, adminis-
tional experiences and encourages teachers to as current trends and a review of counseling tration, and interpretation of psychological
become facilitators of learning and develop- skills will be included. Prerequisite: PSYCH 238 and educational tests and diagnostic devices;
ment and consumers of research on early ado- or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. emphasis on theory at a beginning level, with
lescence. Includes limited voluntary partici- application to hypothetical school situations
pation as a subject in experiments. Prerequisite: 362.Adult Learning and Development as a teaching device; and consideration of the
For 2 hours CA unit): EDPSY 211, 236, or Theory of and research on adult learning and sources of standard tests, criteria for their
equivalent, junior standing, and acceptance development; includes societal context, per- methods of scoring, interpretation,
evaluation,
into one of the UIUC teacher preparation pro- formance, physiology and health, personality, and general and special areas. Prerequisite:
grams; or current holder of State of Illinois and learning; and considers stability and EDPSY 211 or 236. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Teacher Certification. For 3 hours (1 unit): change during young adulthood, middle age,
EDPSY 211, 236, or equivalent, and junior and old age. Prerequisite: EDPSY 311 or 312, or 398. Evaluation Methods
standing. 2 or 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. For Sec- equivalent, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or Introduces the methodology of educational
ondary certification students, 2 hours ('/: unit) 1 unit. program evaluation, including the design of
enrollment is expected during the fall or an evaluation, the data collection techniques,
spring. Other students seeking middle grade
363. Instructional Design approaches to data summarization, and the
endorsement may enroll for 2 hours 0/2 unit) The design, systematic development, and reporting and utilization of evaluative
evaluation of instructional programs, includ- information; each student designs and
in the summer. Students not enrolled in a cer-
tification sequence nor seeking middle grade
ing delineation of performance outcomes, conducts an evaluation project. Prerequisite:
endorsement will be required to take the analysis of concepts, design of instructional EDPSY 390. 3 hours or 1 unit.
course for 3 hours (1 unit). sequences, assessment of student perfor-

mance, and survey of current research. Each 399. Issues and Developments in
Ethnography of Local Cultures

335. student develops an instructional program. Educational Psychology
Same as ANTH and SOC 335. Introduction to Prerequisite: A foundation course in educa- Experimentation or seminar on topics not
ethnographic modes of researching culture in tional psychology or psychology. 4 hours or 1 treated by regularly scheduled courses.
human activities, events, organizations, and unit. Requests for initiation of the course may be
thinking through participant observation in made by students or by faculty members. 2 or
local settings; focus on the central tasks of eth-
385. Anthropology of Education 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Same as ANTH and E P S 385. See E P S 385. maximum of 8 hours or 2 units.
nographic research (discovery, representation,
presentation, justification) through mastery of
387. Computer Use in Education 415. Psychological Theories Applied to
field notes and various equipment. Prerequi-
Overview of the nature and development of Education
site: EDPSY 314, ANTH 230, or equivalent
work in social sciences. 4 hours or 1 unit.
automation in education; use of electronic data Advanced course in human behavior; special
processing systems for administrative pur- attention given to contemporary systems of
341. Applications of Sex Role Theory to poses, for instruction, and for research; dis- psychology and their relationship to educa-
Counseling cussion of problems of computer management, tional practice. Prerequisite: EDPSY 311 and
Same as W S 341 . Reviews research on sex role
natural language analysis, and simulation CAI 312; EDPSY 411 or 412. 1 unit.
applications; and laboratory experience with
socialization related to career, family, and
personal roles for both sexes; discusses on-line terminals, remote entry devices, and 416. Psychology of Reading
counseling strategies aimed at freeing persons peripheral equipment. Prerequisite: EDPSY 390 Same as PSYCH 426. Overview of psychologi-
from attitudes and behaviors that limit their or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours cal research investigating the perceptual and
freedom to choose; and reviews strategies for or 2 unit. cognitive processes that occur during reading.
change at policy, agency and individual levels. Examines the development of reading ability,
390. Elements of Educational Statistics reading disorders, and the measurement of
4 hours or 1 unit.
Designed for terminal value for professional reading ability. Prerequisite: A previous course
training of students not intending to pursue in experimental or cognitive psychology or
343. Individual Intelligence Testing
Fundamental concepts relevant to the general advanced graduate work, and for introduc- linguistics, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
problem of the individual testing of learning tory value for students continuing graduate
aptitude; acquisition of psychometric compe- study in education; descriptive statistics, in- 420. Professional Seminar in Counseling
tence in the use of the 1960 Binet and the troduction to correlation and regression, the Psychology
Wechsler tests; and acquaintance and limited normal curve, statistical inference, and the Reviews the psychologists' professional code
practice in the administration, scoring, and
presentation and interpretation of statistical of ethics, the history of counseling psychology
interpretation of results obtained by perfor- data in educational literature. Prerequisite: Jun- as a profession, and current theoretical and
mance scales and other devices appropriate ior standing. 3 hours or 1 unit. applied issues within the field of counseling
for use with individuals having sensory, as- psychology. or 1 unit.
391. Assessment Issues for Classroom
sociative, and /or motor impairments. Prereq-
Teachers 423. Use of Tests in Counseling
uisite: Consent of instructor and 6 hours of
Designed especially for secondary education Provides instruction and practice in the
psychology and SP ED 324, or EDPSY 392 or
majors, course introduces students to basic critique, selection, administration, and
PSYCH 390. 3 hours or 1 unit.
concepts in assessment including: character- interpretation of tests of four basic types used
istics of traditional and alternative assessment in counseling: aptitude, achievement, interest,
359. Professional Skill Development
Workshop in Educational Psychology practices, purposes of assessment, aligning and personality; builds on knowledge and
Laboratory, pre-practica, or workshops de- curricula and assessment, assessment stan- skill obtained in prerequisite courses in
signed to teach practitioner-oriented skills in dards, administration, scoring, and interpre- measurement and counseling psychology.
specialized areas of educational psychology; tation. The discussion sections are organized Prerequisite: EDPSY 392. 1 unit.
requests for initiation of sections in this course by content specialization, they are project-
may be made by students or by faculty mem- based and provide students with supervised
100 Educational Psychology
424.Supervised Practice in Educational tions, issues of cultural cognitive conse- 486. Methods of Naturalistic Research, II
Psychology quences, out-of-school acquisition and uses, Course builds on the research experience of
Intensive supervised experiences in applied autonomous vs. ideological meanings of texts, EDPSY 484, which requires students to
educational psychology; use of a wide variety hegemony and writing, roles of readers, and prepare and administer an interview schedule.
of diagnostic and observational techniques interpretive communities. Prerequisite: EDPSY The resulting transcripts are the basis for the
and treatment. Students may take more than 311 or 314, or C& I 370 or equivalent. 1 unit. work of this course. They provide each
one section. Prerequisite: Master's degree in student with their own set of data for working
educational psychology or equivalent; consent 449. Independent Study on the three major aspects of the course;
of instructor. Vi to 2 units. Offers opportunity and challenge of self-di- coding and analysis of data; the development
rective, independent study; develops the of theory and other outcomes of qualitative
427. Theories and Practice of Group individual's ability as an independent student; research; and the forms of narrative in the
Counseling and enables the student to pursue needed write up of qualitative data. Prerequisite:
Study of the principles of group process and study in a field in which appropriate courses EDPSY 484, or approval of instructor. 1 unit.
their application in institutional and other set- are not being offered during a given semes- Approval be granted if a student has had
will
tings; includes a review of the historical de- Approval of study outline by
ter. Prerequisite: equivalent experience and has collected data
velopment of group processes and study of adviser and the department chairperson prior that can serve as the basis for this course's
pertinent research; discussion and experien- to enrollment. Vz or I unit. May be repeated proposed activities.
tial activities are supplemented by films, vid- for credit with consent of adviser and depart-
eotapes, and case studies. Prerequisite: EDPSY ment chair. 488. Covariance Structure and Factor
420 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Models
Methods of Educational Inquiry
450. Same as PSYCH, SOC, and STAT 488. See
428. Theories of Career Development and Same as C & I and SP ED 450. See C & 1 450. PSYCH 488.
the Use of Occupational Information
Results of recent occupational research and 451. Evaluation of Educational Programs 490. Seminar for Advanced Students of
use of these results by teachers and counse- Same as C& 1 418. See C& 1 418. Education
lors; attention given to research techniques Seminar in educational psychology; topics
suitable for use in local occupational studies. 470. The Methodology of Eye Movements relate to the areas of specialization represented
Prerequisite: An introductory course in coun- in the Study of Cognition by the various divisions within the depart-
seling or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Same as PSYCH 472. Teaches use of eye movement. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 1
ment monitoring techniques to study issues unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units
429. Field Instruction in Educational concerning perception, attention and cogni- in any area of specialization.
Psychology tion. Uses of eye movement monitoring in re-
Individual instruction designed to help the search in several fields; use of eyetracking 491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar
advanced student apply basic principles of equipment; and writing of computer pro- Assists doctoral candidates in planning field
education or psychology in institutional grams for this type of research. Prerequisite: studies and thesis problems. Students are
settings. Each student is assigned to a school, Consent of instructor. 1 unit. expected to present their studies at each of
community agency, or other applied settings four stages: (1) the inception, delimitation,
for a supervised field experience in some 471. Proseminar in Cognitive Science tentative design stage; (2) the proposed design
aspect of educational psychology. Prerequisite: Same as ANTH and LING 470, C S 449 and stage; (3) the revised design stage; and (4) the
Master's degree in educational psychology or PSYCH 471. See ANTH 470. final design stage. Students are expected to
equivalent, and consent of instructor. 1 to 4 analyze critically all presentations. Prerequisite:
units. May be repeated to a maximum of 4
483. Single Subject Research Design Limited to students who have been admitted
units; no more than 2 units may be taken in
Same as SP ED 483. See SP ED 483. for doctoral study. 1 to 2 units.
any given semester.
484.Methods of Qualitative Research 492. Psychology of Learning and
431. Counseling Process Research Primarily for advanced graduate students Instruction
Overview of research investigating what approaching dissertation research. Develops Same as PSYCH 492. Advanced course in the
transpires in counseling, and psychotherapy, an understanding of and skill in the use of nature and conditions of long-term cognitive
and what contributes to effectiveness. Focuses several data collection techniques associated learning and retention in classroom and
on current research design, methodology, and with naturalistic, cross-cultural, and single- similar situations; intended for doctoral
knowledge in examining how counseling culture research. These techniques, to be students with a special interest in research
contributes to change. Prerequisite: EDPSY 496 employed in an actual research project of the leading to the improvement of classroom
or equivalent, and a practicum in counseling, student's choice, are: (1) working with teaching and learning, in psychological
informants; (2) developing questions for use aspects of curriculum research, and in the
on questionnaires and in interviewing; (3) cognitive aspects of military and industrial
Development
440. Social back translation; (4) conducting pilot studies; training. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1
Same as PSYCH 440. Research and theory re- and (5) conducting depth-probe interviews. 1 unit.
lating to the social development of children; unit.
special attention to processes of social learn- 494. Multivariate Analysis in Psychology

ing, environmental influences on social behav- 485. Multivariate Correlational Techniques and Education
ior, and the role of education in facilitating the in Educational Research Same as PSYCH and SOC 494. See PSYCH 494.
development of social skills; and emphasis on Same as PSYCH 486. Emphasis on educational
experimental research conducted in natural- research applications of correlational tech- Measurement
495. Theories of
istic settings. Prerequisite: EDPSY 236 or
niques; special attention to issues in principles Same as PSYCH 495. Classical test theory (true
PSYCH 216, or equivalent; and EDPSY 390, of research design underlying appropriate score, error of measurement, reliability and
PSYCH 235, or equivalent. 1 unit.
uses of such techniques as multiple, partial, validity of test scores, composite measures);
and part (semipartial) correlation and factor proposed alternatives to the classical model
442. Cross-Cultural Studies of Literacy analysis; and illustration of techniques by ex- (generalizability theory, matrix sampling,
Combines anthropological and psychological amples drawn from published studies and latent trait theory, criterion-referenced
approaches to literacy in theory and practice, projects conducted on this campus. Empha- measurement). Prerequisite: EDPSY 496 or
using case studies of cultural meanings and sis will be placed on application and interpre- PSYCH 307, or equivalent; EDPSY 392 or
uses of literacy in worldwide array of tradi- tation of techniques rather than on theoreti- PSYCH 390, or equivalent. 1 unit.
tional, historical, and modern settings; topics cal rationales. Prerequisite: EDPSY 496 or
include origins and definitions of writing sys- equivalent; consent of instructor. 1 unit.
tems, psychology of scripts and math nota-

Electrical and Computer Engineering 101
496. Statistical Methods in Education 205. Introduction to Electric and Electronic 249. Digital Systems Laboratory
Introduction to inferential statistical methods Circuits Introduction to the experimental analysis and
in education; includes probability theory, dis- Basic principles of circuit analysis, transient synthesis of digital networks, including the
tribution theory, interval estimation, hypoth- analysis, AC steady-state analysis, introduc- use of a microcomputer as a controller.
esis testing, regression and correlational analy- tion tosemiconductor devices and fabrication, Prerequisite: ECE 110 and 290. 2 hours.
sis, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: digital logic circuits, op-amps, and A/D and
EDPSY 390 or equivalent. 3 unit. D/A conversion. Prerequisite: PHYCS 112, 271. Electrical and Computer Engineering
MATH 242 or 245. 3 hours. ECE students may Special Topics
497. Advanced Statistical Methods in not receive credit for this course. Prerequisite: As specified by department or
Education instructor. to 4 hours.
Advanced topics in analyses of variance and 206. Introduction to Electric and Electronic
covariance, and principles of experimental Circuits Laboratory 272. Electrical and Computer Engineering
design; brief introduction to multivariate Laboratory instruments and basic measure- Problems
analysis, including rudiments of matrix ment techniques, electric circuits, CMOS logic Prerequisite: Approved written application to
algebra. Prerequisite: EDPSY 496, PSYCH 307, circuits, DTL and TTL circuits, and op-amps. department as specified by department or
or equivalent. 1 unit. Prerequisite:PHYCS 112, MATH
242 or 245; instructor. to 4 hours.
concurrent registration in ECE 205. 1 hour. ECE
498. Theories of Educational Evaluation students may not receive credit for this course. 280. Biomedical Imaging
Study of the process of educational program Same as BIOEN 280. Introduction to the phys-
evaluation, its purpose and procedures, with 210. Analog Signal Processing icsand engineering principles associated with
emphasis on settings, personnel, and perfor- Introduction to analog signal processing, with magnetic resonance, ultrasound, computed
mance; review of principal theories; and study an emphasis on underlying concepts from cir- tomography and nuclear imaging. Prerequisite:
of models, histories, political contexts, ethics, cuit and system analysis: linear systems, re- MATH 285 and PHYCS 112, or consent of in-
and epistemology of evidence as they relate view of elementary circuit analysis, differen- structor. 3 hours.
to the observation, judging, and reporting of tial equation models of linear circuits and
educational programs. Prerequisite: EDPSY 390 systems, Laplace transform, convolution, sta- 290. Introduction to Computer Engineering
and 392 and a course in evaluation, or con- bility,phasors, frequency response, Fourier se- Introduction to digital logic and computer
sent of instructor. 1 unit. ries, Fourier transform, active filters and AM systems. Examines representation of informa-
radio. Prerequisite: 110 and PHYCS 112.
ECE tion, combinational network analysis and de-
499. Thesis Research Credit or concurrent registration in MATH sign, sequential network analysis and design,
Individual direction of research and thesis 285. 4 hours. computer organization and control, and ma-
writing. to 4 units. chine-level programming. Prerequisite: C S 101
Analog Circuits and Systems
211. Topics in or 125. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
Introduction to concepts from circuit and ECE 290 and CS 231.
system analysis: linear systems, review of
elementary circuit analysis, op amps, transient 291. Computer Engineering, II
analysis, differential equation models of linear Design and development of assembly lan-
circuits and systems, Laplace transform. guage programs; input-output, interrupts,
Electrical and Prerequisite: ECE 110, MATH 285, and PHYCS multitasking; introduction to data structures
and graphics; ethical and social issues in com-
107. 2 hours. Student'smay not receive
Computer for both this course and ECE 210.
credit
puting; laboratory assignments on real-time
Engineering data acquisition and device control. Prerequi-

site: ECE 290, or C S 231. 3 hours. Credit is not
216. Engineering Ethics
Same as PHIL 216. Ethical issues in the prac- given for both ECE 291 and C S 232.
Head of Department: S. M. Kang tice of engineering: safety and liability, pro-
Department Office: 155 Everitt Laboratory, 1406 fessional responsibility to clients and employ- 296. Honors Project
West Green Street, Urbana ers, whistle-blowing, codes of ethics, career Special project or reading course for James
Phone: 333-2300 choice, legal obligations; case studies. Prereq- Scholars in engineering. Prerequisite: James
URL: www.ece.uiuc.edu uisite: Junior standing; and RHET 105. 3 hours. Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor.
1 to 4 hours.
229. Introduction to Electromagnetic Fields

Electrical and Computer Engineering Elementary electromagnetic field theory as 297. Honors Seminar
(ECE) summarized in Maxwell's equations for time- Special lecture sequences and /or discussion
varying fields in integral and differential groups arranged each semester to bring James
110. Introduction to Electrical and forms; energy storage; static and quasistatic Scholars in engineering into direct contact
Computer Engineering fields; and time-domain analysis of waves. with the various aspects of engineering
Integrated introduction to selected fundamen- Prerequisite: ECE 205 or 210. 3 hours. practices and philosophy. Prerequisite: James
tal concepts and principles in electrical and com- Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor.
puter engineering: circuits, electromagnetics, 230. Computer Solution of 1 to 4 hours.
communications, electronics, controls, and com- Electromagnetics Problems, I
Solution of selected electromagnetics prob- 298. Senior Research Project
puting. Laboratory experiments and lectures
lems at the ECE 229 level using personal com- Individual research project under the guid-
focus on a design and construction project, such
puters. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- ance of a faculty member: for example, math-
as an autonomous moving vehicle. Prerequisite:
ECE 229. ematical analysis, laboratory experiments,
Credit or registration in either MATH 120 or 135. istration in 1 hour.
computer simulations, software development,
4 hours.
246.Advanced Digital Projects Laboratory circuit design, or device fabrication. Prepara-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Planning, designing, executing, and docu- tion of a written research proposal, which in-
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. menting a microcomputer based project. cludes preliminary results. Prerequisite: Senior
Hardware isemphasized but the special standing; RHET 105; and consent of instruc-
200. Seminar projects required of student may also require tor. 2 hours.
Discussions of educational programs, career an equal emphasis on software. Prerequisite:

opportunities, and other topics in electrical ECE 249 or consent of instructor. 2 to 3 hours. 299. Senior Thesis
and computer engineering. hours. For ECE Completion of the research project begun un-
students. der ECE 298. Preparation and oral presenta-
tion of a written thesis that reports the results
102 Electrical and Computer Engineering
of the project. Prerequisite: ECE 298, and con- sure, blood flow, heart sounds, respiration, 328. Distributed Systems
sent of instructor. 2 hours. and temperature; and therapeutic and pros- Same as CS 328 and CSE 324. See C S 328.
thetic devices. Prerequisite: ECE 205 or 210, or
302. Electronic Music Synthesis consent of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit. 330.Power Circuits and Electromechanics
Historical survey of electronic and computer Network equivalents, power and energy fun-
music technology; parameters of musical ex- 315. Biomedical Instrumentation damentals, resonance, mutual inductance,
pression and their codification; analysis and Laboratory three-phase power concepts, forces and
synthesis of fixed sound spectra; time-variant Same as BIOEN 315. Laboratory to accompany torques of electric origin in electromagnetic
spectrum analysis/synthesis of musical ECE 314. Studies medical instrumentation and and electrostatic systems, energy conversion
sounds; algorithms for dynamic sound syn- transducers for static and dynamic nonbiolog- cycles, principles of electric machines, trans-
thesis. Prerequisite: MUSIC 202 or equivalent; ical inputs and measures actual biomedical ducers, relays, laboratory demonstration. Pre-
ECE 290 and 310. 3 hours or ¥> unit. signals; requires some animal experiments. requisite: ECE 210. 3 hours or % unit. May not
Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration be taken for credit by graduate students in
303. Topics in Audio Engineering in ECE 314. 2 hours or Vi unit. electrical engineering.
Review of resonance and wave phenomena;
acoustics of rooms and auditoriums; artificial 318. Introduction to Image and Video 333. Electric Machinery
reverberation and sound localization/ Processing Theory and laboratory experimentation with
spatialization; loudspeakers, enclosures, and Basic concepts and applications in image and three-phase power, power factor correction,
microphones; and topics in digital audio. Pre- video processing; introduction to multidimen- single-and three-phase transformers, induc-
requisite: ECE 290, 310 and 373, or consent of sional signal processing: sampling, Fourier tion machines, DC machines, and synchro-
instructor. 3 hottrs or V4 unit. transform, filtering, interpolation and decima- nous machines; includes project work on en-
tion; human visual perception; scanning and ergy control systems; digital simulation of
310. Digital Signal Processing display of images and video; image enhance- machine dynamics. Prerequisite: ECE 330. 4
Introduction to discrete-time systems and ment, restoration and segmentation; digital hours or 1 unit.
digital signal processing: discrete-time linear image and video compression; and image
systems, difference equations, z-transform, analysis. Laboratory exercises allow students 336. Advanced Electric Machinery
discrete convolution, stability, discrete-time to gain hands-on experience with these top- Advanced rotating machine theory and prac-
Fourier transform, analog-to-digital and ics and develop C and Matlab programs. Pre- tice, dynamic analysis of machines using ref-
digital-to-analog conversion, interpolation requisite: ECE 310, credit or concurrent regis- erence frame transformations, tests for param-
and decimation, digital filter design, discrete tration in ECE 313, STAT 310, 1 E 230, MATH eter determination, reduced order modeling
Fourier transform, fast Fourier transform, 315 or 361. 4 hours or 1 unit. Experience with of machines; mechanical subsystems includ-
spectral analysis, applications of digital signal C programming language. ing governors, prime movers, excitation sys-
processing. Prerequisite: ECE 210, or consent tems, digital simulation of inter-connected
of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 320. Digital Signal Processing Laboratory machines. Prerequisite: ECE 333. 3 hours or Vi
Development of real-time digital signal unit.
311. Microcomputer Laboratory processing (DSP) systems using a DSP
Design, construction, and use of a small gen- microprocessor; several structured laboratory 338.Communication Networks for
eral purpose computer with a micro-proces- exercises, such as sampling and digital Computers
sor CPU; MSI and LSI circuits used exten- filtering, followed by an extensive DSP project Same as C S 338, and CSE 325. See C S 338.
sively; control panel, peripheral controllers, of the student's choice. Prerequisite: ECE 310.
control logic, central processor, and program- 2 hours or '/: unit. 340. Solid State ElectronicDevices
ming experiments; and open lab format. Pre- Semiconductor materials and their electronic
requisite: ECE 249; ECE 291 or C S 232. 3 hours Plasma and Fusion Science
321. properties and applications to electronic de-
orA l
unit. Credit or concurrent registration in Same as NUC E 321 and PHYCS 365. See NUC vices; p-n junctions; transistors; junction field
ECE 312 is recommended. E321. effect transistors and MOS devices; and intro-
duction to integrated circuits. Prerequisite:
312. Computer Organization and Design 325. Introduction to VLSI System Design PHYCS 114, and credit or concurrent registra-
Basic computer organization and design, com- Same as C S 335, and CSE 333. Complemen- tion in ECE 229. 3 hours or % unit. Graduate
puter arithmetic, control design and micropro- tary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) credit does not count toward degrees in Elec-
gramming, memory organization, I/D design, technology and theory; CMOS circuit and trical and Computer Engineering.
reliability/performance evaluation; labora- logic design; layout rules and techniques; cir-
tory for computer design implementation, cuit characterization and performance estima- 341. Physicsand Modeling of
simulation, and layout. Prerequisite: ECE 290 tion; CMOS subsystem design; Very-Large- Semiconductor Devices
or C S 231; and ECE 291 or C S 232. 4 hours or Scale Integrated (VLSI) systems design Detailed presentation of advanced concepts
1 unit. Graduate credit not allowed for elec- methods; VLSI Computer Aided Design such as generation-recombination, hot elec-
trical engineering majors. (CAD) tools; laboratory experience in custom tron effects, and breakdown mechanisms; es-
VLSI chip design on workstations using con- sential features of small ac characteristics,
313. Probability with Engineering cepts of cell hierarchy; final project involving switching and transient behavior of p-n junc-
Applications specification, designand evaluation of a VLSI tions, bipolar and MOS transistors; addresses
Introduction to probability theory with chip or VLSI CAD program; and written re- fundamental issues for device modeling and
applications to engineering problems such as port and oral presentation on the final project. discusses the perspective and limitations of
the reliability of circuits and systems and to Prerequisite: ECE 249 and 312; or C S 232. 3 Si-devices. Prerequisite: ECE 340. 3 hours or Va
statistical methods for hypothesis testing, hours or Vt unit. unit.
decision making under uncertainty, and
parameter estimation. Prerequisite: ECE 210. 3 Advanced VLSI Design Projects
326. 342. Electronic Circuits
hours or 34 unit. Department majors may not Same as C S 336. Design of Very Large Scale Analysis and design of analog and digital
receive graduate credit. Integrated (VLSI) chips using either a stan- electronic circuits using MOS field effect
dard cell or a custom design methodology transistors and bipolar junction transistors,
314. Biomedical Instrumentation with the help of computer-aided design with an emphasis on the study of amplifiers
Same as BIOEN 314. Introduction to engineer- (CAD) tools in the VLSI Design Laboratory. in integrated circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 210 and
ing aspects of the detection, acquisition, pro- Chips designed in the course will be fabricated 340. 3 /lours or % unit. May not be taken for
cessing, and display of signals from living by an outside organization, and will be tested graduate credit by students in electrical and
systems; biomedical transducers for measure- by students in the laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE computer engineering. Students cannot
ments of biopotentials, ions and gases in aque- 325. 2 /lours or '/: unit. Written report and oral receive credit for both ECE 342 or 343 and
ous solution, force, displacement, blood pres- presentation on project required. PHYCS 343.
343. Electronic Circuits Laboratory point-to-point and satellite communications. introductory course in digital communica-
Laboratory to accompany ECE 342. Prerequi- Prerequisite: ECE 342; credit or concurrent tions, ECE 361 is recommended co-requisite.
site: Concurrent registration in ECE 342. 2 hour registration in ECE 350. 4 hours or 1 unit. 2 hours or Vi unit.
or 'A unit. May not be taken for graduate credit
by students in ECE. Students cannot receive 354.Antennas 364. Power Electronics
credit for both ECE 342 or 343 and PHYCS 343. Antenna parameters; polarization of electro- Switching functions and methods of control
magnetic waves; basic antenna types; antenna such as pulse-width modulation, phase
344. Theory and Fabrication of Integrated arrays;broadband antenna design; and an- control, and phase modulation; dc-dc, ac-dc,
Circuit Devices tenna measurements. Prerequisite: ECE 350 or dc-ac, and ac-ac power converters; power
Laboratory and lecture course on the physical consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. components, including magnetic components
theory, design, and fabrication of devices and power semiconductor switching devices.
suitable for integrated circuitry; includes the 355. Optical Electronics Prerequisite: ECE 342. 3 hours or % unit.
electrical properties ofsemiconductors and Optical beams and cavities; semiclassical
techniques (epitaxial growth, oxidation, theory of gain; characteristics of typical lasers 369. Power Electronics Laboratory
photolithography diffusion, ion implantation, (gas, solid state, and semiconductor); and Laboratory study of circuits and devices used
metallization, characterization) for fabricating application of optical devices. Prerequisite: ECE for switching power converters, solid-state
integrated circuit devices such as p-n junction 350 or PHYCS 333 or consent of instructor. 3 motor drives, and power controllers, includ-
diodes, bipolar transistors, and field effect hours or 1 unit. ing dc-dc, ac-dc, and dc-ac converters and
transistors. Prerequisite: ECE 340. 4 hours or 1 applications; high-power transistors and mag-
unit. 357. Microwave Devices and Circuits netic components; design considerations, in-
Electromagnetic wave propagation, micro- cluding heat transfer. Prerequisite: Credit or
345. Senior Design Project Laboratory wave transmission systems, passive compo- concurrent registration in ECE 364; ECE 343
Individual design projects in various areas of nents, microwave tubes, solid state microwave or consent of instructor. 2 hours or ¥2 unit.
electrical and computer engineering; projects devices, microwave integrated circuits, S-pa-
are chosen by students with approval of the rameter analysis, microstrip transmission 370. Introduction to Robotics
instructor; a written report, prepared to lines. Prerequisite: ECE 340 or equivalent, and Same as G E 370, and C S 343. Fundamentals
journal publication standards, and an oral ECE 350 or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit of robotics, rigid motions, homogeneous
presentation are required. Prerequisite: Senior transformations, forward kinematics, inverse
standing in ECE. 2 hours or '/> unit. No credit 358. Applications of Radio Wave kinematics, velocity kinematics, dynamics,
for graduate students in ECE. Propagation and laboratory projects. Prerequisite: MATH
Terrestrial atmosphere, radio wave propaga- 315 or 318, or consent of instructor. 2 hours or
347. High-Frequency Circuit Design Using tion, and applications to radio sensing and Vi unit.
Scattering Parameters radio communication. Prerequisite: ECE 350 or

Laboratory and lecture on the use of scattering consent of instructor. 3 hours or A
3
unit. 371. Topics in Electrical and Computer
parameters for the design of high-frequency Engineering
amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 353. 2 hours or Vi 359. Communications, I Lectures and discussions relating to new ar-
unit. Introduction to analog and digital modulation eas of interest. Prerequisite: Specified by de-
techniques, random processes, and power partment or instructor. to 4 hours, or to 1
348. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence spectral density. Effects of noise on, and band- unit. May be repeated.
Same as C S 348. See C S 348. width requirements of, different modulation
schemes. Prerequisite: ECE 313 or equivalent. 373. Fundamentals of Engineering
349. Computer Solution of 3 hours or Vt unit. Acoustics
Electromagnetics Problems, II Same as T A M 373. Development of the basic
Solution of selected electromagnetics prob- 360. Coherent Optics Laboratory theoretical concepts of acoustical systems;
lems at the ECE 350 level using personal com- Introduction to the properties and applica- mechanical vibration, plane and spherical
puters. Prerequisite: ECE 230 and credit or con- tions of coherent laser light; experiments in wave phenomena in fluid media, lumped and
current registration in ECE 350, or consent of interferometry optical processors and spatial distributed resonant systems, and absorption
instructor. 1 hour or 'A unit. Graduate credit is filtering, holography, optical communications, phenomena and hearing. Prerequisite: MATH
not counted toward degrees in ECE. fiber optics, and special projects. Prerequisite: 285 or equivalent. 3 hours, or }
A or 1 unit.
Credit or concurrent registration in ECE 350
350. Lines, Fields, and Waves or PHYCS 371; or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. 374. Ultrasonic Techniques
General plane wave solution of Maxwell's Ultrasonic wave propagation, generation, de-
equations; reflection and transmission of plane 361. Communications, II tection, and measurement in liquid and solid
waves; transmission impedance match-
lines; Digital communication systems, modulation, media, acoustic impedance concepts, ultra-
ing; waveguides and cavities; and radiation. demodulation, channel models, bit error rate, sonic absorption and velocity measurement
Prerequisite: ECE 229. 3 hours or ¥t unit. Gradu- spectral occupancy, synchronization, equaliza- techniques, piezoelectricity, and discussion of
ate credit is not counted toward degrees in tion, and trellis-coded modulation. Prerequi- industrial, experimental, bioengineering, and
ECE. site: ECE 359. 3 hours or Vt unit. medical applications. Prerequisite: ECE 373 or
equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
351. Automated Microwave Measurements 362. Logic Design or 'A or 1 unit.
Manual and computer controlled laboratory Same as C S 362 and MATH 391. Design of
analysis of circuits at microwave frequencies. combinational networks, hazards, finite state 375. Modeling of Bio-Systems
Prerequisite: ECE 350. 3 hours or 3A unit. testing machines, design of sequential net- Same as BIOEN
375. Application of linear
works in fundamental mode and pulse mode, systems theory and feedback control systems
352. Electromagnetic Fields state reduction, state assignment and races, analysis to biological systems; sensory
Plane waves at oblique incidence, wave and fault detection and testing. Prerequisite: receptors, neuro-muscular system models,
polarization, anisotropic media, radiation, ECE 290 or C S 231. 3 hours or A
3
unit. control of eye movement, the pupil control
space communications, and waveguides. system, man-machine interactions, parameter
Prerequisite: ECE 350. 3 hours or 3
A unit. 363. DigitalCommunications Laboratory identification in biological systems; and
The focus of this laboratory course is digital GE
optional project laboratory. Prerequisite:
353. Radio Communication Circuits communications systems. Students will gain 222, M E 265, or ECE 210; or consent of
Design of a radio system for transmission of hands-on experience in the configuration and instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
information; types of receivers, matching performance evaluation of digital communi-
techniques, receiver and antenna noise, types cation systems employing both radio and op-
of modulation, high-frequency circuitry, and tical signals. Prerequisite: ECE 359 or a similar
376. Power System Analysis uisite: ECE 210 or consent of instructor. 4 hours tion; profile assistedcode transformations;
Examines the development of power system or 1 unit. code generation and machine dependent
equivalents, per phase network analysis, load code optimization; cache memory design for
flow, symmetrical components, sequence net- 387. Introduction to Quantum Electronics multiprocessors; synchronization implemen-
works, fault analysis, and digital simulation. for Electrical Engineers tation in multiprocessors; compatibility is-
Prerequisite: ECE 330. 3 hours or V* unit. Application of quantum mechanical concepts sues; technology factors; state-of-the-art
to electronics problems; detailed study of a commercial systems. Prerequisite: ECE 412;
378. Power System Operation and Control calculable two-state laser system; and inciden- and C S 326 or equivalent. 1 unit.
Studies economic operation of power systems, tal quantum ideas bearing on electronics. Pre-
system protection, power system stability, requisite: PHYCS 383 or consent of instructor. Computer Architecture
ill.
dynamics and control of power systems, high 3 hours or Vt unit. Same as CSE 421. Advanced concepts in com-
voltage DC transmission, load flow interface, puter architecture; design, management, and
digital simulation. Prerequisite: ECE 376. 3 388. Compound Semiconductors and modeling of memory hierarchies, stack-ori-
hours or % unit. Devices ented processors, associative processors,
Advanced semiconductor materials and pipelined computers, and multiple processor
379.Robot Sensing devices course covering elementary band systems; and focuses on hardware alternatives
Same as G E 379, and C S 344. Contact and theory, heterostructures, transport issues, in detail and their relation to system perfor-
noncontact sensing, force/torque/tactile three-terminal devices, two-terminal devices, mance/cost. Prerequisite: ECE 312 or C S 333,
sensing, proximity sensing, range sensing, including lasers and light modulators. or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
visual sensing, image formation, lighting, Prerequisite: ECE 340, and either ECE 350 or
range estimation, calibration, image analysis, consent of instructor. 3 hours or Va unit. 413. Digital Signal and Spectral Analysis
task planning, mobile robotics. Prerequisite: Fundamentals of linear least squares estima-
ECE 205 or 210 and 370, and C S 223 or 389. Robot Dynamics and Control tion of discrete-time signals and their spectra;
equivalents, or consent of instructor. 2 hours Same as G E 389. See G E 389. minimum-norm least squares and total least
or Vi unit. squares solutions; singular value decomposition;
390. Introduction to Optimization Wiener and Kalman filtering; autoregressive
380. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Same as CSE 341. Basic theory and methods spectral analysis; and the maximum entropy
Same as BIOEN 380. Fundamental physical, for the solution of optimization problems; it- method. Prerequisite: ECE 310 and 313 and
mathematical and computational principles erative techniques for unconstrained minimi- MATH 318, or equivalent, or consent of in-
governing the data acquisition and image re- zation;and introductory presentation of linear structor. 1 unit.
construction of magnetic resonance imaging. and nonlinear programming with engineering
Prerequisite: ECE 210 and 280, or consent of applications. Prerequisite: C S 101 or 125, and 415. Control System Theory and Design
instructor. ECE 310 is recommended. 3 hours, MATH 280, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Synthesis of feedback control systems to meet
or Vt or 1 unit. 1 unit. design specifications, including sensitivity;
multivariable systems; introduction to sys-
382. Large Scale Integrated Circuit Design 391.Numerical Analysis: A tems with random inputs; state variable tech-
Bipolar and MOS field effect transistor char- Comprehensive Introduction niques; and nonlinear systems. Prerequisite:
acteristics;VLSI fabrication techniques for Same as C S 350, CSE 301, and MATH 350. ECE 386 or equivalent, or consent of instruc-
MOS and bipolar circuits; calculation of cir- See C S 350. tor. 1 unit.
cuit parameters from the process parameters;
and design of VLSI circuits such as logic, Programming
392. Introduction to Parallel 417. Nonlinear and Adaptive Control
memories, charge-coupled devices, and A/D for Scientistsand Engineers Studies design of nonlinear control systems
and D/A converters. Prerequisite: ECE 290 and Same as C S 320, and CSE 302. See C S 320. based on stability considerations; examines
342. 3 hours or % unit. Lyapunov and hyperstability approaches to
393. Introduction to Computer Architecture analysis and design of model reference
383. Linear Integrated Circuit Design for Scientists and Engineers adaptive systems; identifiers, observers, and
Basic linear integrated circuit design tech- Same as C S 330, and CSE 303. See C S 330. controllers for unknown plants. Prerequisite:
niques using bi-polar, JFET, and MOS tech- ECE 415. 1 unit.
nologies; operational amplifiers; wide-band 394. Introduction toCombinatorial
feedback amplifiers; sinusoidal and relaxation Algorithms for Scientists and Engineers 420. ElectromagneticWaves and Radiating
oscillators; electric circuit noise; application of
Same as C S 370, and CSE 304. See C S 370. Systems
linear integrated circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 342. Fundamental electromagnetic theory with ap-
397. Projects and Lectures in Quantum
3 hours or % unit. plications to transmission lines, waveguides,
Electronics
and antennas; introduction to the solution of
384. Principles of Advanced Studies processes involving quantum me-
advanced problems in static electric and mag-
chanical energy transfers in energized media
Microelectronic Processing netic fields. Prerequisite: ECE 352. 1 unit.
leading to various lasering devices and their
Teaches seniors and first year graduate stu-
applications. A series of lectures, supplement- Fusion Systems,
dents in Electrical Engineering advanced top- 422. Controlled I
ics in semiconductor device processing. Cov-

ing the special projects, offers background in- Same as NUC E 422. See NUC E 422.
ers the principles of advanced methods of
formation on spectroscopy, collisional energy
pattern delineation, pattern transfer, modern transfer, laser pumping schemes, modulation 423. Gaseous Electronics and Plasmas
material growth and how these are applied to at optical frequencies, holography, and other Basic concepts and techniques, both theoreti-
related topics. Prerequisite: Senior standing; cal and experimental, which are used in the
produce novel and high performance devices
and circuits in various semiconductor mate- consent of instructor; ECE 387 is recom- areas of gaseous electronics, gas and solid
rials with special emphasis on compound
mended. 3 hours or % unit. plasmas, controlled fusion, aeronomy, gas la-
semiconductors. Issues in computer simula- sers, and magnetohydrodynamics. Prerequi-

400. Seminar PHYCS 383 or ECE 352, or equivalent; or
tion of processes and the manufacturing of site:
Required of all graduate students. units.
consent of instructor. I unit.
devices and circuits are also covered. Prereq-
uisite: ECE 344. 3 hours or % unit.
High Performance Computer
411. 425. Nuclear-Electrical Energy Conversion
Hardware and Software
Architectures: Same as NUC E 425. See NUC E 425.
386. Control Systems, I
Analysis and design of control systems with

Same as CSE 428. Design of high perfor-
mance computer systems; instruction level 428. Analysis of Nonlinear Systems
emphasis on modeling, state variable repre-
sentation, computer solutions, modern design
concurrency; memory system implementa- Same as T A M 428. Treatment of singular
tion; pipelining, superscalar, and vector pro- points and stability considerations; consider-
principles, and laboratory techniques. Prereq-
cessing; compiler back-end code optimiza- ation of graphical and analytical methods, in-
eluding the perturbation method, variation of 439.Advanced Theory of Semiconductors 450. Advanced Robotic Planning
parameters, Galerkin's method, and the Ritz and Semiconductor Devices Computational approaches to robot motion
method for solving nonlinear differential Same as CSE 434. Continuation of ECE 435. planning, configuration space, algebraic
equations. Prerequisite: MATH 341; consent of Selected advanced topics of current interest decompositions, artificial potential fields,
instructor. 1 unit. in the physics of semiconductors and solid- retraction, approximate decompositions,
state devices. Prerequisite: ECE 435. 1 unit. planning under uncertainty, grasp planning
431. Theory of Guided Waves and task-level planning. Prerequisite: C S 373
Propagation of electromagnetic waves in gen- Computer Systems Analysis
441. or equivalent, and graduate standing. 1 unit.
eral cylindricalwaveguides; stationary prin- Same as C S 441 and CSE 424. See C S 441
,
ciples; non-uniform inhomogeneously filled 451. Digital Signal Processing

waveguides; mode and power orthogonality; 442.Design of Fault-Tolerant Digital Same as CSE 442. Reviews basic concepts of
losses in waveguides; analytical and numeri- Systems digital signals and systems; examines com-
cal techniques; microwave integrated circuits Same as C S 436. Advanced concepts in puter-aided digital filter design, quantization
waveguides; and optical waveguides. Prereq- hardware and software fault tolerance; topics effects, decimation and interpolation, fast al-
uisite: ECE 420; PHYCS 440 and MATH 455 addressed include fault models, coding in gorithms for convolution and the DFT; and
recommended. 1 unit. computer systems, module and system level introduces adaptive signal processing. Prereq-
fault detection mechanism, reconfiguration uisite: ECE 310 and 313; or equivalent. 1 unit.
432. Compound Semiconductors (Optical techniques in multiprocessor systems and
Devices) VLSI processor arrays, software fault tolerance 452.Computational Techniques for Circuit
Properties of III-V and II-V1 compound semi- techniques such as recovery blocks, N-version Analysis and Design
conductors and the devices which are unique programming, checkpointing and recovery; Same as CSE 432. Formulation of circuit
to these materials; emphasis on materials such survey of practical fault-tolerant systems. equations; sparse matrix algorithms for the
as GaAs, Ga(AsP), GaP, CdSe, Cd(SeS), etc., Prerequisite: ECE 312 or equivalent. I unit. solution of large systems, AC, DC, and
and on luminescence, semiconductor lamps, transient analysis of electrical circuits;
and semiconductor lasers. Prerequisite: Gradu- 443. Digital System Testing and Design for sensitivity analysis; decomposition methods.
ate standing in electrical engineering with Testability Prerequisite: MATH 315 and ECE 210. 2 unit.
some background in modern physics; elemen- Fundamental techniques of detecting failures
tary quantum mechanics; elementary semi- in complex digital systems, algorithms for 453.Optimum Control Systems
conductor theory or equivalent. 1 unit. automatic test generation, schemes for Formulation of the optimization problem;
designing systems to be easily testable and controlability; observability; stability;
433.Theory of High-Speed Parallel with self test capability; hands-on experience Lyapunov's second method; application of
Computation with state-of-the-art computer-aided test tools variational calculus, maximum principle,
Same as C S 433, and CSE and ENG 422. See C in the laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 312 and 362, and principle of optimality to control prob-
S433. or equivalent. 1 unit. lems; stochastic control; and adaptive con-
trol. Prerequisite: ECE 415. 1 unit.
434. Random
Processes 444. Design of Computer Problem Solvers
Basic concepts of random processes; linear Same as C S 444. See C S 444. 454. Sampled-Data Control Systems
systems with random inputs; Markov pro- Analysis and design of feedback control
cesses; spectral analysis; Wiener and Kalman Advanced Physical Acoustics
445. systems with digital and sampled data.
filtering; applications to systems engineering. Same as T A M 445. Advanced topics in acous- Prerequisite: ECE 415 or equivalent. 1 unit.
Prerequisite: ECE 313 or MATH 361 or STAT tics including physical properties of a fluid;
310, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. linear propagation phenomena; nonlinear 455. Control of Stochastic Systems
phenomena such as radiation force, stream- Stochastic control models; development of
435.Theory of Semiconductors and ing, and harmonic generation; cavitation; and control laws by dynamic programming; sepa-
Semiconductor Devices absorption and dispersion. Prerequisite: ECE ration of estimation and control; Kalman fil-
Same as PHYCS 435. Introductory quantum 373 or 420, or T A M
458, or equivalent; or con- dual controllers;
tering; self-tuning regulators;
mechanics of semiconductors; energy bands; sent of instructor. 1 unit. decentralized control. Prerequisite: ECE 415
dynamics of Block electrons in static and high- and 434. 1 unit.
frequency electric and magnetic fields; equi- 447. Image Processing

librium transport theory, diffusion,
statistics; Same as CSE 443. Examines fundamental con- 456. Coding Theory
drift and thermoelectric effects; and charac- cepts, techniques, and directions of research Same as C S 477, and MATH 476. General dis-
teristics of p-n junctions, heterojunctions, and in image processing; topics include two-di- cussion on coding theory with emphasis on
transistor devices. Prerequisite: Senior-level mensional Fourier transform and filtering, the algebraic theory of cyclic codes using fi-
course in quantum mechanics or atomic phys- image digitization, coding, restoration, recon- nite held arithmetic, decoding of BCH and RS
ics. 1 unit. struction, analysis, and recognition. Prerequi- codes, finite field Fourier transform and alge-
site: ECE 310 and 313; or equivalent. 1 unit. braic geometry codes, convolutional codes
436. Integrated Optics and Optoelectronics and trellis decoding algorithms. Prerequisite:
Integrated optical and optoelectronic devices; 448. Computer Models of Cognitive MATH 317 or equivalent or consent of instruc-
theory of optical devices including laser Processes tor. 1 unit.
sources, waveguides, photodetectors, and Same as C S 448. See C S 448.
modulations of these devices. Prerequisite: ECE 458. DigitalImaging
355, 387, or PHYCS 386; ECE 388 recom- Computer Vision
449. Multidimensional signals, convolution,
mended. 1 unit. Same as C S 443. Examines information pro- transforms, sampling, and interpolation;
cessing approaches to computer vision, and design of two-dimensional digital filters;
437. Fundamentals of Speech Processing algorithms and architectures for artificial in- sensor array processing and range-doppler
and Recognition telligence and robotics systems capable of vi- imaging; applications to synthetic aperture
Introduction to the theory and techniques in sion: inference of three-dimensional proper- radar, optics, tomography, radio astronomy,
speech processing and recognition; includes ties of a scene from its images, such as and beam-forming sonar; image estimation
speech production model, spectral analysis, distance, orientation, motion, size and shape, from partial data. Prerequisite: ECE 310 and
pattern comparison techniques, hidden acquisition and representation of spatial in- 313, or equivalent. 1 unit.
Markov models (HMM), and HMM-based formation for navigation and manipulation in
automatic speech recognition; also includes robotics. Prerequisite: ECE 348 or C S 225, or 459. Topics in Communications
computer laboratory. Prerequisite: ECE 310 and consent of instructor. 1 unit. Lectures and discussion related to advanced
434, experience with C programming and topics and new areas of interest in the theory
UNIX systems. 1 unit. of communication systems, including infor-
mation theory, coding theory, and communi- 470. Nonlinear Optics problems; randomness and complexity classes
cation network theory. Prerequisite: Specified Light propagation in anisotropic crystals; sec- RP, RL, BPP; alternation, polynomial-time hi-
each semester or consent of instructor. (It is ond- and third-order nonlinear susceptibility erarchy; circuit complexity, parallel complex-
expected that each offering will have a 400- and electro-optic effect; and discussion of the ity, NC, RNC; relativized computational com-
level course as a prerequisite or co-requisite). relationship of these effects along with such plexity; time-space trade-offs. Prerequisite:
1 unit. May be repeated in the same semester applications as light modulation, harmonic C S 373 or 375, or consent of instructor. 4 hours
as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units; may generation, and optical parametric amplifica- or 1 unit.
be repeated in separate semesters as topics tion and oscillation. Prerequisite: ECE 420. I
vary to a maximum of 4 units. Two or more unit. 480. Optimization by Vector Space
sections of this course may be offered in a se- Methods
mester with different outlines. Students reg- Waves in
471. Electromagnetic Same as MATH 480. See MATH 480.
istering in more than one section should re- Inhomogeneous Media
ceive credit separately for each section. Electromagnetic waves in layered media; 482. Physical VLSI Design
Students may not receive additional credit plane wave expansion of electromagnetic Basic physical design requirements for VLSI;
toward a degree from multiple offerings of this point source field; Sommerfeld integrals; tran- performance-oriented formulation and opti-
course if those offerings have significant over- sient response; WKB method with asymptotic mization of chip partitioning, module place-
lap, as determined by the Electrical and Com- matching; scattering by junction discontinu- ment and interconnection; optimized design
puter Engineering department. ity; surface integral equation; volume integral and layout of on-chip modules; circuit extrac-
equation; inverse problems. Prerequisite: tion; high-speed VLSI circuits; yield and reli-
461. Signal Detection and Estimation MATH 346 and ECE 420 or PHYCS 442 or ability analysis; advanced VLSI packaging
Introduction to detection and estimation equivalent. 1 unit. and parametric testing. Prerequisite: ECE 325
theory, with applications to communication, or 382. 1 unit.
control, and radar systems; decision-theory 472. Quantum Electronics

concepts and optimum-receiver principles; Brief theoretical introduction to quantum 484. Reliability Engineering for Integrated
detection of random signals in noise, coher- mechanics and atomic physics, with many Circuits
ent and noncoherent detection; and parameter applications in spin resonance and modern Description of the algorithms and procedures
estimation, linear and nonlinear estimation, maser theory. Prerequisite: PHYCS 383 recom- required to study the reliability of integrated
and filtering. Prerequisite: ECE 434 or equiva- mended. 1 unit. circuit products. Covers reliability modeling,
lent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. physical causes of semiconductor device
473.Power System Control failure, reliability model development and
463. Information Theory Same as CSE 445. Studies energy control center calibration,model-based reliability prediction,
Same as C S 478 and STAT 463. Mathematical functions, state estimation and steady state product testing and measurement, and failure
models for channels and sources; entropy, security assessment techniques, economic diagnosis. Coverage emphasizes application
information, data compression, channel dispatch, optimal power flow, automatic to integrated circuit technology. Prerequisite:
capacity, Shannon's theorems, rate-distortion generation control, and dynamic equivalents. ECE 313, 340, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
theory. Prerequisite: MATH 366 or ECE 434 or Prerequisite: ECE 376 or consent of instructor.
consent of instructor. 1 unit. 1 unit. Resource Planning
488. Electricity
Techniques in electricity resource planning
467. Communication Network Analysis Power System Dynamics and Stability
476. including methodologies for reliability
First high-level course in performance analy- Same as CSE 444. Detailed modeling of the evaluation and assessment, production
sis and design of multiple-user communica- synchronous machine and its controls, such costing, marginal costing, supply-side and
tion systems; emphasizes rigorous formulation as excitation system and turbine-governor demand-side planning, integrated planning,
and analytical and computational methods; dynamics; time-scales and reduced order and planning under competition. Prerequisite:
includes queuing networks, decentralized models; nonlinear and linear multimachine MATH 315, ECE 313, and 376; or consent of
minimum delay routing and dynamic net- models; stability analysis using energy func- instructor. 1 unit.
work flow control. Prerequisite: C S 338, and tions; power system stabilizers. Prerequisite:
either ECE 434 or MATH 366; or consent of ECE 376 or consent of instructor. Concurrent 489. Robot Control Theory
instructor. 1 unit. registration in ECE 415 is recommended. 1 Same as G E 489. See G E 489.
unit.
468. Modeling and Control of Electro- 490.Seminar in Special Topics
Mechanical Systems 477. Advanced Antenna Theory Lectures and discussions on current research
M
Same as E 468. Examines fundamental elec- Selected topics from recent engineering litera- and literature on advanced topics in electrical
trical and mechanical laws for derivation of ture on antennas supplemented by advanced engineering. Prerequisite: Advanced standing;
machine models; simplifying transformations topics in electromagnetic theory needed for consent of instructor. to 'A unit. May be
of variables in electrical machines; power elec- comprehension; current techniques for analy- repeated for credit.
tronics for motor control; time-scale separa- sis of wire, slot, horn, frequency independent,
tion; feedback linearization and nonlinear con- quasi-optical, and array antennas. Prerequisite: 497. Electrical and Computer Engineering
trol as applied to electrical machines. Typical ECE 420. 1 unit. Problems
electromechanical applications in actuators, Lectures and discussions relating to new areas
robotics, and variable speed drives. Prerequi- 478.Advanced Electromagnetic Diffraction of interest. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
site: ECE 333, ECE 415, or consent of instruc- and Radiation Otol unit. May be repeated for credit.
tor. 1 unit. Asymptotic solutions of Maxwell's equations,
geometrical optics, edge diffraction, uniform 498. Individual Study
469. Introduction to Coherent Optics and theories, creeping waves, advanced antenna Individual projects. Prerequisite: Consent of
Holography theory, and topics of current interest. Prereq- instructor. Vi to 2 units.
Same as C
S 469. The diffraction transforma- uisite: ECE 420 or PHYCS 442; ECE 421 or 477
is recommended for supplemental back-

tion of aperture distributions between paral-
lel planes and the imaging and Fourier-trans- ground. 1 unit. to 4 units.
forming properties of lenses; the theory of

coherence; the principles of optical and digi- 479. Computational Complexity
tal holography; and devices and systems for Same as C S and MATH 479. Turing machines;
optical data processing. Prerequisite: Consent determinism and nondeterminism; time and
of instructor. or 1 unit. space hierarchy theorems; speed-up and tape
compression; Blum axioms; structure of com-
plexity classes NP, P, NL, L, PSPACE; complete
English 107
Junior or senior standing in

ics. Prerequisite: Business and Technical Writing (B&TW)
engineering, or consent of instructor. 1 hour.
299. Engineering Study Abroad
5 hours.
Provides campus credit for foreign study and/
Engineering or provides a mechanism for engineering
students to maintain continuous enrollment
Desktop Publishing and
220. Principles of
Design
on this campus. If objective is study abroad Design and preparation of documents using
Program Administrator: Roscoe L. Pershing for credit, a detailed proposal must be desktop publishing technology. Students will
Program Office: 207 Engineering Hall, 1308 submitted by the student for approval by a learn and apply principles governing page
West Green Street, Urbana committee of the department in which the design, style sheets, document layout, effec-
Phone: 333-2280 student is studying and the college office prior tive graphics, managing the design process,
to such study abroad. Final determination of and usability testing. Students will create a
credit and its application toward the student's portfolio of design projects, including one
Engineering (ENG) degree is made after a review of the student's major project for a client. 2 hours.
work abroad by the above committee and the
100.Engineering Lecture college office. Prerequisite: Completion of 250. Principles of Business Writing
Engineering lecture for freshmen; selected sophomore year in engineering; approval of Teaches students to apply the principles of
topics each week. hours. Required of student's proposed studv program by his successful professional communication to
freshmen in the College of Engineering. department and the college office. to 35 hours business writing tasks. Students will also
(summer session, 0to7 Vi hours). practice editing and supervising the writing
101. Cooperative Engineering Education
of others. Assignments replicate typical
Seminar business cases and situations, including a
Discussion seminar for on campus coopera- report that requires students to compile and
tive education students. Topics include indus-
interpret research. Prerequisite: Junior standing
trial work reports, evaluations of experience,
and completion of campus Composition I
tax and financial aid regulations, and advance requirement. 3 hours. Credit is not given for
enrollment for next work term. Prerequisite:
Enrollment in the Cooperative ENG Educa-
Engineering Honors both B&T W
250 and either 253, 261, or 263.
tion Program. hours. and Administrative

253. Business
Executwe Secretary of Program: H. G. Wenzel Communication
102. Cooperative Engineering Education Program Office: 207 Engineering Hall, 1308 Teaches students to apply the principles of
Practice West Green Street, Urbana successful professional writing to a range of
Off-campus practice of engineering in govern- Phone: 333-2280 realistic case problems in routine office com-
ment or industry. Prerequisite: Cooperative stu- munication. Emphasizes flexible problem-
dent in any engineering curriculum. hours.
solving skills for daily administrative writing
Engineering Honors (ENG H)
tasks. Prerequisite: Junior standing and comple-
110. Engineering Apprenticeship
tion of campus Composition I requirement. 3
Part-time practice of engineering science in an
on-campus research laboratory environment;
198. Honors Seminar hours. Credit is not given for both B&T W
253
Special lecture sequence and /or discussion and 250, 261, or 263.
summary report required. Comple-
Prerequisite: groups for freshman James Scholars to enable
tion of freshman year or equivalent, and con- them to explore at their own level various and
261. Technical Scientific
sent of the director of cooperative education aspects of technology that are of interest to Communication
and professional practice. hours. May be re- them. Prerequisite: Honors student in the Teaches students to apply the principles of
peated. University. 1 to 4 hours. successful professional writing to a range of
realistic cases in technical communication.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 297. College Honors Seminar Emphasizes flexible problem-solving skills
5 hours. Special lecture sequences and /or discussion and a clear style for communicating technical
groups arranged each semester in special information to a range of readers. Assignments
200. Engineering Lecture interdisciplinary subjects of current interest will include correspondence, instructions, pro-
Required of off-campus transfer students in for James Scholars in engineering. Prerequisite:
the College of Engineering. Meets for first
posals, and a technical report or similar project.
James Scholar in engineering or consent of Prerequisite: Junior standing and completion of
three weeks of each semester; selected topics.
instructor. 1 to 4 hours. campus Composition I requirement. 3 /lours.
hours.
Credit is not given for both B&T W
261 and
210. Engineering Internship 250, 253 or, 263.
Full-time practice of engineering science in an

off-campus industrial or research laboratory
263. Writing in the Disciplinesand the
Professions
environment; summary report required. Pre-
Teaches students to apply principles of pro-
requisite: Completion of sophomore year or
equivalent, or consent of Director of Coopera-
English fessional communication to the writing tasks
typical of specific disciplines or professions.
tive Education and Professional Practice.
hours. May be repeated.
Assignments will vary, depending on the fo-
Head of Department: Dennis E. Baron cus of the course, but will include a substan-
Department Office: 208 English Building, 608 tial report or project. Prerequisite: Junior stand-
298. Executives in the Technological World
South Wright Street, Urbana ing and completion of campus Composition I
Offers a series of seminars by executives from
Phone: 333-2391
industrial and technical organizations; pro- requirement. 3 hours. Credit is not given for
vides students an opportunity to better un-
URL: www.english.uiuc.edu both B&T W
263 and 250, 253, or 261.
derstand the role of the technological execu-
Includes Business and Technical Writing 271. Persuasive Writing
tive as a decision-maker in the contemporary
(B&T W), English (ENGL), and Rhetoric and Same as ADV 288. Students will study prin-
world; and discusses current trends, practices,
Composition (RHET) ciples of persuasion as applied to writing and
economic conditions, productivity, govern-
ment regulation, and foreign trade from the designing written communications for busi-
viewpoint of a wide range of industries such ness and the professions. Included are ads,
direct-mail campaigns, argumentative essays,
as transportation, steel, energy, and electron-
proposals, and other types of writing designed
108 English
to move readers to action. Prerequisite: Sopho- 104. Introduction to Film 198. Freshman Honors Seminar
more standing and completion of campus Thoughtful viewing of diverse films (in Introduction to the study of literature, with
rhetoric requirement. 3 hours. required weekly screenings), along with emphasis on individual work in fundamental
ample discussion and critical reading and problems of literary analysis; works studied
272. Report Writing writing, to gain understanding of cinematic are usually a combination either of short
Personal direction in a report writing project expression and of film's capacity to entertain poems and short stories or of novels and plays.
which can be integrated with research in an- and to exert artistic and social influence. 3 Prerequisite: James Scholar standing or other
other course; study of report-writing prin- hours. designation as a superior student. 4 hours. May
ciples and practices. Classes meet for the first be repeated once as topics vary.
month after which the student and the instruc- 106. Literature and Experience
tor arrange a conference schedule. Small Understanding of the relationship between 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
group meetings are arranged for presentation literature and human experience through the lto5 hours. May be repeated.
of proposals, progress reports, and summary study of significant, recurrent themes. 3 hours.
reports. Prerequisite: Completion of campus May be repeated once as topics vary. 202. Medieval Literature and Culture
Rhetoric requirement and sophomore stand- Same as C LIT 253. British and continental
ing. 3 hours. 113. The Idea of Comedy authors (including Chaucer) read in modem
Selective introduction to the theory and English. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or
275.Advanced Business and Professional practice of comedy; examines a number of consent of instructor. 3 hours.
Communication influential theories of comedy and
a variety
Teaches students to analyze, execute, and of comic forms including poetry, novels, 204. Renaissance Literature and Culture
manage complex business writing tasks. essays, plays, and short stories. 3 hours. Same as C LIT 255. Readings in English and
Emphasizes practice in managing the writing continental literary masterpieces with atten-
process and supervising the writing of others. 114. The Bible as Literature tion to significant cultural influences. 3 hours.
Prerequisite: B&T W 253, 261, or 263. 3 hours. Same as RELST 101. See RELST 101.
and Culture of the
206. Literature
277.Advanced Technical and Scientific 115. Introduction to English Literature Enlightenment
Communication Study of selected major writings. 3 hours. Same as C LIT 257. Readings in English and
Teaches students to analyze, execute, and continental literature of the eighteenth cen-
manage complex technical writing tasks, with 116. Introduction to American Literature tury, with attention to significant cultural in-
special emphasis on advanced technological Study of selected major writings. 3 hours. fluences. 3 hours.
solutions to communications problems.
Prerequisite: B&T W 253, 261, or 263. 3 hours.
117. Shakespeare on Film and Videotape: 207. Literature and Culture of the Romantic
From Text to Screen Period
Study
290. Individual Same as CINE 117. Close study of a selection Study of literature, philosophy, visual arts, and
Independent research with a chosen tutor of Shakespeare's plays as literary and dra- social criticism of the British Romantic period,
leading to the writing of a formal report or matic texts and as adaptations for cinema and with attention to broader cultural issues. 3
preparation of some other type of major television. 3 hours. hours.
presentation of information. Enroll in B&T W 118. Introduction toShakespeare
office, 294 English Building. Prerequisite: 208. Victorian Literature and Culture
Representative readings of Shakespeare's Study of literature, philosophy, visual arts, and
Consent of instructor. to 3 hours. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. drama and poetry in the context of his age, social criticism of the British Victorian period,
with emphasis on major plays; selections vary with attention to broader cultural issues. 3
302. Descriptive English Grammar from section to section. Does not fulfill hours.
Same as ENGL 302. See ENGL 302. Shakespeare requirement for the English
major. 3 hours. 209. English Literature from the Beginning
390. Studies in Professional Writing: to 1798
Special Topics 119. The Literature of Fantasy Historical and critical study of selected works
Study of the forms, situations, and social prac- Same as C LIT 119. Surveys masterworks in of English literature to 1798 in chronological
tices that define writing in particular disci- the romance tradition from Shakespeare's sequence. Prerequisite: Completion of the
plines or professions. Each class will focus on time to the present; as distinct from science Composition I requirement. 3 hours.
a specific topic such as science writing, writ- fiction, the materials feature magic and the
ing in the environmental movement, legal supernatural rather than technology; and 210. English Literature from 1798 to Present
writing, writing in the social sciences, public include stage romance, fairy tale, horror tale, Historical and critical study of selected works
policy in the popular media, and so on. As- and fantasy-novel. Individual works are set of English literature after 1 798 in chronological
signments will vary with the topic. Prerequi- in their historical and literary contexts. 3 hours. sequence. Prerequisite: Completion of the
Junior standing. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be
site: Composition I requirement. 3 hours.
120. Science Fiction
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units.
Literary and historical study of science fiction 211. Introduction to Modern African
from Mary Shelley to Ursula K. LeGuin with Literature
English (ENGL) particular emphasis on the achievement of Same as AFRST and C LIT 210. See AFRST 210.
science fiction as a literary form in the romance
101. Introduction to Poetry tradition. 3 hours. 213. The Culture of Modernism

Study of literature, philosophy, visual and
Reading and discussion of representative
poems of several periods and types. 3 hours. Jewish Storytelling: From the Russian
123. performing arts, social criticism, and popular
Shtetl toNew York sciences of the Anglo-American Modern
102. Introduction to the Drama Same as RELST 131 and YDSH 120. See YDSH period (1880-1920), with attention to broad
Reading and discussion of representative 120. cultural issues. 3 hours.
plays of several periods and types. 3 hours.

191. Freshman Honors Tutorial 215. Practical Criticism
103. Introduction to Fiction Study of selected topics on an individually Introduction to applied literary criticism.
Reading and discussion of representative fic- arranged basis. Open only to honors majors Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 3 hours,
tion of several periods and types. Prerequisite: or to Cohn Scholars. Prerequisite: Consent of
For Composition II sections: Completion of honors adviser. 1 to3 hours. May be repeated 241.The Beginnings of Modern Poetry
once. American and British poets including Frost,
Composition I general education requirement.
Robinson, Sandburg, Lindsay, Hardy, Hopkins,
3 hours.
English 109
Housman, Yeats, Lawrence, the Imagists, and 267. Grimms' Fairy Tales in Their European 286. Asian American Literature
the early Pound and Eliot. 3 hours. Context Introduction to Asian American literary
Same as GER and C LIT 250. See GER 250. studies and culture through the reading of
242. Poetry Since 1940 major works of literature selected from but not
3 hours. 272. Minority Images in United States Film limited to the following American ethnic
Same as AFRO 272. Writing-intensive course subgroups: Chinese, Filipino, Japan, Korean,
243. Development of the Modern Drama which explores how a range of films made in Indian, Pakistani, and Vietnamese. 3 hours.
Same as C LIT 265. Ibsen to O'Neill. 3 hours. the United States have represented diverse
ethnicities and cultures in relation to each 288.Jewish Literary Responses to the
Development of the Modern Drama
244. other and to dominant American media con- Holocaust
Same as C LIT 266. Pirandello to the present. ventions and social ideas. A comparative, case Same as RELST and YDSH 220. See YDSH 220.
3 hours. study approach examines racial and gender
stereotyping, historical and economic factors, 290. Individual Study
The Short Story
245. and reactions of various audiences to the films. Study of selected topics. Prerequisite: Consent
Same as C LIT 267. and critical
Historical Prerequisite: Fulfillment of the Composition I of instructor. May be repeated to
to 3 hours.
study of the short story (American and English requirement; sophomore standing or a maximum of 6 hours. Students may register
European) from the early nineteenth century above. 4 hours. in this course more than once in the same term.
to World War I; major emphasis on such
authors as Hawthorne, James, Crane, Gogol, 273. Intermediate Film Studies: Directors, 291. Honors Individual Study
Chekhov, Maupassant, Flaubert, Joyce, and Genres, Themes Study of selected topics. Restricted to English
Mansfield. 3 hours. Critical study of narrative films, with viewing and English education majors with a 3.25
and discussion of a major film each week; in- average who are working towards the degree
The Short Story
246.
depth study of selected directors, genres, and with distinction in English or in English
Same as C LIT 268. Historical and critical
themes; emphasis on aspects of film aesthetics, education. Enrollment in appropriate honors
study of the short story (American and criticism, and history. Prerequisite: ENGL 104 office necessary. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated
European) from World War I to the present. or a college-level course in literature or film. to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts for
Special sections of the course will be devotedto advanced hours in L A S.)
3 hours.
20th-century American minority culture short
stories. 3 hours. May not be repeated. 274. Literature and Society 293. Honors Senior Thesis
Major literary works presented within the Independent research with a chosen tutor
247. The British Novel context of social issues of their time. 3 hours. leading to the writing of a thesis. Restricted
Critical study of representative British novels to English or English education majors with a
from different literary periods. 3 hours. 275. Literature and Psychology 3.25 grade-point average who have satisfied
Psychological and psychoanalytical theories all other requirements towards the degree
248. Modern British and American Fiction as they bear on the interpretation of literature. with distinction; registration in the English
in Relation to Continental Fiction Honors Office necessary. 3 (Counts for
3 hours. hours.
Same as C LIT 269. Examination of important advanced hours in L A S.)
thematic and structural relationships 280. Women Writers
influences, parallels, and variations among — Same as W S 280. Study of British and 296.Honors Seminar, I: Themes,
selected major works and
of the nineteenth American women authors. 3 hours. May be Movements, and Forms in British and
twentieth centuries; readings chosen from repeated to a maximum of 6. hours as topics American Literature
works of Bronte, Hardy, Lawrence, Woolf, vary. Prerequisite:A 3.25 grade-point average or
James, Faulkner, Bellow, Oates, Dostoevsky, consent of the chair of the English Honors
Tolstoy, Stendhal, Flaubert, Camus, Kafka, 281. Women in the Literary Imagination Committee. Preference to students in the
Mann, Hesse, Moravia, and Pavese. All works Study of the way various writers, both men English Honors program and to English
read in English. 3 hours. and women, have portrayed woman's image, concentrators. 3 hours. Offered every semester
social role, and psychology in English or with varying topics; may be repeated as topics
250. The American Novel to 1914 American literature. 3 hours. May be repeated vary. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
Criticalstudy of selected American novels to a maximum of 6 hours as topics vary.
from the late eighteenth century to 1914. 3 297.Honors Seminar, II: Periods in British
hours. Jewish Sacred Literature
283. and American Literature
Same as C LIT and RELST 283. See RELST 283. Prerequisite:A 3.25 grade-point average or
251. The American Novel Since 1914 consent of the chair of the English Honors
Critical study of selected American novels 284. Modern Jewish Literature Committee. Preference to students in the
from 1914 to the present. 3 hours. Same as C LIT and RELST 284. Surveys English Honors program and to English
imaginative literature by Jewish authors from concentrators. 3 hours. Offered every semester
255. Survey of American Literature, I
the Enlightenment to the present, including with varying topics; may be repeated as topics
American literature and its cultural back- drama, and autobiography
fiction, poetry, vary. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
grounds to 1870. Prerequisite: Completion of written in English or translated from other
the Composition I requirement. 3 hours. languages. 3 hours. 298.Honors Seminar, III: Major British and
American Authors
256. Survey of American Literature, II 285. Postcolonial Literatures in English Each seminar considers one or two major
American literature and its cultural back- Examination of selected postcolonial litera- authors. Prerequisite: A 3.25 grade-point
grounds after 1870. Prerequisite: Completion and film as texts that "write back"
ture, theory, average or consent of the chair of the English
of the Composition I requirement. 3 hours. to dominant European representations of Honors Committee. Preference to students in
power, identity, gender and the Other. the English Honors program and to English
259. Afro- American Literature, I
Postcolonial writers, critics and filmmakers concentrators. 3 hours. May be repeated as
Same as AFRO 259. Historical and critical
studiedmay include Franz Fanon, Edward topics vary. (Counts for advanced hours in L
study of Afro- American literature in its social
Aime Cesaire, Osmane Sembene, Chinua
Said, AS.)
and cultural context from the beginning to Achebe, Michelle Cliff, Mahesweta Devi,
1915. 3 hours.
Buchi Emecheta, Derek Walcott and Marlene 300. Writing About Literature
Nourbese-Philip. 3 hours. Writing-intensive, variable topic course
260. Afro- American Literature, II
designed to improve the student's ability to
Same as AFRO 260. Historical and critical
write clear, well-organized, analytically sound
study of Afro- American literature in its social
and cultural context since 1915. 3 hours.
and persuasively argued essays relevant to the
discipline of the study of literature. Introduces
I
English
students to some strategies of literary criticism 328. English Drama of the Restoration and American nineteenth- and twentieth-century
and research through examination of critical Eighteenth Century fiction, with occasional consideration of
texts appropriate to its subject. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or continental fiction in English translation;
Completion of Campus Composition I general consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. topics may vary from semester to semester.
education requirement; one year of college Prerequisite: One year of college literature or
literature or consent of instructor. 3 hours. 329. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be
Fiction repeated once as topics vary.
301. Introduction to the Study of the One year of college literature, or
Prerequisite:
English Language consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 365. Comedy
Language theories and modes of language Same as C LIT 365. History and theory of stage
study applied to English. 3 hours or 1 unit. 331. English Romantic Literature comedy. Prerequisite: One year of college
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
302. Descriptive English Grammar consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. unit.
Same as B&T W 302. Introduction to the
variety and structure of the English language. and Nonfiction Prose
334. Victorian Poetry 366. Topics in Modern Drama
3 hours or 1 unit. Study of such major poets as Tennyson, Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or
Browning, Arnold, and Hardy; and of prose consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be
303. Historical Introduction to the English writers including Carlyle, Mill, Arnold, Pater, repeated as topics vary.
Language and Huxley. Prerequisite: One year of college
Language variation and change from the literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 Modern African Fiction
370.
earliestforms of English to the present day, unit. Same as AFRST, C LIT, and FR 310. See AFRST
with emphasis on the rise of Standard English 310.
and the social, geographic, and cultural 335. Nineteenth-Century British Fiction
aspects of linguistic change in English. 3 hours One year of college literature, or
Prerequisite: 373. Special Topics inFilm Studies
or 1 unit. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Extended investigation of major subjects and
issues in narrative film; topics vary and typi-
304. Descriptive English Grammar for ESL 341. British Literature in the Twentieth cally include studies of author/directors,
Teachers Century to 1930 genres, historical movements, critical ap-
Same as EIL 302. See E L 302. Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or proaches, and themes. Prerequisite: One col-
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. lege-level film studies course and one addi-
311. Chaucer tional college-level course in film studies or
A selection read in Middle English. Prerequi- 342. British Literature in the Twentieth literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
site: One year of college literature, or consent Century Since 1930 unit. May be repeated up to 6 hours or 2 units
of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. One year of college literature, or
Prerequisite: as topics vary.
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
315. Poetry and Prose of the English 375. Topics in the Relation of Other
Renaissance, 1500-1600 349. American Literature, 1820 to 1865 Disciplines to the Study of Literature
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or Prerequisite:One year of college literature or See Timetable for current topics. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. One year of college literature, or consent of
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Mav be repeated
316. The Drama of Shakespeare's 350. American Literature, 1865 to 1914
once as topics vary.
Contemporaries Prerequisite: One year of college literature or
Tudor and Stuart drama. Prerequisite: One year consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 381. Theory and Practice of Written
of college literature, or consent of instructor. Composition
3 hours or 1 unit. 351. American Modernist Literature, 1914
History and theory of written composition;
to 1945 basic rhetorical principles; and guidance and
318. Shakespeare, I One year of college literature or
Prerequisite:
criticism of student writing. Prerequisite: One
Earlier tragedies, comedies, and history plays. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. year of college literature, or consent of
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 352. American Contemporary Literature,
1945 to the Present
382. Writing Technologies
319. Shakespeare, II Prerequisite: One year of college literature or
Examines the relationship of computer
Mature tragedies, dark comedies, and late consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. technology to the larger field of writing
romances. Prerequisite: One year of college studies. Topics include a historical overview
literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 355. Major Authors
of computers and other writing technologies;
unit. Intensive study of the work of one or two
current instructional practices and their
major authors. Prerequisite: One year of college
relation to various writing theories; research
321. Poetry and Prose from the literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
on word processing, computer-mediated
Metaphysicals to 1660 unit. May be repeated as topics vary.
communication, and hypermedia; and the
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or
computer as a research tool. Prerequisite: Junior
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 360. The Literature of American Ethnic and
standing and consent of instructor. 3 hours or
Racial Minorities
1 unit. Students must have a basic knowledge
323. Milton Prerequisite:One year of college literature or
of word processing.
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. repeated as topics vary to a maximum of 6
383. Literary Criticism from 1800 to the
hours or 2 units.
Present
326. Literature of the Restoration and Early
Eighteenth Century 361. Topics in English and American
Same as C LIT 305. Prerequisite: One year of
college literature, or consent of instructor. 3
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or Literature
hours or 1 unit.
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Prerequisite: One
year of college literature, or
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be
385. Literature for the High School
327. Literature of the Later Eighteenth repeated as topics vary.
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or
Century
Prerequisite: One year of college literature, or 362. Topics in Modern Fiction
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Topics including theme, genre, and literarv
movements, predominantly in English or
English I I I
400. Introduction to Research and Critical 443. Seminar in Modern British Literature Collaborative Learning; and Writing Across
Techniques Prerequisite: One college course devoted the Curriculum and Discourse Communities.
Introductory course in methods and tech- entirely to an aspect of modern British studies, Requirements will vary with instructors and
niques in research and literary criticism. 2 unit. or consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be Graduate standing in writ-
topics. Prerequisite:
repeated as topics vary. ing studies or consent of instructor. 2 unit. May
404.Seminar in the English Language be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
Study of English linguistics. 1 unit. 447. Seminar in Earlier American
Literature 484. Topics in Discourse and Writing
405. Writing Studies I: Social Contexts and Prerequisite: One
college course devoted Studies
Functions of Writing entirely to an aspect of American studies, or Same as C & I 469. Focuses on the modes of
Same as SPCOM 405 and C & I 463. See consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated inquiry central to writing research. The course
SPCOM 405. as topics vary. topic will vary each term and may address
such issues as cognitive research and writing,
406. Writing Studies II: Writing Processes 453. Seminar in Later American Literature ethnographic research and writing, and
and Their Development Prerequisite: One college course devoted discourse analysis and writing. Prerequisite:
Same as SPCOM 406 and C & I 464. See entirely to an aspect of American studies, or Graduate standing in writing studies or
SPCOM 406. consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated
as topics vary. to a maximum of 2 units.
407. Old English
Introduction to the language before 1000 A.D. 459. Seminar in African-American 491. Research in Special Topics
1 unit. Literature Independent study under the guidance of a
Prerequisite: One
college course devoted member of the graduate faculty. 1 unit. May
408. Beowulf entirely to an aspect of American literature, be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
Prerequisite: ENGL407 or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be
2 unit. repeated in the same semester as topics vary 492. Master's Area Examination Tutorial
to a maximum of 2 units; and may be repeated Reading for the Master's Area Examination
411.Chaucer in separate semesters to a maximum of 5 units. under the guidance of the candidate's gradu-
Intensive study of important works by ate adviser. 6 or 22 hours. May be taken once
Chaucer with emphasis on The Canterbury 463. Seminar in Literary Themes and for 12 hours or twice for 6 hours each. No
Tales or Troilus and Criseyde. 1 unit. May be re- Movements graduate credit.
peated to a maximum of 2 units as topics vary. Prerequisite: Oneyear of graduate study of
literature, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May 493. Professional Seminar in the Teaching
414. Seminar in Medieval Literature be repeated as topics vary. of College English
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Depart-
to an aspect of medieval studies, or consent Seminar in Literary Modes and Genres
464. ment of English or consent of instructor. or 2
of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated as topics Prerequisite: One year of graduate study of unit. May be repeated by Ph.D. candidates as
vary. literature, or consent of instructor. May
2 unit. the topics vary but without credit after two
be repeated as topics vary. units have been earned in this course. Students
419. Seminar Shakespeare
in
needing the proseminar for their programs
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely 478.Seminar in the Relation of Other will be given priority enrollment.
to an aspect of Shakespeare's work, or consent Disciplines to the Study of Literature
of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated as topics Prerequisite: One year of graduate study of 499. Thesis Research
vary. consent of instructor. 1 unit. May
literature, or Guidance in writing theses for doctoral
be repeated as topics vary. degrees. Prerequisite: Doctoral candidate
420. Seminar in Sixteenth-Century
standing. to 4 units.
Literature 481. Seminar in Literary Theory and
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely Criticism
to an aspect of Renaissance studies, or consent Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely Rhetoric and Composition (RHET)
of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated as topics to criticism, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
vary. May be repeated as topics vary. 100. Rhetoric Tutorial
Tutoring in writing skills to be scheduled by
424. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century 482. Topics in Research, Inquiry, and individual tutors. Open only to students
Literature Writing Studies placed in and registered for RHET 101 or 102.
Prerequisite:A college course devoted entirely Same as C & 1 465. Focuses on the diverse re- Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in RHET
to an aspect of Renaissance studies, or consent search paradigms that are often employed in 101 or 102. 1 hour. May be repeated to a
of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated as topics the study of writing processes. Topics will
vary.
maximum of 2 hours.
vary each term. Examines past and current
writing research in the topic area with an em- 101. College Writing, I
427. Seminar in Restoration and phasis on the critical examination of research Instruction in structuring argumentative
Eighteenth-Century Literature
designs and the influence of epistemologies essays: concentrates on creating problem
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely
on the interpretation of data. Prerequisite: statements, making points, and providing
to an aspect of eighteenth-century studies, or
Graduate standing in writing studies or con- evidence in academic essays. This course is
consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated
sent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated to a the first semester of a two-semester sequence
as topics vary.
maximum of 2 units. (RHET 100-101-102) that fulfills the campus
433. Seminar in Romantic Literature Composition I general education requirement.
483. Topics in Writing Pedagogy and Concurrent registration in RHET
Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely Program Design
to an aspect of Romantic studies, or consent 100;placement in RHET 101.3 hours. Credit is
Same as C & 1 466. Examines the relationships not given for both RHET 101 and 103.
of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated as topics
among writing studies, theories of pedagogy,
vary.
and the practice of the writing teacher and 102. College Writing, II
administrator. Also focuses on particular prob- Continued instruction in structuring argu-
437. Seminar in Victorian Literature
lems or particular schools of thought. Typical mentative essays: concentrates on evidence,
Prerequisite: A college course devoted entirely topics include Writing Program Design and
to an aspect of Victorian studies, or consent and ele-
claims, warrants, issues, discussion,
Administration; Writing, Thinking, and Prob- ments of Second semester of a two-se-
style.
of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated as topics
lem Solving; The Classroom as a Research Site; mester sequence (RHET 100-1 01-102) that ful-
vary.
I 12 English as an International Language
fills the campus Composition I general edu- verse, but emphasis mainly on the student's be repeated in subsequent semesters to a
cation requirement. Prerequisite: RHET 101; freedom to develop a personal style. Prerequi- maximum of 4 units.
concurrent registration in RHET 100. 3 hours. site: Completion of Composition I general edu-
Credit is not given for RHET 102 and either cation requirement. Student must petition the 406. WritingWorkshop in Poetry
RHET 104 or RHET 105. Director of Creative Writing to take this course Directed individual projects, with group
concurrently with RHET 144, 204, or 304. 3 discussion in poetry. Prerequisite: Admission
103. College Composition, I hours. to the MFA program, or graduate standing in
Instruction in structuring argumentative es- English with advanced submission of creative
says: concentrates on creating problem state- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar work and consent of instructor. 1 unit. May
ments, making points, and providing evi- 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. be repeated in subsequent semesters to a
dence in academic essays. This is the first maximum of 4 units.
semester of a two-semester sequence (RHET 202. Communications Workshop
103-104) that satisfies the campus Composi- Independent writing projects and examina-
tion general education requirement. Prereq-
I tion of literature as the cultural basis of the
uisite: Placement in RHET 103. 3 hours. Credit student's specialized fields. 3 hours.
is not given for both RHET 103 and RHET 101.
204. Intermediate Narrative Writing
104. College Composition, II Practice in the writing of fiction, with
on the short story. Prerequisite:
empha-
RHET 144
English as an
Continued instruction in structuring argu- sis
mentative essays: concentrates on evidence, or equivalent. 3 hours. International

claims, warrants, issues, discussion,
the second semester of
and ele-
227. Advanced Expository Writing
Language
ments of style. This is
a two-semester sequence (RHET 103-104) that Types of nonfiction prose, including the essay,
satisfies the campus Composition I general criticism, biography, and historical writing. Director: Lawrence F. Bouton
education requirement. Prerequisite: RHET Prerequisite: RHET 133 or 143, or equivalent, Division Office: 3070 Foreign Languages
103. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both RHET or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
104 and RHET 102 and RHET 105. Phone: 333-1506
304. Advanced Narrative Writing URL: www.deil.lang.uiuc.edu/deil
105. Principles of Composition Continued practice in the writing of fiction,
Study of the methods of exposition, the with emphasis on the longer story. Prerequisite: Includes English as a Second Language
problems of argument, the use of evidence, RHET 204 or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
(E S L) and English as an International Lan-
and style; practice in expository writing. This guage (E I L)
course fulfills the Campus Composition I
306. Advanced Poetry Writing
Practice of the writing of poetry aided by
general education requirement. 4 hours. Credit
is not given for RHET 105 and either RHET intensive study of examples. Prerequisite: English as a Second Language (E S L)
102, RHET 104, RHET 108 or SPCOM 111 and RHET 146 or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit. May
112.
be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 110. English Pronunciation for Academic
units.
Purposes
108. Forms of Composition Designed to improve the international
355. Creative Writing Tutorial
Study of the methods of exposition, the student's ability to speak and understand En-
Personal direction in a writing project: fiction
problems of argument, the use of evidence, glish at normal conversational speed and to
(novel or short stories), poetry, criticism, nar-
and style; practice in expository writing. This give the student the ability to continue im-
rative, etc. Frequency of conference to be de-
course fulfills the Campus Composition I proving pronunciation skills after the course
termined by the type of project. Prerequisite:
general education requirement. 4 hours. is finished. Focus on the rhythm, stress, into-
Students with credit in RHET 108 may not

RHET 227, 304, or 306 and consent of the Di- nation, and sounds of natural speech, and the
rector of Creative Writing. 3 hours or I unit.
receive additional credit for RHET 105 or use of ordinary English spelling to guide the
SPCOM 111 and 112.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or pronunciation of newly encountered words.
2 units. Undergraduate Rhetoric and Compo-
Prerequisite: Recommendation from UIUC
133. Principles of Composition sition majors with a 3.25 average who are
English as a Second Language Placement Test.
Intermediate level. Practice in exposition, with working towards the degree with Distinction
3 hours; summer session, to 4 hours. Student
emphasis on organization, paragraphing, and or High Distinction in Rhetoric and Compo-
must be an undergraduate to receive credit.
sentence structure. For the student whose sition may, with the consent of the Director of
Students should consult their college concern-
career will require competence in writing Creative Writing and the English honors ad-
ing use of credit from this course toward
clear, precise prose as an adjunct to another viser, take this course for honors credit.
graduation.
professional activity. Prei-equisite: Completion
campus Composition I general education 400.Problems in Fiction Writing
of 113.English Structure and Paragraph
requirement 3 hours. Credit is not given for Examination of the creative process of fiction Development for Undergraduate Students
both RHET 133 and RHET 143.
from the perspectives of aesthetics and Introduction to the process of writing; funda-
techniques, illustrated from the work of
mentals of paragraph development; develop-
143. Intermediate Expository Writing selected authors. Prerequisite: Graduate
ment of oral skills. Prerequisite: Recommenda-
Practice in expository types, with emphasis standing in English. 1 unit.
tion from UIUC English as a Second Language
on style and critical analysis. Recommended Placement Test. 3 hours. Students should con-
for rhetoric majors. Prerequisite: Completion 402. Problems in Poetry Writing
sult their college concerning use of credit from
of campus Composition general education
Examination of the creative process of poetry
I this course toward graduation.
requirement 3 hours. Credit is not given for from the perspective of aesthetics and tech-
niques, illustrated from the work of selected
RHET 143 and RHET 133. 114. Introduction to Academic Writing for
authors. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
Undergraduate Students
144. Introductory Narrative Writing English. 1 unit.
Review of the fundamentals of paragraph
Practice in the writing of narrative prose, with writing and introduction to the multipara-
primary emphasis on short fiction. Prerequisite: 404. Writing Workshop in Fiction
graph essay; instruction on basics of library
Directed individual projects, with group
Completion of campus Composition I general research. Prerequisite: E S L 113 or recommen-
discussion in fiction. Prerequisite: Admission
education requirement. 3 hours. dation from UIUC English as a Second Lan-
to the MFA program, or graduate standing in
guage Placement Test. 3 hours. The E S L 114/
146. Introductory Poetry Writing English with advanced submission of creative
115 sequence fulfills the campus Composition
Practice in the writing of poetry; experimen- work and consent of instructor. 1 unit. May
I requirement for non-native speakers of En-
tation with a number of fixed forms and free glish.
English as an International Language I 13
115. Principles of Academic Writing for 406. Oral Communication for International 305. Introduction to Applied Linguistics
Undergraduate Students Teaching Assistants Same as LING 305. See LING 305.
Introduction to the research paper, including Focuses on use of English at the discourse
a variety of writing and skill-building tasks; level, with videotaping and critique of student 311. ESL Methods and Materials
development of peer and self-editing skills. presentation and development of teaching Survey and demonstration of all major ESL
Prerequisite: ESL114 or equivalent, recom- strategies related to university classroom and teaching methods and techniques; an exami-
mendation from UIUC English as a Second laboratory contexts. Prerequisite: Consent of nation of criteria for evaluating and selecting
Language Placement Test. 3 hours. The E S L instructor. units. E S L/learning materials for a variety of skills
114/115 sequence fulfills the campus Compo- at the beginning level; and an introduction to
sition I requirement for non-native speakers 410. English Pronunciation for Academic ESL curriculum and syllabus design. Prereq-
of English. Purposes uisite: Consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Designed to improve the international
400. English for Oral and Written student's ability to speak and understand 312. ESL for Beginning-Level Adult
Communication for International Graduate English at normal conversational speed and Learners
Students to give the student the ability to continue im- Practical experience teaching ESL (grammar,
Introduction to the conventions of group proving pronunciation skills after the course listening, speaking, and pronunciation) to
discussions and formal oral presentations; is finished. Focus on the rhythm, stress, into- beginning-level adult learners. Includes op-
introduction to paragraph development and nation, and sounds of natural speech, and the portunities to observe master teachers dem-
organization of American academic writing. use of ordinary English spelling to guide the onstrate teaching methods and techniques, to
Prerequisite: Recommendation from UIUC pronunciation of newly encountered words. prepare and adapt materials, to teach the ma-
English as a Second Language Placement Test. Prerequisite: Recommendation of UIUC En- terials in classroom and tutorial teaching situ-
to 4 hours. No graduate credit. glish as a Second Language Placement Test. ations, and to discuss the relationship between
to 4 hours. No graduate credit. teaching theory and practice. Prerequisite:
401. Introduction to Academic Writing for Credit or concurrent registration in E I L 311
International Graduate Students and 388. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Introduction to the use of rhetorical modes English as an International Language
typical of academic writing; introduction to 335. Neurolinguistics and Second
the research paper; review of strategies for Language Learning
effective and critical reading. Prerequisite: E S 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as LING 335. Introduces theoretical,
L 400, or recommendation from UIUC English 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. methodological and applied research on the
as a Second Language Placement Test. to 4 relationship between neurolinguistics and
hours. No graduate credit. 214. E S L in the Elementary School second language acquisition with special
On-site practical experience in an elementary emphasis on the "bilingual brain." Prerequisite:
402. Advanced Academic Writing for school, involving at least 100 hours of class- One of LING 200, 225, 300, or 400; or consent
International Graduate Students, I room observations, consultations, teaching, of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Integration of the four skills of reading, tutoring, and assisting, to acquaint students
and speaking; special focus
writing, listening, with the many facets of E S L/bilingual edu- 345.Reading and Writing in a Second
on advanced academic writing at the graduate cation in a public school setting. Hours to be Language
level, including writing such as proposals, arranged with the cooperating teacher. Satis- Examines current research on learning to read
research reports, theses, as appropriate; fies one requirement for those who wish to and to write in a second language and practi-
review of principles of writing including obtain an Illinois E S L endorsement on an Il- cal applications for second language peda-
writing from sources. Prerequisite: E S L 401, linois teaching certificate. 2 hours. gogy drawn therefrom. Coverage is distrib-
or recommendation from UIUC English as a uted equally between reading and writing. In
Second Language Placement Test. to 4 hours. 215. ESL in the Secondary School addition to two hour exams, participants will
No graduate credit. On-site practical experience in a secondary complete an original project related to either
school, involving at least 100 hours of class- of thetwo main topics. This may either take
403. Advanced Academic Writing for room observations, consultations, teaching, the form of designing an original research
International Graduate Students, II tutoring, and assisting, to acquaint students study or preparing pedagogical materials
Continuation of E S L 402 with emphasis on with the many E S L/bilingual edu-
facets of based on current research findings. Partici-
seminar presentation and thesis and disserta- cation in a public school setting. Hours to be pants will also review a recent commercial
tion-related skills. Prerequisite: E S L402. 0to4 arranged with the cooperating teacher. Satis- textbook or set of materials designed to teach
hours. No graduate credit. fies one requirement for those who wish to either reading or writing in a second language.
obtain an Illinois ESL endorsement on an Il- Prerequisite: E I L 302 or consent of instructor;
404. English Pronunciation for linois teaching certificate. 2 hours. E I L 389. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be taken con-
International Teaching Assistants currently with E I L 389 with consent of in-
Sounds, rhythm, and melody of spoken Applied TESL/TEFL Theory
301. Topics in structor.
English for current and potential international Implications of TESL/TEFL theory and
teaching assistants who are required to teach research for classroom practice: preparation 350. Introduction to Sociolinguistics
in English. Includes word and phrase level of teaching and testing materials; evaluation Same as LING 350. See LING 350.
study; special emphasis on the pronunciation of materials on the basis of E S L/ EFL teaching
of English vocabulary in students' own experiences; adaptation to needs of different 356. Impact of Cultural Differences in
academic disciplines. Prerequisite: Placement learner ages, language, and achievement TESL
based upon SPEAK or UIUC English as a backgrounds; and new teaching formats. Examines people as cultural beings; studies
Second Language Placement Test score. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours,
the effect of cultural differences on communi-
units. or Vi to 1 May be repeated as topics vary
unit. cation, both in the ESL classroom and in the
to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 units. community; and presents various methods of

405. Business Communications for incorporating relevant elements of American
Graduate International Students 302. Descriptive English Grammar for culture into the ESL classroom. 3 hours or 1
Course seeks to improve student's English ESL Teachers unit.

usage for both professional and academic Same as ENGL Adaptation of modern
304.
purposes. Skills covered include business English grammar meet the needs of the
to 360. Principles of Language Testing
letter writing,writing of resumes, research ESL /EFL teacher, with special emphasis on Same as FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 360.
paper writing, formal oral presentations, and the development of knowledge and skills that Studies theoretical and practical aspects of
informal discussion with special focus on the can be used in the analysis of the syntax, lexis language testing. Examines purposes and
needs of non-native English speakers. 4 hours. and pragmatics of English. 3 hours or 1 unit. types of language tests in relation to theories
I 14 English as a Second Language
of language use and language teaching goals; 435.Seminar in Neurolinguistics and visor. to 2 units. May be repeated to a maxi-
discusses testing practices and procedures Second Language Learning mum of 2 units.
related to language teaching and language Research-oriented seminar in neurolinguistics
research; and includes the planning, writing, of second-language learning; students con-
and administration of tests, basic descriptive duct supervised research projects on topics
statistics, and test analysis. A project is including bilingual speech perception, cere-
required. Prerequisite: E I L 389. 3 hours or 1 bral laterality, age-related effects upon L2
unit. learning, and aphasia in bilinguals and
367.Communicative Approaches to Second

multilinguals; consult Timetable for specific English as a Second
topics. Prerequisite: E L 335. unit.
and Foreign Language Teaching
I 1
Language
Introduces students to current issues in the 456. Pragmatics and Cross-cultural
theory and practice of communicative lan- Communication (See English as an International Language)
guage teaching. Discusses the notion that com- Same as ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 487. Focuses
munication is a social event from three per- on ways the context of an interaction and cul-
spectives: theoretical linguistics; applied turalbackground of the participants affect the
linguistics; and classroom teaching. Specific language they use and the interpretation that
questions addressed range from a consider- they give to what they hear. Topics include
ation of the nature of applied linguistics to is- speech acts, direct and indirect speech, polite-
sues related to student autonomy. 3 hours or 1 ness theory, turn taking, and backchannel
unit. —
feedback first in American English, then in
Classroom Language Acquisition

380.
relation to other languages represented in the
classroom. Attention is given to how differ-
Entomology
Same as FR, GER, UAL, PORT, and SPAN 380. ences in the cultural background of partici-
See SPAN 380. pants in an interaction can lead to pragmatic Head of Department: May R. Berenbaum
failure and what can be done in the language Department Office: 320 Morrill Hall, 505 South
382. Computer-Based Foreign Language classroom to prevent such failure. Various re- Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
Teaching search methods are investigated. Prerequisite: Phone: 333-2910
Same CLCiV, FR, GER, HUMAN, ITAL,
as E I L 350, 356 or LING 350. Vi or 1 unit. URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/Entomology/
PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. home.html
See HUMAN 382. 460. Research Methods in Language
Learning
Phonology and Morphology
388. English Seminar focusing on the formulation of Entomology (ENTOM)
forESL Teachers language learning and teaching issues as
Same as LING 388. Applications of linguistics research questions. Specific topics include: 105. Insects and People
to language learning with special emphasis on types of research problems, research designs, Same as BIOL 105. Fundamentals of insect
learning the sound system of English. Prereq- methods, and strategies; and the analysis, biology as reflected in human culture; insect
uisite: Two years of a foreign language or interpretation, and reporting of research physiology, ecology, and behavior discussed
equivalent; consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 findings. Discusses illustrative research and in the context of art, literature, movies,
unit. evaluation studies. Students participate in medicine, sports, law, and history. 3 or 4 hours.
seminar presentations and develop a research Optional two-hour laboratory for 1 hour
389. Theoretical Foundations of Second proposal. Prerequisite: E I L 389. 1 unit. additional credit.
Language Acquisition
Same as FR 381, and GER, HAL, LING, PORT, 463. College Teaching of Foreign 120. Introduction to Applied Entomology
and SPAN 389. Exploration of the relationship Languages Same CPSC and NRES 120. See CPSC 120.
as
between second language acquisition (SLA) Same as FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, RUSS, and
theory and research, and classroom language SPAN 463. See FR 463. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
learning and teaching. Prerequisite: An intro- 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
ductory course in linguistics or consent of in- 481.Seminar in Linguistic and
structor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Psychological Foundations of Language 280. The Insects of Forestand Landscape
Teaching Trees, Shrubs, and Flowers
402. Introduction to General Linguistics Same as FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, RUSS, and Same as NRES 290. See NRES 290.
Same as ANTH and LING 400. See LING 400. SPAN 481. See FR 481.
290. Special Problems
410. Generative Phonology in English 487.Seminar in the Teaching of English as For students ready to undertake a special in-
Teaching a Second Language vestigation to be completed as an undergradu-
Generative phonological analyses of English Discussion of and research into various topics ate study or as the beginning of a thesis prob-
and the teaching of English pronunciation: of current interest to persons involved in lem for an advanced degree. It also may be
reevaluation of teaching goals, content, pre- teaching English as a second language; used to prepare a thesis for honors at gradua-
sentation, and methodology; required projects emphasis on new approaches to problems tion. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to 5
involve research into English phonology lead- facing the field and the development of hours. Majors in any School of Life Sciences
ing to the development and evaluation of les- understanding methods; study of materials option may count toward graduation no more
son materials for E S L classes. Prerequisite: leading to possible solutions. Prerequisite: than a combined maximum of 10 hours of 290,
EIL311, 312, and 388. 1 unit. E I L 388 or 302, or consent of instructor. V4 to 292, and 294 credit offered bv: BIOPH; CSB;
1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary. EEE; ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO.
412. Pedagogical Grammar These hours will not be counted as advanced
Same as LING 413. Surveys English grammar 491. Research in Special Topics hours in this option.
and texts for teaching grammar in E S L with Independent study under guidance of a
special emphasis on the development of skills member of the graduate faculty. Prerequisite: 301. Introduction to Entomology
in explanation of grammatical phenomena in Consent of instructor. Vt to 1 unit. May be Integrated studies of the principal morpho-
E I L classes. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. repeated to a maximum of 2 units. logical, physiological, ecological and behav-
2 unit. ioral relationships among insects. Lecture and
499. Thesis Research laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 and CHEM
415. Topics in Applied Linguistics Individual direction of research and thesis 231. 3 to 5 hours, or }A to 1 unit. Term papers,
Same as LING 415. See LING 415. writing. Prerequisite: Consent of thesis super- field experience, and /or insect collections will
be required for 4 or 5 hours, or 1 unit credit.
Environmental Studies I 15
302. Classification and Evolutionary and laboratory. Prerequisite: ENTOM 319 and 250.Seminar in Environmental Studies.
History of Insects MCBIO 200 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. Seminar exposing students in the Environ-
Analytical survey of the classification and mental Fellows Program to different disciplin-
evolution of the orders and principal families 321. Biological Control of Insect Pests ary perspectives on specific environmental
of insects, with practical experience in the Same as CPSC 321. Examines the use of issues, as revealed in the scholarly literature.
taxonomic
identification of insects at these biological methods for the control of insect Specific problems will vary from semester to
levels; field trips required. Lecture and pests; emphasizes the use of natural enemies semester. This seminar helps students make
laboratory. Prerequisite: ENTOM 301 or in control programs; and discusses life history the transition from disciplinary to interdisci-
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. characteristics of parasitoids and predators, plinary thinking. Team-taught. Prerequisite:
ecological principles of population regulation, Admission to Environmental Fellows Pro-
304. Genomic Analysis of Insects techniques and protocols in implementation gram or consent of EFP Director. 2 hours.
Comprehensive and integrated presentation of control programs and related topics.
of insect genomic analysis from the molecular Prerequisite: ENTOM 315 or 319, or consent of 273. Presenting Environmental
level to that of the population; concepts are instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. Information
applied to certain aspects of insect population Same as AGCOM and NRES 273. See AGCOM
regulation. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or 210, and 426. Seminar in Entomology 273.
BIOL 371, and BIOCH 350, or equivalents; or Discussions, reviews, and appraisals of special
consent of instructor. 3 hours or %
unit. topics in the field of entomology. Prerequisite: Environmental Communications
275.
Consent of instructor. or Vt unit. May be Same as AGCOM and NRES 275. See AGCOM
310. Insect Physiology repeated to a maximum of 1 unit. 275.
Study of the principal physiological and
biochemical functions of insects. Lecture and 490. Individual Topics 283. Introductory Ecology for Educators
laboratory. Prerequisite: ENTOM
301 or Individual topics in research and /or reading Same as CPSC and NRES 223. See NRES 223.
equivalent, organic chemistry, and consent of conducted under the supervision of faculty
instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. members in the Department of Entomology; 298. Special Topics in Environmental
particularly designed for students enrolled in Studies
313. Biology of Disease Vectors the entomology program who would like to Lectures in topics of current interest. See Time-
Examines the major groups of arthropods and become more familiar with specialized fields table for current topics. Prerequisite: Varied,
associated pathogens that affect the health and of study prior to committing themselves to a depending on topic, and/or consent of in-
well-being of humans and other animals. specific area for their advanced degrees. structor. 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated.
Training will include identification, classifica- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 14 to 2 units.
tion, methods of injury, habits, vector compe- May be repeated. 317. Natural Resources Economics
tence, and control of insects, ticks and mites Same as ACE and NRES 310. See ACE 310.
that are predators, parasites, or vectors of dis- 499. Thesis Research
Work may be taken in the following subjects: 320. Conservation Biology
ease. The course will examine and use both
insect genetics; insect behavior; applied Same as CPSC 320 and EEE 349. See EEE 349.
classical and molecular technologies to ad-
dress epidemiological, ecological, and diag- entomology; systematic entomology; biology
and ecology of insects; and insect physiology.
331. Toxic Substances in the Environment
nostic factors associated with arthropod-borne
One year college biology, to 4 units. Same as CHLTH 361 and CPSC 331. Explores
diseases. Prerequisite:
toxicological, environmental, public health,
ENTOM 301 or equivalent, and consent of in- occupational and ecological aspects of the use
structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Graduate students
and release of toxic substances in the environ-
required to write a term paper.
ment; features case histories of environmen-
315. Insect Ecology tal contamination that illustrate ecological,
Discussion of the practical and theoretical as- health, and social aspects of pollution; empha-
sizes biochemical mechanisms and ecosystem
pects of ecology in relation to insects as indi- Environmental consequences. Prerequisite: One year of college
viduals, populations, and communities; em-
phasis on the role of insects in the environment.
Studies chemistry or one year of college biology or
Prerequisite: EEE 212 or consent of instructor. 3
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 'A unit.
or 5 hours, or }A or 1 unit. (Lecture only, 3 hours
Interim Director of the Environmental Council: 332. Genetic Toxicology
or Vi unit; with laboratory, 5 hours or 1 unit. ). Braden
John B. Same as CPSC and MCBIO 332. See CPSC 332.
Council Office: 350 Environmental & Agricul-
319. Fundamentals of Insect Pest
tural Sciences Building, 1101 West Peabody 333. Pesticide Toxicology
Management Urbana
Same as CPSC Study of the principles
329.
Drive, Same as V B 333. Examines the biological ef-
Phone: 333-4178 fects of major classes of insecticides and her-
underlying the control of important insect
URL: www.environ.uiuc.edu bicides, and of selected individual fungicides,
pests of agriculture and of human and animal
including: toxicity to nontarget organisms,
health; emphasis on integrated pest manage-
persistence and fate in the environment,
ment involving a systems approach which Environmental Studies (ENVST) biotransformation, and ecological conse-
combines biological, cultural, and chemical
quences. Current regulations on pesticide test-
suppressive factors into ecologically sound
160. Comparative Environmental History: ing will also be presented. The mechanism of
and socially and economically acceptable tech-
People, Crops, and Capital action on target species will be discussed only
nology. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite:
Same as HIST 160. See HIST 160. in relation to effects on nontarget organisms.
ENTOM 120, or 301 and 302, or consent of Prerequisite: One year of college chemistry and
department. 4 hours or 1 unit.
210. Economics of the Environment one year of college biology, or consent of in-
Same as ACE, ECON, NRES and U P 210. See structor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
320. Insect Pathology
ACE 210.
Examines the general principles of pathology
341.Regional Environmental Management
as they apply to insects; includes non-infec-
Tomorrow's Environment
236. Simulation
tious and infectious diseases caused by vi- Same as CHLTH 266 and CPSC 236. See CPSC
ruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and nema-
Same as ACES 319, CEE and GEOG 341 and
236. UP375.SeeCEE341.
todes. Studies the epizootiology of naturally
occurring insect disease and the use of insect 241. Introduction to Radiation Protection 344. Social Impact Assessment
pathogens as microbial control agents. Lecture Same as NUC E 241. See NUC E 241. Same as L A, LEIST, NRES, R SOC and U P
344. See LEIST 344.
I 16 Finance
345. Communication in Environmental 440. Public Involvement in Resource and mortgage markets, to the individual
Social Movements Management and Environmental Planning transactions within these markets, and to the
Same as AGCOM 348, SOC 345 and NRES 358. Same as L A, LEIST, NRES, R SOC and U P legal and institutional factors which affect
See AGCOM 348. 440. See NRES 440. these markets. Prerequisite: ECON 102. 3 hours.
347. Environmental Sociology 449. Techniques and Instrumentation in 294. Senior Research
Same as R SOC and SOC 347. See SOC 347. Air Sampling Research and reading course for students con-
Same as CEE 449 and M E 412. See CEE 449. centrating in finance, insurance, urban land
348. Atmospheric Chemistry economics, or related areas who meet one of
Same as CEE 348. See CEE 348. 463. Natural Resource Economics the following requirements: (1) have a cumu-
Same as ACES 410, ECON and NRES 463. See lative grade-point average of 3.0 or better; (2)
349. Basic Toxicology ACES 410. have attained Honors Day recognition in the
Same as CPSC and V B 349 and FSHN 380. junior year; or (3) have consent of instructor.
See FSHN 380. 464. Environmental Economics: Theory and May be taken by students in the college hon-
Applications ors program in partial fulfillment of the hon-
350. Environmental Studies Workshop. Same as ACES 411 and ECON 464. See ECON ors requirements. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Team-taught workshop in which students and 464. 2 to 4 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L
faculty work together in teams to analyze a AS.)
particular environmental problem and de- 496. Interdisciplinary Toxicology Seminar
velop potential solutions. The course will fo- Same as V B and VP 496. See VP 496. 295. Senior Research
cus on a selected environmental problem and Research and reading course for students
seek solutions through integration of the hu- concentrating in finance, insurance, urban
manities and the social, physical and biologi- land economics, or related areas. May be taken
cal sciences. The integrated approach will be by students in the college honors program in
compared to the process of framing the prob- partial fulfillment of the honors requirements.
lem from the perspective of the individual Prerequisite: Senior standing; and cumulative
disciplines, evaluating the assumptions inher- Finance grade-point average of 3.0 or better, Honors
ent in each approach. This workshop is part Day recognition in the junior year, or consent
of the capstone experience for students in the of instructor. 2 to 4 hours. (Counts for advanced
Environmental Fellow Program. Prerequisite: Chairperson of Department: Morgan J. Lynge hours in LAS.)
Admission to Environmental Fellows Pro- Department Office: 340 Commerce Building
gram or consent of the EFP Director. 4 hours. (West), 1206 South Sixth Street, Champaign 300. Financial Markets
Phone: 244-2239 Theory and applications associated with the
351. Environmental Organic Chemistry URL: www.cba.uiuc.edu/finance functioning of financial markets to include the
Same as NRES 351. See NRES 351. conceptual foundations of portfolio theory,
risk management, and asset valuation. The
360.Landscapes and Texts: Comparative Finance (FIN)
stock, money, bond, mortgage, and futures
Approaches to Environmental History and options markets are examined. Prerequi-
Same as HIST 360. See HIST 360. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar FIN 254; C S 1 05 or demonstration of elec-
site:
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. tronic spreadsheet competency. 3 hours or V*
369. Environmental Health
unit.
Same as CHLTH 369. See CHLTH 369. 254.Corporate Finance
Introductory study of corporate financial 301. Financial Intermediaries
Epidemiology
374. Principles of management, in particular how the financial Surveys the structure and activities of financial
Same as CHLTH, MED S and VP 374. See manager's choices add value to shareholder intermediaries; asset-liability management;
CHLTH 374. wealth through investment financing and the effects of government regulation on
operating decisions. Prerequisite: Credit or financial institutions; central banking and the
380. Current Problems in Environmental concurrent registration in ACCY 202 and tools of monetary policy. Prerequisite: FIN 300,
Geology ECON 173. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced
Same as GEOL 380. See GEOL 380.
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit.
hours in LAS.)
321. Advanced Corporate Finance
414. Neurotoxicology 260. Introduction to Insurance Theories of firms' investment and financing
Same as PSYCH and V B 414. See V B 414. Introductory course on the role of insurance decisions are covered. Topics include dividend
in society; covers insurance terminology, policy, capital budgeting, capital structure,
416. Developmental Toxicology common personal insurance policies (auto,
Same as V B 416. Introduction to developmen-
bankruptcy, long-term debt and leasing
health, life and homeowners) and current decisions. Prerequisite: FIN 300. 3 hours or A
3
tal toxicology that examines causes and mani-
issues. 3 hours. unit.
festations both of structural malformations
and of functional deficits in mammals. Topics 262. Wealth Management and Life 322. Case Studies in Corporate Finance
covered include interactions between external Insurance Course, totally devoted to the study of finan-
factors and developmental gene expression, Studies personal wealth management tech- cial management cases, provides students a
the behavioral consequences of chemical ex- niques with an emphasis on life insurance hands-on learning experience. The case work
posure, identification and regulation of devel- products; covers life insurance policies, annu- helps students to develop their analytical and
opmental toxicants. Examples emphasize de- ities, trusts, buy-sell arrangements, investing interpretative skills in solving unstructured
velopmental toxicants that are present in the in stocks, bonds and mutual funds, banking real world problems. The theoretical concepts
human environment. Laboratory demonstra- and borrowing, purchasing residential and and tools learned in the introductory finance
tions will illustrate lecture material whenever commercial real estate, income and estate taxa- courses provide the foundation for the case
ENVST 349, or one course
feasible. Prerequisite: tion and management of personal financial studies. Topics discussed include financial
in neurobiology or consent of instructor. % portfolio. 3 hours. forecasting and working capital management;
unit,
capital budgeting and cost of capital; and capi-
264.Fundamentals of Real Estate structure, dividend policy, corporate fi-
tal
Techniques in
427. Statistical Survey of real estate finance, appraisal, nancing, financial restructuring, financial dis-
Epidemiological Research investment, law, brokerage, management,
tress, mergers, acquisitions and firm valuation.
Same as CHLTH 427, MED S 463 and VP 42b. development and economics. Special attention Prerequisite: FIN 300. 3 hours or '4 unit.
See CHLTH 427. is given to the analysis of aggregate real estate
Finance I 17
324. Financing Emerging Businesses 372. Financial Engineering 425.Management of Financial Institutions
Study of the business environment, alternative Course will present and analyze modern tools Studies financial intermediation emphasizing
methods of organization and financing, use for identification, measurement, and manage- analysis of problems faced by commercial
of financial statements as a management tool, ment of financial risk faced by corporations bank managers. Three main areas covered are
valuation methods and approaches to ethical and institutional investors; in particular as the role of financial intermediation and its
dilemmas from the perspective of an owner- related to the application of futures, forwards, macro-economy, information
relation to the
manager. Prerequisite: FIN 300 or consent of options, swaps, and other derivative securi- technology, and government regulation;
instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. ties. The focus will be evenly split between examination of the problems of pricing and
theoretical models and practical applications, evaluating the risk of bank financial services
341. Property-Liability Insurance and will include careful consideration of pa- such as loans, loan commitments, and swaps;
Examines in detail the functions of property- rameter estimation and numerical implemen- and consideration of bank portfolio risk
including marketing, under-
liability insurers, tation. Prerequisite: FIN 300 or consent of in- management. Prerequisite: FIN 451, or MBA
writing, claims, ratemaking and administra- structor. 3 hours or A
3
unit. —
405 (Section G Financial Markets and
tion, and the major current issues facing this Institutions), or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
industry. Prerequisite: FIN 260. 3 hours, or % or 382. Urban Real Estate Valuation
1 unit. The terminology, theory and techniques of real 427. Seminar in Macrofinance and
estate valuation (appraisal); a modern view Financial Institutions
343. FinancialRisk Management of of the three approaches to estimating valuer Reports and explores research in areas of com-
Insurance Enterprises sales comparison, cost and income. Special mercial bank models and behavior, bank struc-
Introduces basic concepts in financial econom- requirements include local field trips to ture and regulation, interest rate theories, finan-
ics used in the analysis and management of appraise at least one single-family property cial markets, and the impact of macroeconomic
financial risks, with an emphasis on the ap- and one income property. Prerequisite: FIN 254, policiesand procedures on financial markets
plications by insurers and pension plans; top- or FIN 264, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or and institutions; discusses current research
ics include decision making under uncertainty, Vt or 1 unit. and research procedures. Prerequisite: FIN 400
economic statistics, deterministic and stochas- and ECON 403. 1 unit.
tic interest rate models, derivative securities, 384. Real Estate Investment
valuation, binomial models and option pric- Approach to the evaluation of real estate in- 444. International Financial Management
ing models. Prerequisite: FIN 300; either FIN vestment opportunities. Begins with the iden- Studies international financial markets to
260 or 262; MATH 245 or equivalent; MATH tification of the investor's goals and ends with include Euro markets and foreign exchange
309; MATH 315 or 383; electronic spreadsheet an investment decision. Considers legal, markets; studies the financing and investment
proficiency. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. physical, locational, and financial constraint, decisions of multinational organizations to
aggregate real estate and financial markets, tax include working capital, capital budgeting,
345. Corporate Risk Management considerations and investment criteria. Prereq- cost of capital, and capital structure decisions
Case study course examining how corpora- uisite: FIN 254 and electronic spreadsheet pro- in an international environment. Prerequisite:
tions deal with pure risk. Prerequisite: FIN 254, ficiency, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or }A FIN 451, or MBA 405 (Section G—Financial
341, and 360. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. or 1 unit. Markets and Institutions), or consent of
instructor. 1 unit.
360. Employee Benefit Plans Urban Economics
386.
Same as L I R 360. Studies the structure and Same as ECON 361. See ECON 361. 451. Financial Management
financial issues involved in employee benefit Introduction to financial management and
plans, specifically group life, disability 388. Real Estate Financial Markets decision making. Topics include risk-return
medical care plans, qualified pensions and Discusses real estate financing techniques and relationships for financial securities; financial
profit-sharing plans. Prerequisite: FIN 260, the secondary market for real estate financial statement analysis and forecasting; working
ECON 240, B ADM 351, or graduate standing. assets including mortgage backed securities capital management; capital budgeting and
3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. and mortgage backed finance. Prerequisite: FIN the resource allocation process; capital struc-
300, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 ture and thecost of capital; dividend policy.
361.Investments unit. Enrollment in the Executive MBA
Prerequisite:
Current theories of portfolio management are Program Administration, MSBA, or MS pro-
covered in considerable detail to provide a 390. Legal Environment of Real Estate gram. 1 unit.
conceptual framework for the evaluation of Overview of legal concepts, issues, and
investment strategies. Applications and principles involving real estate. Prerequisite: 452.Advanced Corporate Finance
implementation are covered in depth, includ- Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 Addresses both the theoretical and applied
ing performance evaluation and international hours, or M or 1 unit. aspects of firms' financing decisions; topics
diversification. Prerequisite: FIN 300. 3 hours include capital structure and cost of capital
or 3
A unit. 400. Theory of Financial Decision Making theories; mergers, acquisitions and leveraged
Examines theoretical frameworks for financial buy-outs; options, warrants and convertibles;
362. Options and Futures Markets decision making under certainty and uncer- venture capital and initial public offerings;
Introduction of options and futures markets tainty, as well as perfect and imperfect capital and pensions. Prerequisite: FIN 451, plus either
for financial assets; examination of institu- markets; discusses state preference, mean- ECON 470 or B ADM472 or concurrent regis-
tional aspects of the markets; theories of pric- variance, and continuous time models; em- tration in either course; or MBA
405 (Section
ing; discussion of simple as well as compli-
cated trading strategies (arbitrage, hedging
phasizes the structure of individual utility
functions. Prerequisite: ECON 402; STAT 310;
—
G Financial Markets and Institutions), or
consent of instructor. 1 unit.
and spread); application of the securities for and admission to doctoral program or consent
asset and risk management. Prerequisite: FIN of instructor. 1 unit. 453. Cases in Corporate Finance
300, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 54 unit. Course focuses on financial management
420. Macrofinance: Policies, Institutions, cases. Provides students with an active learn-
364. International Financial Markets and Markets ing experience. Case work is based on con-
Course covers the three major international Overview of the workings of the financial cepts learned in introductory corporate fi-
financial markets; the foreign exchange mar- sector of the macro economy; includes the nance. Topics discussed include financial
ket, the eurocurrency market, and the inter- roles of financial institutions, financial forecasting and short-run financial manage-
national equity and bond market. The course markets, macroeconomic policies, interest ment; capital investment and cost of capital;
looks at international financial decisions in- rates, and the flows of funds. Prerequisite: FIN and capital structure, dividend policy; and
cluding operations, structure and valuation. 451, or MBA 405 (Section G Financial — firm valuation. Prerequisite: FIN 451, plus ei-
Prerequisite: FIN 300. 3 hours or V* unit. Markets and Institutions), or consent of ther ECON 470 or B ADM472 or concurrent
instructor. 1 unit. registration in either course; or MBA
405 (Sec-
I 18 Fine and Applied Arts
tion G —
Financial Markets and Institutions), to review selected recent articles on a variety which the student is studying and the college
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. of topics; gives attention to application of fi- dean's office prior to such study abroad. Final
nance and economic theory to insurance is- determination of credit and its application
454. Seminar in Corporate Financial sues and to empirical techniques for testing toward the degree is made after a review of
Theory hypotheses. Examples of issues include the the student's work abroad by the above
Theories, paradigms, and models of nonfinan- application of asset pricing models to insur- committee and college office. Prerequisite:
cial corporations; investigates the theoretical ance pricing, portfolio optimization for insur- Junior standing in the department; approval
foundations and empirical evidence regard- ance companies, capital markets and insur- of the student's proposal by the departmental
ing corporate resource allocation, capital struc- ance cycles, moral hazard and adverse committee and the college office. to 12 hours
ture decisions, and dividend policies; covers selection. Prerequisite: FIN 400. 1 unit. (summer session, to 6 hours).
in detail contingent claim analysis, signaling
theory, and agency theory. Prerequisite: FIN 400 472. Financial Engineering 392. Ford Seminar: Conceptual
and ECON 471.1 unit. Course will present and analyze modern tools Foundations
for identification, measurement, and manage- Same as L A S 392. Interdisciplinary under-
455. Seminar in Investments ment of financial risk faced by corporations graduate seminar that lays the theoretical and
Investigates portfolio theory, CAPM, OPM, and institutional investors; especially as re- topical groundwork on an annual theme, and
and arbitrage pricing theory theoretically and lated to the application of forwards, futures, develops models for the ways the arts func-
empirically; uses both mathematical statistics swaps, and other derivative instruments. Fo- tion as key resources in the investigation of
and modern econometric models to empiri- cus will be on using various financial instru- cultural identity. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
cally analyze investment decisions and port- ments to control an entity's exposure to finan- structor. 3 hours. Students may not receive
folio management. Prerequisite: FIN 400 and cial risks. Class time will be approximately credit for this course and LAS 392. May be
ECON 471. limit. evenly split between theoretical models and repeated in separate semesters to a maximum
practical applications. Prerequisite: FIN 451, or of 9 hours.
456. Investments MBA 405 (Section G— Financial Markets and
Introduction to investment analysis, includ- Institutions), or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 393. Ford Seminar: Research and Arts
ing the theory and implementation of portfo- Practicum
lio theory; empirical evidence on the perfor- 490. Individual Study and Research Same as L A S 393. Interdisciplinary under-
mance of financial assets; evaluation of Directed reading and research. '/> to 1 unit. graduate seminar building on the intellectual
portfolio investment strategies; and the exten- foundation established in F A A 392. Course
sion of diversification to international mar- 499. Thesis Research enables students to work with resident schol-
kets. Prerequisite: FIN 451, or MBA
405 (Sec- Required for those writing master's and ars and artists in preparation for summer
tion C- —
Financial Markets and Institutions), doctoral theses in finance. to 4 units. fieldwork. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit for
this course and LAS 393. May be repeated in
457. Financial Derivatives separate semesters to a maximum of 9 hours.
Introduction to options, futures, swaps and
other derivative securities; examination of Ford Seminar: Fieldwork Abroad
394.
institutional aspects of the markets; theories Same as L A S 394. Innovative foreign field-
of pricing; discussion of simple as well as
complicated trading strategies (arbitrage,
Fine and Applied Arts work experience that strengthens the schol-
arly and creative exchanges between resident
hedging, and spread); applications for asset scholars and artists and Illinois students. Pre-
and risk management. Prerequisite: FIN 451, Dean and Program Administrator: Kathleen F. requisite: Consent of instructor. 3 hours. Stu-
or MBA —
405 (Section G Financial Markets Conlin dents may not receive credit for this course
and Institutions), or consent of instructor. 1 Dean's Office: 115 Architecture Building, 608 and LAS 394. May be repeated to a maxi-
unit. East Traft Drive, Urbana mum of 9 hours.
Phone: 333-6061
458. Management of Fixed Income URL: www.faa.uiuc.edu 399. Off Campus Study
Portfolios Provides opportunity for off-campus study.
Conceptual foundations and implementation Detailed proposal for study off campus must
of strategies for the selection, evaluation, and Fine and Applied Arts (F A A) be submitted for approval to the appropriate
revision of portfolios of fixed-income finan- committee in the College prior to such study.
cial assets (bonds);examination of related re- 190. Exploration of the Arts Final determination of credit and its applica-
search. Prerequisite:FIN 451; or BUS 405 (Sec- Introduction to the fine arts through literature- tion toward the degree is made after a review
tion G —
Financial Markets and Institutions); discussions with a teacher-practitioner in each of the student's off-campus work by the above
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. of the arts and through written critiques of committee and the Associate Dean. Prerequi-
exhibits, concerts, and plays; provides creative Junior or graduate standing in Fine and
site:
464. Real Estate and Urban Land experiences by a final, individual, or small Applied Arts and approval of program prior
Economics group project. 3 hours. May be repeated once. to registration. to 12 hours, or to 3 units.
Discusses the theory and practice of real es-
tate and urban land economics; emphasizes 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 492. Ford Seminar: Advanced Conceptual
real estate market analysis, finance, appraisal, 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Foundations
and investment. Prerequisite: FIN 451, plus Same as L A S 492. Interdisciplinary graduate
ECON 300 and 400, or equivalent; or MBA 405 206. Practicum in Teaching the Arts to seminar that lays the theoretical and topical
(Section G —
Financial Markets and Institu- Preschool Children groundwork on an annual theme, and devel-
tions), or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Laboratory for teaching art and music to pre- ops models for the ways the Arts function as
school children augmented with a seminar, key resources in the investigation of cultural
469. Problems in Urban Land Economics including classroom preparation and evalua- identity. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A
}
Examines theoretical and empirical research tion. Prerequisite: ARTED 203 and MUSIC 240. may not receive credit for
or 1 unit. Students
into selected problems in urban land econom- 4 /lours. Arrange 2 hours set-up Friday after- thiscourse and LAS 492. May be repeated in
ics. Prerequisite: FIN 264 and ECON 300; or FIN noon. separate semesters to a maximum of 3 units.
464; or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
299. FAA Study Abroad 493. Ford Seminar: Advanced Research and
471. Seminar in Insurance Provides campus credit for foreign study and / Arts Practicum
Reviews recent contributions to the insurance or travel. A detailed proposal for study abroad Same as LAS 493. Interdisciplinary graduate
literature concentrating upon current issues must be submitted for approval by the seminar building on the intellectual founda-
and research methodology; requires students appropriate committee of the department in tion established in F A A 492. Course enables
Food Science and Human Nutrition I 19
students to work with resident scholars and taking either FSHN 341 or 355. Course covers duction and service of food, as well as the sani-
artists in preparation for summer fieldwork. the planning, production and service of meals tation and maintenance of equipment and fa-
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. V» or 1 unit. in specialized settings. Required field trip to cilities. Prerequisite: FSHN 231, credit or con-
Students may not receive credit for this course Chicago. 3 hours. Approved for S/U grading. current registration in FSHN 149 and 245. 4
and LAS 493. May be repeated in separate hours.
semesters to a maximum of 3 units. 149. Applied Food Service Sanitation
Examines the dangers, costs and prevention 245. Purchasing for the Hospitality
494. Ford Seminar: Advanced Fieldwork of foodbome illness as well as the training and Industry
Abroad motivation of food service employees in Introduction to the principles and procedures
Same as LAS 494. Innovative foreign sanitary food handling and quality assurance for the purchasing, selection and procurement
fieldwork experience that strengthens the practices. Upon completion of this course, of food and nonfood items in the hospitality
scholarly and creative exchanges between student will be eligible to apply for the food industry. Prerequisite: FSHN 131, or consent of
resident scholars and artists and Illinois service sanitation certificate issued bv the State instructor. 3 hours. Field trips required.
students. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3A of Illinois. Prerequisite: FSHN lOl'and 131;
unit. Students may not receive credit for this MCBIO 100 and 101, or consent of instructor. 248. Hotel/Motel Management and
course and LAS 494. May be repeated in 1 hour. Operations
separate semesters to a maximum of 3 units. Introduction to the knowledge, attitudes and
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar skills necessary to be an effective manager in
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. delivering quality customer service within the
hotel industry. Field trips required. Prerequi-
202. Sensory Evaluation of Foods site: FSHN 140, or consent of instructor. 2 hours.
The physiology, psychology, and chemistry of Offered in alternate years.
flavor and flavor perception; tactual, visual,
Food Science and and auditory components affecting food

acceptability; principles and application of
Work Experience
250. Professional
Supervised learning experience through a
Human Nutrition preference and discrimination testing; and cooperative program with an FSHN related
interpretation of panel evaluation data. 3 agency, business, or industry. Prerequisite:
hours. Junior standing and consent of department
Department Head: Bruce M. Chassy
head; not open to students on probation. 2 to
Department Office: 260 Bevier Hall, 905 South 204. Food Microbiology for Nonmajors 4 hours.
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana Introduction to food plant sanitation and the
Phone: 244-4498
role of microorganisms in food manufacture. 260. Raw Materials for Processing
URL: www.aces.uiuc.edu/~fshn Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 1 hour. Problems involved with procurement, har-
Students may not receive credit for both FSHN vesting, handling, and storage of fruits, veg-
Human 101 and 204. etables, cereal grains, dairy products, red
Food Science and Nutrition
meat, poultry, fish, and eggs for the food-pro-
(FSHN) Food Analysis, I
213. cessing industry. Prerequisite: One high school
Principles and application of the chemical, course in biological science and FSHN 101. 4
101. Introduction to Food Science and physical, and instrumental methods used to hours. Field trips to specialized operations.
Human Nutrition determine the constituents of foods; special
Study of food compo-
in relation to chemical considerations applicable to the analysis of 291. Thesis
and regulation.
sition, nutritional value, safety certain foods. Lecture and lab. Prerequisite: Intended primarily for candidates for honors
Introduction to preservation and processing CHEM 231. 4 hours. but open to other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior
methods, packaging, and ingredient func- standing; approval of head of department. 3
tions.Consideration of factors that influence 220. Principles of Nutrition to 5 hours.
food patterns and choices. 3 hours. Nutritive value of foods and metabolism of
essential nutrients; application of principles 292. Thesis
120.Contemporary Nutrition of nutrition to the requirements of normal in- Intended primarily for candidates for honors
Fundamental principles of human nutrition dividuals throughout the life cycle. Prerequi- but open to other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior
and their application to the selection of ad- site: CHEM 102 or 103; PHYSL 103. 3 hours. standing; approval of head of department. 3
equate diets; current topics of nutritional im- to 5 hours.
portance. Prerequisite: CHEM 100 or equiva- 229. Communication Techniques in
lent. 3 hours. Nutrition 297. Seminar in Dietetics
Application and integration of the principles Discussion of current topics in Dietetics,
131. Introductory Food Laboratory of nutrition and their transmission to groups and career options. Prerequisite:
ethical issues,
Application of food preparation principles and individuals. Students will learn indi- Senior standing or consent of instructor. 1 hour.
and techniques in the preparation of standard vidual counseling techniques as well as how Required for students planning on becoming
food products; principles of food management to present nutrition information to groups. Registered Dietitians.
and their application in the planning and Open to Dietetics junior and seniors only. Pre-
preparation of meals. A laboratory fee is requisite: FSHN 220 or equivalent. 3 hours. 298. Undergraduate Seminar
assessed each student. Prerequisite: FSHN 101. Discussion of specialized topics and literature
3 hours. 231.Food Systems relating to Food Science. 1 hour. Required for
Application of chemical principles and graduation in the food science or food
140. Introduction to the Hospitality physical behavior of ingredients in food industry and business curricula.
Industry systems and the effects processing and storage
Overview of the hospitality industry with have on finished food products. A laboratory 305. Pediatrics and Nutrition
emphasis on organizational and operational fee assessed. Prerequisite:
is CHEM 102 or Same as C& I 324 and HDFS 305. Basic prin-
structures of the major segments of the equivalent; FSHN 131. 3 hours. and disease relevant
ciples of nutrition, health
industry and career opportunities within each. to infants and children
group settings. Pre-
in
Field trips required. 3 hours. 240.Management of Quantity Food sents bio-medical concepts necessary for an
Production and Service understanding of subject matter. Prerequisite:
145. Introduction to Hospitality Introduction to the management of commer- Three hours of social sciences and 6 hours of
Management cialand noncommerical foodservice systems natural sciences courses. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
Explore the foodservice aspect of the hospi- through the operation of Bevier Cafe. Students Not recommended for students majoring in
tality industry by assisting Hospitality Man- experience managing the procurement, pro- nutrition or related field of study.
agement seniors in the Bevier Cafe/Spice Box
120 Food Science and Human Nutrition
314. Food Chemistry 326. Human Nutritional Biochemistry, I ment techniques will focus on those manage-
Examines the chemical aspects of major food Same as NUTRS 326. Advanced human nu- rialbehaviors needed to develop and main-
components; water, carbohydrates, proteins, trition, with emphasis on the biochemical tain positive and productive relationships
and lipids; properties of pigments, salts, and functions of nutrients essential for humans. with subordinates, peers, supervisors and in-
food dispersions. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 and Course emphasizes the role of essential nutri- dividuals external to the hospitality organi-
234. 3 hours or Va units. Food Science majors ents in fuel metabolism, cell biology and bio- zation. Prerequisite: FSHN 240 and 341, or con-
must enroll concurrently in FSHN 316. chemistry, gene expression and the synthesis sent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit.
of proteins, and generation of energy from
315. Food Biochemistry and Biotechnology metabolic fuels. Prerequisite: Junior standing 355. Management of Fine Dining
Examines biochemical pathways associated or higher,FSHN 220 or 314. 3 hours or Vi unit. Advanced application of food production and
with the major food components of carbohy- management principles to specific food ser-
drates, lipids, and proteins. Enzyme kinetics, 327. Human Nutritional Biochemistry, II vice demands; emphasis on artistry in prepa-
regulation, and catalytic mechanisms; unde- Same as NUTRS
327. Advanced human ration, serving,and merchandising high qual-
sirable compounds in foods; postharvest bio- nutrition, with emphasis on the biochemical ityfood in quantity. Prerequisite: FSHN 240 and
chemistry/physiology. Basics of biotechnol- functions of nutrients essential for humans. 341, and credit or concurrent registration in
ogy, biotechnology techniques, and their Course emphasizes the role of nutrients in FSHN 350. 4 hours or 1 unit.
application to foods. Prerequisite: FSHN 314; carbohydrate, lipid, and protein digestion and
and CHEM231 and 234. 3 hours or Va units. metabolism; and nutritional aspects of 360. Engineering for Food Processing
endocrinology. Prerequisite: Junior standing or Examines application of process engineering
316. Food Chemistry Laboratory higher, FSHN 220 or 314. 3 hours or Vi unit. principles to the conversion of raw agricul-
Chemical and physical properties of water, tural materials into finished food products.
proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, and other food Community Nutrition
328. Topics include units and dimensions, materi-
components/additives are discovered in the Same as NUTRS 328. Application and integra- als balances, energy balances, thermodynam-
context of their interactions and functional tion of the principles of nutrition and their ics, heat transfer, psychrometry, refrigeration
roles in foods. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 and 234 delivery in the context of social, political, and and mechanical separations. Prerequisite:
and concurrent enrollment in FSHN 314. 2 economic environments in local, national, and PHYCS 101 and MATH 120; or consent of in-
hours or Vi unit. Food Science students must international settings. Prerequisite: FSHN 220 structor. 3 hours or Va unit.
register for both courses to complete registra- or equivalent, one introductory statistics
tion. course, and one course in the social or behav- 361. Food Processing, I
ioral sciences. 3 hours or Vi unit. Offered in Principles, unit operations, and applications
317. Introductory Physical Chemistry of alternate years. of food preservation and processing by high
Foods temperature, refrigeration, and freezing
One-semester course in physical-chemical 329.Therapeutic Nutrition and Assessment processes; includes heat transfer, kinetics,
applications to foods that are important in Application of the principles of normal and chemical and microbial changes in food as a
food science and technology, as well as in the therapeutic nutrition, nutrition assessment, result of processing; lecture, laboratory, and
food industry. Lectures and problems focus- nutrition intervention and evaluation as re- field trip. Prerequisite: FSHN 213, 260, and 360;
ing on simple applications of principles and lated to the management and treatment of dis- and FSHN 231 or 314 or consent of instructor.
important problems in food science and tech- ease states. Laboratories will allow for the 3 hours or Vi unit.
nology, such as extrusion of food doughs, development of skills in each of these areas.
starch gelatinization and food protein aggre- Prerequisite: FSHN 320 or concurrent enroll- 362. Food Processing, II
gation. Prerequisite: CHEM 102, PHYCS 101, ment. 3 hours or Vi unit. Principles and applications of food preserva-
FSHN 213 and 231 or equivalents; or consent tion and processing including evaporation,
of instructor (a calculus course is recom- 330. The Experimental Study of Foods dehydration, freeze-concentiation, membrane
mended but not required). 2 or 3 hours, or Vi Principles and techniques of foods research are processing, extrusion and water activity con-
or -A units. Two hours credit for the lecture examined, including the effects of formula and trol; lectures, laboratories, and field trips. Pre-
and an additional one hour for the optional preparation variations on chemical, physical, requisite: FSHN 361 or consent of instructor. 3
laboratory. and sensory qualities of foods. Design of ex- hours or Vi unit.
periments, analysis of data and scientific writ-
320. Nutritional Aspects of Disease ing principles are emphasized. A laboratory 365. Principles ofFood Technology
Same as NUTRS 320. Examines nutritional, fee assessed. Prerequisite: Completion of
is Overview of processing techniques in the food
biochemical, and physiological aspects of campus Composition I general education re- industry, including thermo-processing,
disease processes and studies the role of quirement, FSHN 231 or equivalent, and an freezing, moisture removal, moisture control
nutrition in prevention, management, and introductory statistics course, such as STAT and intermediate moisture food formulation.
treatment of disease. Prerequisite: FSHN 220 100, SOC 185, ACE 261, FSHN 340, or EDPSY Lecture and field trips. Prerequisite: FSHN 231
or comparable course with a physiology 390. 5 hours or 1 Va units. or food chemistry equivalent with consent of
prerequisite; BIOCH 350 or equivalent. 3 hours instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. FSHN 365 is not
or V> unit. 340. Applied Statistical Methods offered to undergraduate food science majors
Same as AG E, ANSCI, CPSC, and NRES 340. or graduate students specializing in food
322. Nutrition Through the Life Cycle See CPSC 340. processing/engineering. Students may not
Examines physiological changes that occur receive credit for both FSHN 365 and the
during gestation, postnatal growth, and ag- 341. Managing Catering Operations FSHN 361-362 sequence.
ing and the influence of these changes on nu- Basic principles of marketing, financial
tritional requirements. Prerequisite: FSHN 220; management, food preparation and service, 366. Food Product Development
senior standing or consent of instructor. 3 and personnel management will be applied Principles of food product development: idea
hours or Va unit. Offered in alternate years. through the catering business of Bevier Cafe/ generation, formulation, processing, market
Spice Box. Students will be responsible for one positioning, packaging, product costs, pricing,
323. Recent Advances in Foods and catered event during the semester and help safety, legal issues, and experimentation.
Nutrition in the execution of all others. Prerequisite: Includes a group term project in accordance
New developments in foods and nutrition; FSHN 240. 3 hours or Vi unit. with Institute of Food Technologists national
readings, lectures, and discussions. Prerequi- competition guidelines. Prerequisite: MCBIO
site: FSHN 220 and 231, or equivalent. 2 hours 350. Hospitality Management: Skills and 100 and 101, or CHEM102 and 107, or B ADM
or Vi unit. Applications 202. 3 hours or Vi units. May be repeated in
Application of behavioral science and man- separate semesters to a maximum of 6 hours
325. Economics of Food Marketing agement techniques, methods and strategies or 1 Vi units.
Same as ACE 325. See ACE 325. to the hospitality industry. Applied manage-
French 121
371. Food and Industrial Microbiology 460. Membrane Separations Technology 499. Thesis Research
Same as MCBIO 311. Relationship of micro- Examines theory and applications of synthetic Original research designed and conducted
organisms food manufacture and preser-
to semipermeable membranes in reverse osmo- under graduate faculty supervisor. to 4 units.
vation, to industrial fermentation and process- sis, ultrafiltration, microfiltration, and elec-
ing, and to sanitation. Prerequisite: MCBIO 101 trodialysis processes; thermodynamics of

or 201 or equivalent; credit or concurrent reg- bioseparations, membrane chemistry and
istration in organic chemistry laboratory, or properties, process engineering, equipment
consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. design, fouling of membranes, selected appli-
cations. Prerequisite: FSHN 360 or consent of
372. Sanitation in Food Processing instructor. '/: unit. Offered in alternate years. French
Studies the principles of sanitation with em-
phasis on practical considerations as they ap- 473. Advanced Food Microbiology
ply to various food-processing industries; con- Detailed examination of food and industrial Head of Department: Douglas A. Kibbee
trol of insects, rodents, and micro organisms; processes dependent on fermentation and Department Office: 2090 Foreign Languages
fundamentals of detergency; sanitation of other microbial activities. Prerequisite: Organic Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
water supplies; waste disposal methods; and chemistry, calculus, and MCBIO 311. Vt unit. Phone: 333-2020
government and public health regulations. Offered in alternate years. URL: france.lang.uiuc.edu/frenchdept
Field trips to local food-processing plants.
Prerequisite: CHEM 102 and MCBIO 101. 2 490. Dietetic Internship Experience, I Note: Students in elementary and intermedi-
hours or 'A unit. Supervised learning experience in a variety ate language courses may not ordinarily reg-
of settings and locations related to clinical ister for credit in more than one course at the
380. Basic Toxicology nutrition, community nutrition, and food ser- same semester level (e.g., 104 or 114 or 124).
Same as CPSC, ENVST, and V B 349. Empha- vice management within Urbana/Champaign Approval to do so must be obtained from the
sizes the physiology and biochemistry of in- and surrounding areas. Prerequisite: Enroll- department.
toxication; discusses the types of cellular re- ment in dietetic internship program. 1 unit.
sponse to toxic compounds and the role of Offered in summer only.
species variation in the economic use of tox- French (FR)
ins as pesticides and therapeutic agents. Pre- 491. Dietetic Internship Experience, II
requisite: BIOCH 350 or 352, or consent of in- Supervised learning experience in a variety 101. Elementary French, I
structor. 3 hours or Va unit. of settings and locations related to clinical Four-skill course leading toward elementary
nutrition, community nutrition and health proficiency in oral expression, listening
399. Special Problems promotion, and food service management comprehension, reading, writing, and cultural
Supervised research on special problems in within Urbana/Champaign and surrounding understanding. Open only to students with
food science and human nutrition. Prerequi- areas. Prerequisite: FSHN 490. 3'/: units. no previous study of French. Language
site: Written consent of instructor must be ob- laboratory assignments required. 4 hours.
tained prior to enrollment. Not open to un- 493. Seminar in Foods Credit is not given for both FR 101 and 105.
dergraduates who are on probation. The Discusses and evaluates current literature re-
honors section is open to James Scholars and lated to specialized topics in foods. Prerequi- 102. Elementary French, II
other students having a minimum grade-point Undergraduate degree in foods, nutrition,
site: Continuation of FR 101. Introduces cultural
average of 3.0 and may be taken in conjunc- or comparable background in chemistry, mi- and supplementary enrichment materials;
tion with other courses in this department crobiology, physiology, or other biological sci- requires laboratory sessions as in FR 101.
with consent of the instructor. 1 to 5 hours, or ence; consent of instructor. '/- unit. Prerequisite: FR 101 or one year of high school
'A to 1 'A units. May be repeated to a maximum French. 4 hours. Credit is not given for both
of 2 units. 495. Advanced Topics Food Science
in FR 102 and 105 or 106.
Studies of selected topics in Food Science.
410. Current Topics in Nutritional Research Study may be on specialized topics in any one 103. Intermediate French, I
Same as ANSCI and NUTRS 410. See NUTRS of the following fields: food chemistry, food Continuation of FR 102. Introduces students
410. microbiology, nutrition, food processing/ to a full range of structures to complete their
engineering. Lectures and/or laboratory. initial study of the grammatical system; em-
411.Comparative Regulation of Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A to 1 unit. phasizes the development of all four skills and
Macronutrient Metabolism Students may register only once for a given cultural understanding through readings and
Same as NUTRS and ANSCI 411. See NUTRS topic. audiovisual enrichment materials. Students
411. planning to major or minor in French should
496.Seminar in Nutrition take FR 133 in lieu of FR 103. Prerequisite: FR
412. Physical Chemistry of Food Processes Discusses and evaluates current literature re- 102 or equivalent, or a placement score show-
Studies physicochemical processes in foods lated to topics in nutrition. Prerequisite: Un- ing high school achievement equivalent to FR
during food processing; places special empha- dergraduate degree in foods, nutrition, or 102. 4 hours. Credit is not given for both FR
sis on methodological and experimental as- comparable undergraduate degree in bio- 103 and 106.
pects of food processes, such as water activ- chemistry, microbiology, physiology, or other
ity, rheology of foods, food extrusion, protein biological science; consent of instructor. Vi 104. Intermediate French, II
hydration, gelatin, aggregation, and food pro- unit. Continuation of FR 103. Comprehensive
cess analyses. Prerequisite: FSHN 314 or grammar review with emphasis on oral ex-
BIOCH 350. 1 unit. Offered in alternate years. 497. Seminar pression and the continued development of
Discussions on specialized topics and current reading and written skills. Completion satis-
418. Chemistry of Lipids in Foods literature relating to food technology. Re- fiesgraduation requirement in the College of
Detailed examination of the chemical and quired of all graduate students in food science. Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students planning
physical properties of lipids in foods. Prereq- or 'A unit.
to take advanced French courses should take
uisite: FSHN 314 or consent of instructor. Vt FR 134 in lieu of FR 104. Prerequisite: FR 103 or
unit. Offered in alternate years. 498. Advanced Special Problems
equivalent, or a placement score showing high
Supervised individual study on advanced school achievement equivalent to FR 103. 4
420. Advanced Clinical Nutrition special problems in food science and human
hours.
Same as NUTRS, and MED S 461. See NUTRS nutrition. Prerequisite: Written consent of in-
461. structor must be obtained prior to enrollment. 105. French Active Review, I
'A to 2 units (summer session, 'A to 1 unit). Reviews materials covered in FR 101 and 102
in preparation for entrance into FR 103 or 133.
122 French
Open to students with high school French; by 207. Grammar and Composition 230. French Literature of the Nineteenth
placement score or consent of department Training in French syntax, translation from Century, 1: 1800-1850
only. Not open to students with credit in FR English into written French, and directed Major pre-realist and romantic writers.
101 or 102. Prerequisite: One or two years of composition. Prerequisite: Four years of high Prerequisite: FR 210 or equivalent, or consent
high school FR and placement score in 101 school French or equivalent, or FR 134 or, with of instructor. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced
range. 4 hours. departmental approval, FR 104. 3 hours. hours in L A S.)
106.French Active Review, II 208. Critical Writing and Reading in French 231. French Literature of the Nineteenth
Reviews materials covered in FR 102 and 103 Literature and Culture Century, II: 1850-1900
in preparation for entrance into FR 104, 114, Intensive practice of writing and reading skills Evolution of romanticism and realism into the
or 134. Not open to students with credit in FR in French, emphasizing vocabulary and naturalist and symbolist movements. Prereq-
101, 102, 103 or 105. Open to students with critical concepts important to analyzing uisite: FR 210 or equivalent, or consent of in-
high school French; by placement score or literary and cultural texts. Prerequisite: FR 207 structor. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
consent of department only. Prerequisite: Three or equivalent must be taken prior to or in LAS.)
or four years of high school FR with placement concurrently with this course. 3 hours.
at 102 level. 4 hours. 233. French Literature of the Contemporary
209. Introduction to French Literature, I Period, I
113. Conversational Practice Survey of French literature from the Middle Modern poetry from Baudelaire to Valery;
Oral practice for the development of elemen- Ages to the French Revolution. Prerequisite: FR prose writers from 1900 to 1940. Prerequisite:
tary conversational skill and the improvement 207 or equivalent. FR 208 must be taken prior FR 209 and 210. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced
of pronunciation; designed as a supplement to or concurrently with this course. 3 hours. hours in LAS.)
to third and fourth semester French courses.
Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in third 210. Introduction to French Literature, II 234. French Literature of the Contemporary
or fourth semester French course, or consent Survey of French literature since theFrench Period, II
of instructor. 1 hour. Revolution. Prerequisite: FR 207 or equivalent. Continuation of FR 233. Prerequisite: FR 209
FR 208 must be taken prior to or concurrently and 210. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
133. Accelerated Intermediate French, I with this course. 3 hours. in LAS.)
Similar to FR but accelerated for those
103,
interested in pursuing French in advanced 213. French Phonetics 271. Introduction to Second Language
courses; includes comprehensive grammar Practical introduction to French phonetics, Learning and Teaching
review and readings in literature and culture. stressing pronunciation. Prerequisite: FR 104 or Same as GER, HUMAN, LAT, RUSS, and
Prerequisite: FR 102, 105 or two semesters of 134 or equivalent. 2 hours. SPAN 271. See SPAN 271.
college French, or a placement score showing
high school achievement equivalent to FR 1 02. 217. Advanced Oral French 275.Developing and Implementing
Normally for students with a "B" average in Intensive practice in oral French to improve Communicative Language Teaching
French or with consent of instructor. 4 hours. fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, pronun- Same as GER, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 275. See
ciationand syntax. Activities include reports, SPAN 275.
134. Accelerated Intermediate French, II discussion, and role-play in professional situ-
Continuation of FR 133. Comprehensive ations. Also includes written assignments 278. Current Issues in Secondary Language
grammar review and readings in French lit- based on class activities. Prerequisite: FR 205 Teaching
erature and culture preparatory for continued and 213 or equivalent. 2 hours. May be re- Same as GER, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 278. See
work at the advanced level; emphasizes all peated in separate semesters (but not for credit SPAN 278.
four skills and culture. Prerequisite: FR 133 or in the major or minor) to a maximum of 4
106, or FR 103 with department approval, or hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) 290. Individual Study: Major Tutorial
three semesters of college French, or a place-
Tutorial takenby students during two of their
219. Introduction to Francophone last four semesters of undergraduate study.
ment score showing high school achievement
equivalent to FR 103. 4 hours. Literature Students read the works on a departmental
Interpretation and analysis of major works reading list with the guidance of a tutor,
155.French Masterpieces in Translation written in French from Quebec, the Caribbean, repeating enrollment for a total of 2 hours
Major works of French literature, in English Sub-Saharan Africa and the Maghreb and credit, normally at the rate of 1 hour per
translation, from the Renaissance to the Mashrek. Prerequisite: FR 207. 3 hours. May be semester. Prerequisite: FR 205, 207, 209, and 210,
twentieth century. Texts and lectures in repeated in separate semesters as topics vary or equivalent; a declared major in French;
English. 3 hours. Credit is not applicable to the to a maximum of 6 hours. junior standing. 1 to 2 hours. (Counts for
major in French. advanced hours in L A S.)
220. Sixteenth-Century Literature
191. Freshman Honors Tutorial General survey of the literature of the French 292. Senior Thesis
Study of selected topics on an individually Renaissance. Prerequisite: FR 209 and 210. 3 For candidates for honors in French and for
arranged basis. Open only to honors majors hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2
or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi- hours. May be repeated for a maximum of 4
site: Consent of departmental honors adviser.

223. French Literature of the Seventeenth hours credit. (Counts for advanced hours in L
Century, I AS.)
Major French writers of the preclassical
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar period. Prerequisite: FR 209 and 210. 3 hoars. 298. Senior Seminar
1 to 5 liours. May be repeated. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) Studies in authors, genres, themes, and move-
ments in French literature; conducted entirely
205. Oral French, I 224. French Literature of the Seventeenth in French. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 3 hours.
Developing oral facility and aural comprehen- Century, II May be repeated. (Counts for advanced hours
sion, focusing on everyday events. Prerequi- Major French writers of the classical period. in LAS.)
site: FR 104, or 134 or equivalent. 2 hours. Prerequisite: FR 209 and 210. 3 hours. (Counts
for advanced hours in L A S.) 299. Study Abroad
206. Oral French, II Lectures, seminars, and practical work in
Continuation of FR 205; optional practice in 227. French Literature of the Eighteenth French language, literature, civilization, and
the language laboratory. Prerequisite: FR 205. Century, I in other academic areas appropriate to the
3 hours. Montesquieu, Voltaire, and their contempo- student's course of study. Prerequisite: FR 209
raries. Prerequisite: FR 209 and 210. 3 hours. and two of the following: FR 205, 206, or 207;
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) 2.75 overall average; 3.0 average in French
French 123
courses. to 17 hours May be repeated to a emphasis each semester. Regions include and 210, and two of the following: FR 205, 206,
maximum of 34 hours per academic year. black Africa, the Caribbean, Canada, North and 207; or equivalent. to 16 hours, or to 4
Africa, the Middle East, and Switzerland. 3 units. Not open to undergraduates in the Paris
Modern African Fiction
310. hours, or Va or 1 unit. May be repeated to a program.
Same as AFRST and C LIT 310 and ENGL 370. maximum of 12 hours or 4 units.
SeeAFRST310. 400. Beginning French for Graduate
Classroom Language Acquisition
380. Students
313. French Phonetics and Diction Same as E I L, GER, ITAL, PORT, and SPAN Basic grammar, vocabulary, and reading
Systematic study of the sounds and sound 380. See SPAN 380. practice; designed for graduate students
patterns of French; training in the improve- desiring help in preparing for the French
ment of French pronunciation with special 381. Theoretical Foundations of Second reading requirements for the Ph.D. 4 hours. No
attention to the problems of teachers. Prereq- Language Acquisition graduate credit.
uisite: FR 206, or equivalent. 3 hours or V* unit. Same as E I L, GER, ITAL, LING, PORT, and
SPAN389.SeeEIL389. 401. Reading French for Graduate Students
314.Advanced Grammar and Style Grammar, vocabulary, and general and spe-
Advanced theoretical and practical study of 382. Computer-Based Foreign Language cial reading; designed for graduate students
present-day French, with free composition Teaching desiring help in preparing for the French read-
and some consideration of stylistics. Prerequi- Same as CLOV, E I L, GER, HUMAN, ITAL, ing requirements for the Ph.D. Prerequisite: FR
site: FR 207
(with a grade of C or better), or PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. 400, or FR 101 and 102, or equivalent. 4 hours.
equivalent. 3 hours or unit. % See HUMAN 382. No graduate credit.
316. Structure of the French Language 385. Commercial and Economic French, I 403. The Study of Culture: Fine Arts,
Same as LING 316. General survey of the Studies French business practices: company History, and Literature, I
linguistic structure of modern standard structures, selling and buying techniques, Study of major artistic, historical, political, and
French, including phonology, morphology, banking, import/export and other commercial literary aspects of France up to the French
and syntax; emphasis on the differences negotiations, employment, formalities, and Revolution with emphasis on the relationship
between spoken and written forms.
its conventions of letter-writing; involves both between literature and other aspects of French
Prerequisite: FR 313 or equivalent training in theory and practice. Prerequisite: FR 314 or culture. 1 unit.
phonetics. 3 hours or }A unit. equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
l
/i unit. 404. The Study of Culture: Fine Arts,
319. Techniques in Translation, I History, and Literature, II
Practical course in the techniques of translat- 386.Commercial and Economic French, II Continuation of the approaches and emphases
ing technical, commercial, scientific, and lit- Emphasizes business correspondence and of FR 403 from the French Revolution to the
erary texts from English into French and vice simulation of business practices in the areas present. Prerequisite: FR 403 or consent of
versa. Prerequisite: FR 314 or consent of instruc- introduced in FR 385; also focuses on geo- instructor. 1 unit.
tor. 3 hours or Vi unit. graphic and economic topics pertaining to
France within the European community and 405. Techniques in Teaching College and
321. Techniques in Translation, II Europe in general. Prerequisite: FR 385 or Secondary French
Continuation of FR 319. Practical exercises in equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Examination and discussion of classroom
translating from French to English and vice Vi unit. goals, procedures and techniques in teaching
versa in a variety of texts, along with an in- French at the college and secondary level,
troduction to theoretical aspects of translation. 388. French and Comparative Cinema, I associated with demonstration class and
Prerequisite: FR 319 or consent of instructor. 3 Same as C LIT, CINE, and HUMAN 388. The supervision of teaching practice. Required of
hours or Vi unit. art, techniques, sociology, politics of French new teaching assistants in the Department of
cinema in the context of French culture, world French. '/: unit.
335. French Civilization, I history, and general film development from
Survey of French life and French institutions, 1895 to approximately 1950. Selected trends 429. Studies inFrench Linguistics
intended as a background for literary studies studied through films from several countries Variable topics course dealing with both
and as a preparation for the teaching of with stress on major French filmmakers synchronic and diachronic aspects of the
French; given in French. Prerequisite: FR 205, including Lumiere, Melies, Gance, Clair, Vigo, French language. 1 unit. May be repeated as
207, 209, and 210, or equivalent. 3 hours or 3A Renoir, Came, Cocteau, Prevert, Clouzot. topics vary.
unit. Meets 6 hours a week. Prerequisite: One
college-level cinema studies course or consent 430. Introduction to Research and Textual
336.French Civilization, II of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Knowledge of Criticism
Continuation of FR 335. May be taken inde- French not required. Proseminar in literary studies: research and
pendently of FR 335. Prerequisite: FR 205, 207, methods; approaches to the literary text.
209, and 210, or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. 389. French and Comparative Cinema, II Required of all M.A. and Ph.D. candidates. 1
Same as C LIT, CINE, and HUMAN 389. The unit.
343. Studies in French art,techniques, sociology, politics of French
See Timetable for current topics. Prerequisite: cinema in the context of French culture, world 431. Introduction to Old French Language
Junior standing. 3 hours, or Vt to 1 unit. May history, and general film development from Outline of Old French grammar and training
be repeated in the same or separate semesters approximately 1950 to the present. Selected in reading Old French (twelfth and thirteenth
to a maximum of 12 hours or 4 units. trends studied through films from several centuries). 1 unit.
countries with stress on major French film-

360. Principles of Language Testing makers including Clouzot, Bresson, Chabrol, 432. Studies in Medieval French Literature
Same as E I L, GER, ITAL, PORT, and SPAN Resnais, Godard, Truffaut, Berri, Varda, Blier, Close study of one or more topics in Old
360. See E L 360. Marker, Rohmer, and Costa-Gavras. Meets six French literature. See Timetable for current
hours a week. Prerequisite: One college-level topics. Prerequisite: FR 431 or consent of
362. Introduction to Romance Linguistics instructor. 1 unit.
cinema studies course (FR 388 preferred) or
Same as ITAL, LING, PORT, RMLNG, and consent of instructor. 4 hours or I unit. Knowl-
SPAN 362. See SPAN 362. edge of French not required.
433. Studies in Sixteenth-Century French
Literature
379. Studies in Francophonie Close study of one or more topics in sixteenth-
399. Study Abroad
Same C
LIT 334. Studies of various genres,
as
Lectures, seminars, and practical work in century French literature; see Timetable for
periods, and
topics of French literature outside current topics. 1 unit. May be repeated for
francophone literature and civilization, in a
of France, with a different geographical credit as topics vary.
French-speaking country. Prerequisite: FR 209
124 General Engineering
435. Studies in Seventeenth-Century 472.Seminar in Seventeenth-Century General Engineering (G E)

French Literature French Literature
Close study of one or more topics in seven- Discussion and research on some specialized 100. Introduction to General Engineering
teenth-century French literature; see Timetable topic in seventeenth-century French literature. Course introduces the engineering profession,
for current topics. 2 unit. May be repeated for See Timetable for current topic. 2 unit. May be generally, and General Engineering, in
credit as topics vary. repeated. particular. Hands-on exercises and projects
introduce technical and nontechnical issues in
437. Studies in Eighteenth-Century French 473. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century French
General Engineering. 2 hour.
Literature Literature
Close study of one or more topics in eigh- Discussion and research on some specialized 103.Engineering Graphics and Design
teenth-century French literature; see Timetable topic in eighteenth-century French literature. Use of traditional and microcomputer meth-
for current topics. 2 unit May be repeated for
. See Timetable for current topic. 2 unit. May be ods as instructional tools in engineering
credit as topics vary. repeated. graphics; topics include: text creation, formal
and sketch-mode drawing, scaled inquiry and
439. Studies in Nineteenth-Century French 474. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century layout; charts and diagrams; pictorial repre-
Literature French Literature
sentations; multiview orthographic represen-
Close study of one or more topics in nine- Discussion and research on some specialized
tations; principal auxiliary views; sectioned
teenth-century French literature; see Timetable topic in nineteenth-century French literature.
views; dimensioning; production drawings;
for current topics. 1 unit. May be repeated for See Timetable for current topic. 2 unit. May be
introduction to engineering design; and fun-
credit as topics vary. repeated.
damental descriptive geometry. 3 hours.
441. Studies in Twentieth-Century French 478. Seminar in Twentieth-Century French 193. Special Problems
Literature Literature
Individual investigations of any phase of
2 unit. Same as C LIT 478. Discussion and research
general engineering selected by the students
on some specialized topic in twentieth-century
and approved by the department. Prerequisite:
443. French Studies French literature. See Timetable for current
Consent of instructor. hours.
Flexible course limited only by the concentra- topic. 2 unit. May be repeated.
tion of its material in French; may be activated 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
by student request or faculty proposal. 1 unit. 479.Seminar in French Literature
May be repeated as topics vary to a maximum Discussion and research on some specialized
of 4 units. area in French literature. See Timetable for cur- 221. Introduction to General Engineering
rent topic. 2 unit. May be repeated. Design
445. Studies in French Canadian Literature
Fundamental concepts in the classical and
Close study of one or more topics in French 481. Seminar in Linguistic and computer-based analysis and design of
Canadian literature; see Timetable for current Psychological Foundations of Language
structural and machine components and
topics. 2 unit. May be repeated as topics vary. Teaching assemblies. External loads, internal forces and
Same as GER, LTAL, PORT, RUSS, and
E I L,
displacements in statically determinate and
452. Studies in French and Comparative SPAN Language teaching problems
481.
indeterminate configurations: kinematics of
Cinema considered in the light of theoretical and
linkages, gears; and cams; static forces in
Same as C LIT 472. Historical, aesthetic, social, experimental work in language acquisition,
machines. Prerequisite: C S 101, MATH 225,
and technical studies of the French cinema; verbal learning and memory, motivation,
its development and relation to world cinema speech perception, reading, error analysis, and
and T A M
212 and 221. 3 hours.
and to literature. 1 unit. May be repeated to a language as an aspect of culture and societal 222.Design and Analysis of Dynamic
maximum of 3 units. relations. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2
Systems
unit.
Operational techniques used in describing,
462. Seminar in Romance Linguistics
analyzing and designing linear continuous
Same as ITAL, LING, PORT, RMLNG, and 490. Seminar in Contemporary Criticism, systems; modeling, equilibrium points and
SPAN 462. See SPAN 462. Methods and Theory linearization; Laplace transforms; response via
Same as C LIT 490. Deals with a particular transfer functions, stability; performance
463. College Teaching of Foreign individual, school, method or problematic in
specifications; controller design via transfer
Languages structuralist or post-structuralist thought; nor-
functions; frequency response; simple
Same as E I L, GER, ITAL, PORT, RUSS, and mally taught in English, and texts may be read
nonlinearities. Prerequisite: C S 101, MATH
SPAN 463. Theoretical framework for college in French or English, if available. Prerequisite:
foreign language curricula; review of research An introductory course in criticism, or con-
285 and T A M
212 and concurrent registra-
tion in G E 224. 3 hours.
and discussion on learner factors and
articles sent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated as
teaching and testing of listening comprehen- topics vary. 224.Dynamic Systems Laboratory
sion, speaking, reading, writing, cultural un-
Simulation and testing of dynamic systems;
derstanding, and literary appreciation. Vi or 491. Individual Topics
system identification and control synthesis;
1 unit. Prerequisite: Graduate standing with a major digital methods of data acquisition. Prerequi-
or minor in French. 'A to 2 units.
site: Concurrent registration with G E 222. 2
470. Seminar in Old French Literature
hour.
Discussion and research on some specialized 499. Thesis Research
topic in Old French literature. See Timetable for to 4 units.
225. Instrumentation and Test Laboratory
current topic. Prerequisite: FR 431 or consent
Preparation for experimental projects; intro-
of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated.
duction to mechanical and electrical instru-
ments; mechanical testing of materials; intro-
471. Seminar in Sixteenth-Century French
duction to experimental stress analysis and
Literature
photoelastic methods. Prerequisite: G E 221,
Discussion and research on some specialized
and concurrent registration in G E 232. 2 hour.
topic in sixteenth-century French literature. General Engineering
See Timetable for current topic. 2 unit. May be
226. Laboratory for Data Analysis
repeated.
Head of Department: Harry E. Cook Measurement and analysis of collected
error
Department Office: 117 Transportation Build- data; execution of a designed experiment;
ing, 104 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana goodness of fit; model validation for simula-
Phone 333-2731
:
tion. Prerequisite: G E 288, and concurrent reg-
URL: www.ge.uiuc.edu istration in G E 289. 2 hour.
General Engineering 125
232. Engineering Design Analysis Prerequisite: Junior standing; consent of 379. Robot Sensing
Studies stress/strain conditions, both analyti- instructor. to 4 hours. May be repeated. Same as ECE 379 and C S 344. See ECE 379.
cal and numerical (CAD) solution techniques,
analysis of various engineering materials and 323. State Space Design Methods in 389. Robot Dynamics and Control
configurations, as applied to the development Control Same as ECE 389. Dynamics and control of
and application of design analysis criteria. Design methods; time domain modeling; tra- robotic manipulators. Emphasis on funda-
Prerequisite: G E 221 and concurrent registra- jectories and phase plane analysis; similarity mental concepts and analytical methods for
tion in G E 225. 4 hours. transforms; controllability and observability; analysis and design of robot systems. Labo-
pole placement and observers; linear qua- ratory experiments complement the theoreti-
241. Component Design dratic optimal control; Lyapunov stability and cal development. Prerequisite: Concurrent reg-
Design of basic engineering components: describing functions; simulation. Prerequisite: istration in ECE or G E 370, and an introductory
structural members, machine parts, and con- First course in linear control (e. g., G E 222, course in control (i. e. G E 222, ECE 386,
, E M
nections. Principles applied include: material A A E 254, M E 240, ECE 386), and MATH 225 240 or equivalent), or consent of instructor. 2
failure (yield, fracture, fatigue); buckling and or equivalent. 3 hours or 3
A unit. hours or Vi unit.
other instabilities; design reliability; and ana-
lytical simulation. Prerequisite: G E 222 and 324. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems 392. Patent Law and Related Topics
232. 3 hours. Examines theory and techniques for control Patent law and related topics as they affect the
of dynamic processes by digital computer; lin- engineering design process; legal require-
Design
242. Project ear discrete systems, digital filters, sampling ments of patentability; patent matters in a
Design of various engineering devices and signal reconstruction, digital design, state business environment; patent office proce-
systems. Teams of two to four students work space methods, computers, state estimator, dures; foreign patents; employer-employee
toward the development of engineering laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: G E 222 or relationships; patent valuation, exploitation,
solutions to problems supplied by industry. equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. infringement, licensing and assignment; trade
A midterm and final report summarize the secrets, copyrights; trademarks, unfair com-
work of the semester for sponsor and faculty. 334. Introduction to Reliability petition; computer law. Prerequisite: Senior or
Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration Engineering graduate standing. 2 hours or Vi unit.
in G E 241 and senior standing. 3 hours. Same as I E 334. See I E 334.
288.Engineering Economy and Operations 342. Project Design, I Studies advanced problems related to general
Research Design of various engineering devices and engineering. Prerequisite: Senior standing and
Introduction to an operations research ap- systems. Teams of two to four students work consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or >/» to 1 unit.
proach to engineering decision making; eco- toward the development of engineering
nomic analysis of alternatives; linear, integer, solutions to problems supplied by industry. 444. Decision Making with Multiattribute
basic nonlinear, and dynamic programming, A midterm and final oral report summarize Utility Analysis
with specific applications to engineering prob- the work of the semester for sponsor and Provides the student with background and
lems. Prerequisite: MATH 225 and C S 101, or faculty. All student team members receive an practice in applying tools for subjective mul-
consent of instructor. 3 hours. identical grade. Prerequisite: G E 232, 323, 289; tiple attribute decision making when present
concurrent enrollment in G E 343. 2 or 3 hours, or future states of nature are uncertain. In-
289. Probabilistic Decision Making or Vi or Vi unit. cludes exploration of current research in de-
Review of introductory probability and sta- veloping computer aids to decision making
tistics that develops more advanced concepts 343. Project Design, II under risk. Discusses issues in descriptive
as needed, in the context of engineering de- Design of various engineering devices and versus normative approaches in the context
sign and decision making; designing experi- systems. Teams of two to four students work of the interface between operations research
ments and analyzing results, with applications toward the development of engineering solu- and artificial intelligence. Covers multiattribute
to robust design; Bayesian decision theory, tions to problems supplied by industry. A mid- utility analysis from theoretical foundations
with applications to engineering management term and final report summarize the work of through assessment procedures, practice, and
and design; simulation modeling using a the semester for sponsor and faculty. Student pitfalls of potential cognitive biases. Prerequi-
modern simulation language with applica- team members may receive different grades. site: Graduate standing; G E 288, I E 386,
tions to manufacturing process decisions. Pre- Prerequisite: G E 232, 323, 289; concurrent en- MATH 361, or equivalent; or consent of in-
requisite: G E 288 or equivalent and concur- rollment in G E 342. 2 hours or Vi unit. structor. 1 unit.
rent registration in G E 226. 3 hours.
354. Fundamentals of Nondestructive 485. Genetic Algorithms in Search,
291. General Engineering Seminar Evaluation Optimization, and Machine Learning
Series of lectures and discussions by depart- First part of this course introduces the con-
cept of Nondestructive Evaluation (NDE), and
Genetic algorithms search procedures based—
ment faculty and visiting professional engi- on the mechanics of natural genetics and
neers on ethics, professional registration, the provides a review of probability, the role of —
natural selection are finding increased
role of technical societies, and the relation of NDE in Design, and the role of NDE in manu- application to the difficult problems of
engineering to such disciplines as economics, facturing and in maintenance. The primary engineering, science, and commerce. This
sociology, and government. hours. Nondestructive Testing and Evaluation course surveys what genetic algorithms are,
(NDT&E) techniques, including visual meth- where they come from, how they work, and
292. Engineering Law ods, ultrasonic methods, acoustic emission, how and where they have been applied.
Nature and development of the legal system; acousto-ultrasonics, radiological methods, Prerequisite: MATH 242 and C S 101 or 131. 1
legal rights and duties important to engineers electro-magnetic testing, eddy currents, pen- unit.
in their professions; contracts, uniform com- etrant methods, thermal methods, and holog-
mercial code and sales of goods, torts, agency, raphy, are introduced from the fundamental 489. Robot Control Theory
worker's compensation, labor law, property, laws of physics. Industrial applications of Same as ECE 489. Dynamics of rigid and
environmental law, intellectual property. Pre- these techniques towards flaw detection, ma- flexible robots;geometric methods of control;
requisite: RHET 105, or equivalent; senior terial properties characterization, impact and feedback linearization; robust and adaptive
standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours. fatigue damage evaluation, adhesion, etc. , are control; Lyapunov design methods; singular
Counts toward campus Composition II gen- presented. Current literature examined. Pre-
is perturbation and integral manifold methods;
eral education requirement. requisite: TAM 224 or equivalent, or consent passivity and network approaches; force
of instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or % or 1 unit. control; control of multiple and redundant
293. Special Problems robots; teleoperation. Prerequisite: A first
Individual investigations or studies of any 370. Introduction to Robotics graduate course in control such as ECE 415,
phase of general engineering selected by the Same as ECE 370, and C S 343. See ECE 370. G E 491, or equivalent. 1 unit.
students and approved by the department.
126 Geography
490. Seminar 102. Weather and Climate 214. Conservation of Natural Resources
Presentations by graduate students, staff, and Introduction to the processes responsible for Survey of distribution of natural resources and
guest lecturers of current topics in research the spatial variation of weather and climate major forms of utilization of these resources;
and development in general engineering. with a survey of world climatic patterns. 4 emphasizes consequences of utilization sys-
units. Required of all graduate students each hours. tems which deplete or degrade resources and
semester. systems which conserve these resources with
103. Earth's Physical Systems respect to future needs of human populations.
491. Simulation of Dynamic Systems Systems approach to the physical environ- 3 hours.
Modeling and simulation of dynamic engi- ment, including landform, soil, vegetation,
neering systems; distinct modeling ap- and animal elements, from a human ecologi- 224. Geographic Patterns of Illinois
proaches for engineering devices; analog and cal perspective. 4 hours. Systematic analysis of the environmental and
digital computer simulation of dynamic sys- human processes that have shaped the
tems; design criteria and performance and 104. Socialand Cultural Geography regional landscapes of rural and urban Illinois.
design measures; and extensive use of case Introduces the basic concepts of social and 3 hours.
studies and projects. Prerequisite: G E 222 and cultural geography, and the application of
I E 385, or equivalent. 1 unit. these concepts to a variety of topics; mental 271. Spatial Analysis
maps, territoriality, cultural regions, cultural Overview of the spatial analysis (nomothetic)
493. Special Problems elements and their diffusion, population approach to geographic research, both physi-
Advanced problems related to general engi- movement and migration, settlement patterns, cal and human; includes discussion of the sci-
neering. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. '4 environmental hazards, and spatial patterns entific method, with explanations and uses of
to 1 unit. May be repeated. of social problems. 4 hours. analytic geographic concepts in studying real
world problems. Prerequisite: A course in ge-
495. Evaluation and Management of 110. Geography of International Conflicts ography. 4 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
Engineering Design Projects Focuses on contemporary cultural conflicts, in LAS.)
Quantitative evaluation and optimization of competition among nations for economic and
project plans, using mathematical program- mineral resources; treats territorial disputes 273. Spring Field Course
ming, multiple-criteria decision making and from a cultural and geographic perspective. Field observation and mapping of human and
discrete event simulation; optimal design and Case studies vary to illustrate types of physical phenomena using basic geographic
sizing of engineering projects; reliability of contemporary conflicts. 3 hours. field techniques; required ten-day field trip
designs, studied by acyclic network analysis during spring semester break. Prerequisite:
and network simulation; and implementation 130. Illinois in the Changing Earth System Geography majors, or nonmajors with consent
and control of engineering designs by network Same as ATMOS and GEOL 130. See ATMOS of instructor. 4 hours.
analysis. Prerequisite: G E 288 or I E 385 or 130.
equivalent. 1 unit. Photographs
277. Interpretation of Aerial
185. Introduction to Social Statistics Same as NRES 277. and techniques
Principles
497. Project Design Same as SOC 185. See SOC 185. in extraction and analysis of information
Engineering design projects emphasizing derived from aerial photographs, including
advanced engineering analysis, synthesis, 198. Freshman Honors Seminar black and white, color, and color infrared;
optimization, and engineering economics. 'A Through discussions and research projects, the applications to problems in the natural and
to 2 units. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 seminar is designed to provide an in-depth social sciences stressed in the laboratory. A
units for credit toward the Master's degree. understanding of topics in the field of system- beginning FORTRAN programming course is
atic or regional geography which are selected highly desirable but not required. Prerequisite:
499. Thesis Research for group study. Appropriate geographic Knowledge of trigonometry (MATH 114 or
A to 2 units. May be repeated to a maximum
l
methodology is emphasized. Prerequisite: equivalent). 3 hours.
of 2 units for credit toward the Master's James Scholar standing or other designation
degree. as a superior student. 3 hours. 284. Population Geography
Problems and issues surrounding the geo-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar graphic distribution of populations at the
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. world, regional, and local levels; emphasizes
problems associated with population growth
204. Cities of the World and decline, recent population redistribution,
Introduces the form and function of cities births and deaths, and elderly and minority
Geography around the world; emphasizes cross-cultural
comparisons of urban landscapes and living
populations. 3 hours.
environments as illustrated by case studies of 290. Individual Study

Head of Department: Colin Thorn specific cities. 3 hours. Supervised independent study of special
Department Office: 220 Davenport Hall, 607 topics or regions. Prerequisite: Junior standing;
South Mathews Avenue, Urbana 205. Business Location Decision-Making: at least one formal course in the topic or region
Phone: 333-1880 Theory and Practice of interest; consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours.
URL: www.uiuc.edu/unit/geog Same as B ADM 205. Analyzes location deci- May be repeated once. (Counts for advanced
sion-making emphasizing industrial and com- hours in L A S.)
mercial location patterns; identifies important
Geography (GEOG) institutional factors and their changing roles 291. Honors Individual Study
over the recent past; and focuses on plant clos- Individual study and research projects for
101.Geography of Developing Countries ings, economic disruptions, and problems of students who are working toward the degree
Examines the manner in which climate, structural change. Prerequisite: ECON 102 or with distinction in geography. Prerequisite:
landforms, resources, and cultural factors 103, or equivalent. 3 hours. Junior standing; consent of honors adviser. 2
promote and inhibit change in developing to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of
countries (i.e., India, Iran, Egypt, Nigeria, 210. Contemporary Social and 8 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A
China, Kenya, Brazil, Venezuela, Guatemala); Environmental Problems S.)
makes comparisons between these countries Geographic perspectives on contemporary
national and international problems. Topics 294. Special Topics in Social Geography
and others in both the developing and the
developed world. 3 hours.
vary each semester and include such themes Introduction to current research in social ge-
as environmental quality, food production, ography; includes such topics as access to
urban problems, and particular social and public facilities, geography of crime, innova-
political conflicts. 3 hours. tion diffusion, geography of communications,
Geography 127
spatial assimilation of minorities, and geog- 326. Historical Geography of American terested in dynamic system modeling of liv-
raphy of social well-being. See Timetable for Landscapes Since 1880 ing processes; each student will build a model
current topics. 4 hours. May be repeated. Same as L A 326. Review of the values and by the end of the course. No special math-
technologies which underlie the structuring ematical background required. Prerequisite:
303.Advanced Physical Geography: of the American built environment during the EEE 212, PLBIO 381, ENTOM 315, or equiva-
Methodology and Applications of past century; emphasizes the changing lent, depending on curriculum. 3 hours or 1
Landform Studies meaning of urban, suburban, small town, unit.
Systematic analysis of the basic elements of rural, and wilderness places in American life
physical geography and their interaction and is concerned with the image of place as a 369. Spatial Ecosystem Modeling
through time and surface expression, includ- basis for historic preservation. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as BIOL and NRES 369. Students will
ing the modifying effects of humans. Comple- build a spatial dynamic ecosystem computer
mentary to GEOL 301 Prerequisite: . GEOG 103 327. American Vernacular: The Cultural model as a research team, focusing on a
or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Landscape specific endangered species or ecosystem.
Same as LA 327. Focuses on vernacular struc- Prerequisite: GEOG 368 or consent of instructor.
304. Soil Geomorphology tures in the cultural landscape, especially com- 3 /lours or 1 unit.
Same as GEOL and review of
304. Analysis mon houses, barns, and commercial and in-
the principles of soils as applied to geomor- dustrial structures; examines origin and 370. Introduction to Quantitative Methods
phology, archaeology, and geography. One geographical diffusion of vernacular architec- in Geography
weekend and several one-day field trips; stu- ture in the United States. 4 hours or 1 unit. Introduction to statistical, numerical, and
dent fees reflect actual field expenses. Prereq- mathematical techniques used in geographic
uisite: GEOG 103 or equivalent, or consent of 338.Geography of Health Care research; introduction to computer usage in
instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as SOC 338. Methods and perspectives geographic research. Prerequisite: GEOG 185,
of health care. Emphasizing the spatial one year of college mathematics, or one course
305. Zoogeography analysis of health and health care. The in statistics, or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Introduction to the principles of zoogeogra- organization, provision and competition of
phy; the central theme explains present dis- health care will be highlighted. Prerequisite: 371. Recent Trends in Geographic Thought
tribution of animals, chiefly mammals. Prereq- GEOG 284 or SOC 264 or consent of instructor. Examines trends in geographic thought since
uisite: GEOG 102 and 103, GEOL 102, BIOL 3 hours or 1 unit. 1950; gives attention to developments in posi-
104, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. tivism, phenomenology, and structuralism
341. Regional Environmental Management with regard to geographic research; introduces
306. Fluvial Geomorphology Simulation students to the research methodologies of the
Same as GEOL 306. Systematic overview of Same as ACE 319, CEE and ENVST 341, and department's faculty. 2 hours or Vi unit.
the forms and processes associated with riv- UP 375. SeeCEE341.
ers and drainage basins; topics include basin 372. Geographical Epidemiology
hydrology, drainage networks, river hydrau- 346. EcologicalNumeracy: Planning Same as CHLTH 375. See CHLTH 375.
lics, sediment transport processes, channel Analysis of Environmental Issues
morphology, channel change, and human Same as NRES and U P 346. See U P 346. 373. Map Compilation and Construction
impacts on fluvial systems. Prerequisite: Instruction and practice in the basic tech-
PHYCS 101, and GEOG 103 or GEOL 107, or 353.Geography of the U.S.S.R niques of map making followed by a consid-
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Physical and cultural regionalism; a survey of eration of problems involved in the construc-
natural resources and patterns of human tion of maps for presentation in a reproduced
310.The Geography of Development and occupance including industry, agriculture, form (i.e., printed, photographed); the selec-
Underdevelopment and transportation. 3 hours or % unit. tion of proper source materials for the base
Patterns and processes World devel-
of Third and body of the map, the compilation and
opment geography. Lectures and discussion 355. Geography of Central and South correlation of these materials, and methods of
draw upon theoretical and case study mate- Africa mechanical and photographic reproduction.
rial by development geographers working in Regional geography of Africa south of the 4 hours or 1 unit.
Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Prerequisite: Sahara. 3 hours or Va unit.
GEOG 101, 110, and ECON 101 are highly rec- 377. Introduction to Remote Sensing
ommended. 4 hours or 1 unit. 365. Transportation Systems and Spatial Same as NRES 377. Fundamentals of energy-
Development matter interaction mechanisms, and the mani-
315. Physical Climatology Descriptors of transportation systems; alloca- festation of reflected and emitted radiation on
Surveys the basic concepts of energy balance tion models; transportation as an industrial photographs and images; introduces charac-
climatology, with emphasis on the topoclimatic activity and public good; and transportation and filters, electro-op-
teristics of aerial films
scale; lectures supplemented by calculations and development, including the role
spatial tical and digital processing are in-
scanners,
and field observations examining the effects of transportation in developing countries and troduced; and emphasizes applications in
of location and surface characteristics on in urban and regional development and prob- environmental problems. Prerequisite: GEOG
determination of climate. Prerequisite: MATH lems involved in measuring the impact of 277 or equivalent, GEOG 185 (beginning sta-
112, PHYCS 101, and GEOG 102; and C S 103 transport investment. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. tistics) or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 3 hours 3 hours or A
3
unit.
or 1 unit. 367. Dynamic Simulation of Natural
Resource Problems 378. Techniques of Remote Sensing Image
325. Historical Geography of American Same as ECON Examines the develop-
367. Analysis
Landscapes to 1880 ment of the physically based theories of scar- Optical and digital information processing of
Same as L A 325. Changing patterns of spatial city and a comparison to the historical and imagery acquired from aircraft and satellite
organization in the United States and Canada, most recent economic theories of scarcity of remote sensing platforms; includes systems
circa 1400 A.D. to 1880; focuses on landscape critical resources, especially energy, and their design, mensuration theory, photographic
patterns through time (especially the built expected application in local, regional, na- enhancement techniques, and automatic
environment), perception of relic landscapes tional, and international situations. Prerequi- digital classification for all of the standard
in the present day, and contemporary preser- site: MATH 130 or equivalent; ECON 102 or sensor systems; and laboratory focusing on
vation of historic areas as historic places. 4 103, or equivalent; and ECON 300 or consent the design and implementation of information
hours or 1 unit. of instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. processing techniques with application
limited to a survey of uses. Prerequisite: GEOG
368. Biological Modeling 370 and 377, or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Same CPSC, ANSCI, and BIOL 368. Inter-
as
disciplinary modeling course for students in-
128 Geology
379. Principles of Geographic Information underlying contemporary geographical resources, natural hazards, and development
Systems decision making. 1 unit. of natural landscapes. Focuses on humanistic
Introduces the concepts of digital cartographic issues; provides context for understanding
data, spatial analysis methods, and process 464. Problems in Historical Geography environmental change. Optional lab demon-
modeling. Prerequisite: GEOG 185 or 271 or Research seminar focused on the interests of strations and field trips with co-registration
equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. participating students and faculty; application in GEOL 110. 3 hours. Credit is not given for
of geographic theory to the study of past both GEOL 100 and 101, 107, or 111.
381.Modeling Earth and Environmental geography, geographic change in the past,
Systems spatial behavior in the past, and/or evidence 101. Introduction to Physical Geology
Same as ATMOS and GEOL 381 See ATMOS . of spatial behavior in the contemporary scene. Focuses on physical features of our planet and
381. GEOG 370 or equivalent; prior
Prerequisite: their origin. Topics include: plate tectonics,
preparation in historical geography. 1 unit. mountain building, glaciers, earthquakes,
383. Urban Geography volcanoes, coastlines, rivers, deserts, geologic
Distribution, functions, and internal structures Advanced Spatial Analysis
470. structures, weathering, minerals, and rocks.
of cities; emphasizes contemporary metropoli- Advanced techniques of spatial analysis, Introduces fundamental methodology for
tan and central city problems. 3 hours or Vt unit. including spatial autocorrelation, trend observing and interpreting earth features.
surface analysis, grouping and regionalization Intended for nonphysical science majors. 4
384. Migration and Spatial Interaction procedures, and point pattern analysis. hours. Credit is not given for both GEOL 101
Theories and models of migration; contempo- Prerequisite: GEOG 370 or equivalent. 1 unit. and 100, 107, or 111.
rary migration patterns; information flow and
individual movement in geographic space; 483. Historical Ecology of Human 104. Geology of the National Parks and
and individual level and aggregate models of Settlements Monuments
spatial interaction. 3 hours or 1 unit. Same as L A and U P 483. See U P 483. Develops geologic background, concepts, and
principles through study of selected national
391.Research in Geography 487. Qualitative Research Methodology parks and monuments. Examines the geologic
Detailed examination and discussion of the Same as U P 487. See U P 487. framework and history, modern geologic
methods of initiating and executing research processes, and factors influencing the present
projects in human or physical geography 494.Seminar in Social Geography day landscape for each park area. 3 hours.
(taught in separate sections); requires students Advanced study of a current research topic in
Optional field trips.
to write a research proposal of a quality social geography. Topic varies from semester
suitable for a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: to semester; prepares students for dissertation 105. Geology of Energy Resources
GEOG 371; either graduate standing in and through study of advanced
thesis research Geology of fossil and nuclear fuels, geother-
geography or senior standing as a geography literature and the completion of a research mal energy, wind and water power, and ex-
major and consent of department. 2 hours or paper. Prerequisite: GEOG 370 and 371, or otic energy sources. History of energy produc-
'/: unit. equivalent; graduate course work in social tion and use. Future supplies and predictions
geography or in one of the social sciences. 1 of availability. Politics and environmental ef-
405. Seminar in Physical Geography unit. fect on energy supply, extraction, and con-
Advanced study of one of several topics that sumption. 3 hours.
vary from semester to semester and include: 495. Advanced Studies in Geography
(a) mathematical models/numerical analysis Seminar and directed individual investigation 107. General Geology, I
in physical geography; (b) problems in physi- of selected problems or regions; designed to Introduces Earth phenomena and processes.
cal geography; and (c) professional seminar. develop ability to conduct independent Includes minerals and rocks, continental drift,
Prerequisite: Advanced course work in physi- investigation. Scheduled seminars are detailed plate tectonics, rock deformation, igneous and
cal geography and consent of instructor. A
l
to ineach semester's Timetable. All students are sedimentary processes, geologic time, land-
1 unit. required to register each semester in section scape evolution, internal structure and com-
Z (the departmental colloquium) for units position of the earth, groundwater, seismol-
Urban and Regional Analysis
406. in addition to other 495 work which may be ogy and earthquakes, and formation of natural
Same as U P 406. See U P 406. selected. to 2 units. resources. Emphasizes the chemical and
physical aspects of the Earth, and the basis for
456. Regional Science Methods: Economic 499. Thesis Research geological inference. Field trip required for
and Demographic to 4 units. geology majors, optional for others. Intended
Same as U P 456. Examines models of regional for science and science-oriented students. 4
growth and development, including export hours. Credit may not be received for both
base, input-output and econometric, cohort GEOL 107 and 101 or 111.
component and spatial interaction; empha-
sizes socioeconomic impact analysis and fore- 108.General Geology, II
casting subnational economic and demo- Approaches to understanding the dynamic
graphic change. Prerequisite: U P406 or consent Geology history of the Earth since its formation by
of instructor. 1 unit. analysis of sedimentary rock systems, evolu-
tion and life history, plate tectonic changes
Seminar in Regional Science
457. Head Stephen Marshak
of Department: through time, and age determination meth-
Same as U P 457. Discusses advanced topics Department Office: 245 Natural History Build-
ods. Laboratory work focuses on identifica-
in regional science; prepares students for ing, 1301 West Green Street, Urbana tion of sedimentary rocks, reconstructing sedi-
dissertation and thesis research, applied study Phone: 333-3540 mentary environments, fossil identification,
for public agency, or other student research. URL: www.geology.uiuc.edu and a field trip report. Prerequisite: GEOL 107
Prerequisite: GEOG 456, ECON 461, or consent or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Field trip re-
of instructor. 1 unit. quired. Primarily intended for science and
Geology (GEOL)
science-oriented students.
463. Historical Geography
History and philosophy of historical research 100. Planet Earth 110. Planet Earth— Lab/Field
in geography. Research strategies for the Introduces nonscience majors to physical as- Introduces practical techniques for identifica-
analysis of individual and aggregate spatial pects (earthquakes, volcanoes, floods, tsuna- tion of rocks, minerals, and fossils; interpre-
behavior in the past, derived geographical mis, mountains, continental drift) and histori- tation of geologic maps and cross-sections;
patterns, changing spatial behaviors and cal aspects (formation of earth and life, appreciation of Midwestern geologic history
patterns through time, and historical values dinosaurs, ice age, evolution of climate) in and geologic features and landforms in the
earth science. Presents information on earth
Geology 129
field. Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in emphasizing their role in understanding earth 306. Fluvial Geomorphology
or completion of any 100-level Geology history and environmental issues. Topics Same as GEOG 306. See GEOG 306.
course, or consent of instructor. \ hour. Two include: asbestos, radon, health hazards in
field trips are required (a 1-day and a 3-day geology, acid rain, earth resources including 311. Structural Geology and Tectonics
trip). soils and ore deposits. Required 1-day or 2- Introduction to principles of rock deformation,
day field trip. Prerequisite: GEOL 100 and 110; stress, and strain; description and interpreta-
111. The Dynamic Earth (Honors) or 101, 104, 107, or 111; and CHEM
101 and tion of geologic structures; study of methods
Study of the geological history and evolution 105; or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Credit is for structural analysis; outline of geotectonic
of the earth, the formation of mountains and not given for both GEOL 233 and GEOL 332. and a three-
processes; three hours of lecture
ocean basins, the making of continents and (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) hour lab per week. Required four-day field
earth environments and resources. Typically, trip. Prerequisite: GEOL 107 or consent of in-
a three to four-day field trip is required. 250. Geology for Engineers structor. 4 hours or I unit.
Course in the Campus Honors Program. 4 Physical geology with an emphasis on those
hours. Credit may not be received for both aspects of the natural environment which are 315. Field Geology
GEOL 111 and GEOL 100, 101, or 107. of importance to the engineer. Prerequisite: Group field study in a prominent geologic lo-
T A M 150 or 152; sophomore standing in the cality; includes in-class meetings, student-led
116. Geology of the Planets College of Engineering. 3 hours. presentation, and field trip; trips run during
Introduces nonscience majors to important spring break, winter break, or intercession;
geologic processes and their consequences on 280. Environmental Geology dates depend on location. Prerequisite: GEOL
a planet-wide scale. Discusses systems of tec- Analysis of both geologic phenomena that 108 or equivalent; junior or senior standing
tonic, volcanic, geochemical, and atmospheric pose threats to society, and human activities or consent of instructor. 2 ft) 8 hours, or 'A to 2
cycles evolving through the past 4.5 billion that affect earth. Topics include: groundwater, units. May be repeated.
years on the solid planets and satellites; the surface water, and energy resources; geologic
interrelationship between deep-seated and hazards (slope stability, subsidence, sinkholes, 317. Geologic Field Methods, Western U.S
surficial processes; processes unique to the earthquakes, volcanoes, floods); geology of Field course based in the mountains of the
Earth and common to other terrestrial plan- waste disposal. Required 1-day or 2-day field western United States. Provides intensive
ets. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both GEOL trip. Prerequisite: GEOL 100 and 110, or 101, mapping, as
practical experience in geologic
116andASTR121. 104, 107, 111, or 250. 4 hours. well as instruction in field structural, strati-
graphic, geomorphologic, and petrologic
117. The Oceans 290. Individual Study analysis. Offered during summer session only.
Integrated introduction to oceanography and Research and individual study in geology. Prerequisite: Eight hours of 300-level credit in
marine geology and geophysics. Topics Prerequisite: GEOL 108 or equivalent; consent geology, including GEOL 340 or 332, or con-
include ocean-basin formation and evolution of supervising faculty member. 1 to 4 hours. sent of instructor; GEOL 311 is recommended.
(in the context of plate tectonics), ocean Maybe repeated. A maximum of 8 hours of 6 hours or 1 'A units.
ecology, the hydrologic cycle, water chemistry, GEOL 290 plus 291 may be counted toward
currents and waves, the interaction of oceans graduation. 320. Introduction to Paleontology
with climate coastal hazards, resources, Surveys the major groups of fossil forming
pollution,and the Law of the Sea. Course is 291. Individual Honors Study invertebrates, vertebrates and plants, their
oriented toward students not majoring in Research and individual study in geology for modes of preservation, and basics of tax-
science. 3 hours. honors credit. Prerequisite: GEOL 108 or onomy; also their use in the study of functional
equivalent; consent of supervising faculty morphology, ecology, evolution, and biogeog-
118. Earth and the Environment member and of departmental honors adviser. raphy. Prerequisite: GEOL 108, or EEE 320, or
Interdisciplinary introduction to global envi- 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated. A maximum of consent of instructor. 3 hours or Va unit.
ronmental change oriented toward nonspe- 8 hours of GEOL 290 plus 291 may be counted
cialists in science. Presents both earth science toward graduation. 332. Mineralogy and Mineral Optics
and ecological aspects related to global Introduction to: crystallography; crystal op-
change, as well as discussion of human dimen- 292. Senior Thesis tics; structures, compositions, properties, sta-
sion of change. Topics include: greenhouse Research in geology, with thesis; a thesis must and geological occurrences of miner-
bilities
effect/global warming, carbon cycle, acid rain, be submitted for credit to be received. als;and mineral identification. Prerequisite:
geologic hazards (earthquakes, volcanoes, Prerequisite: Consent of supervising faculty GEOL 108 and CHEM 102. 4 hours or 1 unit.
floods, landslides, subsidence, sinkholes, member. 2 to 8 hours. May be repeated. A Credit is not given for both GEOL 233 and
coastal erosion), and earth resources (includ- maximum of 10 hours of GEOL 292 plus 293 GEOL 332.
ing energy). 3 hours. may be counted toward graduation. (Counts
for advanced hours in LA S.) 333. Solar System Astrophysics
Changing Earth System
130. Illinois in the Same as ASTR 333. See ASTR 333.
Same as ATMOS and GEOG 130. See ATMOS 293. Honors Senior Thesis
130. Research in geology with honors thesis; a 336. Petrology and Petrography
thesis must be submitted for credit to be Study of the minerals, compositions, textures,
143. History of Life received. Prerequisite: Consent of supervising and origins of
structures, classifications,
Evolution of life from its beginning, illustrat- faculty member and of departmental honors igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic
ing changing faunas and floras through time; May be repeated. A
adviser. 2 to 8 hours. rocks; lectures emphasize rock forming
the invasion of land and of the skies; the ef- maximum of 10 hours of GEOL 292 plus 293 processes (petrology), and laboratories
fects of a changing atmosphere, changing cli- may be counted toward graduation. (Counts emphasize description and classification
mates, and continental drift. Emphasis on di- for advanced hours in LA S.) (petrography). Prerequisite: GEOL 332. 4 hours
nosaur evolution, ecology, and extinction; also or 1 unit.
other vertebrates, including mammal-like rep- 301. Geomorphology
tiles, mammals, and the emergence of hu- History, origin, and characteristics of land 340.Sedimentology and Stratigraphy
mans, as well as plants and invertebrates. 3 forms produced by weathering, fluvial, gla- Introduces dynamics of sedimentation, geol-
hours. cial, wind, and wave processes or by a combi- ogy of sedimentary basins, the distribution of
nation of these acting upon the major kinds geologic processes through time, definition
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar of geologic materials and structures. Lectures, and correlation of stratigraphic units, prin-
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. laboratory, and field trips. Prerequisite: GEOL ciples of paleogeography stratigraphy and
108 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. tectonics. Prerequisites: GEOL 108, or consent
233. Earth Materials and the Environment of instructor. 4 hours or 7 unit.
Studies structure and composition of organic 304. Soil Geomorphology
and inorganic minerals, sediments, and rocks Same as GEOG 304. See GEOG 304.
130 Geology
350. Introduction to Geophysics 380. Current Problems in Environmental of geological and environmental significance.
Same as ASTR 350. Introduces basic concepts Geology Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
related to physics of Earth's interior. Topics Same as ENVST 380. Survey of geomechanics,
include formation of Earth; its composition, groundwater hydrology, aqueous geochemis- 435. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
gravity, shape, internal temperature, and try, and related topics. Fundamental principles Application of chemistry and physics to the
magnetism; seismology; plate tectonics; and of each topic are introduced, and applications study of crystalline rocks, with emphasis on
geodynamics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 112 and to currently important problems including the integration of theory with field and labo-
MATH 242 or 245. 4 hours or 1 unit. Students natural hazards, well pumping, and waste ratory observations; topics selected on the
may not receive credit for both GEOL 350 and disposal are discussed. Prerequisite: CHEM
102 basis of student interest and training. Prereq-
352. and 106; PHYCS 101
or 111; MATH
130 or 245; uisite: GEOL 336. 2 unit. May be repeated.
GEOL 107; and senior standing; or consent of
351. Geophysical Methods for Geology, instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 437. Basin Analysisand Sedimentary
Engineering and Environmental Sciences Geology
Discusses nondestructive geophysical meth- 381. Modeling Earth and Environmental Examines contemporary aspects of tectonics
ods to reveal subsurface structures. Topics in- Systems and sedimentation, cratonic sequences, seis-
clude seismic, gravity, magnetics, electrical Same as ATMOS and GEOG 381. See ATMOS mic stratigraphy, geologic history of sea level,
methods, ground penetrating radar, borehole 381. isotope chronostratigraphy, anoxic sedimen-
geophysics, and their applications to hydro- tation, pelagic deposition, transgressive-re-
carbon and mineral exploration as well as 397. Special Topics in Geology gressive sequences, rates of sediment accumu-
engineering and environmental investiga- Seminar or lectures covered by
in subjects not lation, sediment maturation of organic
yield,
tions. Prerequisite: PHYCS 112 and MATH 242 regular course offerings; for advanced under- sediments, global sedimentary cycles, basin
or 245. 4 hours or 1 unit. Several required local graduates and graduate students. Prerequisite: classification, basin geodynamics, and ex-
trips for field experiments. Consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or 'A to 1 amples of basin analysis. Prerequisite: GEOL
unit. May be repeated. 311, 340, 352,and 360; or equivalent; or con-
352. Physics of the Earth sent of instructor. Consent of instructor re-
Survey of the physical and chemical principles 401. Physical Geochemistry quired for students from other departments.
used to delineate the physical state and Introduction to geochemistry providing the 1 unit.
evolution of the Earth including its internal background needed for more advanced
structure, composition, and mineralogy. courses in geochemistry, petrology, and min- 439.Carbonate Sedimentology
Topics include seismology, gravity, magnetic, eralogy; topics, with geochemical examples, Study of genesis and diagenesis of carbonate
heat flow, geophysical exploration, high- include classical thermodynamics, statistical sediments covering: carbonate deposition,
pressure mineralogy, and composition of the thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, aqueous coordination of ultrastructural-petrographic
mantle and core. Students in geophysics, geochemistry, solid-state chemistry, and the properties and elemental-isotopic composi-
engineering, or physics should enroll in GEOL theory of phase transformations. Prerequisite: tion, nature and environments of diagenetic
350. Prerequisite: PHYCS 110 or 111, GEOL 332, CHEM 102 and 106 and MATH 242 or 245; or changes, and temporal trends in carbonates.
credit or concurrent registration in GEOL 311, equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Prerequisite: GEOL 320 and 336, or equivalent;
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or %
unit. or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Students may not receive credit for both GEOL 415. Advanced Field Geology
352 and 350. Field mapping or study in a selected region. 440. Petroleum Geology
Requires preparation of a geological map Application of geoscience to understanding
355. Introductory Groundwater and/or report. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- the nature and occurrence of hydrocarbon re-
Hydrogeology tor. Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated. sources. Emphasis will be on: source-rock ge-
Introduction to environmental and economic ology and geochemistry, process of petroleum
aspects of the occurrence and movement of 421. Topics in Paleontology migration, nature of reservoirs and traps, ex-
groundwater through the earth's crust; topics Selected topics in macro- and micropaleontol- ploration and drilling procedures, interpreta-
include the hydrologic cycle, groundwater ogy. Intensive study of a selected invertebrate tion of seismic-reflection profiles, cross-section
contamination, petroleum migration, forma- or algal group; special problems in the tax- and sub-surface map construction, classifica-
tion of mineral resources, and groundwater onomy, evolution, skeletal diagenesis, ecology, tion and tectonics of petroleum-bearing sedi-
chemistry. Prerequisite: MATH
121 or 135, con- biogeography, and biostratigraphy of selected mentary basins, application of sequence
current registration in CHEM
102 and 106 or fossil organisms. Prerequisite: GEOL 320, EEE stratigraphy to exploration, and petroleum-
CHEM 108 and 109 or consent of instructor. 4 320, or consent of instructor. I unit. May be related environmental issues. Prerequisite:
/wurs or 1 unit. repeated. GEOL 311 and 340, or equivalent. 1 unit.
360.Geochemistry 431. Structural Mineralogy 450. Principles of Engineering Geology
Fundamental chemical and physical concepts Crystal chemistry of minerals and survey of Study of the effects that lithology, weathering,
applied to geological processes; topics include: current knowledge about the structures and joints, faults,and ground water have upon
origin, distribution, and geochemical behav- properties of selected minerals and mineral engineering projects; the description and
ior of elements;chemical evolution of the groups. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 origin of geologic factors and their significance
Earth; geochemistry of natural waters and unit. in the design, construction, and performance
sedimentary rocks; isotope geochemistry, of civil engineering undertakings. Prerequisite:
crystal chemistry, trace element geochemistry 432. Sedimentary Geochemistry GEOL 250 or equivalent, or consent of
and organic geochemistry. Prerequisite: GEOL Equilibrium assemblages among the principal instructor. 1 unit. Field trip or term paper
101 or 107; CHEM 102 and 106; MATH 120 or organic and inorganic sedimentary solids and required.
their associated liquids during weathering,
135; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit.
deposition, and diagenesis; kinetics and Geology
451. Practice of Engineering
370. Oceanography mechanism of phase changes; and transport Review of modern geotechnical exploration
Investigation of the principal factors that processes during diagenesis. Prerequisite: techniques (borings, downhole logging, sur-
control the origin and physiography of ocean GEOL 360 or equivalent, or consent of face geophysics, and remote sensing) and
basins; the composition and distribution of instructor; some background in physical study of case histories illustrating the influ-
marine sediments; the composition, biological chemistry desirable. 1 unit. ence of significant geologic features on explo-
productivity, and dynamics of seawater. ration design, construction, and performance
Prerequisite: GEOL 101 or 107, and CHEM 101 433. Isotope Geology of civil engineering projects. Prerequisite:
and 105, and MATH 120 or 135; or consent of Introduction to the theoretical basis for GEOL 450 and CEE 383, or consent of instruc-
instructor. 3 hours or '4 unit. isotopic fractionation in nature; survey of tor. 3 unit. Field trip or term paper required.
isotopic variations in natural materials; and
application of isotopic variations to problems
Germanic Languages and Literature 131
452.Geodynamics 489. Geotectonics 104. Intermediate Course

The dynamical characteristics of the solid Discussion of plate tectonics theory, and Continuation of GER 103. Prerequisite: Three
earth will be addressed in this course. Math- nature and distribution of regional-scale earth semesters of college German or equivalent. 4
ematical theories that describe large scale de- structures, such as mountain belts; includes hours.
formation, both on the surface and within the study of geological and geophysical evidence
interior of the earth, will be developed. Theo- that led to modern interpretations of evolution 189. Living German — German Living
reticalpredictions will be compared with ob- of earth's lithosphere. Prerequisite: GEOL 311 Practice in speaking German for students
servations to delineate: the internal properties or consent of instructor. 1 unit. living in the German House. Prerequisite:
of the earth; driving mechanism of plate tec- Elementary speaking knowledge of German.
tonics and the origin of various geological 493. Advanced Studies in Geology 1 hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
processes such as volcanism, mountain build- Work may be taken in the following fields: (a) hours.
ing and basin formation. Prerequisite: MATH general geology; engineering geology; (c)
(b)
285, PHYCS 111, GEOL 350, or consent of in- geomorphology and glacial geology; (d) clay 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
structor. 1 unit. mineralogy; (e) ground-water geology; (f) Study of selected topics on an individually
micropalentology; (g) mineral deposits; (h) arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
455.Hydrogeology mineralogy and crystallography; (i) paleon- or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi-
The occurrence, storage, and movement of tology; (j) geochemistry; (k) geophysics; (1) site: Consent of departmental honors adviser.
water within sediments and rocks, with em- petrography and petrology; (m) sedimentol- 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated once.
phasis on quantitative aspects of physical hy- ogy; (n) stratigraphy; (o) oceanography; (p)
drologic theory; topics include flow modeling, submarine geology; (q) structural geology and 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
heat transport and mass transfer, groundwa- geotectonics; (r) mathematical geology; (s) 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
ter contamination, and the role of fluid mi- sedimentary petrography; (t) petroleum geol-
gration within the earth's crust in geologic ogy; (u) coal geology; (v) isotope geology and German Literature in Translation
200.
processes. Prerequisite: GEOL 355, CEE 357, or geochronology; (w) electron beam analysis; (x) Same as C LIT 224. Introduction to German
consent of instructor. 2 unit. vulcanology; (y) environmental geology; and literature for students with no knowledge of
(z) planetology. '/» to 2 units.
German. 3 hours. May be repeated as topics
458.Geochemical Reaction Analysis vary.
Study of the chemical processes affecting flu- 499. ThesisResearch
ids,sediments, and rocks of the earth's crust, Individual research under supervision of 211. Conversation and Writing
with emphasis on the inorganic geochemis- members of the faculty in their respective Prerequisite: GER 104 or equivalent, or consent
try of groundwater and the development and fields. to 4 units. of instructor. 3 hours.
application of quantitative reaction models.
212. Conversation and Writing
Prerequisite:GEOL 360, 401, or 432, or CEE 343
or 440, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Continuation of GER 211. Prerequisite: GER 211
or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
459. Isotope Hydrogeology
Application of isotope measurements in 220. German for Business
Introduces German business language as used
hydrogeology. Groundwater age dating,
stable isotope ratios and anthropogenic radio-
German in basic operations in retail /wholesale, ex-
port/import, banking transactions. Prerequi-
nuclides will be considered in the context of
studying a broad range of hydrologic prob- (See Germanic Languages and Literature) GER 211 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
site:
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)

lems, from siting of nuclear waste disposal to
understanding the migration of groundwater
221. German for Economics
in sedimentary basins. Prerequisite: GEOL 355
German language as used in professional
or 433, CEE 357, or consent of instructor. 1 unit
contexts involving economic matters: texts
461. Mineralogy of Clays and documents relating to forms of enterprises
and macroeconomic
Same as CER E and MATSE 426. Composition Germanic Languages their financing, to
structures of domesticand foreign trade, and
of various types of clays; the structure and
properties of the clay minerals; and the origin
and Literature to reports on the economies of German-
and mode of occurrence of the clay minerals speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER 220 or
and clay materials. Prerequisite: GEOL 332 or
consent of instructor. 3 hours. (Counts for
Head of Department: Marianne E. Kalinke advanced hours in L A S.)
equivalent; consent of instructor. 1 unit. Field
Department Office: 3072 Foreign Languages
trip required.
Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana 231. Introduction to German Literature, I
Phone: 333-1288 Introductory study of representative works
462. Petrology of Clay Minerals
URL: www.german.uiuc.edu (prose, drama, lyric) by outstanding German,
Same as CER E and MATSE 427. Origin and
Austrian, and Swiss writers of the modern
occurrence of clay minerals in natural and
Including German (GER), Germanic (GMC), period. Prerequisite: Two years of college
synthetic systems such as the weathering,
Scandinavian (SCAJV), and Yiddish (YDSH) German or equivalent. 3 hours.
sedimentary, burial diagenetic, and hydrother-
mal environments; quantitative X-ray diffrac-
232. Introduction to German Literature, II
tion analysis of mineral assemblages from German (GER) Introductory study of representative works
each environment; advanced analytical tech-
(prose, drama, lyric) by outstanding German,
niques such as nuclear magnetic resonance
101. Elementary Course Austrian, and Swiss writers of the modern
and transmission electron microscope analy-
Oral practice, reading, and grammar for period. Prerequisite: GER 231 or equivalent. 3
sis of clay minerals. Prerequisite: GEOL 461. 1
beginners. 4 hours. hours.
unit.
102. Elementary Course 250. Grimms' Fairy Tales in Their European

488.Advanced Structural Geology
Continuation of GER 101. Prerequisite: One Context
Study of selected topics concerning rock
semester of college German or equivalent. 4 Same as LIT 250 and ENGL 267. Special
C
deformation processes and products. Course
hours. attention paid to the Grimms' tales in terms
is
will introduce students to current research
of traditional narrative genres, elements of life
literature and methods, and to the techniques
103. Intermediate Course in early modern Europe, and versions from
of structural analysis. Prerequisite: GEOL 311 Continuation of GER 102. Prerequisite: Two Italy and France as well as Germany. Course
semesters of college German or equivalent. 4 is conducted in English. 3 hours.
hours.
132 Germanic Languages and Literature
260. The Holocaust in Context 360. Principles of Language Testing 1920s, the Third Reich and the period of
Jewish contributions to German Literature Same as E I L, FR, ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 360. decline, to the young German film of the
from 1200 to the present day. Includes trips to See E I L 360. 1960s; weekly film screenings, lectures, and
the University Library's Rare Book Room. discussions. 3 hours or -A unit. Knowledge of
Prerequisite: Completion of the Campus German Language,
365. Structure of the I German useful but not required.
Composition I general education requirement. (Phonology and Morphology)
3 hours. Introductory survey of the phonological and 396. Special Topics in German Studies
morphological structure of the German Intensive study of restricted topics in German
Second Language
271. Introduction to language. Prerequisite: Three years of college language, literature, and culture. Prerequisite:
Learning and Teaching German or equivalent. 3 hours or V* unit. Three years of college German or equivalent.
Same as FR, HUMAN, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 3 hours or % unit. May be repeated as topics
271. See SPAN 271. 366. Structure of the German Language, II vary to a maximum of 9 hours or 214 units.
(Syntax)
275.Developing and Implementing Introduction to German syntax; theory and 400. Beginning German for Graduate
Communicative Language Teaching practical applications. Prerequisite: GER 365 or Students
Same as FR, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 275. See consent of instructor. 3 hours or }
A unit. Introduction to the reading of German texts
SPAN 275. in the sciences and the humanities. 4 hours.
370. German Literature: The Middle Ages No graduate credit.
278. Current Issues in Secondary Language to the Baroque (750-1720)
Teaching and bibliographi-
Literary, thematic, cultural, 401. Readings in German for Graduate
Same as FR, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 278. See cal analysis of themajor authors, works, Students
SPAN 278. genres, and movements in GER literature from Designed for graduate students preparing for
750-1720. Prerequisite: GER 232 or equivalent. the German reading requirements for the
293. Honors Senior Thesis 3 hours or % unit. Ph.D. Prerequisite: GER 400 or equivalent. 4
Intended primarily for candidates for honors hours. No graduate credit.
in German, but open to other seniors. Prereq- 371. German Literature: The Enlightenment
uisite: Senior standing; consent of instructor. to Romanticism (1720-1830) 410. Introduction to Graduate Study
1 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum Literary, thematic, cultural, and bibliographi- Bibliography and methodology of the study
of 4 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A cal analysis of the major authors, works, of the Germanic languages and literatures,
S.) genres, and movements in German literature with particular regard to German literature
from 1720 to 1830. Prerequisite: GER 232 or and Germanic linguistics; introduction to
296. Special Topics in German Literature equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. scholarship in general and the German
Same as C LIT 228. Introductory study in such profession in particular, including the modes
topics as individual authors, selected literary 372.German Literature: Realism to and methods of scholarly endeavor. 1 unit.
movements or periods, modes of inquiry in Expressionism (1830-1920)
literary study, minor genres, subgenres, Literary, thematic, cultural, and bibliographi- 415. Middle High German
extraliterary influences, etc. Prerequisite: cal analysis of the major authors, works, 1 unit.
Reading fluency in German beyond the genres,and movements in German literature
fourth-semester college level. 3 hours. May be from 1830 to 1920. Prerequisite: GER 232 or 420. History of the German Language
repeated as topic varies to a maximum of 6 equivalent. 3 hours or 'A unit. Internal and external history of German from
hours. prehistoric times to the present. Prerequisite:
373. German Literature: The Twenties to GER 365 or equivalent. 1 unit.
299. Study Abroad the Present
Lectures, seminars, and practical work in Literary, thematic, cultural, and bibliographi- 430. Old High German
German language, literature, civilization, and cal analysis of the major authors, works, Grammar and interpretation of the oldest
in other academic areas appropriate to the genres, and movements in German literature literary documents. Prerequisite: GER 365. 1
student's course of study. Prerequisite: GER 1 04 from 1920 to the present. Prerequisite: GER 232 unit.
or equivalent; 2.75 overall average; 3.0 average or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit.
in German courses. to 17 hours. May be 463. College Teaching of Foreign
repeated to a maximum of 34 hours per 374. Poetics (Genre) Languages
academic year. Study of poetic forms and genres such as Same as E I L, FR, ITAL, PORT, RUSS, and
poems, short stories, novellas, novels, dramas, SPAN 463. See FR 463.
301. Current Issues in German Media in their historical development from the
Introduction to current issues in German classical to the modern period illustrated by 470. Studies in Critical Theory
media (in German). Prerequisite: GER 212 or typical examples. Prerequisite: GER 232 or Same as C LIT 411. Critical introduction to the
equivalent. 3 hours or Va unit. equivalent. 3 hours or V* unit. enterprise of reading, accompanied by an

overview of this century's most important
302. German Stylistics 380. Classroom Language Acquisition theories of literature and criticism. Prerequi-
Intensive study of problems of advanced Same as E I L, FR, ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 380. site: GER410 or equivalent, and reading
German style with emphasis on written See SPAN 380. knowledge of German, English, and one other
practice. Prerequisite: GER 301, or equivalent. modern European language. 1 unit. May be
3 hours or % unit. 382.Computer-Based Foreign Language repeated in separate semesters as topics vary
Teaching to a maximum of 3 units.
303. Translation in Theory and Practice Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, HUMAN, ITAL,
Theory and practice of translating technical, PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. 471. Studies in Medieval German
commercial, scientific, and literary texts from See HUMAN 382. Literature
German into English and vice versa. Prerequi- Seminar in selected genres, themes, or authors
site: GER 301 or consent of instructor. 3 hours 389. Theoretical Foundations of Second of the Middle Ages. Epic, lyric, and didactic
or A
3
unit. Language Acquisition works in prose and verse are read in the
Same as FR 381 and E I , L, ITAL, LING, PORT, original language. Prerequisite: GER 410 and
320. History of German Civilization and SPAN 389. See E I L 389. 415 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1
Selected topical, historical, and pictorial unit. May be repeated in separate semesters
analysis of Germany's culture and civilization. 390. The German Cinema as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units.
Prerequisite: GER 232 or equivalent. 4 hours or Same as CINE 391. History and criticism of
% unit. the German film from its beginnings through
Expressionism and the New Objectivity of the
Germanic Languages and Literature 133
472. Studies in Early Modern German 462. Seminar in Germanic Linguistics ture or theatre course, or consent of instruc-
Literature Varying topics dealing with problems in tor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Seminar in selected genres, themes, or authors diachronic and synchronic Germanic linguis-
of the early modern period (1500-1700). tics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 or 2 375. Women and Society in Scandinavian
Prerequisite: GER 370 or graduate standing. 1 units. May be repeated as topics vary. Literature
unit. May be repeated in separate semesters Sameas C LIT and W S 375. Survey of how
as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units. women and their social roles are portrayed in
Scandinavian (SCAN) Scandinavian literature, primarily of the
473. Studies in Eighteenth-Century nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Readings
German Literature 101. Elementary Scandinavian, I and discussion in English. Prerequisite: One
Seminar in selected genres, themes, or authors semesters leading to a reading
First of four college-level literature course or one course
of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: GER 320 knowledge of Danish, Norwegian, or Swed- in women's studies, or consent of instructor.
or 371. 1 unit. May be repeated in separate ish, and to an oral command of one of these 3 hours or 3
/4 units.
semesters as topics vary to a maximum of 3 languages; linguistic structure, reading, and
units. oral practice. 4 hours. The Films of Ingmar Bergman
390.
Same as CINE 390. Focuses on Bergman's
474. Studies in Nineteenth-Century 102. Elementary Scandinavian, II major films of the late 1950s and 1960s;
German Literature Continuation of SCAN 101 Oral practice and
.
involves reading screenplays and extensive
Seminar in selected genres, themes, or authors reading of simple texts. Prerequisite: SCAN 101. criticism in addition to viewing the films; and
of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Two 4 hours. includes important artistic influences on
300-level courses in German literature or Bergman as well as his own significance as a
equivalent.1 unit. May be repeated in separate 103. Intermediate Scandinavian, I major twentieth-century artist. Knowledge of
semesters as topics vary to a maximum of 3 Readings in Danish and Norwegian, or in Swedish not required. 3 hours or V* unit.
units. Swedish; structure of Swedish, or of Danish
and Norwegian. Prerequisite: SCAN 102 or 392.Swedish Cinema
475. Studies in Twentieth-Century German equivalent. 4 hours. Same as CINE 392. Survey of Sweden's major
Literature film movements, genres, and directors.
Seminar in selected genres, themes, or authors 104. Intermediate Scandinavian, II Weekly lectures, discussions, and screenings
of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Two 300- Continuation of SCAN 103. Readings in of representative films from the silent era to
level courses in German literature or equiva- classical and modern Danish, Norwegian, or the present. Prerequisite: One college-level film
lent. 1 unit. May
be repeated in separate se- Swedish texts. Prerequisite: SCAN 103. 4 hours. or literature course, or consent of instructor. 3
mesters as topics vary to a maximum of 3 hours or % unit.
units. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 396. Special Topics in Scandinavian
476.Open Seminar in German Studies Studies
Seminar in literary phenomena (such as 215. The Scandinavian Novel: Individual study in selected topics, such as
movements, genres and forms, relations, Masterpieces in English Translation individual authors, literary movements,
themes and types, interdisciplinary studies, Same as C LIT 215. Works by Jacobsen, periods, genres, or themes, and Scandinavian
women's studies) that go beyond the confines Strindberg, Vesaas, Myrdal, and Nobel Prize culture. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2
of a particular century. Prerequisite: GER 410. winners Hamsun, Undset, Lagerkvist, and to 4 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated.
1 unit . May be repeated in separate semesters Johnson; readings and discussion in English.
as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units. 3 hours. 405. Old Norse-Icelandic, I
Grammar and selected readings. 1 unit.

480. Teaching German in College 251. Viking Mythology Offered in alternate years.
Introduction to the problems of teaching Same as RELST 251. Studies pre-Christian
German in college. Vi unit. beliefs of the Germanic peoples as reflected 406.Old Norse-Icelandic, II
primarily in medieval Icelandic prose and Readings; selections from the Elder Edda and
481. Seminar in Linguistic and poetry (in translation). 3 hours. the sagas. Prerequisite: SCAN 405. 1 unit.
Psychological Foundations of Language Offered in alternate years.
Teaching 252. Viking Sagas in Translation
Same as E I L, FR, ITAL, PORT, RUSS, and Same as C LIT 252. Studies Old Norse-
SPAN 481. See FR 481. Icelandic literature: kings' sagas, family sagas, Yiddish (YDSH)
mythical-heroic sagas, and romances. Texts
488. Seminar in Second Language Learning and lectures in English. 3 hours. 101. Elementary Yiddish, I
Same as ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 488. See Course develops basic conversational and
SPAN 488. 293. Honors Senior Thesis reading skills as well as the essentials of
Prerequisite: Senior standing; consent of Yiddish grammar. 4 hours.
493. Research in Special Topics instructor. 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a
'A to 2 units. May be repeated to a maximum maximum of 4 hours. (Counts for advanced 102. Elementary Yiddish, II
of 2 units. hours in L A S.) Continuation of YDSH 101 focusing on
comprehension and reading skills. Prerequisite:
499. Thesis Research 363. Ibsen in Translation YDSH 101. 4 hours.
to 4 units. Same as C LIT and THEAT 363. Ibsen's major
plays: Brand, Peer Gynt, and the entire prose 120. Jewish Storytelling: From the Russian
cycle from Pillars of Society to When We Dead Shtetl toNew York
Germanic (GMC) Awaken. Prerequisite: One college-level litera- Same as ENGL 123 and RELST 131. Course
ture or theatre course, or consent of instruc- will introduce the great Jewish storytellers
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. such as Nachman of Bratslav, Scholem-
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Aleichem, and I.B. Singer through readings of
364. Strindberg in Translation Yiddish tales, short stories, poetry, drama and
426. Gothic Same as C LIT and THEAT 364. Major dra- excerpts from novels and autobiographies
Synchronic and diachronic study of the Gothic mas illustrating Strindberg's evolution from from the 19th and 20th centuries. In addition,
language and its relationship to other Ger- Naturalism to Expressionism and one cycle Yiddish films and folklore will be used to
manic and Indo-European languages; exten- of historical plays; some attention to prose, exemplify the variety of Jewish cultural
sive reading of extant texts. Prerequisite: Con- both autobiographical and non-autobio- expression in Eastern Europe, Russia, and
sent of instructor. 1 unit. graphical. Prerequisite: One college-level litera- America. Course will also present a sample
134 Graduate College
113. COMP II/Western Civilization from

of critical approaches to Yiddish literature. 3 1660 to the Present
hours. Taught in English translation. Course is identical to HIST 112 except for the
additional writing component. See HlST 112.
220. Jewish Literary Responses to the Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
Holocaust tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
Same as ENGL 288 and RELST 220. Course

introduces a variety of Jewish literary re-
Hebrew Credit is not given for both HIST 113 and 112.
sponses to the Holocaust written during and 120. A History of Judaism

after the Second World War (from 1939). The (See Linguistics) Same asRELST 120. See RELST 120.
discussion of Holocaust memoirs, diaries,
novels, short stories, poems, and other texts 150. COMP II/History of the United States
will focus on the unique contribution of liter- to 1877
ary works to our understanding of the Holo- Course is identical to HIST 151 except for the
caust. In addition, the works and their authors additional writing component. See HlST 151.
will be situated in their Jewish cultural his- Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
torical context. Taught in English translation. tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
3 hours. Hindi Credit is not given for both HIST 150 and any
one of the following: HIST 151, 260, or 261.
(See Linguistics)
151. History of the United States to 1877
Colonial foundations, movement for indepen-
dence, and early years of the republic. 3 hours.
Credit is not given for both HIST 151 and any
one of the following: HIST 150, 260, or 261.
Graduate College
152. History of the United States, 1877 to
History the Present
InterimDean of College: Tony G. Waldrop Evolution of an industrial, urbanized, and
College Office: 202 Coble HaU, 801 South Wright pluralistic society, grappling with domestic
Street, Champaign Chair of Department: James R. Barrett
and global problems. 3 hours. Credit is not
Phone: 333-0034 Department Office: 309 Gregory Hall, 810 South
given for both HIST 152, and either 153 and
URL: www.grad.uiuc.edu Wright Street, Urbana 262.
Phone: 333-1155
URL: www.history.uiuc.edu 153. COMP II/History of the United States,
Graduate College (G C) 1877 to the Present
Course is identical to HIST 152 except for the
399. Graduate College Study Abroad History (HIST)
additional writing component. See HIST 152.
Provides campus credit for study at accredited Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
foreign institutions or approved overseas 110. COMP H/Westem Civilization from tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
programs. Final determination of credit Antiquity to 1660 Credit is not given for both HIST 153 and ei-
granted is made after the student's successful Course is identical to HIST 111 except for the ther HIST 152 or 262.
completion of work. Credit will not count additional writing component. See HlST 111.
toward residence requirements. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi- 160. Comparative Environmental History:
Full academic standing in the Graduate tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
People, Crops, and Capital
College and consent of major department, Credit is not given for both HIST 110 and 111. Same as ENVST 160. Exploration of the ex-
Graduate College, and Study Abroad office. tent and variety of relations between people
to 16 hours, or to 4 units. 111. Western Civilization from Antiquity to
and the environment, with special emphasis
1660 on pre-capitalist land use systems, illustrated
499. Thesis Research Fundamental developments — social, eco- with examples from the Midwest United
For doctoral students who have completed the nomic, cultural, intellectual, and political — in States, tropical Africa, and tropical South
credit requirements for the doctorate, have the history of mankind and Western society America; the impact during the nineteenth
passed the preliminary examination, and are before 1660; includes the Greek and Roman and twentieth centuries of global capitalism;
eligible to register for 499 in their own world, the German migrations, the rise of cit- and a discussion of contemporary environ-
academic units. units. ies and the commercial revolution, medieval mental concerns, starting with questions of
art, universities, and heresies, the Renaissance
land use. 3 hours.
and Reformation, the Puritan Revolution, and
the beginnings of the modern world. 3 hours. 168. Introduction to the Civilization of
Credit is not given for both HIST 111 and 110. India
Same as ANTH 168. Multidisciplinary intro-
112. Western Civilization from 1660 to the
duction to the civilizations of South Asia from
Graphic Design Present
Fundamental developments — social, eco-
the Indus Valley civilization to the present
including the development of Hinduism, Bud-
nomic, cultural, and political in
intellectual, — dhism and Indian Islam, state systems, arts
(See Art and Design, School of) the history of mankind and Western society and literature, social organization and daily
since1 660; includes the rise of modern science,
life. 3 hours.
the French and Industrial revolutions, the
Romantic movement, the growth of national- 170. East Asian Civilizations: China, Japan,
ism and socialism, imperialism, urbanization, Korea
the Russian Revolution, Nazi Germany, the Same as EALC 170. Surveys the three major
world wars, and the West and the underde-
Greek veloped world. 3 hours. Credit is not given for
East Asian civilizations from ancient and clas-
sical times, through the period of Western in-
both HIST 112 and 113. fluence, political revolution,and moderniza-
(See Classics) tion, to the contemporary age and the emer-
gence of East Asian superpowers. 3 hours.
History 135
172. Southeast Asian Civilizations gender in western Europe from roughly 400 cultural identity in high and mass cultures. 3
Same as ANTH and AS ST 1 86. See ANTH 1 86. to 1700. Topics include the interactions of class hours.
and ethnicity with women's experiences, the
173. History and Civilization of the Islamic and gender, the
social construction of sexuality 224. Chinese Thought from Confucius to
Middle East, 7th-20th Centuries C.E. misogynist tradition and women's self- Mao
Introduction to fourteen centuries of Middle images. 3 hours. Same as EALC and RELST 224. Examination
East history from the rise of Islam to modem of China's principal philosophical, religious,
times. Examines the development of Islamic 203. The Age of Localism: The Early and political schools of thought such as —
thought, and of religious, social, and political Middle Ages Confucianism, Taoism, Zen Buddhism, and
institutions, as well as the transformations of Failure of imperial Rome and the rise of the —
Maoism as ways of understanding one of the
the 19th and 20th centuries, in the area Church; the organization of European society world's major civilizations; the period of the
consisting of Egypt, the Fertile Crescent, on a local basis through manorialism and classical philosophers, the glory years of
Arabia, Turkey, and Iran. 3 hours. feudalism. 3 hours. empire, and the troubled era of Western
contact receive approximately equal attention.
175. LatinAmerica from Conquest to 211. The Contemporary World: Political, 3 hours.
Independence Ideological, and International Forces
Survey of Latin American history from the Interpretation of the contemporary world cov- 231. British Isles to 1688
discovery of America to 1824. 3 hours. ering the legacy of imperialism, militarism, Survey of the political, social and economic,
and world politics, the revolt of the masses, religious, and cultural history of the British
176. Modem and Contemporary Latin the totalitarian state, nationalism, internation- people from the "prehistoric" era through the
America alism, and such related topics. 3 hours. revolution of 1688. 3 hours.
History of the Latin American republics from
theirindependence to the present; emphasis 212. The Contemporary World: Economic, 232. The History of Great Britain since 1688
on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Cuba, Social, and Cultural Aspects Survey of all significant facets —
political and
and Mexico. 3 hours. Interpretation of the contemporary world constitutional, social and economic, diplo-
covering the economics of global power, matic and imperial, religious, and cultural
177. History of Africa ideological and social forces, the individual of the life of the people of the British Isles
Survey of the early history of the continent, and the modern mind, the collective society, during the past three centuries. 3 hours.
nineteenth century developments, and the the personality in history, and such related
period of colonial occupation and indepen- topics. 3 hours. 242.Nature and American Culture
dence, with particular focus on case studies Same as L A 216, LEIST and NRES 242. See
from East Africa, South Africa and West Af- 215. History of North and West Africa LEIST 242.
rica at the conclusion of the semester. 3 hours. Survey of major themes and events in the
history of North and West Africa from 245. Technology in Western Society
181. The Ancient World prehistoric times and the peopling of Africa Explores the role of technology as a transform-
Ancient empires and Greece. 3 hours. through the advent of Islam; North and West ing social force; examines innovations from
African empires and states in the medieval the stirrup and heavy plow to the airplane and
182. The Ancient World period; the arrival and departure of European computer, that restructured economic and
Rome. 3 hours. colonial powers; and the re-emergence of political life and realigned values; examines
independent African states. Prerequisite: HIST cultural representations of technology. 3 hours.
191. Freshman Honors Tutorial 177 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
Study of selected topics on an individually 247. Science in Western Civilization, I
arranged basis. Open only to honors majors 216. History of East and Southern Africa Intellectual and social history of science from
or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi- Survey of major themes and events from the antiquity through the Enlightenment; special
site: Consent of departmental honors adviser. Bantu migrations and the rise of Aksum emphasis on the scientific revolution of the
I to 3 hours. May be repeated once. seventeenth century. 3 hours.
through the development of states and
empires, Islam, the expansion of trade,
198. Freshman Seminar 248. Science in Western Civilization, II
European colonial rule, nationalism, and the
Through research, reports, and discussion in persistence of white domination in the south. Topics in the intellectual and social history of
a selected field of historical study, the seminar modern science, 1789 to the present. 3 hours.
Prerequisite: HIST 177 or consent of instructor.
provides a thorough understanding of the 3 hours.
problems of that field and of the methods of 249. History of Western Medicine
history as a discipline. Prerequisite: James 219.Survey of Russian History from Early Rise and development of medicine in the West
Scholar standing or other designation as a Times to the Present since the sixteenth century; interrelations of
superior student; consent of instructor. 3 to 4 Main themes and problems of Russian history physiology, pathology, and social demands
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 from earliest times to the present. 3 hours. with the theory and practice of medicine;
hours. pattern of prof essionalization; social role of the
222. Traditional China physician; conflict among ideas of medicine
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as EALC 222. Historical background to as an art, a science, and a social service; and
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. the modern age, tracing the Chinese state and problems of mental illness, medical ethics, and
empire from the earliest times until 1644 A.D. nontraditional forms of practice. Prerequisite:
200. Topics in Film and History Basic political, social, and economic patterns; One year of college biology or chemistry, one
Same as CINE 200. Examines films as a cultural, intellectual, and technological year of college history, or consent of instructor.
significant medium of commentary on society achievements; and China's impact on Asia and 3 hours.
and history. Explores the motives and careers the world. 3 hours.
of moviemakers, the ways in which films are 250. United States History of Medicine
influenced by their audiences, and how 223. Modem China Same as W
S 260. Medicine and public health
audiences perception of historical processes Same as EALC 223. General introduction to from the colonial period through the twentieth
are affected by films. Topics will vary. the major themes of the Chinese Revolution century; health care providers, patients, and
Prerequisite: A course in History and/or a from 1840 to the present, emphasizing the public policy; incorporates issues of race and
course in Cinema Studies. 3 hours. interplay between politics, ideas, and culture. sex. 3 hours.
Themes include the tension between cultural
202. Women and Gender in Pre-Modern integrity and Western ideologies, between 251. Mexican Americans: Ethnicity,
Europe democratic participation and the tradition of Culture, and Identity in the United States
Same as W S 202. Examines the history of centralized control, and the representation of Same as LLS 251. Examination of the history
women and the evolution of concepts of of Mexican Americans living within the
136 History
United States from the Spanish Conquest to 261. The United States in the Nineteenth Native Americans; examines gender systems
the twentieth century. Explores the process of Century in the colonies, under slavery, during indus-
migration, settlement, assimilation, and History of the United States from 1 81 5 to 1 900. trialization and westward expansion; assesses
discrimination with emphasis on continuity 3 hours. Credit is not given for both HIST 261, impact of the Civil War and Reconstruction
and change in Mexican cultural development. and either 151 or 150. on gender roles; considers gendered division
3 hours. of labor in factories and domestic environ-
262. The United States in the Twentieth ments and construction of gender ideologies.
252. Caribbean Latina/Larino Migration: Century 3 hours.
Puerto Ricans, Cubans, and Dominicans in One major emphasis on foreign policy,
the United States including the emergence of the United States 273. Women, Men, and Gender in
Same as LLS 252. Study of the economic, po- as a great power after 1898; a second emphasis American Society since 1877
litical, and social forces which shaped migra- on the Progressive movement and recurrent Same as W S 273. Examines the experiences
tion settlement and community formation of attempts at the reform of American society; of women and men in modern America, fo-
Puerto Ricans, Cubans, and Dominicans liv- and racial and urban problems and the cusing on variations according to class, race,
ing in the United States. 3 hours. conservation of natural resources included. 3 ethnicity, religion, region, and sexual prefer-
hours. Credit is not given for both HIST 262, ence; considers the impact of social move-
253. Afro-American History to 1877 and either 152 or 153. ments on gender politics; gender and the wars
Same as AFRO 253. History of Africans in the of the 20th century; gender, reform, and so-
Americas, surveying the African slave trade, 263. Chicago, the City; Illinois, the State cial welfare policy; and the place of popular
slavery in the European colonies of the Ameri- History of Chicago and Illinois from prehis- culture in the production of gender ideologies.
cas, early United States slavery, and the Afro- toric times to the present, illustrating the jar- 3 hours.
American in the Civil War and Reconstruction. ring conflicts and great achievements of
3 hours. peoples from all over the world. Politics, eco- 274.United States and World Crisis, 1917 to
nomics, popular and high culture, education, Present
254. Afro-American History Since 1877 mass media, racial problems, and ethnic di- History of American foreign relations since
Same as AFRO 254. History of Afro- Americans versity are especially featured. There is an World War I. 3 hours.
in the age of white supremacy; the rise of emphasis on the relation of city, state, and re-
modern protest organizations; the era of gion to one another. 3 hours. 281. War, Military Institutions, and Society
integration; and the black power movement. to 1815
3 hours. 266. War, Military Institutions, and Society Land and naval warfare from prehistory to
in South Asia from the Vedic Period to Napoleon; discusses traditional topics such as
255. New England, 1620-1789 1971 technology, tactics, and strategy at length and
Founding of the New England colonies and Discusses military institutions and styles of demonstrates how military institutions are
their development through the period of the warfare on the South Asian subcontinent from integrated with society as a whole. 3 hours.
American Revolution. 3 hours. the earliest recorded history to the indepen-
dence of Bangladesh. Emphasizes the relation- 282. War, Military Institutions, and Society
256. Native Americans in the United States ship between culture, society, and warfare. since 1815
Before 1850 Views the subject from a South Asian as op- Land and naval warfare since Napoleon;
Survey of the Native American experience in posed to a British Imperial perspective. 3 technology, tactics, strategy, administration,
North America from the arrival of Europeans hours. and military institutions in themselves and as
to 1850. Explores the impact of European they relate to Western and non-Western
expansion on Native American communities, 267. History of Korea societies; and conventional nuclear warfare.
the ways in which Native American people Same as EALC 267. See EALC 267. 3 hours.
adapted to the growing European presence,
and the continuities and innovations that 268. Religious Rebellions and Messianic 285. Premodern Japanese History
distinguished the indigenous world in this era. Movements in History Same as EALC 285. Introduction to the history
Focuses primarily on those parts of North Same as RELST 268. Comparative study of of the Japanese people, their social and
America that became part of the United States. revolutionary religious movements from cultural systems, politics, and economy, from
3 hours. ancient times to the present. 3 hours. the earliest times to the sixteenth century. 3
hours.
257. Native Americans in the United States 269. Spiritualityand Experience in the Arts
Since 1850 of the Middle Ages 286. Modern Japanese History
Overview of the Native American experience Same as ARTHI and RELST 269. See ARTHI Same as EALC 286. Introduction to the his-
in the United States from 1850 to the present. 269. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) tory of the Japanese people, their social and
Using lectures, classroom discussions, visual cultural systems, politics, and economy, from
presentations and group projects, the course 271. African-American Women's History the mid-sixteenth century to the mid-twenti-
will explore the major events that altered the Same as AFRO and W
S 271. Examines the eth century. 3 hours.
environment Native Americans inhabited fol- history of African American women, begin-
lowing the establishment of the United States ning with the West African background dur- 290. IndividualStudy
as a continental power. Course will also ex- ing the transatlantic slave trading era, empha- Readings in selected fields in consultation
amine the ways in which native peoples sur- sizing the experiences of black women in the with the instructor. Prerequisite: Junior or
vived amidst the economic, political, and so- United States during slavery and their politi- senior of high standing; written consent of the
cial forces that were unleashed by the country's cal, civic, community and reform activities honors adviser. 3 hours. May be repeated to a
evolution into a modem nation state. Read- from slavery to the present, analyzed within maximum of 6 hours. Each 3-hour class must
ings will include primary documents, Native the context of racism, sexism, and economic be taken with a different instructor. (Counts
American commentaries, historical fiction, deprivation. African women in the diaspora, for advanced hours in L A S.)
and secondary works. 3 hours. and the impact of feminism/womanism,
Afrocentrism, and multicultural diversity on 292. Historiography and Methodology: A
260. Colonial Beginnings and Early United the African American woman are considered. Pro-Seminar for Honor Students
States History to 1815 3 hours. Introduction to historiography and research
Social,economic, and political survey of the methods preparatory to senior honors work
region and its relation to the evolving Atlantic 272.Women, Men, and Gender in in historv. Prerequisite: A grade-point average
community. 3 hours. Credit is not given for American Society to 1877 of 3.5 or higher; junior standing; two semes-
both HIST 260, and either 150 or 151. Same as W S 272. Traces the experiences of ters honors work in history or equivalent.
North American women and men from the Sophomores must obtain consent of depart-
earliest encounters between Europeans and
History 137
merit. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in 306. The Age of the Protestant and Catholic 318. European International Affairs, 1815-
LAS.) Reformation, 1500-1648 1914
Same as RELST 306. Prerequisite: One year of The history of European international affairs
293. Honors Senior Thesis college history. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. from the Vienna Congress to the First World
Two-semester research project. Prerequisite: War, with the main focus on political devel-
History major with senior standing and 3.5 308. History of Western European opments, but with considerable attention also
grade-point average; written consent of Education: Antiquity to the Early Modern paid to the influence of domestic politics and
supervising professor and honors adviser. Era social and economic changes on foreign policy.
HIST 292 is required before HIST 293 may be Same as E P S 311. See E P S 311. Prerequisite: One year of college history or con-
undertaken. May be taken by honors students sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
in partial fulfillment of department honors 309.Development of Modern Europe;
requirement. 3 hours. Must be repeated for a Absolutism and Colonial Expansion, 1648- 319. European International Affairs, 1914 to
total of 6 hours. (Counts for advanced hours 1789 the Present
inLAS.) Prerequisite:One year of college history or History of European international affairs from
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. the First World War to the present day,
295. Honors Colloquium concentrating on political developments,
Topics will vary. Prerequisite: Chancellor's 310. Europe in the Age of the French especially the two world wars, but including
Scholar or consent of department and director Revolution and Napoleon the impact of domestic politics, ideological
of Campus Honors Program. 3 hours. (Counts Comparative survey of Western countries in struggle, and socio-economic change upon
for advanced hours in L A S.) the age of democratic upheavals; America, foreign policy. Prerequisite: One year of college
England, and Prussia as well as France; the history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi
296. Special Topics rise of Napoleon and the response of Europe; or 1 unit.
Topics are given on an experimental one-time- and the fate of innovation and reform in the
only basis. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced immediate aftermath of the Napoleonic Wars. 320. Russia from the Earliest Times to Peter
hours in L A S.) Prerequisite: One year of college history or the Great
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Political,economic, cultural, and social
298. Undergraduate Research and Writing development of Russia during the Kievan and
Seminar 311. European History from 1815 to 1871 Muscovite periods. Prerequisite: One year of
Prerequisite: Junior standing; 14 hours in Synthesis of politics, economics, and culture; college history or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
with consent of instructor, 14 hours
history, or, revolutions, reaction, liberalism, conserva- or Vi or 1 unit.
in the social sciences and/or humanities. 3 tism, socialism, nationalism, romanticism, and
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) realism. Prerequisite: One year of college his- 322.The Emergence of the Modem Middle
tory or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 East in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth
300. History of Early Judaism unit. Centuries
Same as RELST 342. See RELST 342. Political,socio-economic and ideological
312.European History from 1871 to 1918 developments in Egypt, Arabia, the Fertile
301. European Working Class History: 1750 Synthesis of politics, economics, and culture; Crescent, Iran and Turkey in the eighteenth
to the Present new state systems, long depression, imperial- and nineteenth centuries up to World War I:
Same as L I R and SOC 301. Comparative ism, racism, nationalism, symbolism, fin de premodern society and institutions; European
study of the rise of the working class in Euro- socialism, and World War I. Prerequisite:
siecle, influence; self-strengthening reforms; and
pean countries; formation, and daily
culture, One year of college history or consent of in- new religious, social and political movements.
life; stratification within the working class; structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Prerequisite: One year of college history. 3
workers in organized labor and revolutionary hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
movements. Prerequisite: One year of college 313. European History from 1918 to 1939
history, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi Survey of European society from 1918 to 1939, 323. The Middle East in the Twentieth
or 1 unit. with emphasis on the impact of World War I, Century
the Russian Revolution, fascism, and the Political and ideological developments in
302. Egypt Since the World War
First intellectual trends of the twenties and thirties. Egypt, Arabia, the Fertile Crescent (including
Same as AFRST 302. Examines the twentieth- Prerequisite:One year of college history or Israel), Iran,and Turkey from World War I to
century history of Egypt, emphasizing the consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. the present, with emphasis on the period to
internal social, political, economic, and the 1960s; economic, social, and cultural trends
ideological developments, with attention to 314. European History from 1939 to the
in the region also addressed. Prerequisite: One
Egypt's role in regional and international Present year of college history or political science, or
politics. Readings include novels and short Survey of European society since 1939, with consent of instructor. HIST 173 is recom-
stories to introduce students to modern emphasis on the impact of World War II, the mended. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
Egyptian culture. Prerequisite: One year of cold war, the establishment of the welfare
college history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, state, and social developments. Prerequisite: 324. Europe in the World Since 1750
or Vi or 1 unit. One year of college history or consent of Colonial encounter between Europe and
instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. today's Third World viewed in comparative
303.
historical perspective. Equal emphasis placed
Same as ANTH, RELST, and W S 303. See 315. History of Western European on (colonizing) Europe, and colonial experi-
RELST 303. Education: Early Modern Era to the
ence of Asia, Africa, and South America. Pre-
Twentieth Century requisite: One year college level history. 3 hours
304. Medieval Civilization Same as E P S 312. See E P S 312. or 1 unit.
Same as RELST 304. The architectural, artis-
tic, philosophical, political, and religious com- 316. The Industrial Revolution in Europe, 325. Southern Africa: Race and Power
ponents of medieval culture, thought, and 1780-1900
Interdisciplinary survey of both the internal
patterns of behavior; includes monasticism Comparative analytic study of industrial and international dimensions of the changing
and society and the individual. Prerequisite: development in England, France, Germany, situation in Africa south of the Zambezi;
Sophomore standing or consent of instructor. and Russia; social, cultural, and demographic focuses on the historical background to, and
3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. consequences of rapid economic change. 3 a political, economic, and social analysis of
current events in the Republic of South Africa,
The Age of the Renaissance
305.
Mozambique, Namibia, and Zimbabwe,
Same as RELST 305. Prerequisite: One year of
emphasizing the central significance of race
college history. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
and power in this region. Prerequisite: HIST
216 or AFRST 222. 3 hours or 1 unit.
138 History
327. Russia from Peter the Great to the and gender in the process of class formation; 349. War and Society in Early Modern
Revolution labor relations and the changing patterns of Europe, 1450-1815
Culture, society, and politics in Imperial Rus- working class protest and accommodation. Technology, tactics, operations, and strategy
sia, focusing on power and resistance, the lives Prerequisite: One
year of college level history, of warfare from the Renaissance through the
and culture of ordinary Russians, and com- or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or A or 1 unit.
l
Napoleonic Era; the impact of war and
peting ideas about the state, the individual, military institutions upon economics, society,
community, nation, religion, and morality. 338. History of Biology and government; topics vary. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: One year of college history or con- Same as BIOL 338. Development of biological HIST 281, 282, 306, 309, or 310, or consent of
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. For thought from antiquity to the present, empha- instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
higher credit, graduate students will be re- sizing evolutionary theory and physiology in
quired to do more reading and to write an the nineteenth century and genetics in the 350. Crises of Political Tolerance
additional paper. twentieth century. Prerequisite: One year of Investigates the character of American politi-
college biology or history, or consent of in- cal tolerance and freedom in times of crisis,
328. History of the Soviet Union since 1917 structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. through images of the
a series of case studies:
Political, social, and economic development American "enemy"; the Red Scare after World
of the USSR since the 1917 revolutions that 339. Scientific Thought, I War I; the internment of Japanese- Americans
brought the Bolsheviks to power; social Same as PHIL 317. See PHIL 317. in World War II: McCarthyism; and the resent-
change and social engineering; political ments generated by protest movements in the
struggles among Stalin and his rivals; the 340. Scientific Thought, II late 1960s. Prerequisite: One year of college his-
"Stalin revolution" from above and economic Same as PHIL 318. See PHIL 318. tory. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
modernization; the USSR's emergence through

World War II and the Cold War as a world 341. Modem Britain: the Victorian Era, 351.War on the Home Front in 20th
1815-1900 Century America
power; "developed socialist" society. Prereq-
History of the political, constitutional, social, Explores the domestic ramifications of war in
uisite: One year of college history, or consent
economic, and diplomatic developments of modern America through a comparison of the
of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Graduate
the United Kingdom, including Ireland. U.S. home front experience in the "total" wars
students will write an additional substantial
Prerequisite: One year of college history. 3 of World War I and World War II and "limited"
paper and engage in special discussion sec-
hours, or Vi or 1 unit. wars in Korea, Vietnam, and the Persian Gulf.
tions.
Prerequisite: One year of college history. 3
329. Southeastern Europe, 1700-1918
342. Modern Britain Since 1900 hours, Vi or 1 unit.
History of the political, constitutional, social,
The political, economic, and cultural develop-
economic, and diplomatic developments of 352. Colonial Beginnings of American Life
ment of the Rumanians, South Slavs, Greeks,
the United Kingdom, including Ireland. and Institutions
and Albanians; the impact of Ottoman rule;
Prerequisite: One year of college history. 3 Study of the seventeenth- and eighteenth-
the rise of nationalism and the formation of
national states; and the Orthodox Church.
hours, or Vi or 1 unit. century colonies to 1763. Prerequisite: One year
Prerequisite: One year of college history or con- of college history or consent of instructor. 3
344. The Ottoman Empire, 1566-1924 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
sent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Economy, society, law, and government; the
330. Eastern Europe, 1919 to the Present
Ottomans and Mediterranean society; Otto- 353. Development of Plantation Societies
The economic, and cultural history
political,
man culture and Islamic tradition; minorities; in the Americas
of Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Ruma-
trade, diplomacy, and capitulations; "decline" Same as AFRO 353. See AFRO 353.
nia, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Greece, and Alba-
and dismemberment; and traditional and
nia; particular emphasis upon the post- World
Westernizing attempts at revival. Prerequisite: 354. The Era of the American Revolution,
War II era. Prerequisite: One year of college One year of college history or consent of in- 1763-89
history or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Prerequisite: One year of college history. 3
unit.
345. History of Jews in the Diaspora
332. Medieval England
Same as RELST 345. Deals with the history of 355. Federalists, Jeffersonians, and the Era
Economic, intellectual, religious, and social
the Jewish people from the destruction of the of Good Feeling
Jewish state by Rome to the reestablishment United States history from 1789 to 1828, with
developments as reflected in the art and
of a Jewish state in 1948. The emphasis is on emphasis on the conflict between nationalism
architecture of medieval England from the
time of the German invasions to about the
the interaction between the Jewish and non- and sectional interests. Prerequisite: One year
fifteenth century. Prerequisite: Sophomore Jewish worlds as well as changes internal to of college history or consent of instructor. 3
the Jewish communities. 3 hours or 1 unit. hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
Vi or 1 unit.
346. Thought and Society in Modern 357. History of American Families
333. England under the Tudors and Stuarts,
Europe, 1789-Present Same as HDFS 357. Overview of family life in
1485-1660
Same as SOC
304. Examines the reciprocal the United States from colonial times to the
relationship between thought and society in present. History of childhood and adoles-
Politics, religion, and society in the era of the
western Europe from the French Renaissance cence, dating and courtship, sex and repro-
Protestant Reformation and the Civil War.
to the present. Prerequisite: SOC 200, or one duction, husband-wife relations, female-headed
Prerequisite: One year of college history or
year of college history; or consent of instructor. households, and aging. Major transformations
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
3 hours or 1 unit. in family structure and authority patterns, and
336. France, 1815-1920 consequences of those transformations. Pre-

The development of France, with special
347. History of Roman Law and Legal requisite: One year of college history. 3 hours
Tradition orl unit.
attention to questions of social history.
Prerequisite: One year of college history or
Examines Roman law and legal tradition in
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.

the context of historical, political, and social 359. Civil War and Reconstruction
developments; origins of law in primitive and The United States between 1850 and 1877,
337. American Working Class History, 1780 ancient classical societies; surveys develop- with emphasis on the causes of the war,
to the Present ment of precedent, codification, and preser- wartime problems of the North and South,
Same as L I R 337. Focuses on working class vation of Roman law, and the impact of Roman and efforts to create a new Union after the war.
formation, culture, ideas, and organization; law on Western legal traditions. Prerequisite: 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
examines daily experience of work and com- One year of college history, political science,
munity life; special emphasis on race, ethnicity, or classical civilization; or consent of instruc-
tor. 3 /lours, or Vi or 1 unit.
History 139
360. Landscapes and Texts: Comparative process of conquest and resistance present 378. History of Mexico, 1519 to the Present
Approaches to Environmental History within the region's history. Prerequisite: One Development of Mexico from the conquest to
Same as ENVST 360. Focuses on the method- semester of U.S. history or consent of instruc- the postrevolutionary present. Prerequisite:
ological and conceptual debates in the field tor. 3 /io»rs or 1 unit. One year of college history or consent of
of environmental history. Comparative ex- instructor. 3 hours, or Vz or J unit.
amples drawn from the U.S., Latin America, 368.The South in American History
and Africa will be used to explore descriptions Same as AFRO 368. Exploration of the history 379. Slavery and Race Relations in Latin
of historical landscapes, the differential impact of the American South identifying and America
of global capitalism on those landscapes, and explaining differences between the South and Same as AFRO 379. Selected topics on Indi-
to critique the varieties of scholarly ap- the rest of the nation; examines the correlates ans and Spaniards, whites and blacks, empha-
proaches deployed. The central questions are: of economic change in the realms of politics, sizing Mexico, the Caribbean, and Brazil. Pre-
Do we from texts or from the
create histories social structure, and cultural values. Race requisite: One year of college history or consent
landscapes observe? How can we test

we relations provides a central theme of the of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
scholarly claims about causality and the di- course. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
rection of change over time? Prerequisite: HIST 380.Twentieth Century Africa: The
160. In addition, either (a) a 100 or 200 level 370.Four Latin American Ideas: Colonial Era
course in American history; and a 100 or 200 Structuralism, Dependency, Liberation The peoples, cultures, and societies of Africa
level course in either Latin American or Afri- Theology, Pedagogy of the Oppressed under European colonial dominance. Al-
can history; or (b) a 200 level course in ENVST. Same as LAT ST 376. Examines Latin Ameri- though attention is paid to colonial policies
3 hours, or Vz or I unit. can schools of thought widely influential in and practices, the primary focus is on the con-
the Third World. Considers propositions of tinuing autonomy of African peoples. Special
361. Immigrant America each set of ideas, historical development of attention will be given to the cases of Ethio-
History of immigration and immigrant groups each, relations among the schools, critiques, pia and South Africa. Prerequisite: HIST 215,
in the United States from 1830 to 1980. Covers and transformations. Prerequisite: One year of 216, or AFRST 222, or junior standing. 3 hours
major waves of immigration and focuses on history or social science. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. or 1 unit.
the diverse cultural heritage, social structure,
and political activism of immigrants from 371. American Intellectual and Cultural 381. Ancient Greek States
Europe, the Americas, and Asia. Prerequisite: History to 1865 History of the Greek states from the earliest
One year of college American history or Same as RELST 381 Examines the role of reli-
. times to 334 B.C. Prerequisite: One year of
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. gious, scientific, political, social, educational, college history or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
and artistic thought and institutions in shap- or Vz orl unit.
362. History of the United States since 1932 ing a distinctive American culture, emphasiz-
Discusses the New Deal, the Cold War, ing Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and the 382. Alexander and His Successors
Franklin D. Roosevelt and subsequent presi- Romantic movement. Prerequisite: One year of Prerequisite:One year of college history or
dents, the structure of American imperialism, college history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
and America's role in world politics. Prerequi- or Vz or 1 unit.
site: One
year of college history, political sci- 383. History of the Roman Republic to 44 BC
ence, or economics. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. 372. American Intellectual and Cultural Prerequisite: One year of college history or
History since 1859 consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
363. Social History of Industrial America to Same as RELST 382. Treats the leading intel-
1918 lectual and cultural influences in shaping 384. The Roman Empire
The impact of industrialization, immigration, modern and contemporary America, empha- Prerequisite:One year of college history or
and urbanization on American society to the sizing the impact of Darwinism and natural- consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
end of World War I. Prerequisite: One year of istic thought, science and technology, the
American university, divisions in religious Independence and
385. African
college history. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
thought (Modernism, Fundamentalism, Neo- Underdevelopment: 1945 to the Present
364. Social History of Industrial America Orthodoxy), the Counterculture, and the New Same as POL S 332. Historical investigation
Since World War I Conservatism. Prerequisite: One year of college of African political economies based on
Study of the impact of industrial technology, selected case studies; includes development
history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz
of the colonial economy, economic bases of
business enterprise, immigration, and urban- or 1 unit.
ization on American society. Prerequisite: One African nationalism, and postindependence
year of college history or consent of instruc- 373. History of American Foreign Relations underdevelopment and attempts to escape
tor. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. to 1917 from it. Prerequisite: One year of college history
3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. or enrollment in the AFRST program. 3 hours,
365. American Public Health and Health or Vz or 1 unit.
Policy 375. Andean Countries of South America,
American public health and health policy 1532 to the Present 386. The Horn of Africa: Nationalism and
since the late-nineteenth century. Emergence The history of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Revolution
of modern public-health institutions in Bolivia, and Chile; emphasizes common Complete survey of the history of the Horn,
America; relation of public health to concep- problems and diverse responses, from the from the origins of agriculture and pastoral-
tions of disease, social order, and the role of conquest in the sixteenth century to the ism to the late twentieth century. Covers clas-
government; emergence and development of struggles for development in the twentieth. sical Aksum, medieval Ethiopia, and the
public policy issues in public health and medi- Prerequisite: One year of college history or coastal Islamic city states; concentrates on the
cal care, of the environment for the formula- consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. twentieth century and the rise of conflicting
tion of policy, and the relation of policy to
nationalisms, the outbreak of revolution, and
broader issues of social development, inci- 376. Classical Chinese Thought famine. Prerequisite: HIST 216 or AFRST 222
dence of disease, and assumptions about the Same as EALC 376. See EALC 376. or junior standing. 3 hours or 1 unit.
proper distribution of public and private re-
sponsibility. Prerequisite: One year of college 377. History of Modem Brazil, 1808 to the America
387. History of Central
Present Major themes of Central American history
history or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
Problems of a neocolonial society; themes since conquest: the Colonial regime, ethnic
unit.
include family structure, slavery, imperialism, diversity, the independence movement,
367. History of theAmerican West: A modernization, and the crisis of traditional fragmentation in the nineteenth century,
Legacy of Conquest and Resistance institutions. Prerequisite: One year of college export economies and imperialism, 1880-1932,
Same as LLS 367. Examines the changing im- history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vz social movements and populism in the
age of the American West by focusing on the or 1 unit. twentieth century revolution and intervention
140 History
since the 1950s. Prerequisite: One year of 397. History ofSpain and Portugal 472.Seminar in History of Medicine:
college history or consent of the instructor. 3 Iberian historyfrom pre-Roman rimes to the Selected Topics from Antiquity to the
hours, or '/: or 1 unit. present with emphasis on the modern period. Present
Prerequisite:One year of college history or 1 unit.
388. India from Colony to Nation consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Mughal Empire and British Raj, Indian na- 473. Seminar in Military History
tional awakening, and struggle for indepen- 410.Core Seminar in Science, Technology, Prerequisite:Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
dence under Ghandi and Nehru. 3 hours, or Vi Information, and Medicine Studies
orl unit. Same as SOC 410. See SOC 410. 474. Problems in Japanese History
Same as EALC 474. Period covered will
390.China Under the Ch'ing Dynasty 411. Seminar in Ancient History: Greece alternate between the Early Modern (1550-
Same as EALC 390. The period of Manchu I unit. 1850) and Modern (1850-present) eras.
domination in China (1644-1912); emphasis on Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 1 unit. Maybe
Chinese reactions to Western influences 413. Seminar in Ancient History: Rome repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
during the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: 1 unit.
One year of college history or consent of 475. Problems in Ancient History

instructor. 3 hours, or '/: or 1 unit. 415. Seminar in Medieval History 1 unit.
1 unit.
391. Early Modern Japan: The Making of 476. Problems in Medieval History
National Culture 417. Seminar in European History, 1350- 1 unit.
Same as EALC 391. Study of the people, 1648

culture, and society from 1600 to 1868. Traces 1 unit. 477. Problems in Early Modern European
the rise of Japan's first truly national culture. History
Prerequisite: One
course in Japanese history: 421. Seminar in European History Since 1 unit.
EALC HIST 1789

150, 170, 285, or 286, graduate
standing, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 1 unit. 478. Problems in European History Since
1789
unit.
423. Seminar in English History to 1688 1 unit.
I unit.
392. Twentieth-Century Japan: Negotiating
Modernity 479. Problems in English History Before
425. Seminar in English and British Empire 1688
Same as EALC 392. Study of the people, cul-
History Since 1688 1 unit.
ture, and society of Japan from 1868 to the
1 unit.
present. Traces Japan's transformation from
480. Problems in English History Since
an insular bastion of "centralized feudalism"
427. Seminar in Russian History 1688
into a cross-cultural crucible of post-industrial
1 unit. I unit.
democracy. Prerequisite: One course in Japa-
nese history: EALC 150, HIST 170, 285, or 286, 434. Research Seminar
in Japanese History 481. Problems in Russian History
graduate standing, or consent of instructor. 3 Same as EALC 434.
Period covered will alter- 1 unit.
hours or 1 unit.
nate between the Early Modern (1550-1850)
and Modern (1850-present) eras. Prerequisite: 482. Problems in Military History
393. Social-Economic History of Modern
Graduate standing in HIST, EALC, or other Prerequisite:Graduate standing. 1 unit.
China
related discipline and reading knowledge of
Same as EALC 393. Disintegration of tradi-
Japanese, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May 483. Problems in Chinese History
tional social and economic systems during the Same EALC 483.
be repeated as topics vary to a maximum of 2 as 1 unit.
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and the
units.
political effects of that disintegration; exam- 484. Problems in European History, 1350-
ines changes in the agricultural economy, 1648
441. Seminar in Near and Middle Eastern
changing rural elites, urbanization, and emer- History 1 unit.
gence of new social classes. It is recommended Investigates research topics in Near and
that students take HIST 390 and 394 before 485. Problems in Near and Middle Eastern
Middle Eastern history in accordance with
registration in HIST 393. 3 hours, or Vz or 1
students' needs. Topics may vary from History
unit.
semester to semester. Students will prepare Covers, in depth, major problems of specific
oral and written Graduate
reports. Prerequisite: periods and areas and the relevant literature
394. Twentieth-Century China of Near and Middle Eastern History, which
standing. 1 unit. May be repeated to a
Same as EALC 394. Chinese state and society will vary from semester to semester. Prerequi-
maximum of 2 units.
in revolutionary transition; emphasis on the site: Graduate standing. 1 unit. May be re-
Nationalist and Communist revolutions and 448. Seminar in African History peated as topics vary to a maximum of 2 units.
their results. Prerequisite: One year of college Prerequisite: HIST 215, 216, and one upper-
history or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 level African history course. 1 unit. 486. Problems in American History to 1830
or 1 unit. 1 unit.
451. Seminar in Early American History to

396. Politics and Society in Twentieth-
1789 487. Problems in American History Since
Century Germany 1 unit. 1815
Political upheavals of twentieth-century Ger- 1 unit.
many; topics include the First World War's 453. Seminar in American History Since
impact on German society, the war's revolu- 1789 488. Problems in Latin American History
tionary aftermath, the political struggles and 1 unit. 1 unit.
cultural achievements of the Weimar Repub-

lic, the rise of Hitler, the Third Reich, the Ho- 461. Seminar in Latin American History 489. Problems in African History
locaust, the Second World War, and the di- 1 unit. 1 unit.
vided postwar Germanies; novels and films

complement readings. Prerequisite: HIST 112. 468. Colonialism and Culture 490. History and Social Theory
3 hours or 1 unit. Same as ANTH 468. See ANTH 468. Introduces recent historical work drawing
upon theories and concepts from the social
471. Seminar in the History of Science sciences; considers fields of inquiry which in-
1 unit. clude family history, demographic history, la-
Human and Community Development 141
bor history, prosopographical and entrepre- 240. Photography in Agriculture

neurial studies, local and regional studies, and Application of visual communications prin-
others. 1 unit. ciples to agriculture using the photograph as
medium; emphasizes communicative, cre-
491. Quantitative Techniques for and technical aspects. See Timetable
ative, for
Historians
Focuses on the use of quantitative techniques
Human and approximate cost of materials. 4 hours.
in historical research, exploring problems in

Community 250. Communications Internship
research design, data management and Development Supervised learning experience with cooper-
ating communications business, organization,
computer techniques, and the evaluation of
statistics used by historians. Prerequisite: SOC or agency. Students arrange internship oppor-
385 or consent of instructor. 1 unit, Head of Department: Constance H. Shapiro tunity and coordinate award of credit with
Department Office: 274 Bevier Hall, 905 South faculty member. Prerequisite: Written consent
492.Problems in Comparative History Goodwin Avenue, Urbana of instructor or departmental approval prior
Intensive comparative examinations of Phone: 333-3790 to advance enrollment and registration; not
particular issues in the histories of multiple URL: www.aces.uiuc.edu/-hcd open to students on probation. 1 to 4 hours.
countries, cultures or periods; emphasizes Course may be repeated in separate semes-
methodology, the discipline of comparative Including Agricultural Communications ters to a maximum of 8 hours. Students may
history,and the nature of historiography in a (AGCOM), Agricultural Education (AG ED), repeat enrollment in the course with approval
cross-cultural and interdisciplinary context. 1 Human and Community Development of supervising faculty member. Approved for
unit. (HCD), Human Development and Family S/U grading.
Studies (HDFS), and Rural Sociology
495. Individual Research Project (R SOC) 270. Agricultural Sales Communications
Directed research in special fields; may be Role, dynamics, and principles of personal
taken in lieu of seminars in fields in which sales communications as related to food and
seminars are seldom offered. 1 unit. Agricultural Communications agriculture; methods for analyzing, setting
(AGCOM) objectives, planning, conducting and evalu-
496. History of Historiography ating sales communications efforts; individual
Introduction to the great historians from early 111. Introduction to Agricultural and observation of principles applied by agricul-
times to the present. Prerequisite: Graduate Environmental Communications tural sales professionals. Prerequisite: Junior
standing in history or consent of instructor. 1 Introduction to the uses of mass communica- standing; enrollment preference to students in
unit. tions media and theories in agricultural and the College of Agricultural, Consumer and
environmental communications and commu- Environmental Sciences. 3 hours.
497. Reading Course
nity and human development, and to profes-
Directed readings in special fields. Primarily, communica- 273. Presenting Environmental
sional opportunities in applied
but not exclusively, for students with a tions in agricultural, environmental, and Information
master's degree or equivalent, who are pre- Same as ENVST and NRES 273. Examines four
human services organizations. 3 hours.
paring for the preliminary examination in his- types of information necessary for promoting
tory and who need instruction in areas not 114. Writing for Agricultural and social change: problem analysis, benefit and
provided by current course offerings. Prereq- Environmental Media risk, utility, and mobilization information. Stu-
uisite: Consent of instructor. to 1 unit. dents apply principles of information analy-
Same as JOURN 114. Introduction to writing
for the agricultural and environmental media. sis and presentation using desk-top publish-
498. Problems in the Teaching of College Emphasis on basic skills used to communicate ing software. Prerequisite: Completion of the
History campus Composition I general education re-
through these media, with particular empha-
Prerequisite: Candidate for Ph.D. degree in quirement. 3 hours.
sis on writing skills. Prerequisite: Completion
history. Vi unit.
of campus Composition I requirement; sopho-
more standing. 3 hours. 275. Environmental Communications
499. Thesis Research Same as ENVST and NRES 275. Basics of com-
Individual direction in research and guidance municating about environmental issues to
190.Student Publications and Media
in writing theses for advanced degrees. 0to4 various audiences, emphasizing communica-
Reporting, photography, editing and other
units. tion to lay publics. Gathering information
production for Illini Horizons and other
College of Agricultural, Consumer and about a current environmental issue, analyz-
Environmental Sciences student publications ing interests of groups involved, and examin-
and broadcast activities. Prerequisite: Consent ing strategies for communicating clearly to
of instructor; open to students in good different groups. Prerequisite: Completion of
standing. 1 to 3 hours. Course may be repeated the campus Composition I general education
in separate semesters to a maximum of 12 requirement. 3 hours.
History of Art hours. Students may register in this course
more than once in the same term for a total of 280. Leadership Development
3 hours. Approved for S/U grading. Examines leadership theory, styles and roles
of leaders; includes exercises and activities to
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar improve functional leadership skill, as
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. adapted to career interests of the individual
class member. Prerequisite: RHET 105 and
214. Educational Campaign Planning SPCOM 101; or equivalent. 3 hours.
Same as JOURN Coordinated approach
214.
to planning and carrying out information cam- 290. Professional Seminar
paigns using a variety of communications Professional developments and issues in ag-
media; students contact and work with an communications; the agricultural

ricultural
agency interested in running a communica- communicator today; and avenues for con-
tions campaign, plan an information strategy, tinuing professional growth. Prerequisite: Jun-
and produce a variety of information materi- ior-senior standing in agricultural communi-
als related to the campaign topic. Prerequisite: cations. 1 hour.
Completion of the campus Composition I gen-

eral education requirement. 4 hours.
2
142 Human and Community Development
Problems
300. Special in Agricultural quired. Off-campus observation begins the 315. Agricultural Education Seminar
Communications first week of January. Agricultural education Analysis of teaching and learning processes,
Special projects, readings, research, or other programs in both school and nonschool set- program evaluation and improvement strat-
studies on topics in agricultural communica- tings are examined. Prerequisite: AG ED 120. egies, curriculum development and modifi-
Written consent of instruc-
tions. Prerequisite: hour. cation, professional development, facility de-
tor ordepartmental approval prior to advance velopment, using community resources,
enrollment and registration; not open to stu- 200. Special Projects program management, and discussion of
dents on probation. 2 to 4 hours, or 'A to 2 units. Independent study on topics pertaining to trends and issues in agricultural education.
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or agricultural education. Prerequisite: Junior Meets last five weeks of semester. Prerequisite:
2 units. standing in agricultural education or consent Senior standing and concurrent registration
of instructor. 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated in in AG ED 290 or ED PR 242. 2 hour or 'A unit.
348. Communication in Environmental subsequent semesters to a maximum of 3
Social Movements hours. 320. Youth Development Programs
Same as ENVST and SOC 345, and NRES 358. development process,
Instruction in the youth
Examines the interests, values systems and 280. Pre-Internship in Agricultural including learning; philosophy and purposes
communications strategies of key participants Education of youth development policies, programs, and
in the environmental movement. Students Supervised experience during the late spring organizations; relationships to organizational
examine environmental issues and predict and summer months; conducting summer missions; principles and procedures for devel-
possible reactions from key participants in the program supervising students' ag-
activities; oping, coordinating, and implementing youth
environmental arena. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or ricultural experience programs and projects; development programs; and examining re-
R SOC 110; completion of the campus Com- identifying community characteristics; be- search and practice in youth-at-risk initiatives.
position I general education requirement. 3 coming acquainted with internship programs, Prerequisite: AG ED 120, or HDFS 105, or
hours or % unit. facilities, and personnel; gathering other in- PSYCH 100 or a equivalent social science
formation needed to successfully complete the course. 3 or 4 hours, or Vi or 2 unit.
410.Communication in International internship experience. Approximately 60
Development hours of early field experience must be com- 400. Special Topics in Agricultural
Same as COMM 410. Competing theoretical pleted. Prerequisite: AG ED 150 and concur- Education
approaches to communication in develop- rent registration in AG ED 310. 1 hour. Advanced study in selected phases of agricul-
ment; practical questions in promoting local tural education applicable to agricultural edu-
agricultural, community and institutional de- 285. Delivery and Evaluation of cators in schools, community colleges, univer-
velopment for individuals and target groups; Agricultural Education Programs sities, cooperative extension, agribusiness, and
national-level issues including cultural impe- Students complete this course during their community and governmental agencies. Pre-
rialism and new world information order. Pre- twelve-week internship experience (either AG requisite: Consent of instructor. Vi to 1 unit.
requisite: Graduate credit in SOC/R SOC 343 ED 290 for noncertification students or ED PR
or consent of instructor. 2 unit. 242 for certification students). Written 475. Laboratory Teaching Methods
assignments will focus on development of Theoretical and approaches
practical to teach-
460. Teaching of College-Level Agriculture teaching plans, program initiation and ing agriculture in laboratory settings; mechan-
Analysis and preparation for the problems improvement plans, and actual evaluation ics, horticulture, agriscience, land laboratories,
encountered in the effective teaching of col- studies of Agricultural Education programs. and other school-based and community-based
lege-level agriculture and home economics; Instruction will be provided during on-site laboratories will be considered. Research and
systems approach, including instructional faculty visits and by cooperating personnel. theoretical foundations that underlie the as-
objectives, preassessment of students, instruc- Prerequisite: AG ED 310 and concurrent pects of planning, management, teaching,
tional strategies, materials, and student per- registration in AG ED 290 or ED PR 242. 4 evaluation, safety, finance, and facility design
formance evaluation; and detailed study of hours. will be discussed within the context of labo-
individual problems supplements class work. ratory instruction in agriculture. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: Master's standing. 'A unit. 290. Internship in Agricultural Education AG ED 310 or equivalent with a graduate
Supervised educational experience in exten- course in educational psychology recom-
sion, agribusiness, community, or other set- mended. 2 unit.
Agricultural Education (AG ED) tings for a twelve-week period; includes expe-
rience in planning and conducting programs,
120. Agricultural Education Programs and individual and group teaching, managing fa- Human and Community
Principles cilities and equipment, supervising field ex- Development (HCD)
Introduction to agricultural education pro- periences of students, counseling students,
grams and delivery systems; state and federal advising youth organizations, evaluating 417. Community Studies Theory
policies; thenature of teaching in school and teaching and learning, and determining pro- Same as SOC and U P 417. Covers main cur-
nonschool settings; types and purposes of gram effectiveness. Restricted to Agricultural rents of thought and paradigms in commu-
agricultural education; program components; Education majors. Prerequisite: AG ED 310 and nity studies and developments. Focuses on
approaches to teaching; teacher characteris- concurrent registration in AG ED 315 and 285. theories of community definition and func-
tics; community relationships; educational 8 hours. Students may not receive credit for tioning, building and sustaining community,
change and innovation; trends and develop- AG ED 290 and ED PR 242, Section AE. and the impact of societal change on commu-
ments in agricultural education; and reflective nity processes. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
teaching. 3 hours. 310. Methods of Teaching Agriculture in HCD or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Review of principles of teaching and learning
150. Observation and Program Analysis in as they influence teaching activities; psycho- 422.Contemporary Topics in Community
Agricultural Education logical aspects of learning; usingproblem- and Rural Studies
Early field experience in agricultural educa- solving teaching; teaching methods; course Provides an in-depth examination of contem-
tion, including observation and analysis ac- planning and development; developing teach- porary issues and emerging research topics in
tivities in public schools, extension programs, ing plans; laboratory teaching; evaluating stu- the fields of community studies and rural
or other selected settings; participation in clini- dent learning; maintaining discipline; moti- studies. Major emphasis is placed on examin-
cal field experience activities; examination of vating students; and examining personal ing various theoretical perspectives, evaluat-
educational program development and opera- teacher behaviors that influence learning. Pre- ing research designs and writing for academic
tion, teaching and learning processes, contex- requisite: EDPSY 211, or equivalent or consent markets. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
tual factors in learning, evaluation of student of instructor. 3 hours or 'A unit. HCD or a related area of study, and consent
learning;and professionalism. Approximately of instructor; courses in statistics and commu-
45 hours of early field experience will be ac- nity or rural studies. 2 unit.
Human and Community Development 143
449. Independent Study 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 290. Supervised Research Experience
Individual investigation and reporting of re- 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Supervised participation in research and
search on any phase of agricultural education scholarly activities in human development
selected by the student and approved by the 202.Development of Curriculum for and family studies, usually as assistant to a
adviser and faculty member who will super- Infants and Preschoolers faculty investigator. Prerequisite: Consent of
vise the study. Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated to Introduces development of curriculum for academic adviser, written consent of instruc-
a maximum of 2 units. children from birth to age five; integrates child tor. 1 to 3 hours. Not open to students on pro-
development theory and principles with bation. May be repeated in separate semes-
Advanced Studies in Human and
493. programming for young children in preschool ters to a maximum of 10 hours.
Community Development and childcare settings. Prerequisite: HDFS 105,
Library or experimental research on specific or consent of instructor. 4 hours. 291. Thesis
problems of limited scope. May be taken in Intended primarily for candidates for honors
addition to 8 units required for a master's and Early Development
203. Infancy but open to other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior
degree by students who do not write a thesis. Reviews development during the first five standing; approval of head of department. 3
For nonthesis students only. Vz or 1 unit. May years of including cognitive, social, and
life, to 5 hours.
be repeated to a maximum of 1 unit. biological aspects of early development; lab

involves first-hand observation of young 292. Thesis
495.Seminar in Human and Community children to supplement and extend lecture Intended primarily for candidates for honors
Development material. Prerequisite: HDFS 105 or PSYCH 216, but open to other seniors. Prerequisite: Senior
Discussion and evaluation of current literature or consent of instructor. 4 hours. standing; approval of head of department. 3
on selected topics in human and community to 5 hours.
development. Prerequisite: Graduate standing 205. Children and Families With Special
in HCD or consent of instructor. !4 to 1 unit. Needs 301. Issues in Socialization and
May be repeated. Through case studies of community pro- Development
grams, lectures, and guest speakers (e.g., teen- Presents and uses theories of socialization to
498. Special Problems in Human and age mothers), students are exposed to what evaluate and analyze current issues and so-
Community Development life is actually like for women and children cialization practices; delineates historical and
Research or independent study on a special whose lives do not fit the stereotypes of the philosophical trends in socialization, and dis-
problem that is not part of thesis work. American family. Course objectives are to cusses the implications of these trends for gen-
Prerequisite:Consent of instructor. Vi to 2 units. identify these women and children with spe- erating social policy affecting the developing
May be repeated in the same or separate cial needs, to become aware of the impact of individual. Prerequisite: HDFS 202 and 203 or
semesters to a maximum of 2 units. situational factors such as migrant life, pov- equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
erty, and violence on women and children,
499. Thesis Research and to begin to develop ideas about preven- 302. Sex Roles
Individual thesis research under supervision tion and intervention. 3 hours. Same as SOC and W S 302. Examines social
of faculty in specialized fields of human and institutions that affect sex differences in power
community development. 0to4 units. May be Comparative Family Organization
210. and prestige, especially market labor, house-
repeated. Same as ANTH 210. Cross-cultural examina- hold labor, and fertility; social, emotional, and
tion of the family in relation to environ- its cognitive developmental differences over the
ment, the family as an environment, and the life span. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or HDFS 105;
Human Development and Family family structure as it changes over time; evalu- or 6 hours of anthropology, geography, politi-
Studies (HDFS) ates findings in anthropology, sociology, and cal science, or sociology. 3 hours or 1 unit.
psychology; examines current issues in Ameri-
105. Introduction to Human Development can family life. 3 hours. 303. Hospitalized Children and Their
Systematic overview of the psychological, Families
biological, familial, and cultural factors related Aging
214. Introduction to Examines the developmental needs of chil-
to human growth and development across the Same as CHLTH, LEIST, PSYCH, and REHAB dren in hospitals and their families; delineates
life span. 3 hours. 214. A multidisciplinary introduction to the the role of the Child Life Specialist and famil-
study of aging; the social, psychological and iarizes students with hospital procedures and
106. Observation and Assessment of physiological context of changing roles in later personnel. Clinical placement includes direct
Human Development life; public and private policies that affect experience with hospitalized children and
Introduction to the study of human develop- older people and their families. Prerequisite: their families. Prerequisite: HDFS 202, 205, and
ment through systematic observations. In- HDFS 105, or 3 hours of social science. 3 hours. 319, and consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or
cludes an introduction to both qualitative and 1 unit.
quantitative observational techniques. Prereq- 215. Courtship and Marriage

uisite: HDFS 105, or consent of instructor. 4 Development of cross-sex and same-sex rela- 304. Gerontology
hours. tionships that lead to marriage or intimate liv- Same as REHAB 304. Interdisciplinary ap-
ing over the life cycle; the dissolution of such proach to the study of aging and the aged from
110. Introduction to Family Studies relationships; emphasizes the effects of social developmental, behavioral, and social per-
Overview of current concepts, theories, and and cultural environments on intimate rela- spectives. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 3 hours
substantive issues in family studies from an tionships. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or or 1 unit.
interdisciplinary perspective. Gives attention above. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit
to variation in family form and function across for both HDFS 215 and SOC 321. 305. Pediatrics and Nutrition
different social /cultural contexts and how Same as C& I 324 and FSHN 305. See FSHN
family experience is structured by gender. 225. Middle Childhood 305.
Examines issues of family development Systematic overview of the normative changes
(marriage, parenting, divorce, remarriage, that occur in the physical, cognitive, social, 310.Contemporary American Family
aging family) and explores the links between emotional, and moral domains during the Examination of the variety of forms families
families and other social institutions. 3 hours. middle childhood period as well as current assume in the United States; families are
social issues that confront many of today's compared in the areas of kinship, family
143. Biological Bases of Human Behavior children (such as school violence or poverty). organization, patterns of interpersonal
Same as ANTH 143. See ANTH 143. Prerequisite: HDFS 105. 3 hours. relationships, socialization, values, and
integration with the larger society. Prerequisite:
145. Introduction to Women's Studies in Motor Development, Growth, and
262. HDFS 21 or consent of instructor, and 6 hours
the Social Sciences Form of social science. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
Same as SOC 145 and WS 112. See W S 112. Same as KINES 262. See PONES 262.
144 Human Resource Education
314.Race and Ethnic Issues in Family 349. Music in Early Childhood Second-year graduate standing in
Prerequisite:
Sociology and Education Same as MUSIC 349. See MUSIC 349. Human Development and Family Studies or
Same as AFRO, E P S and SOC 314. See E P S a related area, and consent of instructor;
314. 350. Practicum in Human Development courses in statistics research methods. 1 unit.
and Family Studies
316.Adolescent Development Supervised on- or off-campus learning expe- 421.Contemporary Topics in Family
Examines paths of experience and individual rience related to human development or fam- Studies
development within the family, the peer ily studies, supervised in cooperation with an In-depth analysis of a current issue in family
group, and other domains through this appropriate agency or institution. Prerequisite: studies with special emphasis on general
socially-defined stage of life. Prerequisite: Six Human Development and Family Studies methodological problems illustrated through
hours of Human Development and Family major; junior standing. Not available to stu- examples from one area of research. Prerequi-
Studies courses, or equivalent social science dents on probation. 3 to 22 hours, or 1 to 3 units site:Second-year graduate standing in Human
courses. 3 hours, or V> or 1 unit. Not available to students on probation. (Only Development and Family Studies or a related
1 unit of the course may be applied to the to- area, and consent of instructor; courses in sta-
and Supervision in
319. Professionalism talrequired for a graduate degree in Human tistics and HDFS 390 or equivalent. 1 unit.
Child Development Settings Resources and Community Development. At
Examines the relationships between child the undergraduate level, only 4 hours may be
development theories and developmentally applied to the total HDFS courses required.) Rural Sociology (R SOC)
appropriate and individualized instruction
techniques, discipline and guidance strategies, 354. Growth and Physical Development of 110. Introduction to Rural Society
and the role of the family in child development Children Basic concepts for understanding and analyz-
programs. Emphasizes program supervision. Same as KINES 354. See KINES 354. ing rural society; topics include changes in
Includes direct experience with children and major rural institutions, impacts of technologi-
families in a laboratory setting. Prerequisite: 357. History of American Families cal change on rural people and communities,
HDFS 202, 203 and 210, junior standing and Same as HIST HIST 357.
357. See demographic patterns and trends, migration,
consent of instructor. 5 hours or 1 Va units. rural minorities and subcultures, the city-
370. Family Conflict Management countryside relationship, emerging controver-
and Administration of
320. Organization Examines processes of conflict management sies and conflicts in rural areas, and cross-cul-
Child Development Programs in family and community disputes; empha-
tural comparisons of rural life. 3 hours.
Designed to provide a set of learning activi- sizes negotiation and mediation as modes of
ties and experiences that will allow students dispute settlement. Prerequisite: HDFS 210 or 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
to study in-depth the issues surrounding the 310, or equivalent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
development, implementation, and evalua-
tion of intervention programs for children 388. Special Topics in Human 270. Population Issues
from economically disadvantaged and high- Development and Family Studies Same as SOC 270. See SOC 270.
risk backgrounds. Emphasis is placed on the Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of
synthesis and application of knowledge instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. May be 343. Social Change in Developing Areas
gained in prior courses to develop potential repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. Same as SOC 343. Description and analysis of
solutions to societal problems facing children. recent social and cultural changes occurring
Prerequisite: Senior standing and minimum of
390. Human Development: Theory and in new
nations and developing economies;
four HDFS courses, or consent of instructor. 3
Methodology special attention given to problems of tradi-
hours or 1 unit.
Discussion and evaluation of theories of tional social structureundergoing moderniza-
human development and critical examination tion; and social factors in economic growth,
330. The Family in International Settings of current research; examples from current caste and class, nation-building, urbanization
Examines the impact of technological change literature illustrating research methods and and population composition, education, fam-
on the family in developing nations, compared the differing theoretical orientations shaping ily, and religion. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or
with the Western world; includes coverage of research directions in human development. 4 equivalent. 3 hours, or A
X
or 1 unit.
the effects of various development approaches hours or 1 unit.
and projects on family roles, form, and 344. Social Impact Assessment
resource access, and the effects of family 410.Family Interaction Same as ENVST, L A, LEIST, NRES, and UP
characteristics on the success of development Observation and qualitative analysis of the 344. See LEIST 344.
family as a system; how family organization
projects. Prerequisite: HDFS 210, or consent of
instructor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
emerges, is maintained, and changes through 347. Environmental Sociology
social interaction. Prerequisite: HDFS 390 or Same as ENVST and SOC 347. See 30C 347.
335. Latina/Latino Families and Children equivalent. 1 unit.
in the United States 440. Public Involvement in Resource

Same as LLS 335. Course explores a variety of 418.Seminar in Human Development Management and Environmental Planning
topics and provides a basic overview of issues
Overview of theories and research in human Same as ENVST, L A, LEIST, NRES, and U P
relevant to the understanding of Latina/ development; focuses on major issues regard- 440. See NRES 440.
ing development, differing conceptualizations
Latino families and children in the United
States. The class examines recent demographic
of those issues, and relevant research. Prereq-
changes in the U.S. population and its impli- uisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
cations for the socialization and education of

419.Seminar in Family Research and
Latina/Latino children and their families.
Theory
Course content looks at such areas as who are
Presents an advanced, multidisciplinary ap-
Latina/Latino families;
lies
how
are those fami-
different from others; what are the simi-
proach to current theories and research in the Human Resource
larities and differences within Latinas/
areas of marriage and the family. Prerequisite:
HDFS 310, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Education
Latinos; how does acculturation and language
fit into our understanding of these families;
420.Contemporary Topics in Human Head of Department: Tim L. Wentling
and what are the implications for the educa-
Development Department Office: 345 Education Building,
tion success of current and future Latina/
In-depth analysis of a current issue in human 1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign
Latino children. Prerequisite: HDFS 105 or
development with special emphasis on Phone. 333-0807
equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
general methodological problems illustrated URL: hre.ed.uiuc.edu
through examples from one area of research.
Human Resource Education 145
Human Resource Education (HRE) 359. Professional Skill Development in 387. Training Programs in Business and
Education and Training Industry
152. Pre-Educational Internship
Designed to teach practitioner-oriented skills Study of the status of education, training and
an educational set- in specialized areas of human resource development within business and industry;
Early held experiences in
education; students or faculty members may includes an overview of the systemic process
ting, including observation and laboratory
experiences in community colleges, adult vo-
make requests for initiation of sections of this for planning, delivery, and evaluation of
course. Topics vary: consult Timetable for training programs; and explores major
cational programs, business and industry,
specific section offerings. 2 or 4 hours, or 'A or problems, trends, and issues associated with
health service settings, or governmental agen-
cies; provides opportunities for career explo-
1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 the field. 4 fours or 1 unit.
ration, professional orientation, interrelating

hours or 2 units.
388. Instructional Techniques for Business
theorv and practice, and understanding the
381. Foundations and Principles of and Technical Settings
place of the student in the educational pro-
Education for Work Provides a research- based exploration of ef-
cess. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 3
Study of the basic concepts and practices of fective teaching techniques for instructors of
hours.
education for and about work: its philosophi- business, industry, and community college
cal foundations and historical development, technical programs. Equips students with a
189. Supervised Occupational Experience
mission and goals, structure and function, conceptual framework for instruction and pro-
Provides students preparing to teach in the
curricular areas of emphasis, learner audi- vides guidance and experience in the plan-
vocational and technical fields the occupa-
ences served (pre-secondary, secondary, post- ning, delivery and evaluation of instruction.
tional experience necessary or appropriate to
complete the requirements in these curricula. secondary), and settings (school and non- 4 hours or 1 unit.
school) in which programs are conducted, and
Students who are employed and concurrently
enrolled in this course complete assignments issues and trends affecting program change. 389. Business Principles for Human
4 hours or 1 unit. Resource Development Professionals
covering the related technical information of
Study of essential business understandings,
their chosen fields and undergo regularly
383. Instructional Design for Business and knowledge, and skills required for HRD
scheduled written, oral, and performance ex-
Technical Settings professionals to interact effectively with others
aminations. Application for a job assignment
Provides instruction and practice in the in the business community. Prerequisite: HRE
must be made three months prior to the se-
selection, organization, and preparation of 387 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
mester in which placement is desired. Prereq-
content for instructional programs in business
uisite: Sophomore standing. 2 or 3 hours. May 390. Project Management in Education and
and technical settings. Provides students with
be repeated to a maximum of 17 hours. Training
a theoretical orientation to instructional design
as well as the opportunity to experience the Study of the basic principles and techniques
instructional design process as it applies to related to managing personnel, time and re-
1 to 5 hours. Mav be repeated.
business and technical settings through the sources in education and training projects.
249. Independent Study development of instructional materials. Through group and individual activities, in-
Prerequisite: Foundation course in vocational, cluding case study review and project simu-
Permits study of problems not considered in
other courses; designed for students who excel technical, or HRD or consent of instructor. 4 lation, students will apply project manage-
in self-direction and intellectual curiosity. hours or 1 unit. ment tools and techniques in international
training and educational setting. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: Upperclassman; upper five
percent of class in grade-point average; 384. InstructionalTechnologies for HRE 389 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1
demonstrated writing competence, research Education and Training unit.
potential, scholarly attitude, and interest as Same as C & I 384. Covers a wide range of
instructional technologies that are used for 399. Issues and Developments in
attested to by instructors; consent of adviser
instructional and administrative purposes. Education and Training
and staff member who supervises the work. 2
Although traditional instructional media such Special course for experimentation or for semi-
hours.
as overhead projectors, slide projectors, film nar on topics not treated by regularly sched-
252. Educational Internship projectors and VCRs are considered in the uled courses: requests for initiation of this
Practicum in a postsecondary educational course, emphasis.is on computer applications course may be made by students or faculty
setting to prepare students for educational in instructional technology. Through course members. Topics vary; consult Timetable for
readings, discussions, and projects, students specific section offerings. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi or
roles where public school not
certification is
gain skills in choosing appropriate instruc- 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 8
necessary or appropriate. Prerequisite: HRE 152
and satisfactory progress in the Technical tional technologies, designing effective pre- hours or 2 units.
Education Specialties curriculum. 5 to 8 hours. sentations, and effectively using instructional
technologies to enhance communication with The Community College
442.
291. Thesis an audience. Prerequisite: HRE 383 or equiva- Same as EOL 442. See EOL 442.
Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours. lent course in instructional design. 4 hours or
445. Investment in Human Resources
1 unit.
Same as L I R 445. See L I R 445.
345. TransitionPlanning and Vocational
Training for Individuals with Disabilities 385. Supervised Internship in Education
448. Continuing Education Program
Same as REHAB and SP ED 345. See SP ED and Training
While employed in approved cooperating Development
345.
business firms, students observe the relation-
Same as EOL 448 and C & 1 402. See EOL 448.
349. Special Study and Investigation in ship between their work activities and special-
449. Independent Study
Education and Training ized educational programs in high school and
Offers opportunity and challenge of self-
Offers opportunity for an individual to study, community college. Emphasis is placed on job
directive, independent study, that is, develops
on or off campus, selected problems, trends, analysis, current trends, wage and benefit
the individual's ability as an independent
and new developments or to conduct special- structure, personnel practices, labor relations,
student and enables the student to pursue
ized technological investigations for the im- and their implications for teaching. Prerequi-
needed study in a field in which appropriate
provement of instructional programs in areas site: Completion of prescribed courses in hu-
courses are not being offered during a given
related to education and training. Prerequisite: man resource education for teaching in their
semester. Prerequisite: Approval of study
Consent of instructor; demonstrated ability to area of specialization; consent of instructor. 4
outline by adviser and the department
pursue special study or investigation pro- hours or 1 unit.
chairman prior to enrollment. '/: orl unit. May
posed. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be
be repeated for credit with consent of adviser
repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 units.
and department chair.
146 Human Development and Family Systems
450. Evaluation of Education and Training veloping desirable policies and programs. 2 490. Seminar for Advanced Students of
Programs unit. Education
Theory and techniques of evaluation in cog- Seminar in vocational and technical education
nitive, affective, and psychomotor domains at 482. Designing Research Studies in open only to persons who have been admitted
different educational levels and settings; de- Education and Training for doctoral study in vocational and technical
velopment and analysis of activities and in- Study and evaluation of examples of research education; sections are usually offered in the
struments for students and program evalua- designs in education and training; consider- following areas: (a) industrial education, (b)
tion, follow-up studies, and interpretation of ation of the research needed to solve present agricultural education, (c) home economics
results for self- evaluation and for adminis- problems. Each student proposes and com- education, (d) business education, and (e)
trative decision making. Prerequisite: HRE 453, pletes a brief research project or plans in de- general vocational and technical education.
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. tail a major research project to be completed to 2 units.
later. Prerequisite: HRE 453 or equivalent; or
452. Diversity in Education and Training consent of instructor. 1 unit. 491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar
Assists educators, as well as trainers and man- Assists doctoral candidates in planning field
agers in business and industry, to effectively 484. Technology Transfer studies and thesis problems; students present
recognize and understand diversity in school Examines the processes involved in transfer- their studies at each of four stages: (1) the
and work settings. Activities focus on under- ring technologies from one organization or inception, delimitation, tentative design stage;
standing the nature of diverse populations, culture to another. Special emphasis is placed (2) the proposed design stage; (3) the revised
their unique learning needs, and potential on the change process and its relationship to design stage; and (4) the final design stage.
collaborative efforts between educators and the diffusion of technology. Concludes with Students are expected to analyze critically all
work place personnel. Prerequisite: Consent of the identification of strategies that can be used presentations. Prerequisite: Limited to students
instructor. 1 unit. technology transfer. Stu-
to facilitate successful who have been admitted for doctoral study. 1
dents are required to complete extensive read- to 2 units.
453. Disciplined Inquiry in Education and ings on the relevant topics, participate in dis-
Training cussions, and examine case studies related to 499. Thesis Research
Provides an analysis and synthesis of disci- technology transfer. 1 unit. Individual direction of research and thesis
plined inquiry in post-secondary education writing. to 4 units.
and private-sector training including an his- 485.The Nature of Expertise and Its
torical perspective, formulation of the research Development

process, and the utilization and communica- Covers developments in cognitive- based re-
tion of research. Prerequisite: EDPSY 390 or search as they relate to the design and imple-
equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. mentation of technical instruction. Through
readings, discussions, and projects, students
454. Strategic
Resource Development
Planning for Human gain an understanding of how people learn
complex information, how skills are devel-
Human Development
Study of the essential components, research oped, and how instructors can better guide and Family Systems
and knowledge base, purposes, contributions their students toward the development of ex-
and limitations in the planning of Human pertise. Prerequisite: Basic course in psychol-
(See Human and Community Development)
Resource Development programs in a wide ogy of learning or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
variety of organizational settings. Prerequisite:

HRE 387 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 486.Management of Training and
unit. Development
Study of management fundamentals related
456.Problems and Trends in Specialized to planning, organizing, staffing, leading, and
Fields of Education and Training controlling the training function in organiza-
Introduction to significant problems, points of tions. Prerequisite: HRE 387 or consent of in-
view, and trends in the field concerned; ex- structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Humanities
plores significant research relating to organi-
zation, content, and techniques in the field in 487.Applying Quality Processes in
question. Topics vary; consult Timetable for Educational Leadership Program Coordinator: Brian L. Rainer
specific section offerings. Students are encour- Same as EOL 487. Examines manage-
quality Office: 270 Lincoln Hall, 702 South Wright
aged to make special studies in approved ar- ment processes, (i.e., process management, Street, Urbana
eas. 1 May
be repeated for credit with
unit. quality improvement, total quality manage- Phone: 333-4714
consent of adviser and department chair. ment (TQM), team problem solving) and URL: kingbird.las.uiuc.edu/Ias/p_HUMAN.
considers their implications for educational html
457. International Human Resource leadership in a broad spectrum of public sec-
Development in Developing Countries ondary and postsecondary systems, and pri-
Designed to provide insights into human re- vate sector educational organizations. Consid-
Humanities (HUMAN)
source development at the macro level. Read- ers the roles and responsibilities of educators
ings represent various regions of the world. as team leaders, problem solvers, innovators, 141. Introduction to American Civilization, I
Consulting perspective is used to analyze ap- and organizational change agents in processes Introduction to the multidisciplinary study of
proaches used by international donor agen- designed to improve education. Prerequisite: major aspects, events, and periods of the
cies (World Bank, ILO, UNDP, and USAID) to HRE 489 or EOL 463, or consent of instructor. American experience; includes a series of top-
implement national HRD programs. Case 4 hours or 1 unit. ics, each focusing on one society, movement,
studies from countries in Europe, Asia, and or historical event as reflected in literature, art,
Africa are discussed to illustrate the impact 488.Foundations of Curriculum history, and politics. 3 hours.
of economic, social and cultural influences on Development in Education and Training
HRD policies and programs. Prerequisite: One Synthesizes selected sociological, psychologi- 142. Introduction to American Civilization,
HRD course or consent of instructor. 1 unit. cal, and epistemological foundations for cur- II
riculum development in education and train- Continuation of HUMAN 141. 3 hours.

471. Policy and Program Development in ing; application of theories from fundamental
the Community College disciplines to practice in existing and emerg- 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
Local, state, and national policies for commu- ing curricula involving perceptual and psy- Study of selected topics on an individually
nity college education; organizing for policy chomotor learning. I unit. arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
making and program development; and de- or to Cohn Scholars. Prerequisite: Consent of
Japanese 147
departmental honors adviser. 1 to 3 hours. May able future CAI systems; and practical expe- 151. Organismal and Evolutionary Biology
be repeated once. and programming
rience with lesson design Laboratory
on the IBM and Macintosh personal comput- Topics follow lecture topics in IB 150 and in-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar ers. Linguisticsmajors are advised to complete clude labs in ecology, plant and animal func-
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. LING 306 before registering for this course. tion and genetics and evolution. Designed for
Prerequisite: Two years college language or nonmajors needing a year of biology with lab.
271. Introduction to Second Language equivalent, and consent of instructor. 4 hours Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
Education or 1 unit. in IB 150. 1 hour. Students may not receive
Same as FR, GER, LAT, RUSS, and SPAN 271. credit for this course and BIOL 120, 121, or
See SPAN 271. French and Comparative Cinema, I
388. 122. Credit for IB 151cannot be counted for
Same as C LIT, CINE, and FR 388. See FR 388. Integrative Biology or Molecular and Cellu-
290. Individual Study
lar Biology majors.
Supervised reading and research on interdis- 389. French and Comparative Cinema, II
ciplinary humanities topics chosen by the stu- Same as C LIT, CINE, and FR 389. See FR 389. 201. Genetics and Evolution
dent in consultation with a faculty member. Principles of Mendelian genetics, origins of
Prerequisite: Consent of humanities adviser (an 395. Special Advanced Topics: genetic variation, natural selection, and evo-
approved Learning Agreement must be sub- Interdisciplinary lution. The laboratory emphasizes genetics,
mitted to 270 Lincoln Hall, 702 S. Wright Offers interdisciplinary topics in the humani- biodiversity, plant and animal phylogeny, and
Street, Urbana, not later than the second week ties; topics vary, but normally relate to the in- evolution. Prerequisite: IB 150 and MCB 150. 4
of the semester or the first week of the sum- terdisciplinary areas of study within the hu- hours. Students may not receive credit for this
mer session). 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to manities major or to the special humanities course and BIOL 120.
a maximum of 8 hours. facilities (e.g., the Language Learning Labo-
ratory). Prerequisite: Prerequisites will vary 202. Structure and Function
292. Senior Thesis according to topic. See Timetable. 3 hours or 1 How organisms function in acquiring, pro-
Individual research for majors in humanities unit. May be repeated as topics vary to a maxi- cessing, and allocating resources in the face
leading to the completion of a thesis. Prereq- mum of 6 hours or 2 units. of environmental constraints. The laboratory
uisite: Senior standing, a declared option in emphasizes the variation among organisms in
humanities major, and consent of adviser. 2 to their form and function. Prerequisite: IB 150
4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 and MCB 150. 4 hours. Students may not re-
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) ceive credit for this course and BIOL 120 and
121.
295. Special Topics: Interdisciplinary
Interdisciplinary topics in the humanities;
topics vary, but are normally related to one of
Industrial Design 203. Ecology
The links between evolution and ecology,
the options in the humanities major. 3 hours. population dynamics, community structure
May be repeated as topics vary; students may (See Art and Design, School of) and function, and ecosystem function on lo-
register for two different topics in the same cal and global scales. Basic ecology needed to
semester. understand environmental problems and to
conserve biodiversity. Investigations in both
297. Special Topics: Junior Seminar and field and laboratory included. Prerequisite: IB
Tutorial 150 and MCB 150; or BIOL 121. 4 hours.
Interdisciplinary seminar and tutorial in
selected topics related to one of the options in
the humanities major. Prerequisite: Junior Industrial
standing and consent of humanities adviser
(tutorial students must submit an approved
Engineering
Learning Agreement to 270 Lincoln Hall, 702
S. Wright Street, Urbana, not later than the (See Mechanical and Industrial Engineering)
second week of the semester or the first week
ITALIAN
of the summer session). 3 hours. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts (See Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese)
for advanced hours in L A S.)
298. Special Topics: Senior Seminar and

Tutorial
and
Interdisciplinary seminar
selected topics related to
tutorial in
one of the options in
Integrative Biology
the humanities major. Prerequisite: Senior
standing and consent of humanities adviser
Japanese
School Office: 286 Morrill Hall, 505 South
(tutorial students must submit an approved Goodwin, Urbana
Learning Agreement to 270 Lincoln Hall, 702 Phone: 333-3044 (See East Asian Languages and Cultures)
S. Wright Street, Urbana, not later than the
second week of the semester or the first week

of the summer session). 3 hours. May be Integrative Biology (IB)
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts
for advanced hours in L A S.) 150. Organismal and Evolutionary Biology
Introduction to function, genetics, and evolu-
382.Computer-Based Foreign Language tion of organisms, and their ecology and di-
Teaching versity. 4 hours. Students may not receive
Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, credit for this course and BIOL 120, 121, or
SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. Theory 122.
and practice of computer-assisted instruction,
with special emphasis on problems and tech-
niques of foreign-language instruction. Gen-
eral principles; survey of existent and prob-
148 Journalism
291. Special Problems 370. News Editing

Special projects, research, and independent Newspaper editing and headline writing; the
reading in journalism for students capable of makeup and design of newspaper pages.
individual work under the guidance of a Prerequisite: JOURN 350 and 360; registration
faculty adviser. Prerequisite: Consent of head Department of Journalism or
as a major in the
Journalism of department. 1 to 3 hours. consent of department. 4 hours or 1 unit.
293.Journalism Seminar 372. Broadcast News Writing and

Head of Department: Ronald E. Yates Seminar based on summer internship experi- Gathering
Department Office: 120A Gregory Hall, 810 ence; offered only in the fall for students who Gathering, writing, and editing news for radio
South Wright Street, Urbana participated in a spring pre-internship orien- and television; critical analysis of broadcast
Phone: 333-7931 tation class and then completed an approved news practices, past and present; ethics of
URL: http://www.cornrn.uiuc.edu/spike/ summer internship. Prerequisite: JOURN 350; broadcast journalism; audio and visual
open only to undergraduate journalism ma- communication principles as applied to news
jorswho have taken a noncredit internship dissemination; editing and writing to film,
Journalism QOURN) orientation. to 2 hours. tape and graphics. Individual and team
projects. Prerequisite: JOURN 350 and 362;
114. Agricultural Communications Media 322.The Press and the Presidency in the registration as a major in the Department of
and Methods Modern Era Journalism or consent of department. 4 hours
Same as AGCOM 114. See AGCOM 114. Traces historical development of press or 1 unit.
commentary about the President, press
150. Introduction to Journalism conferences, news flow from Washington, 380. Reporting, II
Discussion of the history, freedom, technolo- radio and television coverage of the White The interviewing, analytical, and writing
gies, ethics, and functions of the news media. House, the White House press corps and more techniques of reporting complex news stories
Training in clear, descriptive writing tech- since the Hoover Administration. Reporters' with clarity and depth. Prerequisite: JOURN
niques, using journalistic models. Counts to- personal relationships with chief executives 350 and 360; registration as a major in the
ward campus Composition II general educa- and the influence of news organizations upon Department of Journalism or consent of
tion requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of national policy and issues will be covered. 3 department. 4 hours or 1 unit.
campus Composition I general education re- hours, or lor l
?i unit.
quirement. 3 hours. 382. Broadcast News Editing
326. Magazine Article Writing Principles of editing audio tape, video tape,
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Preparation of feature stories and articles; and scripts with audio-visual materials;
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. techniques of marketing, market analysis, and editing story units for broadcast; assembling
publishing articles written in the course. news and public affairs programs; broadcast
214. Educational Campaign Planning Prerequisite: JOURN 350; registration in the news editing ethics, research, and criticism.
Same as AGCOM 214. See AGCOM 214. College of Communications or consent of the Prerequisite: JOURN 372; registration as a
college. 3 hours or '/> unit. major in the Department of Journalism or
217. History of Communications consent of department. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Same as COMM 217. See COMM 217. 330. Magazine Editing
Basic principles of editing for consumer, 390.Advanced Reporting
218. Communications and Public Opinion business, trade, and company magazines; Advanced reporting projects in specialized
Same as COMM 218. Theory of public opin- communications theory, market analysis, fields; recommended for news-editorial
ionand of communications; relation of com- editorial process, design process, production seniors. Prerequisite: JOURN 350 and 380. 3
munication systems to public opinion, social process, and distribution process as they relate hours or 1 unit.
systems, and the political order. Prerequisite: to magazine publishing. Prerequisite: Credit or
Registration in the College of Communica- concurrent registration in JOURN 326 or 392. Broadcast Journalism Practicum
tions or consent of the college. 3 hours. consent of instructor. 3 hours or A unit. l Individual and team-produced advanced
enterprise projects in specialized fields.
220. Communications and Popular Culture 350. Reporting, I Subject matter to be coordinated with JOURN
Same as COMM 220. See COMM 220. Fundamentals of journalistic writing; report- 390. Prerequisite: JOURN 382; registration as a
ing news of public affairs. Prerequisite: Regis- major in the Department of Journalism or
223.Photojournalism
tration as amajor in the Department of Jour- consent of department. 3 /sours or 1 unit.
Basic photography course designed to give
nalism or consent of department, and JOURN
students a proficiency in picture taking and 400. Issues inJournalism
150. 4 hours or 1 unit.
processing and to acquaint them with picture Seminar on issues of contemporary impor-
editing and other illustrative problems. For 360. Graphic Arts tance in journalism. Prerequisite: Consent of
current fees, see Timetable; cameras provided Rational and aesthetic standards of visual department. Vi unit.
by the college. Prerequisite: Registration in the communications; principles and techniques of
College of Communications or consent of in- making visual statements; and uses of visual 468.The Political Economy of
structor. 3 hours. technology in wedding verbal and nonverbal Communications
languages. For current fees, see Timetable. Pre- Same as COMM 468. See COMM 468.
231. Mass Communication in a Democratic
requisite: Registration as a major in the Depart-
Society 470. Communications and Popular Culture
ment of Journalism or consent of department.
Same as COMM 231. See COMM 231. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as COMM 470. See COMM 470.
241. Law and Communications 362. BroadcastNews Production 471. Proseminar in Communications, I
Same as COMM 241. background

Historical
Introduces radio and TV news production Same as COMM 471. See COMM 471.
of the nature and meaning of the law as it re-
designed to acquaint students with tech-
lates to journalism and contemporary prob- 472. Proseminar in Communications, II
niques, principles, and equipment used in the
lems of freedom of expression. Prerequisite:
studio and in the field; emphasizes planning,
Same as COMM 472. See COMM 472.
Registration in the College of Communica-
producing, and directing individual news and
tions or consent of the college. 3 hours. 473. History and Theory of Freedom of the
public affairs programs and news stories, and
Press
serving on production teams. For current fees,
251. Social Aspects of Mass
see Timetable. Prerequisite: Registration as a
Same as COMM 473. See COMM 473.
Communications
major in the Department of Journalism or con-
Same as COMM and SOC 251. See COMM sent of department. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Communications Systems
474.
251. Same as COMM 474. See COMM 474.
Kinesiology 149
480. Journalism Masters' Proseminar Section I: Outdoor Adventures 103. Indoor Court Activities
Introduction to scholarship and research in Introductory skills and knowledge for devel- Skills and knowledge essential for leisure-time
journalism and mass communication exam- opment of life time activities in basic back- activities which are classified as indoor court
ining theoretical approaches to the meanings, packing, basic river canoeing, and mountain- activities. Prerequisites for each indoor court
uses, and effects of mass media in society; dis- eering techniques (balance climbing and activity are given below. More than one
cussion of media freedom and accountability; rappelling). Includes participation in one field activity (Sections A through Z) may be taken
humanistic and social scientific contributions trip during the semester. For current fees, see in the same term. 2 hour.
to understanding mass communication. Pre- Timetable. Prerequisite: KINES 106Aand 107A; Section A: Racquetball, I
requisite: Graduate standing in journalism or or consent of instructor. 1 hour. Introductory skills, knowledge, and strategies
consent of instructor. 1 unit. Section Z: Special Topics essential for racquetball. 2 hour.
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated Section C: Badminton
490. Special Topics in Journalism in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi-
Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. instructor. 1 hour. tioning essential for badminton. 2 hour.
Vi or 1 unit. Section Z: Special Topics
101. Dance Activities Specific subject matter varies and is indicated
492. Research Methods in Communications Skills and knowledge essential for leisure-time in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
Same as COMM 492. See COMM 492. activities which are classified as dance structor. 2 hour.
activities. Prerequisites for each dance activity are
499. Thesis Research given below. More than one activity (Sections 104. Skating Activities
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in journalism. A through Z) may be taken in the same term. Skills and knowledge essential for leisure- time
2 to 2 units. 1 hour. activities which are classified as skating
Section A: Ballroom Dance, I activities. Prerequisites for each skating activity
Introductory skills and understanding essen- are given below. More than one activity
tial for ballroom dance, with emphasis on fox- (Sections A through Z) may be taken in the
trot, rhumba, lindy, waltz, cha-cha, and se- same term. 2 hour.
lected fad dances. 1 hour. Section A: Figure Skating, I
Section B: Ballroom Dance, II Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi-
Kinesiology Intermediate skills and understanding essen- tioning essential for figure skating. For cur-
tial for ballroom dance, with emphasis on fox- rent fees, see Timetable. 2 hour.
trot, rhumba, lindy, waltz, and cha-cha as well Section B: Figure Skating, II
Interim Head of Department: Sprague
Robert L.
as tango, samba, and paso doble. Prerequisite: Intermediate skills, knowledge, and condi-
Department Office: 117 Freer Hall, 906 South
KINES 101A or consent of instructor. 1 hour. tioning essential for figure skating, with em-
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana Section Z: Special Topics phasis on skills to pass the United States Fig-
Phone: 244-0823
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated ure Skating Association's preliminary tests.
URL: www.kines.uiuc.edu
in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in- For current fees, see Timetable. 2 hour.
structor. 1 hour. Section D: Ice Hockey
Kinesiology (KINES) Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi-
102. Individual and Dual Activities tioning essential for ice hockey. For current
Skillsand knowledge essential for leisure- time fees, see Timetable. 1 hour.
100. Developmental Activities activities which are classified as individual Section Z: Special Topics
Skills and knowledge essential for leisure- time
and dual activities. Prerequisites for each Specific subject matter varies and is indicated
activities which are classified as developmen-
individual or dual activity are given below. in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
tal activities. Prerequisites for each developmen-
More than one activity (Sections A through Z) structor. 2 hour.
tal activity are given below. More than one ac-
may be taken in the same term. 1 hour.
tivity (Sections A through Z) may be taken in Section A: Tennis, I 106. Swimming Activities
the same term. 2 to 2 hours.
Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi- Skills and knowledge essential for leisure- time
Section A: Conditioning and Weight Control
tioning essential for court play. 1 hour. activities which are classified as swimming
Activities and understanding which contrib- Section B: Tennis, II activities. Prerequisites for each swimming
ute to the development and /or maintenance
Intermediate skills, knowledge, and attitudes activity are given below. More than one activity
of physical fitness and a well-proportioned
for effective court play. Prerequisite: KINES (Sections A through Z) may be taken in the
body. 1 to 2 hours. May be repeated once for 102A or consent of instructor. 1 hour. on an
same term if these activities are offered
credit taken in successive semesters; credit
if
Section C: Golf, I 8-week hour.
basis. 2
not to exceed a total of 2 hours. Introductory skills and understanding essen- Section A: Swimming, I
Section B: Personal Defense
tial for course play, with emphasis on irons. Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi-
Skills and understanding essential for defense
For current fees, see Timetable. 1 hour. tioning essential for swimming. Open only to
against an aggressor, with emphasis on Section D: Golf, II nonswimmers and those with no deep water
avoiding attack. 1 hour.
Intermediate skills and understanding essen- experience. 2 hour. May be repeated once for
Section C: Weight Training tial for use of irons and woods; analysis of credit.
Skills and knowledge essential for use of
course play. For current fees, see Timetable. Section B: Swimming, II
weights for conditioning the body. 1 hour. May Prerequisite: KINES 102C or consent of in- Intermediate skills, knowledge, and condi-
be repeated once for credit if taken in succes- structor. 1 hour. tioning essential for swimming. Open only to
sive semesters.
Section E: Bowling, I swimmers who can execute a minimum of one
Section D: Physical Fitness
Introductory skills and understanding essen- of the five basic strokes in deep water, per-
Activities and understanding which contrib- tial for bowling. For current fees, see Timetable. form a standing dive, and tread in deep wa-
ute to the development and maintenance of 1 hour. ter. Prerequisite: KINES 106A or consent of in-
physical fitness according to social and hy-
Section F: Bowling, II structor. 2 hour.
gienic standards. 1 hour. May be repeated once
Intermediate skills and understanding essen- Section Z: Special Topics
for creditif taken in successive semesters.
tial for bowling. For current fees, see Timetable. Specific subject matter varies and is indicated
Section H: Hatha Yoga
Prerequisite: KINES 102E or consent of in- in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
Introduction to Hatha Yoga, which is con-
structor. 1 hour. structor. 2 hour.
cerned with the physical well-being of the Section Z: Special Topics
entire organism; includes a graduated pro-
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated
gram of postures (asanas), stretching move- in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
ments, and muscular relaxation and breath- structor. 2 hour.
ing exercises. 1 hour.
150 Kinesiology
107. Aquatic Sport Activities therapeutic taping and emergency first aid. 2 135. Movement Skills: Field Activities
Skills and knowledge essential for leisure- time hours. Development of an understanding of basic
activities which are classified as aquatic sport field activity skills; emphasizes performance,
activities. Prerequisites for each aquatic sport 121. Survey of Sports Medicine as well as an appreciation of commonalities,
activity are given below. More than one activity Introduction to sports medicine for non-Ki- in specific activities including soccer, speedball,
(Sections A through Z) may be taken in the nesiology majors; includes discussion of train- speedaway, field hockey and flag football. Pre-
same term. 1 hour. ing, conditioning, and preparation for sports, requisite: KINES 130. 1 hour.
Section A: Canoeing injury aspects of sports, and rehabilitation. 3
Introductory skills and knowledge essential hours. 136. Movement Skills: Racquet Activities
for handling a canoe with safety. Prerequisite: Development of an understanding of basic
KINES 106B or consent of instructor; the abil- 122. Physical Activity, Physical Fitness and racquet activity skills; emphasizes perfor-
ity to jump or dive into deep water while Health mance, as well as appreciation of commonali-
clothed and maintain a survival position for Gives students the most current information ties in specific racquet activities such as ten-
10 minutes. For current fees, see Timetable. 1 for a basic understanding and appreciation of nis, badminton, squash or racquetball.
hour. the contribution of physical activity, physical Prerequisite: KINES 130. 1 hour.
Section Z: Special Topics fitness and nutrition development and
in the
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated maintenance of a strong, healthy body 140. Social Scientific Bases of Sport
in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in- throughout life. Designed primarily for non- Introduction to the social scientific aspects of
structor. 1 hour. Kinesiology majors. 3 hours. human movement including sport; particular
emphasis on concepts derived from the social
109. Team Sport Activities 125. Introduction to Kinesiology sciences (including psychology) that are
Skillsand knowledge essential for leisure-time Course serves as an introduction to Kinesiol- appropriate to human movement. 3 hours.
activities which are classified as team sport ogy and will provide an overview of the Ki-
activities. Prerequisites for each team sport nesiology curriculum, areas of study, and op- 141. Sports in Greece and Rome
activity are given below. More than one activity portunities available for a career in the field. Same as CLCTV 150. See CLCTV 150.
(Sections A through Z) may be taken in the hours. Approved for S/U grading.
same term. 1 hour.
142.Contemporary Issues in Sport
Section A: Volleyball, I 130.Fundamental Analysis and Examines current issues in sport relative to
Introductory skills, knowledge, and condi-
Performance of Basic Movement Skills competition, economics, race, sex, youth,
tioning essential for power volleyball. 1 hour.
Introduction to human movement through educational institutions, deviant behavior,
Section B: Volleyball, II
development of skills and knowledge relative religion, psychology, and the media. 3 hours.
to structure and function of the human body
Intermediate skills, knowledge, and condi-
tioning essential for power volleyball. Prereq-
in selected physical activities including: basic 150. Bioscientific Foundations of Human
postural and locomotion patterns and funda- Movement
uisite: KINES 109A or consent of instructor. 1
mental throwing patterns; also studies devel- Integrates anatomical and physiological
hour.
opmental aspects of typical and atypical aspects of human movement; emphasizes
Section C: Basketball
movement skills. Emphasizes performance how the body moves, physiological responses
and qualitative analysis of movement skills. to exercise stress, physical conditioning and
tioning essential for basketball. 1 hour.
1 hour. physical fitness. 3 hours.
Section H: Soccer
131. Movement Skills: Fitness 167.Techniques of Teaching Aerobics
tioning essential for soccer. 1 hour.
Development of and participation in a Development of knowledge and practical ex-
Section Z: Special Topics
physical fitness program including physical perience concerned with the teaching and
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated evaluating of aerobic exercise classes. This
fitness assessment. 1 hour.
in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
course will cover teaching, cuing, and perfor-
structor. 1 hour.
132. Movement Skills: Swimming mance of stretching, strengthening, and aero-
Development of an understanding of basic bic activities used in exercise classes. Aware-
110. Gymnastic Activities
swimming skills; emphasizes performance ness of injuries, criteria for certifications,
Skills and knowledge essential for leisure-time
and qualitative analysis of personal aquatic format styles, equipment usage, and con-
activities which are classified as gymnastic
skills, developmental aspects of aquatic skills, sumer products will be studied. Prerequisite:
activities. Prerequisites for each gymnastic
and analysis of atypical movement patterns KINES 101 (Section Z2), or skill equivalent.
activity are given below. More than one activity
in an aquatic environment. Prerequisite: KINES PHYSL 103, CSB 234, and KINES 255 are rec-
(Sections C through Z) may be taken in the
130, and ability to execute a minimum of one ommended. 2 hours.
same term. 1 hour.
of five basic strokes in deep water, perform a
Section C: Tumbling
standing dive, and tread in deep water. 1 hour. 168. Lifeguard Instructor Training and
Aquatic Risk Management
tioning for tumbling and free exercise. 1 hour.
133. Movement Skills: Dance Examines the development of aquatic risk
May be repeated once for credit.
Development of an understanding of basic management and advanced rescue techniques
Section Z: Special Topics
dance steps, positions and sequences; empha- as well as a system of lifeguard selection and
Specific subject matter varies and is indicated training. Intended primarily for skilled
sizes performance and qualitative analysis of
in the Timetable. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
personal dance skills, developmental aspects aquatic personnel with the common goal of
structor. 1 hour.
of dance and rhythm, and analysis of atypical creating and maintaining a safe aquatic
movement patterns in a dance setting. Prereq- environment. May lead to American Red
111. Prescribed Exercise
uisite: KINES 130. 1 hour. Cross certification both Lifeguard Training
Prescribed exercises adapted to individual
and Lifeguard Instructor Training. Prerequisite:
needs, capacities, and interests; open to per-
134. Movement Skills: Gymnastics The ability to swim 500 yards continuously,
sons with paraplegia, permanently disabled,
Development of an understanding of basic swim 15 yards underwater, and recover a 10
and individuals with significant temporary
gymnastic movements and sequences; em- lb. brick from a depth of 12 feet. 2 hours.
disabilities who will require long term reha-
phasizes performance and qualitative analy-
bilitation. 1 hour.
sis of personal gymnastic skills, developmen- 169.Water Safety Instructor Training
tal aspects of gymnastic skills, and analysis of Designed to prepare aquatic professionals to
120. Injuries in Sport
atypical movement patterns in a gymnastic teach progressive levels of swimming. Stu-
Emphasizes injury mechanisms, means of
setting. Prerequisite: KINES 130. 1 hour. dents will also learn how to analyze human
injury prevention, and emergency care
movement in the aquatic environment. May
applied to various types of sport injuries;
lead to American Red Cross certification both
laboratory sessions emphasize preventive and
Lifeguard Training and Lifeguard Instructor
Kinesiology 151
Training. Prerequisite: American Red Cross class, politics, community, education, and skilled performance in movement activities.
Level VI swimming ability and Emergency collective behavior. 3 hours. Prerequisite: KINES 257. 3 hours.
Water Safety knowledge and ability. 2 hours.
252. Bioenergetics of Human Movement 285. Supervised Experiences in
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Study of the nature of energy transfer during Kinesiological Research
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. physical activity; mechanisms of metabolic Supervised laboratory experiences in physical
control, force production, cardiorespiratory education research; individual work under the
220.Fundamentals of Athletic Training support and adaptation relative to physical supervision of members of the faculty in their
Discussion of the role of the athletic trainer; activity. Laboratory and lecture. Prerequisite: respective fields. The student assists with data
advanced emergency pro-
legalities, facilities, KINES 150, PHYSL 103, and CSB 234 or collection, processing, and analysis for
cedures, injury prevention and organization equivalent. 3 hours. research in progress. Prerequisite: Consent of
and administration of athletic health care pro- instructor. 3 hours. May be repeated to a
grams. Understanding the process of injury 255. Biomechanical Analysis of Human maximum of 6 hours.
and healing as a basis for prevention and treat- Movement
ment of athletic injuries is emphasized. Labo- Studies the biological and mechanical prin- 286. Supervised Experience in the
ratory sessions stress special taping and emer- ciples of human motor performance; analyzes Common School
gency procedures, equipment, and individual selected movement skills in depth. Prerequi- Supervised practice in observing, assisting,
techniques towards NATA Competencies. Pre- site: PHYSL 103, CSB 234, and MATH 112, or and teaching children in elementary, junior
requisite: CSB 234, KINES 120, or consent of consent of instructor. 3 hours. high school, and senior high school. Emphasis
instructor. 2 hours. is on understanding motor behavior, teacher-
257. Coordination, Control and Skill learner behavior, and interrelatedness with
222. Bases for Prescription of Therapeutic Introduction to the concepts and principles of other aspects of the learning environment.
Exercises the coordination and control of movement and Prerequisite: KINES 257 or equivalent. 2 or 3
Functional anatomy and injury constraints as the development of skilled action. The course hours. May be repeated for a total of 4 to 6
a basis for prescription of therapeutic exercises will focus on such topics as fundamental hours.
for musculoskeletal conditions; laboratory movement activities; movement control pro-
sessions stress clinical evaluation of muscle cesses; acquisition, retention and transfer of 287. Supervised Experiences in the Agency
and joint function and familiarization with skill; and the role of constraints to action. Setting
therapeutic exercises. Prerequisite: PHYSL 103 These topics have implications for under- Supervised practical experience in leadership
and CSB 234. 3 hows. standing skilled performance, motor develop- roles in nonschool agency settings; emphasis
ment and human performance in general. Pre- on observing, planning, and conducting
239. Coaching Strategies requisite: KINES 140 and 150 or consent of physical activity programs for children and/
Examination of philosophy, ethics, strategies, instructor. 3 hours. or adults in preschool, recreation, or other
motivational techniques, performance analy- social agencies. 3 hours. May be repeated for a
sis, program organization, contest administra- Motor Development, Growth, and
262. maximum of 6 hours.
tion, and equipment and facility management Form
related to coaching. 3 hours. Same as HDFS 262. Examination of the 288. Supervised Experiences in Athletic
concepts of motor development, physical Training
240. Social and Psychological Aspects of growth, and body form throughout the Supervised practicum in the athletic training
Physical Activity lifespan. Major emphasis is on the period of setting. Emphasis will be placed on student
Discusses how social and psychological birththrough adolescence. Prerequisite: KINES progression in the athletic training competen-
processes and constraints affect human action 140 and 150. 3 hours. cies. Prerequisite: KINES 120 and selection into
in physical activity environments. Attention Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
is given to socialization, personal dynamics, 263. Physical Education Curriculum Education Programs. 2 hour. May be repeated
and ideological and economic
stratification, The identification, selection, and organization for a maximum of 5 hours.
constraints upon the manifestations of of movement knowledge, and experiences
KINES 140 or
physical activity. Prerequisite: into curricula for children and youth; empha- Honors Seminar
290.
consent of instructor and completion of the sizes the decision-making process in curricu- Same as CHLTH 290 and LEIST 260. Lectures
Campus Composition I general education lum development. Prerequisite: Junior stand- and discussion dealing with issues in kinesi-
requirement. 3 hours. ing. 3 hours. ology, dance, health education, recreation edu-
cation, and related fields. Prerequisite: James
244. Anthropology of Play 267.Adapted Physical Education Scholar standing or grade-point average of 3.0.
Same as ANTH 244. Overview of the general Organization, administration, and conduct of 2 hours. May be repeated for a maximum of 6
field, research and literature comprising the physical education programs for the most hours.
anthropological study of human play. Empha- prevalent types of medical conditions found
sis is on the study of definitions and critiques in school settings; emphasis on analyzing 291. Special Problems
of human play from various cultural perspec- motoric needs and prescribing programs of Special projects in research and independent
tives. Provides extensive practice in writing motor activity for special populations, investigation in any phase of health, kinesiol-
within the genre of cultural anthropology. Pre- including individuals with mental retardation ogy, physical education, and related areas se-
requisite: One course in Socio- Cultural Anthro- and learning disabilities. Prerequisite: KINES lected by the students. Prerequisite: Junior or
pology or consent of instructor and a Compo- 150 and 257, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. senior standing; grade-point average of 2.5;
sition I course. 3 hours. consent of faculty adviser, instructor, and head
268. Children's Movement of department. 2 or 3 hours. May be repeated
247. Introduction to Sport Psychology Introduction and overview of kinesiology for a maximum of 6 hours.
Analysis of the competitive sport process, with principlesand physical activity related to chil-
study of how personality and situational dren. Laboratory portion of class focuses on 293. Honors Senior Thesis
variables affect motivation, anxiety, and the application of information to teaching Planning, researching and writing of an hon-
aggression in sport. Attention is given to the physical activity to elementary school chil- ors thesis, under supervision of a faculty mem-
psychological skills needed by coaches and dren. 3 hours. For non-kinesiology majors. ber, on a problem of appropriate scope and
athletes for successful and enjoyable sports character. Paper will be presented at a suit-
participation. 3 hours. 273. Instructional Strategies in Physical able meeting and/or seminar. Prerequisite: Se-
Education nior standing when enrolling; minimum GPA
249. Sport and Modern Society Analyzes the teaching-learning process, (total, University and Kinesiology prefix
Same as SOC 249. The sociological analysis of emphasizing the identification of instructional courses) of 3.25; a minimum of one full year
sport in modern societies with regard to social strategies specific to the development of (2 semesters) remaining at the University of
152 Kinesiology
Illinois, Urbana-Champaign campus; and sub- 346.Gender and Physical Activity 354. Growth and Physical Development of
mission of a written proposal for approval at W
Same as S 346. Examination of the gendered Children
least 4 weeks prior to on-campus registration. nature of physical activity in such contexts as Same as HDFS 354. Study of the growth and
3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 physical education, sport, play, games, and physical development of children through
hours. leisure. Analyzes theoretical and method- adolescence with emphasis on those systems
ological assumptions pertaining to gender and and body composition changes related to
301.Observation and Evaluation in physical activity/sport contexts with particu- motor performance and exercise stress.
Kinesiology lar attention on concepts of masculinity, femi- Prerequisite: PHYSL 103 and CSB 234; KINES
Examines the concepts of observation, mea- ninity, role conflict, socialization influences 301; or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
surement, and evaluation of human motor and media representations of gender. The
performance and functioning in physical ac- feminist critique of socio-cultural sport stud- 355. Quantitative Analysis of Human
tivity contexts. Prerequisite: KINES 140 and considered. Prerequisite: KINES 240
ies is also Motion
150, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Quantitative mechanical analysis of human
motion using film-based, video-based, and
320. Advanced Assessment of Athletic 347. Social Psychology of Sport optical-electronic motion measurement
Injuries Same as PSYCH 349. Outlines the social psy- systems. Basic mechanical concepts are
Analyzes injury patterns and mechanisms for chological parameters which influence behav- presented using a vector algebra approach.
the various joints and body segments; empha- iorand performance in sport; emphasizes the The focus is on two- dimensional motion
sizes the nature of the injuries, clinical evalu- impact of social influences upon the indi- analysis with an introduction to three-
ationand therapeutic principles, the physiol- vidual within the sport context, including such dimensional techniques. Prerequisite: KINES
ogy of the healing process, and functional factors as achievement motivation, competi- 255 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
anatomy. Prerequisite: KINES 220, or consent tion, anxiety, aggression, and personality. Pre-
of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. requisite: KINES 140; KINES 247 or equivalent; 356. Electromyographic Kinesiology
PSYCH 100, 103, or 105; PSYCH 201; or con- Focuses upon the biological components of
321. Therapeutic Modalities in Athletic sent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. volitional and reflexive movement in humans;
Training theory and technology of electromyography
Emphasis on instrumentation and application 348. Exercise and Health Psychology are utilized to describe and quantify the
of therapeutic modalities in the laboratory Same as CHLTH
348. Examines the psycho- neuromuscular input to the mechanical
setting including therapeutic heat, therapeutic logical determinants and consequences of ex- output. Prerequisite: PHYSL 103 and CSB 234.
cold, electrotherapy, traction, massage, ercise and physical activity as a health pro- 3 hours or 1 unit.
hydrotherapy, pain control and postural moting behavioral process. Prerequisite: Junior
alignment. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent or senior standing or consent of instructor. 3 357. Motor Learning and Control
enrollment in KINES 320, or consent of /lours or 1 unit. Discussion and analysis of scientific principles
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. related to the learning and control of motor
349. Sociology of Sport skills; review of related literature and research
322.Neurophysiological Bases of Same as SOC 346. Sociological analysis of sport in motor learning and control. The focus of
Therapeutic Exercise as a sociocultural system which progresses the course is on mechanisms for the control
Examines neurological mechanisms underly- from the micro to the macro level; focuses on of movement and recent theories of how
ing exercise performance with application to theoretical and conceptual issues in sociology movements are acquired and performed.
therapeutic programs. Prerequisite: PHYSL 103 of sport. Prerequisite: KINES 249 and 3 addi- Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, 103, or 105; KINES
or CSB 234, or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. tional hours of sociology, or consent of instruc- 257; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
tor. 3 hours or 1 unit.

341. Games in Culture 359. Physical Activity and Aging
Examines game phenomena as cultural action 350. Biochemistry of Exercise Examines aging and age-related changes in
systems with special emphasis on the bioso- Introduces the metabolic and biochemical the cells, tissues, organs, and systems of the
cial behavior expressed in varying societies; adaptation of the body in response to acute human body; emphasizes the role of physical
topics include game components, cultural con- and chronic physical activity. Primary focus activity and other lifestyle choices in modify-
texts, ecological strategies, enculturation, ac- is given to the subcellular and enzymatic regu- ing the aging process and in influencing the
culturation, symbolism, change process, and lation and integration during exercise. Sub- onset and progression of the chronic diseases
maladaptive behavior. Prerequisite: KINES 244 strate metabolism, bioenergetics, hormonal which accompany aging. Prerequisite: KINES
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. action and nutritional influences as related to 252 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
exercise are emphasized. Prerequisite: KINES

342. Body, Culture, and Society 252 or BIOCH 350. 3 hours or 1 unit. 373. Strategies for Motor Skill Acquisition
Same as W S 342. Analysis of the significant and Performance
social aspects of the human body including 352. Clinical and Applied Exercise Examines theory and practice related to struc-
anthropological, historical, psychological and Physiology turing practice conditions to maximize the
sociological perspectives. Places emphasis on Physical fitness appraisal and guidance in acquisition and performance of motor skills.
cross-culture and cross-national studies of and applied settings with emphasis on
clinical The nature of skill, activities, and strategies
bodily behavior with particular stress on ex- medical clearance, risk factor assessment, for enhancing skill are discussed with particu-
ercise, health and sport practices. Prerequisite: physical fitness assessment and exercise lar emphasis placed on strategies that instruc-
KINES 140; KINES 249 or equivalent; or con- prescription. Prerequisite: KINES 252, or tors, teachers, and /or coaches can use to en-
sent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. hance skill acquisition and performance.
Prerequisite: KINES 257 or consent of instruc-
343. Psychophysiology in Exercise and 353. Body Composition, Evaluation, and tor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Sport Regulation
Same as PSYCH 346. Designed to give the stu- Examines the theoretical and technical aspects 385. Clinical Experiences in Sports
dent an understanding of the interaction be- of measuring human body composition; in- Medicine
tween psychological processes and physi- troduces relevant techniques and instrumen- Clinical experiences in medical supervision of
ological parameters in exercise and sport. tation currently in use; reviews research meth- sports programs, in the areas of therapeutic
Examines psychophysiological exercise and odology and findings pertaining to the effects exercises, fitness programming, and cardiac
sport research with particular attention to rel- of exercise conditioning and nutritional modi- Consent of instruc-
rehabilitation. Prerequisite:
evant models and theories. Prerequisite: Jun- fication on body composition. Prerequisite: tor. Prerequisites are determinedon an indi-
ior or senior standing, KINES 240, 347, 348, or KINES 252 or equivalent; consent of instruc- vidual basis in accordance with the clinical
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. experiences to be undertaken. 2 to 8 hours, or
V4 to 2 units. May be repeated to a maximum
of 8 hours or 2 units.
Labor and Industrial Relations 153
394. Special Topics in Kinesiology competence and knowledge relating to human 315.The Economics of Poverty and Income
Lecture course on topics of current interest; relations and administration in this special- Maintenance
specific topics announced in the Timetable. ized field. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Same as ECON 315. See ECON 315.
Prerequisite: To be determined for each subject 1 unit.
and indicated in the Timetable, lloi hours, or 337. American Working Class History, 1780
Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated. and Culture
475. Leisure to the Present
Same as ANTH and LEIST 475. See LEIST 475. Same as HIST 337. See HIST 337.
420. Issues in Sports Medicine
Addresses current issues in the medical as- 490. Seminar 341. Economics of Labor Markets
pects of sports; examples of these issues are Lectures, discussions, and critiques on kine- Same as ECON 341. See ECON 341.
epidemiology of injuries and treatment forms, siology and related subjects by faculty mem-
use of sports equipment, questionable sports bers and visiting professional leaders; presen- 345. Economics of Human Resources
practices, and preventive techniques. Prereq- tation and criticism of student research. Same as ECON 345. See ECON 345.
uisite: An exercise physiology course and May be repeated in the same or subse-
credit.
KINES 320, or equivalent; or consent of in- quent semesters as topics vary. Approved for 347. Labor Law, I
structor. 1 unit. S/U grading. Same as LAW 357. See LAW 357.
422. Kinesiotherapy 493. Independent Study 355. Industrial Social Psychology

Analyzes pathomechanics underlying injury Independent research on special projects; Same as PSYCH 355. See PSYCH 355.
and orthopedic problems; also analyzes offered summers as a special group pracricum.
357. Psychology of Industrial Relations
rehabilitation methods for orthopedic and Vi or 1 unit.
KINES Same as PSYCH 357. See PSYCH 357.

neurological dysfunctions. Prerequisite:
322 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 494. Special Topics in Kinesiology
360. Employee Benefit Plans
Lecture course in topics of current interest;
specific subject matter announced in the Same as FIN 360. See FIN 360.
447. Sport Psychology
Analysis of psychological factors and prin- Timetable. V2 or 1 unit. May be repeated.
362. Public Sector Labor Law
ciples with special reference to motor perfor-
495. Research Methods in Kinesiology
Same as LAW 362. See LAW 362.
mance, learning motor skills, perception, and
emotion in sports situations; review of litera- Review and appraisal of common research
409. Organizational Behavior
and independent procedures; application of statistical proce-
ture; projects. Prerequisite:
Same as B ADM 409. See B ADM 409.
KINES 347 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. dures, library methods, evaluation proce-
dures, and experimental methods. 1 unit.
420. Formation of Public Policy
451. Scientific Basis of Physical
Same as POL S 461. See POL S 461.
Performance 499. Thesis Research
Contemporary trends in the study of human Preparation of theses in kinesiology. to 4
422. Government Regulation
performance and exercise stress; analysis of units.
Focuses on federal and state legislation, court
the research literature, experimental strate- and agency rulings, and executive orders that
gies,and research instrumentation. Lecture- regulate a wide range of private and public
discussion and laboratory. Prerequisite: An ex- employment practices including: Title VII and
ercise physiology course or KINES 354, or Affirmative Action Compliance; American
equivalent. 1 unit. with Disabilities Act; drug-, HIV-, and genetic
Labor Standards Act; Civil Service
testing; Fair
452. Neuromuscular Aspects of Human Korean procedures; Equal Pay Act, Family and
Performance Medical Leave Act, and employment-at-will;
In-depth study of the neuromuscular aspects constitutional protection for employees, job-
(See East Asian Languages and Cultures)
of human on selected topics
activity; focus
applicants, and others. Prerequisite: L I R 347
related to growth, physical development, or 491, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
exercise prescriptions, athletic conditioning,
and fitness. Prerequisite: KINES 451. 1 unit. 430. Foundations of Industrial-
Organizational Psychology
453. Circulorespiratory Aspects of Physical
Same as PSYCH 430. See PSYCH 430.
Activity
Aerobic performance responses to short-term, 435. Motivation and Morale in Industry
intermittent, and prolonged physical activity;
special consideration given to endurance
Labor and Industrial Same as PSYCH 435. See PSYCH 435.
training methods and assessment techniques, Relations 440. Labor Economics

ergogenic aids, and problems associated with Same as ECON 440. See ECON 440.
growth, environmental influences, and
Director of Institute: Peter Feuille
competitive sport. Prerequisite: KINES 451 or 441. Labor Economics
consent of instructor. 1 unit. Office:247 Labor and Industrial Relations Same as ECON 441. See ECON 441
Building, 504 East Armory Avenue, Cham-
455. Experimental Kinesiology paign 442. Collective Bargaining
Mechanical and neuromuscular approach to Phone: 333-1480 Same as ECON 442. Examination of: social
human movement; analysis and experimental URL: www.ilir.uiuc.edu values and social science concepts to develop
research. Prerequisite: KINES 355 and 356, or a framework for explaining the basis and
consent of instructor. 1 unit. shape of collective bargaining as it has been
Labor and Industrial Relations (L ( R)
practiced in the United States; government
461. Administration of Physical Education and law, unions, and employers as part of the
and Sport 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar development of this framework; the environ-
Analysis of completed research relating to 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. ment of collective bargaining with respect to
theory and practice of administration in physi- the role of economics and bargaining struc-
cal education and sport; the development of 301. European Working —Class History: ture; the negotiating process as the interactive
policy statements and procedures manuals for 1750 to the Present
basis for union-management relations; conflict
the various educational levels; and experience Same as HIST and SOC 301. See HIST 301.
and conflict resolution as part of the negotiat-
in the use of the case plan of instruction as a ing process; wage and other effects of collec-
teaching technique for the development of
154 Korean
tive bargaining as bargaining outcomes; con- ment; international diffusion of technology ing needs, especially with reference to the in-
temporary changes in union management re- and ideology; nation-states, multinational cor- ternationalization of business, changes in la-
lations. Case materials and exercises may be porations and world community; and inter- bor demand, demographic trends in the
used to supplement course materials. Prereq- national and regional organizations and their United States, and increasing work force di-
uisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. Graduate impact on labor in LDCs. Prerequisite: ECON versification; advantages and disadvantages
credit is not given for both ECON 343 and 101 or 109, or equivalent. 1 unit. of the various training and development tech-
LIR442. niques; relation of training to organizational
456. Industrial Relations Theory strategies; methods of training evaluation.
443. Workplace Dispute Resolution Integrated analysis of the principles of Special attention given to the need for and
is
Same as ECON 443 and LAW 361. Examina- industrial relations through the study of the methods of cross-cultural training. Students
tion of the use of procedures to resolve em- works of the major theorists and their critics. develop training exercises for class presenta-
ployment disputes in both union and non- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. tion and participation. 1 unit.
union workplaces; comparative analysis of
grievance arbitration, interest arbitration, 457.Human Resources Theory 465. Human Resources Management and
mediation, fact-finding, and combinations of Continuation of L I R 456. Focuses on contem- Strategy
these procedures; special emphasis given to porary research in human resource manage- Same as B ADM 414. Designed to provide in-
the role of third party intervention. 3 hoars or ment and related fields. Prerequisite: L I R 456. tegration across the specific functional areas
1 unit. Hourly credit only applicable to LAW 1 unit. of the human resources management (HRM)
361. field, while at the same time demonstrating
458. Faculty-Student Workshop the linkages horizontally within andHRM
445. Investment in Human Resources Training and experience for Ph.D. students in vertically with strategic management of the
Same as HRE 445. Activities that influence the application of social science and industrial firm. This case-focused course places empha-
future monetary and psychic income by im- relations theory and research methodology to sis on human resources issues of strategic
proving the resources in people; coverage of contemporary industrial relations problems importance to the organization. Prerequisite:
investments, including schooling, on-the-job through presentation and discussion of faculty One prior course from the Organizational Be-
and other training, migration, and the search and student research. Ph.D. students are havior and Personnel Management distribu-
for information on jobs and incomes; empha- required to make presentations and to tion subject area list (in the AM degree require-
sison human capital concepts, public human participate in workshop discussions during ments for the graduate degree in Labor and
resources policy, and equal employment op- the entire period of their campus residency. Industrial Relations). 1 unit.
portunity policy. Prerequisite: An introductory Prerequisite: L I R 456 and 457. to 1 unit.
course in economics and in quantitative meth- 466. International Human Resource

ods, as specified by the department. 1 unit. 461.Compensation Systems Management
Compensation theory and practice. Course Human resource management issues exam-
Problems of Personnel Management
448. addresses the theoretical and practical issues ined from the perspective of the multinational
Same as B ADM 41 1 See B ADM 41 1
. .
associated with the design of effective firm. Topics include globalization and human
compensation systems. The design phases resource strategy, management and the struc-
451. Labor Law and Public Policy include establishing internal equity, external ture of multinational firms, dealing with in-
Same as LAW 360. Analyzes current major equity, and individual equity. Budgeting and employees for
tercul rural differences, selecting
policy issues in labor relations and employ- administration are also addressed. Case foreign assignments, training and developing
ment law through the concepts and techniques analyses and computer simulations may be expatriate employees, evaluation and com-
of the lawyer and the labor relations special- used to supplement course materials. 1 unit. pensation of employees in international as-
ist. Prerequisite: For law students, LAW 357 or signments. Individual and group projects.
consent of instructor; for Institute of Labor and 462. Human Resources Planning and Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 1 unit.
Industrial Relations and other graduate stu- Staffing
dents, one semester of labor and industrial Examines conceptual issues, policies, and 467. Negotiation in Human Resource
relations course work or consent of instruc- practices relating to the attraction, selection, Decisions
tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Hourly credit only appli- development, and planning for the most General survey course concerning the strate-
cable to LAW 360. effective utilization of human resources. 1 unit. gies and tactics of bargaining and negotiation,
with special emphasis on applications in hu-
454. Comparative Employment Relations 463. Human Resource Information Systems man resource management contexts. Topics
Systems and Computer Applications in Industrial covered will include: the structure of negoti-
Same as LAW 356. Examines employment Relations ated outcomes; integrative bargaining tactics;
systems in selected developed, newly indus- Design, implementation, and evaluation of distributive bargaining tactics; negotiation
trialized, and developing economies. Explores human resource information systems (HRIS). planning; power, persuasion and influence;
employment systems in the context of regional Topics to be covered include fundamental communication; negotiating in teams and
and political integration. Topics include the database characteristics, information systems groups; negotiating using 3rd parties (arbitra-
organization and policies of unions and em- and management processes, systems analysis tors, mediators, agents); cross-cultural nego-
ployers, as well as management-labor rela- and needs assessment in Human Resources tiations. Students will discuss negotiation is-
tions, and the roles of firms, national govern- and Industrial Relations departments, imple- sues and build negotiation skills through a
ments, and international organizations in menting HRI systems, the use of HRI systems and cases. Pre-
series of experiential exercises
shaping employment systems. Emphasis will to solve organizational problems, information Graduate standing. An introductory
requisite:
be placed on the analytical tools needed to systems and labor relations. A series of cases course in social psychology or organizational
make multicountry comparisons, to link and computer exercises which will play a behavior is preferred but not required. 2 unit.
theory and practice, and to understand the major role in determining the course grade Students may not receive credit for both this
reasons for major changes in the nature of the will be used. Regular seminars and some labo- ADM
course and Master of B 405 (Section J:
employment relations. 3 hours or limit. Hourly ratory sessions will be scheduled throughout Managerial Negotiations. ).
credit only applicable to LAW 356. the semester. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
in Labor and Industrial Relations or consent 490. Individual Topics
455. Labor in Less Developed Countries of instructor. 1 unit. Students in labor and industrial relations may
Role and place of LDCs in the world; colonial- register for this unit with the consent of the
ism, independence, and nation-building; eco- 464. Human Resource Training and curriculum adviser and the adviser under
nomics, power, and stratification; develop- Development whom the student will perform individual
ment of labor markets and labor movements; Examination of: theories of behavioral change; study or research. Such individual work may
economic, political, and social consequences application of these theories to training and
include special study in a subject matter for
of international trade, finance, and invest- human resource development; assessing train- which no course is available or an individual
Landscape Architecture 155
research project, including on-the-job research 180. Design Communications, I
in industry, which is not being undertaken for Basic principles and techniques of visual com-
a thesis. to 2 units. munication in landscape architectural render-
ing, including computer-based techniques.
491. Employment Relations Systems Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in LA 133.
General framework for the analysis of em- Latin 3 hours. Open to Landscape Architecture ma-
ployment relationships. Topics include indus- jors only.
trial relations theory, the American system of
collective bargaining, intercountrv system dif- (See Classics) 181.Design Communications, II

ferences, and human resource management Advanced principles and techniques of visual
strategies and practices. Prerequisite: Gradu- communication in landscape architectural ren-
ate standing. 1 unit. dering, including computer-based techniques.
Concurrent registration in LA 134;
Prerequisite:
492. Research Methods in Labor and LA 180 and completion of campus Composi-
Industrial Relations tion I general education requirement or con-
Systematic analysis of theories and procedures sent of instructor. 3 hours.
of the various social and physical sciences
bearing on research in labor and industrial Landscape 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
relations; primary emphasis on the process of
integrating the approaches and techniques of
Architecture 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
the various social sciences with respect to the 201. Senior Honors Course
study of problems in labor and industrial re- Head of Department: Vincent J. Bellafiore Independent guided study and research in a
lations as met in practice in management, the Department Office: 101 Temple Hoyne Buell selected area of landscape architecture; for
union, and government service, as well as in Hall, 611 East Lorado Taft Drive,Champaign candidates for honors in landscape architec-
teaching and research in the field. Prerequisite: Phone: 333-0176 ture. Prerequisite: Senior standing in landscape
Major in social sciences or consent of instruc- architecture, a university grade-point average
tor. 1 unit. of 3.0, and consent of head of department. 1
Landscape Architecture (L A) to 6 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of
493. Quantitative Methods in Labor and 9 hours.
Industrial Relations 101. Introduction to Landscape
Application of statistical methods to problems Architecture 214. History of Landscape Architecture
in human resources and industrial relations. Survey of the practice, profession, and Analysis of the development of landscape
Analysis and presentation of results using philosophy of landscape architecture. 2 hours. architecture as a result of environmental and
computer software. Covers statistical tech- cultural influences. 3 hours.
niques through analysis of variance and mul- 133. Basic Landscape Design
tiple regression. Prerequisite: Any elementary Introduction to the fundamentals of design, 215. Buildings, Land, and Cultural
statistics course. 1 unit. including studies in two- and three-dimen- Traditions: Diversity and Change
sional abstract and applied problems, basic Same as ARCH
215. Introduction to the
494. Tutorial Seminar elements and procedures of design, and prin- ordinary landscape as a product of interaction
Research experience for Master's students in ciples of landscape composition. Prerequisite: between a physical base, technology, and
carrying out a problem solving project from Credit or concurrent registration in L A 180, cultural attitudes and values. Approach is
formulation to written report in a chosen area or consent of instructor. 5 hours. Open to Land- both historical, from prehistory to science-
of labor and industrial relations. Each student scape Architecture majors only. fiction, and thematic, treating issues such as
selects an individual topic with the approval meaning, symbolism, power and gender, and
and guidance of a faculty member and par- 134. Site Design ethnicity. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3
ticipates in a Tutorial Workshop. Prerequisite: Principles and practices of site planning; ori- hours.
Completion of no fewer than 6 units of L I R entation, circulation, and land use definitions
course work. Oorl unit. and relationships applied to site scale prob- 216.Nature and American Culture
lems; and application of site design process. Same as HIST, LEIST, and NRES 242. See
496. Workers, Managers, and Unions in Field trip required; see Timetable for current LEIST 242.
Historical Perspective fees. Prerequisite: LA 133 or consent of instruc-
Social and political history of North Ameri- tor. 5 hours. 235. Recreation and Community Design
can workers and their relations with employ- Development of design solutions at site and
ers and government from the 1860's to the 142. Landform Design and Construction master plan scale relative to community, ur-
present. Focuses especially on the impact Introduction to the fundamentals of the earth's ban and recreational problems; emphasizes
which the changing labor force had on the surface as a design element; limitations and development of analysis and design tech-
formation of labor organizations and on la- uses of landforms; and methods of grading, niques. Field trip required; see Timetable for
bor management relations throughout the last surface drainage, and land surveying. Prereq- current fees. Prerequisite: L A
1 34 or consent of
century. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in uisite: MATH 114 or 116. 3 hours. instructor. 5 hours.
L I R or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
150. Introduction to Environmental Factors 236. Design Workshops, I
498. Designing High-Involvement in Design Project design at various scales utilizing prob-
Workplaces Principles and practices of identifying, lems of a wide range of complexity and sub-
Intensive analysis of strategies for enhancing analyzing, and recording landscape resources. jectmatter; concerns rural, community, and
the involvement and commitment of employ- Field trip required; see Timetable for current urban problems, housing, recreation, and
ees in work organizations. Focus is on the de- fees. Prerequisite: GEOG 103 or consent of open space; emphasizes problem analysis and
work teams, feedback programs,
sign of jobs, instructor. 3 hours. generation of innovative design alternatives.
and reward systems that contribute to em- Students select from several sections depend-
ployee well-being and to organizational effec- 170. Introduction to Behavioral Factors in ing on specific interests. Prerequisite: L A 235
tiveness. 1 unit. Design or consent of instructor. 5 hours.
To provide an understanding of how outdoor
499. Thesis Seminar settings affect human behavior and how 243. Site Engineering
For students writing theses in L
all I R at the socially responsible design can result. Short Principles of surveying and design of drain-
A.M. and Ph.D. levels. to 4 units. and evaluation of open
exercises, field trips, age, circulation, and utility systems. Prerequi-
spaces will enable students to apply the above site: L A 142 and MATH 114 or 116; or consent
concepts. 3 hours. of instructor. 4 hours.
I 56 Landscape Architecture
244. Landscape Construction 337. Regional Landscape Design arrangement of land use activities in space;
Construction methods, materials, and proce- Introduction to the process of physical optimizing, approximate, and graphic meth-
dures related to the design of landscape struc- planning, emphasizing land use policy and ods, their applications, effectiveness, and ef-
tures; development of design details and cost plan formulation; a regional case study is ficiency; and experiments with computerized
estimating. Prerequisite: L A 243 or consent of undertaken to develop analytical skills, to procedures. Prerequisite: LA 341 or consent of
instructor. 4 hours. introduce the relationship between cultural instructor. 1 unit.
and natural processes, and to explore the need
245. Professional Internship for responsible political action. Prerequisite: 450. Environmental Impact Statements
Professionally supervised field experience in L A 236 or consent of instructor. 5 hours or 1 Vi Requirements of the National Environmental
private firms and public agencies designed to unit. Policy Act and Guidelines from the Council
introduce students to professional practice. on Environmental Quality for preparing and
Students work in a department-approved firm 338. Design Workshops, II writing environmental impact statements;
or agency of their choice either during a Project design at various scales utilizing prob- includes interdisciplinary team efforts and
regular or summer session. Prerequisite: Junior lems of a wide range of complexity and sub- impact assessment techniques. Prerequisite:
standing and consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours. ject matter; concerns rural, community, and Graduate or law school standing, or consent
May be repeated in separate semesters to a urban problems, housing, recreation, and of instructor. 1 unit.
maximum of 3 hours. open space; and emphasizes problem analy-
sis and generation of innovative design al- 463.Methods of Social and Behavioral
246. Professional Practice ternatives. The student selects from several Research in Designed Environments
Study of the profession of landscape architec- sections depending on specific interests. Pre- Same as ARCH 463. See ARCH 463.
ture including an introduction to modes of requisite: L A 235 or consent of instructor. 5
practice, career evolution, organizational hours, or % tolVi units. 464.Conducting Social and Behavioral
theory, office procedures, project management Research in Designed Environments
and professional ethics. Prerequisite: Junior Land Resource Evaluation
341. Same as ARCH 464. Each student prepares
standing or consent of instructor. 2 hours. Same as U P 341. Examines concepts for the and conducts research to obtain information
value of land, land resource problems and about specific relationships between people
252. Planting Design I policy responses, methods for evaluating land and the designed environment. Prerequisite: L
Biogeography; identification of native species, resource development and policy alternatives, A 370 or ARCH 323, and ARCH 463, or
evergreens, and exotics; uses of plants in the and case studies of land resource evaluation. equivalent; and a course in introductory
landscape; and planting design projects. Field Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of statistics. 1 unit.
trips required. Prerequisite: NRES 254. 3 hours. instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
465. Design/Behavior Studio
253. Planting Design II 344. Social Impact Assessment Same as ARCH 465. Development of site or
Planting design philosophies; detailed and Same as ENVST, LEIST, NRES, R SOC, and project scale design emphasizing the integra-
comprehensive design projects; management U P 344. See LEIST 344. tion of user needs and behavioral factors. Pre-
practices; technical documents; and plant requisite: L A 464, or consent of instructor. 1 Vi
identification. Field trips required. Prerequisite: 350. Land Use Ecology units. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
LA 252. 3 hours. Ecological implications of alternative land use units.
patterns; equipment, field techniques, and
290. Special Problems nomenclature in current use by environmental Urban Design Studio, I
481.
Supervised independent study, research, or consultants; and elements of a baseline Same as ARCH 481. See ARCH 481.
special project in a selected area related to ecosystem study. Prerequisite: Consent of
landscape architecture. Prerequisite: Junior or instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. Urban Design Studio, II
482.
senior standing; consent of instructor and Same as ARCH 482. See ARCH 482.
head of department prior to advance enroll- 370. Design-Behavior Interaction
ment and registration. 1 to 6 hours. May be Critical discussion of notions and theories 483. Historical Ecology of Human
repeated to a maximum of 9 hours. pertaining to the reciprocal effects of land- Settlements
scape architectural design and human behav- Same as GEOG and U P 483. See U P 483.
299.Off-Campus Study ior. 3 hours or %
unit.
Provides campus credit for off-campus study. 487. Seminar
review and
Prerequisite: Junior standing; prior 417. Land and Society: History, Theories, Preparation, presentation,and discussion of
approval of the student's written proposal by and Problems research papers on current and future areas
a faculty committee and the department head. Historical and cross-cultural investigation of of landscape architectural application. Prereq-
to 25 hours (summer session, to 6 hours). Fi- the use, shaping, and perception of the land- uisite: Consent of instructor. '/: to 1 unit.
nal determination of appropriate credit is based environment; case studies, critical

made by a faculty review committee upon problems and issues, and theories of social- 490. Special Problems
completion of the student's work. Maximum environmental interaction. Prerequisite: Nature and scope of projects to be determined
credit, 1 5 hours (summer session, 6 hours), all Consent of instructor. 1 unit. by consultation between student and faculty
adviser; open to landscape architecture majors
of which must be earned within one semes-
ter. 437. Landscape Planning as well as those from other disciplines who
Small group design and planning studio wish to engage in interdisciplinary work.
325. Historical Geography of American emphasizing actual problems and clients; Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. '/: to 2 units.
Landscapes to 1880 projects require fieldwork, analysis, problem-

498. Master's Project
Same as GEOG 325. See GEOG 325. solving, design, and presentation to client.
Prerequisite: L A 341 and 350, or consent of
Major independent or small-group project
326. Historical Geography of American synthesizing knowledge from previous course
instructor. lVi units.
Landscapes Since 1880 work. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and
Same as GEOG 326. See GEOG 326. 440. Public Involvement in Resource program adviser. to 2 units.
Management and Environmental Planning
American Vernacular: The Cultural 499. Thesis Research
327. Same as ENVST, LEIST, NRES, R SOC, and
Landscape NRES 440. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in landscape
U P 440. See
Same as GEOG 327. See GEOG 327. architecture. to 2 units.
442. SpatialDesign Methods
Same as U
P 442. Representations and solu-
tion procedures for problems involving the
Latina/Latino Studies 157
450. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Latin 230. Introduction to U.S. Racial and Ethnic
American Studies Politics
Designed for students in the Latin American Same as AFRO and POL S 230. See POL S 230.
Studies MA. program. Examines the intercon-
nections amongresearch approaches and 242. Topics in U.S. Latina/Latino Literature
Latin American and problems American Stud-

in the field of Latin Same as SPAN 242. See SPAN 242.
ies. Prerequisite: M.A. standing in Latin Ameri-
Caribbean Studies can and Caribbean Studies, or consent of in- 251. Mexican Americans: Ethnicity,
struction. 1 unit. May be repeated to a Culture, and Identity in the United States
maximum of 2 units as topic varies. Same as HIST 251. See HIST 251.
Acting Director of Center: Cynthia Radding
Center Office: 201 International Studies Build- 252.Caribbean Latina/Latino Migration:
ing, 910 South Fifth Street, Champaign Puerto Ricans, Cubans, and Dominicans in
Preparation of M.A. thesis. Prerequisite: M. A.
Phone: 333-3182 the United States
standing in Latin American and Caribbean
Studies and consent of instructor. 1 unit. May Same as HIST 252. See HIST 252.
Latin American and Caribbean be repeated to a maximum of 2 units in the

259.Spanish-Speaking Peoples in the
Studies (LA ST) same semester with consent of M.A. program
director.
United States
Same as ANTH 259. See ANTH 259.
170. Introduction to Latin America
Interdisciplinary introduction to the ways of and Latinos Challenging the
269. Latinas
life of Latin American peoples, their origins Anthropological and Literary Landscape
and current expressions; discusses social, eco- Same as ANTH 269. See ANTH 269.
nomic issues, and domestic and international
policies related to them in the context of other and Development of Latina/
275. History
Third World societies. 3 hours.
Latina/Latino Latino Media in the United States
Studies Same as COMM
275. See COMM
275.
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. 290. Independent Study
Acting Director: Louis DeSipio Special topics not treated in regularly sched-
290. Individual Study Program Office: 510 East Chalmers Street, uled courses; designed especially for ad-
Major normally taken in the senior
tutorial Champaign vanced undergraduates. Prerequisite: One
year. Students read the works on a reading list Phone: 265-0370 course in Latina/Latino Studies and consent
devised in consultation with a faculty tutor URL: www.lls.uiuc.edu of instructor. to 3 hours. May be repeated in
and write a term paper. Prerequisite: LAST 170; the same or subsequent semesters as topics
a declared major in Latin American and vary to a maximum of 6 hours.
Caribbean Studies; consent of instructor. 1 to Latina/Latino Studies (LLS)
5 hours. May be repeated as topics vary to a 296. Topics in Latina/Latino Studies
maximum of 6 hours. (Counts for advanced 100. Introduction to Latina/Latino Studies Course examines specific topics in Latina/
hours in LAS.) Interdisciplinary introduction to the basis for Latino Studies not addressed in regularly
a Latina/Latino ethnicity in the United States. offered courses. Examples include theories of
295. Special Topics Topics include immigration and acculturation ethnic identity, historical foundations, cultural
Topical survey of social, economic, and experiences and their commonalities and expression, and relevant topics in public
political factors in Latin American life. Each differences, comparison of Latina/Latino policy studies of Latina/Latino communities.
semester a particular topic is considered. racial, ethnic and
experiences to those of other 3 hours. May be repeated in same or separate
Prerequisite: A basic course in a social science immigrant groups, and the potential for a pan- semesters to a maximum of 6 hours.
discipline. 2 to 4 hours. ethnic identity. 3 hours.
325. Latina/Latino Politics
345. Tutorials in Native Latin American 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as POL S 325. See POL S 325.
Languages 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
Upon the consent of the Director of the Cen- 333. Foundations of Bilingual Education
ter for Latin American and Caribbean Stud- 200. Introduction to 19th Century U.S. Same as C& 1 333. See C& 1 333.
ies, tutorials are available in special native Latina/Latino Literature
Latin American languages not regularly of- Focuses on the fiction (historical novels and 335. Latina/Latino Families and Children
fered by the University. Tutorials at the el- poetry) as well as the critical essays of the 1848 in the United States
ementary, intermediate, and advanced levels Mexican- American War and the 1898 Spanish- Same as HDFS 335. See HDFS 335.
may be arranged. Students registering for unit American War, the two key 19th century
two semesters must first events that determined the status of the people
349. Issues in Latina and Latino Education
credit for the first
present satisfactory evidence of knowledge of of Caribbean and Mexican descent in the Same as C& 1 349. See C & 1 349.
the language at the elementary level, either in United States. 3 hours. Students may not
the form of credit earned at another institu- register for LLS 200 and 201 simultaneously.
367. History of the American West: A
Legacy of Conquest and Resistance
tion or by passing a proficiency examination.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours, 201. COMP II/Introduction to 19th Century Same as HIST 367. See HIST 367.
or '/> May be repeated up to 6 semes-

to 1 unit. U.S. Latina/Latino Literature
ters successively to a maximum of 16 hours Course is identical to LLS 200 except for the
or 4 units. Graduate credit is given only for additional writing component. See LLS 200.
work beyond the elementary level. Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi-
tion general education requirement. 4 hours.
I
376.Four Latin American Ideas: Credit is not given for both LLS 200 and 201.
Structuralism, Dependency, Liberation
Theology, Pedagogy of the Oppressed The Chicano Experience
202.
Same as HIST 370. See HIST 370. Same as SPAN 202. See SPAN 202.
227. Latina Latinos in Contemporary

United States Society
Same as SOC 227. See SOC 227.
158 Law
310. Statutory Interpretation 317. Advanced Criminal Procedure

Introduces students to the legislative process, Problems in the administration of criminal
as well as to basic methods of statutory inter- justice, with emphasis upon the commence-
pretation. Students select from several sec- ment of formal proceedings (bail, decision to
tions, each focusing on a different statutory prosecute, grand jury, preliminary hearing,
Law scheme. Within that statutory context, stu-
dents study basic canons of statutory interpre-
location of prosecution, scope of prosecution,
speedy trial); the adversary system (pleas, dis-
tation, the uses of legislative history, and other covery, jury trials, prejudicial publicity, ethi-
Dean Thomas M. Mengler
of College: issues arising in the application and interpre- cal problems, double jeopardy); and post-con-
202D Law Building, 504 East
College Office: tation of statutes. Prerequisite: Enrollment in viction review (post-trial motions, appeals,
Pennsylvania Avenue, Champaign the College of Law. 3 hours or 1 unit. habeas corpus, related post-conviction rem-
Phone: 333-0176 LAW 307, 308 and 313. 3
edies). Prerequisite:
URL: www.law.uiuc.edu 311. Legal Writing and Research hours or 1 unit.
Emphasis on development and improvement
of skills in legal writing, and training in legal 318. Legislation
Law (LAW) bibliography. Assignments may include brief Constitutional and statutory issues in legisla-
writing and preparation of legal memoranda tive procedure, including issues relating to
301. Contracts and opinions. 2 hours or Vi unit. separation of power between Congress and
Enforceability of promises including unjust the President; particular legislative-executive
enrichment and reliance, offer and acceptance, 312. Introduction to Advocacy issues raised by the Illinois Constitution; and
mistake, unfairness and overreaching, uncon- Continuation of the first semester Legal Writ- techniques of legislative drafting and the in-
scionability, Statute of Frauds, interpretation ing and Research (LAW 311) course. Introduc- terpretation of statutes. 2 to 3 hours, or Vi to 1
of contract language, conditions, and third tion to Advocacy is required in the second unit.
party beneficiaries. 4 hours or 1 unit. semester of the first year for further develop-
ment of legal research skills persuasive writ- 319. Environmental Law and Policy, I
303. Torts ing and oral advocacy. Each student will work Course is the basic introduction to Environ-
Basic course in civil wrongs, including on the preparation of a summary judgment ment Law; it considers the principal legal ap-
intentional torts (such as assault and battery), motion and an appellate brief relating to their proaches used to deal with environmental
negligence (duty, unreasonable risk analysis, first-semester assignment, then argue their problems, including common-law, statutory,
actual and proximate cause), and strict assigned case before a panel of local attorneys regulatory, and economic-incentive systems.
liability. 3 hours or 1 unit. and faculty. 3 hours or Vi unit. 3 hours or 1 unit.
304. Constitutional Law, I 313. Constitutional Law, II 320. Natural Resources

Spring semester first-year course provides an This elective for second- and third-year law Legal problems associated with the use of
introduction to constitutional law, including students studies constitutional notions of state certain land, water, and mineral resources,
the origins of judicial review, basic Article III action; substantive due process and equal including energy sources; emphasizes public
limits on federal court jurisdiction, the nature protection; procedural due process; and the management and regulation. 2 or 3 hours, or
and scope of federal legislative power, the congressional power to enforce civil rights. Vi or 1 unit.
Commerce Clause, and the relationship of the Study of the rights guaranteed by the First
federal government to the states. 3 hours or 1 Amendment is not part of this course (see 321.Urban Government
unit. LAW 315). Prerequisite: LAW
304. 3 hours or 1 The law governing the structure, powers, and
unit. operation of local governments in urban and
305. Property suburban areas with analysis of political,
Basic first-year course in property law, 314. Administrative Law economic, and social implications. 3 hours or
required of all students. Provides an overview Functions of administrative tribunals in fed- 1 unit.
of law of the land, with incidental coverage eral, state, and municipal government; the
of personal property; includes the concept of procedure before such administrative tribu- 322. Land Use Planning
property, acquisition of private property, nals; and judicial relief from administrative Examination of the legal and administrative
recognized property interests, and gratuitous decisions. 3 hours or 1 unit. aspects of land development and regulation
transfer of property interests. 4 hours or 1 unit. in an urban society, including the techniques
315. Constitutional Law, III and problems of planning; the tools of plan
307.Criminal Law This elective for second-and third-year law effectuation, such as zoning, subdivision
Sources and purposes of the criminal law; the students is an intensive study of the First regulation, renewal and redevelopment, and
meaning of criminal responsibility; and the Amendment to the Constitution and its ap- housing programs; and the allocation of
characteristics of particular crimes. 3 hours or plication to the states through the Fourteenth decision-making among various levels of
1 unit. Amendment. Examines decisions of the U.S. government. 2 to 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit.
Supreme Court in areas concerning freedom
308. Criminal Procedure of speech, religion, and the press. Specific top- 323. American Indian Law
Problems in the administration of criminal ics include punishment of criminal advocacy; Historical survey of congressional policy to-
justice with emphasis on right to counsel, regulation of picketing and public demonstra- ward Indian affairs; studies relevant legisla-
arrest, search, interrogation, lineups, and the tions; obscenity; commercial speech; regulation delineating the relationship between
scope and administration of exclusionary tion of news media; and religious exemptions tribes and the federal government; considers
rules. 3 hours or 1 unit. from government regulation. Prerequisite: the unique jurisdictional problems that arise
LAW 304. 3 hours or 1 unit. with conflicting claims of state, federal, and
309. Civil Procedure tribal sovereignty and regulatory authority;
Role and importance of procedure in litiga- 316. Constitutional Litigation focus on individual rights and benefits con-
tion, including jurisdiction, pleadings and Study of the federal statutes that authorize ferred by federal law to American Indians,
parties, pretrial motions and discovery, trial civil suits and govern-
against public officials including Indian welfare laws, employment
practice (except evidence), relationship be- mental entities responsible for the deprivation preference systems, and religious freedom leg-
tween judge and jury, the effect of a decision of constitutional rights; immunities and de- islation. 3 hours or 1 unit.
inone case on subsequent litigation between fenses; potential remedies; federalism issues.
the same or different parties (res judicata), 2 to 3 hours, or '/: to 1 unit. 324. Real Property Transactions
verdicts and judgements, and appelate review. Elective for second- and third-year law
4 /jours or 1 unit. students introduces various issues relating to
real property, transfers, including real estate
Law 159
contracts, conveyancing and title protection. quiring written opinions and solutions. Pre- introduction to chapter 11 (reorganization). 3
Prerequisite: LAW 305. 3 hours or 1 unit. requisite: LAW
348 and 351. 2 or 3 hours, or Vi hours or 1 unit.
or 1 unit.
325. Elder Law 340. Payment Systems
Examines the various legal implications of 332. Market Regulation Study of problems involved in the use of
people living longer, with special emphasis on Explores the federal securities laws govern- checks and promissory notes with special
public policies and programs affecting the fi- ing trading of corporate securities on second- emphasis on Articles 3 and 4 of the Uniform
nancing of medical care, housing arrange- ary markets. Topics include insider trading, Commercial Code, including electronic funds
ments, and income maintenance of persons takeovers and proxy contests, regulation of transfers and letters of credit. 2 to 3 hours, or
aged 60 years and older. Prerequisite: LAW 348 exchanges and broker-dealers, and interna- 'A to 1 unit.
is recommended. 3 hours or 1 unit. tional securities transactions. Prerequisite:

LAW 328. 3 hours or 1 unit. 341. Trademark, Unfair Competition and
326. Quantitative Methods in Legal Consumer Protection
Decisionmaking 333. Corporate Finance Course introduces basic legal concepts relat-
Directed at equipping law students with quan- Analysis of corporate and securities law ing to statutory and common-law trademark,
them in the prac-
titative skills that will assist problems using the tools of modern financial interference with contractual relations and
Topics that will be covered include
tice of law. theory. Emphases will typically include trade libel, the federalization of unfair com-
the following: business concepts in the law valuation, capital structure, and fundamental petition law, and the role of the Federal Trade
(e.g., reading a balance sheet, the importance changes of public corporations. Prerequisite: Commission in consumer protection activities.
of and methods of computing net, internal, LAW 328. 3 hours, or 1 unit. 3 hours or 1 unit.
and real rates of return); statistical and other
quantitative methods in the law (e.g., using 334.Government Regulation 342. Copyright Law
statistical evidence and employing decision The legal and policy implications of govern- Offers an in-depth look at the legal aspects of
theory as a guide to litigation strategy); the ment regulation. Course content varies from copyright with special emphasis on the
theory and methods of computing compen- a survey of laws regulating various industries application of traditional copyright principles
satory damages; and methods of finding and to a detailed focus on a specific industry. 2 to to new technologies and media of expression.
using expert witnesses on economic issues. 3 3 hours, or V2 to 1 unit. 3 hours or 1 unit. First-year law students who
hours, or 1 unit. have taken the Copyright Act section of LAW

335. International Business Transactions 310 are not permitted to enroll in this course
327. Advanced Bankruptcy and Creditors' Doing business abroad: export-import regu- due to overlapping coverage.
Rights lations, use of foreign commission merchants,
Selected issues in bankruptcy and creditors' licensing of patents and know-how, invest- 344. Sports Law
rights not covered in LAW 339, with empha- ment and exchange problems, establishing a Examines specialized aspects of the sports
sisdepending on current significance; exami- foreign operation (including forms of business industry; emphasis given to antitrust, labor,
nation of business reorganizations under organization available abroad), and applica- and tax issues as applied to professional
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, generally tion of United States and foreign antitrust law sports, and antitrust and constitutional issues
including jurisdictional issues and problems to the business operation. 3 hours or 1 unit. that have allowed courts to intervene in
related to the filing of the case, the participants intercollegiate athletics. Does not consider
in the Chapter 11 process, operating a busi- 336. Regulation of Financial Institutions recurring legal problems for which general
ness under Chapter 11, and formulating and The framework of federal and state regulation principles of law are applicable. 2 or 3 hours,
confirming a reorganization plan. Prerequisite: of the structure and activities of financial in- or Vi or 1 unit.
LAW 339. 3 hours or 1 unit. stitutions, with emphasis on banks and other
depository institutions. Topics include rel- 345. Patent Law
328. Business Organizations evant provisions of the National Bank Act, Historicaldevelopment of protection of ideas,
Examines the basic legal consequences for in- Federal Reserve Act, and Bank Holding Com- inventions, and discoveries; patentability; se-
dividuals, organizations, and society of the pany Act as well as the regulatory policies of curing the patent; amendment and correction
formation, control, and financing of organi- the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal of patents; and infringement remedies, de-
zations. Surveys agency relationships, part- Reserve Board. Consideration is given to the fenses, and procedures. 2 or 3 hours, or Vi or 1
nerships, and close and public corporations. issues presented by "deregulation," including unit
3 or 4 hours, or 1 unit. developments relating to branch banking, in-
terstate banking, and brokerage and under- 346. Sales
329. Securities Regulation writing activities as well as regulation of in- Elective for second- and third-year law stu-
Explores the federal securities laws govern- ternational banking activities. 2 to 3 hours, or dents a foundational course for commercial
is
ing issuance of securities in the primary mar- V2 to 1 unit. law. Subjects covered include the nature and
kets. Emphasis on regulatory requirements operation of the Uniform Commercial Code,
governing corporate financing. Prerequisite: 337. Article 9 (Personal Property Security) issues regarding formation and performance
LAW 328. 3 hours or 1 unit. Study of secured transactions under Article 9 of sales contracts, warranty, remedies for
of the Uniform Commercial Code. 2 to 3 hours, breach, documentary transactions and inter-
330. Antitrust Law or V2 to 1 unit. national sales. 3 hours or 1 unit.
The imposed by the Sherman Act,

limitations
Clayton Act, and Federal Trade Commission 338. Real Estate Finance 347. International Trade Policy
Act on anticompetitive practices by business Methods and
of financing land acquisition Analysis of the regulation of trade between
firms; emphasizes price fixing, monopoliza- residential and commercial development, nations by international agreement (e.g., the
tion,mergers, exclusive dealing, tying ar- including publicly owned and subsidized GATT), by multinational organizations (e.g.,
rangements. 3 hours or 1 unit. housing. 3 hours or 1 unit. the European Communities), and by indi-
vidual countries; emphasizes U.S. import re-
331. BusinessPlanning 339. Creditors' Rights straints, export controls, and related laws. 3
Examination of planning situations wherein The legal regulation of the relationship among hours or 1 unit.
tax, corporations, corporate finance, securities debtors and their creditors and among credi-
regulation, and accounting materials are in- tors of a particular debtor; pre- and post- 348.Income Taxation
terrelated; organization of close corporations judgement remedies of unsecured creditors; The fundamental course in federal income
and public companies, corporate distributions debtors' attempts to defeat creditors, includ- taxation. Includes materials relating to income
and recapitalizations, sale of corporate busi- ing fraudulent conveyances; study of Bank- taxation of individuals and an introduction to
nesses, corporate acquisitions and mergers, ruptcy Code chapters 7 (liquidation) and 13 taxation of corporations and shareholders. 3
and corporate separations; and problems re- (adjustment of debts by individuals), and an or 4 hours, or 1 unit.
160 Law
349. Corporate Taxation 362. Public Sector Labor Law 371. Jurisprudence
In-depth study of federal income tax law re- Same as L I R law of collective
362. Treats the The place of law in society; the nature, goals,
lated to taxation of corporations, sharehold- bargaining in public, largely state and munici- and methods of law; and the relation of law
ers, partnerships, and partners. Prerequisite: pal employment. Explores particular needs of and social science. 3 hours or 1 unit.
LAW 348. 3 hours or 1 unit. public employment, in contrast with private
employment, regarding approaches to: bar- 373. Current Legal Problems
350. Partnership Taxation gaining structure; scope of bargaining and Intensive study of selected current legal prob-
Involves the study of Subchapter K of the enforceability of agreements; impasse and the lems; based upon recent court decisions, re-
Internal Revenue Code, including partnership resolution of disputes over terms and condi- cent legislation, pending law reform propos-
formation, allocations, distributions, and tions of employment; and exclusivity of rep- als,or empirical studies; subject matter varies
liquidations. Also examines the tax treatment resentation. Prerequisite: LAW 357. 3 hours or 1 with each section; multiple sections and top-
of Subchapter S corporations. Prerequisite: unit. ics may be offered in a semester. 1 to 4 hours,
LAW 348. 3 hours or 1 unit. or Vt to 1 unit.
363. Family Law

351. Estate and Gift Taxation The creation and dissolution of the family, and 374. International Law
Comprehensive treatment of federal transfer legal relationships established by marriage, The nature, sources, and subjects of interna-
(estate and gift) taxes. Prerequisite: LAW 348. cohabitation and procreation. Covers the law tional law and
place in the control of inter-
its
3 hours or 1 unit. of marriage, divorce, annulment, separation, national society; includes an examination of
unmarried cohabitation, illegitimacy, adop- the law of jurisdiction, territory, recognition
353. State and Local Taxation tion and rights of child custody, parental prop- and succession of states, rights and immuni-
Survey which stresses the constitutional and erty on divorce, inheritance, and related rights. ties of states in foreign courts, diplomatic im-
statutory bases of state and local tax systems; Legal rules are placed into the social setting munities, treaties, protection of citizens
considers the fiscal and economic policy in which they operate, and emphasis is given abroad, settlement of international disputes,
aspects of the tax structure; and includes the to family policy as reflected in current devel- war and neutrality, the United Nations, and
power and purposes of taxation, the operation opments in family law reform, including con- the International Court of Justice. 3 hours or 1
and administration of the general property stitutional law. 3 hours or 1 unit. unit.
tax, jurisdiction of the states to impose various
types of taxes, and special problems relating 364. Decedent's Estatesand Trusts 375. Comparative Law
to the operation of income, sales, and business means of transferring wealth, with
Studies the Introduction to legal systems that differ
excise taxes. 2 or 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. primary emphasis on gratuitous transfers; the significantly from ours through discussion of
means available for making gratuitous specific subjects, including legal education,
354. Taxation of International Transactions transfers, including the validity and effect of legal professionals and fees, public law,
Survey problems in U.S. taxation of
of the testamentary instruments and trust deeds; commercial law, highlights of civil procedure,
foreign persons and foreign income, with and problems concerning the dispositive bases of jurisdiction, the relative roles of cases,
special emphasis upon foreign business provisions of any type of instrument which statutes, and codes, and international business
transactions of U. S. corporations. Prerequisite: transfers wealth. 3 hours or 1 unit. practices. The two major civil law code
LAW 351. 3 hours or 1 unit. systems (French and German) are principal
366. Problems in Estate Planning sources with contrasts between English and
356.Comparative Employment Relations Selected problems in the planning of estates American common law also noted. 2 hours or
Systems which will serve to integrate the basic >/•>
unit.
Same as L I R 454. See L I R 454. materials in property, trusts, wills, and
income, estate, and gift taxation. Prerequisite: 377. Russian Law
357. Labor Law, I LAW 348, 351, and 364. 2 to 3 hours, or V2 to 1 Russian conceptions of the role of law in
Same as L I R 347. Study of the National La- unit. theory and in practice; highlights of Russian
bor Relations Act as amended, the preact his- law, with comparison to the common law and
tory of the labor movement, and the judiciary's 367. AlternativeDispute Resolution civil law traditions; and study of Russian court
response thereto, with emphasis on under- Examination of the limitations, consequences, and legislative materials. 2 to 3 hours, or Vi to
standing the problems, experiments, and and costs, as well as the indispensability of 1 unit.
forces leading to the enactment; includes the some aspects of modern litigation; the possi-
negotiation and administration of the collec- requirements, and legal problems of
bilities, 378. European Community Law
tive bargaining agreement, especially the consensual and of court-annexed dispute reso- Intensive study of the European Common
grievance arbitration procedure, its operation lution processes alternative to final judicial Market, particularly of its laws relating to
and place in national labor policy; and ex- adjudication, including legal counseling, ne- trade barriers, establishment of companies,
plores the relationship of the individual and gotiation, mediation, arbitration, mini-trials, and antitrust; and United States legislation in
the union. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or summary trials, summary jury trials, early the field of international trade. 2 or 3 hours, or
completion of first year of law curriculum. 3 neutral evaluation, private resolution provid- Vi or 1 unit.
or 4 hours, or 1 unit. and settlement processes; current disputes
ers,
used for illustration. 2 to 3 hours, or Vi to 1 379.Economic Analysis of Law
358. Employment Discrimination unit. Introduction to the systematic economic
Problems arising under federal statutory analysis of law, including property, contracts,
prohibitions of discrimination in employment, 369. American Legal History torts, criminal law, and related topics. 3 hours
with particular emphasis on evidentiary Studies selected topics in the development of or 1 unit.
problems and the use of statistical proofs; law and legal institutions in the United States
defining relevant labor pools, using statistical with particular emphasis on the history of the 380. Advanced Torts
analyses of data, and establishing proof of test legal profession, legal education, and the role Examines a variety of advanced tort topics,
validation. Prerequisite: All first year law of lawyers and courts in U.S. society. Prerequi- such as defamation, privacy, misrepresenta-
courses. 2 or 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit (summer site: Some prior study of U.S. history, particu- tion, special duties, prima facie tort, alterna-
session, 3 hours or 1 unit. ).
larly social and intellectual, is helpful but not tive compensation schemes, and proposals for
required. 3 hours or 1 unit. tort reform. 3 hours or 1 unit.

Labor Law and Public Policy
360.
Same as L I R 451. See L I R451. 370. International Human Rights Law 381. Evidence
Studies established and developing legal rules Law governing the proof of disputed issues
Workplace Dispute Resolution
361.
and procedures governing the protection of of fact; function of the court and jury; compe-
Same as ECON and L I R 443. See L I R 443.
international human rights, including Marx- tence and examination of witnesses; standards
ist and Third World, as well as Western, con- of relevancy; privileged communications; il-
ceptions of those rights. 3 hours or 1 unit. legal evidence; hearsay rule; best evidence
Law 161
rule; presumptions; and judicial notice. 3 or 4 (including the activities of the Judicial Panel 397. Clinical Training
hours, or 1 unit. of Multidistrict Litigation), class actions, Student field work in the offices of the Land
discovery issues including the assertion and of Lincoln Legal Assistance Foundation in
382. Trial Advocacy waiver of evidentiary privileges and use of Champaign and Danville, Champaign Hu-
Examination of the problems of advocacy and computers, consequences of active judicial man Relations Commission, local City Attor-
tactics at the trial level. Students engage in all "management" of litigation at the pretrial neys, State of Illinois Department of Mental
aspects of actual trial work, including witness stage, settlement of complex cases, and res Health, Champaign County State's Attorney,
preparation, opening and closing statements, judicata problems. 3 hours or 1 unit. Champaign County Public Defender, Student
direct and cross examination, and jury Legal Service, and other public agencies. Stu-
instructions; culminates in student conduct of 390. Law of Professional Responsibility dents engage in legal and investigative work
a full jury trial in late spring; demonstrations Problem course analyzing ethical issues that under the supervision of agency attorneys or
are conducted by staff and visiting judges and arise in the practice of law and considering other administrative personnel; this work may
practitioners. Prerequisite: LAW 381. 2 hours or the approaches to such issues taken by the include conducting client interviews, doing
Vi unit. Full year course; is repeated to a total American Bar Association's Code of Profes- legal research, preparing legal documents, and
of 4 hours or 1 unit. sional Responsibility, Model Rules of Profes- in some cases engaging in the trial of actual
sional Conduct, and Code of Judicial Conduct. cases. 1 to 4 hours. No graduate credit.
383. Fundamentals of Trial Practice 1 to 3 hours, or h to 1 unit.
x
Explores the theory and reality of trial prac- 398. Seminars

tice, from developing a theory of the case Procedure
391. Civil II: Jurisdiction and Numerous seminars covering a variety of
through submission of jury instructions; top- Forum Choice topics are offered each academic year. The
ics include fact gathering, jury selection, open- Elective for second- and third- year law stu- common features of seminars are that they
ing statements, direct and cross-examination, dents introduces issues of jurisdiction and typically focus on a more narrow issue than
exhibits, expert witnesses, and closing argu- choice-of-law, such as subject matter jurisdic- that covered in exam courses, deal with
ments. Prerequisite: LAW 381 and concurrent tion, removal, Erie doctrine and federal com- cutting-edge issues, have a low enrollment
registration in LAW 382. 3 hours or 1 unit. mon law. Prerequisite: LAW 309. 3 hours or 1 (usually no more than 12 students), and
unit. require a paper, rather than an exam. 2 or 3
384. Insurance Law hours, or V2 or 1 unit. May be repeated.
Covers principles generally applicable to 392.Lawyer as Negotiator
insurance law and includes distinctive rules Examines the negotiation process generally 399. Research in Special Topics
governing certain types of insurance coverage; engaged in by legal practitioners; discusses Individual research on a special problem
objectives are to examine the nature of the specific negotiation situations of concern to selected in consultation with the instructor.
insurance contract, marketing of insurance, lawyers, and considers the impact of social to 4 hours, or Vi to 1 unit.
principles of indemnity, individuals and psychology upon the negotiation process.
by insurance rules, and risks
entities protected Reading materials include topics such as la- 402. Introduction to United States Law
that are shifted by insurance coverage. bor bargaining, personal injury settlements, Intensive introduction to the American legal
Prerequisite: First-year curriculum. 3 hours or nonverbal communication, visible manifesta- system for graduate law students with prior
1 unit. tion of anxiety, and stress reaction; students professional training in noncommon law legal
engage in mock negotiations and write a pa- systems; stresses the functioning of basic U.S.
385. Conflict of Laws per on a related topic. 2 hours or Vi unit (sum- legal institutions and the techniques of
Study of problems having relationship with mer session, 3 hours or 1 unit). American legal research. 3 hours or 1 unit.
two or more states or nations involving
individual litigants or potential litigants; 393. Legal Drafting and Law Office 420.Environmental Law and Policy, II
includes such matters as jurisdiction of courts, Practice Course will examine closely the major federal
judgments, torts, workers' compensation, Practical course on the drafting of legal statutes that control pollution and protect
contracts, property, family relationships, trusts documents; a study of the organization and natural areas, including the Clean Water Act,
and estates, business organizations, and management of a law office, lor 3 hours. the Clean Air Act, and the various statutes
governmental activities. 3 hours or 1 unit. dealing with hazardous substances. Prerequi-
394. Legal Problems site: LAW 319. 3 hours or 1 unit.
386. Federal Courts Preparation of comments on current legal de-
Examination of the relationship of federal velopments for publication in the University 421. Modern Environmental Theory
courts to other organs of federal government of Illinois Law Review or the Illinois Bar Jour- Considers the major strands of environmental
and to the states, including an analysis of cases nal. 1 to 2 hours. May be repeated for a maxi- thought in twentieth-century United States,
dealing with congressional control over juris- mum of four semesters. No graduate credit. from the conservation-preservation debate of
diction, federal review of state court decisions the Progressive Era through the ethical and
(including the relationship between state and 395. Moot Court Board ecological debates of the present. 3 hours or 1
federal substantive and procedural law), and Preparation of an appellate brief; presentation unit.
application of law to fact; the scope of the fed- of an appellate oral argument; participation
eral question of jurisdiction in federal courts; in intramural, state, national, or international 422. Wildlife Law
abstention; federal injunctions of state crimi- moot court competition. 1 to 2 hours. No Covers a variety of legal issues relating to the
nal proceedings; and problems of justiciabil- graduate credit. May be repeated to a maxi- status and treatment of wildlife and the man-
ity, advisory opinions, and mootness. 3 hours mum of 4 hours. agement of natural areas for the conservation
or 1 unit. of biodiversity. 3 hours or 1 unit.
396. Remedies
387. Products Liability Survey of legal and equitable remedies for the 423. Toxic Torts
Substantive theories of products liability: protection of personal and property rights. Covers the substantive theories of liability and
negligence, breach of warranty, strict liability, Procedural and substantive aspects of injunc- remedies for environmental torts, focusing on
and tortious misrepresentation; procedural tions; restitution of unjust enrichment in the injuries and diseases caused by products such
and remedial problems with, and defenses to, context of the receipt of unsolicited benefits, as cigarettes, IUDs and chemicals and by en-
each substantive theory. 2 to 3 hours, or Vi to 1 benefits derived from the commission of tor- vironmental contamination (such as ground-
unit. tious acts, and the mistaken acquisition of water pollution). Prerequisite: LAW 303. 3 hours
benefits; alternative remedies arising from or 1 unit.
388. Complex Litigation bargain transactions; and remedies for viola-
Legal and practical issues in "complex" cases: tions of civil rights. 2 or 3 hours, or A
X
or 1 unit. 497.Advanced Interdisciplinary Legal
problems of joinder in multiparty cases, Research
consolidation of cases brought independently For students pursuing an interdisciplinary
research project completed under the joint
162 Leisure Studies
supervision of a professor from the College 140. Nature and Wilderness in American areas; includes lectures, problem solving, and
of Law and a professor from elsewhere on Life interaction with personnel from various
campus. Prerequisite: Consent of the Associate Origins of the nature and wilderness preser- responsible agencies. Prerequisite: LEIST 141
Dean of the College of Law. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi vation movements; philosophy behind nature and 240; L A 226, or consent of instructor. 2
to 1 unit. conservation and outdoor activities; role of hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
parks, outdoor recreation, and nature-tourism hours.
Bono Service
498. Pro in contemporary life. 2 hours.
Course carries no academic credit, but 242. Nature and American Culture
recognizes law students who provide at least 141. Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Same as LA 216, NRES and HIST 242. Appre-
sixty hours of pro bono legal service to the Course is designed to give students a broad ciation and meanings as-
critique of cultural
community. The sixty hours of service may be overview of the field of outdoor recreation sociated with American natural landscapes.
performed at any time during the student's which includes the basis for outdoor recre- Traditional perspectives including colonial
three years of law school, and must be ation, the involvement of governmental agen- American, romantic, and science-based con-
documented through reports to the Associate cies, involvement of the private sector, and servation are characterized, as well as revi-
Dean for Academic Affairs. Prerequisite: management of practices. 2 hours. sionist themes aligned with gender, cultural
Enrollment in the J.D., LL.M., or M.C.L. pluralism, and societal meanings of parks and
programs at the College of Law. credit. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar protected areas. Implications of diversity in
Students may enroll only with permission of 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. cultural meanings toward nature are devel-
the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. oped and provide the basis for assessing te-
201. Leisure Services Programming and nets of contemporary environmental policy
499. Thesis Research Leadership and supporting concepts associated with com-
to 3 units. Provides a basic understanding of theory and munity-based conservation. 3 hours.
practice in recreation program development
and leadership in various leisure service set- 250. Special Problems
tings. Covers fundamental programming Special projects in research and independent
models, goals, implementation, and evalua- investigation in any phase of health, physical
tion. Discusses leadership theories and meth- education, recreation, or related areas selected
ods applicable to leisure service delivery. Pre- by the student. Prerequisite: Junior or senior
requisite: LEIST 100 and 110. 4 hours. standing; grade-point average of 2.5; consent
Leisure Studies of faculty adviser, instructor, and head of
210. Human Resource Management in department. 2 to 3 hours. May be repeated to a
Leisure Organizations maximum of 4 to 6 hours.
Head of Department: William McKinney Concepts, principles, and objectives of super-
Department Office: 104 Huff Hall, 1206 South vision; the nature of the supervisory relation- 252. Introduction to Sport Management
Fourth Street, Champaign ship; supervisory functions and processes; Examines career opportunities within the
Phone: 333-4410 identification and application of methods and sport industry and provides knowledge rel-
URL: www.leisuresrudies.uiuc.edu techniques; organizational and operational evant to the management, marketing, legal,
patterns of supervision in recreation and park and financial operations of sport organiza-
settings. 3 hours. tions. Incorporates applications in a variety of
Leisure Studies (LEIST)
sport entities including intercollegiate athlet-
212.Dynamics of Tourism ics, campus recreation, event and f acilitv man-
100. Society and Leisure Survey of travel and tourism with emphasis agement, professional sport, management and
Central issues in defining leisure; historical, upon tourist behavior, motivations, prefer- marketing agencies, and international sport.
philosophical, sociological, psychological, and ences, decision-making, attractions, transpor- Prerequisite: LEIST 100 and 110 or consent of
economic approaches to understanding tation services, facilities and information instructor. 3 hours.
leisure behavior, its meanings, social contexts, sources. Examines travel and tourism as an
and personal and social resources. 3 hours. element of leisure service delivery from an 260. Honors Seminar
interdisciplinary perspective. Prerequisite: Same as CHLTH and KINES 290. See KINES
110. Foundations for Delivery of Leisure LEIST 100 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. 290.
Services
Introduces the leisure studies major to the 214. Introduction to Aging 280. Orientation to Practicum
concepts, principles, and practices related to Same as CHLTH, HDFS, PSYCH, and REHAB Prepares and places students in the Leisure
the provision of leisure services; description HDFS 214.
214. See Studies Practicum. Students must document
of the various fields of professional practices
completion of 320 hours of field work. Topics
and basic elements of leisure service systems 218. Recreation Business include placement requirements and policies,
such as budgeting, planning, staffing, and In-depth study of the delivery of leisure ser- vitas, interviewing, letters of application, and
characteristics of client populations. 2 hours. vices in the for-profit sector. Covers the scope the role and issues of professional practice.
and administrative functions of recreation Prerequisite: Junior standing; LEIST 100, 110,
116. Computer Applications in Leisure enterprises, including an analysis of planning, 130, and either 200 or 230. hours.
Services controlling, and developing recreation enter-
Stresses the unique applications of computer prises. Prerequisite: LEIST 100 or consent of 284. Leisure Studies Practicum
technologies, systems, and programs for the instructor. 3 hours. Students are assigned to University-approved
delivery of leisure services. 2 hours.
field training stations in an internship capacity
240. Leisure Resources and Facility for a minimum of forty hours per week for
130. Leisure Services for Individuals with Management sixteen weeks. Both the agency and the
Disabilities Basic understanding of park operations, University provide supervision. Prerequisite:
Survey of the history, philosophy, concepts, design, construction, and maintenance
facility Senior standing; LEIST 280 and 310. 6 or 12
and trends in leisure service delivery; over- practices; staff allocations, job analysis, hours. Must be repeated to a maximum of 12
views types of populations served; describes contract administration, organizational hours credit.
settings and services; examines leisure service structures. Prerequisite: LEIST 100, and 110. 3
delivery in clinical and community settings. hours. 290. Research in Leisure Studies
2 hours.
First of a two-course sequence examining
241.Outdoor Recreation Consortium elementary principles of research methods,
Intensive on-site study of programs and design, processing and analysis; use of
management of large multiple-use recreation completed leisure research; development of an
ability to conduct, evaluate, and utilize
Leisure Studies 163
research on leisure behavior. Prerequisite: 340. Outdoor Recreation Management 412. Personnel Administration for the
Junior standing; LEIST 100, or consent of Principles, practices, and problems involved Delivery of Leisure Services
instructor. 3 hours. in managing outdoor recreation areas; empha- Examines and technical principles
theoretical
sizes management of both natural and cultural of personnel managers in leisure service agen-
291. Research Applications in Leisure resources and visitor use patterns. Prerequisite: cies; recruitment, training, selection, and
Studies L A 226 and LEIST 141; or consent of instruc- evaluation of personnel with special empha-
Second of a two-course sequence introducing tor. LEIST 290 or another research methods sis on applied measurement concepts and leg-
students to the principles of research methods course recommended. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. islation related to personnel administration in
and their application to leisure systems. leisure services. Prerequisite: LEIST 310 or con-
Focuses on techniques of data collection, 341. Outdoor Recreation Resource sent of instructor. 1 unit.
instrument design, measurement, and data Planning
analysis and interpretation applied to leisure Studies the outdoor recreational use of lands 440. Public Involvement in Resource
service delivery systems. Prerequisite: LEIST in the public domain and their planning, Management and Environmental Planning
290 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 concepts, and processes related to planning Same as ENVST, LA, NRES, R SOC, and U P
hours. resource based systems; multiple-use in 440. See NRES 440.
planning; planning criteria for outdoor
299. Off-Campus Study recreation facilities. Prerequisite: LEIST 141, L 445. Sociology of Leisure
Provides campus credit for foreign or domes- A 226, and junior standing; or consent of Same as SOC 445. Sociological theory and re-
tic study completed off-campus. A student's instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. search methods as applied to the study of lei-
proposal for study must have prior approval sure; institutional and community contexts of
of the major department and the college of- 344. Social Impact Assessment and socialization, built
leisure, leisure roles
fice. Final determination of appropriate credit Same as ENVST, L A, NRES, R SOC, and UP and natural environments, and the relation-
is made on the student's completion of the 344. Provides the student with a theoretical ship of leisure to family, work, subcultures,
work. Prerequisite: Advanced standing and understanding and the methodology to con- and resources. Prerequisite: LEIST 401 or SOC
approval of major department and college. duct social impact assessment and social 386 or 415, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
to 16 hours (summer session, to 8 hours). May soundness analysis within the context of
be repeated to a maximum of 32 hours. planned change as a component of environ- 465.Psychology of Leisure
mental impact assessment and development Applies psychological theory and research
310. Administration of Leisure Services projects within both First and Third World methods to the study of leisure behavior and
Development of overall leisure management R SOC 110 or SOC 100
countries. Prerequisite: experience including a consideration of basic
function. Analysis of administration and or equivalent introductory social science motivation, individual differences, and social
policies such as organizational structure, course. For Urban and Regional Planning stu- interaction and implications for developmen-
executive leadership, decision-making, dents only: U P 101 240, and 247. 3 hours, or Vi
, tal intervention and human services. Prereq-
financing, and public relations. Prerequisite: or 1 unit. uisite: Graduate standing or consent of instruc-
Undergraduates: Completion of campus tor. 1 unit.
Composition I general education requirement 381. Management Internship

and upper level standing. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 Work-study experience in the management 475. Leisure and Culture
unit. aspects of leisure service delivery systems. Same as ANTH and KINES 475. Application
Students are assigned to agencies in their spe- of anthropological approaches and methods
316. Leisure and Human Development cial fields of study and are closely supervised to the study of leisure and expressive behav-
Examines changes in expressive style and be- by University faculty. Prerequisite: LEIST 284 ior. Course topics include the evolutionary
havior over the life course, and the interac- or graduate standing. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 1 foundations for leisure and culture, adapta-
tion of leisure with developmental processes. unit. tion, race, and class; the cross-cultural corre-
Prerequisite: LEIST 100 and one introductory lates of leisure and applied anthropology. Pre-
psychology or human development course; or 401.Foundations of Leisure Studies requisite: LEIST 401 or equivalent and an
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. and scientific
Basic philosophical, historical, introductory course in anthropology, or con-
foundations and developments in leisure and sent of instructor. 1 unit.
320. Leisure Services Marketing recreation; analyses of the significance of
Application of marketing concepts to the de- leisure in modern societies; critical review of 490. Seminar
livery of leisure services. Introduces consumer major writings in the field with attention to Student presentation of thesis studies, infor-
decision theory analysis. Provides an integra- particular special problem areas and current mal discussions, and critical analysis of prob-
tive study of the methods and models for de- issues. Prerequisite: LEIST 100 or equivalent. 1 lems; informal lectures by invited speakers.
veloping and evaluating alternative market- unit. credit.
ing strategies. Prerequisite: B ADM 202. 3 hours
or 1 unit. 402. Leisure Systems Administration Problems
493. Special
In-depth study of the public administrative Independent research on special projects.
329. Contemporary Issues in Leisure functions in large complex organizational Open only to students majoring in leisure
Services structures;development of an understanding studies. A
l
to 2 units.
Discusses economic, socio-demographic, and of change and evolution in leisure service
political issues related to leisure service agencies as related to the internal and exter- 494. Special Topics in Leisure Studies
management. Serves as a capstone course for nal environments; study of various manage- Lecture courses in topics of current interest;
students preparing to graduate. Prerequisite: ment styles and situations in leisure service specific subject matter will be announced in
LEIST 201 and 210, and senior standing; or agencies. Prerequisite: Basic course in admin- the Timetable. Prerequisite: Will be determined
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. istration or organization of leisure service for each course offered and will be indicated
agencies. 1 unit. in the Timetable. Vi or 1 unit.
332. Program Design and Evaluation in
Leisure 403. Advanced Research Methods in 499. Thesis Research
Examines theory and techniques of leisure Leisure Preparation of thesis in leisure studies. to 4
services program design and evaluation Examines methods and techniques of con- units.
system approaches; includes needs
utilizing ducting and evaluating leisure research; ex-
assessment, agency accountability, and perimental and survey designs and proce-
comprehensive programming strategies. dures; data collection, reduction and analysis.
Prerequisite: LEIST 201 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: LEIST 100 or equivalent; LEIST
3 hours or 1 unit. 290 or equivalent; a course in introductory sta-
tistics. 1 unit.
164 Liberal Arts and Sciences
299. LAS Study Abroad range of social, political and economic issues
Provides credit toward the undergraduate from the individual to societal levels. 3 hours.
degree for study at accredited foreign institu-
tions or approved overseas programs. Final 250. Special Topics in Information Science
determination of credit is made upon the Directed and supervised investigation of
Liberal Arts and student's completion of the work. Prerequisite:
One year of residence at UTUC, good academic
selected topics in information studies that
include among others computers and culture;
may
Sciences standing, and prior approval of the major de- information policy; community information
partment and the College of Liberal Arts and systems; production, retrieval and evaluation
Sciences. to 18 hours (summer session, to 8 of scientific or social science knowledge;
Office: Liberal Arts and Sciences
hours). May be repeated to a maximum of 36 computer-mediated communication; and
Address: 294 Lincoln Hall, 702 South Wright
semester hours per academic year or to a to- computer-supported cooperative work.
Street, Urbana
tal of 44 semester hours, all of which must be Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 2 to 3 hours.
Phone: 333-1705
earned within one calendar year. May be repeated in same or separate semesters
URL: kingbird.las.uiuc.edu/las
as topics vary to a maximum of 12 hours.
392. Ford Seminar: Conceptual
Foundations 301. Bibliography
Liberal Arts and Sciences (LA S)
Same as F A A 392. See F A A 392. Covers enumerative bibliography, the prac-
tices of compiling lists; analytical bibliogra-
100. Learning Community
393. Ford Seminar: Research and Arts phy, the design, production, and handling of
Special discussion groups for freshman
Practicum books as physical objects; and historical bibli-
members of L A S Learning Communities to
Same as F A A 393. See F A A 393. ography, the history of books and other library
enable them to discuss topics related to their
materials, from the invention of printing to the
enrollment in paired courses, their academic
394. Ford Seminar: Fieldwork Abroad present. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3
and social adjustments, and the mentoring Same as F A A 394. See F A A 394. hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
provided by their assigned junior-senior
Learning Leader. hours. May be repeated in 492. Ford Seminar: Advanced Conceptual 303. Library Materials for Children
separate semesters. Foundations Selection and use of library materials for chil-
Same as F A A 492. See F A A 492. dren in public libraries and elementary school
110. Workshop-Tutorial
media centers according to their needs in their
Independent study and experimental semi- 493. Ford Seminar: Advanced Research and physical, mental, social, and emotional devel-
nars open to Unit One students and to others; Arts Practicum opment; deals with the standard selection aids
specific offerings vary each semester. Prereq- Same as F A A 493. See F A A 493. for all types of print and nonprint materials
uisite: Unit One
students or consent of Unit
and develops the ability to select and describe
One Director. 4 hours. Credit toward col-
to 494.Ford Seminar: Advanced Research and children's materials according to their devel-
lege or departmental requirements is contin- Arts Practicum opmental uses. Prerequisite: Junior standing,
gent upon approval by the appropriate unit. Same as F A A 494. See F A A 494. or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
A total of 12 hours of L A S 110 credit may be
applied toward graduation in the College of 304. Library Materials for Young Adults
Liberal Arts and Sciences. Evaluation, selection, and use of library ma-
terials for young adults in school and public
libraries and community organizations ac-
5 hours.
cording to personal and curricular needs;
294. Senior Project Library and studies selection sources for all formats of
materials and explores techniques for utiliza-
For students seeking graduation with distinc-
tion in IPS. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Information Science tion of materials. Prerequisite: Junior standing,
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
and IPS Advisory Committee; open only to
students whose major is IPS and who have a Dean and Informa-
of Graduate School of Library 309. Storytelling
cumulative GPA of at least 3.25. 2 or 4 hours. tion Science: Leigh Estabrook Fundamental principles of the art of storytelling
May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. 112A Library and Information
School Office: including techniques of adaptation and presen-
Science Building, 501 East Daniel Street, tation; content and sources of materials; story
Honors Seminar
295. Interdisciplinary
Champaign cycles; methods of learning; practice in
Seminar on interdisciplinary topics in the
Phone: 333-3280 storytelling; and planning the story hour for
natural sciences, social sciences, humanities,
URL: alexia.lis.uiuc.edu school and public libraries, recreational cen-
and arts. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3
ters, the radio, and television. Prerequisite: Jun-
ior standing and consent of instructor. 3 hours,
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) Library and Information Science (LIS)
or 'A or 1 unit.
298. Study Abroad Predeparture

199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 315. Introduction to Network Information
Orientation
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Systems
Eight-week course designed for students plan-
Hands-on introduction to technology systems
ning to study abroad. Examines the effects of Technology and
201. Information, for use in information environments. The
different cultural orientations upon interac-
Organizations course steps students through choosing,
tionand adjustment; explores the issues sur- Same as COMM 201. Explores the way in installing, and managing computer hardware
rounding the experience of entering, interact- which organizations collect, process, and ex- and operating systems, as well as networking
ing within, and returning from a foreign
change information, the technologies they use hardware and software. Students will have an
culture; increases awareness of verbal, nonver-
to handle information, and the organizational, opportunity to design and create a working
bal, and cultural factors affecting information
technological and societal factors that affect network environment as part of the course
processing. Course combines the theoretical
information processing goals. 3 hours. work. 4 hours or 1 unit.
with a strong experiential component and
hands-on training. Essential for any country 202. Social Aspects of Information Systems 316. Instructionand Assistance Systems
of destination and length of sojourn. Prerequi- Same as COMM 202. Explores the way in Provides an introduction to instruction and
site: Study Abroad Office approval. 1 hour. which information technologies have and are assistance methods used in a variety of infor-
transforming society and how these affect a mation systems including libraries, archives,
Library and Information Science 165
museums, and electronic environments. In- systems used by technical

centers. Includes the 407. Cataloging and Classification, I
cludes an overview of theoretical and applied staffand the information consumers. Course Theory and application of basic principles and
research and discusses relevant issues and will focus on information as a product. concepts of descriptive and subject catalog-
concepts. Students will have an opportunity Attention is given to the operation of an ing; emphasis on interpreting catalog entries
to design and present an instruction or assis- organization as a whole and the impact of and making a catalog responsive to the needs
tance program. 3 hours or 1 unit. change on the integration of resources, work of users; provides beginning-level experience
flow and usability. Formal methods for with choice of entries, construction of head-
317. Foundations of Data Processing in modeling systems, and industry practice ings, description of monographs (and, to a
Library and Information Science techniques of analysis are used to address lesser extent, of serial publications and
Covers the common data processing con- these problems and opportunities. 3 hours or nonprint media), filing codes, Dewey and Li-
structs and programming concepts used in li- 1 unit. brary of Congress classification systems, and
brary and information science. The history, Library of Congress subject headings. 1 unit.
strengths and weaknesses of the techniques 380. Information Organization and Access
are evaluated in the context of our discipline. Emphasizes information organization and 408. Cataloging and Classification, II
These constructs and techniques form the ba- access in settings and systems of different More complex problems making and
in
sis of applications in areas such as biblio- kinds. Traces the information transfer process, evaluating the changing, modern library
graphic records management, full text man- from the generation of knowledge through its catalog; practical and administrative problems
agement and multimedia. 4 hours or Vi or 1 storage and use in both print and nonprint in cataloging serial publications, analytics,
unit. formats. Consideration will be given to the ephemeral materials, and microforms; deals
creation of information systems: the principles with various nonprint media, rare books and
329. Information Storageand Retrieval and practice of selection and preservation, manuscripts, foreign language materials, and
Introduces problems of document represen- methods of organizing information for re- materials in special subject areas. Prerequisite:
tation, information need specification, and trieval and display, the operation of organi- LIS 407 or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
query processing. Describes the theories, mod- zations that provide information services, and
els,and current research aimed at solving the information service needs of various user 410. Adult Public Services
those problems. Primary focus is on biblio- communities. 3 hours or 1 unit. Required core The literature, history, and problems of
graphic, text, and multimedia records. 3 hours course. providing library service to the general adult
or 1 unit. user; investigation of user characteristics and
390. Libraries, Information, and Society needs, and the effectiveness of various types
350. Advanced Special Topics in Explores major issues in the library and infor- of adult services. 1 unit.
Information Studies mation science professions as they involve
Directed and supervised investigation of se- their communities of users and sponsors. Ana- 412. Reference Services in the Sciences
lected topics in information studies that may lyzes specific situations that reflect the pro- Detailed consideration of the bibliographical
include among others the social, political, and fessional agenda of these fields, including in- and reference materials in science, technology,
historical contexts of information creation and tellectual freedom, community service, and related disciplines; a survey of the re-
dissemination; computers and culture; infor- professional ethics, social responsibilities, in- search and communications methods charac-
mation policy; community information sys- tellectual property, literacy, historical and in- teristic of these disciplines; and advanced
tems; production, retrieval and evaluation of ternational models, the socio-cultural role of training in solving associated reference prob-
knowledge; computer-mediated communica- libraries and information agencies and pro- lems. Prerequisite: LIS 404 or consent of instruc-
Junior standing and LIS 201
tion. Prerequisite: fessionalism in general, focusing in particu- tor. Vi or 1 unit.
or 202, or consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or lar on the interrelationships among these is-
Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated in the same or sues. 2 hours or Vi unit. 413. Reference Services in the Social
separate semesters as topics vary to a maxi- Sciences
mum of 12 hours or 2 units. 391. Literacy in the Information Age Detailed consideration of the bibliographical
Same as COMM 391. A capstone course that and reference materials in the social sciences
353. Using Networked Information draws on students' experience throughout and related disciplines; a survey of the re-
Systems their undergraduate program to discuss a search and communications methods charac-
Issues and tools for remote technology- based series of themes such as community, the teristic of these disciplines; and advanced
communication and information systems. political sphere and education which have training in solving associated reference prob-
Current and historical trends in methods for been impacted by the new information lems. Prerequisite: LIS 404 or consent of instruc-
electronic information dissemination and technologies. Prerequisite: LIS 201 or 202. 3 tor, '/i or 1 unit.
communication, and their impact on society, hours or 1 unit.

organizations and individuals are discussed. 414. Reference Services in the Arts and
Topics include systems, issues and changes in: 404. Reference Sources and Services Humanities
interpersonal, group, and mass communica- Explores reference services in all types of li- Detailed consideration of the bibliographical
tion; publishing; information access; educa- braries; provides a comprehensive examina- and reference materials in the fine arts and
tion; and other areas. Hands-on use and evalu- tion of widely used print and on-line sources, humanities and related disciplines; a survey
ation of currently available network- based and develops question negotiation skills and of the research and communications methods
communication and retrieval systems. Prereq- search strategies. 1 unit. characteristic of these disciplines; and ad-
uisite: LIS 370 or consent of instructor. 4 hours vanced training in solving associated reference
orl unit. 405. Library Administration problems. Prerequisite: LIS 404 or consent of
Designed to supply knowledge of the internal instructor. 'A or 1 unit.
360. Practicum organization of libraries and of the principles

Supervised field experience of professional- of library administration; emphasis on 415. Library Automation
level duties in an approved library or infor- comparison of the conditions found in the Introduction to various types of equipment for
mation center. Prerequisite: Completion of 3 Vi several kinds of libraries and on applications handling information and providing services
units of library and information science of the general theory of administration. 1 unit. in libraries; study of applications to library
courses; junior standing or consent of instruc- operations; and introduction to systems
tor. 3 hours or Vi unit. A maximum of Vi unit 406. Media Programs and Service for planning, automation concepts, and computer
may be applied toward a degree program. Children and Young Adults use. 1 unit.
The role, problems, and needs of children's
370. Systems Analysis and Management and young adults' library services in the 416.Advanced Library Automation
Covers how to evaluate, select and manage school and public library. 1 unit. The development of computer programs for
information systems that will be used in the library processes such as circulation, acquisi-
daily operation of libraries and information tions, cataloging, and document retrieval. In-
166 Library and Information Science
eludes seminar presentations based on indi- institutions, from antiquity to the twentieth 444. Measurement and Evaluation of
vidual research in automation topics. Vi or 1 century, as a reflection of literacy, recognition Library Services
unit. of archival responsibility, humanistic achieve- Methods and criteria for evaluating various
ment, scientific information needs, and service facets of library service, including the collec-
424.Government Publications to society. Vi or 1 unit. tion, the catalog, document delivery capabili-
Aims to acquaint students with government ties, and
reference service, technical processes,
publications, their variety, interest, value, 433. Information Needs of Particular information retrieval operations; deals with
acquisition, and bibliographic control, and to Communities cost-effectiveness considerations. Prerequisite:
develop proficiency in their reference and In-depth study of the characteristics and Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
research use; considers publications of all information needs of specialist users of
types and all governments (local, national, libraries; goals and objectives, policies, and 447. Preservation of Library Materials
international) with special emphasis on U. S., services; reference and bibliographical aids; Covers the broad range of library preservation
stateand federal governments, and on the and effective services that satisfy these special and conservation for book and nonbook
United Nations and its related specialized needs. Prerequisite: LIS 412, 413, or 414, or materials relating these efforts to the total
agencies. Prerequisite: LIS 404, or consent of consent of instructor. Vi to 1 unit. May be library environment; emphasizes how the
instructor. 1 unit. repeated for a total of 2 units. preservation of collections affects collection
management and development, technical
427. Resources of American Research Systems and Networks
434. Library services, access to materials and service to
Libraries Development of library systems, with special users. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. h
l
or
Acquaints students with the distribution and reference to public libraries as a norm for the 1 unit.
extent of American library resources for ad- development of library services; detailed
vanced study and research; spatial and finan- treatment of library standards, the growth and 449. Economics of Information
cial aspects of library resources; methods of development of county and regional libraries, The various definitions of information in eco-
surveying library facilities; growth and use of and the role of the state library and of federal nomic and social terms as discussed in library
union catalogs and bibliographical centers; legislation. Prerequisite: LIS 405 or consent of and information science as well as other lit-
interinstitutional agreements for specializa- instructor. 1 unit. eratures are related to government public poli-
tion of collections and other forms of library cies and social policies. Issues such as infor-
cooperation; and the use of the research col- 436.Use and Users of Information mation as a commodity and as a public good
lection by the scientist and scholar. Vi or 1 unit. Explores information needs and uses at a are explored. The impact of the economics of
general level, addressing formal and informal information and related public policies on li-
428. Library Buildings information channels, barriers to information, braries and information centers is discussed
Studies the library's physical plant in the light issues of value, and impacts of technology. from a national and international perspective.
of changing concepts and patterns of library Examines information seeking practices of 1 unit.
service; analyzes present-day library build- particular communities and within various
ings (both new and remodeled), and their environments, introducing recent approaches 450.Advanced Problems in Librarianship
comparison with each other as well as with to user-centered system design and digital Directed and supervised investigation of
buildings of the past; examines the interrela- library development. Provides an overview of selected problems in library resources,
tionship of staff, collections, users, and physi- methods that can be used to studv information reference service, research libraries, reading,
cal plant; discussion supplemented by visits needs, information seeking behavior, and public libraries, or school libraries. Prerequisite:
to new libraries and conference with their related phenomena. Prerequisite: LIS 380. 1 Consent of instructor. Va to 2 units.
staffs. A two-day field trip is required. Prereq- unit.
uisite: LIS 405 or consent of instructor. Vi or 1 451. Independent Study
unit. 437. Technical Services Functions Permits the intermediate or advanced student
Seminar on the principles, problems, trends, opportunity to undertake the study of a topic
429.Implementation of Information and issues of acquiring, identifying, recording, not otherwise offered in the curriculum or to
Storage and Retrieval and conserving/ preserving materials in all pursue a topic beyond or in greater depth than
Types of systems for storage and retrieval of types of libraries and information centers; is possible within the context of a regular
documents and references; their characteris- includes the special problems of serials course. Prerequisite: Consent of dean. Vi to 1
tics, evaluation, factors affecting their perfor- management; emphasizes service aspects. unit. May be repeated by M.S. students to a
mance, and the mathematical models on Prerequisite: LIS 407, or consent of instructor; maximum of 1 unit; CAS students, 2 units; or
which their operations are based are covered. concurrent registration in LIS 407 is acceptable Ph.D. students. 4 units.
Primary focus is on modern computer-based with consent of instructor. 1 unit.
systems and their implementation. Students 459.CAS Project
will use programming tools to build demon- 438. Administration and Use of Archival Individual studv of a problem in library or
stration systems and install retrieval packages Materials information science; forms the culmination of
as part of a case study. Prerequisite: LIS 317 or Administration of archives and historical Advanced Study program.
the Certificate of
proficiency in any programming language manuscripts; emphasizes the processing and Admission to Certificate of
Prerequisite:
and consent of instructor; LIS 370. 1 unit. Con- research use of archival materials. Prerequisite: Advanced Study program in library and
current or prior registration in LIS 329 is rec- Consent of instructor. 1 unit. information science. 0to2 units. May be taken
ommended. for additional units, but only two will apply
441. History of Children's Literature to the Certificate of Advanced Study.
431. Online Information Systems Interpretation of children's literature from the
Explores the state-of-the-art in online infor- earliest times, including the impact of chang- 475. Seminar in Library and Information
mation systems, with particular emphasis on ing social and cultural patterns on books for Science
their use as part of reference service in librar- children; attention to early printers and pub- Preparation, presentation, and criticism of a
ies; acquaints students with the characteristics Ushers of children's books and to magazines scholarly paper of moderate length and
of both bibliographic and nonbibliographic for children. 1 unit. publishable quality based on individual study.
databases; and trains students in the use of at Prerequisite: LIS 471, 472, 473, or 474; open to
least one currently available online retrieval 443. Contemporary Book Publishing doctoral students only. 3 unit. Required: To be
system. Prerequisite: LIS 404 or consent of in- Surveys twentieth-century book publishing, repeated for a total of 4 units.
structor. '/: or 1 unit. placing it in an economic, social, and literary
context; emphasizes economic structure, the 490.Proseminar in Library and
432. History of Libraries relationship of author and publisher, promo- Information Science
Same as COMM
432. The origins, develop- tion, distribution, and the influence of the in- Introduction to theory and research in library
ment, and evolution of libraries and related dustry on librarianship. Prerequisite: Consent and information science for doctoral students.
of instructor. Vi or 1 unit.
Linguistics 167
Course includes presentation and discussion 231. Elementary Swahili, I 314. Intermediate Lingala, II
of current research papers of faculty and Same as AFRST 231. Beginning standard Same as AFRST 314. Continuation of AFLNG
students. Students also read and discuss core Swahili; emphasizes grammar, pronunciation, 313. Emphasizes ability to engage in reason-
literature in the field. Prerequisite: Admission reading and conversation in standard Swahili. ably fluent discourse in Lingala, comprehen-
to Library and Information Science doctoral 5 hours. Participation in language laboratory sive knowledge of formal grammar, and abil-
program. Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated in required. ity to read ordinary texts in various Lingala
subsequent semesters to a maximum of 2 dialects. Prerequisite: AFLNG 313. 5 hours or 1
units. Students enrolled for 1 unit are required 232. Elementary Swahili, II unit. Participation in language laboratory re-
to participate in "Readings" section of Same as AFRST 232. Continuation of elemen- quired.
proseminar. tary Swahili, with introduction of more ad-
vanced grammar; emphasizes more fluency Advanced Lingala, I
315.
499. Thesis Research in speaking, reading, and writing simple sen- Same as AFRST 315. Third year Lingala with
Individual study and research. Section A: M.S. tences in standard Swahili. Prerequisite: emphasis on conversational fluency and on
candidates, to 2 units. Section B: doctoral AFLNG 231 . 5 hours. Participation in language increased ability in reading and comprehend-
candidates, to 4 units. laboratory required. ing texts, including newspaper prose and Cen-
tralAfrican cultural materials, in at least two
241. Elementary Wolof, I Lingala varieties. Course will also deal with
Same as AFRST 241. Introduction to Wolof; the advanced level grammar found in such
emphasizes grammar, pronunciation, reading, texts. Prerequisite: AFLNG 314 or equivalent.
and conversation in standard Wolof. 5 hours. 3 hours or % unit.
Participation in language laboratory required.
Advanced Lingala, II
316.
Linguistics 242. Elementary Wolof, II Same as AFRST 316. Continuation of AFLNG
Same as AFRST 242. Continuation of elemen- 315 with increased emphasis on conversa-
more ad-
tary Wolof, with introduction of tional fluency and comprehension of ad-
Head Chin W. Kim
of Department: vanced grammar; emphasizes more fluency vanced level grammar in the reading of a va-
Department Office: 4088 Foreign Languages in speaking, reading, and writing simple sen- riety of prose texts on current cultural issues.
Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
tences in standard Wolof. Prerequisite: AFLNG Prerequisite: AFLNG 315 or equivalent. 3 hours
Phone: 244-3061 241. 5 hours. Participation in language labora- orV* unit.
URL: www.linguistics.uiuc.edu tory required.
317. Topics in Lingala Language and
Including African Languages (AFLNG), Ara- 251. Elementary Zulu, I Literature,
bic (ARAB), Hebrew (HEBR), Hindi (HINDI) Same as AFRST 251. Introduction to Zulu; Same as AFRST 317. Selected readings from
Linguistics (LING), Persian (PERS), and San- emphasis on grammar, pronunciation, reading modern Lingala authors and composers, with
skrit (SANSK) and conversation in standard Zulu. 5 hours. a focus on novels, plays, music, and basic
Participation in the language laboratory is poetry illustrative of Central African cultural
Other languages may be offered by tutorial required. issues and advanced level Lingala grammar,
(see LING 304). See also APPENDIX A for a
as well as development of expository writing
list of all languages currently offered on this 252. Elementary Zulu, II skills. Prerequisite: AFLNG 316. 3 hours or Vt
campus. Same as AFRST 252. Continuation of AFLNG unit.
251 with introduction of more advanced
grammar; emphasis on more fluency in speak- 318. Topics in Lingala Language and
African Languages (AFLNG)
ing, reading, and writing simple sentences in Literature, II
standard Zulu. Prerequisite: AFLNG 251. 5 Same as AFRST 318. Continuation of AFLNG
201. Elementary Bamana, I hours. Participation in the language laboratory 317 with increased emphasis on the reading
Same as AFRST 201 Introduction to Bamana
.
required. and comprehension of literary texts exempli-
(Bambara), a West African language spoken fied in advanced level novels, plays, and po-
from Mauritania to Benin; emphasis on gram- 303. Intermediate Bamana, I
etry, as well as on advanced mastery of ex-
mar, pronunciation, reading and conversation Same as AFRST 303. Survey of more advanced pository writing skills. Prerequisite: AFLNG
in standard Bamana. Participation in the lan- grammar, with emphasis on increasing 317. 3 hours or % unit
guage laboratory required. 5 hours. conversational fluency, compositional skills,
study of written texts in standard Bamana, 333. Intermediate Swahili, I
202. Elementary Bamana, II and discussion of grammatical variations. Same as AFRST 333. Second-year Swahili with
Same as AFRST 202. Continuation of AFLNG AFLNG 202. 5 hours or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: emphasis on developing conversational
201, with introduction of more advanced Participation in the language laboratory fluency; some readings on Swahili culture and
grammar; emphasis on more fluency in speak- required. customs. Prerequisite: One year of Swahili. 5
ing, reading, and writing simple sentences in hours or 1 unit.
standard Bamana. Participation in the lan- 304. Intermediate Bamana, II
guage laboratory required. Prerequisite: Same as AFRST 304. Continuation of AFLNG 334. Intermediate Swahili, II
AFLNG 201. 5 hours. 303; emphasis on engage in reason-
ability to Same as AFRST 334. More of second-year
ably fluent discourse in Bamana and compre- Swahili with emphasis on conversational
211. Elementary Lingala, I hensive knowledge of formal grammar, and fluency; some reading in Swahili literature.
Same as AFRST 211.
Introduction to Lingala; ability to read ordinary texts in standard Prerequisite: One year of Swahili. 5 hours or 1
emphasizes grammar, pronunciation, reading Bamana. Prerequisite: AFLNG 303. 5 hours or 1 unit.
and conversation in standard Lingala. Partici- unit. Participation in the language laboratory
pation in language laboratory required. 5 required. 335. Advanced Swahili, I
hours. Same as AFRST 335. Third-year Swahili with
313. Intermediate Lingala, I emphasis on conversational fluency and on
212. Elementary Lingala, II Same as AFRST 313. Survey of more advanced increased facility in reading Swahili texts,
Same as AFRST 212. Continuation of elemen- grammar, with emphasis on increasing including current newspaper prose and (East)
tary Lingala, with introduction of more ad- conversational fluency, composition skills, African culture materials. Prerequisite: AFLNG
vanced grammar; emphasizes more fluency study of written texts in the standard and 334 or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit.
in speaking, reading, and writing simple sen- spoken Lingala dialects, and discussion of
tences in standard Lingala. Prerequisite: grammatical variations. Prerequisite: AFLNG 336. Advanced Swahili, II
AFLNG 211. 5 hours. Participation in language 212. 5 hours or 1 unit. Participation in language Same as AFRST 336. Third-year Swahili with
laboratory required. laboratory required. emphasis on conversational fluency and on
168 Linguistics
increased facility in reading Swahili texts, Advanced Wolof, II

346. 303. Intermediate Standard Arabic, I
including current newspaper prose and (East) Same as AFRST 346. Continuation of AFLNG Survey of more advanced grammar; emphasis
African culture materials. Prerequisite: AFLNG 345 with increased emphasis on conversa- on increasing conversational fluency in the
335 or equivalent. 3 hours or V-i unit. tional fluency and comprehension of ad- formal noncolloquial style; and reading of
vanced level grammar in the reading of a va- prose texts reflecting aspects of Arabic culture.
337. Topics in Kiswahili Language and riety of prose tests on current cultural issues. Prerequisite: ARAB 202. 5 hours or 1 unit. All
Literature, I Prerequisite: AFLNG 345 or equivalent. 3 hours students are required to register for one hour
Same as AFRST 337. Selected readings from or % unit. per week in the language laboratory.
modern Kiswahili authors, with a focus on
novels, plays, and basic poetry illustrative of 347. Topics in Wolof Language and 304. Intermediate Standard Arabic, II
East African cultural issues and advanced Literature, I Continuation of ARAB 303. All students are
level Kiswahili grammar, as well as develop- Same as AFRST 347. Selected readings from required to register for one hour per week in
ment of expository writing skills. Prerequisite: modern Wolof authors, with a focus on novels, the language laboratory. Prerequisite: ARAB
AFLNG 336. 3 hours or Va unit. plays, and basic poetry illustrative of West 303. 5 hours or 1 unit.
African cultural issues and advanced level
338. Topics in Kiswahili Language and Wolof grammar, as well as development of 305. Advanced Standard Arabic, I
Literature, II expository writing skills. Prerequisite: AFLNG Practice to attain conversational fluency in the
Same as AFRST 338. Continuation of AFLNG 346. 3 hours or % unit. formal noncolloquial style; introduction to
337 with increased emphasis on the reading Arabic literature; and readings in social,
and comprehension of literary texts exempli- 348. Topics in Wolof Language and political, and historic writings. Prerequisite:
fied in advanced level novels, plays, and po- Literature, II ARAB 304. 3 hours or V* unit.
etry, as well as on advanced mastery of ex- Same as AFRST 348. Continuation of AFLNG
pository writing skills. Prerequisite: AFLNG 347 with increased emphasis on the reading 306.Advanced Standard Arabic, II
337. 3 hours or Vt unit. and comprehension of literary texts exempli- Continuation of ARAB 305. Prerequisite: ARAB
fied in advanced level novels, plays, and po- 305. 3 hours or V* unit.
339. Advanced Topics in Kiswahili etry, as well as on advanced mastery of ex-
Language and Literature, I pository writing skills. Prerequisite: AFLNG 307. Topics in Standard Arabic Language
Same as AFRST 339. Introduction to Kiswahili 347. 3 hours or unit. % and Literature, I
in the professions as documented in selected Selected readings from Modern Standard

newspapers, educational radio and TV 351. Intermediate Zulu, I Arabic authors, with a focus on novels, plays,
programs, works of fiction, biographies, Same as AFRST 351 Survey of more advanced
.
and basic poetry illustrative of Arab cultural
anthologies, and professional journals. grammar; emphasis on increasing conversa- issues and advanced level MSA grammar, as
Students will be introduced to argumentative tional fluency, composition skills, study of well as development of expository writing
writing in Kiswahili, expected to make oral written texts in standard Zulu and discussions skills. Prerequisite: ARAB 306. 3 hours or Va unit.
presentations, and to write a research paper of grammatical variations. Prerequisite:

in their field. Prerequisite: AFLNG 338. 3 hours AFLNG 252. 5 hours or 1 unit. Participation in 308. Topics in Standard Arabic Language
or 1 unit. the language laboratory required. and Literature, II
Continuation of ARAB 307 with increased
340.Advanced Topics in Kiswahili 352. Intermediate Zulu, II emphasis on the reading and comprehension
Language and Literature, II Same as AFRST 352. Continuation of AFLNG of literary texts exemplified in advanced level
Same as AFRST 340. Continuation of AFLNG 351; emphasis on increasing conversational novels, plays, and poetry, as well as on
339 with increased emphasis on the develop- fluency, composition skills, study of written advanced mastery of expository writing skills.
ment of comprehension and writing of pro- texts in the standard and spoken Zulu dialects, Prerequisite: ARAB 307. 3 hours or Vt unit.
fessional language. Prerequisite: AFLNG 339. and discussion of grammatical variations.
3 hours or 1 unit. Prerequisite: AFLNG 351. 5 hours or 1 unit. 309.Advanced Topics in Standard Arabic
Participation in language laboratory required. Language and Literature, I
343. Intermediate Wolof, I Introduction to Modern Standard Arabic in
Same as AFRST 343. Survey of more advanced the professions as documented in selected
grammar, with emphasis on increasing con- Arabic (ARAB) newspapers, educational radio and TV
versational fluency, composition skills, study programs, works of fiction, biographies,
of written texts in standard and Dakar Wolof, 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar anthologies, and professional journals.
and discussion of grammatical variations. Pre- 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Students will be introduced to argumentative
requisite: AFLNG 242. 5 hours or 1 unit. Partici- writing in MSA, expected to make oral
pation in language laboratory required. 201. Elementary Standard Arabic, I presentations, and to write a research paper
Mastery of the Arabic alphabet and phonet- in their field. Prerequisite: ARAB 308. 3 hours
344. Intermediate Wolof, II ics; elementary formal grammar and the de- or 1 unit.
Same as AFRST 344. Continuation of AFLNG velopment of reading and writing skills; and
343. Emphasizes ability to engage in reason- conversation in the formal noncolloquial style. 310.Advanced Topics in Standard Arabic
ably fluent discourse in Wolof, comprehensive All students are required to register for one Language and Literature, II
knowledge of formal grammar, and ability to hour per week in the language laboratory. 5 Continuation of ARAB 309 with increased
read ordinary texts in standard and Dakar hours. emphasis on the development of comprehen-
Wolof. Prerequisite: AFLNG 343. Participation sion and writing of professional language.
in language laboratory required. 202. Elementary Standard Arabic, II Prerequisite: ARAB 309. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Continuation of ARAB 201. All students are

345. Advanced Wolof, I required to register for one hour per week in
Same as AFRST 345. Third year Wolof with the language laboratory. Prerequisite: ARAB
Hebrew (HEBR)
emphasis on conversational fluency and on 201. 5 hours.
increased ability in reading and comprehend- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
ing texts, including newspaper prose and West 210. Colloquial Arabic, I 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
African cultural materials. Course will also Development of conversational fluency in one
deal with the advanced level grammar found of the major colloquial dialects; see Timetable 201. Elementary Modern Hebrew, I
in such texts. Prerequisite: AFLNG 344 or for dialect to be taught each semester. 4 hours. Acquaints students with the fundamental
equivalent. 3 hours or Va unit. principles of the Hebrew language. Develops
211. Colloquial Arabic, II all four language skills; reading, writing, lis-
Continuation of ARAB 210. Prerequisite: ARAB tening and speaking. Grammar and compre-
210. 4 hours. hension are exercised through the textbook,
Linguistics 169
the audio-visual materials and the computer. 308. Topics in Modern Hebrew Language 304. Intermediate Hindi, II
Easy stories will be used during the semester and Literature, II Concentration on ability to engage in reason-
to strengthen reading comprehension. Stu- Selected readings from modern Hebrew au- ably fluent discourse in Hindi, on comprehen-
dents are required to register for one hour thors, with special emphasis on Eastern Eu- sive knowledge of formal grammar, and on
weekly in the language laboratory. 5 hours. ropean "Revival" literature; lectures and disability to read ordinary texts in Hindi. All stu-
cussions on Hebrew literature and aesthetics; dents in this course are required to register
202. Elementary Modern Hebrew, II and detailed analysis of formal Hebrew gram- for one hour per week in the language labo-
Continuation of HEBR 201, with introduction mar. Prerequisite: HEBR 307 or consent of in- ratory. Prerequisite: HINDI 303 or equivalent.
of more advanced grammar, and with empha- structor. 3 hours or Va unit. May be repeated 5 hours or 1 unit.
sis on more fluency in speaking and reading. with consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: HEBR 201 or equivalent. 5 hours. 305. Advanced Hindi, I
Course for advanced knowledge of spoken

205. Introduction to Classical Hebrew, I Hindi (HINDI) and written Hindi. All students are required
Same as RELST 205. Stresses basic grammar to work at least one hour each week with a
of classical Obiblical) Hebrew and acquisition 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar native informant and/or in the language
of translation skills. 4 hours. 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. laboratory. Prerequisite: HINDI 304 or consent
of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit.
303. Intermediate Modem Hebrew, I 201. Elementary Hindi/Urdu, I
Advanced examination of the fundamental Introduction to the Hindi /Urdu language; 306. Advanced Hindi, II
principles of the Hebrew language. Develops includes conversation with a native Hindi/ Course for advanced knowledge of spoken
allfour language skills: reading, writing, lis- Urdu-speaking tutor under the direction of a and written Hindi with emphasis on modern
tening and speaking. Grammar and compre- linguist instructor, and a minimum of formal Hindi literature and language. All students are
hension are exercised through the textbooks, grammar and Devanagari writing; introduc- required to work at least one hour each week
the audio-visual materials and the computer. tion to Arabic-Persian script by arrangement. with a native informant and/or in the
Examples of Hebrew fiction, largely easy sto- All students are required to register for one language laboratory. Prerequisite: HINDI 305
ries, will be used during the semester to hour per week in the language laboratory. 5 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit.
strengthen reading comprehension. Students hours.
are required to register for one hour weekly 308. Introduction to South Asian Literature
in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: HEBR 202. Elementary Hindi/Urdu, II Introduces selected literatures of South Asia
202 or equivalent. 5 hours or 1 unit. Second term of spoken Hindi /Urdu; includes in a cross-cultural and comparative perspec-
conversation with a native Hindi/Urdu- tive:emphasizes relating literary texts and
304. Intermediate Modern Hebrew, II speaking tutor under the direction of a linguist trends to the historical, sociocultural, politi-
Continuation of HEBR 303. Concentration on instructor, formal grammar based on conver- cal,and literary contexts of the subcontinent.
ability to engage in reasonable fluent dis- sational materials, and work on written Hindi; Texts for South Asian languages are offered
course in Hebrew, comprehensive knowledge concentration on written Urdu by arrange- in English translation; in addition, there will
of formal grammar, and an ability to read easy ment. All students are required to register for be texts by South Asian authors written in
Hebrew texts. Israeli television programs and one hour per week in the language laboratory. English. Knowledge of a South Asian lan-
movies are used to develop communicative Prerequisite: HINDI 201. 5 hours. guage not required. Prerequisite: Consent of
skills and cultural knowledge. Prerequisite: course coordinator. 3 hours or Vt unit.
HEBR 303 or equivalent. 5 hours or 1 unit. 301. Intensive Hindi, I
Intensive course on the Hindi language

305. Advanced Modern Hebrew, I including conversation with a native Hindi- Linguistics (LING)
For students who have mastered the funda- speaking tutor under the direction of a
mental principles of the Hebrew language. linguist-instructor; study of the formal 104. Talking Culture
Develops competence through reading He- grammar and the Devanagari script. 10 hours Same as ANTH 104. See ANTH 104.
brew fiction and studying Israeli newspapers or 2 units.
and television programs. Communication 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
skills are exercised by means of class discus- 302. Intensive Hindi, II Study of selected topics on an individually
sions, oral presentations, compositions and Includes drill for more advanced conversa- arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
written reports on stories. Prerequisite: HEBR tional fluency; introduction to a greater vari- or to Cohn Scholars. Prerequisite: Consent of
304 or equivalent. 3 hours or A
}
unit. ety of styles and levels of discourse and us- departmental honors adviser. 1 to 3 hours. May
age; increasing study of the written language be repeated once.
306. Advanced Modern Hebrew, II and more formal grammar; and concentration
Course for advanced knowledge of spoken on ability to engage in reasonably fluent dis- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
and written standard Modern Hebrew with course in Hindi, on comprehensive knowl- 1 to5 hours.May be repeated.
emphasis on Modem Hebrew literature and edge of formal grammar, and on ability to read
language, Israeli newspapers and Israeli ordinary texts in Hindi. All students are re- 200. Introduction to Language Science
television programs. Communication skills quired to register for one hour per week in Introduction to the theory and methodology
are exercised by means of class discussions, the language laboratory. Prerequisite: HINDI of general linguistics; includes the various
oral presentations, compositions and written 301 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 10 branches and applications of linguistics. 3
reports on stories. Prerequisite: HEBR 305 or hours or 2 units. hours.
equivalent. 3 hours or Vi unit.
303. Intermediate Hindi, I
202. Elements of Syntax
307. Topics in Modem Hebrew Language Firstterm of second year of the Hindi lan- Introduction to concepts and techniques es-
and Literature, I guage, including drill for more advanced con- sential for syntactic analysis and description,
Selected readings from modern Hebrew versational fluency; introduction to a greater with special attention to testing analyses and
authors, with emphasis on the novel and short variety of styles and levels of discourse and justifying them. Prerequisite: LING 200. 3 hours.
story; lectures and discussions on Hebrew usage; and increasing study of the written lan- (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
and aesthetics; and detailed analysis
literature guage and more formal grammar. All students
of formal Hebrew grammar. Prerequisite: in this course are required to register for one 210. Language History
HEBR 306 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or hour per week in the language laboratory. Addresses the question "Why does language
Vi unit. May be repeated with consent of change?" Specific topics include: the history
Prerequisite: HINDI 202 or equivalent. 5 hours
instructor. or 1 unit.
and origin of writing; why pronunciation
changes; change in vocabulary and what it
tells us about change in culture and society;
3
170 Linguistics
the relation between "language" and "dia- 304. Tutorials in Non-Western Languages 323. Language Acquisition
lect"; multilingualism and its consequences, Advanced or intensive language instruction Same as COMM and PSYCH 323. See PSYCH
including Pidgins and Creoles; genetic rela- in a selected non- Western language; does not 323.
tionship between languages, with focus on the cover instruction in East or Southeast Asian
"Indo-European" family (English, German, languages. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 325. Introduction to Psycholinguistics
French, Russia, Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit, 1 to 5 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated Same as COMM 325. Introductory survey of
etc.) and the relationships between human with consent of instructor. psychological and linguistic approaches to the
languages. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of the for- study of communcation. Prerequisite: An in-
eign language requirement of the College of 305. Introduction to Applied Linguistics troductory course in linguistics or psychology.
Liberal Arts and Sciences. 3 hours. Same as E I L 305. Introduction to the applica- 3 hours or 1 unit. Credit is not given for both
tions of general linguistic theory to the spe- LING 325 and PSYCH 325.
225. Elements of Psycholinguistics cific fields of stylistics, theory of translation,
Introduction to the theory and methodology contrastive analyses,and the teaching and 327. Language and the Brain
of psycholinguistics with emphasis on lan- learning of foreign and second languages; Same as PSYCH 327. See PSYCH 327.
guage acquisition and linguistic behavior. 3 practical assignment work. Prerequisite: Con-
hours. sent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. 329. Language of Religion
Same as RELST and SPCOM 329. See RELST
240. Language in Human History 306. Introduction to Computational 329.
Role of language in the life of nations as a tool Linguistics
of communication, as a symbol of identity, and Introduces the use of computers in linguistics 330. Introduction to East Asian Linguistics
as a means of power. Scripts and orthogra- and application of linguistics in high technol- Same as EALC 330. Introduction to genetic
phies, languages planning, culture and lan- ogy. Topics include spelling and grammar- relation of the Far Eastern languages with
guage glossopolitics. Prerequisite: Three years checking in word processing, natural lan- other languages; concentration on synchronic
of high school foreign language study or ful- guage and man-machine communication, analysis of phonology and syntax. Prerequisite:
fillment of the foreign language requirement data organization, language understanding LING 300; consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 3 hours. systems, and computer-assisted language in- unit.
struction. Students write several computer

250. Language in the USA programs. Prerequisite: LING 300 or equiva- 332. Women and Language
Same as SPCOM and W S 332. See SPCOM
Relationships within the social, linguistic and lent; and a C S 100-level programming course
cultural mosaic of language in the USA; 332.
(not C S 106), or C S 400, or consent of instruc-
language-related controversies in a historical tor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
context and their implications; language 335. Neurolinguistics and Second
diversity, language use, language rights (e.g., 307. Introduction to Mathematical Language Learning
English Only, multilingualism); creativity and Linguistics Same as E I L 335. See E I L 335.
identity in minority languages; the impact of Same as ANTH 307. Principles of set theory,
338. Philosophy of Language
American English on other Englishes and logicand formal systems, group theory, and
Same as PHIL 338. See PHIL 338.
languages across cultures. 3 hours. automata theory; introduction to the formal
theory of grammars. Prerequisite: LING 300.
340. History of Linguistics
260. American Sign Language hours or 1 unit.
Survey of linguistic theories from ancient to
Same as PSYCH, SP ED and SPSHS 260. See
modern times; special emphasis on compara-
SP ED 260. 309. Introduction to Indo-European
tive grammar and the development of struc-
Linguistics
tural linguistics; and extended discussion of
290. Individual Study Same as GRK and LAT 310. Introductory
Individual readings and research reports on
at least one other period. 3 hours or 1 unit.
survey of Indo-European languages and their
special topics dealing with the theoretical or mutual relations; exemplification of methods
350. Introduction to Sociolinguistics
applied aspects of the linguistic sciences. of reconstruction; principles of comparative
Same as E I L 350. Critical study of the socio-
Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor. 2 to phonology and introductory survey of
logically oriented general linguistic theories.
4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 morphology; and discussion of theories about
Special reference to language varieties; lan-
hours. the original home, culture, and society of the
guage attitudes; language diversity; language
Indo-Europeans. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of
standardization; and language, ideology and
291. Honors Individual Study the language requirement of the College of
Study and research for honors thesis; open power; emphasis on research methodology
Liberal Arts and Sciences. 3 hours or 1 unit.
and techniques. Prerequisite: An introductory
only to seniors in the linguistics major who
are eligible for departmental distinction. course in linguistics or consent of instructor.
310. Historical Linguistics
3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor and Introduction to historical and comparative lin-
linguistics course average of 3.4. 2 to 4 hours. guistics with particular attention to theoreti-
Romance Linguistics
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. cal issues. Prerequisite: LING 300 and 301 or
(Counts for advanced hours in LAS.)
Same as FR, HAL, PORT, RMLNG, and SPAN
concurrent registration. 3 hours, or '/> to 1 unit.
362. See SPAN 362.
300. Introduction to Linguistic Structure 314. Introductory Coptic, I
370. Mind, Culture, and Society
Same as ANTH 300. Introduction to the theory Same as COP and RELST 301 See COP 301. Same as ANTH 370 and COMM 370. See
.
and methodology of the science of linguistics

with special reference to phonology and 315. Introductory Coptic, II
ANTH 370.
syntax. 3 hours or Vi unit. Same as COP and RELST 302. See COP 302. 375. Speech Science, I
Same as SPSHS and SPCOM 375. See SPSHS
301. Introduction to General Phonetics 316. Structure of the French Language
375.
Introduction to the main branches of general Same as FR 316. See FR 316.
phonetics and phonological theory; emphasis
376. Speech Science, II
on analysis of non-Western languages and 320. Introduction to African Linguistics
Same as SPSHS and SPCOM 376. See SPSHS
research techniques. 3 hours or Vi unit. Introduction to genetic and typological
376.
classification of the main language families of
303. Non-Western Linguistic Structures Africa; concentration on grammatical and
380. Introduction to Slavic Linguistics
Intensive study of linguistic structure of a phonological characteristics. Prerequisite:
Same as SLAV 380. See SLAV 380.
selected non-Western language. 3 hours or 1 LING 200 or 300; consent of instructor. 3 hours
unit. May be repeated for credit with consent or 1 unit.
of instructor.
Linguistics 171
386. Computer-Based Foreign Language 408. Russian Phonology 450. Linguistics and the Study of Meaning
Teaching Same as RUSS 408. See RUSS 408. Consideration of those aspects of meaning
Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN, which are the concern of linguistic theory.
ITAL, PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382. See 410. Topics in African Linguistics Prerequisite: LING 300. 1 unit.
HUMAN 382. Discussion of advanced selected topics in Af-
rican linguistics; concentration on morphol- 451. Pragmatics
388. English Phonology and Morphology ogy, tonology, phonology, sociolinguistics, lan- Examination and development of theories of
forESL Teachers guage acquisition, and syntax. Prerequisite: language use, addressing the role of pragmat-
Same as E I L 388. See E I L 388. LING 401 and 402; or consent of instructor. 3 ics in linguistics and in linguistic theory, with
unit. May be repeated as topics vary in the special attention to the major research ques-
389. TheoreticalFoundations of Second same semester to a maximum of 2 units or in tions concerning natural language processing.
Language Acquisition subsequent semesters to a maximum of 3 Prerequisite: LING 401 and 450, or consent of
Same as FR 381, and E I L, GER, ITAL, PORT, units. instructor. 1 unit.
and SPAN 389. See E I L 389.
413. Pedagogical Grammar 460. Seminar in Bilingualism
390. Special Topics in Linguistics Same as E I L 412. See E I L 412. Research-oriented seminar on theoretical and
Course provides an opportunity to focus on applied aspects of bilingualism; critical evalua-
various subfields of the linguistic sciences, 415. Topics in Applied Linguistics tion of linguistic, neurolinguistic, sociolinguisric,
depending on the interests of the faculty and Same as E I L 415. Advanced seminar to and psycholinguistic approaches to bilingual-
students. Prerequisite: LING 200, 300, or critically evaluate linguistic theories by ism; and concentration on selected case stud-
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be discussing their applications to language- ies from Western and non-Western societies,
repeated as topic varies, to a maximum of 9 related areas such as contrastive linguistics, especially Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: LING
hours or 3 units. Students may register for up corpus linguistics, language acquisition, 350 or an introductory course in linguistics. 1
to two sections in the same semester. language and language policy,
literacy, unit.
language standardization, text linguistics, and
396. Introduction to Linguistics translation. Prerequisite: LING 300, 305, 350, Seminar in Romance Linguistics
462.
Multisection course offering introductory or 400, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be Same as FR, ITAL, PORT, RMLNG, and SPAN
instruction and field methods experience in repeated in the same or subsequent semesters 462. See SPAN 462.
linguistics. 1 hour or A unit. May be repeated
l
to a maximum of 3 units, as topics vary.
in the same semester to a maximum of 8 hours 470. Proseminar in Cognitive Science
or 2 units. Approved for S/U grading. 416. Field Methods Same as ANTH 470, C S 449, EDPSY and
Analysis of the phonetic, phonological, PSYCH 471. See ANTH 470.
400. Introduction to General Linguistics morphological, and syntactic structure of an
Same as ANTH 400 and E I L 402. Introduc- undescribed language through the elicitation 475.Experimental Phonetics I: Speech
tion to the linguistic sciences; linguistic theory of data from a native language consultant. The Physiology
and methodology; and branches of linguistics class develops a linguistic sketch of the Same as SPSHS 400. See SPSHS 400.
and their application. 1 unit. Credit may not language, including a computerized lexicon.
be applied toward a graduate degree in lin- Prerequisite: LING 401 and 402. 1 unit. 476. Experimental Phonetics II: Speech
guistics. Acoustics and Perception
420. Linguistic Phonetics Same as SPSHS 401. See SPSHS 401.
401. Syntax Principles of scientific description of the
Introduction to the fundamental concepts, phonic aspect of language; distinctive features 481. Topics in Syntactic Theory
philosophy, and methods of syntactic theory. and phonetic alphabets; relations between Investigation of syntactic universals; recent
Prerequisite: LING 300 or equivalent. 1 unit. phonetics and other linguistic levels; and developments in the theory of syntax. Prereq-
inventory of speech sounds. Prerequisite: LING uisite: LING 441 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
402. Phonology 301 or equivalent. 1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary with consent
Examination of language-specific phonologi- of instructor.
cal problems with a view toward formulating Developmental Psycholinguistics
424.
a language-independent theory of phonology. Same as COMM and PSYCH 424. See PSYCH 482. Topics in Phonological Theory
Prerequisite: LING 301 or consent of instruc- 424. Recent developments in the theory of phonol-
tor. 1 unit. ogy. Prerequisite: LING 442 or consent of in-
425. Psycholinguistics structor. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit as
403. Seminar in Linguistic Analysis Same as COMM and PSYCH 425. See PSYCH topics vary with consent of instructor.
Discussion of advanced topics of current 425.
interest. Prerequisite: LING 401 and 402. or '/> 490. Special Topics in Linguistics
1 unit. May be repeated for credit with consent 429. Second Language Acquisition and Individual studies in the areas of linguistics
of instructor. Bilingualism not covered by regular course offerings. V2 to
Same as PSYCH 429. Research seminar: 2 units.
404. Practicum students will design and execute a research
Supervised practical experience in extended project on second language acquisition and/ 495. Advanced Topics in Linguistics
linguistic research on individual topics of the or bilingualism. Prerequisite: Consent of Advanced seminar-style instruction on
student's choice. Prerequisite: LING 401 and instructor. 1 unit. selected topics in Linguistics. Prerequisite:
402. 1 unit. Basic grounding in linguistics or consent of
441. Syntax, II instructor. !4 unit. May be repeated in the same
406. Topics in Computational Linguistics Issues in the theory and practice of syntactic semester to a maximum of 2 units. Approved
Speech sampling and linguistic redundancy; description, with special attention to implica- for S/U grading.
phonology in speech recognition; syntactic tions for universal grammar. Prerequisite:
parsing of natural language; domains of LING 401 or consent of instructor. I unit. Advanced Seminar in Linguistics
496.
linguistic knowledge including lexical, Advanced seminar-type instruction on se-
syntactic, semantic, discourse, and pragmatic 442. Phonology, II lected topics in Linguistics. Prerequisite: Basic
representations; quantitative reasoning; Continuation of LING 402. Prerequisite: LING grounding in linguistics or consent of instruc-
linguistic expert system; speech synthesis. 402. 1 unit. tor. Vi unit. May be repeated in the same se-
Prerequisite: LING 306 and 401; LING 402 or mester to a maximum of 2 units. Approved
consent of instructor. 1 unit. for S/U grading.

to 4 units.
172 Manufacturing Engineering
Persian (PERS)

201. Elementary Persian, I Manufacturing Materials Science
Introduction to Persian, including conversa-
tion with a native speaker under the direction
Engineering and Engineering
and a minimum of for-
of a linguist-instructor,
mal grammar and writing. 5 hours. Director of Program: S. G. Kapoor Head of Department: James Economy
Program Office: 352 Computer and Systems Department Office: 201 Metallurgy and Mining
202. Elementary Persian, II
Research Lab., 1308 West Main Street, Urbana Building, 1304 West Green Street, Urbana
Continuation ofPERS 201, with introduction Phone: 333-3432 Phone: 333-1441
of more advanced grammar and with empha- URL: www.mse.uiuc.edu
sis on more fluency in speaking and reading.
Prerequisite: PERS 201 or equivalent. 5 hours. Manufacturing Engineering (MFG E) Including Ceramic Engineering (CER L )a nd
Materials Science and Engineering (MATSE)
205. Introduction to Persian Culture and 210. Introduction to Manufacturing
Literature, I
Systems
Same as C LIT 203. A survey of Persian Ceramic Engineering (CER E)
Broad-based introduction of various topics in
civilization with emphasis on Persian literary manufacturing engineering including mate-
and aesthetic expression. 3 hours. Knowledge rials processing, manufacturing automation 299. Senior Thesis
of Persian is not required. and process control, product/process design, Research in ceramics and ceramic engineer-
and planning. Prerequisite: Junior standing in ing. Written permission from the instructor
206. Introduction to Persian Culture and
Engineering or consent of instructor. 3 hours. with whom the student is to work must be
Literature, II
presented to the student's adviser at the time
Same as C LIT 204. Continuation of PERS 205. 320. Decision-Making and Control of registration. To receive credit, a thesis must
Survey of Persian civilization with emphasis Applications in Manufacturing be presented. Prerequisite: Senior standing;
on Persian literary and aesthetic expression. Integrates production planning, production grade-point average of 3. or better. 1 to 5
3 hours. Knowledge of Persian is not required. scheduling, and process supervision and con- hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 5
trol into a manufacturing hierarchy. Demon- hours. Minimum total credit of 3 hours is re-
303. Intermediate Persian, I
strates interfaces with other manufacturing quired.
General review of the essentials of grammar,
functions. Focuses on the integration of the
selected reading of materials emphasizing
functions as well as the integration of deci- 320. Ceramic Materials and Properties
Iranian life and culture, compositions, and
sion-making and control considerations. Pre- Same as MATSE 320. See MATSE 320.
practice in speech. Prerequisite: PERS 202. 5
requisite: Consent of instructor. A course in
hours or 1 unit.
321.Ceramic Processing and
probability is desirable. 3 hours or Vi unit. Not
available for graduate credit for students in Microstructure Development

304. Intermediate Persian, II
the College of Engineering, except by special Same as MATSE 321. See MATSE 321.
General review of the essentials of grammar,
permission of the student's department.
selected reading of materials emphasizing 322. Process Design
Iranian life and culture, compositions, and Same MATSE 322. See MATSE 322.
330. Interfacing Methods for as
practice in speech. Prerequisite: PERS 303. 5
Manufacturing Systems
hours or 1 unit. 323. Ceramic Engineering Processing
Introduction to the basic concepts and practi-
cal techniques of the real-time computing and Laboratory
software interfacing for manufacturing sys- Same as MATSE 323. See MATSE 323.
Sanskrit (SANSK)
tems. Topics covered include: interfacing of
sensors and actuators used in manufacturing
324. Refractory Technology
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as MATSE 324. See MATSE 324.
systems; computer interfacing and real-time
monitoring of machine tools and robots;
326. Chemistry and Technology of Glass
intercomputer communication through net-
201. Elementary Sanskrit, I
work for a manufacturing cell; and human-
Same as MATSE 326. See MATSE 326.
Introduction to Sanskrit, treating in full the
grammar of the language as preparation for machine-computer interfaces. Prerequisite: C 327. Ceramic Microscopy
S 101 or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. Not
reading. 4 hours. Same as MATSE 327. See MATSE 327.
available for graduate credit for students in
202.Elementary Sanskrit, II the College of Engineering, except by special 328. Electrical Ceramics
Continuation of SANSK 201. Prerequisite: permission of the student's department. Same as MATSE 328. See MATSE 328.
SANSK 201. 4 hours.
350. Information Management for 330. Chemically Bonded Ceramics
303. Readings in Sanskrit, I
Manufacturing Systems Same as MATSE 330. See MATSE 330.
Same as RELST 312. Introduction to the Introduction to the role of information in
reading of Sanskrit texts. Prerequisite: SANSK manufacturing systems, components of an 390. Special Topics in Ceramics
202. 3 /lours or 1 unit.
information system, structures for data stor- Independent study projects and courses on
age, data maintenance, data base management special topics. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
304. Readings in Sanskrit, II systems, and networking data. Prerequisite: tor. 1 to 5 hours, or 14 to 2 units. May be repeated.
Same as RELST 313. Readings in Sanskrit texts. CS 101 or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. Not Students may also register in this course more
Topics may vary according to students' needs; available for graduate credit for students in than once in a semester to a maximum of 10
they may include religious texts, classical the College of Engineering, except by special hours or 3 units.
literature, or a general survey of texts. permission of the student's department.
Prerequisite: SANSK 303 and consent of 420. Ceramic Chemistry
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated
393. Special Topics in Manufacturing Same as MATSE 420. See MATSE 420.
as topics vary. Engineering
Study of advanced problems related to 422. Dielectric Properties of Ceramic
manufacturing engineering. Prerequisite: Materials
Senior standing or consent of instructor. lto3 Same as MATSE 422. See MATSE 422.
hours.
Materials Science and Engineering 173
Chemistry of Clays and Soils

425. Physical studies will be used to exemplify the lecture 297. Senior Seminar
Same as MATSE 425 and NRES 41 4. See NRES material. Prerequisite: PHYCS 112, MATH 242, Review of current materials science and
414. and credit or concurrent registration in engineering literature, classroom reports and
PHYCS 114. 3 hours. Students may not receive discussions, preparation of technical abstracts
426. Mineralogy of Clays credit for both MATSE 200 and either T A M and reports. Consideration of professional
Same as GEOL461 and MATSE 426. See GEOL 224 or ME 231. practice, job selection, employment practice,
461. continuing education, professional growth
201. Phases and Phase Relations and economics of the materials industries.
427. Petrology of Clay Minerals Provides the basis for understanding micro- Senior standing in the materials
Prerequisite:
Same as GEOL 462 and MATSE 427. See GEOL structure. Treats in quantitative terms and at science and engineering program. 2 hours.
462. some depth the concept of phases (crystalline
and noncrystalline structures) and the rela- 299. Senior Thesis
429. Seminar in Ceramics tionships between phases (phase diagrams). Individual research in an area of materials
Same as MATSE 429. See MATSE 429. Describes commercial practices for producing science and engineering under the supervision
desired microscopic phase configurations and of members of the staff. Results of research
497. Research Seminars macroscopic shapes (processing). Prerequisite: may be used for a senior (undergraduate)
Same as MATSE and MET E 497. See MATSE CHEM 102, MATSE 182, PHYCS 112, MATH Senior standing, GPA of 3.0
thesis. Prerequisite:
497. 242 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Students or better, and consent of instructor. lto5 hours.
may not receive credit for both MATSE 201 May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours; a
and 200. minimum total credit of 3 hours is required.
Research in any of the branches of ceramics.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in ceramic 204. Electronic Properties of Materials 301. Thermodynamics of Materials
engineering. 0to4 units.
Study of the electronic structure and bonding Same as CHEM 245. Examines basic thermo-
of materials, electrical conduction in metals dynamic principles including energy, entropy,
and semiconductors, and dielectric and and free energy; describes the macroscopic
Materials Science and Engineering
magnetic properties of solids. Prerequisite: properties of various materials systems such
(MATSE)
PHYCS 114 and junior standing in science or as equilibrium states, phases, and phase tran-
engineering, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. sitions; emphasizes metals, ceramics, poly-
100. Materials Lectures Students may not receive credit for both mers, and electronic materials. Particular at-
Lecture and demonstration course by the MATSE 204 and PHYCS 389. (Students may tention is paid to the application of phase
faculty to introduce freshmen to the field of substitute PHYCS 389 for MATSE 204 as part diagrams; introduces the statistical interpre-
materials science and engineering. 1 hour. of the Materials Science and Engineering tation of thermodynamics on the atomistic
degree requirements). CHEM 102; PHYCS 112; and
level. Prerequisite:
101. Materials in Today's World MATH 242 or 285. 4 hours or 1 unit. Students
Introduces the field of materials science in a 206. Mechanics of Materials and Fluids may not receive credit for both MATSE 301
format suitable for non-engineering students. Same as TAM 206. See TAM 206. and CHEM 245 or 344.
Materials and their properties are examined
in the context of their use in everyday objects 207. Materials Science and Engineering 302. Kinetic Processes in Materials
including sports equipment, automobiles, Lab, I Studies kinetics of chemical reactions; rate
aircraft, display screens, compact disc players, Laboratory course to be taken simultaneously equations, reaction mechanisms; transport
hip-replacements, etc. The role materials have with or following MATSE 200 and 305. Experi- processes; diffusion equations, atomic and
played and will continue to play in shaping ments using optical and scanning electron molecular diffusion. Phase transformations;
society will be discussed. Examples and microscopy and various thermal and thermo- nudeation, crystallization, displacive, spinodal
demonstrations will be the major component dynamic measuring techniques. Introduction decomposition. Examines surface and inter-
in this course. Course is intended as an elective to use of laboratory test instruments. Prereq- face phenomena; sintering, grain growth, re-
for non-engineering students. Course may not uisite: Completion of campus Composition I covery and recystallization. Prerequisite:
be taken as a technical elective by students in requirement; credit or concurrent registration MATSE 200 and 301. 3 hours or V* unit.
the College of Engineering. 3 hours. in MATSE 301, and 305, and E 230. 3 hours.
I
303. Synthesis of Materials

182. Introduction to Materials Science and 208. Materials Science and Engineering Studies fundamentals of the synthesis of ma-
Engineering Lab, II terials. Examines principles of synthesis; pro-
Provides an overview of MATSE as a basis for Experiments characterizing mechanical, cesses, approaches, synthetic methodology
understanding how structure /property /pro- transport, and magnetic-electric properties of and probes; methodologies in materials syn-
cessing relationships are developed and used materials. Prerequisite: Completion of campus thesis; polymerization, sol-gel processes, liq-
for different types of materials. Illustrates the Composition I requirement; MATSE 207; and uid and vapor phase synthesis, materials cou-
role of materials in modem by case
society credit or concurrent registration in MATSE 204 pling reactions, and precursor-derived,
studies of advances in new materials and pro- and 306. 3 hours. radiation-induced and asymmetric synthesis.
cesses. Laboratory /discussion periods will be Prerequisite: MATSE 200 and credit or concur-
devoted to demonstrations and experiments 290. Special Topics in Materials Science rent registration in MATSE 301. 3 hours or %
that illustrate the lectures. Design teams will and Engineering unit.
analyze or synthesize objects that use materi- Structured presentations of new and develop-
als creatively. 3 hours. ing areas of knowledge in materials science 305. Microstructure Characterization
and engineering offered by the faculty to aug- Study of the fundamentals and applications
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar ment the formal courses available. 1 to 4 hours. of various forms of microscopy and diffrac-
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maximum May be repeated in the same or subsequent tion for characterization of physical micro-
of 5 hours. Students may also register in this semesters as topics vary. structure of materials and of various forms of
course more than once in the same semester spectroscopy for characterization of chemical
to a maximum of 5 hours. 296.Independent Study in Materials microstructure. Prerequisite: PHYCS 114,
Science and Engineering CHEM 102, MATSE 201. 3 hours or Va unit.
200. Introduction to Engineering Materials Individual study of any topic in materials
Introduction to the materials science and en- science and engineering selected by the 306. Thermal-Mechanical Behavior of
gineering of ceramics, electronic materials, student and conducted under the supervision Materials
metals and polymers. Bonding; crystallogra- of a member of the faculty. Prerequisite: Studies fundamentals of elastic, viscoelastic
phy; imperfections; processing and properties Sophomore standing or higher. 1 to 4 hours. and plastic deformation of materials, elemen-
of semiconductors, polymers, metals, ceram- May be repeated in subsequent semesters as tary theory of statics and dynamics of dislo-
ics and composites; and phase diagrams. Case topics vary. cations; examines strengthening mechanisms
174 Materials Science and Engineering
and behavior of composites; fracture and fa- and specification of refractory products; Extraction of metals, joining of metals, metal
tigue behavior; fundamentals of thermal be- particular emphasis on oxides, silicates, composites and metal recycling are also
havior: heat capacity, thermal expansion and carbides, borides, cermets, and refractory reviewed. The relationships between the
conductivity; effects of thermal stress. Prereq- metals with a correlation of the properties of processing of metals, the microstructures that
uisite: T AM
206 and MATSE 301 3 hours or V« . those materials to certain design criteria. are produced and the behavior of metal
unit. Students mav not receive credit for both Includes laboratory if taken for 1 unit of components are emphasized. Prerequisite:
MATSE 306 and either CEE 310, E 231, or M graduate credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing Senior standing in MATSE, or CEE 210 or
T AM 224. in engineering. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. M E 231 or MATSE 346 or consent of instructor.
3 hours or Vi unit.
320. Ceramic Materials and Properties 326. Chemistry and Technology of Glass
Same as CER E 320. Basic principles and un- Same as CER E 326. Introduces the fundamen- 342. Metals Laboratory
derstanding of ceramic materials and proper- tals of glass science and technology. Provides Advanced metallurgy laboratory. Examines
ties, emphasizing structure-property relations. a comprehensive overview of the ubiquitous mechanical testing,
effects of heat treatment;
Gives a fundamental appreciation of the de- phenomena associated with the amorphous oxidation and corrosion; and metallography
velopment, use, and control of the properties state of matter, including glass transition and of selected alloys. Prerequisite: MATSE 207, 208,
of a wide variety of ceramic materials from a viscous relaxation, as well as the mechanical, and 340. 3 hours or Vi unit.
physico-chemical point of view. Prerequisite: optical, and dielectric properties of glasses.
junior standing in engineering, or consent of These behaviors are discussed in the context 343. Design of Engineering Alloys
instructor. 3 hours or % unit Graduate students
. of different thermodynamic, structural, and Examines the application of science and
in ceramic engineering or the ceramic concen- kinetic models. The use of various character- engineering principles to the design, selection
tration in materials science may not receive ization techniques for the understanding of and performance of engineering alloys.
credit for this course. the glassy state are reviewed. Different meth- Studies alloy classes, design, effect of alloying
ods for processing, forming, and treatment of elements, relation to processing variables, and
321.Ceramic Processing and glasses are contrasted, using examples of con- structure-property relationships; design
Microstructure Development ventional and new high-technology applica- project. Prerequisite: MATSE 340, or consent of
Same as CER
E 321. Basic principles and un- Consent of instructor or se-
tions. Prerequisite: instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit.
derstanding of microstructure development nior undergraduate or graduate standing in
and processing of ceramic materials will be Engineering, Chemistry or Geology. 3 hours 344. Welding and Joining Processes
addressed, with an emphasis on structure- or % unit. Same as CEE 375. The physical principles of
property-processing relationships. Knowl- fusion welding; heat flow; thermal cycles;
edge of a variety of processing methodologies 327. Ceramic Microscopy physical metallurgy and mechanical proper-
and their effects on microstructural develop- Same as CER E 327. Studies the optical activity ties of welded joints; applications of welding
ment will be gained. Examples of several ce- in isotropic and anisotropic media with to large structures; testing of welds; nonde-
ramic components will be illustrated and dis- particular emphasis on the materials and structive testing; design, economics, and weld
cussed within this context. Prerequisite: products of ceramics; the application of these specifications; and laboratory experiments in
MATSE 320 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, principles and related topics of optical welding. Prerequisite: T A M
224, 206 or equiva-
or A
l
or To receive the additional
1 unit. !4 unit microscopy to the study of the morphology, lent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
credit a term paper is required. aggregation, size, and microstructure of the
products of high-temperature thermochemical 345. Corrosion of Metals
322. Process Design reactions and equilibria. Includes studies in Electrochemistry, thermodynamics, and
Same as CER E 322. Reviews the basic con- thermal microscopy if taken for 1 unit of kinetics of corrosion; behavior of ferrous and
cepts of heat and mass transfer, control theory graduate credit. Prerequisite: CER E 205 or nonferrous metals; corrosion rates; corrosion
and statistical analysis in the context of fabri- consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. control; cathodic and anodic protection; high-
cation processes typical of materials indus- temperature corrosion; corrosion testing; and
tries;supplements the numerical procedures 328. Electrical Ceramics electrolytic machining methods. 3 hours, or %
and algorithms that constitute a computa- Same as CER E 328. Presents the subject of or 1 unit.
tional repertoire, adequate for the engineer- and their electrical proper-
dielectric crystals
ing practice. In the frame of an actual engineer- ties; discussion and correlation of ferroelec- 346. Properties and Selection of
ing design project, the combined application tric and piezoelectric properties of several Engineering Materials
of the principles of materials processing, plant crystal classes; coverage in detail of the In this course the mechanical, chemical and
layout, reactor design, peripheral facilities, perovskite class of ferroelectric compounds; thermal behavior of different classes of
logistics of supply, and economic feasibility and discussion of spinel, garnet, and hexago- materials (metals, ceramics, polymers and
are practiced. Prerequisite: MATSE 321. 3 hours nal type ferrimagnetic crystals and their prop- composites) will be compared and contrasted.
orVt unit. erties. Prerequisite: MATSE 321 or consent of Consideration of the trade-offs in selecting
instructor. 3 hours or A
3
unit. materials for specific applications will be
323. Ceramic Engineering Processing considered and exemplified by case studies.
Laboratory 330. Chemically Bonded Ceramics Prerequisite: T A M
206 or 150 and 221. 3 hours.
Same as CER E Experiments and demon-
323. Same as CER E 330. Examines the principles Not available for credit to students in MATSE.
strations involving a wide range of modern and technology of producing ceramic materi-
ceramic processing methods will be con- als bonded by hydrated compounds formed 350. Introduction to Polymer Science and
ducted to develop fundamental understand- by hydration reactions of inorganic cements. Engineering
ing of the relationships between raw materi- Prerequisite: Senior standing. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 Fundamentals of polymer science and engi-
als, processing methods, microstructural unit. neering. Polymer solution properties, confor-
development, and physical properties. The lab mation and molecular weight characteriza-
emphasizes the underlying physics and chem- 340. Advanced Mechanical Properties of tion. Rheological and viscoelastic behavior:
istry of processing, as well as designing pro- Solids relaxations and transitions, rubber elasticity.
cessing routes to achieve desired material Advanced presentation of the mechanical be- Crystallinity, morphology and deformation of
properties. Technical reports will be required. havior of solids; examines crystal plasticity, crystalline polvmers. Blends and composites.
Prerequisite: MATSE 321. 3 hours or V* unit. dislocations, point defects and grain bound- Methods of fabrication. Prerequisite: Advanced
aries, creep and fatigue behavior, fracture. undergraduate or graduate standing. 3 hours,
324. Refractory Technology Prerequisite: MATSE 306 or consent of instruc- or Va or 1 unit. Students in the polymer con-
Same as CER E 324. Engineering properties tor. 3 hours or Vt unit. centration in materials science and engineer-
and thermochemistry of polycrystalline ing may not receive graduate credit for this
materials for use at elevated temperatures 341.Metals Processing course.
including processing of raw materials and the Discussion of melt, mechanical, thermal,
manufacture, heat treatment, quality control, powder and surface processing of metals.
Materials Science and Engineering 175
Polymer Synthesis
351. Introduction to consent of instructor), MATSE 303, and either of phenomena that are significant in the so-
Fundamentals of polymer synthesis and MATSE 204, PHYCS 389 or equivalent. 3 hours cial sciences, such as: the prisoner's dilemma
configuration characterization. Examines or A
3
unit. problem and its variants, social norms, cul-
step-growth, addition, and coordination tural transmission, role models, fads and fash-
polymerization; kinetics and molecular 361. Electronic Materials and Processing, II ions, stock market bubbles and crashes. Pre-
weight distributions. Studies co-polymers; Introduction to the materials science, engi- requisite: Graduate standing, junior or senior
applications of IR, NMR, and ESCA to neering, and processing of microlithographic standing, or consent of instructor. 3 Iwurs or Va
configuration characterization. Prerequisite: materials, conductors and dielectrics for elec- unit.
Concurrent registration in MATSE 350, or tronic applications. The course makes use of
consent of instructor. 1 hour or Va unit. Students the concepts developed in materials science 384. Metal Matrix and Ceramic Matrix
may not receive credit for both MATSE 351 to understand why certain materials make Composites
and 303. acceptable contacts and dielectrics while oth- Introduction to metal and ceramic matrix com-
ers do not. Demonstrates how manufacturing posites, with an emphasis on understanding
352. Polymer Characterization Laboratory problems can be overcome with careful mate- the interrelationships between processing,
Characterizes polymeric materials experimen- rials design and processing. Examines some microstructure and properties. The basis for
tally to investigate molecular, microstructural of the processing techniques commonly used selecting these systems for different engineer-
and macroscopic aspects of their mechanical, in microelectronic circuit manufacture during ing applications are considered. Prerequisite:
thermal, electrical, and optical properties. Pre- metallization, dielectric formation and lithog- Senior standing in Engineering or consent of
requisite: MATSE 350 or consent of instructor. raphy. Prerequisite: MATSE 360, or consent of To receive 1
instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. instructor. 3 hours or 'A unit. unit credit a comprehensive term paper is re-
quired.
353. Plastics Engineering 362. Electronic Materials Laboratory
Introductory course to plastics engineering. Introduces seniors and new graduate students 385. Atomic-Scale Simulations
Examines components of plastics and data to the fabrication, analysis, and properties of Same as PHYCS 363, and CSE 373. The
banks; viscoelasticity, yield, and fracture; thin film materials through a combination of objective is and apply fundamental
to learn
reinforced polymers; and forming, design lectures and experiments in the Materials Sci- techniques of Monte Carlo and Molecular
(project), and current advances. Prerequisite: ence and Engineering instructional laborato- Dynamics used in (primarily classical)
MATSE 350. 3 hours or Va unit. ries. Covers both the principles and practice simulations in order to help understand and
of: (a) deposition of thin film materials by predict properties of microscopic systems in
355. Polymer Physics, I: Structure and vacuum evaporation, sputtering, and plasma materials science, physics, biology, and
Properties assisted processes; (b) modification of prop- chemistry. Numerical algorithms, connections
Techniques and applications of polymer crys- erties by thermal reaction, surface treatment, between simulation results and real properties
tal and morphology observation; x-
structure etc. ; measurement of key properties includ-
(c) of materials (structural or thermodynamic), as
ray, electron, light and neutron scattering and ing electrical conductivity, optical indexes, well as statistical and systematic error
diffraction; light and electron microscopy. magnetic hysteresis, and internal stress. Meth- estimation using real simulation programs
Morphology-processing property relation- ods to optimize the film microstructure and will be emphasized. A simulation project
ships of crystalline polymers, blends and co- engineering properties via the growth tech- composed of scientific research, algorithm
polymers; liquid, plastic and condis crystals; nique are emphasized. Prerequisite: MATSE development, and presentation is required.
deformation mechanisms and orientation 360 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Va unit. Prerequisite: A course in statistical mechanics,
characterization; relaxations and transitions; or statistical thermodynamics, and prior
crystallization theory. Prerequisite: MATSE 350 380. Surfaces and Colloids experience in programming in C, C++, or
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit. Introduction to the chemistry and physics of Fortran, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
surfaces and interfaces, with emphasis on unit.
357. Polymer Chemistry behavior in liquid media; major areas include
Same as CHEM 357. Comprehensive overview surface composition, surface and interfacial 390. Special Topics in Materials Science
and examination of the methods used to syn- forces, colloidal stability and flocculation, and and Engineering
thesize macromolecules. Both descriptive and amphiphilic molecules. Prerequisite: MATSE Structured presentations of new and develop-
mechanistic organic chemistry, as it relates to 301, CHEM 342, or PHYCS 361; or equivalent ing areas of knowledge in materials science
polymer synthesis, are discussed. Prerequisite: undergraduate course in thermodynamics or and engineering offered by the faculty to aug-
Senior standing in MATSE or CHEM. 3 hours, physical chemistry, or consent of instructor. 3 ment the formal courses available. Prerequi-
or Vt or 1 unit. hours, or Va or 1 unit. site: Senior or graduate standing. 1 to 4 hours,
or 'A to 1 unit. May be repeated including in
358. Polymer Physical Chemistry 381. ElectronMicroscopy and Diffraction the same term.
Same as CHEM 358. Intermediate level intro- Theory
duction to the fundamental physical chemis- Theory and application of transmission 392. Fundamentals of Laboratory Safety
try of polymer systems. Focus is on equilib- electron microscopy and diffraction with Same as CHEM 393. Presents key aspects of
rium conformation, structure, properties and emphasis on thin crystals; electron optics, laboratory setups, operating procedures and
phase transitions of polymer solutions, dense interference phenomena, interpretation of emergency preparedness measures necessary
melts, liquid crystals, mixtures, block copoly- images and diffraction patterns, specimen for the experimentalist at UTUC, and in his/
mers, surfaces and interfaces, and electronic preparation, etc. Prerequisite: MATSE 305 or her future career. 3 hour or Va unit. Credit
polymers. Prerequisite: 300-level course in ther- equivalent. 3 hours or 2 unit. earned does not count toward M.S. or Ph.D.
modynamics, statistical thermodynamics, or degree in MATSE.
physical chemistry. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. 382. Computer Simulation Studies in the
Physical and Social Sciences 396. Independent Study in Materials
360. Electronic Materials and Processing, I Same as CSE 372, and ECON 370. Section - A Science and Engineering
Introduces senior engineers and new graduate Computer Simulation Studies for Physical Individual study of any topic in materials sci-
students to the materials science, engineering, Scientists: Students learn how to develop com- ence and engineering under the supervision
and processing of semiconductors. The puter models to simulate a variety of phenom- of a member of the faculty. Prerequisite: Senior
structure and chemistry of semiconductors are ena that are significant in the physical sciences, or graduate standing and consent of instruc-
related to the electronic and optical properties. such as: solidification, phase ordering, inter- tor. 1 to 4 hours, or Va to 1 unit. May be repeated
Includes: how
semiconductors are produced facial diffusion, adsorption-desorption, perco- in subsequent semesters to a maximum of 4
and how to control processing to achieve lation and gelation, excitable media, fracture. hours or 1 unit.
desired materials properties; how to design Section B - Computer Simulation Studies for
and produce novel materials to obtain how to de-
Social Scientists: Students learn
superior performance from electronic devices. velop computer models to simulate a variety
Prerequisite: PHYCS 114, MATH
285 (or
176 Mathematics
Thermodynamics of
400. Statistical motion; quantitative description of single energy; diffraction and structure; gas-solid
Materials dislocation properties; and interactions among collisions; Brownian motion, diffusion, and
Presents the atomistic concepts of statistical defects. For students in metallurgy, ceramics, evaporation; electron and ion emission,
thermodynamics and shows its relationship physics, and other solid state sciences. tunnelling; Van der Waals forces; theory of
to classical phenomenological thermodynam- Prerequisite:MATH 345 and MATSE 306; or chemical interactions; and kinetics and
ics. Applies the methods of statistical thermo- consent of instructor. 2 unit. statistics of adsorption. Prerequisite: MATSE
dynamics and statistical mechanics to describe 401 or PHYCS 489, or consent of instructor. 1
the properties of a variety of materials, espe- 441. Dislocations and Mechanical unit.
cially ceramics, polymers, electronic materi- Properties of Metals
als and metals. Prerequisite: Undergraduate General static and dynamic properties of 490. Special Topics in Materials Science
course in thermodynamics or consent of in- single dislocations in crystals; dislocation and Engineering
structor. 1 unit. interactions; properties of dislocation arrays; Structured presentations of new and develop-
and role of dislocations in metallurgical ing areas of knowledge in materials science
401. Kinetic Processes in Materials phenomena with particular emphasis on and engineering offered by faculty to augment
Examines the fundamentals of rate processes mechanical properties. Prerequisite: Consent of the formal courses available. Prerequisite:
in materials, both from a phenomenological instructor. 2 unit. Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
and an atomistic point of view, with special Vt to 1 unit. May be repeated including in the
emphasis on the kinetics of transformations 442. Solidification Processing same term.

and the transport of matter in solids. Prerequi- Same as M E 452. See M E 452.
site: Graduate course in statistical thermody- 491. Laboratory Investigations in Materials
namics or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 459. Seminar in Polymers Special investigations in materials providing
Seminar on current research in polymer sci- an opportunity for instruction in experimental
420. Crystal Physics and Structure-Property ence and engineering; includes presentations methods of research. Prerequisite: Graduate
Relations by visiting lecturers, staff and students. Pre- standing and consent of instructor. Available
Same as CER E 420. Presentation of the con- requisite: Graduate standing. or V* unit. May only to nonthesis students enrolled in a Master
cepts of structure-property relationships, be repeated to a maximum of Vi unit. of Science Program. to 2 units. May be
point and space group symmetries, applica- repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
tion of Neumann's principle, crystalline 461. Electronic Properties of Crystalline
anisotropy, and the limiting symmetry groups. Solids 496. Independent Study in Materials
Influence of symmetry on first, second, third, Derives and describes the electronic proper- Science and Engineering
and fourth ranked polar and axial tensor prop- ties of crystalline solids. Topics include crys- Individual study of any topic in materials
erties. Properties covered include, dielectric, tal structure, electronic band structure, electron science and engineering under the supervision
piezoelectric, elastic, magnetic, thermal and transport, and defects in metals, semiconduc- of a member of the faculty. Prerequisite:
electrical conductivity, galvanomagnetic, ther- tors, and ceramics. Prerequisite: MATSE 204 or Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
moelectric, optic, and electro-optic. Prerequi- PHYCS 389. 1 unit. Vi to 1 unit. May be repeated in subsequent
MATSE 305 or equivalent,

site: MATSE 400, semesters to a maximum of 1 unit.
462. Electrical and Optical Characterization
of Electronic Materials 497. Research Seminars
422. Dielectric Properties of Ceramic Presents the theory and application of ad- Same as CER
E 497. Discussions and lectures
Materials vanced optical and electronic characterization on current research under the direction of in-
Same as CER E 422. Review of fundamental techniques applied to thin film materials. Sub- dividual staff members. Prerequisite: Gradu-
properties of vector fields; consideration of the jectsinclude resistivity, Hall effect, photocon- ate standing and consent of instructor. or Va
reaction of insulating solids to external elec- ductivity, drift mobility, photoluminescence, unit. May be repeated.
tric fields in terms of dielectric theory; the capacitance- voltage, deep level transient spec-
properties of ceramic dielectrics including troscopy, optical absorption, IR absorption, 498. Colloquium on Materials Research
treatment of ferroelectrics in terms of present and ellipsometry. Students set up and carry Reviews current materials research in other
theory; and correlation of the piezoelectric out these measurements in the laboratory. Pre- laboratories by visiting lecturers; also presents
properties of ferroelectric crystals and ceram- requisite: MATSE 204, ECE 340, or PHYCS 389, some of the research currently done in the
ics with the crystal structure, microstructure, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. department. Required of all graduate students
and the ferroelectric properties. Prerequisite: in the department. or Vt unit. Credit earned
Consent of instructor. % or 1 unit.

464. Materials Science of Thin Film does not count toward the M.S. or Ph.D.
Growth from the Vapor Phase degree.
425. Physical Chemistry of Clays and Soils Introduction to atomic level processes occur-
Same as CER E 425 and NRES 414. See NRES ring during vapor phase film growth. Quan- 499. Thesis Research
414. consideration of growth mechanisms
titative Individual research in specialized problems
and microstructure evolution of films based under the supervision of members of the staff.
426. Mineralogy of Clays on experimental results from atomic level Results of research may be used for graduate
Same as CER E 426 and GEOL 461 See GEOL .
probes, modeling and simulation. Prerequisite: thesis. to 4 units.
461. MATSE 400, 401, and a graduate course in

solid state physics; or equivalent background.
427. Petrology of Clay Minerals Recommended: MATSE 482 or CH E 486. 1
Same as CER E 427 and GEOL 462. See GEOL unit.

462.
480. Advanced X-Ray Diffraction
429. Seminar Ceramics
in X-ray diffraction as applied to the study of
Same as CER E 429. Seminar on current inorganic materials; effects of cold work, an- Mathematics
research in ceramic science and engineering; nealing, substructures, preferred orientation,
includes presentations by visiting lecturers, and ordering; and principles of electron and
Chairperson of Department: Joseph M. Rosenblatt
staff and students. Prerequisite: Graduate neutron diffraction. Prerequisite: Consent of
Department Office: 273 Altgeld Hall, 1409 West
standing. or V* unit. May be repeated to a instructor. 1 unit.
Green Street, Urbana
maximum of V2 unit.
Phone: 333-3350
482. Surface Physics
440. Defects and Plastic Deformation in Same as PHYCS 430. Introduction to theory
URL: www.math.uiuc.edu
Metals and experiment of atomic behavior on crystal
Studies point, line, and surface defects in surfaces; thermodynamics of surfaces; surface
metals; configuration, thermodynamics, and
Mathematics 177
Mathematics (MATH) teacher education programs leading to certi- maxima and minima, area, and volume.
fication in elementary or childhood education. Prerequisite:Completion of a thorough course
102. Introductory Algebra Prerequisite: MATH112. 3 hours. in plane and solid analytic geometry, or
equivalent. 5 hours. Credit is not given for both
Methods of elementary algebra, including
simplification of algebraic expressions, solv-
118. Numeracy MATH 135 and 120 or 134.
Elementary course for students whose major
ing linear and quadratic equations, equations
interests are not in engineering or the physi- 149. Honors Course in Mathematics
of lines, systems of linear equations, and radi-
cal sciences; emphasizes understanding of Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in an
cals.Enrollment is restricted. Prerequisite: Score
mathematical aspects of modern, real-world honors section of MATH 120, 130, 135, 242, or
on appropriate placement test, or consent of
problems; includes concepts from combinato- 245; consent of the department. Enrollment is
Mathematics Department. 3 hours. Credit may
rics, exponential growth, probability and sta- strictly limited to students with superior
not be used toward graduation in the College
tistics; problem-solving strategies. Prerequisite: mathematical talents. 1 hour.
ofLAS.
Two units of high school algebra. 3 hours.
161. Statistics
103. Elementary Algebra Review
119. Ideas in Geometry Same as STAT 100. See STAT 100.
Review and supplementary material in
General education course in mathematics, for
intermediate algebra in preparation for, or as
students who do
not have mathematics as a 190. Symbolic Computation Lab
asupplement to, Algebra (MATH 112). hours.
central part of their studies. The goal is to Laboratory component to courses using a
Not intended for credit toward a baccalaureate
convey the spirit of mathematical thinking symbolic programming package. Prerequisite:
degree.
through topics chosen mainly from plane Consent of department; concurrent registra-
geometry. Prerequisite: Two units of high tion in a designated section of a mathematics
104. Trigonometry Tutorial
school algebra; 1 unit of high school geometry; course with symbolic computation compo-
Trigonometry instruction in small classes as a
nent. May be taken only once for credit. 1 hour.
supplement to MATH 114. Prerequisite: or equivalent. 3 hours.
Concurrent registration in MATH 114. hours.

120. Calculus and Analytic Geometry, I 198. Freshman Seminar
Not intended for credit toward a baccalaureate
Firstcourse in calculus and analytic geometry; Guides the student in the study of selected
degree.
basic techniques of differentiation and topics not considered in standard courses.
integration with applications including curve Enrollment in the mathematics
Prerequisite:
112.Algebra
sketching; antidifferentation, the Riemann honors program; consent of department. 3
Rapid review of basic techniques of factoring,
integral, fundamental theorem, exponential hours.
rational expressions, equations and inequali-
ties;functions and graphs; exponential and and circular functions. Students with strong
backgrounds in analytic geometry should 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
logarithm functions; systems of equations;
normally enroll in MATH 135. Prerequisite: 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
matrices and determinants; polynomials; and
the binomial theorem. Students who need MATH 116; or MATH 112 and 114; or an
adequate mathematics placement test score.
203. Theory of Arithmetic
both algebra and trigonometry should enroll Analyses the mathematical issues underlying
in MATH 116. Prerequisite: Wi units of high
5 hours. Credit is not given for both MATH
elementary mathematics. Topics include sets,
school algebra, and 1 unit of high school ge- 120 and either 134, or 135.
arithmetic algorithms, elementary number
ometry. 3 hours. Credit is not given for both theory, rational and irrational numbers, mea-
124. Finite Mathematics
MATH 112 and 116. Credit not applicable to-
Introduction to finite mathematics for stu- surement, and probability. There is an empha-
ward graduation in certain colleges.
sis on problem solving. Priority registration
dents in the social sciences; introduces the stu-
dent to the basic ideas of logic, set theory, prob- willbe given to students enrolled in teacher
114. Trigonometry
ability, vectors and matrices, and Markov education programs leading to certification in
Studies degrees and radians, the trigonomet-
chains. Problems are selected from social sci- elementary or childhood education. Prerequi-
ric functions, identities and equations, inverse
functions, oblique triangles and applications.
ences and business. Prerequisite: 112,MATH site: MATH 112 or equivalent. 4 hours.
Students who need both algebra and trigo- or an adequate mathematics placement test
210.Theory of Interest
nometry should enroll in MATH 116. Prereq- score. 3 hours.
Study of compound interest and annuities;
uisite: 1 Vi units of high school algebra, or con-
125. Elementary Linear Algebra with applications to problems in finance. Prerequi-
current registration in MATH 112; 1 unit of
site: MATH 130 or equivalent. 3 hours.
Applications
high school geometry. 2 hours. Credit is not
Basic concepts and techniques of linear alge-
given for both MATH 114 and 116. Credit not Mathematics
213. Introduction to Discrete
bra; includes systems of linear equations,
applicable toward graduation in certain col- Beginning course on discrete mathematics,
matrices, determinants, vectors in n-space,
leges. including sets and relations, functions, basic
and eigenvectors, together with selected ap-
plications, such as Markov processes, linear
counting techniques, recurrence relations,
116. Algebra and Trigonometry graphs and trees, and matrix algebra; empha-
Unified treatment of algebra and trigonometry programming, economic models, least squares,
sis throughout is on algorithms and their effi-
that combines MATH
112 and 114. Students and population growth. Prerequisite: MATH
112, or an adequate placement test score. 3
cacy. Prerequisite: MATH
120 or 135 or equiva-
who need MATH 112 and 114 should enroll lent. Students may not receive credit for both
hours. Credit is not given for both MATH 125
in MATH 116. Prerequisite: Vh units of high
MATH 213 and C S 173. 3 hours.
school algebra; 1 unit of high school geometry. and 225.
5 /lours. Credit is not given for both MATH 225. Introductory Matrix Theory
130. Calculus and Analytic Geometry, II
116 and Students with credit in MATH
112. Systems of linear equations, matrices and
114 may receive 3 hours credit for MATH 116.
Second course in calculus and analytic
inverses, determinants, and a glimpse at
geometry: techniques of integration, conic
Credit not applicable toward graduation in vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
sections, polar coordinates, and infinite series.
certain colleges.
Prerequisite: MATH 120. 3 hours. Prerequisite: MATH
120 or equivalent. 2 hours.
Credit is not given for both MATH
225 and
117. Experimental Mathematics 125. Also, students with earned credit in
134. Calculus for Social Scientists, I
General education course for students who do MATH 315 may not receive additional credit
Introduction to the concept of functions and
not have mathematics as a central part of their
the basic ideas of the calculus. Prerequisite: MATH
for 225, when 225 is taken after 315.
curriculum. Laboratory experiments will use
computers or calculators to explore math-
MATH 112. 4 hours. Credit is not given for
242. Calculus of Several Variables
ematical concepts in topics such as arithmetic,
MATH 134 and MATH
120 or 135.
Third course in calculus and analytic geom-
calculus, transformational geometry, or nu- etry: three dimensional space, functions of
135. Calculus
merical methods in mathematical modeling. several variables, partial derivatives, and
Firstcourse in calculus differentiation and
Priority will be given to students enrolled in
integration; applications to curve-tracing, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: MATH 130. 3
178 Mathematics
hours. Credit is not given for both MATH 242 applications of ordinary differential equations instructor and completion of additional work
and either MATH 243, 244 or 245. and an introduction to partial differential of substance.
equations. Prerequisite: MATH 242, or 243, or
243. Multivariable Calculus and Vector is not given
245, or equivalent. 3 hours. Credit 306. History of Calculus
Analysis for both MATH 285 and either MATH 286 or Examination of the historical origins and
Third course in calculus and analytic geom- 341. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) genesis of the concepts of the calculus;
etry including vector analysis: Euclidean includes mathematical developments from the
space, partial differentiation, multiple inte- 286. Differential Equations with Linear ancient Greeks to the eighteenth century.
grals, line integrals and surface integrals, the Systems and Orthogonal Functions Prerequisite: MATH
242 or 243 or 245, or
integraltheorems of vector calculus. Prerequi- Intended for engineering students and others equivalent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One unit
site: MATH 130. 4 hours. Credit is not given who require a working knowledge of differ- credit requires approval of the instructor and
for MATH 243 and either MATH 242, 244, or ential equations, included are techniques and completion of additional work of substance.
245. applications of ordinary differential equations,
linear systems of differential equations, and 308. Actuarial Statistics, I
244. Calculus for Social Scientists, II an introduction to partial differential equa- Same as STAT 308. See STAT 308.
Continuation of MATH
134. Calculus of the tions. Prerequisite: MATH 242, 243, or 245, or
trigonometric functions, Taylor polynomials, equivalent. 4 hours. Credit not given for 309. Actuarial Statistics, II
and infinite series; analytic geometry in n di- MATH 286 and either MATH 285 or 341. Same as STAT 309. See STAT 309.
mensions, vector calculus, classical extremum
problems in n variables, and Lagrange multi- 290. Individual Study 312. Graph Theory and Its Applications
pliers; and multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Guided individual study of advanced topics Examines basic concepts and applications of
MATH 134 or consent of instructor. 5 hours. not covered in other courses. Prerequisite: graph theory, where graph refers to a set of
Students may not receive credit for both MATH 347 with grade of B or better, or vertices and edges that join some pairs of ver-
MATH 244 and either MATH
242, 243, or 245. consent of department. or 2 hours. May be tices; topics include subgraphs, connectivity,
repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. trees, cycles, vertex and edge coloring, planar
245. Calculus, II graphs and their colorings. Draws applica-
Continuation of MATH 1 35 Polar coordinates,
. 291.Honors Individual Study tions from computer science, operations re-
vectors and parametric equations, infinite se- Guided individual study of advanced topics search, chemistry, the social sciences, and
ries, functions of several variables, partial de- not covered in other courses; for students other branches of mathematics, but emphasis
rivatives, and multiple integrals. Prerequisite: seeking honors credit. Prerequisite: MATH 347 is placed on theoretical aspects of graphs. Pre-
MATH 135. 5 hours. Students may not receive with grade of B or better, or consent of requisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or equiva-
credit for both MATH
245 and either MATH Mathematics Honors Committee. 2 hours. May lent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One unit credit
242, 243, or 244. be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. (Counts requires approval of the instructor and
for advanced hours in L A S.) completion of additional work of substance.
247.Fundamental Mathematics
Fundamental ideas used in many areas of 296. Honors Seminar 313. Combinatorial Mathematics
mathematics. Topics will include: techniques Careful study of a selected area of mathemat- Same as C S 313. Permutations and combina-
of proof, mathematical induction, binomial ics, carried out either deductively from axi- tions, generating functions, recurrence rela-
and irrational numbers,
coefficients, rational oms or inductively through problems; subject tions, inclusion and exclusion, Polya's theory
the least upper bound axiom for real numbers, matter varies with instructor. Prerequisite: Con- of counting, and block designs. Prerequisite:
and a rigorous treatment of convergence of sent of Mathematics Honors Committee. 3 MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or equivalent. 3 hours,
sequences and series. This will be supple- hours. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 or% or 1 unit. One unit credit requires ap-
mented by the instructor from topics available hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) proval of the instructor and completion of
in the various texts. Students will regularly additional work of substance.
write proofs emphasizing precise reasoning 302. Topics in Geometry
and clear exposition. Prerequisite: 130 MATH Historical development of geometry; includes 314. Introduction to Mathematical Logic
or 135. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in tacitassumptions made by Euclid; the discov- Introduction to the formalization of math-
LAS.) ery of non-Euclidean geometries; geometry as ematics and the study of axiomatic systems;
a mathematical structure; and an axiomatic expressive power of logical formulas; detailed
257. Numerical Methods development of plane geometry. Prerequisite: treatment of propositional logical and predi-
Same as C S 257. See C S 257. MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or consent of instruc- cate logic; compactness theorem and Godel
tor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. One unit credit re- completeness theorem, with applications to
270. Actuarial Problem Solving quires approval of the instructor and comple- specific mathematical theories; algorithmic
Methods and techniques of solving problems tion of additional work of substance. aspects of logical formulas. Proofs are empha-
in actuarial mathematics for advanced stu- sized in this course, which can serve as an in-
dents intending to enter the actuarial profes- 303.Advanced Aspects of Euclidean troduction to abstract mathematics and rig-
sion. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 to 2 Geometry orous proof; some ability to do mathematical
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 Selected topics from geometry, including the reasoning required. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or
hours. nine-point circle, theorems of Cera and 243 or 245, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or
Menelaus, regular figures, isometries in the Va or 1 unit. One unit credit requires approval
280.Advanced Calculus plane, ordered and affine geometries, and the of the instructor and completion of additional
Introductory study of vector calculus and inversive plane. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 work of substance.
functions of several variables; topics include or 245, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or %
directional derivatives; Jacobians; change of or 1 unit. One unit credit requires approval of 315. Linear Transformations and Matrices
variables in multiple integrals; maxima and the instructor and completion of additional Introductory course emphasizing techniques
minima; line and surface integrals; theorems work of substance. of linear algebra; topics include matrix opera-
of Gauss, Green, and Stokes; infinite series; tions, determinants, linear equations, vector
and uniform convergence. Prerequisite: MATH 305. Teacher's Course spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues,
242, or 243, or 245, or equivalent. 3 hours. Presents selected topics in mathematics that and eigenvectors. Prerequisite: MATH
242 or
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) are related to the content of secondary school 243 or 245. 3 hours, or 3/i or 1 unit. One unit
mathematics programs; provides background credit requires approval of the instructor and
285. Differential Equations and for enrichment topics for secondary school completion of additional work of substance.
Orthogonal Functions students. Subject matter varies with the
Intended for engineering students and others instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or Algebra
317. Introduction to Abstract
who require a working knowledge of differ- 245, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 Introductory course in abstract algebra;
ential equations; included are techniques and unit. One unit credit requires approval of the includes modular arithmetic, permutations,
Mathematics 179
group theory through the isomorphism 342. Fourier Series and Boundary Value 350.Numerical Analysis: A
theorems, ring theory through the notions of Problems Comprehensive Introduction
prime and maximal ideals, and additional Introduces students to partial differential Same as CSE 301, ECE 391 and C S 350. See
topics such as unique factorization domains equations, emphasizing the wave, diffusion C S 350.
and classification of groups of small order. and potential (Laplace) equations. The focus
Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or is on understanding the physical meaning and 351. Topics in Applied Mathematics
equivalent. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. One unit mathematical properties of solutions of par- Deals with topics in the application of math-
approval of the instructor and
credit requires tial differential equations. Methods include ematics to the physical, biological, and social
completion of additional work of substance. fundamental solutions and transform meth- sciences; see Timetable or department office for
ods for problems on the line, and separation current topics. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
318. Introduction to Linear Algebra of variables using orthogonal series for prob- tor. 1 to 4 hours, or 'A to lunit. May be repeated
Abstract approach emphasizing the concept lems in regions with boundary. Convergence with consent of instructor.
of linear transformations; topics include lin- of Fourier series is covered in detail. Prerequi-
ear equations, vector spaces, linear transfor- site: MATH 285 or 341. 3 hours, or A or 1 unit.
3 353. Elementary Theory of Numbers
mations, matrices, determinants, invariant One unit credit requires approval of the in- Topics covered include divisibility, primes,
subspaces, direct sum decompositions, ca- structor and completion of additional work congruences, quadratic reciprocity, and Farey
nonical forms, inner product spaces, and bi- of substance. sequences. Prerequisite: MATH
242 or 243 or
linear forms. Emphasizes proofs. Prerequisite: 245, or equivalent. 3 hours, or 3A or 1 unit. One
MATH 31 7 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 344. Elementary Real Analysis unit credit requires approval of the instructor
A or 1 unit. One unit credit requires approval
3 Careful treatment of the theoretical aspects of and completion of additional work of sub-
of the instructor and completion of additional the calculus of functions of a real variable; stance.
work of substance. topics include the real number system, limits,
continuity, derivatives, and the Riemann 355. Numerical Methods for Partial
321. Symbolic Algebra integral. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245. Differential Equations
Introduction to algorithmic, computational 3 hours, or 3A or 1 unit. One unit credit requires Same as CSE 311 and C S 355. See C S 355.
algebra. The basic object of study is families approval of the instructor and completion of
of polynomials in several variables with additional work of substance. Credit is not
358. Numerical Linear Algebra
Same as CSE 312 and C S 358. See C S 358.
coefficients from a chosen field. The theory given for both MATH 344 and 347.
and algorithms have applications ranging
from highly theoretical results in algebraic 346. Complex Variables and Applications 359.Numerical Approximation and
For students who desire a working knowledge Ordinary Differential Equations
geometry to practical questions in applied
fields like robotics. Prerequisite: MATH 317 or of complex variables; covers the standard top-
Same as CSE 313, and C S 359. See C S 359.
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. ics and gives an introduction to integration

361. Introduction to Probability Theory, I
by residues, the argument principle, confor-
The Calculus of Curves and Surfaces Same as STAT 351 . Introduction to mathemati-
323. mal maps, and potential fields. Students de-
cal probability; includes the calculus of prob-
Applications of the calculus to the study of siring a systematic development of the foun-
ability, combinatorial analysis, random vari-
the shape and curvature of curves and sur- dations of the subject should take MATH
348.
ables, expectation, distribution functions,
faces; introduction to vector fields, differen- Prerequisite: MATH 280 or consent of instruc-
tial forms on Euclidean spaces, and the
moment-generating functions, and central
tor.3 hours, or 3A or 1 unit. One unit credit re-
method of moving frames for low- dimen- quires approval of the instructor and comple-
limit theorem. Prepares students for MATH
sional differential geometry. Prerequisite: tion of additional work of substance. Credit
366. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or
MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or equivalent. 3 hours, MATH 346 and 348. equivalent. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. One unit
is not given for both
or % or 1 unit. One unit credit requires ap-
credit requires approval of the instructor and
Higher Analysis: Real completion of additional work of substance.
proval of the instructor and completion of 347. Introduction to
additional work of substance. Variables
363. Introduction to Mathematical
Careful development of elementary real
332. Introduction to Set Theory and Statistics and Probability, I
analysis including such topics as completeness
Topology Same as STAT 310. See STAT 310.
property of the real number system; basic
Informal set theory, cardinal and ordinal topological properties of n-dimensional space;
364. Introduction to Mathematical
numbers, and the axiom of choice; topology convergence of numerical sequences and
Statistics and Probability, II
of metric spaces and introduction to general series of functions; properties of continuous
Same as STAT 311. See STAT 311.
topological spaces. Prerequisite: Credit or functions; and basic theorems concerning
concurrent registration in MATH 347. 3 hours, differentiation and Riemann integration.
365. Analysis of Variance
or 3A or 1 unit. One unit credit requires Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245 or Same as STAT 324. See STAT 324.
approval of the instructor and completion of equivalent, and junior standing; or consent of
additional work of substance. instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. One unit 366. Introduction to Probability Theory, II
credit requires approval of the instructor and Same as STAT 356. Continuation of MATH
339. Philosophy of Mathematics completion of additional work of substance. 361 Includes random walks, discrete and con-
.
Same as PHIL 339. See PHIL 339. Credit is not given for both MATH 347 and tinuous time Markov chains, and special top-
344. from weak stationarity, the multi-
ics selected
341. Differential Equations
variate central limit theorem, probability
Basic course in ordinary differential equations; 348. Introduction to Higher Analysis: model building, stochastic equations, martin-
topics include existence and uniqueness of Complex Variables gale theory, and renewal theory. Prerequisite:
solutions and the general theory of linear For students who desire a rigorous introduc-
differential equations; treatment is more
MATH 361 or STAT 311.3 hours, or A 3
or 1 unit.
tion to the theory of functions of a complex
One unit credit requires approval of the in-
rigorous than that given in MATH 285. variable; topics include Cauchy's theorem, the
structor and completion of additional work
Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245, or residue theorem, the maximum modulus of substance.
equivalent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One unit theorem, Laurent series, the fundamental
credit requires approval of the instructor and theorem of algebra, and the argument prin- 368. Topics in Applied Statistics
completion of additional work of substance. MATH 347. 3 hours, or Vi or
ciple. Prerequisite: Same as STAT 330. See STAT 330.
Credit is not given for both MATH 341 and 1 unit. One unit credit requires approval of the
285. and completion of additional work
instructor Methods of Applied Statistics
369.
of substance. Credit is not given for both Same as STAT 320. See STAT 320.
MATH 348 and 346.
180 Mathematics
Numerical Analysis
370. Actuarial or equivalent. 3 hours, or 2A or 1 unit. One unit 402. Abstract Algebra, II
Numerical methods needed in actuarial sci- credit requires approval of the instructor and Solvable groups, finite p-groups, semidirect
ence including iterative methods of solving completion of additional work of substance. products, Sylow's theorem; Galois Theory,
equations, interpolation, numerical integra- transcendental extensions, separable and nor-
tion and linear systems. In addition, the theory 384. Nonlinear Programming mal extensions, finite Galois groups, Theorem
of finite differences, and applications to actu- Iterative and analytical solutions of con- of the Primitive Element, Fundamental Theo-
arial problems will be covered. The level will strained and unconstrained problems of op- rem of Galois Theory, symmetric Function
be consistent with professional examinations timization; gradient and conjugate gradient Theorem, examples, cyclotomic, cyclic and
in the field. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or solution methods; Newton's method, Lagrange radical extentions; Modules over Arbitrary
245, MATH 210, and a 100-Ievel computer sci- multipliers, duality and the Kuhn-Tucker theo- Rings, exact sequences, projective and injec-
ence course, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, rem; and quadratic, convex, and geometric tive modules, Tensor products, Matrix rings,
or Vi units. Students may not receive credit programming. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 Schur's lemma, Wedderburn's theorem on
for both MATH 370 and C S/MATH 257. or 245, and a knowledge of linear algebra semisimple rings, group algebras, Maschke's
equivalent to MATH 31 5, or consent of instruc- theorem; Algebraic Geometry, varieties,
371. Actuarial Theory, I tor. 3 hours, or A
}
or 1 unit. One unit credit re- morphisms of varieties, Noetherian proper-
Distribution of the time-to-death random quires approval of the instructor and comple- ties, Irreducible varieties and prime ideals.
variable for a single life, and its implications tion of additional work of substance. Prerequisite: MATH 401. 1 unit.
for evaluations of insurance and annuity
functions, net premiums, and reserves. 385. Differential Equations, II 403. Commutative Algebra
Prerequisite: MATH
308 and 210. 4 hours or 1 Continuation of MATH 285. Linear systems Commutative rings and modules, prime
unit. of differential equations, including a self- primary
ideals, localization, noetherian rings,
contained development of the necessary decomposition, integral extensions and
372. Actuarial Theory, II matrix theory; the Laplace transform; and Noether normalization, the Nullstellensatz,
Continuation of MATH 371. Emphasis is on nonlinear differential equations. Prerequisite: dimension, flatness, Hensel's lemma, graded
multiple-life functions. Prerequisite: MATH MATH 285 or 341. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One rings, Hilbert polynomial, valuations, regular
371. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One unit credit unit credit requires approval of the instructor rings, singularities, unique factorization,
requires approval of the instructor and and completion of additional work of substance. homological dimension, depth, completion.
completion of additional work of substance. Possible further topics: smooth and etale
388. Mathematical Methods in Engineering extensions, ramification, Cohen-Macauley
373. Combinatorial Algorithms and Science modules, complete intersections. Prerequisite:
Same as CSE 314 and C S 373. See C S 373. Matrices, determinants, bounds and approxi- MATH 402 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
mations to eigenvalues, introduction to linear
375.Automata, Formal Languages, and operator theory and inner product spaces, 404. Group Theory
Computational Complexity orthogonal expansions, and Fourier trans- Structure of groups, derived groups, nilpotence
Same as C S 375. See C S 375. forms. Prerequisite: MATH 280 or equivalent. and solvability, and extensions and products.
3 hours, or % or 1 unit. One unit credit requires Prerequisite: MATH 402 or equivalent. 1 unit.
376. Actuarial Risk Theory approval of the instructor and completion of
Mathematical analysis of the risk to an insurer additional work of substance. 405. Algebraic Number Theory
due to variations in expected claim numbers Further development of the theory of fields
and amounts; optimal insurance systems; the 391. Logic Design covering topics from valuation theory, ideal
probability of ruin in the long run; reinsur- Same as C S and ECE 362. See ECE 362. theory, units in algebraic number fields,
ance; dividend formulas. Prerequisite: Credit ramification, function fields, and local class
or concurrent registration in STAT 309 or 311. 393. Statistical Computing field theory. Prerequisite: 402 or MATH
3 hours, or }A or 1 unit. One unit credit requires Same as STAT 328. See STAT 328. equivalent. 1 unit.
approval of the instructor and completion of
additional work of substance. Time Series Analysis
394. 406.Homological Algebra
Same as STAT 329. See STAT 329. Definition and properties of the functors Ext
381. Vector and Tensor Analysis and Tor; projective, injective, and flat modules;
Vector spaces, transformation properties, 400. Introduction to Graduate Mathematics group extensions; dimensions of rings, and
covariant and contravariant tensors, and Seminar required of all first-year graduate
is
Hilbert theorem on syzygies. Prerequisite:
differential geometry of surfaces; applications students in Mathematics. It provides a general MATH 402 or equivalent. I unit.
to relativity theory. Prerequisite: MATH 247, introduction to the courses and research work
280 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 in all of the areas of mathematics that are 407.Group Representation Theory
hours, or Va or 1 unit. One unit credit requires represented at the University of Illinois at Representation of groups by linear transfor-
approval of the instructor and completion of Urbana-Champaign. Prerequisite: Graduate mations, group algebras, character theory, and
additional work of substance. standing or consent of instructor. !4 unit . May modular representations. Prerequisite: MATH
be repeated in separate semesters to a 402 or equivalent. 1 unit.
382. Linear Programming and maximum of '/: unit.
Combinatorial Optimization 408. Lie Algebras
Rigorous introduction to a wide range of top- 401. Abstract Algebra, I Examples of Lie algebras (low dimensions, Lie
ics in optimization, including a thorough treat- Isomorphism theorems for groups, centers of algebras of Lie groups, free algebras, and uni-
ment of basic ideas of linear programming, p-groups, simplicity of An ,
Jordan-Holder versal enveloping algebra); Poincare-Birkoff-
with additional topics drawn from numerical Theorem; Commutative Rings and Fields, Witt theorem; nilpotent and solvable algebras;
considerations, linear complementarity, inte- PIDs, UFDs, Gauss's Lemma, splitting fields, Cartan subalgebras; structure of semisimple
ger programming and networks, polyhedral Hilbert Basis Theorem, Zariski topology; algebras; real forms; and representations. Pre-
methods. Prerequisite: MATH 315. 3 hours, or Modules over Commutative Rings, structure requisite:MATH 401; credit or concurrent reg-
Vi or 1 unit. One unit credit requires approval theorem for finitely generated modules over istration in MATH 402. unit. 1
of the instructor and completion of additional PIDs, with applications to abelian groups and
work of substance. Credit is not given for canonical forms for matrices; Zorn's lemma 409. Noncommutative Rings
MATH 383 if taken after MATH 382. and applications, existence and uniqueness of Structure of Artinian rings, Morita theory,
algebraic closures; Categories and Functors, radicals, Brauer groups, finiteness conditions,
383. Linear Programming universal mapping properties, natural trans- and other topics at the choice of the instruc-
Same as C
S 383. Systems of linear inequali- formations, limits and colimits. Prerequisite: tor. Prerequisite: MATH
402 or consent of in-
ties, the standard canonical and general lin- MATH 317 and 318. I unit. structor. 1 unit.
ear problems, and the simplex methods of
solution. Prerequisite: MATH 125, 225, or 315;
Mathematics 181
410. Mathematical Logic 420. Computer Algebra Systems 434. Geometric Topology
Development of order predicate logic;
first Hands-on exploration of specialized computer Topics from geometric topology: complexes,
completeness theorem; formalized number algebra systems, their capabilities and appli- cutting and pasting, and other constructions
theory and the Godel incompleteness theo- cations. Each student will be required to com- with applications to areas such as manifolds
rem. Prerequisite: MATH 317 or consent of in- plete an individual project containing origi- and knots. Prerequisite: MATH 430. 2 unit.
structor. 1 unit. nal work. Prerequisite: MATH 317 or an

equivalent course in abstract algebra. 1 unit. 435. General Topology
411. Model Theory Study of topological spaces and maps,
Techniques for constructing models, includ- 422. Algebraic Geometry including Cartesian products, identifications,
ing compactness and Lowenheim-Skolem Properties of affine and projective varieties connectedness, compactness, uniform spaces,
theorems, unions of elementary chains, and defined over algebraically closed fields; ratio- and function spaces. Prerequisite: Graduate
omitting types construction; categorical theo- nal mappings, birationalgeometry and divi- standing or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
ries; ultraproducts; saturated models; quanti- on curves and surfaces; intro-
sors, especially
fier elimination; applications to algebraically duction to the language of schemes; and 438. Topics in Topology
closed fields, real closed fields, and other fun- Riemann-Roch theorem for curves. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit.
damental structures of mathematics. Prereq- site: MATH 402. 2 unit.

uisite: MATH410, or consent of instructor. 2 440. Theory of Functions of a Complex
unit. 423. Differentiable Manifolds Variable, I
Definitionand properties of differentiable Topics include theCauchy theory, harmonic

412. Recursive Function Theory manifolds and maps, introducing vector and meromorphic functions,
functions, entire
Various characterizations of the class of recur- fields, tangent bundles, differential forms, and the Riemann mapping theorem. Prerequi-
sive (i.e., computable) functions; the Church- exterior derivatives, and foliations. Prerequi- site: MATH 346 and 347, or MATH 348. 2 unit.
Turing thesis; unsolvability of the halting site: MATH 323 or 381, or consent of instruc-
problem; the recursion theorem and the enu- tor. 2 unit. 441. Real Analysis, I
meration theorem; relative computability, the Lebesgue measure on the real line; integration
jump and the arithmetical hierar-
operation, 424. Riemannian Geometry and differentiation of real valued functions of
chy; recursively enumerable sets; degrees of Local and global properties of Riemannian a real variable; and additional topics at
unsolvability; and the priority method. Pre- manifolds. Prerequisite: MATH 423. 2 unit. discretion of instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 347
requisite: MATH 410 or consent of instructor. or equivalent. 2 unit. Credit is not given for
1 unit. 425. Linear Analysison Manifolds both MATH 441 and 481.
Study of topological invariants of differen-
413. Set Theory tiable and complex manifolds. Prerequisite: 442. Real Analysis, II
Zermelo-Fraenkel axiomatic set theory; basic MATH 423 and 431, or consent of instructor. 2 Abstract measure theory; integration on
concepts in set theory such as ordinal, unit. general measure spaces; and introduction to
cardinal, rank, and definition by transfinite functional analysis. Prerequisite: 441 2 MATH .
recursion; Godel's constructible universe; 427. Lie Groups unit.
introduction to forcing; Boolean valued Study of groups which are also differentiable
universes; large cardinals; consistency and manifolds. Prerequisite: MATH 423. 2 unit. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations
Existence, uniqueness, and continuation of
independence of the continuum hypothesis
and the axiom of choice. Prerequisite: MATH 428. Topics in Geometry solutions; topics selected from the following:
410 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit. the theory of linear differential operators,
Sturm-Liouville theory, stability theory, and
414. Advanced Topics in Logic
430. Topology qualitative theory of differential equations.
Prerequisite: MATH 410; consent of instructor. Winding numbers, singular and de Rahm ho- Prerequisite: MATH
347; a first course in
2 unit.
mology and cohomology in dimension zero ordinary differential equations. 2 unit.
and one, fixed point theorems, Jordan curve
415.Advanced Topics in the Theory of theorem, covering spaces, fundamental 444. Partial Differential Equations
Groups groups, classification of surfaces, van Kampen Basic introduction to the study of partial
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit. Theorem, singular homology, Eilenberg- differential equations; topics include: the
Steenrod axioms, homology groups of sur- Cauchy problem, power-series methods,
416. Advanced Topics in Abstract Algebra faces. Prerequisite: MATH 317 and 348 or con- characteristics, classification, canonical forms,
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 unit. sent of instructor. 2 unit. well-posed problems, Riemann's method for
hyperbolic equations, the Goursat problem,
417. Extremal Graph Theory 431. AlgebraicTopology the wave equation, Sturm-Liouville problems
Same as C S 472.
Extremal problems and pa- CW-complexes, relative homeomorphism and separation of variables, Fourier series,
the
rameters for graphs. Distance and connectiv- theorem, cellular homology, cohomology, heat equation, integral transforms, Laplace's
ity, matching and factors, vertex and edge color- Kunneth theorem, Eilenberg-Zilber theorem, equation, harmonic functions, potential
ings, perfect and imperfect graphs, intersection cup products, Poincare duality, examples. Pre- theory, the Dirichlet and Neumann problems,
classes and intersection parameters, Turan's requisite: MATH 430, 401; or consent of instruc- and Green's functions. Prerequisite: Consent of
theorem, graph Ramsey theory, graph decom- tor. 2 unit MATH 402 is recommended but not
.
instructor. 2 unit.
position and other extremal problems. Prereq- required.
uisite: MATH 470 or consent of instructor. 2 445. Theory of Functions of a Complex
unit. Homotopy Theory
432. Variable, II
Homotopy groups, fibrations and cofibrations, Continuation of MATH 440. Topics include
418. Structure of Graphs Hurewicz theorem, obstruction theory, White- subharmonic functions, Nevanlinna theory,
Structure of graphs and properties of special head theorem and additional topics perhaps analytic continuation and Riemann surfaces,
classes of graphs. Degree sequences and re- drawn from Postnikov towers, Freudenthal and univalent functions. Prerequisite: MATH
construction, structure of k-connected graphs, suspension theorem, Blakers-Massey theorem, 440. 2 unit.
Hamiltonian cycles and circumference, planar spectra. Prerequisite: MATH 431. MATH 402
graphs and their properties, graph minors, is recommended but not required. 2 unit. 446. Hilbert Spaces
cycle coverings, matroidal and algebraic as- Geometrical properties of Hilbert spaces;
pects of graphs. Prerequisite: MATH 470 or 433. Fiber Spaces and Characteristic linear operators; and the spectral theory for
consent of instructor. 1 unit. Classes self adjoint and related operators. Prerequisite:
Continuation of MATH 432. Study of fiber MATH 442. 2 unit.
bundles and their associated characteristic
classes; applications to geometric problems.
Prerequisite: MATH 432. 2 unit.
. .
182 Mathematics
448.Harmonic Analysis 461. Applied Stochastic Processes Prerequisite: MATH 470 or consent of instruc-
Harmonic analysis on the circle, the line, and Same as STAT 455. Introduction to topics such tor. 1 unit.
the integers, i.e., Fourier series and transforms; as spectral analysis, filtering theory, and pre-
locally compact Abelian groups; convergence diction theory of stationary processes; Markov 476. Coding Theory
and summability; conjugate functions; Hardy chains and Markov processes. Prerequisite: Same as C S 477 and ECE 456. See ECE 456.
spaces; uniqueness; Tauberian theorems; MATH 346 and 347. 1 unit.
almost-periodic functions; commutative 477. Special Topics in Actuarial Theory
Banach algebras. Prerequisite: MATH 348 and 467. Dynamical Systems Theory Topics in mathematical theory of actuarial
442; knowledge of Banach spaces. 2 unit Course is an introduction to the study of dy- sciencebeyond basic life contingencies, such
namical systems. Students who intend to do as graduation of mortality tables, survival
451. Theory of Probability, I research in nonlinear dynamics are encour- models, mathematics of demography. See
Same as STAT 451. Mathematical foundations aged to take this course. Specific topics will Timetable or department office for current
of probability and stochastic processes; prob- be chosen to illustrate the theory and use of topics. A paper will generally be required.
ability measures, random variables, distribu- techniques from global analysis and nonlin- Prerequisite: STAT 309 or 311 or equivalent;
tion functions, convergence theory, the Cen- ear dynamics such as (1) discrete dynamical credit or concurrent registration in MATH 371
tral Limit Theorem, conditional expectation, systems, (2) global theory of ordinary differ- 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2
and martingale theory. Prerequisite: MATH 442 ential equations, (3) Hamiltonian systems, (4) units.
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Credit is not KAM theory, (5) bifurcation and stability, (6)
given for both MATH 451 and either 481 or Hopf index theory of vector fields, (7) Morse 478. Topics in Statistics
482. theory of gradient vector fields, (8) Lyapunov Same as STAT 478. See STAT 478.
theory, (9) infinite dimensional dynamical sys-
452. Theory of Probability, II tems, (10) structural stability. Prerequisite: Con-
479. Computational Complexity
Same as STAT 452. Continuation of MATH sent of instructor. 1 unit.
Same as C S 479 and ECE 479. See ECE 479.
451. Prerequisite: MATH 451. unit. Credit is
I
not given for both MATH 452 and 482. 468. Topics in Analysis
480. Optimization by Vector Space
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Methods
453. Analytic Theory of Numbers, I Same as ECE 480. Introduction to normed,
Problems in number theory treated by meth- Combinatorial Mathematics
470. Banach, and Hilbert spaces; applications of the
ods of analysis; arithmetic functions, Dirichlet Same as C S 471 Fundamental results on core
.
projection theorem and the Hahn-Banach
series, Riemann zeta function, L-functions, topics of combinatorial mathematics: classi- Theorem to problems of minimum norm, least
theorem on primes in progressions,
Dirichlet's cal enumeration, basic graph theory, extremal squares estimation, mathematical program-
the prime number theorem. Prerequisite: problems on finite sets, probabilistic methods, ming, and optimal control; the Kuhn-Tucker
MATH 348 and either 317 or 353. 1 unit. design theory, discrete optimization. Prereq- Theorem and Pontryagin's maximum prin-
uisite: Graduate standing or consent of instruc- ciple; and introduction to iterative methods.
454. Analytic Theory of Numbers, II tor. 1 unit. Prerequisite: MATH 315 or 383, and MATH 347
Development of themes from MATH 453 and or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
further topics chosen from additive number 471. Multivariate Analysis
theory, asymptotic properties of multiplicative Same as STAT 471. See STAT 471 481. Probability and Measure, I
functions, circle method, diophantine approxi- Same as STAT 453. See STAT 453.
mation, lattice point problems, metric theory, 472. Special Topics in Actuarial Theory
modular forms, sieve theory. Prerequisite: Selected topics in advanced actuarial science. 482. Probability and Measure, II
MATH 453. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit. Consent of instructor.

Prerequisite: 1 unit. May Same as STAT 454. See STAT 454.
be repeated once for credit.
455. Methods of Mathematical Physics, I 483.Optimization in Networks
Course covers several basic mathematical Orders and Combinatorial
473. Partial Theory and methods for optimization over
methods of wide use in physics and engineer- Optimization directed graphs; paths, cuts, flows, and
ing. Topics will be selected from the follow- Combinatorial aspects of partially ordered sets potentials; matchings; PERT and CPM; max
and their relation to optimization problems. flow, min path, out-of-kilter, Hungarian, and
ing: calculus of variations, Sturm-Liouville
theory and eigenvalue problems, Green's Structure of posets and lattices, Dilworth's other algorithms; nonlinear cost functionals;
functions and generalized functions, Hilbert theorem and generalizations, linear extensions painting theory; and existence and duality.
and sorting, dimension of posets, order ide- Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 243 or 245. 1 unit.
space techniques. Prerequisite: Advanced Cal-
culus. 1 unit. als,extremal set theory, integer programming
and minmax relations, matroids and their ap-
484. Conjugate Duality and Optimization
456. Methods of Mathematical Physics, II plications. Prerequisite: MATH 470 or consent
Convex analysis for constrained extremum
Course covers several basic mathematical of instructor. 1 unit.
problems; convex sets, cones, and functions;
methods of wide use in physics and engineer- separation; Fenchel transform; duality corre-
ing. Topics will be selected from the follow- Methods of Combinatorics

474. spondences; differential theory; nonlinear pro-
ing: integral equations, spectral theory and Same as C S 475. Combinatorial methods and gramming; sensitivity; and perturbational
Hilbert spaces, inverse spectral theory, soliton other mathematical methods for combinato- duality for primal, dual, and Lagrangian prob-
and waterwave theory, asymptotic methods. rial problems. Enumeration by bijections and lems. Prerequisite: MATH 315 and 347, or con-
Prerequisite: MATH 455 or consent of instruc- generating functions, probabilistic methods sent of instructor. 1 unit.
tor. 1 unit. for existence proofs and asymptotic analysis,

randomized algorithms, Ramsey's theorem 485. Topics inOptimization
457. Numerical Solution of Ordinary and related topics, combinatorial designs and May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite:
Differential Equations their applications, geometric problems and
Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Same as C S 457. See C S 457. methods. Prerequisite: MATH 470 or consent
486. Parallel Numerical Algorithms
of instructor. 1 unit.
Numerical Analysis
458. Topics in Same as C S 454, and CSE 412. See C S 454.
Same as CSE 413 and C S 458. See C S 458. 475. Topics in Combinatorics
488. Topics in Applied Mathematics
Advanced topics in combinatorics: a more
459.Asymptotics and Singular Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
detailed and research-oriented examination of
Perturbations in Engineering and Physics topics covered in MATH 473 or 474. Examples 490. Reading Course
Same as NUC E, PHYCS and T A 459. See M of past or potential topics for the course include
Prerequisite:Consent of instructor. to 2 units.
TA M 459. combinatorial designs, algebraic combinatrics,
1
polyhedral combinatorics, matroid theory, ex-

ternal set theory, or probabilistic methods.
Mechanical and Industrial Engineering 183
491. Literature Seminar in Mathematics receive credit for the following courses: ACCY capstone module. Prerequisite: Completion of
Seminar on topics of current interest in math- 401, B ADM 420, 444, or 472, or ECON 422. the first year of the Master of Business Ad-
ematics. Students present seminars and dis- ministration Program, including MBA 401,
cussions on various topics. See Timetable for 402,Designing and Managing Business 402, 403, 404, and 405. 1 unit.
current topics. Recommended for all Math- Processes

ematics students. Prerequisite: Consent of in- Helps students understand how to design and 430. Internship Development Project
structor. A unit. May be repeated in the same
X
manage processes to achieve a firm's objec- Enables students to undertake special projects
or subsequent semesters to a maximum of Vi tives. Specific learning objectives include: how to gain practical experience in business man-
unit. managers internally allocate tasks; authority agement. Students who desire a formalized
and resources to achieve a firm's objectives; learning experience combination with an in-
495. Linear Analysis and Partial how to design and manage the process of ef- ternship may undertake the Internship Devel-
Differential Equations fectively producing products and services; opment Project. In this project, students keep
Course will provide students with the basic how to measure costs and performance of a weekly journal in which they establish four
background in linear analysis associated with business processes; how to gather, analyze, to six personal objectives, and conduct an in-
partial differential equations. The specific and communicate data; and how to manage dustry analysis that includes library research
topics chosen will be largely up to the capital resources within a firm. Students will and interviews with co-workers and indus-
instructor, but will cover such areas as linear also develop written communication skills. try analysts. Other responsibilities include
partial differential operators, distribution Prerequisite: B ADM 401. 2'A Studentsunits. analyzing the culture of the company and in-
theory and test functions, Fourier transforms, who receive credit for MBA 402 may not re- terviewing managers. Students present their
Sobolev spaces, pseudodifferential operators, ceive credit for the following courses: ACCY results in written and oral form. Other projects
microlocal analysis, and applications of the 403, B ADM409, 467, or 473, or FIN 451. will be designed to meet the learning objec-
above topics. Prerequisite: MATH 347, 385 or tives identified by a student in consultation
consent of instructor. 1 unit. 403. Managing Stakeholder Relationships with a faculty member. All projects will be
in a Changing Environment supervised by a faculty member. If appropri-
496. Nonlinear Analysis and Partial Helps students understand how to identify ate, the Office for the Study of Business Issues
Differential Equations and interact with the firm's stakeholders in a will provide assistance. Prerequisite: Comple-
Course will provide students with the basic changing environment. Specific topics in- tion of first year of Master of Business Admin-
background in nonlinear analysis associated clude: human resource management, capital istration program. '/: to 2 units. May be re-
with partial differential equations. The spe- markets, the macroeconomy and its legal en- peated in separate semesters to a maximum
cific topics chosen will be largely up to the vironment. Students will learn how to use of 2 units.
instructor, but will cover such areas as exist- communication skills to manage relationships.
ence and uniqueness techniques, nonexistence Prerequisite: B ADM 402. 2 units. Students who 431. Special Projects
and finite time blow-up results, hyperbolic receive credit for MBA 403 may not receive Individual projects selected by the student in
conservation laws, weak solutions, stability credit for ECON 423 or B ADM 443. consultation with a faculty member and ap-
theory, nonlinear elliptic theory, regularity proved by the executive officer of the program.
theory. Prerequisite: MATH 495 or consent of 404. Managing Change Prerequisite:Completion of first year of Mas-
instructor. 1 unit. Course considers organizational change and ter of Business Administration program. h to x
strategic reorientation in the context of mana- 2 units. May be repeated in the same or subse-
499. Thesis Research gerial challenges presented by issues such as quent semesters to a maximum of 3 units.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 0to4 units. technological development, environmental
protection, strategic reorientation, competing
for the future, cooperating for strategic imple-
mentation, increasingly diverse workforces,
and globalization. The emphasis will be on
developing personal capabilities to act as a
successful agent of change. Prerequisite: MBA
Mechanical and
MBA Program 403. Vi unit.
Industrial
Administration 405. Topics in Management
Course presents topics important to the study Engineering
of business management. Examples of topics
Head of Program: William Bryan include: marketing management; interna-
Office Address: 410 David Kinley Hall, 1407 tional business; strategic thinking, incentives,
Head of Department: Richard O
Buckius
Department Office: 140 Mechanical Engineering
West Gregory Drive, Urbana and information; operations management; fi-
Building, 1206 West Green, Urbana
Phone: 244-8019 nancial reporting, financial institutions; deci-
Phone: 333-1176
URL: mba.cba.uiuc.edu sion and risk analysis; information systems.
Prerequisite: MBA 402. '/: unit . May be repeated URL: www.mie.uiuc.edu
in the same or subsequent semesters as topics
MBA Program Administration (MBA) vary to a maximum of 2'Al units.
Including Industrial Engineering (I E) and
Mechanical Engineering (M E)
401.Foundations of Business 420. Corporate Strategy and Global Issues
Understanding the business formation pro- in Management
Industrial Engineering (/ E)
cess and how to prepare a business plan. Spe- Focuses on key issues in formulating and
cific learning objectives include: how to plan implementing corporate strategies with an
and run a business from a strategic perspec- emphasis on the international operations of 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
tive; planning and measurement of firm re- firms. Issues are approached from the orien- 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
sources; the economic theory of the firm; deci- tation of the general manager, whose job is to
diagnose what is critical in complex business 210. Introduction to Operations Research
sion making under uncertainty; understanding
situations and find realistic solutions to stra-
Introduction to deterministic and stochastic
customer choice; oral presentation; and com-
tegic and organizational problems. Designed
models in operations research. Topics include:
puter skills. Prerequisite: Admission to the
linear programming, integer programming,
Master of Business Administration program to integrate various functional areas and pro-
vide a "total business" perspective on issues network models and nonlinear programming,
or consent of the Dean of the College of Com-
pertaining to corporate and international strat- review of basic probability, bernoulli pro-
merce (or the Dean's designee). 2Vz units. Stu-
cesses, markov chains, markov processes and
dents who receive credit for MBA
401 may not on learning experiences in previ-
egy. Builds
ous modules, and acts as an integrative queuing theory. Prerequisite: I E 230 or equiva-
184 Mechanical and Industrial Engineering
lent and credit or concurrent registration in 296. Honors Project lent with consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Va
MATH 315. 4 hours. Special project or reading course for James or 1 unit.
Scholars in engineering. Prerequisite: James
230. Analysis of Data Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor. 336. Design and Analysis of Experiments
Nature of probabilistic models for observed 1 to 4 hours. Concepts and methods of design of experi-
data; discrete and continuous distribution ments for quality design, improvement and
function models; inferences on universe pa- 297. Honors Seminar control; simple comparative experiments, in-
rameters based on sample values; introduc- Special lecture sequence and /or discussion cluding concepts of randomization and block-
tion to control charts, acceptance sampling, groups arranged each semester to bring James ing, and analysis of variance techniques; fac-
and measurement theory. Prerequisite: MATH Scholars in engineering into direct contact torial and fractional factorial designs; Taguchi's
242. 3 hours. with the various aspects of engineering concepts and methods; second-order designs,
practice and philosophy. Prerequisite: James response surface methodology. All topics are
235. Industrial Quality Control Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor. treated through engineering applications and
Contemporary concepts and methods for 1 to 4 hours. case studies. Prerequisite: One of the follow-
quality and productivity design and improve- ing: I E 230, CEE 293, ECE 313, G E 289, STAT
ment; philosophies of Deming, Taguchi, and 306. Stochastic Processes and Their 310, MATH 363 or equivalent; or consent of
others leading the quality management and Applications instructor. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
engineering movement; Shewhart's methods Modeling and analysis of stochastic processes.
for statistical process control; process capabil- Familiarity with discrete-time Markov chains, 337.Economic Foundations of Quality
methods for tolerance
ity analysis; statistical Poisson processes, and birth- and-death pro- Systems
assessment; process control methods employ- cesses is assumed. Topics include the transient Introduction to total quality systems for plan-
ing attribute data; introduction to design of and steady-state behavior of continuous-time ning, developing and manufacturing world-
experiments, concepts, and methods. Prereq- Markov chains; renewal processes; models of class products. Covers the economic founda-
uisite: I E 230 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. queuing systems tbirth- and-death models, tions of total quality. Subjects covered include
embedded-Markov-chain models, queuing product value, cost, pricing, environmental
240. Human Factors in Human-Machine networks); reliability models; and inventory quality, activity based costing, design for as-
Systems models. Prerequisite: I E 210 or equivalent. 3 sembly, organization structure, lead time, in-
Same as AVI and PSYCH 258. See PSYCH 258. hours, or V* or 1 unit. novation, Taguchi methods, simulation-based
significance testing, Strategic Quality Deploy-
Planning and Design
261. Facilities 309. Optimization of Large-Scale Linear ment, statistical process control and conjoint
Reviews the process of facility planning, plant Systems analysis. Prerequisite: I E 235 or consent of in-
layout design and materials handling analy- Practical methods of optimization of large- structor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
sis;includes the determination of facilities re- scale linear systems including extreme point
quirements, site selection, materials flow, use algorithms, duality theory, parametric linear 342. Interactive Systems Modeling,
of analytical and computerized techniques programming, generalized upper bounding Analysis, and Design
including simulation, and applications to sev- technique, price-directive and resource- direc- Same as AVI 342. Analysis and modeling of
eral areas such as manufacturing, warehous- tive decomposition techniques, Lagrangian human-machine interaction in large-scale dy-
ing, and office planning. Prerequisite: I E 210 duality, Karmarkar's algorithm, applications namic systems, development of graphical user
or equivalent. 3 hours. in engineering systems and use of state-of-the- interface and interactive real-time simulation
art computer codes. Prerequisite: I E 210 or environment, human performance evaluation.
262. Production Planning and Control MATH 383 and MATH 315, or consent of in- Utilizes Motif-based user interfaces and the
Examines the scope of production systems, structor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. C++ object- oriented programming language.
and the activities involved in their design, Students work in teams to design, implement,
establishment, management, operation, and 310. Operations Research Models for and evaluate graphical interactive simulation
maintenance; mathematical and computer Manufacturing Systems environments for complex engineering sys-
models for planning and control of facilities, Provides an introduction to the use of tems such as manufacturing systems. Prereq-
human resources, projects, products, material, operations research techniques to problems in uisite: I E 240 or equivalent, I E 230 or equiva-
and information in production systems. manufacturing and distribution. Topics lent, and C S HOC or equivalent, or consent
Prerequisite: I E 210. 3 hours. covered include single and multistage lot of instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or % or 1 unit.
sizing problems, scheduling and sequencing
280. Senior Industrial Engineering Design problems, and performance evaluation of 346. Human Performance and Engineering
Project manufacturing systems. Prerequisite: I E 210 Psychology
Students are required to solve an actual, real- or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, Same as PSYCH and AVI 356. See PSYCH 356.
world design problem. Problems may involve or % or 1 unit.
manufacturing, production management, fa- 348. Human Factors in the Design of
cilities management, or human factors. In 317. Simulation Complex Systems
solving such a problem, students are required Introduction to the use of discrete-event Same as PSYCH 398. Principles of design of
to utilize creative processes and inductive rea- simulation in the modeling and analysis of Human-Machine Systems. Guidelines for the
soning in engineering design; to develop, complex systems using a simulation package. use of human factors databases and source
evaluate, and recommend alternative solu- Topics covered: Components of simulation materials. Use of basic research and theories
tions to an open-ended design problem; and software, including data structures and event- from behavioral science to design human-
to satisfy realistic constraints, such as time, processing; verification and validation of
list machine interfaces. Study of parameters of
cost, and resource availability. Prerequisite: simulation models; input modeling, including mental workload and their use in predicting
Senior standing in Industrial Engineering. selection of probability distributions and required manning levels. Design of standard
Completion or concurrent enrollment in all random variate generation; statistical analysis and emergency operating procedures. Influ-
required I E courses. 3 hours. of output data. Prerequisite: I E 210 and C S ences of control room personnel organization
101 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 and management styles as elements of design.
291. Seminar hours, or % or 1 unit. Designing to minimize impact of human er-
Series of lectures by faculty and invited au- ror and use of reliability theory of the human
thorities from the profession concerning the 334. Introduction to Reliability element in design. Prerequisite: I E 240. 3 or 4
ethics and practices of industrial engineering Engineering hours, or % or 1 unit.
in their relationship to other fields of engineer- Same as G E 334. Introduction to concepts in
ing,economics, and the problems of society. engineering design, testing, and management 349. Human-Computer Interaction
standing in industrial en-
Prerequisite: Junior for highly reliable components and systems. Laboratory
gineering; must be taken in spring semester. Prerequisite: I E 230 or MATH
361, or equiva- Same as PSYCH and AVI 329. See PSYCH 329.
hours.
350. Computer-aided Manufacturing Langrangean and Surrograte duality; cutting or consent of instructor and graduate stand-
Systems plane methods and polyhedral theory; and ing. 1 unit.
The application of computer technology and special structured problems such as knapsack,
operations research in manufacturing sys- setpacking and covering, Traveling Salesman, 455. Accuracy, Dynamics, and Control of
tems; includes the use of minicomputers and etc. Prerequisite:I E 309 or MATH 382 or Machining Systems
microprocessors for direct numeric control of equivalent; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Course addresses the problem of modeling
machine tools, adaptive control and optimi- machining processes and machine tools. Em-
zation, and integrated manufacturing sys- 416. Systems Analysis, I: Systems phasis is on mechanistic modeling of machin-
tems, including applications of industrial ro- Methodology and Network Techniques ing processes, machine-tool errors, character-
bots. Prerequisite: ME 285 or consent of Same as CEE 416. Study of basic concepts, ization of machined surfaces, machine-tool
instructor. 3 hoars, or % or 1 unit. theories, and techniques of systems analysis, system dynamics and stability and topics in
including modeling of large scale systems, motion control. Prerequisite: M
E 240 or equiva-
355. Numerical Control of Manufacturing forecasting, planning, control, and informa- lent course in dynamics and controls; and
Processes tion handling; emphasizes the modeling of M E 285 and graduate standing, or consent of
Study of numerical control systems, manufac- systems with network techniques, including instructor. 1 unit.
turing processes, principles and practices ba- distance, flow, and project networks. Dis-
sic to numerical control, and programming cusses advanced network topics such as out- 497. Special Topics in Industrial
methodology for numerical control. Prerequi- of-kilter algorithm and project resource analy- Engineering
site: ME 285 or consent of instructor; back- sis. Prerequisite: I E 262 or CEE 292, or Lectures on special topics in selected areas of
ground in computer technology. 3 hours, or % equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. industrial engineering. Prerequisite: Consent of
or 1 unit. instructor. to 1 unit. May be repeated to a
440. Analysis, Modeling, and Design of maximum of 3 units, however no more than 2
357. Safety Engineering Man-Machine Systems units may be within the same semester.
Study of engineering principles applied to Input-output models of man as an information
industrial accident prevention; safe plant lay- processor, controller, and decision maker are 499. Thesis Research
out; safety in maintenance; boilers and pres- critically evaluated and applied to the analysis to 4 units. May be repeated.
sure vessels; design and application of ma- and design of specific man-machine systems.
chine guards; material handling and storage; Intended for graduate students working in
hand and power tools; welding hazards; elec- areas of man-machine systems, engineering
Mechanical Engineering (M E)
trical hazards; flammable liquids and fire pro- psychology, control systems, or operations
tection; industrial health engineering; and research. Prerequisite: M
E 240 and I E 230, or 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
toxic materials. Prerequisite: Senior standing in equivalent and consent of instructor. 1 unit. 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
engineering or consent of instructor. 3 hours,
orVt orl unit. and Mental Models in
442. Skill, Expertise, 205. Thermodynamics
Complex Systems Introduction to classical thermodynamics
366.Knowledge Based Systems in Same as PSYCH 442. Examines how human through the second law; system and control
Engineering expertise develops, particularly in the context volume analyses of thermodynamic processes;
Same as M
E 366. See M
E 366. of complex industrial systems and various irreversibility and availability; relations for
types of professional practice (diagnosis, de- ideal gas mixtures. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or
393. Special Problems cision-making, etc.). Topics include: cognitive 245. 3 hours.
Study of advanced problems related to skill acquisition; how expert knowledge is
industrial engineering. Prerequisite: Senior mentally represented; different knowledge 211. Introductory Gas Dynamics
standing or consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, elicitation techniques; and ways of support- Introduction to fluid mechanics with coverage
or Vt to 1 unit. ing the human expert at work, such as deci- of theory and applications of incompressible
sion support systems and expert systems. Pre- viscous and in viscid flows, and compressible
401.Mathematical Programming, I: requisite: At PSYCH 258, PSYCH
least two of:
high speed flows. Prerequisite: MATH
285, and
Applied Nonlinear Programming 356, PSYCH 329, PSYCH 224, PSYCH 248, and credit or concurrent registration in M
E 205. 4
Optimization of nonlinear systems, including PSYCH 324; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. hours.
a survey of classical methods and concepts
such as the Lagrangian method, the Jacobian 448. Cooperative Problem Solving 213. Heat Transfer
method, and Kuhn-Tucker conditions; empha- Same AVI 448. Advanced graduate semi-
as Principles and application of heat transfer by
sizes modern algorithms, numerical methods nar on problem solving models and taxono- conduction, convection, and thermal radia-
for digital computers, applications in engi- mies, models of coordination of activity and tion. Prerequisite: M
E 211or T A 235 or M
neering design, and use of state-of-the-art communication among multiple agents, de- equivalent. 4 hours.
computer codes. Prerequisite: I E 210 or equiva- sign of human-machine cooperative problem
lent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 231. Engineering Materials
solving systems, adaptive automation and
intelligent decision support. Readings drawn
Structures of polymers, metals, and ceramics
402. Mathematical Programming, II: as the basis for their mechanical behavior.
from work in pragmatics, distributed artifi-
Dynamic and Geometric Programming Manipulation of structure through processes
cial intelligence, cognitive engineering, and
The formulation and construction of dynamic other related areas. Prerequisite: Credit or con-
such as heat treatment and solidification.
programming models and advanced dynamic current registration in one or more of the fol-
Mechanisms of material failure in service
programming concepts such as treatment of lowing: C S 348 or 444, I E 440, PSYCH 427,
(yielding, fracture, fatigue, creep, corrosion,
multistate variables, nonserial systems, and wear) and simple design techniques to avoid
SPCOM 430 or 437; or consent of instructor. 1
Markov processes; geometric programming, unit.
these failures. Strategies for material selection
including treatment of degree of difficulty, in design. Prerequisite: T A M 221, CHEM 102,
mixed signs, and computational refinements; 450. Automated Planning of or equivalent. 4 hours. Students may not
and emphasis on applications in engineering Manufacturing Processes receive credit for both this course and MATSE
design. Prerequisite: STAT 310 and I E 210, or Representation of mechanical solids; reason- 200, T AM224 or CEE 210. (The latter two
equivalent; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ing about shape of a single solid, manufactur- courses are cross-listed).
—
ing and design features representation and
240. Modeling and Analysis of Dynamic
403. Integer Programming recognition; reasoning about multiple solids
Optimization of linear systems involving in- machining path generation, assembly se- Systems
and discrete alternatives. Cov-
teger variables quencing, path planning and obstacle avoid-
Dynamic modeling of mechanical compo-
ers:modeling; computational complexity; ance, task-level robot programming and
nents and systems; time domain and fre-
matroids; branch and bound methods; inspection planning. Prerequisite: I E 350 or 355
quency domain analysis of linear time invari-
.
186 Mechanical and Industrial Engineering
ant systems; multidegree-of freedom systems; ing in their relationship to other fields of en- 306. Intermediate Heat Transfer
linearization of nonlinear systems. Prerequisite: gineering, economics, and the problems of Conduction heat transfer, radiation heat
T AM 212, MATH285 and concurrent regis- society. Prerequisite: Junior standing in me- transfer, mass transfer, phase change, heat
tration in ECE
205 and 206, and MATH
315; chanical engineering; must be taken in spring exchangers, and introductory numerical
or consent of instructor. 3'/i hours. Students semester. hours. methods. Prerequisite: Undergraduate courses
may not receive credit for this course and any in fluid mechanics and heat transfer, or
of G E 222 or 224, and A A E 251 293. Special Projects consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Experimental and analytical investigation in
261. Fundamentals of Signal Processing, mechanical engineering research. Prerequisite: 308. Fluid Mechanics of Convective Heat
Instrumentation, and Control Senior standing in mechanical engineering; Transfer
Basic electromechanical techniques used in consent of head of department. 1 to 3 hours. Same as T A M
308. Analyzes viscous flows
modern instrumentation and control systems. May be repeated; students may register for and heat transfer by convection processes;
Use of transducers and actuators. Signal two different topics in the same semester. solution to Navier-Stokes equations for heat
conditioning, grounding, and shielding. conducting laminar and turbulent shear lay-
Analog and digital signal processing and 296. Honors Project ers; similarity concepts; thermal entry-lengths
feedback control methods with emphasis on Special project or reading course for James pipe flows; computer solution techniques.
frequency domain techniques. Frequency Scholars in engineering. Prerequisite: James Prerequisite: M
E 211 or first course in fluid
response of continuous and discrete systems. Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor. mechanics. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: M
E 240 or equivalent. 3'/: hours. 1 to 4 hours.
Students may not receive credit for both this 310.Numerical Techniques in Fluid Flow
course and AG E 311. 297. Honors Seminar and Heat Transfer
Special lecture sequence and/or discussion Course discusses numerical techniques for the
271.Mechanical Design, I groups arranged each semester to bring James solution of the equations governing conduc-
Kinematics and dynamics of machinery, Scholars in engineering into direct contact tion/convective heat transfer and steady/
including analytical kinematics, force analysis, with the various aspects of engineering unsteady fluid flows. Emphasis is placed on
cam design, and balancing. Application of practice and philosophy. Prerequisite: James finite-difference and finite volume techniques.
elementary mechanics of solids to analyze and Scholar in engineering; consent of instructor. Course presents selected basic algorithms and
size machine components for stress and 1 to 4 hours. prepares students to solve real world fluid
deflection. Introduction to finite element flow and heat transfer problems. Prerequisite:
analysis with emphasis on beam and plate 301. Intermediate Thermodynamics Undergraduate courses in fluid mechanics
models. Prerequisite: T A M
212 and 221 3 hours.
.
Classical thermodynamics including the Tds and heat transfer, or consent of instructor. 3
equations and the Maxwell relations, devel- hours, or Vt or 1 unit. (For 1 unit credit, gradu-
272. Mechanical Design, II opment of thermodynamic property relations, ate students are required to complete an ad-
Design and analysis of machinery for loadbearing P-v-T behavior of real gases, thermodynam- ditional project.)
and power transmission. Consideration of mate- ics of mixtures, phase equilibrium and chemi-
modes, including yielding, fracture,

rial failure cal reactions and equilibrium with an empha- 312. Modern Control Theory
fatigue, creep. Design and selection of ma-
and sis on combustion reactions. Statistical The concept of state; state-space representation
chine elements: bolts, springs, rolling element thermodynamics including the effect of mo- of systems; transfer function decomposition
bearings, fluid film lubrication,and power lecular and atomic structure, statistical con- and state-variable diagrams; state response of
transmissions, including gears and friction cepts and distributions, calculation of thermo- continuous and discrete-data systems; deter-
drives. Prerequisite: M
E 231 and 271. 3 hours. dynamic properties of gas-phase atoms and mination of the transition matrix; diagonaliza-
molecules, kinetic theory of gases, and an in- tion; state response of time-varying systems;
280. SeniorMechanical Engineering troduction to vibrations in crystals and the and observability; stability and
controllability
Design Project electron gas in metals. Selected applications Lyapunov's method; and introduction to op-
Students will solve an actual, real-world de- such as the use of statistical thermodynamics timization and design. Prerequisite: M
E 240 or
sign problem. In solving such a problem, stu- in laser spectroscopic analysis of gas phase equivalent, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or
dents are required: to utilize creative processes properties are discussed. Prerequisite: M
E 205 1 unit.
and inductive reasoning in engineering de- or a first course in thermodynamics. 4 hours
sign; to develop, evaluate, and recommend or 1 unit. Students may not receive credit for 313.Computer Control of Mechanical
alternative solutions to an open-ended design both M E 301 and any one of the following Engineering Systems
problem; and to satisfy realistic constraints, courses: PHYCS 361, CHEM 342 or 344. Examines microcomputer control of thermal
such as time, cost, and material availability. and mechanical systems: sensing and trans-
Prerequisite: Senior standing in M
E; comple- 302. Nuclear Power Engineering ducing of variables, transmitting and convert-
tion of or concurrent enrollment in all required Same as NUC E 302. See NUC E 302. ing signals, and actuating regulators associ-
courses; completion of campus Composition ated with mechanical engineering systems.
I general education requirement. 3 hours.
304. Energy Conversion Systems Prerequisite: M
E 261 or AG E 311 3 hours, or }A
.
Analyzes processes and systems for energy or 1 unit.

285. Design for Manufacturability conversion, including power and refrigeration
Introduction to DFM
methodologies and tools; cycles, air conditioning, thermoelectrics and 314. Introduction to Tribology
quality management (Taguchi, PFD, SPC, etc.); fuel cells; ideal gas mixtures and psychomet- and wear; lubricants
Basic concepts of friction
material selection (new and traditional mate- rics. Prerequisite: M
E 205 or consent of instruc- and hydrodynamic bearing
their application;
rials); designing for primary manufacturing tor. 3 hours or % unit. theory; lubrication requirements and meth-
processes (cutting fundamentals, casting, ods; externally pressurized bearings; gas bear-
forming, and shaping); designing with plas- 305. Intermediate Gas Dynamics ings; dynamics and stability of bearings sys-
tics (snap-fits, integral hinges, etc.); design for Solution of internal compressible flow prob- tems; elastohydrodynamic lubrication of
assembly (DFA); design for inspection and lems by one-dimensional techniques, both rolling element bearings and gears; numeri-
metrology (datums, geometric tolerancing, steady and unsteady; considers flows with cal approaches to lubrication problems. Pre-
inspection equipment); computer integrated area change (smooth and abrupt), with fric- requisite: M
E 211 or equivalent; or consent of
manufacturing (CIM). 3 hours. Credit or con- tion, with heat addition, and with mass addi- instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
current registration in M
E 231. tion. Examines flows with weak and strong
waves, multiple confined streams, and shock 315. Tribology
291. Seminar waves. Prerequisite: M
E 205 and 211, or first Surface interactions; fundamentals of contact
Series of lectures by faculty and invited au- course in fluid mechanics. 4 hours or 1 unit. mechanics; friction theories; types and mea-
thorities from the profession concerning the surement of wear; response of materials to
ethics and practices of mechanical engineer- surface tractions; plastic deformation; void
and crack nucleation; crack propagation; 271, M

and T A 221. 3 hours or }A unit. Credit is 402. Nonequilibrium Multiphase Processes
delamination wear; microstructural effects in not given for more than one of the following: Dynamics and thermodynamics of multiphase
wear process; mechanics of coated surfaces; A A E 320, CEE 361, and M E 345. and multicomponent systems with special
solid film and boundary liquid film lubrica- relevance to air pollution control and energy
tion; friction and wear of polymers and fiber- 346. Failure Mechanisms in Engineering conversion; relaxation phenomena; general
reinforced polymeric composites; introduction Materials motion of systems of disparate elemental
to metal cuttingand tool wear; novel meth- Study of anisotropy of material and elasto- masses; diffusion in gravitational and electric
ods of improving tribological behavior of slid- plastic properties at crystal level, microstruc- fields, and boundary layer motion with mass
ing surfaces. Prerequisite: T A M
221 or equiva- and creep in
tural basis for fatigue, fracture, transport; dispersion and collection of particu-
lent or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or metals, polymers, and ceramics. Failure late matter; and transport with surface reac-
1 unit. mechanisms and toughening in composites, tions. Prerequisite: M E 301 or consent of in-
structure and behavior of metal matrix com- structor. 1 unit.
320.Kinematics and Dynamics of posites; ceramic matrix composites and poly-
Mechanical Systems mer composites. Prerequisite: M
E 231 or 403. Fundamentals of Combustion
Same as AG E 320. Introductory study of the equivalent. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Same as A A E 438. See A A E 438.
kinematics and dynamics of constrained
planar rigid body mechanical systems. 347. Failure Analysis of Mechanical 404. Gas Dynamics, I
Students will learn the underlying theory of Components Introduction to theoretical gas dynamics;
modern computer based analysis software Examines the relationship of materials and fundamental laws and basic equations for
packages. Prerequisite: M
E 271 or consent of mechanics concepts to the design of structures subsonic, transonic, and supersonic steady
instructor. 3 hours or V* unit. and components; topics include a brief and unsteady flow processes. Prerequisite:
introduction to elasticity, plasticity theories, M E 305 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
321. Refrigeration and Cryogenics thermal loading, creep, fatigue, fracture, and 1 unit.
The theory of operation and the design of residual life assessments as they relate to
equipment for the production of low tempera- materials selection and design. Prerequisite: 405.Convective Heat Transfer
tures from below ambient down to near abso- M E 231, 272; M
E 346 is recommended but Fundamentals of convective heat transfer;
lute zero; applications to industrial, consumer, not required. 3 hours, or %
or 1 unit. calculation of heat transfer within conductor
aerospace, medical, and various research uses. and over submerged objects for laminar and
Prerequisite: M E 205, 211, and 213, or consent 351. Materials Processing turbulent flow; natural convection; film
of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Study of manufacturing processes for metals condensation and boiling; and liquid metals.
and polymers. Processing by casting, solidifi- Prerequisite: M
E 308 or consent of instructor.
323. Design of Thermal Systems cation, polymer molding and extrusion, weld- 1 unit.
Selection of components in fluid- and energy- ing and the application of optical (laser) and
processing systems to meet system perfor- electromagnetic energy. Analysis of processes 406. Heat Conduction
mance requirements; computer-aided design; using momentum, heat, and mass transfer. Fundamentals of heat conduction in isotropic
system simulation; optimization techniques; Measurement and instrumentation for mate- and anisotropic materials; methods of solu-
and investment economics and statistical com- rials processing. Prerequisite: M
E 231 and 213; tion to steady and transient heat conduction
binations of operating conditions. Prerequisite: or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. problems in one, two, and three dimensions;
Credit or concurrent registration in M E 213. Graduate students who wish to earn 1 unit internal heat sources; periodic flow of heat;
3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. credit must do all of the standard work as well problems involving phase change; approxi-
as complete an additional term project. mate analytical techniques; numerical meth-
331. Internal Combustion Engines ods; study of current articles on the subject.
Study of the fundamental principles under- 366. Knowledge-Based Systems in Prerequisite: M E 306 or consent of instructor.
lying the theory and analysis of reciprocating Engineering 1 unit.
internal combustion engines, fuels, carbure- Same as I E 366. Introduction to the concepts
tion, combustion, exhaust emissions, detona- of knowledge-based expert systems and their 409. Laboratory Investigations in
tion, fuel injection, and factors affecting per- applications to engineering problem solving; Mechanical Engineering
formance; basic laboratory work involving introduction to artificial intelligence from en- Special investigation in flow, metering, heat
measurements of effects of variables on per- gineering automation perspectives; overview transfer, and heat exchanger performance and
formance. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent of knowledge-based system development design. Prerequisite: Courses in thermodynam-
registration in M
E 304 or AG E 346, or con- practice and tools; discussion of knowledge ics and fluid mechanics. '/: to 1 Vi units.
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. representations and inference mechanisms;

term projects to develop prototype knowl- 410. Thermal Radiation
336.Automotive Vehicle Dynamics edge-based systems for engineering tasks. Fundamentals of radiant energy transport in
Introduction to the dynamics and control of Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. 3 absorbing and nonabsorbing media; pyrom-
automotive multidegree of freedom systems; hours or 1 unit. etry; and applications to selected problems
the development and solution of governing involving combined energy transport mecha-
equations for both steady state and transient 388. Industrial Control Systems nisms. Prerequisite: M
E 306 or consent of in-
conditions by computer simulation tech- Study of industrial control techniques by case structor. 1 unit.
niques; investigation of the performance, han- studies of actual industrial systems; provides
dling, and safety aspects of vehicles and their competence in the design, selection, and main- 411. Control of Air Pollution from
interaction with external and internal inter- tenance of industrial control systems; and in- Stationary Sources
faces;examination of the influence of tires, troduces applications to electromechanical, Same as CEE 448. See CEE 448.
suspension, steering, and aerodynamic forces; pneumatic, thermal, and hydraulic systems.
and laboratory experiments and demonstra- Prerequisite: M E 240 or equivalent, or consent 412.Techniques and Instrumentation in
M E 240 or equivalent, or Air Sampling
tions. Prerequisite: of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
consent of instructor. 3 or 4 hours, or Va or 1 unit.
Same as CEE and ENVST 449. See CEE 449.
345. Introduction to Finite Element Study of advanced problems related to
414. Advanced Linear Elastodynamics and
Analysis mechanical engineering. Prerequisite: Senior Vibrations
Same as CSE 351. Applies the finite element standing or consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, Same as TAM 414. See TAM 414.
method to solve problems from various or Vz to 1 unit.

423. Thermal Systems
branches of mechanical engineering; topics
Steady-state simulation and optimization of
include stress analysis, vibration, heat transfer,
thermal systems, dynamic performance, and
and fluid flow. Prerequisite: CS 101, M E 213,
188 Medical Sciences
probabilities in system design. Prerequisite: approaches; considers multiaxial and high genetics, immunology, microbiology, neuro-
M E 323. 1 unit. temperature fatigue; emphasis is placed on the science, embryology, histology, introduction
interrelationship between material properties, to human disease, medical statistics, and
426.Manufacturing of Advanced Polymer geometry, and design methodology appropri- physiology. Elements of clinical experience are
Matrix Composite Materials ate for the wide range of mechanical engineer- monitored and presented by faculty in the
M
Same as A A E and T A 426. See A A E 426. ing components. Prerequisite: M
E 346 or con- clinicaland basic medical sciences. Prerequi-
sent of instructor. 1 unit. Enrollment is limited to students accepted
site:
433. Gas Turbine Engines by the College of Medicine. 19 hours (summer

Comprehensive description of gas turbine 457. Inelastic Design Methods session, 9 hours).
theory and technology; aerothermodynamics Principles of material deformation under
of inlet, compressor, combustor, turbine, and combined and thermal loading; constitutive 301.Medical Sciences and Preclinical
nozzle flows; optimization of performance; equation applications in engineering design Medicine
and applications to aircraft engines and sta- and in inelastic finite element methods; Second-year program in preparation for the
tionary gas turbine power plants. Prerequisite: material and structural degradation under M.D. degree involving classroom and clinical
M E 305 or equivalent. 1 unit. fatigue and creep conditions. Prerequisite: instruction in skills required for acquisition of
M E 345 and 346, or consent of instructor. 1 clinical data base: history and physical diag-
443. Dynamics of Machinery unit. nosis, principals of diagnostic medical imag-
Examines generalized equations of motion for ing, epidemiology, clinical microbiology, clini-
single-degree-of-freedom mechanisms; mod- 458. Fracture Resistant Design cal laboratory sciences, clinical tutorials,
eling of mechanical systems; dynamics of flex- Application of fracture mechanics and micro- pathology and pharmacology; and patho-
ible cam systems; dynamics of rotor systems; structural behavior to material selection for physiological bases of clinical problems. Fac-
dynamics of clutches and brakes; isolation of design; practical approximation of linear and ulty present and monitor learning experi-
mechanical vibration and impact; introduction inelastic fracture parameters for evaluation of ences, which include lecture/discussion,
to impact; balancing of machines. Prerequisite: complex components; destructive and nonde- clinical tutorials, and supervised clinical ex-
T AM 311 or equivalent; consent of instruc- structive tests for control of toughness in periences. Prerequisite: Limited to second-year
tor. 1 unit. manufacture; residual life assessment involv- students in the College of Medicine. 19 hours
ing time dependent fracture (creep, fatigue, (summer session, 9 hours).
444.Design and Analysis of Nonlinear stress, corrosion); case study and design
Continua with the Finite Element Method project oriented. Prerequisite: M
E 346 or con- 302. Supervised Medical Practice
Optimality conditions; finite element meth- sent of instructor. 1 unit. Third year of preparation for the M.D. degree.
ods; design sensitivity analysis; nonlinear Students rotate among affiliated hospitals in
analysis; transient analysis; thermo-mechani- 468. Modeling and Control of Electro- internal medicine, family medicine, surgery,
mechanics. Prerequisite: Introductory
cal solid Mechanical Systems obstetrics and gynecology, psychiatry, pedi-
courses in finite element analysis and in con- Same as ECE 468. See ECE 468. atrics, and other fields and are assigned to
tinuum mechanics, or consent of the instruc- patient care teams. Clinical faculty supervise
tor. 1 unit. 493.Seminar the student experience. Increases students'
Required of all graduate students each understanding of the pathophysiological ba-
445. Design of Internal Combustion semester with the exception of doctoral sis of patient problems and teaches patient
Engines candidates who have passed their preliminary management skills. Prerequisite: Third-year
Comprehensive study of the design of internal examination. Presentation and discussion of standing in the College of Medicine. 19 hours
combustion engines, including gas forces, significant developments in mechanical (summer session, 9 hours).
inertia loads, bearing analysis, torsional engineering. units.
vibration, balance, lubrication, valve and cam 303. Medical Electives
design, and stress analysis of major parts of 497. Special Problems in Mechanical Fourth year of preparation for the M.D. de-
the engine. Prerequisite: M E 331 or equivalent, Engineering gree. With approval and guidance of their fac-
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Lectures, seminars, and individual investiga- ulty adviser, students select a program of elec-
tions or studies in selected areas of mechani- tive courses which will enhance their clinical
452. Solidification Processing cal engineering. Prerequisite: Consent of in- skills. These elective courses may be in medi-
Same as MATSE and MET E 452. Principles of structor. tol unit. May be repeated. cine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, pe-
control of structure, properties, and shape in diatrics,family medicine, urology, dermatol-
processes involving liquid /solid transforma- 499. Thesis Research ogy, basic science or clinical research, and
tions; stresses heat flow, mass transport, sol- 0to4 units. other fields. A
required course, Medicine and
ute redistribution, nucleation and growth ki- presented. Prerequisite: Fourth-
Society, is also
netics; and the relationship between process year standing in the College of Medicine. to
variables and structures and properties in the 19 hours (summer session, to 9 hours).
resultant material. Examples are drawn from
existing commercial and new developing pro- 374. General Epidemiology
cesses. Prerequisite: M
E 351 or consent of in- Same as CHLTH, ENVST, and VP 374. See
structor. 1 unit. CHLTH 374.
Medical Sciences
455.Polymer Rheology and Processing 461. Advanced Clinical Nutrition
Continuum models for non-Newtonian fluids:
Dean Susan Same as NUTRS 461, and FSHN 420. See
Associate of College of Medicine:
generalized Newtonian, linear viscoelastic
Kies Roth
NUTRS461.
and nonlinear viscoelastic models; examines
College Office: 190 Medical Sciences Building,
relationship of rheology to processing;
506 South Mathews, Urbana
considers advanced problems in polymer
Phone: 333-5469
processing such as numerical simulations of
URL: www.med.uiuc.edu
noniso thermal non-Newtonian flows, reactive
processing and processing of composites.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. Medical Sciences (MED S) Medical-Surgical
456. Fatigue Analysis
300.Medical Sciences
Nursing
Examines fatigue analysis methods for the
program in preparation for the M.D.
First-year
design of structures and components; includes
degree involving guided study of gross (See Nursing)
stress life, strain life, and crack propagation
anatomy, behavioral science, biochemistry,
Microbiology 189
in any School of Life Sciences option may parasite bacteriology; and chemistry and ge-
count toward graduation no more than a netics of mechanisms of pathogenesis. Prereq-
combined maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292, uisite: MCBIO 200 or consent of instructor. 3
and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE; hours or A
3
unit.
ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO. These
Microbiology hours will not be counted as advanced hours 327. Immunochemistry
Study of the field of immunology with
in the option.
emphasis on the chemistry of the proteins and
Head of Department: John E. Cronan 292. Senior Thesis cells involved in the immune response.
Department Office: B103 Chemical and Life Sci- Research under the direction of a senior staff Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: Credit or
ences Laboratory, 601 South Goodwin Avenue, member in microbiology. Normally, the stu- concurrent registration in a biochemistry
Urbana dent takes two semesters of MCBIO 292 in the course, and consent of instructor. 5 hours or 1
Phone: 333-1737 senior year. Recommended for all those plan- unit.
ning future research and graduate study; pre-
requisite for graduation with distinction in 328. Properties of Bacterial Pathogens
Microbiology (MCBIO) microbiology. In the semester preceding ini- Laboratory study of methods of recognition
tial enrollment, interested students should and differentiation, diagnostic tests, and
100. Introductory Microbiology consult with their advisers concerning the mechanisms of pathogenesis; students are
Introduction to the principal activities and procedures for enrollment. A minimum of 2 voluntary donors of microorganisms used in
properties of microorganisms, including bac- hours per senior semester is required, and a experiments. Prerequisite: MCBIO 101 or 201;
teria, yeasts, molds, and viruses; consideration thesis must be presented for credit to be re- credit or concurrent registration in MCBIO 326
of the role of natural processes, such as pho- ceived, but graduation with distinction is not or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
tosynthesis; and man's use and control of mi- an automatic result of enrollment in MCBIO
croorganisms in the production of antibodies Consent of senior thesis ad-
292. Prerequisite: 330. Molecular Biology of Microorganisms
and vaccines in industrial fermentations, in May be repeated to a maxi-
viser. 2 to 6 hours. Modern contributions to the science of micro-
sanitation and public health, and in agricul- mum of 10 hours. Majors in any School of Life biology; emphasizes the structure, function,
ture. There are no prerequisites for MCBIO Sciences option may count toward graduation and synthesis of informational macromol-
100, but some chemistry is recommended. 3 no more than combined maximum of 10
a ecules and on the role microorganisms have
/tours. Credit is not given for both MCBIO 100 hours of 290, 292, and 294 credit offered by: played in molecular biology. Prerequisite:
and 200. BIOPH; CSB; EEE; ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; MCBIO 200 or equivalent; credit or concur-
and PLBIO. These hours will not be counted rent registration in a biochemistry course. 3
Experimental
101. Introductory as advanced hours in the option. /lours or % unit.
Microbiology
Laboratory introduction to the techniques 309. Biochemical Basis of Microbial 331. Microbial Physiology
employed in the investigation of microbial Diversity Examines bacterial physiology, including
activities and properties; experiments de- Examines the biochemical ecology of diverse discussions of energetics, regulation of
signed to familiarize the student with the han- microbial groups with emphasis on anaero- metabolism, and cell structure. Prerequisite:
dling, identification, and characterization of bic systems. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 or equiva- MCBIO 200 or equivalent; credit or concurrent
microorganisms and their activities, particu- lent. 3 hours or % unit. registration in a biochemistry course. 3 hours
larly those of interest to man. Prerequisite: orYi unit.
Credit or concurrent registration in MCBIO 311. Food and Industrial Microbiology
100. 2 hours. Credit is not given for both Same as FSHN 311. See FSHN 311. 332. Genetic Toxicology
MCBIO 101 and 201. Same as CPSC and ENVST 332. See CPSC 332.
312.Techniques of Applied Microbiology
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Consideration, through experimentation, of 340. Computing in Molecular Biology
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. properties of bacteria, yeasts, molds, and ac- Examination of computational aspects of bi-
tinomycetes important to industrial processes; ology with an emphasis on the relationships
200.Microbiology exploration of methods of control of micro- between biological questions and their
Emphasizes fundamental concepts of microbial processes in industry and sanitation. Pre- recastings as mathematical or logical prob-
biology, including nutrition, ecology, physi- requisite: Credit or concurrent registration in lems. Topics are drawn from biochemistry,
ology, genetics and molecular biology of mi- MCBIO 311, and consent of instructor. 2 hours genetics, molecular sequence analysis, and
croorganisms, and their role in nature and in or Vi unit. molecular structure. Prerequisite: Three semes-
infection and immunity. Prerequisite: Credit or ters of college-level biology and calculus
concurrent registration in BIOL 122, or con- 316. Genetic Analysis of Microorganisms (MATH 120, 130, 134, or 135); or consent of
sent of instructor. 3 hours. Credit is not given Procaryotic and eucaryotic microbial genetic instructor. 3 hours or % unit.
for both MCBIO 200 and 100. (Counts for ad- systems; emphasis on typical data analyses,
vanced hours in L A S.) together with the basic classes of genetic 351. Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic
phenomena. Prerequisite: General genetics, Viruses
201.Experimental Microbiology MCBIO 200, or MCBIO 330. 3 hours or % unit. Emphasizes molecular aspects of virology,
Laboratory emphasizing the fundamentals of drawing heavily on animal virus models and
microbiology. Topics include growth, isola- 317. Experimental Techniques in Molecular focusing on fundamental principles of virus
tion, and identification of bacteria; restriction Genetics structure, replication, genetics and virus-host
endonuclease analysis of DNA, genetic clon- Laboratory emphasizing current molecular interactions that lead to disease development.
ing, and gene transfer. Computer methods are genetics techniques in bacteria. Topics include Stresses both common and unique aspects of
used for the identification of microorganisms genetic techniques, use of transposons, genetic strategies employed by the different major
and for the analysis of recombinant DNA regulation, nucleic acid hybridization, restric- families of eukaryotic RNA and DNA viruses
molecules. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent tion endonuclease mapping, cloning, and and how these lead to acute, persistent or
registration in MCBIO 200. 3 to 5 hours. Credit DNA sequencing. Prerequisite: MCBIO 201, chronic infections, or the development of
is not given for both MCBIO 201 and 101. and credit or concurrent registration in cancer. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) MCBIO 316 or 330; consent of instructor. 5 registration in MCBIO 330 or BIOCH 350; or
/lours or 1 unit. consent of instructor. 3 hours or unit.%
290. Research and Special Problems
Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of microbiology; Pathogens
326. Biology of Bacterial 405.Molecular Genetics: Gene Action
consent of instructor. 1 to 5 hours. May be Emphasizes prokaryotes that cause important and function of molecules
Structure, synthesis,
repeated to a maximum of 10 hours. Majors diseases in humans and other animals; host- and organelles concerned with the infracellu-
190 Miilitary Science
lar transmission of genetic information (in- ment, and an integration of a live-fire Ml 6

cluding gene regulation, transcription, and range. Includes field trips. 2 hours.
translation). Prerequisite: MCBIO 316 or 330,
and a biochemistry course; or consent of in- 124. Leadership Laboratory
structor. A
3
unit. Continuation of MIL S 122 to include military
Military Science radio communication procedures and small
411. Molecular Biology of Microbe-Plant unit tactics. hours. Field trip required.
Interactions
Same as PL PA 411. See PL PA 411. Head of Department: Gerald W. Smith 231. Military Leadership
Department Office: Armory Building,
113 505 Fundamentals of small unit military opera-
412. Advances in Microbiology East Armory Avenue, Champaign tions including operations planning, military
Discussions of current research in the follow- Phone: 333-3418 orders, troop leading procedures, small unit
ing areas of microbiology: (a) general micro- URL: www.uiuc.edu/unit/armyrotc offensive and defensive operations. Includes
biology; (b) microbial physiology and metabo- field practical application. 3 hours.
lism; (c) immunochemistry; and (d) molecular Note: Students considering enrollment in Mili-
genetics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A
l
tary Science, Naval Science, or Air Force Aero- 232. Leadership Laboratory
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 1 unit. space Studies courses should be aware that Advanced level practical application of mili-
University policy prohibits discrimination on tary skillsand leadership with emphasis on
Animal Virology
419. the basis of sexual orientation; students may the student's ability to direct and supervise
Same as VP 419. See VP 419. enroll in these courses regardless of sexual others; includes advanced land navigation,
orientation. Students seeking to enroll in advanced first aid, platoon and company drill
446. Bacterial Energetics ROTC are not asked to disclose their sexual and ceremonies, and advanced communica-
Same as BIOPH 446. See BIOPH 446. orientation. However, homosexual conduct is tions procedures. Field trip required. hours.
grounds for disenrollment from the program.
485. Topics in Microbiology and Molecular 233. Military Operations and Tactics
Biology Principles of leadership including manage-
Discussions, reviews, and appraisal of special Military Science (MIL S) ment and their relationship to lead-
practices
topics in microbiology and molecular biology; ership, problem solving, decision making,
seminar or lecture. Topics do not repeat. 111. Introduction to Military Science human behavior and motivation, superior-
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Va unit. May Introduction to the aspect of leadership in the subordinate relations, and leadership prob-
be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
military; includes organization, mission and lems in the military environment. Includes
function of the Army, principles of leadership, field practical application. 3 hours.
490. Individual Problems
and tools and techniques for student success
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A to 4 units. 234. Leadership Laboratory
while in college. 2 hours.
May be repeated. Approved for letter, S/U, Continuation of MIL S 232 to include small
and DF grading. 112. Leadership Laboratory unit tactics and patrolling techniques. hours.
Introductory practical application of military Field trip required.

491. Experimental Methods
skills and leadership; includes basic military
Laboratory research methods; familiarization
mountaineering and rappelling, first aid, in- 241. Military Law and Professional Ethics
of first-year graduate students with experi-
dividual marching and weapons familiariza-
Fundamentals of military law including Law
mental methods used in research in microbi- of Land Welfare, the application of federal law
tion. Field trip may be required. hours.
ology. Required of all first-year students ma- to the military, and the military justice system.
joring in microbiology. First five weeks of each Examines ethics, values, and professional
113. Map Reading and Land Navigation
semester. Prerequisite: First-year graduate sta- Fundamentals of military and USGS map standards through case studies. Includes in-
tus and consent of department; concurrent reading including methods such as intersec- troductory instruction on training manage-
registration in MCBIO 492. 'A unit.
tion and resection; includes land navigation ment. 3 hours.
and orienteering techniques and their appli-
492. Experimental Methods 242. Leadership Laboratory
cation. Includes field trip. 2 hours.
Laboratory research methods; familiarization Unique opportunity for advanced course stu-
of first-year graduate students with experi- dents to fully plan, execute, and supervise the
114. Leadership Laboratory
mental methods used in research in microbi- Continuation of MIL S 112 to include actual military training and activities of other mili-
ology. Required of all first-year students ma- tary science students. Emphasis is on leader-
firing of weapons. Field trip may be required.
joring in microbiology. Second five weeks of ship, organizing and managing activities, de-
each semester. Prerequisite: First-year gradu- 121. Military Mountaineering and Survival cision making, and effective instructional
ate status and consent of department; concur- Fundamentals of military mountaineering and techniques. hours. Field trip required.
rent registration in MCBIO 491. Vt unit. survival; to include scaling rock surfaces and
rappelling; emplacement of rope bridging; 243. Military Management Systems
495.Seminar and military survival techniques, to include Basic examination of all military management
Required of allgraduate students whose camouflage and combat lifesaving techniques. systems: personnel, supply, logistics, training,
major is microbiology. Prerequisite: Ten hours maintenance, finance, and administration.
Includes field trips. 2 hours.
of microbiology; consent of instructor. or 'A Includes instruction on military administra-
unit. 122. Leadership Laboratory tive skills —
written and verbal communica-
Intermediate level practical application of tions,meeting management, and briefing tech-
499. Thesis Research military skills and leadership; includes niques. Discusses motivation and counseling
to 4 units. techniques. Basic instruction on Army envi-
mountaineering and rappelling, first aid,
small unit marching, weapons firing, and ronmental protection policies. 3 hours.
physical fitness. hours. Field trip required.
244.Leadership Laboratory
123. Military Marksmanship Continuation of MIL S 242. hours. Field trip
Fundamentals of rifle marksmanship. System- required.

atic study of the maintenance, operation, and
employment of the U. S. Army's primary in- 249. Independent Study
dividual weapon system, the Ml 6 rifle. Also Supervised reading and research in a selected
includes instruction on weapons safety, mili- area of Military Science. 1 or 2 hours. May be
tary marksmanship techniques and tactics, an repeated to a maximum of 2 hours.
introduction to risk assessment and manage-
Molecular and Integrative Physiology 191
254. Biochemical and Physical Basis of Life and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE;
Introduction to biochemistry and structural ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO. These
biology emphasizing the physical and chemi- hours will not be counted as advanced hours
cal properties of macromolecules. Prerequisite: in the option.
MCB 250 or equivalent or consent of instruc-
Molecular and tor. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
A S.) Students may not receive credit for both
in L 292. Senior Thesis
Research in physiology under the direction of
Cellular Biology MCB 254 and BIOCH 350. a faculty sponsor in the Department of Mo-
lecular and Integrative Physiology. A thesis,
310.Developmental Biology based on the research, must be submitted by
School Office: 393 Morrill Hall, 505 South
Survey of molecular and cellular mechanisms the student and approved by the Physiology
Goodwin, Urbana
involved in development and growth of ani- Undergraduate Honors Committee in order
Phone: 333-3166
mals. Topics to be covered include fertiliza- for him/her to be considered a candidate for
tion and early cell lineage, body axis forma- graduation with distinction in physiology.
Molecular and Cellular Biology (MCB) tion, gastrulation, neural induction and Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 to 4 hours.
patterning, segmentation, and other aspects May be repeated to a maximum of eight hours.
of pattern formation including organogenesis Majors in any School of Life Sciences option
150. Molecular and Cellular Basis of Life
of branching organs, limb development and may count toward graduation no more than
Introductory course focusing on the basic
regeneration. Prerequisite: CSB 300 and credit a combined maximum of 10 hours of 290, 292,
structure, metabolic, and molecular processes
or concurrent registration in BIOCH 350 or 353 and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; EEE;
(including membranes, energy metabolism,
genes) common to all cells. Emphasis on
or MCB 254. 4 hours or 1 unit. ENTOM; MCBIO, PHYSL; and PLBIO. These
hours will not be counted as advanced hours
unique properties that differentiate the major and Responsibilities
480. Research Ethics in the option.
sub-groups of organisms (archaea, bacteria,
Lecture/discussion course focusing on re-
plants, and animals), and will discuss how General Physiology
search ethics and a variety of related issues 295. Special Topics in
cells are integrated into tissues and organs in
that can influence success in graduate school Selected topics in general physiology. Prereq-
muticellular organisms. 4 hours. Students may
in the biological sciences, including scientific uisite: Credit or concurrent registration in
not receive credit for MCB
150 and BIOL 120,
integrity and compliance with regulations for PHYSL 301; consent of instructor. 2 hours.
121, 122, or 250.
laboratory research. Prerequisite: Consent of (Counts as advanced hours in L A S).
instructor. 'A unit.
151.Molecular and Cellular Biology Animal Physiology
296. Special Topics in
Laboratory
Selected topics in animal physiology. Prereq-
Introductory laboratory course focusing on
uisite: Credit or concurrent registration in
basic techniques in molecular and cellular bi-
PHYSL 302; consent of instructor. 2 hours.
ology. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in
(Counts as advanced hours in L A S).
MCB 150. 1 hour. Students majoring in MCB
or IB may not receive credit for MCB 151.
Molecular and 301. Cell
Cellular
and Membrane Physiology
and molecular basis of physiological
250. Molecular Genetics Integrative Physiology processes; emphasis on chemical, physical,
Genetic variation, gene organization, gene
and mathematical principles of membrane
expression, and gene regulation in archae,
structure and permeability, nerve conduction,
bacteria, and eukarya. Prerequisite: MCB 150 Head of Department: Philip M. Best
and cell motility. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or 251,
or equivalent or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Department Office: 524 Burrill Hall, 407 South
or equivalent; one year each of college-level
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana mathematics and physics; chemistry through
251. Experimental Techniques in Molecular Phone: 333-1735
organic with laboratory. 3 hours or % unit.
Biology URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/physiology/home. html
Laboratory course emphasizing a range of Systems and Integrative Physiology
302.
molecular biology questions, and the experi-
Examines organ physiology of animals; pri-
mental approaches and methodologies needed Molecular and Integrative Physiology
mary emphasis is on the control systems un-
to answer these questions. Lectures will ac- (PHYSL) derlying regulation of homeostasis in mam-
company labs to explain theoretical back-
mals, including human beings. Prerequisite:
ground and experimental rationale. Prerequi- 103. Introduction to Human Physiology BIOL 122 or 251, or equivalent; one year col-
site:Concurrent or prior enrollment in MCB Survey of the human body functions and MATH
120 or equivalent; chem-
lege physics;
250 or 254 or consent of the instructor. 2 hours. dysfunctions and their underlying molecular, istry through organic. 3 hours or % unit.
Students may not receive credit for this course cellular and integrative mechanisms. Offered
and MCB 151. in two formats: regular (Section B) and self- 303. Cell and Membrane Physiology
paced (Section A). In the self-paced format the Laboratory
252. Cells, Tissues, and Development lecture portion is replaced by intensive, Introduction to experimentation with cellular
Functional organization and physiology of organized readings followed by repeatable functions common to most eukaryotic cells;
cells and tissues, including cellular signaling,
quizzes and exams. The course includes a emphasis on biochemical, radioactive tracer,
cellular interactions, and developmental pro- weekly three hour laboratory. Prerequisite: high electrical, and mechanical recording tech-
cesses. Prerequisite:MCB 250 or equivalent school chemistry and/or basic biology niques. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg-
with consent of the instructor. 3 hours. strongly recommended. 4 hours. istration in PHYSL 301. 2 hours or 'A unit.
253.Experimental Techniques in Cell Undergraduate Open Seminar

199. 304. Systems and Integrative Physiology
Biology 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Laboratory
Laboratory course emphasizing experimental Introduction to problems and techniques for
techniques in cellular biology, cellular physi- 290. Reading and Individual Topics Course studying the physiology of organ systems.
ology,and developmental biology. Prerequisite: Readings or laboratory work in fields chosen Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
Concurrent or prior enrollment in MCB 252 in consultation with a departmental faculty %
in PHYSL 302. 2 hours or unit.
or consent of the instructor. 2 hours. Students sponsor. Prerequisite: A course in physiology;
may not receive credit for this course and MCB consent of instructor. 1 to 5 hours. May be 305. Principles of Ergonomics
151. repeated to a maximum of 10 hours. Majors Same as I E and KINES 305. See I E 305.
in any School of Life Sciences option may
count toward graduation no more than a
combined maximum of ten hours of 290, 292,
192 Music
312. Endocrinology 356. Advanced Systems and Integrative physiology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Physiology and biochemistry of the endocrine Physiology Va unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 1
system and its hormones with special refer- Advanced analysis of the major vertebrate unit.
ence to vertebrates and to human endocrine organ systems, including the nervous, circu-
disorders. Prerequisite: PHYSL 301, BIOL 122 latory, digestive, renal, respiratory, and endo- 431. Advanced Reproductive
or 251, or a course in biochemistry, or consent crine systems. Prerequisite: Credit or concur- Endocrinology
of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. rent enrollment in PHYSL 302. Physical Same as ANSCI and V B 431 . See ANSCI 431.
chemistry and biochemistry are recom- Prerequisite: y
315. Structure and Function of the Nervous mended. 2 hours or Vi unit.
System 433. Laboratory Methods in Reproductive
Same as CSB 307 and NEURO 315. Examines 404. Physiological Measurements Physiology
the structural organization and function of the Same as BIOPH 404. Laboratories concerned Same as ANSCI and V B 433. See ANSCI 433.
major systems of the nervous system. Lecture with introducing at a graduate level current
and laboratory. Prerequisite: PHYSL 302, BIOL research techniques in the physiological and 451. Advanced Cellular Physiology
303, graduate standing, or consent of instruc- biophysical sciences; problem-oriented labo- Seminar, lectures, student reports, and
tor. 4 hours or 1 unit. ratories; students selectup to four special top- discussions. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
icsrepresenting different areas of physiology Vi unit.
316. Integrative Neurophysiology and biophysics, such as mammalian and hu-
Same as NEURO 316. Advanced studies of man, molecular, cellular and radiation biology, 460. Human Pharmacology, I
single-neuron function and systems neuro- comparative physiology, and biophysical Studies the general principles of drug action
physiology. Topics include: ion channels, ionic measurements. Emphasis placed on ability to and analyzes the actions of the major drug
basis of neural potentials, small neural network independently, and students give writ- groups on biochemical and physiological
works, central pattern generators, neural cod- ten reports of their experiments. Prerequisite: processes. Prerequisite: PHYSL 356; BIOCH
ing, visual system, auditory system, motor Consent of instructor. 'A to 1 unit. May be re- 350; consent of instructor. 1 unit.
system, sensorimotor integration, learning, peated to a maximum of 1 Vi units.

and emotion. Prerequisite: PHYSL 302, or BIOL 461.Human Pharmacology, II
303 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or lA unit. Neurochemistry
405.
Continuation of PHYSL 460. Prerequisite:
Same as NEURO and PSYCH 405. See PSYCH PHYSL 460. 1 unit.
317. Methods in Computational 405.

Neurobiology 490. Individual Topics
Same as BIOPH and NEURO 31 7, and BIOEN 409. FacultyResearch Topics For graduate students wishing to study
376. Application ofcomputer modeling and Advanced seminars by the faculty on their individual problems or topics not assigned in
simulation techniques to the nervous system; current research activities. Prerequisite: other courses. Prerequisite: Approval of
Hodgkin-Huxley formalism, single neuron Consent of instructor. A unit. May not be
l department. Vt to 2 units.
models, central pattern generators, large repeated for credit.
Neural Networks and
491. Artificial
networks, lateral inhibition, Hopfteld models,
410. Special Topics in Physiology Computational Brain Theory
back-propagation, self-organization and
development. Programming assignments and Advanced seminars on current topics of Same as NEURO 491. See NEURO 491.
projects to be carried out in scheduled interest in physiology. Prerequisite: Consent of
computer laboratory time. Prerequisite: C S 110, instructor. or Vi unit. May be repeated to a
maximum of 2 units. Research may be conducted under supervi-
and PHYSL 301 or BIOPH 301; or consent of
sion of the thesis adviser in the following ar-
instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
412. Advanced Endocrinology and molecular physiology; (b)
eas: (a) cellular
Same as ANSCI and V B 412. Seminar, lectures, comparative physiology; (c) mammalian
341. Comparative Physiology of Animals
student reports, and discussions of recent physiology; (d) human physiology; (e) endo-
Emphasizes comparative aspects of the ner-
advances in endocrinology. Prerequisite: crinology; (f) neurophysiology; (g) radiobiol-
vous system and nervous integration; ionic
PHYSL 312; consent of instructor. Vi unit. May ogy; and (h) environmental and stress physi-
and osmotic regulation in fresh water and
ology. to 4 units.
marine environments; gas exchange mecha- be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
nisms; temperature adaptation and endocrine
systems in both invertebrates and vertebrates. 413. Cardiovascular Physiology
Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or 251, or equivalent; one Same as V B 413. See V B 413.
year of college-level physics; MATH 120;
chemistry through organic with laboratory. 3 416. Neurophysiology Laboratory
hours or % unit.
Same as NEURO 416. Neurophysiological
techniques and experiments illustrating nerve
342. Advanced Comparative Physiology membrane properties, synaptic action and Music
Develops competence to read the research lit- plasticity, organization and pattern generation
erature in selected topics drawn from the com- in motor systems, and sensory coding in visual
and acoustic systems. Prerequisite: Credit or Director of School: James C. Scott
parative study of nervous system, muscle,
excretion, metabolism and nutrition, circula- concurrent registration in PHYSL 316 or School Office: 3054 Music Building, 1114 West
tion, and regulatory processes. Special empha- consent of instructor. Vi unit. Nevada Street, Urbana
Phone: 333-2620
sis is given to adaptational and evolutionary
processes. Prerequisite: PHYSL 341 or concur- 418.Neuroendocrinology URL: www.music.uiuc.edu/Music
rent registration. 2 hours or Vi unit. Advanced studies on central nervous system/
hormone interaction in vertebrates. Neu-
roanatomy and maturation of neuroendocrine Music (MUSIC)
355. Advanced Cellular and Molecular
Physiology control systems; production, biochemistry,
Advanced treatment of cellular and molecu- and physiological effects of neurohormones; 100. Introduction to Theory and Aural
lar mechanisms common to many physiologi- and neuroendocrine techniques. Prerequisite: Skills
cal processes. Experimental approaches and PHYSL 312 and one of the following: PHYSL Remedial course introducing theory and aural
quantitative treatment of basic physical and 316, 342, or 356; consent of instructor. % unit. Music major. 2 hours. Credit
skills. Prerequisite:
chemical principles are emphasized. Prerequi- does not apply to any music degree.
Concurrent enrollment in PHYSL 301, or
site:
430. Reproductive Physiology Seminar
consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. Presentation and discussion of current litera- 101.Music Theory and Practice, I
ture as well as graduate student and staff re- Fundamental theory including terminology
search proposals and findings in reproductive and notation; visual analysis of music ele-
Music 193
merits, procedures, and forms; written appli- organization. Concurrent registration in 150. Jazz Piano Improvisation, I
cations in short projects. Concurrent registra- MUSIC 104 is required. Prerequisite: MUSIC Study of jazz theory, harmony, and improvi-
tion in MUSIC 111 is required. 2 hours. 103 and 113, or placement by examination. 2 sational techniques at the piano; includes ex-
hour. perience in solo and ensemble situations, and
102.Music Theory and Practice, II a historical survey of jazz development from
Continuation of MUSIC 101; gradually 120. Seminar in Music Education about 1910. Prerequisite: MUSIC 162 or equiva-
increased emphasis on aural and visual Lecture and performance series in music lent; MUSIC 104 and 114, or equivalent; con-
elements. Concurrent registration in MUSIC education. Selected topics and performances sent of instructor. 2 hours.
112 is required. Prerequisite: MUSIC 101, or focus on trends in music and music education.
placement by examination. 2 hours. Prerequisite: Music education majors. hours. 151. Jazz Piano Improvisation, II
Continuation of MUSIC 150. Study of jazz
103. Music Theory and Practice, III 130. Introduction to the Art of Music theory, harmony, and improvisational tech-
Continuation of MUSIC 102; gradually in- Provides nonmusic students with basic niques at the piano; includes experience in
creased emphasis on contrapuntal techniques, listening skills, the ability to discuss music solo and ensemble situations, and a historical
dissonance in tonal music, and musical form. intelligently, and an acquaintance with many survey of jazz development from about 1910.
Concurrent registration in MUSIC 113 is re- types of music. 3 hours. Prerequisite: MUSIC 150, or consent of instruc-
quired. Prerequisite: MUSIC 102 and 112, or tor. 2 hours.
placement by examination. 2 hours. 131. Masterworks of Western Music
Studies in detail approximately half a dozen Group Instruction
158. in Piano for
104. Music Theory and Practice, IV works of different eras and types with regard Nonmusic Majors, I
Continuation of MUSIC 103; study of twenti- to form, style, performance practice, and Beginning piano for nonmusic majors: funda-
eth century compositional methods. Concur- historical significance. 3 hours. mentals of reading, technique, and creative
rent registration in MUSIC 114 is required. activities; includes study and performance of
Prerequisite: MUSIC 103 and 113. 2 hours. 132. The Varieties of Music simple solo and ensemble repertoire. 2 hours.
Appreciation of a major musical type such as
106. Beginning Composition the symphony, the concerto, chamber music, Group Instruction
159. in Piano for
Music composition in its beginning stages; opera, jazz, or popular music. 3 hours. Nonmusic Majors, II
practice in phrase, section, and short form Elementary piano for nonmusic majors. Con-
construction, analysis, and writing; instruction 133. Introduction to World Music tinuation of basic skills presented in MUSIC
in range, characteristics, and idiom of instru- Survey of the musics of Asia, Africa, and 158: reading, technique, creative activities,
ments and voices. Prerequisite: Consent of in- Oceania and the native traditions of the simple solo and ensemble repertoire. Prereq-
structor. 2 or 3 hours. May be repeated to a Americas. 3 hours. uisite: MUSIC 158, or equivalent. 2 hours.
maximum of 6 hours.
134. The Eras of Music 160. Group Instruction in Piano, I
110. Introduction to Art Music: Examines major works and composers repre- Beginning group instruction in piano for mu-
International Perspectives sentative of an era in the history of music such sic majors whose principal performing me-
Surveys the history of European and Ameri- as the baroque, the classical, or the romantic. dium is voice, or an orchestral or band instru-
can art music in an international context; ex- 3 hours. ment; study of simple piano literature,
amines major artistic styles, representative development of skills in technique, sight read-
composers and works, and their relationship 140. Introduction to Music Education ing, harmonization, transposition, improvisa-
to pertinent non-Western musical traditions Introduces basic issues and principles of music tion, and analysis. 2 hours.
and philosophies; reviews fundamental mu- education and teaching with an emphasis on
sic concepts; strengthens aural analytical philosophy and the identification of the 161. Group Instruction in Piano, II
skills; familiarizes students with the music li-
exceptional child and learning disabilities; Elementary group instruction in piano for
brary, and research and writing techniques. includes 16 hours of early field experience in music majors whose principal performing
Prerequisite: First-year standing in music or the teaching of music. 2 hours. medium is voice, or an orchestral or band
consent of instructor. 2 hours. instrument; continuation of skills introduced
142. Elements of Conducting in MUSIC 160; easy solos from the main
111. Aural Skills, I Fundamentals of conducting, score prepara- historical periods with appropriate technical
tion, and transcription for choral and instru-
Beginning aural skills training in the areas of development; introduction to piano ensemble
intervals, scales, chords, rhythm, melody, and mental ensembles. 2 hours. literature. Prerequisite: MUSIC 100 or 101, 111;
harmony. Concurrent registration in MUSIC 160 or equivalent; consent of instructor. 2
143. Pre-Student Teaching Experience
101 is required. 2 hours. hours.
Early field experience in teacher education,
112. Aural Skills, II including a practicum of observation, teacher 162. Group Instruction in Piano, III
Continuation of aural skills training from aide, and teaching experiences in music. Intermediate group instruction in piano for
MUSIC development of performance,
101; Thirty-two hours of early field experience are music majors whose principal main perform-
notational,and listening skills in the areas of required for each 1 hour of credit. 1 or 2 hours. ing medium is voice, or an orchestral or band
rhythm, melody, harmony, counterpoint, and May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours; instrument. Continuation of skills introduced
formal aspects of musical structure; empha- only 2 hours may be applied toward the in MUSIC 161: study of intermediate level
sizes tonal pitch structures. Concurrent regis- degree. solos and ensemble compositions; harmoni-
tration in MUSIC 102 is required. Prerequisite: zation with chromatic chords, sight reading,
MUSIC 101 and 111, or placement by exami-
144. Music Teaching Technique Laboratory transposition of four-voice works, improvisa-
Class and individual instruction on musical
nation. 2 hours. tion, and learning of patriotic songs. Prerequi-
instruments and voice for nonmusic majors;
site: MUSIC 102, 112; 161 or equivalent; con-
113. Aural Skills, III serves as a laboratory for undergraduate
sent of instructor. 2 hours.
Continuation of MUSIC 112; emphasis on music education students to teach in their
extensions of tonality by means of changing major applied music field. 2 hours. May be 163. Group Instruction in Piano, IV
tonal centers and altered chords. Concurrent repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Moderately advanced group instruction in
registration in MUSIC 103 is required. piano for music majors whose principal per-
Prerequisite: MUSIC 102 and 112, or placement
145. Unit One Seminar and Instruction in
forming medium is voice, or an orchestral or
by examination. 2 hours.
Music band instrument. Continuation of MUSIC 162:
Experimental seminar courses to introduce
emphasis on solos, ensemble compositions,
114.Aural Skills, IV nonmusic majors to contemporary ideas in technical development, and more advanced
Continuation of MUSIC 113; emphasis on music. 2 hours. May be repeated to a maximum
work in sight reading, harmonization, impro-
atonal pitch structures and complex rhythmic of 4 hours.
2 .
194 Music
visation, transposition, and aural skills. Pre- 178. Guitar 194. Euphonium
requisite: MUSIC 103, 113; 162 or equivalent. 2 Instruction in guitar at the undergraduate Instruction in euphonium at the undergradu-
hours. level, predominantly classical. 2 or 4 hours ate level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2
(summer session, 1 or 2 hours). hours).
166. English Diction
Phonetics applied to English song literature; 179. Harpsichord 195. Tuba
individual clinical analysis and practice. To be Instruction in harpsichord at the undergradu- Instruction in tuba at the undergraduate level.
taken with MUSIC 181 Prerequisite: Freshman
. ate level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
standing in voice, or consent of instructor. 1 hours).
hour. 196. Percussion
180. Piano Instruction in percussion at the undergraduate
167. Italian Diction Instruction in piano at the undergraduate level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
Phonetics applied to Italian song literature; level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
individual clinical analysis and practice. To be 197. Harp
taken with MUSIC 181 Prerequisite: Freshman
.
181. Voice Instruction in harp at the undergraduate level.
standing in voice, or consent of instructor. 1 Instruction in voice at the undergraduate 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
hour. level. 2 or 3 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
198. Saxophone
German Diction
168. 182. Organ Instruction in saxophone at the undergraduate
German pronunciation as applied to German Instruction in organ at the undergraduate level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 hours)
vocal literature; class and individual clinical level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
analysis and practice. To be taken with MUSIC 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
181. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in voice, 183. Violin 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
or consent of instructor. 1 hour. Instruction in violin at the undergraduate
level. Music majors must register concurrently 200. Instrumentation, I
169. French Diction in MUSIC 250. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 Basic instrumentation and scoring for small
Principles of French pronunciation applied to or 2 hours). ensembles. Prerequisite: MUSIC 102 and 112.
French vocal literature; class and individual hours.
clinical analysis and practice. To be taken with 184. Viola
Instruction in viola at the undergraduate level. 201. Instrumentation, II
MUSIC 181. Prerequisite: At least one semester
of French or equivalent required, sophomore Music majors must register concurrently in Arranging for all wind instruments. Required
standing in voice, or consent of instructor. 1 MUSIC 250. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 of composition majors. Prerequisite: MUSIC
hour. hours). 200, or consent of instructor. 2 hours.
170. String Instruments 185. Cello 202.Rudiments of Theory, I

Class instruction in the fundamentals of Instruction in cello at the undergraduate level. Introduces nonmusic majors to basic terminol-
playing and teaching violin, viola, cello, and Music majors must register concurrently in ogy, notation, concepts of tonality, and musi-
double bass. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the MUSIC 250. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 cal forms. Nonmusic majors only. 3 hours.
School of Music; for nonmusic majors, consent hours). (Credit may be received for MUSIC 202 or
of instructor. 2 hours. MUSIC 101, but not for both.)
186. Double Bass
171. Woodwind Instruments Instruction in double bass at the undergradu- 203. Rudiments of Theory, II
Class instruction in the fundamentals of play- ate level. Music majors must register concur- Continuation of MUSIC 202 including study
ing and teaching clarinet, flute, saxophone, rently in MUSIC 250. 2 or 4 hours (summer ses- of modulation, chromatic harmony, formal
oboe, and bassoon. Prerequisite: Enrollment in sion, 1 or 2 hours). structures, and an introduction to twentieth-
the School of Music; for nonmusic majors, century composition. Prerequisite: MUSIC 202
consent of instructor. Vi or 2 hours. May be 187. Flute or placement by examination; nonmusic
repeated to a maximum of 5'A hours. Students Instruction in flute at the undergraduate level. majors only. 3 hours. (Credit may be received
may also register in this course more than once 2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 hours). for MUSIC 203 or MUSIC 102, but not for
in the same semester to a maximum of 5 /:

1 both.)
188. Clarinet
hours.
Instruction in clarinet at the undergraduate 204. Compositional Problems: Serial
level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 hours). Techniques
172. Brass Instruments
Class instruction in the fundamentals of play- Study of serial techniques and levels of
ing and teaching trumpet, horn, trombone,
189. Oboe determinacy through composition and analy-
Instruction in oboe at the undergraduate level. sis. Prerequisite: MUSIC 104 and 114, or con-
euphonium, and tuba. Prerequisite: Enrollment
2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 hours). sent of instructor. 2 hours.
in the School of Music; for nonmusic majors,
consent of instructor. Vi or 2 hours. Students
190. Bassoon 205. Compositional Problems:
may also register in this course more than once
Instruction in bassoon at the undergraduate Technological and Visual Aspects
in the same semester to a maximum of 5'A
level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours). Studies electronic and computer applications,
hours.
visual and gestural elements, and levels of
191. Cornet and Trumpet determinacy through composition and analy-
173. Percussion Instruments
Instruction in cornet and trumpet at the sis. Prerequisite: Consent of composition-
Class instruction in the fundamentals of play-
undergraduate level. 2 or 4 hours (summer theory faculty. 2 hours.
ing and teaching percussion instruments. Pre-
session, lor 2 hours).
requisite: Enrollment in the School of Music;
206. Intermediate Composition
for nonmusic majors, consent of instructor. 2
192. Horn Music composition at the secondary stages;
hours.
Instruction in horn at the undergraduate level. analysis and writing of shorter musical forms.
2 or 4 hours (summer session, lor 2 hours). Prerequisite: MUSIC 106 and consent of
Note: MUSIC 178 through 198 (applied mu-
sic) have the following prerequisite: Passing
composition-theory faculty. 2 hours. May be
193. Trombone repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
of a performance audition is required prior to Instruction in trombone at the undergraduate
the initial registration in any applied music level. 2 or 4 hours (summer session, 1 or 2 hours).
Music 195
210. Introduction to Technology-Based teaching through study and performance of 245. Music Methods in Early Childhood
Music Instruction selected wind compositions and instructional Methods for teaching music to children ages
Hands-on introduction to the development, materials appropriate for public school use. 2 through 8, in preschool and early elemen-
planning and application of computer, MIDI, Prerequisite: MUSIC 142. 3 hours. tary school settings. Includes some observa-
multimedia, and electronic communication tion in preschool settings. Focus on under-
technologies in music instruction. Instruc- 233. Instrumental Literature and standing the role of music in early childhood,
tional implications of theuse of technology in Conducting, II developing musical concepts, and organizing
the classroom will also be explored. Prerequi- Survey of concert and training literature for appropriate learning experiences. 2 hours.
site: Admission to music education and sopho- orchestra; continued development and refine-
more standing, or consent of instructor. 2 ment of conducting skills and methods of 246. Teaching of Choral Music
hours. teaching through detailed study and perfor- Methods course providing detailed consider-
mance of selected compositions and instru- ation of organization, development, and main-
211. Practicum in Piano Teaching mental materials appropriate for public school tenance of comprehensive choral program in
Coordinates lesson planning for teaching pre- use. Prerequisite: MUSIC 232. 3 hours. the secondary schools. Prerequisite: MUSIC
college piano pupils with extensive teaching 231. 3 hours.
experiences; gives close examination to begin- 235.Elementary and Junior High School
ning and intermediate teaching literature. Pre- Instrumental Music 247. Repertory for theSecondary School
requisite: MUSIC 143 or 242. 2 hours. Examines pedagogical and organizational Choral Program
techniques for teaching elementary and junior Exploration of literature appropriate for
213. The History of Music, I high school instrumental music in a laboratory public school music groups through reading
Survey of music and its development in West- school setting. Prerequisite: MUSIC 232. 2 hours. and rehearsal demonstrations. Prerequisite:
ern civilization to about 1750; emphasis on an MUSIC 142, or consent of instructor. 2 or 2
acquaintance with representative musical 239. Principles and Techniques in Music hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
works and style, and on understanding mu- Education hours.
concepts in the light of their historical
sical Comprehensive examination of interrelation-
and general cultural context. Prerequisite: ships among the various segments of music 250. University Orchestra
MUSIC 110, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. education; the role of music education in the Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. or 2 hour.
total school program, elementary through sec-
214. The History of Music, II ondary, with emphasis upon philosophy, 251. Chamber Orchestra
Survey of the development of music as an art learning theory, curriculum design, identifi- Performs literature of all periods written
in Western civilization from about 1750 to the cation of exceptional children and learning specifically for a chamber-sized orchestra.
present; emphasizes an acquaintance with for- disabilities, administration, and current Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. or 1 hour.
mal and stylistic problems through the study trends; includes 20 hours of early field expe-
of representative works and on understand- rience in the teaching of music. Prerequisite: 253. Collegium Musicum
ing specific musical concepts in the light of Senior standing in music education, or con- Performs medieval, renaissance, and baroque
their historical and general cultural context. sent of instructor, plus 80 hours of early field music; various small groups formed for the
Prerequisite: MUSIC 213. 3 hours. experiences in the teaching of music. 3 hours. performance of sonatas and cantatas of Bach
and Handel, wind serenades of Mozart, etc.
229. Thesis and Advanced Undergraduate 241. Music for Elementary Teachers Interested students may play on lute, harpsi-
Honors in Music Introduces elementary education students to chord, and other instruments from the
Special individual research projects. Required materials and methods for music teaching in University's collection. Prerequisite: Consent of
music and compo-
of seniors in the history of kindergarten through grade six. Classes will instructor. or 1 hour.
open also to advanced
sition-theory curricula; include repertoire for various grades along
undergraduates, including James Scholars, with suggestions for their use, discussion of 254. String Ensemble
who have achieved University or college hon- methods and techniques commonly used in Participation in various ensemble groups,
ors and who desire to do research in special- elementary school music programs, and prac- such as trios, quartets, quintets, etc., for the
ized areas of music, including performance. tice for students in simple music teaching study of chamber music literature. The course
Prerequisite:Senior standing in the history of skills. Topics include: singing and vocal de-
may be repeated or taken during the fresh-
music or composition-theory curriculum, or velopment, concept development, classroom man and sophomore year without credit. Pre-
requisite: Consent of instructor. or 2 hour.
consent of instructor. 2 hours. (Counts for ad- instruments, correlating music with other sub-
vanced hours in L A S.) jects, and individualized learning in music.
Students will attend at least one music con-
255. Woodwind Ensemble
230. Choral Literature and Conducting, I cert performed for elementary school children.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. or 2 hour.
Laboratory course for review and develop- 2 hours. Music and music education students
ment of conducting skills. Choral repertoire 256. Brass Ensemble
may not receive credit for this course.
Ensembles of mixed brasses in both small and
for secondary schools is developed through
large forms. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
score analysis and preparation and laboratory 242.Teaching Music in the Elementary
or 1 hour.
conducting assignments. Prerequisite: MUSIC School
142; concurrent registration in MUSIC 247 for Techniques of and material suitable for
257. Percussion Ensemble
music education majors. 2 hours. teaching music in the elementary school. 3
hours.
231.Choral Literature and Conducting, II
258. Piano Ensemble
Laboratory course emphasizing rehearsal 243. Teaching Music in the Junior High
techniques, score preparation, and interpre- School
tation. Emphasizes the integration of aural, Detailed consideration of the music program
259. Organ Keyboard Techniques
vocal, keyboard, and conducting skills for the in the junior high school; special emphasis on
Development of practical keyboard skills
choral teacher/conductor. Prerequisite: MUSIC instructional material and methods of instruc-
related to the work of the church organist:
230; concurrent registration in MUSIC 247 for tion. 3 hours.
transposition, score-reading, harmonization,
music education majors. 2 hours.
modulation, hymn-playing, and solo and
244. Teaching of Instrumental Music
anthem accompaniment. Prerequisite: Consent
232. Instrumental Literature and Techniques of teaching, publicizing, organiz-
of instructor. 2 hour.
Conducting, I ing, and administrating the total school instru-
Survey of concert and training literature for ment music program, elementary through sec- 260. Oratorio Society
wind ensemble and band; refinement of ondary school. Prerequisite: MUSIC 232; senior
Performance of oratorios and other major cho-
conducting techniques and methods of standing; completion of campus Composition
ral works in cooperation with the University
I general education requirement. 3 hours.
A
B
196 Music
Symphony Orchestra; an advanced mixed- 270. String Pedagogy for the Public School 288. Brass Band
voice chorus open to students, faculty, and Teacher Maintains a complete British Brass Band in-
members of the community. Prerequisite: Con- Organization, materials, and techniques for strumentation for the study and performance
sent of instructor. or 1 hour. the teaching of strings in the public school of all types and styles of brass band literature.
string class. Prerequisite: String major, or Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in MUSIC
261. UniversityChorus consent of instructor. 3 hours. 281, 282, 283, 284, or 285. or 1 hour.
Performance of cantatas and other choral
works; a mixed-voice chorus for average and 271. Ethnomusicology Performance 289. Summer Band
beginning singers. Open to students, faculty, Ensembles Maintains the instrumentation of the standard
and members of the community. Prerequisite: Instruction and experience in the performance band for the study and performance of all
Consent of instructor. or 1 hour. of various non-Western and vernacular mu- types of band literature. Prerequisite: Consent
such as Javanese gamelan, Afri-
sic traditions of instructor. or 1 hour.
262. Women's Glee Club can mbira, Andean panpipes, North Ameri-
Practical experience in the rehearsal and can stringband, and European traditional 290. ClarinetChoir
public performance of choral music of various music. Topics vary according to available in- Maintains a complete clarinet choir instru-
periods and styles. Open to all women structors. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor mentation for the study and performance of
students. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. required. May be repeated in the
to 1 hour. all types and styles of clarinet choir literature.
or 1 hour. same semester to a maximum of 2 hours. May Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in MUSIC
be repeated in subsequent semesters to a maxi- 281, 282, 283, 284, or 285. or 1 hour.
263. Men's Glee Club mum of 8 hours.
Practical experience in the rehearsal and 300. Counterpoint and Fugue
public performance of choral music of various Note: MUSIC 281-290 are open to all students Study of contrapuntal writing and analysis.
periods and styles. Open to all men students. who have been accepted by audition, with Prerequisite: MUSIC 104 and 114, or consent
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. or 1 hour. assignments made according to proficiency of instructor. 3 hours or A
l
unit.
and instrumentation. Completion of each

264. Concert Choir course involves, in addition to the regular 301. Schenkerian Analysis of Tonal Music
Practical experience in mixed-voice singing of Studies analytical systems and their applica-
schedule of rehearsals, participation in pub-
accompanied and unaccompanied music of lic appearances by the bands.
tion to tonal music; includes a survey of theo-
various periods and styles; a highly advanced retical works by important theorists from
group of competent student singers. Prerequi- 281. Symphonic Band, I Rameau to Schenker. Emphasizes practical
site: Consent of instructor. orl hour. application of Schenkerian analysis. Prerequi-
Maintains a complete symphonic band instru-
mentation for the study and performance of site: MUSIC 104, or consent of instructor. 3
265. Opera-Musical Theatre all types of band literature. or 1 hour. hours or % unit.
Preparation and public performance of grand
or light opera; includes only singing and act- 282. Symphonic Band, II 302.Musical Acoustics
ing. (Students desiring experience in costum- Maintains a complete symphonic band instru- Theory and application of simple resonators,
ing, stage management, scenery, publicity, etc., mentation for the study and performance of wave motion, resonances of string and pipes;
should apply to the University Theatre which all types of band literature. orl hour. perception of loudness, pitch and timbre;
cooperates in the opera productions). Prereq- musical scales; and acoustics of rooms and
uisite: Consent of instructor. orl hour. 283. First Concert Band musical instruments. Prerequisite: MATH 112
Maintains the instrumentation of the standard and MUSIC 101 or equivalent. 3 hours or V*
266. Jazz Band band, and serves as a training organization for unit.
Designed to acquaint proficient instrumental- the symphonic bands. The literature studied
ists with jazz compositions, arrangements, and performed is of the highest calibre and 303.Music Formalization
and improvisational procedures, and to pro- technical difficulty. or 1 hour. Surveys the logical tools introduced in the
mote a high degree of stylistic and technical theory and practice of the musical composi-
competence in performance. Prerequisite: Con- 284. Second Concert Band — tion by Xenakis,
Hiller, and others; intended
sent of instructor. or 1 hour. Training for the Symphonic Bands and the for musicians with no more than limited fa-
First Concert Band. The high quality band miliarity with mathematics. Prerequisite: MU-
267. Harp Ensemble literature is technically less difficult than that SIC 104 and consent of instructor. 3 hours or 3A
Ensembles of multiple harps and harp in com- of MUSIC 281, 282, and 283. Promotion unit.
bination with other instruments. Prerequisite: contingent upon improvement and chair
Consent of instructor, or MUSIC 197 or 397. vacancies. or 1 hour. 304. Contemporary Compositional
or 1 hour. Techniques
285. Second Concert Band— Studies in specialized areas of composition for
Small Choral Ensembles
268. Training for the Symphonic Bands and the advanced undergraduates and graduates
Open to a limited number of undergraduate First Concert Band. The high quality band majoring in composition-theory. May be
students whodesire experience in perfor- literature is technically less difficult than that electedby others with consent of instructor.
mance of music specifically written for smaller of MUSIC 281, 282,' and 283. Promotion Prerequisite: MUSIC 104, 106, 114, or consent
choral groups. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- contingent upon improvement and chair of instructor. 2 hours or 'A unit. May be
tor. or 1 hour. vacancies. or 1 hour. repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or V/i
units.
269. String Chamber Music, Literature and 286.Marching Band
Performance Prepares and performs at least six shows per 305. Analytical Systems for Twentieth-
Extensive study of chamber music literature football season; music used is of the highest Century Music
for or including string instruments (violin, available quality. 1 hour. Study of various analytical techniques devel-
viola, cello, double bass). Students will be oped for music written in the twentieth cen-
assigned to chamber groups which will be 287. Basketball Band tury based on compositional procedures other
coached on a weekly basis by members of the Performs for home basketball games. Prereq- than those derived from the common practice
string faculty. One performance per semester Band Department audition during early
uisite: period. Prerequisite: MUSIC 104 and 109, or
will be required. Prerequisite: Junior standing November. 1 hour. Credit is given for spring consent of instructor. 3 hours or 3
/» unit.
in Instrumental Music (String Instrument semester only.
Majors), or consent of instructor. 1 hour. May 306. Composition
be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. Work in original composition including small
and large forms. Students submit scores of
their compositions to the composition faculty
Music 197
in order to obtain consent to register; consent units. Students in open studies may repeat to resentative works in some detail. Prerequisite:
is granted on the basis of the quality of the a maximum of 1 6 hours. MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. 3 hours
music the student has composed and the level orVt unit.
of skill demonstrated in the work submitted. 321. Electronic Music Techniques, I
Prerequisite: For undergraduates, MUSIC 204, Introduces electro-acoustic music, including 335.The Music of America, II
205, and 206 and consent of composition historical background, literature, techniques Study of chamber, choral, and orchestral
faculty; for graduate students, consent of of notation and realization, and compositional music written by American composers from
composition faculty. 3 hours or Vi unit. application in the areas of musique concrete, about 1850 to the present; jazz and its
classical electronic music, and voltage- offshoots; folk and popular music; and
308. Analysis of Musical Form controlled electronic music. Prerequisite: Junior experimental music in America. Prerequisite:
Extensive study of the formal structure of standing in music, or consent of instructor. 4 Senior standing in music, or consent of
representative musical compositions from hours or 1 unit. instructor. 3 hours or A
3
unit.
various historical periods: (a) renaissance and
baroque; (b) Viennese classical; (c) nineteenth 322. Electronic Music Techniques, II 337. National and Regional Studies in
century; (d) first half of twentieth century; and Advanced study in the use of voltage- European Music History
(e) since World War II. Prerequisite: MUSIC 104 controlled synthesizers in music composition Studies in the history of music of individual
and 114. 3 hours or Vi unit. May be repeated to and study of compositional, technical,and nations and regions of Europe. Each semester
a maximum of 9 hours or 1 Vi units. performance considerations in combining is devoted to one area, such as Great Britain,
electronics with traditional instruments and/ Spain and Portugal, Russia, Scandinavia, or
310.Ancient and Medieval Music or voices in music composition. Prerequisite: eastern Europe. Prerequisite: Junior standing
History of Western music to about 1400. Pre- MUSIC 321, or placement by examination. 2 in music, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or %
requisite: MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. hours or Vi unit. unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
3 hours or Vt unit. hours or 1
l /: units.
323. Opera Production, I
311. Music in the Renaissance Studies the problems of the lyric stage; inves- 338. Trends in Elementary School Music:
History of music from about 1400 to 1600. Pre- tigation of and practice with casting methods, Kodaly and Orff
requisite: MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. program selection, production procedures, Investigation of Kodaly, Orff, and other ap-
3 hours or % unit. stage direction, coaching methods, and opera proaches to elementary school music, includ-
dramatics. Prerequisite: MUSIC 265 and 381; ing philosophy, pedagogy, musical materials,
312. Music of the Seventeenth Century consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. May and applicability to North American teaching
History of music from about 1600 to 1 700. Pre- be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 1 unit. settings. Prerequisite: MUSIC 242, or consent
requisite: MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
3 hours or %
unit 324.Opera Production, II
Continuation of topics introduced inMUSIC 339. Music and the Special Learner
313. Music of the Eighteenth Century MUSIC 323. 3 hours or Vi unit.
323. Prerequisite: Introduction to the role of music in the
History of music from about 1700 to 1800. Pre- May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or education of the special learner, including the
requisite: MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. history and major issues of special education,
3 hours or % unit. consideration of characteristics of exceptional
328. Composer-Choreographer Workshop students, and development/adaptation of
314. Music of the Nineteenth Century Same as DANCE 328. See DANCE 328. curricular and instructional approaches
History of music from about 1800 to 1900. Pre- designed to guide the musical development
requisite: MUSIC 214, or consent of instructor. 330. Applied Music Pedagogy Graduate or
of the special learner. Prerequisite:
3 hours or %
unit. Survey of techniques, practices, and materi- upper-level undergraduate standing in music
als; presentation of group and individual in- education, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
315.Music of the Twentieth Century struction; an approach to teaching problems, % unit.
History of music from about 1900 to the tone production, musical styles, and interpre-
present. Prerequisite: MUSIC 214, or consent tation for various age levels; actual teaching 340.Marching Band Procedures
of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. experience under faculty supervision. Re- Detailed consideration of principles and
quired of applied music majors in voice and procedures for preparing a marching band to
316. Anthropology of Music string instruments. Prerequisite: Junior stand- participate in parades, ceremonials, and
Same as ANTH
316. Introduction to the ing in music, or consent of instructor. 2 hours shows for sports events. Prerequisite: Junior
anthropological study of music, including the or Vi unit.May be repeated to a maximum of standing in instrumental music education. 2
music in the world's societies and non-
role of 4 hours or 1 unit. hours or Vz unit.
Western musical systems and cultures.
Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or 110, or consent of 331. Piano Pedagogy, I 341. Seminar in Instrumental Music
instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. Objectives, techniques, literature, and mate- Education
rials for teaching the child from about ages Intensive study of musical, acoustical, and
317. Area Studies Ethnomusicology
in five through ten (elementary level); observa- educational concepts and principles related to
Same as ANTH 315. Seminar devoted to tion of lessons and supervised student teach- the teaching of instrumental music in elemen-
intensive study in the music of one specific ing experience. Prerequisite: Senior standing in tary and secondary schools. Prerequisite:
culture, Japan, China, Indonesia, India,
e. g. , music or music education, or consent of in- Completion of student teaching, or graduate
the Near East, African and New World Negro, structor. 2 hours or Vi unit. standing in music education. 2 hours or '/: unit.
European and American folk cultures, or
American Indian. Prerequisite: Senior standing 332. Piano Pedagogy, II 342.Band Arranging
in music, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or V-> Objectives, techniques, literature, and mate- Development of basic scoring and arranging
unit.May be repeated to a maximum of 12 rials for teaching the young pianist from about various small instrumental en-
skills for
hours or 2 units. ages eleven through eighteen (middle school sembles and marching band. Prerequisite:
to pre-college level); teaching the adult begin- MUSIC 104, or equivalent. 2 hours or Vi unit.
320. Proseminar ner; observation of lessons and supervised
Special preparation in specialized fields of student teaching experience. Prerequisite: Se- 343. Tests and Measurement in Music
musicology, composition-theory, and music nior standing in music or music education, or Education
education. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. Construction, design, appraisal, and use of
standing in music or music education; consent measurement devices for music teaching and
of instructor. 1 to 4 hours or Vt to 1 units. May 333. The History of Opera research. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2
be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours or 2 Surveys opera and related forms from the end or 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
of the 16th century to the present; studies rep-
198 Music
Ensemble Rehearsal Techniques

344. Jazz Internet and work with MIDI technology. Note: MUSIC 378 through 398 (applied mu-
Emphasizes principles of interpretation and Course is geared to today's music educator sic) have the following prerequisite: For stu-
techniques for conducting the school jazz en- who needs to adapt to a continually evolving dents in the Bachelor of Music programs for
semble through detailed study, with practicum instructional environment. Includes an in- the curricula in Vocal and Instrumental Mu-
experience in a laboratory setting. Prerequisite: depth analysis of the philosophical and in- sic, junior standing in the major applied mu-
MUSIC 232, or consent of instructor. 2 fours structional implications of technology. Prereq- sic subject as approved by the faculty of the
or Vz unit. Graduate credit requires written uisite: MUSIC 210 or consent of instructor. 2 appropriate applied music division; for stu-
project. or 4 hours, or Vz or 1 unit. dents in music education, completion of the
curricular requirement in the major applied
345.Teaching Techniques of Music Theory Advanced Keyboard Skills, I
360. music subject; and for students in other col-
Analysis and discussion of teaching materials, Comprehensive keyboard musicianship leges of the University, completion of four se-
methods, texts, and pedagogical sequence, course for advanced pianists emphasizing the mesters in the comparable applied music
including an intensive survey of aural and development of the following skills: sight course at the 100-level.
theoretical skills covered during the first two reading, harmonization, transposition, impro-
years of collegiate study. Prerequisite: MUSIC visation, playing by ear, and vocal and instru- 378. Guitar
300, or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vz unit. mental score reading. Ensemble piano music Instruction in guitar at the advanced under-
is performed. Prerequisite: MUSIC 180 (12 graduate and graduate levels, predominantly
346. Workshop in Music Education hours completed) or MUSIC 163; and MUSIC classical. 2 or 4 hours, or Vz or 1 unit (summer
Development of essential facts, attitudes, and 104 and 114 or equivalent; and consent of in- session, lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz unit).
principles through a consideration of prob- structor. 2 hours or Vz unit.
lems encountered in music education. Paral- 379. Harpsichord
lel with this study is the preparation of re- 361. Advanced Keyboard Skills, II Instruction in harpsichord at the advanced
source materials for music programs in Continuation of the topics introduced in undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours,
elementary and secondary schools. 1 to 4 hours, MUSIC 360. Prerequisite: MUSIC 180 (12 hours or Vz or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2 hours, or
or Vt to 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum completed) or MUSIC 163; MUSIC 104 and 114 Vt or Vz unit).
of 2 units. Offered during the summer session or equivalent; MUSIC 360 or equivalent; and
only. consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vz unit. 380. Piano
Instruction in piano at the advanced under-
349. Music in Early Childhood 362.Advanced Jazz Piano Improvisation graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi
Same as HDFS 349. Detailed consideration of Study of solo jazz piano improvisation on an or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz
the music program in nursery schools, kinder- advanced Includes practical experience
level. unit).
garten, and the primary grades; topics include in traditional,modern, and abstract solo
the nature of early musical responses, objec- performance, as well as theoretical, stylistic, 381. Voice
tives, experience levels of the program, meth- and historical background. Prerequisite: Instruction in voice at the advanced under-
ods of teaching, and materials. Observation MUSIC 151 or equivalent. 2 hours or Vz unit. graduate and graduate level. 2 or 3 hours, or Vz
of music teaching at the Child Development May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours or or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz
Laboratory is included in the course work. Pre- 1 unit. unit).
requisite: Senior or graduate standing in mu-

sic or human resources and family studies, or Pedagogy at the Keyboard
364. Jazz 382. Organ
consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vz unit. Designed for future piano teachers and Instruction in organ at the advanced under-
involves evaluating and designing of teaching graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vz
350. Advanced Ensemble Music strategies for significant repertoire in the jazz or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz
Selected projects in the study and performance idiom at elementary, intermediate, and unit).
of ensemble literature, including the areas of advanced levels of instruction. Prerequisite:

operatic, instrumental,and vocal-choral music Consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vz unit. 383. Violin
and accompanying. Prerequisite: Consent of Instruction in violin at the advanced under-
instructor. 0to2 hours, or to Vz unit. 366. Vocal Repertoire, I graduate and graduate level.Music majors
Study of the standard solo literature, includ- must register concurrently in MUSIC 250. 2 or
353. Introduction to Research in Music ing solo excerpts from larger works, i.e., can- 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2
Education tata, oratorio, and opera; supplements the hours, or Vt or Vz unit).

Emphasizes the interpretation and application student's knowledge of the literature in his/
of published studies and reports, an overview her special field. Prerequisite: Junior standing 384. Viola
of traditional research methodologies, sources in voice, or consent of instructor and concur- Instruction in viola at the advanced under-
of research literature, basic statistical proce- rent registration in MUSIC 381. 2 hour. graduate and graduate level.Music majors
dures, and quantitative and qualitative re- must register concurrently in MUSIC 250. 2 or
search terminology. Prerequisite: Advanced 367. Vocal Repertoire, II 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2
undergraduate or graduate standing in Mu- Study of the standard solo literature, includ- hours, or Vt or Vz unit).
sic or Music Education, or consent or instruc- ing solo excerpts from larger works, i.e., can-
tata, oratorio, and opera; supplements the 385. Cello
tor. 2 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
student's knowledge of the literature in his/ Instruction in cello at the advanced under-
355. School/Community Musical Theatre her special field. Prerequisite: Junior standing graduate and graduate level. Music majors
Production in voice, or consent of instructor and concur- must register concurrently in MUSIC 250. 2 or
Problems and techniques involved with tech- rent registration in MUSIC 381. 1 hour. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2
nical and artistic production of musicals in the hours, or Vt or Vz unit).
junior and senior high schools and in the com- 377. Principles of Accompanying
munity. Prerequisite: Advanced undergradu- Principles of accompanying singers and in- 386. Double Bass
ate or graduate standing in music education strumentalists; practical experience in accom- Instruction in double bass at the advanced
or performance curricula, or consent of in- panying; and facility in sight reading for key- undergraduate and graduate level. Music
structor. 2 hours or Vz unit. board performers. Prerequisite: Advanced majors must register concurrently in MUSIC
undergraduate or graduate standing in mu- 250. 2 or3 hours, or Vz orl unit (summer session,
358. Technology-Based Music Instruction sic or music education and consent of instruc- lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz unit).
Detailed study of the role of technology in tor. 4 hours or 1 unit (summer session, 2 hours or
387. Flute
music instruction. Students will evaluate Vz unit). May be repeated to a maximum of 16
hardware and software, build multimedia Instruction in flute at the advanced under-
hours or 4 units.
applications, explore music resources on the
graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or '/z
or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or Vt or Vz
unit).
Music 199
388. Clarinet repertoires by composers of the classical, ro- 411.Foundations and Methods of
Instruction in clarinet at the advanced mantic, and contemporary periods. Prerequi- Musicology, I
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, site: Undergraduate instrumentation. Vi or 1 Introduction to the field for graduate students
or 'A or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2 hours, or unit. in musicology. Includes a study of biblio-
Vt or Vi unit). graphic resources and techniques, online and
402. Analysis in Relation to Performance CD ROM resources, database creation and
389. Oboe and Interpretation management, basic historical method, evi-
Instruction in oboe at the advanced under- Deals with the structure of music, in which dence and argumentation in historical re-
graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi analysis is related to the performance and search, critical reading and logical analysis,
(summer session, lor 2 hours, or 'A or
or 1 unit l
/i understandings of music from the early Re- and the nature and taxonomy of musical
unit). naissance through present day composition. sources. Students begin a project on the state
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in music. Vi of research on a particular subject of their
390. Bassoon unit. choice, which is to be completed in MUSIC
Instruction in bassoon at the advanced Graduate standing in musi-
412. Prerequisite:
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, 403. Computer-Assisted Composition cology or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
or Vi or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or Critical evaluation of the ways in which com-
'A or Vi unit). puters have been used to write music, fol- 412. Foundations and Methods of
lowed by a detailed presentation of a program Musicology, II
391. Cornet and Trumpet for Computer-Assisted Composition. Prereq- Introduction to the field for graduate students
Instruction in cornet and trumpet at the uisite: MUSIC 303 and elementary knowledge in musicology, continued. Semester focuses on
advanced undergraduate and graduate level. of computer programming, or consent of in- the history of the discipline and on the theories
2 or 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or structor. 4 hours or 1 unit. and methods of ethnomusicology. Students
2 hours, or Vi or Vi unit). conclude a project on the state of research on
405. Individual Topics in Music Theory a particular subject of their choice, which was
392. Horn Studies in specialized areas of analysis, theory begun in MUSIC 411 . Prerequisite: MUSIC 411
Instruction in horn at the advanced under- systems, and aesthetics for composition- or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi theory majors. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or 'A or '/> in music; consent of instructor. Vi or 1 unit. 415. Notation
unit). May be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. History of notation from 1400 to 1600,
including instrumental tablatures. Prerequisite:
393. Trombone 406. Composition Consent of instructor. Vi unit.
Instruction in trombone at the advanced Advanced study of contrapuntal forms; study
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, of contemporary melodic and harmonic 417. Topics in the History of Instrumental
or V2 or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2 hours, or practices; and original work in advanced Music
'A or Vi unit). composition. Vi to 1 Vi units. Intensive study of a period or school of
instrumental composition, or of a particular
394. Euphonium 407. Readings in Music Education genre of instrumental music. Includes wide
Instruction in euphonium at the advanced Independent study of topics not treated by reading in the social and intellectual climate
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, regularly-scheduled courses. Prerequisite: of the period concerned; structural and
1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2 hours, or
or Vi or Graduate standing in music education. Vi to 1 stylistic analysis; work with primary sources,
'A or Vi unit). unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 whenever available. Prerequisite: MUSIC 428
units. or graduate standing or consent of instructor.
395. Tuba 1 unit. May be repeated in subsequent
Instruction in tuba at the advanced under- 408. Psychology of Music maximum of 2
semesters to a units.
graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi Study of the application of psychological
or 1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or 'A or Vi principles to the teaching of and responses to 418. Topics in Opera History
unit). music; perceptual and conceptual learning in Intensive study of a period or school of opera
music; uses of music in extra-musical venues, composition or of a particular aspect of the
396. Percussion musical abilities and music preference. history of opera. Wide reading in the social
Instruction in percussion at the advanced Prerequisite: Graduate standing in music and intellectual climate of the period con-
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, education and successful completion of cerned; literary, dramatic, and musical analy-
1 unit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or
or Vi or MUSIC 353 or the equivalent, or consent of sis; and work with primary sources whenever
'A or Vi unit). instructor. '/: or 1 unit. MUSIC 428, graduate
possible. Prerequisite:
standing in musicology, or consent of instruc-
397. Harp Curriculum in Music
409. Principles of tor. 1 unit (summer session, Vi unit).
Instruction in harp at the advanced under- Education
graduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi Examination of issues related to curriculum 419. Orchestral Literature, I
or lunit (summer session, lor 2 hours, or 'A or Vi and program development and instructional Study of orchestral and symphonic literature
unit). and evaluative practice as influenced by con- from about 1700 to 1850. Prerequisite: Graduate
temporary philosophical and psychological standing in music and consent of instructor.
398. Saxophone views. Consideration will be given to effect Vi unit.
Instruction in saxophone at the advanced on administrative and supervisory responsi-
undergraduate and graduate level. 2 or 4 hours, Acceptance into the MME
bilities. Prerequisite: 420. Orchestral Literature, II
or Vi or 1 unit (summer session, 1 or 2 hours, or curriculum, or consent of instructor. Vi to 1 Study of orchestral and symphonic literature
A or
l
V2 unit).
unit. from about 1850 to the present. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing in music and consent of
400. Advanced Instrumentation: Chamber Music Theory
410. History of instructor. Vi unit.
and Symphonic The development of theoretical concepts from
Orchestration for chamber and symphony antiquity through the Renaissance; a study of 421. Research in Music Education
orchestras; works of classical, romantic, and
selected theoretical treatises written before Intensive investigation of quantitative and
contemporary composers. Prerequisite: Under- 1550. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in qualitative methodologies of music education
graduate instrumentation. Vi or 1 unit. musicology or composition, or consent of research. Emphasizes proposing and conduct-
instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a ing research, experimental design, historical
401.Advanced Instrumentation: Band
maximum of 2 units. and philosophical research techniques in mu-
Arrangement for the concert band of works
sic education, and data collection and analy-
from orchestra, organ, and chamber music
.
200 Music
sis. Prerequisite: MUSIC 353 or equivalent, or 431. Advanced Band Conducting and ing in music or music education, or consent
consent of instructor. 'A or 1 unit. Literature of instructor. '/: or 1 unit.
Study of problems and techniques of band
ill. Seminar in Theory of Music conducting; survey of literature for the concert 441. Foundations and Principles of Music
Intensive study of selected topics in the fields band. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in music Education, II
of music theory, history of theory, and history or music education. 'A or 1 unit. Consideration of the psychological founda-
Graduate
of musical materials. Prerequisite: tions of music education and implications of
standing in music theory, or consent of 432. Advanced Choral Techniques, I contemporary theory for the development of
instructor. Vi or 1 unit. Intensive laboratory approach to the develop- processes of instruction, administration, su-
ment of advanced techniques necessary for pervision, and evaluation of music education
423.Seminar in Musicology working effectively with choral ensembles. programs. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
Problems in historical and systematic musi- Choral majors must enroll each semester in music or music education, or consent of in-
cology or ethnomusicology; discussions of residence. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in structor. 'A or 1 unit.
special problems and reports on individual choral music, or consent of instructor. Vz unit
research. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. 443. Administration and Supervision of
musicology, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Music Education
433. Advanced Choral Techniques, II Studies the functions of supervisors and
424. Seminar in the Works of a Selected Intensive survey of choral literature with labo- directors of music education in administering
Composer ratory organization for reading, conducting, music programs in elementary and secondary
Intensive historical and analytical study of the and interpreting choral music of all periods, schools. Vi or 1 unit.
works of important composers; each semes- and voice arrangements. Prerequisite:
styles,
ter devoted to one composer, e.g., Bach, Graduate standing in choral music; MUSIC 444.The General Music Program in
Beethoven, Handel, Haydn, Mozart, or 432 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Vi Elementary Schools
Wagner. Prerequisite: MUSIC 213 and 214; two or 1 unit. Concentration on contemporary practices in
of the following: MUSIC 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, elementary general music education as influ-
or 315, or equivalent. 1 unit (summer session, 434. Piano Literature enced by current learning theory and educa-
Vi or 1 unit). May be repeated for a maximum Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of
Prerequisite: tional principles. Includes consideration of
of 2 units. Music Education, or consent of instructor. 1 methodology, materials, curricular aims, and
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 evaluation. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
425.Readings in Musicology and Music units. music education, or consent of instructor. '/:
Theory or 1 unit.
Individual guidance in intensive readings in 435. Vocal Literature
the literature of musicology or music theory, Study of solo song in larger works and solo 445. Music in Higher Education
selected in consultation with the instructor Bachelor of Music or
art song. Prerequisite: Orientation to the organization, teaching, and
and in accordance with the needs and interests Bachelor of Music Education, or consent of administration of music in the college and
of the student. Prerequisite: Graduate standing instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a Graduate standing in
university. Prerequisite:
in musicology or music theory. 'A or 1 unit maximum of 2 units. music or music education. 'A orl unit. Offered
(summer session, 'A unit). in summer session only.
436. Organ Literature
426. Choral Literature, I Intensive study of organ literature from Bach 448. Computer Music
Survey of choral and vocal ensemble reper- to the present; includes the music itself, re- Representation of sound signals in a digital
toire from the Middle Ages to 1750. Prerequi- cordings, and collateral readings. Prerequisite: computer; methods for input and output of
site: Graduate standing in music; consent of Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Music Edu- sounds to and from a computer; sound syn-
instructor. Vi unit. cation, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be thesis programs; synthesis of simple musical
repeated to a maximum of 2 units. structures; use of graphics; processing of live
427. Choral Literature, II sounds by computer; editing and retrieval; fi-
Survey of choral repertoire from 1750 to the Instrument Literature
437. String delity of computer-produced sounds; and
present. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of
Prerequisite: hybrid analog/digital computers. Prerequisite:
music; consent of instructor. Vi unit. Music Education, or consent of instructor. 1 Graduate standing in composition-theory, or
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 consent of instructor. 1 unit.
428. Problems and Methods units.
Introduction to methods in research and 449.Problems in Band Conducting
stylistic criticism and to bibliographic aids, 438. Wind Instrument Literature Examination of techniques of rehearsal, con-
editions,and editing of music, as related to Survey of solo and ensemble wind literature; ducting, and preparation of band organiza-
the workof the musician and composer. includes analysis and performance (when tions for concert performance; emphasizes
Reports of bibliographic problems and on possible) of the music itself, recordings, and discussion, analysis, and preparation of se-
individual projects are presented orally and collateral readings. 1 unit. May be repeated to lected scores and the problems they present.
in writing. Required of all students in the a maximum of 2 units. Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or experience
Master of Music program, except those as a band conductor. '/: or 1 unit.
majoring in musicology. 1 unit. 439. Percussion Instruments Literature
Survey and analysis of the field of solo and 450. History of Vocal Ensemble and Choral
429. Historical Studies in Twentieth- ensemble percussion literature; includes Music
Century Music analysis and performance (when possible) of Criticaland analytical study of vocal ensemble
Seminar in contemporary music, with empha- the music itself, recordings, and collateral and choral music from the Middle Ages to the
sis on the historical foundations of current readings. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in present. Prerequisite: MUSIC 426 and 427, or
trends in musical composition. Prerequisite: music; consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be equivalent, or consent of instructor. '/: unit.
MUSIC 315 or 422, or equivalent. 'A or 1 unit repeated to a maximum of 2 units. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units.
(summer session, Vi unit). May be repeated
to a maximum of 2 units. 440. Foundations and Principles of Music 452. Choral Conducting Project
Education, I Participation in a graduate choral conducting
430. Advanced Orchestra Conducting and Consideration of the historical and philo- laboratory and preparation of a choral
Literature sophical foundations of music education and ensemble for public performance. Required
Study of conducting techniques and problems their implications for developing curricular during the final semester in residence for
related to standard orchestral literature. and instructional approaches to the field of candidates in the Master of Music in choral
Prerequisite: MUSIC 233, or equivalent and music education. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- music curriculum. Prerequisite: MUSIC 432
consent of instructor. '/: or 1 unit. and consent of instructor. '/: unit.
Natural Resources and Environmental Sciences 201
454. Advanced Choral Performance 483. String Instruments 101. Introductory Soils
Techniques Bachelor of Music degree; success-
Prerequisite: The nature and properties of soil including
Study of performance problems and musical ful completion of a qualifying audition for the origin, formation, and biological, chemical,
analysis of choral music with techniques of appropriate applied music faculty; concurrent and physical aspects. Prerequisite: CHEM 100
preparation and rehearsal from the various registration in MUSIC 250 or 350, section K, or equivalent. 4 hours.
style periods: renaissance, baroque, classic-ro- for students in the Master of Music curricu-
mantic, and contemporary. Prerequisite: Admis- lum in strings. '/: or 1 unit. 102. Introduction to Forestry
sion into the Doctor of Musical Arts choral The forest as a renewable natural resource; the
music program, or the equivalent background 484. Wind Instruments aims and scope of forestry; economic and
in other doctoral degree programs. Vi unit. Bachelor of Music degree; success-
Prerequisite: social importance of forests to the nation; the
May be repeated to a maximum of 2 units. fulcompletion of a qualifying audition for the principal forest regions and species; forests for
appropriate applied music faculty. Vi orl unit. timber supply, for water conservation, for
455.The Choral Program in Secondary recreation, and for wildlife; the principles of
Schools 485. Percussion Instruments forest management and protection; and the
In-depth study of the methods and materials Bachelor of Music degree; success-
Prerequisite: development of public and private forestry in
appropriate for teaching choral music in the ful completion of a qualifying audition for the the United States. 3 hours.
secondary schools. Prerequisite: Graduate percussion faculty. Vi or 1 unit.
standing in music or music education. Vi or 1 103. Introduction to Horticulture
unit. 489. Doctoral Projects Basic principles of plant growth and devel-
Special projects for candidates for the Doctor opment as they apply to the production, mar-
460. Practicum in Piano Teaching: Children of Musical Arts degree. Open only to students keting, and utilization of fruits, vegetables,
and Teenagers in the Doctor of Musical Arts program. and ornamental plants. 3 hours.
Student teaching of group piano and musi- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 4 units
cianship classes for elementary, middle, and (summer session, to 2 units). 104. Introduction to Environmental Science
high school students; weekly seminar devoted Introductory course intended primarily for
to evaluation and improvement of teaching 490. Seminar in Music Teacher Education Natural Resources and Environmental Sci-
techniques. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Intended for prospective university teachers ences' majors emphasizing ecological con-
music; MUSIC 331, or equivalent. 1 unit. of undergraduate music education majors; cepts, including energy, biogeochemical
covers educational philosophy, curriculum cycles, classification of ecoregions, species in-
461. Practicum in Piano Teaching: Adults design, methods of teaching and evaluation, teractions, climate and weather, and atmo-
Student teaching of group piano for adults in and student teaching and observational spheric chemistry will be presented in the con-
the private studio, community college, and experiences as they relate to undergraduate text of establishing the ecological basis of
university; weekly seminar devoted to music teacher preparation. Prerequisite: contemporary environmental issues, such as
evaluation and improvement of teaching Graduate standing in music education; at least loss of biological diversity, global climate,
techniques. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in three years of public school music teaching ozone depletion, and natural resource man-
music; MUSIC 332, or equivalent. 1 unit. experience is highly recommended. Vi or 1 agement. 4 hours. Students may not receive
unit. credit for both NRES 104 and either EEE 105
464. Advanced Technology-Based Music or CPSC 236.
Instruction 499. Thesis Research
Continuation of topics introduced in MUSIC Research in special projects. Prerequisite: 105. Home Vegetable Gardening
358 in greater depth. Special attention to the Consent of instructor. to 4 units. Principles and practices of producing veg-
application of multimedia and MIDI technolo- etables in the home garden by traditional and
gies in the development of advanced class organic methods; lecture and laboratory. 3
projects. Creation of HTML (HyperText hours. Credit is not given to horticulture ma-
Markup Language) resources with music edu- jors. All other students may not receive credit
cation applications on the Internet. Prerequi- for both NRES 105 and 264.
site: MUSIC 358; graduate standing or consent
of instructor. Vi or Higher credit will 106. Floriculture for the Home
1 unit.
require a major project and paper using mul-

Natural Resources Fundamentals of home gardening and the
timedia technology and /or Internet resources. and Environmental effective use of
home environment;
ornamentals as a part of the
subjects include the
477. Advanced Accompanying Sciences selection, culture, and use of garden annuals,
Principles of accompanying singers and in- biennials, perennials, bulbs, and house plants;
strumentalists, practical experience in accom- garden tools and equipment; soil preparation;
Head of Department: Gary L. Rolfe
panying, and facility in sight reading for key- plant propagation; principles of design and
Department Address: W-503 Turner Hall, 1102
board performers. Prerequisite: Graduate planting methods; garden maintenance; use
South Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
standing in music or music education, or con- of fertilizers; pest control; training and
Phone: 333-2770
sent of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a pruning; lawn care; hybridizing; growing
URL: www.nres.uiuc.edu
maximum of 3 units. structures; and care of cut flowers. Not open
to students in the ornamental horticulture
480. Piano Natural Resources and curriculum. 3 hours.
Bachelor of Music degree; success-
Prerequisite:
Environmental Sciences (NRES)
ful completion of a qualifying audition for the 107. Introduction to Floral Design
piano faculty. Vi or 1 unit. Introduces the art of arranging flowers,
100. Earth Care foliages, and accessories according to the
481. Voice Introductory systems approach examining the
principles of design. Lecture and lab; fee
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Music degree; success- relationship among humans, natural systems,
required. 2 hours. Credit not given for students
ful completion of a qualifying audition for the and the resource base. Course addresses the in ornamental horticulture.
voice faculty. Vi or 1 unit. extent of human impact on natural systems
and the ability of natural systems to recover. 108. Forestsand Their Environment
482. Organ Environmental issues arecritically examined Field course to examine the environment of
Selected studies from the masterworks of from the individual's perspective. Course upland and bottomland forest ecosystems,
organ literature. Prerequisite: Bachelor of Music provides a framework for understanding including basic forest biology, resource mea-
degree; successful completion of a qualifying natural ecosystems and their relationship to surements, wildlife habitats, nutrient cycling,
audition for the organ faculty. Vi or 1 unit. human intervention. 3 hours. water quality, and management strategies.
202 Natural Resources and Environmental Sciences
Impacts of air pollution on forests. Students sions of environmental issues, including the 221. ForestMeasurements (Summer Field
will be active participants in learning about a resolution of the issues. 3 hours. Studies)
forest environment through field experience Introduction to forest measurements, includ-
with weekly trips to Allerton. Prerequisite: 205. Exploring the Dynamics of Forest ing individual tree and stand measurements,
Freshman standing only, nonmajors. 1 hour. Ecosystems inventory methods, and determination of the
Examines various processes affecting the growth of trees and stands; topics in survey-
109. The State of the Planet: A Realistic establishment, growth, and development of ing and aerial photogrammetry. Prerequisite:
Assessment of Global Environmental trees, stands, and forests. Computer models Competence in the courses prescribed in the
Issues will be used to analyze the individual and first two years of the forestry curriculum. 2
Discussion course that focuses on analyzing cumulative effects of environmental factors. hours.
opposing points of view on contemporary 3 hours. Credit is not given for Forestry majors.
environmental issues. Students will engage in 222.Contemporary Issues in Natural
roll-playing activities, debates, and other par- 209. Issues Facing Professionals in Resources and Environmental Sciences
ticipatory activities to explore the ecological Agriculture Forum for lectures /discussions in current top-
and social dimensions of the issues. 3 hours. Develops students' understanding of environ- ics related to natural resources and environ-
mental, ethical and societal issues facing pro- mental science. Each semester five topics are
120. Introduction to Applied Entomology Approaches to com-
fessionals in agriculture. selected for detailed study, including the sci-
Same as CPSC and ENTOM 120. See CPSC municating with society about these issues behind the issue and the social,
entific basis
120. will be explored through seminars, discus- economic, and policy implications with dis-
sions, debates, student presentations, and cussions led by several faculty. Possible top-
130. Medical Crops and Herbology writing assignments. Prerequisite: Completion ics include tropical forests, global warming,
Same as CPSC 130. The use of cultivated and of campus Composition I general education biodiversity, air pollution effects on natural
wild plants in medicines and health products requirement. 3 hours. ecosystems, ecosystem restoration, impacts of
according to Eastern and Western medical tra- land use on forest ecosystems, wetlands, and
ditions. Consideration of herbal medicine use 210. Economics of the Environment other current areas. Prerequisite: NRES 102,
from ancient times to the present, important Same as ACE, ENVST, ECON, and U P 210. CPSC 236, or GEOG 214, or consent of instruc-
medicinal chemicals produced by plants, and See ACE 210. tor. 3 hours.
the evaluation of plant chemical products as
potential human medicines. 3 hours. 211. Forest Ecology (Summer Field Studies) 223. Introductory Ecology for Educators
Introduction to forest ecology and the appli- Same as ENVST 283. Intended primarily for
140.Ecology of Agricultural and Forest cation of ecological principles in silviculture education students. Basic ecological concepts
Systems and management practices. Prerequisite: Com- and how they may be incorporated into the
Same as CPSC 140. Introduction to principles petence in the courses prescribed in the first classroom; includes ecosystem structure and
of ecology especially those concerning popu- two years of the forestry curriculum. 2 hours. function, communities and population, en-
lations, communities and ecosystems. Case ergy flow and nutrient cycling, and integrat-
studies emphasize importance of principles in 212. Wildland Recreation (Summer Field ing ecology /environmental education into the
agriculture, forestry, and energy use. Prereq- Studies) classroom. 3 hours. Field trip required.
uisite: An introductory course in general biol- Field study of wildland recreational resources
ogy, and completion of campus Composition and user characteristics and prefer-
facilities, 225. Forest Land Policy and Administration
Igeneral education requirement. 3 hours. Stu- ences, and management techniques within the Examines forest land policies and their admin-
dents may not receive credit for both this multiple-use concept. Prerequisite: Compe- istration emphasizing the relations among re-
course and EEE 105. tence in the courses prescribed in the first two sources, politics, and people; current major
years of the forestry curriculum. 1 hour. problems in forest land policy administration
183. Introduction to Fibers and Textiles and progress toward their solution. Prerequi-
Same as ACE 183. Introductory study of textile 213. Silviculture site: ECON 101 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
fibers, yarns, fabrications, finishes, and The art and science of controlling forest
regulatory legislation that is designed to establishment, composition, and growth to 226.Dendrology
improve consumer competence in selection, best fulfill the objectives of the owner. Taxonomy, geographical distribution, eco-
use, and care of textile products. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: NRES 211 and 226. 3 hours. nomic importance, and elementary silvics of
CHEM 100. 3 hours. Required field trip. the important forest trees in the United States
and Canada. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100. 4 hours.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 215. Introduction to Forest Resource
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Management (Summer Field Studies) 227. Introduction to Weed Science
Field introduction to forest resource manage- Same as CPSC 226. SeeCPSC 226.
200. Professional Internship ment, including wildlife management, water-
Supervised off-campus learning experience of shed management, and forest protection. Pre- 230.Urban Forestry
at least 300 hours in a natural resource and requisite: Competence in the courses prescribed Management of wooded areas in urban and
environmental sciences related enterprise. in the first two years of the forestry curricu- community settings, including how trees im-
Prerequisite: Junior standing; good academic lum. 2 hours. prove the urban environment and how they
standing; major in forestry, horticulture, urban stresses. Students learn how to
react to
natural resource and environmental sciences 219. Ecological Foundations for Ecosystem conduct urban tree inventories, write munici-
or related agricultural major; completion of a Management pal tree ordinances, and to place monetary
200- or 300-level course appropriate to the Study of the structure and functioning of eco- values on individual privately owned and
internship activities; and consent of instructor. systems and how ecosystems can be managed civically controlled trees. Includes field trips
1 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum in a more sustainable manner. Examples of and laboratory. Prerequisite: NRES 226 or 254,
of 4 hours. ecosystems which will be discussed include: or equivalent. 3 hours.
forests, agricultural systems, freshwater envi-
204. Survey of Environmentalist Literature ronments, and wetlands. Prerequisite: A course 231. Wood Utilization (Summer Field
Reading and discussion of selected environ- in biology or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Studies)
mental-theme major writings from various Field and classroom exercises in logging and
periods including Malthus, Marsh, Emerson, 220. Plantand Animal Genetics milling, conversion of raw wood to useful
Leopold, Carson, Gore, and Steingraber with Same as CPSC and ANSCI 220. See CPSC 220. products, visits to plants, and industrial
particular emphasis on the environmental is- aspects of wood use. Prerequisite: Competence
sues of the time and the literary treatment of in the courses prescribed in the first two years
the issues as they relate to the human dimen- of the forestry curriculum. 1 hour.
232. Anatomy and Wood Utilization 245. Indoor Plant Culture, Use, and 256. Home Grounds Development and
Principlesand methods of harvesting trees; Identification Construction
conversion processes of lumber and wood- Culture, use, and identification of indoor Continuation of NRES 255, with emphasis on
based materials; recycling wood for energy; plants in relation to their application in interior development of home grounds and construc-
structure of wood and its relationship to the situations; discusses the influence of water, tion methods and techniques. Prerequisite:
properties and uses of wood. Prerequisite: fertilizer, soil type, light (naturaland artificial), NRES 255; limited to horticulture majors, stu-
NRES 231 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. relative humidity, storage, and shipping. dents in the ornamental horticulture curricu-
Students design and maintain an interior plant lum, or students in the agriculture occupations
234. Wood Composites area; lecture and lab. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100 for secondary teachers curriculum. 3 hours.
Theory of adhesion; wood bonding; the effects or consent of instructor. 3 hours. A field trip is
of physical properties and processing param- required. 257. Landscape Contracting
eters on the performance of wood composites. Interpretation of the landscape architect's
3 /lours. 246. Floral Design, I plans and specifications; estimating quantities
Applies principles of design to the composi- of materials; and computing costs and proce-
236. Physical Properties of Wood and tion and decorative use of flowers, foliages, dures for bidding and executing landscape
Wood-Base Materials and accessories. Registration open to students construction. Prerequisite: NRES 256. 3 hours.
Physical properties of wood materials, empha- in Ornamental Horticulture, Horticulture, Registration limited to horticulture majors,
sizing the influence of anatomy, density, and Agricultural Education, and Restaurant Man- students in the ornamental horticulture cur-
moisture content on the dimensional stability agement or with consent of instructor. 3 hours. riculum, or students in the agricultural occu-
of wood materials; wood-liquid relations; pations for secondary teachers curriculum
thermal, electrical, and acoustical properties 247. Flower Shop Management and Floral only.
of wood. The theory and practice of wood sea- Design, II
soning are also studied. Prerequisite: CHEM Introduces flower shop management: includes 258. Arboriculture
101 and PHYCS 101 or 140, or consent of in- the location, establishment, and financing of Evaluates criteria for ornamental woody plant
structor. 3 hours. a newor existing shop and basic skills in selection, cultivation, valuation, and mainte-
management, pricing, buying, delivery, and nance; links the technical skills and practices
240. Plant Propagation display. Covers advanced floral design skills. forcommercial arborists to an understanding
Examines theory and methods employed in Prerequisite: NRES 246. 3 hours. of woody
plant physiology and anatomy;
propagation of plants, emphasizing anatomi- emphasizes marketing and promotion of hor-
cal, physiological, and ecological principles 252. Turfgrass Management ticultural expertise. 3 hours. Offered in alter-
involved in sexual propagation (seeds) and Examines the principles and practical knowl- nate years.
asexual propagation (division, cuttings, bud- edge necessary for the establishment and
ding, grafting, tissue culture, etc.). Prerequisite: maintenance of high-quality turfgrass stands 259. Landscape Plants Production
PLBIO 100 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. for use as home
lawns, golf courses, athletic Emphasizes woody ornamental plant produc-
fields, parks, and other commercial uses; pre- tion, nursery operation, and nursery business
241. Greenhouse Management and sents an integrated approach to management management techniques; compares both tra-
Production and
that considers conservation of resources ditional and computer-aided management
Survey of topics relating to commercial green- environmental impacts in relationship to tools; examines industry scope and diversity
house operations, management, and produc- turfgrass quality. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100. 3 through nursery visits, presentations by nurs-
tion. Examines design, location, and glazing hours. ery operators, and student-directed inter-
of greenhouse structures; greenhouse opera- views/presentations throughout the state.
tions such as heating, cooling, environmental and Use of Woody
253. Identification Field trip required; see Timetable for approxi-
control, and irrigation systems; production Ornamental Plants, I mate cost. 3 hours. Offered in alternate years.
factors including light, temperature, root me- Systematic approach to the identification,
dia, fertilization, watering, and integrated pest ornamental characters, culture, propagation, 261.Small Fruit and Viticulture Science
management; and management concepts such production, and use of woody ornamental Technological application of biological
as industry trends and cost analysis. Produc- deciduous trees and shrubs; special emphasis principles to the culture of strawberry, grape,
tion of fall flowering potted crops and green- on the cultivated varieties. Prerequisite: PLBIO blueberry, raspberry, blackberry, currant,
house vegetables will be emphasized. Prereq- 100 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. gooseberry, and miscellaneous small fruits.
uisite: NRES 101 and 103, or consent of Prerequisite: NRES 103 or PLBIO 100. 3 hours.
instructor. 4 hours. A field trip is required. and Use of Woody
254. Identification
Ornamental Plants, II 262. Tree Fruit Science
242. Nature and American Culture Systematic approach to the identification, Examines biological principles, cultural meth-
Same as HIST and LEIST 242, and L A 216. ornamental characters, culture, propagation, ods and practices involved in the growth and
See LEIST 242. production and use of woody ornamental production of the apple, pear, peach, cherry,
ground
conifers, broadleaf evergreens, vines, plum, apricot, almond, and miscellaneous cit-
243. Bedding Plant Production, Use, and covers, and woody ornamental deciduous rus and nut crops. Prerequisite: NRES 103 or
Identification trees and shrubs; special emphasis on the PLBIO 100. 3 hours. Offered in alternate years.
Examines the commercial production, use, cultivated varieties. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100
and identification of herbaceous, frost-tender and NRES 253, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. 264. Commercial Vegetable Production
ornamental plants, largely flowering annuals, Commercial vegetable production with
grown for outdoor bedding purposes. In- 255. Home Grounds Planning and Design emphasis on cultural considerations and
cludes field trip. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100. 3 Practice of developing home grounds empha- harvest and handling of selected vegetable
hours. sizing planting design; analysis of and practi- crops; integrates principles of plant growth
cal solutions for typical site problems; and into vegetable production schemes; covers
244.Herbaceous Perennials: Identification evaluating garden structures as elements in vegetable classification, growing practices,
and Use home grounds planning and design. Prereq- and handling in the context of current
Identification of herbaceous perennials; cul- uisite: NRES 254; limited to horticulture ma- commercial production systems. Prerequisite:
tural requirements and uses in the landscape; jors,students in the ornamental horticulture NRES 101 and 103. 3 hours. Students may not
discussion of perennial border design for con- curriculum, or students in the agriculture oc- receive credit for both NRES 264 and 105.
tinuous flowering. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100. 3 cupations for secondary teachers curriculum.
hours. 4 hours. 266. Environmental Botany
Same as PLBIO 266. See PLBIO 266.
273. Presenting Environmental 300. Special Problems Saturday field trips required. Prerequisite:
Information Supervised research on individual problems NRES 211 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
Same as AGCOM and ENVST 273. See AGCOM in any phase of Natural Resources and Envi- Vt unit.
273. ronmental Sciences. Prerequisite: Not open to

students on probation; written consent of in- 318. Tropical ForestEcosystems
275. Environmental Communications structor and authorized departmental ap- Examines the interactions between climate
Same as AGCOM, and ENVST 273. See proval required prior to advanced enrollment and soils and the structural and functional
AGCOM 275. and registration. The honors section is open characteristics of natural and managed
to James Scholars and other students having tropical forests, and the relation of tropical
276. Soil Evaluation a minimum GPA of 3.0 and may be taken in forests to global issues such as greenhouse
Eight week lab and field based course conjunction with other courses in the depart- effect and biodiversity. Prerequisite: NRES 316
involving description, interpretation, and ment subject to approval of the instructor. 1 to or 319, or PLBIO 381 or equivalent. 3 hours or
classification of soil profiles. Overnight field 5 hours, or Vi to 2 units. Vi unit.
trip; students pay costs that reflect actual
expenses. Prerequisite: NRES 101 or consent of 301.Watershed Hydrology 319. Environment and Plant Ecosystems
instructor. 1 hour. May be repeated to a Course will examine theories, measurement Relationships among environmental factors
maximum of 3 hours. May not be taken techniques, statistical analyses of hydrologic and plant processes and functions; impact of
concurrently with NRES 376. data and simulation modeling of hydrologic human activities on the environment and the
events. Topics include watershed delineation, structure and function of plant ecosystems.
277. Interpretation of Aerial Photographs estimation of runoff and evapotranspiration, Examples will be drawn from a variety of
Same as GEOG 277. See GEOG 277. and interaction between ground-water and managed and unmanaged plant ecosystems.
surface water. Case studies that quantify water Prerequisite: One course in biology, 102 CHEM
279. Soil Ecology movement in specific watersheds will be used or NRES 101 or equivalent, or consent of
Same as CPSC 279. Evaluates soil ecology as to integrate course topics. Prerequisite: One instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit.
the basis for ecological stability in natural and college-level course in each of the following:
managed ecosystems. Course examines how Calculus, CHEM, ECON, PHYCS, STAT. 3 320. Restoration Ecology
interrelationships among soil's physical, hours or Vi unit. Historical development of ecological restora-
chemical, and biological properties define its foundation, multidisci-
tion, its philosophical
functional capacities. Lecture and discussion 305. Plants and Global Change plinary borrowings from the natural, applied,
will emphasize plant-soil relations and will Same as CPSC and PLBIO 305. See CPSC 305. and social sciences, and varied practical ap-
emphasize fundamental concepts in applied plications, with an emphasis on the applica-
ecology drawing examples from natural, 308. Plant Tissue Culture tion of ecological principles. Case studies, field
agricultural, and urban /industrial settings. Same as CPSC 308. Survey, description, and trips, and laboratory activities on restoration
Prerequisite: NRES 1 01 or consent of instructor. applications of cell and tissue culture in vitro planning. Prerequisite: Introductory plant bi-
3 hours. strategies for plant research and production. ology or ecology course. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Topics include the culture environment, me-
280.Environmental Textiles dia composition, tissue manipulation, organo- 321. Natural Resources Biometrics
Study of textile systems that offer protection genesis, embryogenesis, somatic hybridiza- Examines statistical methods and modeling
from chemical, biological, thermal, and tion, bioreactors, and use of these techniques techniques used in the management of forest
mechanical hazards; geotextiles that prevent for plant propagation and physiological and and natural resources; includes applied
soil erosion, reinforce dikes and highways, biochemical research. Independent research regression analysis, sampling techniques and
and control seepage of polluted water; and project will be conducted by each student conceptual modeling. Prerequisite: 120 MATH
interior textiles such as carpeting, upholstery, during the course of the semester in addition and NRES 221; and STAT 100 or ACE 261, or
and window and wall treatments that enhance to lecture-discussion and lab sessions. Prereq- equivalent. 3 hours or Vi unit.
the aesthetic and functional aspects of interior uisite: CHEM 231, PLBIO 100 or consent of
environments. Prerequisite: CHEM 100. 3 hours. instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 322. Fish and Wildlife Ecology
Same as EEE 342. Application of ecological
281. Soils and Society 310. Natural Resources Economics principles and modeling to management of
Nature of soils and their uses by humankind Same as ACE 310 and ENVST 317. See ACE fish and wildlife populations; significance of
and the influences of soils on plant and animal 310. abiotic and biotic factors, including life-his-
ecology. 2 hours. Does not fulfill requirements tory parameters in population growth and
for advanced soil courses. Not for science 311. ForestResource Economics management; and techniques and procedures
majors. Applies principles of economics to the for the development of management strate-
establishment, development, and use of forest gies for animal populations, emphasizing ver-
287. Nature, Society,and Democracy and related natural resources; major concepts tebrates. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 or equivalent.
Same as POL S 287. Course will develop criti- studied include production economics, capital A course in statistics is highly recommended.
cal and analytic thinking about socially in- budgeting, forest taxation, financial maturity, 5 hours or 1 unit.
duced environmental destruction and possible and supply, demand, and valuation of major
alternatives that could lead contemporary so- forest products. Prerequisite: ECON 101 and 323. Principles of Plant Breeding
ciety into an ecological society. Prerequisite: A NRES 321; or consent of instructor. 4 hours or Same as CPSC 323. See CPSC 323.
100- or 200-level social science course or con- 1 unit.
sent of instructor. 3 hours. 325. Forest Resource Management
315. Forest Soils Integration and synthesis of forestry concepts
290. The and Landscape
Insects of Forest Advanced study of the chemical, physical, and and quantitative decision-making techniques
Trees, Shrubs, and Flowers biological properties of forest soils; includes applied to managing forests to meet the
Same as ENTOM 280. Basic ecology and life the relationship of forest soils to site produc- objectives of both public and private forest
histories of insects and mites of trees, shrubs, tivity, forest fertilization, intensive forest man- land owners. Prerequisite: NRES 311 or consent
and flowers will be presented in lectures, ac- agement, and environmental problems. Pre- of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
companied by slide and video presentations, requisite: NRES 101. 3 hours or Vt unit.
a multimedia computer program, and speci- 326. Tree Physiology
men examinations in the laboratory sessions. 316. Advanced Forest Ecology Study of tree functions as they relate to tree
Cultural, biological, and chemical control Relationship between environmental factors structure, environment, and cultural practices;
strategies will be presented. Prerequisite: and the structure and function of forests, emphasizes photosynthesis, carbohydrate
ENTOM 120 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. including carbon, water, and nutrient cycles. metabolism, nitrogen metabolism, water
Local campus field collecting trips will be Integrates a basic understanding of forest relations, and symbiotic associations of trees.
taken. ecology into forest resource management. Two
Prerequisite: PLBIO 100 and CHEM 102 or 103. 343. Floricultural Physiology 355.Advanced Geographic Information
3 hours or % unit. Studies the physiology and metabolism of Systems for Natural Resource Planning
floricultural crops during their development Examines the application of Geographic In-
Modeling for Natural
327. Ecological from seeds through flowering. Lectures and formation Systems (GIS) to natural resource
Resource Analysis discussion. Prerequisite: NRES 101, PLBIO 100, planning and decision making. Course inte-
Mathematical and computational methods to or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. grates principles of decision making in vari-
develop and analyze dynamic ecological ous contexts; public and private; single objec-
system models. Students will develop and 344. Social Impact Assessment tive and multiple criteria; and under various
analyze their own ecological model as a final Same as ENVST, L A, LEIST, R SOC, and UP forms of management constraints. Manage-
comprehensive project. Course is designed to 344. See LEIST 344. ment alternatives are then incorporated into
enhance analysis skills. Prerequisite: MATH 120 a GIS system for further review and analysis.
or 134, a course in basic or general ecology, 345. Statistical Methods Course will combine GIS software with com-
and senior standing. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as AG E and ANSCI 345. See ANSCI 345. puter-based optimization or quantitative de-
cision making models. Prerequisite: NRES 354
330.Aquatic Ecosystem Conservation 346. EcologicalNumeracy: Planning or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 2 hours
Application of the principles of aquatic Analysis of Environmental Issues or '/> unit.
ecology to a broad range of issues. The role of Same as GEOG, and U P 346. See U P 346.
physics, chemistry, and biology in natural 358. Communication in Environmental
resource management will be examined. 347. Horticultural PlantBreeding Social Movements
Prerequisite: CHEM 101, PHYCS 140, MATH Methodology, objectives, and constraints of Same as ENVST and SOC 345, and AGCOM
120, and EEE 212, NRES 219, or the equivalent breeding for improved cultivars of flowers, 348. SeeAGCOM348.
of NRES 219, or consent of instructor. 3 hours woody ornamentals, turfgrasses, fruits, and
orVi unit. vegetables. Emphasis on breeding objectives 364. International Food Crops
and methods unique to horticultural com- Survey of the botany, physiology, breeding,
332. Mechanical Properties of Wood and modities such as color, appearance, flavor and production practices, and pest management
Wood-Base Materials shelf-life, nutritional value, and other charac- of the major international food crops. Tropical
Staticmechanics, strength properties, and teristics that determine product quality. Pre- and subtropical crops are emphasized and
wood, plywood, particle-
structural designs of requisite: NRES 220. 3 hours or % unit. Offered aspects of agriculture in developing countries
board, and hardboard, emphasizing the stan- in alternate years. are discussed. Prerequisite: CPSC 121, NRES
dard methods of testing wood and fibrous 103, or PLBIO 100. 3 hours or V* unit. Offered
wood beam and column designing, 348. Rural Real Estate Appraisal in alternate years.
material,
and other factors concerning the strength of Same as ACE 348. See ACE 348.
wood materials, particularly the derivation of 365. Growth and Development of
PHYCS 101. 3
349. Science, Technology, and Horticultural Crops
allowable stresses. Prerequisite:
Environmental Policy Factors affecting growth, development, and
hours or A
3
unit.
Same as SOC 349. Course explores the envi- quality of horticultural crops, such as photo-
333. Plant Physiology Laboratory ronmental policy process; highlighting the periodism, growth regulators, carbon dioxide
scientific, technological and institutional fac-
Same as CPSC and PLBIO 333. See PLBIO 333. levels, etc. Lecture and discussion. Prerequi-
tors that influence the formulation, applica- site: One year of general chemistry and one
336. Perennial Grass Ecosystems tion, evaluation,and changes of environmen- semester of general or plant physiology, or
Same as CPSC 336. Different levels of ecologi- tal policy. Course introduces a set of key consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Offered
cal organization in perennial grass ecosys- environmental and sociological problems for in alternate years.
tems. Provides advanced study for students class analysis and explores possible outcomes
in turfgrass and forage management. Cultural based on the defensible arguments of social 367. Postharvest Physiology of
programs are derived from an understanding and natural scientists. Prerequisite: NRES 216 Horticultural Crops
of interrelationships between different com- or consent of instructor. 4 tours or 1 unit. Physiology, biochemistry, and anatomy of
ponents of the ecosystem, including human fruits and vegetables during development,
and animals. Field trips; see Timetable for ap- 351. Environmental Organic Chemistry maturation, and ripening in situ and in
proximate cost. Prerequisite: NRES 252 or CPSC Same as ENVST 351. Transport and transfor- storage. Prerequisite:PLBIO 100 and CHEM
322. 4 hours or 1 unit. Term paper required. mations of organic compounds in the environ- 102 or 103, or equivalent. 4 tours or 1 unit.
ment, with emphasis on the mechanisms, ki- Offered in alternate years.
Applied Statistical Methods
340. netics, and products of reactions that occur
Same as AG E, ANSCI, CPSC, and FSHN 340. under environmental conditions typical of the 368. Soil Fertility and Fertilizers
See CPSC 340. atmosphere, surface and subsurface waters, Factors affecting the supply of available ma-
and solid phases of the earth. Topics include jor, secondary, and minor elements in soils and
341. Floricultural Crops Production hydrolysis, redox reactions, disinfection, and their influence on crop production; evaluat-
Examines in detail the commercial production photochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 or ing fertilizer and lime needs; and fertilizer
cycles of major and minor floricultural crops 236, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. manufacture, sources, and application meth-
grown as potted flowering plants and cut ods. Prerequisite: NRES 101. 3 hours or Vt unit.
flowers, and bedding plant production 354. Geographical Information Systems for
systems. Cultural practices are derived from Natural Resource Management 369. Spatial Ecosystem Modeling
an understanding of the interrelationships Hands-on approach to the study of the con- Same as BIOL 369 and GEOG 369. See GEOG
between environmental conditions, species cepts of geographical information systems and 369.
requirements, production systems, and remote sensing for natural resource manage-
floricultural physiology. Prerequisite: NRES 240 ment. Personal computers and a user-friendly 370. Environmental Psychology
and 241, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 GIS software will be used to demonstrate the Same as PSYCH 372. Survey of theory and
unit. A field trip is required. utility of these techniques for data acquisition, research in environmental psychology; topics
image processing, and map modeling. Exer- include environmental perception and cogni-
342. Plant Nutrition cises will include problems relevant to the tion, environmental stress, environmental
Studies the mechanisms of and factors affect- management of natural resources such as land quality assessment, ecological psychology,
ing the absorption, transport, distribution, and cover mapping, monitoring, suitability and and historical and theoretical perspectives on
functions of the essential elements required productivity assessment, landscape pattern the interaction between people and their en-
by higher plants. Lectures and discussions. analysis, land use change analysis, spatial vironments. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, 103, or
Prerequisite: NRES 101; PLBIO 234 or 330. 4 modeling, and decision making. Prerequisite: 105, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1
hours or 1 unit. Offered in alternate years. NRES 316 or 319, or consent of instructor. 3 unit.
hours or Vt unit.
371. Pedology 380. Fiber Theory and Textile Performance 390. Chemistry of Surface Water Systems
Introduction to soil genesis, classification, and Same as ACE 380. Examines chemical com- Lecture and computer laboratory course that
morphology. Includes the factors of soil position, polymer structure, and engineering examines how chemical and biological pro-
formation; properties and methods used in potential of textile fibers; effect of chemical cesses interact to govern the chemistry of
distinguishing soils, organization of natural finishes and recycling procedures on perfor- streams, lakes, and wetlands and the response
soil knowledge; interpretation of soil profiles mance characteristics of consumer textile of aquatic organisms to pollution. Students
and soil stratigraphy, causes of soil variability products; and introduces physical and chemi- will learn to apply chemical equilibrium and
and impact upon soil management, land-use cal metrology techniques useful for quality kinetic principles to analyze the behavior of
decisions, and the environment. Prerequisite: control and research purposes. Prerequisite: these surface water systems through the use
NRES 101 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or NRES 183 or CHEM
102 or 103. 4 hours or 1 of models. Students will model field studies
Vi unit. unit. of important problems in environmental in-
organic chemistry and biogeochemistry. The
372. Soil Testing Practicum 381. Methods for Environmental Soil laboratory section will be devoted to instruc-
Chemical procedures useful in assessing soil/ Chemistry tion in the use of computer models and to their
plant relationships for field crops; involves Application of laboratory techniques and practical application. Prerequisite: CHEM 102;
lectures on agronomic principles, fieldwork analytical instruments to characterize soil and MATH 120 or consent of instructor. 4 hours or
on sampling, and laboratory time to perform water properties in an environmental context. 1 unit. Students may not receive credit for both
soil tests, interpret the analytical results, and Includes atomic absorption, contaminant this course and CEE 343.
formulate a nutrient management program. adsorption and desorption, ion-specific
Field trip; see Timetable for approximate cost. electrodes, surface area, immunoassay, and 400. Graduate Seminar
Prerequisite: NRES 1 01 2 or 3 hours, or Vi or
. % other methods. Prerequisite: NRES 101, CHEM Discussions of current research and special-
unit. Additional laboratory work and consent 102 and 206. 3 hours or Vi unit. ized topics in natural resource and environ-
of instructor required for 3 hours or Vi unit mental sciences; a seminar must be given by
credit. 382. Functional Ecology of Trees all students in order to receive credit. or Vi
Same as PLBIO 382. See PLBIO 382. unit. May be repeated to a maximum of V2
374. Soil Conservation and Management unit. Required of all graduate students in
Application of principles of soil conservation 383. Soil Mineralogy NRES.
and management to the solution of land-use Description and identification of common soil
problems; influence of soil characteristics on minerals and weathering of minerals; relation- 401. Special Problems
erosion control, cropping intensity, water ships of soil mineralogy to soil development, Individual studies or investigations in selected
management, and land-use planning. Field plant and animal ecology, and agricultural and branches of natural resource and environmen-
trip; see Timetable for approximate cost. technological use of soil. Prerequisite: NRES tal sciences. to I unit. No more than 2 units
Prerequisite: NRES 101 3 hours or Vi unit.
. 101; GEOL 101 or 107. 3 hours or Vi unit. may be offered toward an MS degree.
375. Soil Microbiology 384. Introduction to Soil Physical 402. Research Methods in Natural
Metabolic processes leading to chemical trans- Chemistry Resources
formations in soil and water environments; Theoretical and practical aspects of soil physi- Treats the theory and practice of research
implications for soil fertility and environmen- cal chemistry, presented at an introductory methods in forestry. Provides an overview of
tal pollution. Prerequisite: CHEM 102. 3 hours level for majors in soil, earth, and natural re- experimental design and sampling tech-
orVi unit. source sciences. Topics include introduction niques, and includes discussions that pertain
and review of principles of chemical thermo- to discipline-specific statistical methods used
376. Field Pedology dynamics, thermodynamics of clay swelling in forestry. Prerequisite: NRES 321 and 300- or
Laboratory-and field-based course emphasiz- and ion exchange, surface chemistry, flow 400-level courses in statistics; or consent of
ing the fundamentals of understanding, de- properties, use of physical methods in soil instructor. 1 unit.
scribing, identifying, mapping, interpreting, mineralogy, and oxidation and reduction pro-
and classifying soils and soil-landscapes; em- cesses. Prerequisite: One year of calculus; one 405. Research Methods in Horticulture
phasizes impact of soil variability on use and year of chemistry. 3 hours or Vi unit. Lectures, discussions, demonstrations, and
management of soils. Trips to map and clas- laboratory exercises dealing with methods
sify soils locally and regionally; students pay 385. Methods in Soil Physical Chemistry and apparatus used in horticultural research.
travel costs which reflect actual field expenses. Laboratory course whereby selected methods Prerequisite: One year of general chemistry and
Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration used in soil physical chemistry will be taught one semester of general or plant physiology,
in NRES 371. 2 hours or V2 unit. to majors in soil, earth, and natural resource or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
sciences. Topics include X-ray diffraction,
377. Introduction to Remote Sensing water potential, specific surface area, rheology, 410. Discussions in Natural Resources and
Same as GEOG 377. See GEOG 377. and infrared, UV-visible, and Mossbauer Environmental Sciences
spectroscopes. Prerequisite: NRES 384; or Discussion of resent developments and
378. Statistical Ecology consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. current literature in the natural resources and
Same as EEE 373. See EEE 373. environmental sciences, with a semester-long
387. Soil Chemistry emphasis on a particular aspect of the subject
379. Advanced Soil Ecology Emphasizes the inorganic reactions involved matter. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
Same as CPSC 379. Evaluates current issues in soil development and plant nutrition in natural resources and environmental sciences
and methods in soil ecology research. Course soils; topics discussed include colloid systems, or another related graduate degree program.
uses discussion, scientific literature and direct properties of water, ion exchange equilibria, 'A or V2 unit. May be repeated in separate
experimentation to explore relationships plant nutrient forms, and methods of analyses. semesters to a maximum of 1 unit.
among the physical, chemical, and biological Prerequisite: NRES 101; CHEM
102. 3 hours or
properties of soils and their impacts on soil Vi unit. 414. Physical Chemistry of Clays and Soils
function. Discussions will address the rela- Same as E and MATSE 425. Application
CER
tionship between soil properties and the re- 388. The Physics of the Plant Environment of physical-chemical principles and concepts
sistance, resilience, and sustainability of natu- The physics of transport processes in the soil to surfaces and adsorption on surfaces; Gouy-
ral and managed ecosystems. Course helps and aerial environment of plants; exchanges Chapman Theory, diffusion of ions, and ther-
students master the theory, quantitative meth- of energy and gases in crop canopies and the modynamics of ion exchange; emphasis on
ods, and interpretive skills that are needed to retention of flow of water, gases, solutes, and silicate surfaces and water adsorption. Prereq-
carry out applied research. Prerequisite: NRES heat in soils. Prerequisite: PHYCS 101 or 106; uisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. Offered in
101 and one of the following: EEE 212, NRES one semester of calculus; and NRES 101 or alternate years.
279 or a similar course, or consent of instruc- consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
tor. 3 hours or Vi unit.
Naval Science 207
Biogeochemistry of Forest,
416. 474. Physics ofFlow Processes in Soil
and Aquatic Ecosystems
Agricultural, The derivation and application of the funda-
Advanced lecture and discussion of the mental physical principles and laws which
and chemical processes
biological, geological, govern the behavior of soils; emphasis on
and marine
of forest, agricultural, freshwater transport phenomena and physical character-
ecosystems. The effects of pollutants and
global change on each ecosystem type will be
istics of soils. Prerequisite:
388, or consent of instructor.
MATH 345, NRES Naval Science
1 unit. Offered in
addressed along with the biogeochemical alternate years.
interactions among ecosystems. Each student Head of Department: R. J. Scott, Captain, USN
will complete a detailed biogeochemical study 480. Physics of Transport Processes in Soils Department Office: 236 Armory Building, 505
for a particular ecosystem. Prerequisite: A 300- Theoreticaland practical aspects of modeling the East Armory Avenue, Champaign
level course in two or more of the following environmental fate and transport of chemicals Phone: 333-1061
areas: soil science, aquatic science, ecology, through unsaturated soil. Topics include spatial URL: www.uiuc.edu/colleges/naval_science
and hydrology; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. variability (scaling theories, geostatistics), fate
and transport processes (adsorption, degrada- Note: Students considering enrollment in Mili-
424. Plant Biochemistry tion, preferential flow, dispersion, advection, tary Science, Naval Science, or Air Force Aero-
Same as CPSC and PLBIO 424. See CPSC 424. and associated modeling
diffusion, volatility), space Studies courses should be aware that
(parameter estimation; screening regulatory and University policy prohibits discrimination on
425.Membrane Transport and Mineral research models; including CDE, stochastic-con- the basis of sexual orientation; students may
Nutrition in Plants vective, stream-tube, particle tracking, kinematic enroll in these courses regardless of sexual
Same as CPSC and PLBIO 425. See CPSC 425. wave, stochastic continuum; with analytical and orientation. Students seeking to enroll in
numerical methods). Prerequisite: NRES 388, and ROTC are not asked to disclose their sexual
435.Advanced Forest Biometry MATH 242 or 245 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. orientation. However, homosexual conduct is
Examines and discusses developments and grounds for disenrollment from the program.
techniques used in forest inventory, growth 481. Principles of Textile Characterization
models, and ecological models. Prerequisite: Same as ACE 481 Examines textile metrology
.
NRES 321, CPSC 440, or consent of instructor. as a component and use of

of the production Naval Science (N S)
Vi unit. Offered in alternate years. includes case studies and investiga-
textiles;
tive metrology. Prerequisite: NRES 380 and 100. Naval Science Laboratory
440. Public Involvement in Resource CPSC 340. 1 unit. Noncredit course designed to give the Naval
Management and Environmental Planning ROTC student, through practical application,
Same as ENVST, L A, LEIST, R SOC, and U P Theory and
482. Textile Finishing: a better grasp of the naval science subjects
440. Current topics in public involvement in Development taught in the classroom and a working
resource management and environmental Same as ACE 482. Examines developments in knowledge of close order drill. hours.
planning. Topics include public involvement textile finishing technology to enhance the
methods, theory, program evaluation, and aesthetic and functional qualities of fibers and 101. Introduction to Naval Science
needs assessment. Case studies of public fabrics. Prerequisite: NRES 380 and CHEM 131; Naval organization and management prac-
involvement programs are used to illustrate consent of instructor. 1 unit. tices examined within the context of the na-
concepts and methods. Prerequisite: Graduate val service; command and control, organiza-
standing and three hours of Social Science, or High Performance Fibers
485. tion for logistics, service and support,
CPSC 236, or consent of instructor. V* or 1 unit. Same as ACE 485. Investigation of textile fi- functions, and services of major components
bers and fibrous systems for nonclassical ap- of the Navy and Marine Corps, and shipboard
446. Plant Gene Regulation plications, such as medicine and hygiene; pro- organization; and emphasis on management
Same as CPSC 446. See CPSC 446. tective apparel systems for heat and toxic and leadership functions. Prerequisite: Consent
chemicals; fiber reinforced components of of instructor. 2 hours.
463. NaturalResource Economics building structures, transportation vehicles,
Same as ACE 410, and ECON, and ENVST 463. sports equipment; and geotextiles. Prerequisite: 102. Sea Power and Maritime Affairs
See ACE 410. NRES 380 and consent of instructor. 1 unit. Investigates the characteristics of sea power
and their impact on the our nation;
affairs of
468. Plant Pigments 486. Soil Organic Matter discusses those characteristics with historical
Same as PLBIO 488. Comprehensive presen- Basic considerations in organic matter trans- and modern applications to the United States
tation of the nature, function, distribution, bio- formation; geochemistry of organic matter; and other world powers. 2 hours.
synthesis, degradation, separation, and spec- nature and origin of humic substances; and
troscopic properties of pyrrole, carotenoid, reactions of organic matter in soils and sedi- 121. Naval Weapons Systems
quinone, and anthocyanin pigments. Prereq- ments. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 Introduction to concepts of naval weapons
uisite: PLBIO 330 or consent of instructor. 1
unit. Offered in alternate years. systems, their capabilities and limitations, and
unit. Offered in alternate years. their individual and complementary roles in
490. Professionalism and Ethics in a wide variety of offensive and defensive
472. The Chemistry
of Soil Fertility Agricultural and Natural Resource Science situations. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
The chemistry of the essential plant nutrients Same as CPSC 490. See CPSC 490. 3 hours.
and their quantitative
in soils, their reactions,
relationship to plant growth. Prerequisite: 494. Professional Orientation in Natural 122. Introduction to Naval Engineering
NRES 101; CHEM 122. 1 unit. Offered in Resources and Environmental Sciences Studies ship compartmentation, propulsion
alternate years. The philosophy and components of graduate systems, auxiliary power systems, interior
education, with development of the principles communications, and ship control; types,
473. Pedogeneses and Soil Taxonomy useful in teaching, research, and extension in structure, and purpose of naval ships; and
Historical review of soil genesis and classifi- natural resource and environmental sciences. examination of elements of ship design and
cation; morphology and genesis of diagnostic Prerequisite: Graduate standing in NRES. 'A ship stability. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
soil horizons and features; soil genesis pro- unit. tor. 3 hours.
cesses and reactions; classification of soils; and
characteristics, geography, and production 499. Thesis Research 231. Navigation and Naval Operations, I
potentials of major soil groups of the world. Research may be conducted in various phases Provides the student with an understanding
Prerequisite: NRES 371 or 374, or GEOG 304. 1 of natural resource and environmental sci- of the theory and techniques of the three types
unit. Offered in alternate years. ences; subject must be approved by depart- of marine (nautical) navigation: piloting,
mental committee. to 3 units. electronic, and celestial. Prerequisite: N S 101
or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
208 Neuroscience
232. Navigation and Naval Operations, II 316. Integrative Neurophysiology logically inspired artificial neural network
Designed to give an understanding of the con- Same as PHYSL 316. See PHYSL 316. systems. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or
cepts and use of relative motion principles, consent of instructor. !4 unit. Approved for
international maritime law and the rules of 317. Methods in Computational S/U grading.
the nautical road, and the fundamentals of Neurobiology
U. S. fleet organization, communication, and Same as BIOEN 376, BIOPH and PHYSL 317. 499. Thesis Research
operations. Prerequisite: N S 231 or consent of See PHYSL 317. Research on the thesis topic and preparation
instructor. 3 hours. of the thesis. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
320. Principles of Psychophysiology to 4 units. May be repeated in the same or
242. Naval Leadership and Management Same as PSYCH 320. See PSYCH 320. subsequent semesters to a maximum of 4
Provides the student of how personal value units.
systems and external ethical requirements 323. Memory and Amnesia
effect their leadership styles. Examines Navy Same as PSYCH 303. See PSYCH 303.
organization, personnel administration
procedures, human resource management 324. Neurobiology of Vision
programs, and military justice in terms of Same as PSYCH 312. See PSYCH 312
current management theory. Prerequisite: B
ADM 210, or consent of instructor. 2 hours. 325. Human Neuropsychology
Same as PSYCH 315. See PSYCH 315. Nuclear Engineering
291. Evolution of Warfare
343. Hormones and Behavior
Survey of the evolution of warfare emphasiz-
ing the philosophies and trends which have
Same as EEE 353 and PSYCH 343. See PSYCH Head of Department: James F. Srubbins
343. Department Office: 214 Nuclear Engineering
been significant in land warfare. 3 hours.
Laboratory, 103 South Goodwin Avenue,
405. Neurochemistry Urbana
293. History of Amphibious Warfare
Same as PHYSL and PSYCH 405. See PSYCH Phone: 333-2295
Studies amphibious operations and the evo-
405. URL: www.ne.uiuc.edu
lution of amphibious warfare doctrine and
development. Prerequisite: Advanced under-
410.Advances in Psychobiology:
graduate standing or consent of instructor. 3
Introduction for Graduate Students Nuclear Engineering (NUC E)
hours.
Same as PSYCH 410. See PSYCH 410.
100. Orientation to Nuclear Engineering
Advanced Physiological Psychology
411.
Introduces the entering freshman to the de-
Same as PSYCH 411. See PSYCH 411. partment and to the nuclear engineering pro-
fession. Initially students are given hands-on
416. Neurophysiology Laboratory
campus computer experience in word process-
Same as PHYSL 416. See PHYSL 416. ing, spread sheet, and graphics, which are ap-
Neuroscience 420.Advanced Topics in Neural and
plied to layout their eight semester curricu-
lum sequence and for the laboratory report.
Behavioral Biology
Several demonstrations of nuclear phenom-
Program Chair: William Greenough Survey of current research in modern neural
ena are presented and discussed (reactor op-
Program Office: 393 Morrill Hall, 505 South and behavioral biology. Each weekly seminar
eration, plasma behavior, and others). Two
is presented by a faculty member or distin-
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana experiments are conducted on radioactive
Phone: 244-0052 guished visiting neuroscientist. Abstracts and
decay and radiation shielding, and one is sub-
URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/neuroscience suggested readings are presented prior to each
mitted as a formal, written laboratory report
seminar. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Neuro-
by the students. 1 hour.
science Program or consent of instructor. 'A
Neuroscience (NEURO) unit.
101. Introduction to Energy Sources
Explains energy technologies using an el-
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 487. Human Neuroscience
ementary approach which pre-supposes no
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Same as CSB 487. See CSB 487.
prior scientific or technical background. Ex-
490. Individual Topics in

amines all present and potential future energy
303. Introduction to Neurobiology Neuroscience
sources including fossil fuel, solar, hydro, and
Individual topics of research supervised by
Same as BIOL 303. See BIOL 303. nuclear power. Demonstrations, a tour of the
Neuroscience faculty. Usually taken in one of
the eight Neuroscience concentration areas: 1)
University'spower plant, and a tour of the
304. Cognitive Neuroscience
neuroanatomy, 2) neurophysiology, 3) cognitive
reactor on campus are integral parts of the
Same as PSYCH 304. See PSYCH 304. course. Energy related incidents will be dis-
and behavioral neuroscience, 4) neurochemis-
cussed as well, including their environmen-
311.Laboratory in Physiological try, neuropharmacology and neurotoxicology,
tal, economic, social impact, technologies, and
Psychology 5) neuroendocrinology and neuroimmunology,
physical principles. 3 hours.
Same as PSYCH 311. See PSYCH 311. 6) developmental genetic and molecular neu-
roscience, 7) clinical and biomedical neuro-
199.Undergraduate Open Seminar
312. Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology science, 8) computational neuroscience. Typi-
lto5 hours. May be repeated.
Same as CSB 312. See CSB 312. cally taken by students before they choose their
thesis topic. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
201. Energy Systems
313. Psychopharmacology Vi to 2 units. May be repeated in the same or
Examines patterns of energy production and
Same as PSYCH 313. See PSYCH 313. subsequent semesters to a maximum of 4 units.
utilization and discusses the technical aspects
of renewable energy resources, advanced
314. Brain, Learning, and Memory Neural Networks and
491. Artificial
fossil fuel systems, and advanced nuclear
Same as PSYCH 314. See PSYCH 314. Computational Brain Theory
Same as PHYSL 491 Interdisciplinary gradu-
.
systems. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or 135;
315. Structure and Function of the Nervous ate/faculty seminar addressing unresolved
PHYCS 111. 2 or 3 hours.
System issues in neuroscience, cognitive science, and 241. Introduction to Radiation Protection
Same as CSB 307 and PHYSL 315. See PHYSL distributed artificial intelligence, which con-
Same as ENVST 241 Introductory course in
.
315. cern the functional design of the nervous sys-

the elements of radiation protection and
tem and the construction of large-scale, bio-
health physics, emphasizing practical appli-
Nuclear Engineering 209
cations. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent; ics in vacuum technology rf and dc

ultra-high determination of exposure and limits for
and one semester of biology, chemistry, and electric plasma probes, measurements of dc internal and external emitters; basic shielding
physics, or consent of instructor. 2 hours. Se- and pulsed magnetic fields, dynamics of a calculations. Prerequisite: NUC E 346 or
niors in nuclear engineering may not receive theta pinch, and laser interferometry to mea- consent of instructor. 3 hours or V* units.
credit for NUC E 241. sure plasma density, may all be included. Pre-
requisite: NUC E 321, 351, credit or concurrent 342. Radioactive Waste Management
247. Introduction to Modelling Nuclear registration in NUC E 352, or consent of in- Sources and characteristics of radioactive
Energy Systems structor. 2 hours or V2 unit. wastes; methods of treatment; monitoring
Applications of elementary nuclear physics in techniques; methods of hazard evaluation;
nuclear engineering. Nuclear reactor materials 329.Plasma Engineering special aspects of solid, liquid, and gaseous
and components. Steady-state and transient Course covers the basic principles and ex- wastes; and disposal, both temporary and
operation of nuclear reactors. Nuclear energy amples for adapting and applying the plasma permanent. Prerequisite: NUC E 346 or equiva-
removal and conversion. Radiation shielding. state to solve anumber of modern engineer- lent. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Prerequisite: PHYCS 112, MATH
245 or 242; co- ing problems. These include the plasma pro-
registration in MATH 285. 3 hours. cessing of materials for microelectronics and 344. Nuclear Analytical Methods
other uses, lighting, plasma displays, and Laboratory
290. Special Topics other technologies. Prerequisite: Intermediate Nuclear analytical methods and techniques
Considers selected areas which are of current Electricity and Magnetism at the level of ECE are covered in depth. Emphasis is placed on
interest to undergraduates in nuclear engi- 229 or PHYCS 335. 3 hours or Va units. neutron activation analysis, energy dispersive
neering but which are not adequately covered x-ray fluorescence and particle spectroscopy.
in other formal courses. Prerequisite: Consent 331. Materials in Nuclear Engineering A laboratory session is given using the
of instructor. 1 to 4 hours. Develops a materials engineering background methods relevant to everyday trace element
in the context of nuclear systems and radia- analysis. Prerequisite: CHEM 101, NUC E 346,
295. Special Problems tion applications; relates structure of materi- or equivalent. 2 to 3 hours, or V2 to % unit.
Individual investigations or studies of any als to their physical and mechanical proper- Students that have taken NUC E 351 or
phase of nuclear engineering selected by the ties; develops phase formation and reaction equivalent may only take this course for 2
student and approved by the department. kinetics from basic thermodynamics prin- hours, or Vi unit credit.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of ciples; develops an understanding of charged
instructor. 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated. particle interactions with surfaces; develops 346. Principles and Applications of
transport concepts of neutral and charged Radiation Interactions with Matter, I
302. Nuclear Power Engineering particles in matter; discusses materials perfor- Experimental and theoretical foundations of
Same as M E 302. Principles of release and mance in nuclear and radiation applications, interaction of neutrons, photons, and charged
energy in nuclear power
utilization of fission including radiation damage and effects. Pre- particles with matter. Emphasis on topics that
engineering; includes such topics as fission requisite Junior standing in engineering or the underlie the following applications; radiation
processes and controlled chain reactions; physical sciences. 3 hours or % units. Credit detection, biological effects and radiation do-
nuclear reactor types, design principles, and not given for both NUC
E 331 and MATSE 346. simetry, radiation damage and nuclear mate-
operational characteristics; power reactor de- rials, neutron activation analysis, and fission
sign criteria; radiation hazards and radioac- 332. Nuclear Engineering Materials and fusion energy systems. Classical theory
tive waste treatment; economics; and other Laboratory of charged particle cross sections. Introduc-
applications such as propulsion and research Laboratory experiments relating to materials tory quantum mechanics. Exact and numeri-
reactors. Students who plan to take more ex- applications in nuclear engineering and energy cal solutions of the Schroedinger equation.
tensive training in nuclear technology are ad- systems will be conducted in small groups. Quantum theory of cross sections. Photon in-
vised to take the NUC E 247-NUC E 346 se- Topics in room and elevated temperature me- teractions with atomic electrons and nuclei.
quence. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 chanical properties of structural materials, cor- Radioactive-series decay. Computer assign-
hours or 1 unit. Credit for both NUC E 302 and rosion, physical properties, radiation damage ments illustrate fundamental concepts. Prereq-
NUC E 247 cannot be given toward the same and effects, and materials selection in design uisite: PHYCS 114 and MATH 285 or MATH
degree. will be included. Prerequisite: Credit or concur- MATH 280 or concurrent registration in
341,
rent registration in NUC E 331 or equivalent. MATH 280, or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit.
Nuclear Power Economics and Fuel
312. 2 hours or 'A unit. Not available for graduate credit to nuclear
Management engineering students.
Quantitative analysis of the impact of the 335. Principles of Imaging with Ionizing
nuclear power industry; nuclear fuel cycle and Radiation 347. Principles and Applications of
capital costs for thermal and fast reactors; Techniques used to generate ionizing radia- Radiation Interactions with Matter, II
optimization of the use of nuclear fuels to pro- tion useful in the imaging of solids and medi- Continuation of NUC E 346. Quantum theory
vide the lowest energy costs and highest sys- cal imaging will be studied. The theory and of ionization of matter by charged particles.
tem performance; and comparison between applications of biological and medical imag- Nuclear models and structure. Alpha decay,
fossil fuel systems, fission systems, and con- ing modalities that use ionizing radiation will fission and fusion reactions. Beta and gamma
trolled thermonuclear systems. Prerequisite: be covered. This includes x-ray diagnostic decay. Nuclear reactions. Radiation damage
Junior standing; M
E 302, or NUC E 302 or methods such as plain film, and digital, com- effects. Special topics. Computer assignments
247, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. puter axial tomography (CAT) and radionu- to illustrate fundamental concepts. Prerequi-
clide imaging techniques such as positron site: NUC E 346 or consent of instructor. 3 hours
321. Plasma and Fusion Science emission tomography (PET), single photon orVt unit.
Same as ECE 321 and PHYCS 365. Course pro- emission computed tomography (SPECT) and
vides an introduction to the physics of plas- gamma cameras. It will also cover the theory 348.Nuclear Systems Engineering and
mas, including particle and fluid descriptions, and applications of materials imaging. These Design
waves, collisions, stability, and confinement, include x-ray, electron, and neutron diffrac- Engineering principles that underlie nuclear
with applications to controlled thermonuclear tion, in addition to small angle neutron and systems designed with emphasis on nuclear
fusion rectors, problems in fusion engineer- x-ray scattering (SANS, and SAXS). Prerequi- power reactors. Materials for nuclear systems.
ing, and astrophysics. Prerequisite: Junior site: NUC E 346 or consent of instructor. 3 hours Energy generation and removal in single- and
standing in the College of Engineering or con- or ¥4 units. two-phase flows. Reactor and component
sent of instructor. 3 hours or % units. control systems and nuclear fuel reloading
341. Principles of Radiation Protection patterns. Prerequisite: NUC E 355; M E 205;
323. Plasma Laboratory Sources of nuclear radiation; ionization and MATH 285 and 280. 3 hours or Va unit.
Laboratory experiments relating to plasma energy deposition in matter with an emphasis
engineering and fusion energy will be con- on biological systems; principles of dosimetry;
ducted in small groups by the students. Top-
210 Nuclear Engineering
351.Nuclear Engineering Laboratory transfer, and fluid flow; and special emphasis 455. Reactor Theory, I
Radiation detection and instrumentation; ra- on basic ideas and the mathematical similarity Same as PHYCS 455. Advanced development
diation dosimetry and shielding; basic mea- of problems in heat transfer, fluid flow, and of neutron transport theory; neutron slowing-
surements in nuclear engineering; engineer- neutron diffusion. Prerequisite: MATH 285, down and resonance absorption; approxima-
ing applications; and microcomputer data NUC E 247, and NUC E 346, or equivalent, or tions to the transport equation; direct numerical
acquisition and experimental control. Prereq- equivalent or consent of instructor. 1 unit. methods and other techniques of approximation
uisite: NUC E 346 or equivalent. 3 hours or % theory applied to the neutron transport equa-
unit. 411. Nuclear Reactor Heat Transfer tion; and advanced topics. Prerequisite: NUC
Selected topics in nuclear reactor heat transfer: E 355, graduate standing in physics, or con-
352.Nuclear Engineering Laboratory thermal analysis of fuel elements under steady sent of instructor. 1 unit.
Five-week laboratory course comprising the and transient operation; convective energy
required core of nuclear engineering experi- transport from reactor cores; two-phase flow 456. Reactor Theory, II
ments. One experiment in each of the follow- and boiling in reactor cores; and liquid metal Same as PHYCS 456. Advanced treatment of
ing areas is included: reactor operation, D. D. coolant systems. Prerequisite: NUC E 401 or the theory of slow-neutron scattering, neutron
glow discharge plasma, subcritical assembly. consent of instructor. 1 unit. thermalization, Doppler broadening, fuel
Prerequisite: NUC
E 321, 351, and 355 or con- depletion and fuel loadings, properties of neu-
sent of instructor. 1 hour or 'A unit. May be 421. Interaction of Radiation with Matter tron migration operators, and mathematical
taken concurrently with NUC
E 323, 332, 344, Topics in the interaction of radiation with neutron transport theory; interpretation of
or 353. matter of interest to the nuclear engineering related experiments; and advanced topics.
field: the kinematics, kinetics, and cross sec- Prerequisite: NUC E 455; NUC E 421 or gradu-
353. Nuclear Reactor Laboratory and tions involved in the interaction of charged ate standing in physics; or consent of instruc-
Operations particles, electromagnetic radiation, and neu- tor. 1 unit.
Laboratory experiments relating to nuclear trons. Prerequisite: NUC E 346 or equivalent. 1
reactor physics and fission reactor operations, unit. 458. Advanced Nuclear Engineering
conducted in small groups, including: reac- Design
tor instrumentation, flux and power measure- 422. Controlled Fusion Systems, I Classroom exercise in the conceptual design
ments, start-up procedures, reactivity worth Same as ECE 422. Development of plasma of a nuclear engineering system involving a
measures, reactor period, and control rod cali- models for fusion analysis; treatment of synthesis of previous learning in the field of
bration experiments, and measurements in plasma heating and confinement with appli- nuclear engineering and related disciplines;
subcritical, critical, and supercritical systems. cations to current experiments; energy bal- the design includes all necessary ingredients
Prerequisite: NUC E 351, and credit or concur- ances; and energy extraction. Prerequisite: for the system, such as core, thermal-hydrau-
rent registration in NUC E 352. 2 hours or Vi NUC E 321 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. lics, shielding, material selection, and control.
unit. Prerequisite: Five 300- and/or 400-level nuclear

423. Controlled Fusion Systems, II engineering courses including NUC E 247, 348
355. Reactor Statics and Dynamics Development of plasma models for high-beta and 401, or equivalent; or consent of instruc-
Intermediate-level analysis of thermal and fast pulsed-fusion systems and for pellet fusion tor. 1 unit.
reactor assemblies; reactor statics, reactor systems; heating and confinement mecha-
dynamics, and introductory transport theory; nisms; energy balances and energy extraction; 459.Asymptotics and Singular
homogeneous and heterogeneous reactors; and applications to current experiments. Pre- Perturbations in Engineering and Physics
and multigroup diffusion theory, perturbation requisite: NUC E 422 or consent of instructor. Same as MATH, PHYCS, and T A 459. See M
theory, reactivity coefficients, and control rod 1 unit. T AM 459.
analysis. Prerequisite: NUC
E 247 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 425. Nuclear-Electrical Energy Conversion 460. Reactor Kinetics and Dynamics
Same as ECE 425. Advanced concepts in Diffusion and transport neutron balances with
357. Safety Analysis of Nuclear Reactor nuclear radiation energy conversion of delayed neutrons; formal development of the
Systems importance in both power production and point reactor kinetics equations; analytic and
Same as CSE 362. Basic safety philosophy in radiation detection; analysis and applications numerical solutions of the point reactor kinet-
nuclear reactor systems; brief review of of direct collection of charged particles; and ics equations; space-dependent, multigroup
nuclear reactor systems; regulatory processes; theory and applications of radiation-induced reactor kinetics; reactivity measurements; re-
siting considerations; safety problems related ionization and excitation. 1 unit. actor noise analysis; and advanced topics. Pre-
to reactor dynamics; evaluation of postulated requisite: NUC E 455 or consent of instructor.
accidents; risks associated with nuclear fuel 431. Nuclear Metallurgy 1 unit.
cycle; and methods of systems safety analysis. Metallurgical principles applied to materials
Prerequisite: NUC E 302 or 247 or equivalent, problems in nuclear engineering; includes 490. Special Topics
or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. topics in production of uranium, corrosion, Considers selected areas of current interest in
radiation damage, element fabrication,
fuel research which are not adequately covered in
358. Design in Nuclear Engineering and fuel reprocessing. Prerequisite: Consent of other courses. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
Introduction to design in nuclear engineering instructor. 1 unit. tor. Vi or 1 unit.
systems; basic principles of definition,
organization, constraints, modeling and 441. Nuclear Radiation Shielding 495. Nuclear Engineering Problems
optimization of system design; case studies; Basic concepts, radiation sources, elementary Individual study in areas of nuclear engineer-
and class design projects applying these basic gamma ray and neutron shielding, geometry ing and closely related fields not covered by
principles. Prerequisite: NUC E 247 and 348. 4 factors in shielding, advanced techniques regular course offerings. The work is carried
hours or 1 unit. (such as Monte Carlo and discrete ordinates), out under the supervision of a member of the
special topics (such as shield heating, duct faculty. Prerequisite: At least 3 units of gradu-
390. Intermediate Special Topics streaming, and albedo theory), and practical ate work; consent of instructor. 'A to 2 units.
Considers selected areas of current interest in aspects. Prerequisite: NUC
E 341 or consent of
nuclear engineering which are not adequately instructor. 1 unit. 497. Seminar in Nuclear Science and
covered in other formal courses. Prerequisite: Engineering
Consent of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or 'A to 1 454. Nuclear Engineering Laboratory Lectures and discussions on current work in
unit. Investigations research and development in nuclear engi-
Individual investigation in nuclear engineer- neering and related fields by staff, advanced
401.Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering ing. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 'A to 2 students, and visiting lecturers. or 'A unit.
Lecture and problem course to provide units.
background for further work in nuclear 499. Thesis Research
engineering; problems in materials, heat to 4 units.
Nursing 21 I
measurement of quality, performance, and 210. Health Assessment

impact on health programs and services. Introduction to assessment of physical and
Emphasis is on interdisciplinary perspective. psychosocial health across the lifespan.
Addresses integrated quality improvement Includes physical assessment techniques and
systems. Prerequisite: NUPH 515 or consent of interviewing skills. Prerequisite: Credit or
Nursing instructor. 3 hours. concurrent registration in KINES 252, or the
equivalent; and in NUSC 202. 3 hours.
524. Primary Care Nursing of Acute and
Director: Carol Humpherys
S. Chronic Disorders, I 212. Nursing Pharmacology
Program Office: 408 South Goodwin Avenue, First of a two-course sequence designed to Pharmacological principles required for nurs-
Urbana prepare nurse practitioners to assess, diag- ing practice. Use and mode of action of differ-
Phone: 333-2507 nose, and manage stable chronic conditions ent drug categories. Case study application to
URL: www.nurs.uic.edu/regions/urbana. and acute episodic illnesses. Prerequisite: nursing practice. Prerequisite: CHEM 130 and
htm NUPH 500 and NUSC 531. 4 hours. KINES 252, or equivalent courses. 3 hours.
Including Medical-Surgical Nursing (NUMS), 525.Primary Care Nursing of Acute and 214. Clinical Pathophysiology, I
Nursing Sciences (NUSC), Psychiatric Nurs- Chronic Disorders, II Surveys pathophysiological mecha-
clinical
ing (NUPS), and Public Health Nursing Second of a two-course sequence designed to nisms which cause disruption of normal
(NUPH) prepare nurse practitioners to assess, diag- physiologic processes across the life span. Part
nose,and manage stable chronic conditions I. Prerequisite: CHEM130, and KINES 252, or
The following courses are offered in the and acute episodic illnesses. Prerequisite: equivalent courses. 2 hours.
University of Illinois at Chicago College of Graduate standing and NUPH 524. 6 hours.
Nursing undergraduate generic program, 216. Clinical Pathophysiology, II
baccalaureate completion, and family nurse 528. Advanced Clinical Practice in Primary Surveys clinicalpathophysiological mecha-
practitioner graduate programs on the Care Nursing nisms which cause disruption of normal
Urbana-Champaign campus. Although these Health care issues, advanced clinical skills, physiologic processes across the life span. Part
and supervised practicum experiences specific II. Prerequisite: NUSC 214. 2 hours.
courses are a part of the undergraduate and
graduate offerings of the College of Nursing to students' selected practice area or popula-
at the Chicago campus, which has ultimate tion groups in rural, urban, or international 218. Nursing Information Management
responsibility for them, under a cooperative settings. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and Introduction to health, nursing, and manage-
arrangement they are being offered on the NUPH 524. I to 5 hours. Approved for S/U ment information systems. Computerized
Urbana-Champaign campus as well. The grading only. methods for collecting, storing, and manipu-
lating information. Laboratory experience re-
graduate offerings are part of the Graduate
College at the Chicago campus. lated to basic computer utilization. Prerequi-
Psychiatric Nursing (NUPS) NUSC 202, and concurrent registration in
site:
Note: In the following courses with the NUSC 225; or concurrent registration in NUSC
exception of NUSC 100, enrollment is limited 450. Women and Mental Health 242. 2 hours.
to students in the College of Nursing. NUSC Theories of female psychology; women's daily
lives and mental health; sex differences in 222. Introduction to Nursing Research and
100 is open to non-nursing and nursing
mental illness; strategies for improving Statistics
students.
women's mental health in nursing and other Basic concepts of research emphasizing
fields. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 relationship between research and nursing
Medical-Surgical Nursing (NUMS) hours. practice. Includes basic statistical measures,
hypothesis testing, and interpretation of
nursing research. Prerequisite: NUSC 202, or
356. Nursing Care of the Patient with Pain
Nursing Sciences (NUSC) concurrent registration in NUSC 242. 4 hours.
Pain theory, assessment and treatment strate-
gies; physical, psychological, and spiritual
100. Orientation to Professional Nursing 225. Clinical Nursing, I: Clinical Concepts
dimensions of the pain experience. The nurs-
Orientation course on nursing as a career with Applies nursing process, communication and
ing implications and current research of pain
professional roles, responsibilities, and teaching /learning to individuals. Includes
theory. 2 hours.
knowledge. 1 hour. Required of all generic mobility, comfort, safety, infection, protection,
program students. fatigue, sleep, oxygenation, elimination.

Public Health Nursing (NUPH) Clinical application in various settings.
202.Concepts and Processes of Prerequisite: NUSC 210, andNUSC 212, and
500. Health Maintenance and Promotion in Professional Nursing concurrent registration in NUSC 216. 6 hours.
Primary Care Nursing Introduction to the history and framework of
nursing practice. Emphasis on basic auricular 242. Transition to Professional Nursing
First of a three-course sequence to prepare
concepts and processes of professional Introduces RN/BSN student to major curricu-
nurse practitioners to provide primary care to
nursing. Prerequisite: NUSC 100. 3 hours. larconcepts and processes, with emphasis on
well families and individuals. Prerequisite:
cultural diversity, health promotion, and pro-
Proficiency in health assessment and consent
204. Cultural Health Issues through the fessional nursing practice. Prerequisite: Credit
of instructor. 4 hours.
Life Span or concurrent registration in NUSC 210, or
Multicultural approach to growth and devel- consent of instructor. 3 hours.
515.Advanced Nursing Management in
Community-Focused Health Services opment across the lifespan. Ethnicity, ethno-
centrism, physical growth, maturation, and 289. Cooperative Education
Theory and research in leadership, manage-
variation discussed within a framework of Satisfactory/unsatisfactory grade only.
ment, and community-focuses assessment for
person(s), health, and environment. Prerequisite: Opportunities for students to enhance clinical
advanced nursing practice in complex and
skills and explore professional nursing roles.
integrated health systems. Prerequisite: Gradu- PSYCH 100 and SOC 100 or the equivalent;
NUSC 100 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Students will contract with an approved
ate standing and NUSC 528, or consent of in- health care agency for a salaried position.
structor. 3 hours.
206. Personal Health and Wellness Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Cooperative
Principles of primary health care and health Education Program in Nursing. hours.
516. Evaluation of Health Services
Outcomes for Nursing promotion, emphasizing nutrition, personal
Explores program planning and evaluation in health risk reduction, stress, and coping.
community-focused health services. Includes Introduces prevention and risk reduction
strategies. Prerequisite: NUSC 100. 3 hours.
212 Nutritional Sciences
321. Nursing Perspectives on Health Policy 392. Professional Development in Nursing Content topics will include developmental
and Politics Focuses on entry to practice issues, policy (life span) physiologic changes. Prerequisite:
Health policy issues are analyzed from socio- development, legal aspects, and current and Graduate standing and an undergraduate
economic, political, and ethical perspectives future factors affecting nursing and health physiology course; or consent of the instruc-
and their relation to policy process and health care. Professional practiceand career devel- tor. 4 hours.
care delivery. Nurse political participation to opment. Prerequisite: Completion of Clinical
influence policy is explored. Prerequisite: Nursing courses: NUSC 225, 335, 345, 365, and 531. Pharmaceutical Intervention in
NUSC 100, 202, and 225. 2 hours. 375. 2 hours. Advanced Practice in Nursing
Advanced principles of pharmaceutical
II: Adult Health
335. Clinical Nursing, 394. Special Topics: Undergraduate intervention. Includes legal issues, client
Nursing concepts concerning common adult Discusses selected topics of current interest. adherence, medication selection factors, and
health problems: oxygenation, information Offered according to sufficient student de- applications to sub-specialty populations.
processing, regulation, immune response, mand and instructor availability. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Graduate standing and credit or
elimination, metabolism, mobility, substance Completion of Level courses and consent
II concurrent registration in NUSC 530, or the
abuse and addiction. Clinical application in of instructor. 1 to May be repeated in
4 hours. equivalent; or consent of instructor. 2 or 3
various settings. Prerequisite: NUSC 225. 6 same or separate semesters as topics vary. hours. Students registering for 3 credit hours
hours. register for two extra laboratory-discussion
395. Synthesis, Nursing of Clients with
II: hours per week.
345. Clinical Nursing, III: Child-Bearing Complex Health Problems
Family Synthesis of concepts relevant to nursing care 532. Comprehensive Health Assessment
Nursing care of the childbearing family in- of person(s) with complex health problems for Advanced Practice
cluding antepartal, intrapartal, and posrpar- across the lifespan. Clinical application in Includes physical, psychosocial, developmen-
tal concerns. Focus on normal processes in- various settings. Prerequisite: NUSC 385, and tal, occupational, sexual, cultural assessments
cluding parenting. Clinical application in concurrent registration in NUSC 390. 5 hours. across the life spans; emphasizing differences
various settings. Prerequisite: Credit or concur- between normal and abnormal. Synthesize
rent registration in NUSC 335. 5 hours. 399. Independent Study: Undergraduate results in client's health status. Prerequisite:
Individually arranged study of student Graduate standing and NUSC 210, or the
355. Clinical Nursing, IV: Child Health selected topic under guidance of individual equivalent; or consent of instructor. 2 or 3
Nursing care of the well, acutely and chroni- instructor. Prerequisite: Completion of Level II hours. Students registering for 3 credit hours
cally ill, infant and child using a family fo- courses and consent of instructor. to 5 hours. register for two additional laboratory-discus-
cused approach. Clinical application in vari- May be repeated for credit and may register sion hours per week.
ous settings. Prerequisite: NUSC 335. 5 hours. for more than one section per term.
595.Seminar in Nursing
360. Continuity of Care 494. Special Topics: Masters Identifiesand analyzes a broad range of is-
The interface between the health care system Discusses selected topics of current interest. sues related to modern nursing and nursing
and person(s) with chronic health problems, Offered according to sufficient student de- research. Topics will vary according to student
disability, and/or wellness needs will be mand and instructor availability. Prerequisite: interests and instructor availability. Prerequi-
examined. Clinical application in various Consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours. site: Consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours.
settings. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent
registration in NUSC 335 or 345. 3 hours. 526. Nursing Inquiry, I 596. Independent Study: Graduate
First of a two-course sequence on the process Selected problems in nursing are investigated
365. Clinical Nursing, V: Mental Health and application of nursing inquiry; empha- under the direction of a graduate faculty mem-
Application of biopsychosociocultural con- sizes approaches to inquiry, theory analysis, ber. Modes of investigation are determined by
cepts to understand a person's vulnerability constructs, measurement, and theory genera- the nature of the nursing problem selected.
to mental illness and adaptation to stressors. tion. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and credit Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 0to4 hours.
Students plan and implement strategies. Clini- or concurrent registration in NUSC 525; or the
cal application in various settings. Prerequisite: equivalent. 2 hours. 597. Project Research: Masters
NUSC 335. 5 hours. Master's student project research. Prerequisite:
527. Nursing Inquiry, II Consent of instructor. to 16 hours.
375. Clinical Nursing ,VI: Older Adult Continuation of NUSC 526, emphasizing the
Health methods of theory development and theory 598. Thesis Research: Masters
Application of concepts of gerontology, aging testing in selected areas of nursing sciences. Master's student thesis research. Prerequisite:
theories and care of the older adult, including Ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: Gradu- Consent of instructor. to 16 hours.
biological, psychological, and social aspects. ate standing and NUSC 526. 2 hoars.
Clinical application in various settings.
Prerequisite: NUSC 335. 3 hours. 528. Health, Environment, and Systems
Examination of international, national and
385. Synthesis, I: Primary/Community local environments for health, health systems,
Health Nursing health policy, and their outcomes. Influence
Emphasis placed on primary health care of social, cultural, and ethical factors. Prereq- Nutritional Sciences
utilizing the principles of health promotion uisite: Graduate standing. 2 hours.
and epidemiology. Clinical application in

various settings; including clinical validation 529. Issues of Advanced Practice in Director:Sharon M. Donovan
for advanced placement students. Prerequisite: Nursing Program Office: 449 Bevier Hall, 905 South
Credit or concurrent registration in NUSC 350, Examines advanced practice in nursing from Goodwin Avenue, Urbana
345, 355, 365, and 375, or consent of instructor. historical, contemporary, and future dimen- Phone: 333-4177
5 hours. sions. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and URL: w3.aces.uiuc.edu/nutrsci
NUSC 528. 1 hour. May be repeated to a maxi-
390. Nursing Management and Leadership mum of 2 hours for students enrolled in spe-
in Health Care Systems cific nursing concentrations. Students may Nutritional Sciences (NUTRS)
Theoretical and practical knowledge relevant register for more than one section per term.
to the nurse manager and leader role in health 320. Nutritional Aspects of Disease
care delivery. Clinical application coordinated 530. Physiologic Basis of Nursing Practice Same as FSHN 320. See FSHN 320.
with NUSC 395. Prerequisite: Concurrent across the Life Span
registration in NUSC 395. 5 hours. Advanced contemporary physiologic prin-
ciples and their relevance to clinical practice.
Philosophy 213
326. Human Nutritional Biochemistry, I the direction of any member of the nutritional 105. Introduction to Ethics
Same as FSHN 326. See FSHN 326. sciences faculty, with the exception of the Some basic questions of ethics, discussed in
student's own thesis adviser. Prerequisite: the light of influential ethical theories and with
Human Nutritional Biochemistry, II
327. Consent of instructor. 'A to 1 unit. reference to specific moral problems, such as:
Same as FSHN 327. See FSHN 327. What makes an action morally right? Are
499. Thesis Research moral standards absolute or relative? What is
Community Nutrition
328. to 4 units. the relation between personal morality and
Same as FSHN 328. See FSHN 328. social morality, and between social morality
and law? 3 hours. Credit is not given for both
400. Nutritional Sciences Seminar PHIL 105 and 106.
Discussions of current problems in nutritional
sciences. Prerequisite: NUTRS 410 and consent 106. Ethics and Social Policy
of instructor. or V* unit. Required of all Examination of the moral aspects of social
graduate students in the nutritional sciences Painting problems, and a survey of ethical principles
program. formulated to validate social policy. 3 hours.
Credit is not given for both PHIL 106 and 105.
410. Current Topics in Nutritional Research (See Art and Design, School of)
Same as ANSCI and FSHN 410. Series of one- 107. Introduction to Political Philosophy
third semester intensive courses on current Examination of the philosophical bases of
topics in nutritional sciences research, in areas democracy and some alternative political
of principles of nutrition, physiology of forms. 3 hours.
nutrition, diet, and disease prevention. Cover
topics such as: nutrition regulation, dietary 108.The Sacred Mind: Religion and
fiber, nutrition and cancer, design of nutrition Society in Western Thought from
experiments, nutritional toxicology, nutrition Persian Antiquity to the Enlightenment
and gene expression. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 Same as ANTH, SOC and RELST 108. See
or equivalent and a graduate level course in RELST 108.
(See Linguistics)
nutrition. 'A to % unit. Student may register
for this course more than once in the same 109.The Secular Mind: Religion and
term to a maximum of % unit. Society in Western Thought from the
Enlightenment to the Present
411.Comparative Regulation of Same as ANTH, SOC and RELST 109. See
Macronutrient Metabolism RELST 109.
Same as ANSCI and FSHN 411. Biochemical
aspects of nutrition with emphasis on the 110. World Religions
function, regulation, and metabolism of Same as RELST 110. See RELST 110.
macronutrients in higher animals, including
humans. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 or 352 and Philosophy 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
an upper division course in nutrition. 1 unit. Study of selected topics on an individually
Chair of Department: Robert G. Wengert
450. Protocols in Clinical Nutrition or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi-
Department Office: 105 Gregory Hall, 810 South site: Consent of departmental honors adviser.
Design and implementation of experimental
Wright Street, Urbana 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated once.
protocols in human nutrition. Examines the
Phone: 333-2889
scientific, regulatory, and ethical context for
URL: www.phil.uiuc.edu 198. Freshman Seminar
conducting research in clinical nutrition. The
focus of the course will be the writing and Investigation of selected fundamental topics
Note: Students are urged to consult the de- of philosophical inquiry. See Timetable for cur-
evaluation of a simulated peer-reviewed grant
tailed descriptions of all philosophy courses Freshman James
proposal. Prerequisite: NUTRS 326, 327 or rent topics. Prerequisite:
to be offered in particular semesters. These Scholar. 3 hours.
equivalent; two semesters of statistics recom-
descriptions may be obtained in the depart-
mended; NUTRS 410 and 411 recommended;
ment office or from the departmental Web site. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
or consent of instructor. Vi unit.
461. Advanced Clinical Nutrition Philosophy (PHIL)
Same as FSHN 420 and MED S 461. A series 201. Philosophy in Literature
of five-week intensive courses on basic patho-
Consideration of the philosophical themes
101. Introduction to Philosophy implicit in a variety of important literary
physiological changes associated with major
organ system failure, medical conditions with
Consideration of some main problems of phi- works, both classical and modern; may in-
losophy concerning, for example, knowledge, clude such authors as Sophocles, Shakespeare,
genetic or behavioral etiology, and appropri-
ate nutritional assessment/support/treat-
God, mind and body, and human freedom. 3 Goethe, Dostoevsky and Sartre. 3 hours.
hours.
ment. Exposure to clinical nutrition through
202. Symbolic Logic
medical /nutrition rounds at medical centers.
102. Logic and Reasoning Introduction to the techniques of formal logic,
Covers topics such as cardiovascular disease,
Practical study of logical reasoning; tech- dealing primarily with truth-functional logic
cancer, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetes,
niques for analyzing and criticizing argu- and quantification theory. 3 hours.
immunological diseases, nutritional care in
ments, with emphasis on assessing the logi-
FSHN 320; 300 or 400
obstetrics. Prerequisite:
cal coherence of what we read and write. 3 203. Ancient Philosophy
level physiology course. 3 hour or 'A unit. May
hours. Introduction to ancient philosophy, concen-
be repeated in same semester to a maximum
trating on Plato and Aristotle, dealing with
of 2 hours or V» unit. Semester hours are for
103. Scientific Reasoning such topics as metaphysics, ethics, and the
medical students only.
Practical study of scientific reasoning;meth- theory of knowledge. 4 hours.
ods for evaluating scientific evidence and for
493. Individual Topics in Nutrition
using scientific information in making deci- 206. EarlyModern Philosophy
For students majoring in nutritional sciences
sions. 3 hours. The history of philosophy from Descartes to
who wish to undertake individual studies of Kant. 4 hours.
a nonthesis nature in problems or topics not
covered in other courses; may be taken under
214 Painting
207. Early Modern Philosophy, I 292. Thesis 316. Anglo-American Philosophy Since
Bacon, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Special training in philosophical investigation. 1900
PHIL 207 and 208 taken concurrently in the Course may be taken by honors students in Introduction to the major philosophical
summer session are the equivalent of PHIL partial fulfillment of department honors developments in England and America in the
206. 2 hours. Offered in the summer session requirements. Prerequisite: Open to seniors present century, focusing on such writers as
only. with a GPA of 3.0 only by prior arrangement G. E. Moore, Bertrand Russell, A. J. Ayer,
with a regular member of the staff and with Ludwig Wittgenstein, and W. V. Quine.
208. Early Modern Philosophy, II consent of the department chair. 2 to 4 hours. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. 3 hours
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, and Kant. PHIL May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. or 1 unit.
207 and 208 taken concurrently in the summer (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
session are the equivalent of PHIL 206. 2 hours. 317. Scientific Thought, I
Offered in the summer session only. 298.Advanced Undergraduate Seminar Same as HIST 339. Historical and critical
Seminar on selected philosophical topics; in- survey of the development of science and its
210. Ethics tended primarily for advanced undergradu- philosophical interpretation to the death of
Problems in ethical theory; the nature of right ate philosophy majors. Prerequisite: A GPA of Newton. 3 hours or 1 unit.
and wrong, justice, conscience, moral feelings, 3.0 and consent of instructor. 3 hours. May be
etc. 3 hours. repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts 318. Scientific Thought, II
for advanced hours in L A S.) Same as HIST 340. Historical and critical
214. Moral Problems in Medicine and survey of the development of science and its
Biology 301. Philosophy and Film philosophical interpretation from the death of
Philosophical study of selected moral and so- Same as CINE 301. Study of procedures for Newton to the early twentieth century.
cial problems concerning medicine and biol- interpreting narrative films and evaluating Prerequisite: PHIL 317. 3 hours or 1 unit.
ogy, such as euthanasia, abortion, allocation specific interpretations, as well as an exami-

of scarce medical resources, health care and nation of philosophical issues raised in se- 319. Space, Time, and Matter
rights, and genetic engineering. 3 hours. lected films. Prerequisite: One course in phi- Same as PHYCS 319. See PHYCS 319.
losophy or in cinema studies. 4 hours or 1 unit.
216. Engineering Ethics 321. Moral Philosophy
Same as ECE 216. See ECE 216. 304.Medieval Philosophy Systematic study of selected classics in moral
History of philosophy from St. Augustine to philosophy by such philosophers as Aristotle,
225. Recent European Philosophy William of Ockham. Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or Hume, and Kant. Prerequisite: One course in
Introduction to the major recent philosophi- 203. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. philosophy. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
cal movements in Europe, such as phenom-
enology, existentialism, philosophical anthro- 310. Classical Ancient Philosophers 322. Recent Developments in Ethics
pology, and neo-Marxism. 3 hours. Intensive study of one ancient philosopher or Intensive treatment of issues in contemporary
the intensive study of a major philosophical ethical theory. Prerequisite: One course in
230. Philosophy of Religion: Introduction problem through the consideration of a num- ethics. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. May be repeated
Same as RELST 230. Introduction to philo- ber of ancient philosophers; chief emphasis on for credit once with consent of the department
sophical analysis of religious thought and ex- Plato and/or Aristotle. Prerequisite: One course chair.
perience. 3 hours. in philosophy, preferably PHIL 203. 3 hours,
or % or 1 unit. May be repeated for credit with 323.Philosophy of Art
250. Conceptions of Human Nature the consent of the department chair. Students Examination of philosophical interpretations
Comparative examination of important
may register for this course more than once in of art and aesthetic experience by influential
historical and contemporary conceptions of the same term. classical and recent writers. 3 hours, or V* or 1
human nature. 3 hours. unit.
311.Nineteenth-Century Philosophy
270. Philosophy of Science Examination of the thought of such major 324. Philosophy of Religion
Investigation of the nature of scientific knowl- figures as Hegel, Marx, and Nietzsche. Same asRELST 362. Considers central issues
edge by examining archetypal examples from Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. 3 hours, in the philosophy of religion, e.g., the justifi-
physical science (e.g., Ptolemaic and Coper- or % or 1 unit. cation of religious belief, the nature of God,
nican astronomy); nature of scientific truth, religious experience, etc. Prerequisite: One
validation of theories, nature of scientific theo- 312. Classical Modern Philosophers course in philosophy. 3 hours, or 3
4 or 1 unit.
ries, evolution of theories, experimental pro- Intensive study of one, or in special cases, two
cedure, role of presuppositions, scientific revo- major philosophers of the period 1600-1900, 325.Philosophy of Mind
lutions, etc. 3 hours. e.g., Descartes, Hume, Kant, or Hegel. Philosophical problems arising in connection
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. 3 hours, with mental phenomena; the relation of mind
280. Current Controversies or A
3
or 1 unit. May be repeated. Students may and body; free will and determinism; our
Philosophical examination of positions taken register for this course more than once in the knowledge of other minds; and the self and
on some issue of current concern, e.g., human same term. personal identity. Prerequisite: One course in
sexuality, death and dying, feminism, race, philosophy. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit.
intelligence, war, and sociobiology. See 313.American Philosophy
Timetable for current topics. 3 hours. May be Examination of American philosophers from 326. Metaphysics
repeated with consent of department chair. colonial to recent times, for example, Edwards, Investigation of various metaphysical issues
Peirce, James, Dewey. Prerequisite: One course concerning, for example, existence, substance,
290. Individual Study in philosophy. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. particulars and universals, and space and
Readings in selected philosophical topics. time. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. 3
Course may be taken by honors students in 314.Major Recent Philosophers hours, or V* or 1 unit.
partial fulfillment of department honors Intensive study of one or two important phi-
requirements. Prerequisite: Open to juniors and losophers of the present century, e.g., 327. Philosophical Anthropology
seniors with a GPA of 3.0 only by prior Wittgenstein, Dewey, Heidegger, or Quine. Philosophical approaches and contributions
arrangement with a regular member of the Topics vary; see Timetable. Prerequisite: One to the understanding of human nature. Pre-
staff and with consent of the department chair. course in philosophy. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. requisite: One course in philosophy (preferably
2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum May be repeated for credit with consent of the PHIL 101, 203, 206, 225, or 250). 3 hours, or A
y
of 6 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A department chair. Students may register for or 1 unit.May be repeated to a maximum of 6
S.) this course more than once in the same term. hours or 2 units. Course may be repeated for
credit only with the consent of the chair of the
department.
Photography 215
329.Value Theory 347. Post-Structuralist French Philosophy 412. Seminar in Social Philosophy
Study of the nature and status of values, and Intensive study of a selection of the major Seminar designed to study special problems
of variable topics in value theory, e.g., different writings of recent French philosophers, such in social philosophy. See Timetable for current
types of values, and problems of truth, as Foucault and Derrida. Prerequisite: PHIL topics. 1 unit. May be repeated.
justifiability, objectivityand relativism with 225, 341, or 343, or consent of instructor. 3
respect to them. Prerequisite: Junior standing. hours, or % or 1 unit. 413. Seminar in the Philosophy of Logic
3 hours, or V-t or 1 unit. May be repeated in Selected topics in contemporary logical theory.
subsequent semesters as topics vary to a 353.Formal Logic and Philosophy Prerequisite: A course in logic or consent of
maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. Techniques and results of symbolic logic, with instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated.
special attention to topics of philosophical
330. Theory of Knowledge importance. Prerequisite: PHIL 202, graduate 417. Seminar in the Philosophy of Science
Investigation of issues concerning, for ex- standing, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Various problems arising from specific studies
ample, the nature and possibility of knowl- Vi or 1 unit. in philosophy pertaining to science and vice
edge; its forms and limits; its relation to be- versa. To be offered with varying topics. I unit.
lief, truth, and justification; and the nature of 354. Advanced Symbolic Logic May be repeated.
truth. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Completeness, compactness, and Lowenheim-
3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Skolem theorems for first-order logic; incom- 420. Seminar in Semantics
pleteness and undecidability of formal sys- Same as COMM 420.Intensive study of im-
335. Social Philosophy tems; and additional material on proof theory, portant contemporary contributions in the
Selected topics from the nature of social model theory, or axiomatic set theory as time fields of semantics, analytic philosophy, and
organization, nature and convention, utility, permits. Prerequisite: PHIL 202 or consent of the philosophy of language. Prerequisite:
justice, equality, liberty, rights, and duties. instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. Graduate standing in philosophy or equiva-
Prerequisite: PHIL 105, 106, or 321, or consent lent. 1 unit. May be repeated.
of instructor. 3 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. 371. Philosophy of Science: Contemporary
Issues 421. Seminar in Contemporary Problems
336. Philosophy of Law and of the State Examines important developments and Intensive study of selected problems or topics
Examination of issues in the philosophy of controversies in recent philosophy of science. in contemporary philosophy. 1 unit. May be
law, such as the nature of law, law and moral- Prerequisite: PHIL 270 or consent of instructor. repeated. Students may register for this course
ity, justice, liberty and authority, punishment, 3 hours or 1 unit. more than once in the same term.
and legal responsibility. Prerequisite: One
course in philosophy. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. 373. Philosophy of Biology 423. Seminar Theory of Knowledge
in the
Same as BIOL 373. Philosophical issues in bi- Selected topics and writings of major impor-
337.Semantics ology covering basic concepts such as fitness, tance in the contemporary philosophy of
Study of semantical concepts such as meaning, evolution, adaptation, natural selection, and knowledge. 1 unit. May be repeated.
truth, reference, and denotation; the relation issues such as the unit of selection, genetic
of meaning, verification, and truth; and reductionism, cultural evolution. Prerequisite: 425.Seminar in the Philosophy of Mind
semantical paradoxes. Prerequisite: A course in Two courses in philosophy or two course in Selected topics from major writings in the
logic. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. biology; or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt philosophy of mind. 1 unit. May be repeated.
or 1 unit. Graduate students taking the course
338. Philosophy of Language for 1 unit rather than for % unit will be ex-
470. Proseminar in Cognitive Science
Same as LING 338. Historical or comparative pected to do additional reading and write Same as ANTH and LING 470, C S 449, EDPSY
study of the philosophy of language. Prereq- more substantial papers. and PSYCH 471. See ANTH 470.
uisite: One course in philosophy. 3 hours, or %
483. Individual Topics
or 1 unit. The Philosophy of Social Science
375.
Same as ANTH 329 and SOC 325. Survey of
Individual study and oral and written reports
339. Philosophy of Mathematics philosophical problems encountered in the on topics not covered in other courses. Topics
Same as MATH
339. Introduction to some of disciplines concerned with the individual and and plan of study must be approved by the
the main philosophical problems and contem- society, with particular emphasis on the extent
candidate's adviser and by the staff member
porary viewpoints concerning mathematical to which questions and subject matter in these
who directs the work. Vi or 1 unit (summer
concepts, mathematical methods, and the na- session, Vi to 2 units).
fields are amenable to scientific treatment. 3
ture of mathematical truth. Prerequisite: One hours or 1 unit.
course in philosophy. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. 490. Directed Research
Restricted to students satisfying requirements
377. Philosophy of Psychology
341. ExistentialPhilosophy Same as PSYCH 377. Philosophical examina- for the master's degree by writing a substan-
Study of a selection of the major writings of tion of the aims, methods, and structure of
tial essay. toNormally taken for 2
3 units.
the more important
existential philosophers, psychology, with special attention to such is- units credit but may be taken for 3 units credit
e.g., Heidegger, Jaspers, and Sartre. Prerequi- sues as the nature of explanations of behav- with consent of department chair.
site: One course in philosophy (preferably ior, the adequacy of behaviorism as a philoso-
PHIL 225 or 311), or consent of instructor. 3 499. Thesis Research
phy of psychology, and the place of the mind
hours, or M or 1 unit. in psychological investigation. Prerequisite:
to 4 units.
Two courses in psychology, or consent of in-

343. Phenomenology structor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Study of the development of phenomenology
from Husserl to the present. Prerequisite: One 401.Seminar in the History of Philosophy
course in philosophy. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Study of selected major philosophers, move-
ments, problems, or topics in the history of
344. Topics in Recent European Philosophy
Examines the continental treatments of
philosophy; see Timetable for current topics. 1 Photography
se- unit. May be repeated. Students may register
lected issues, such as interpersonal relation-
for this course more than once in the same
ships,human nature, perception or interpre- (See Art and Design, School of)
term.
tation; see Timetable for current topics.
Prerequisite: PHIL 225, 311, 341, 343, or 347; or 411.Seminar in Ethical Theory
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Intensive study of problems in ethical theory.
1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary.
Students may register for this course more

than once in the same term.
216 Physics
sound, temperature and kinetic theory of tric and magnetic fields. Prerequisite: Concur-
gases, heat capacity and latent heat, first law rent registration in PHYCS 102 or 107. 2 hours.
of thermodynamics, heat engines and the Credit given for both PHYCS 210 and 225.
second law, and introduction to statistical (Offered in fall semester only.)
mechanics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 111, credit or
Physics concurrent registration in MATH 242. 2 hours. 225. Intermediate Mechanics and
Students may not receive credit for both Relativity, I
PHYCS 113 and PHYCS 101. Examines kinematics and dynamics. Vector
Head David K. Campbell
of Department: analysis will be developed as needed. Topics
Department Office: 209 Loomis Laboratory of 114. General Physics (Waves and Quantum include special relativity, Newtonian kinemat-
Physics, 1110 West Green Street, Urbana Physics) ics and dynamics in three dimensions, behav-
Phone: 333-3761 Lectures with demonstrations, recitations, and ior of systems of particles, oscillations, tran-
URL: www.physics.uiuc.edu laboratory. For students in engineering, math- sient response of oscillators, nonlinear
ematics, physics, and chemistry. Topics in- oscillators, motion in rotating frames of refer-
clude interference and diffraction, photons ence, and rigid body dynamics. Prerequisite:
Physics (PHYCS) and matter waves, the Bohr atom, uncertainty Credit or concurrent registration in PHYCS
principle, and wave mechanics. Prerequisite: 112 and in MATH 285; or consent of instruc-
100. Thinking About Physics PHYCS 111, concurrent registra-
112, credit or tor. 3 hours. Credit not given for both PHYCS
Course is designed for students who want to tion in MATH 242. 2 hours. Students may not 225 and 210.
prepare for PHYCS 111 by improving their receive credit for both PHYCS 114 and PHYCS
conceptual and problem solving skills. 102. 301. Classical Physical Lab
Students will learn to analyze physical Experiments and techniques in Classical Me-
situations, describe them mathematically, and 140. Practical Physics: How Things Work — chanics and Electromagnetism. Dynamics of
understand the meaning of the solutions. A Course for Nonscientists electrical and mechanical oscillators in the lin-
Examples will be drawn from material that Nonmathematical lecture-demonstration ear domain. Fourier analysis of system re-
will be covered in PHYCS 111. Prerequisite: course for nonscience students, underscoring sponse. Measurements of electrostatic fields,
Credit or concurrent registration in MATH the generality and ubiquity of basic physical transmission lines, waves, and radiation. In-
120, or consent of the instructor. 1 hour. laws in understanding commonplace phe- vestigation of electromagnetic phenomena in
Students may register for PHYCS 100 and 111 nomena: musical instruments, photography, dielectrics, conductors, magnetic materials.
concurrently. electric and electronic circuits, television, mo- Instruction in data analysis and report writ-
tors, engines, etc. 3 hours. No credit for stu- ing. Prerequisite: PHYCS 225; or consent of in-
101.General Physics (Mechanics, Heat, and dents in the College of Engineering. structor. 3 hours or % unit. No graduate credit
Sound) for students enrolled in the physics graduate
Noncalculus-based course for students in the 141. Special Problems program.
life sciences, preprofessional health programs, Special problems in physics: discussions and
agriculture, and veterinary medicine. Prereq- independent study. Supplement to PHYCS 302. Principles of Atmospheric Dynamics
uisite: Trigonometry. 5 hours. 140. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registra- Same as ATMOS 302. See ATMOS 302.
tion in PHYCS 140. 1 hour.
102. General Physics (Light, Electricity, 303. Modern Experimental Physics
Magnetism, and Modern Physics) 150. Physics and the Modern World: A Techniques and experiments in the physics of
Noncalculus-based course for students in life Course for Nonscientists atoms, atomic nuclei, molecules, the solid
sciences, preprofessional health programs, Nonmathematical lecture course attempting state, and other areas of modern physical
agriculture, and veterinary medicine. Prereq- to bridge the two-culture gap; takes examples research. Prerequisite: PHYCS 301; concurrent
uisite: PHYCS 101. 5 hours. from modem physics: relativity, elementary registration in PHYCS 386, or consent of
particles, quantum theory, statistics, etc., and instructor. 3 to 5 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. Students
111. General Physics (Mechanics) covers basic philosophical concepts in physics taking the course for the first time must
Lectures with demonstrations, recitations, and which pervade all human disciplines: model- register for 5 hours or 1 unit. Those repeating
laboratory. For students in engineering, making, dynamics, ensemble behavior, and the course may do so for variable credit of 3
mathematics, physics, and chemistry. Topics symmetry. 3 hours. to 5 hours, or Vi to 1 unit.
include Newton's Laws, work and energy,
oscillations, transverse waves, systems of 151. Special Problems 319. Space, Time, and Matter
particles, and MATH
rotations. Prerequisite: Special problems in physics: discussions and Same as PHIL 319. Philosophical examination
120, credit or concurrent registration in MATH independent study. Supplement to PHYCS of some fundamental concepts and theories
130. 4 hours. Students may not receive credit 150. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registra- of the physical world, such as time, matter,
for both PHYCS 111 and PHYCS 101. tion in PHYCS 150. 1 hour. causation, space, and geometry; interpretation
of quantum theory.Graduate students write
112. General Physics (Electricity and 180. Nuclear Weapons, Nuclear War, and an additional paper. Prerequisite: Junior
Magnetism) Arms Control standing, one physical science course, and one
Lectures with demonstrations, recitations, and Beginner's course on the physics of nuclear PHYCS 114 or PHIL 101, 270,
of the following:
laboratory. For students in engineering, math- weapons, nuclear weapon effects, delivery or 317; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
and chemistry. Topics in-
ematics, physics, systems, and defenses against nuclear attack; unit.
clude Coulomb's Law, electric fields, Gauss' nontechnical, but about technology. Designed
Law, electric potential, capacitance, circuits, to assist students in making informed judg- 326. Intermediate Mechanics and
magnetic forces and fields, Ampere's law, in- ments about nuclear armaments and arms Relativity, II
duction, electromagnetic waves, polarization, control; includes presentation of current is- Continuation of PHYCS 225. Topics include
and geometrical optics. Prerequisite: PHYCS sues. 3 hours. Lagrangian techniques and the calculus of
concurrent registration in MATH
111, credit or variations, central force motion, scattering,
may not receive credit
242. 4 hours. Students 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar coupled oscillations, the wave equation in one
for both PHYCS 112 and PHYCS 102. 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. dimension, generalized coordinates and the
Hamiltonian formulation, relativistic dynam-
113.General Physics (Fluids and Thermal 210. Introductory Relativity ics, Euler angles and tops, nonlinear and fluid
Physics) Examines the consequences of Einstein's pos- dynamics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 225; credit or
Lectures with demonstrations, recitations, and tulates for space and time; relativistic momen- concurrent registration in MATH 280; or con-
laboratory. For students in engineering, tum and energy: E=mc2 the equivalence prin-
;
sent of instructor. 3 hours or V* unit.
mathematics, physics, and chemistry. Topics ciple, gravity, and the spacetime viewpoint of
include fluid motion, propagation of heat and general relativity; the relativistic unity of elec-
Physics 217
335. Electromagnetic Fields and Sources, I Fraunhofer case, Fresnel case, and hologra- 398.Seminar on Special Topics in Modern
Concerns and magnetic fields,
static electric phy; polarized light. Lectures, laboratory, and Physics
their interactions with electric charge and problems. Prerequisite: PHYCS 101 and 102, or Lecture course on topics of current interest in
current, and their transformation properties; PHYCS 111, 112, and 114; MATH 285; or con- physics. For advanced undergraduates or
incorporated.
the effect of special relativity is sent of instructor. 4 hours, or V* or 1 unit (-A graduates. Subjects and prerequisites to be
Macroscopic fields in material media are unit without lab). announced in the Timetable. 1 to 4 hoars, or V4
described. Prerequisite: PHYCS 225, MATH to 1 unit.
285, and credit or concurrent registration in 382. Subatomic Physics

MATH 280, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, Lecture and problem course surveying sub- 404. Stellar Structure and Evolution
or Vi unit. atomic physics; includes the nature and prop- Same as ASTR 404. See ASTR 404.
erties of nuclei and elementary particles, sym-
336. Electromagnetic Fields and Sources, II metries, interactions, nuclear models, tools 405. Diffuse Matter Astrophysics
Concentrates on time dependent fields. Elec- and techniques of experimental subatomic Same as ASTR 405. See ASTR 405.
tromagnetic induction, Maxwell's equations, physics,and applications to power generation,
electromagnetic wave propagation in various astrophysics, chemistry, medicine, and biol- 406.The Physics of Compact Objects
media and structures, and electromagnetic ogy. Prerequisite: PHYCS 383 or 386, or con- Same as ASTR 406. A rigorous survey of the
radiation from charge and current distribu- sent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. (Offered physical properties of black holes, white dwarfs,
tions are treated. The relativistic covariance spring semester only.) and neutron stars. The formation of compact
of Maxwell's equations is discussed. Prerequi- objects. Equilibrium configurations, equations

site: PHYCS 326 and 335; or consent of instruc- 383. Atomic Physics and Quantum Theory of state, stability criteria, and mass limits: the
tor. 3 hours or % unit. Introduction to the basic concepts of quantum influence of rotation and magnetic fields. Pul-
theory which underlie modern theories of the sar phenomena. Black hole spacetimes. Hawk-
343. Electronic Circuits, I properties of materials; topics covered include ing radiation. Mass flow in binary systems;
Same as CHEM 323. The physics of semicon- elements of atomic and nuclear theory; kinetic spherical and disk accretion; high-temperature
ductor devices; theory and application of dis- theory and statistical mechanics; quantum radiation processes; pulsar spin-up. Compact x-
crete and integrated devices in linear circuits; theory and simple applications; atomic spec- ray sources and x-ray bursts. Supermassive
use of operational amplifiers and feedback; tra and atomic structure; molecular structure black holes in star clusters and dense galactic
regulation, oscillators, and modulation; em- and chemical binding. Lectures and problems. nuclei. Gravitational and neutrino radiation
phasizes practical experience. Lectures, prob- Prerequisite: General physics; general chemis- from supernova collapse and binary coales-
lems, and laboratory. Prerequisite: PHYCS 301 try; MATH 285 or equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. cence. Prerequisite: PHYCS 336 or equivalent, or
and 335, or consent of instructor. 5 hours or 1 consent of instructor. 1 unit. The course does not
unit. (Offered spring semester only.) 386.Atomic Physics and Quantum assume any previous knowledge of astronomy
Mechanics, I or general relativity. (Offered in alternate years.)
344. Electronic Circuits, II Studies atomic phenomena integrated with an
Continuation of PHYCS 343 with particular introduction to quantum theory; discussion of 411. Special Functions and Boundary Value
emphasis on nonlinear devices, switching cir- topics includes evidence for the atomic nature Problems in Physics
cuits, digital logic, analog to digital and digi- of matterand the properties of the Schrodinger Use of special functions in solving homoge-
tal to analog conversion, and individual equation, single particle solutions in one di- neous partial differential equations of phys-
projects. Lectures, problems, and laboratory. mension, the hydrogen atom, perturbation ics; emphasis on applications to topics such
Prerequisite: PHYCS 343 or consent of instruc- theory, external fields, and atomic spectros- as electrostatics, wave guides and resonant
tor. 5 hours or 1 unit. (Offered fall semester copy of outer electrons. Prerequisite: General cavities, vibrations of membranes, heat flow,
only.) physics; MATH 285, credit or concurrent reg- and potential flow in fluids. Prerequisite:
istration in MATH 315, or consent of instruc- MATH 280 and 285, or equivalent. This course
Modern Physics for Nuclear Engineers
346. tor. 4 hours or J unit. may be taken concurrently with PHYCS 413
Same as NUC E 346. See NUC E 346. or 414. Vi unit.
387. Atomic Physics and Quantum
361. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, II 412. Additional Techniques of
Mechanics Continuation of PHYCS 386. Topics treated Mathematical Physics
Course in statistical and thermal physics de- include identical particles, spectral hyperfine Solution of inhomogeneous differential equa-
signed primarily for advanced undergradu- structure, magnetic properties of matter, tions with particular emphasis on problems
ates; topics include equilibrium thermody- atomic spectroscopy of inner electrons, high- in electromagnetism; additional topics such as
namics, statistical mechanics, and kinetic energy photon effects, molecular binding and perturbation theory, variational methods, and
theory of gases. A unified treatment is used in spectra, emission and absorption of light, and integral equations; emphasis on application
that the principles of heat and thermodynam- symmetry principles. Prerequisite: PHYCS 386. of the techniques to nonquantum physics
ics are discussed along with statistical postu- 4 hours or 1 unit. problems. Prerequisite: PHYCS 411 or equiva-
lates and the microscopic approach of intro- lent. This course may be taken concurrently
ductory quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: Two 389. Introduction to Solid State Physics with PHYCS 413 or PHYCS 414. '/; unit.
300-level courses in physics or consent of in- Bonding and structure of crystals; energy
structor. 4 hours or I unit. Credit is not given bands in insulators, semiconductors, and met- 413. Uses of Complex Variables in Physics
for both PHYCS 361 and any of the following: als; electrical conductivity; optical properties; Review of complex variable theory, with em-
M E 301, CHEM 342 and 344, and MATSE 400. lattice vibrations; elasticity; point defects; dis- phasis on calculations useful to physicists;
locations. Prerequisite: Junior standing in sci- integration, conformal mapping, Laplace and
363. Atomic-Scale Simulations ence or engineering, or equivalent. 4 hours or Fourier transforms, and additional topics of
Same as MATSE 385, and CSE 373. See MATSE 1 unit. (Offered fall semester only.) Students use in theoretical physics. Prerequisite: Under-
385. may not receive credit for both PHYCS 389 graduate mathematics at the level of MATH
and MATSE 204. 280 and 285; some previous exposure to com-
365. Plasma and Fusion Science plex variables helpful, but not required. Vi
Same as NUC E and ECE 321 See NUC E 321. 397. Individual Study unit.
Individual study at an advanced level in a
371. Light subject not covered by course offerings. 414. Basics of Advanced Mechanics
Wave kinematics; geometrical optics: basic Prerequisite: Upperclassman; consent of Fundamentals of classical Lagrangian and
concepts, ray-tracing and matrix formalism, adviser and staff member who supervises the Hamiltonian mechanics, with emphasis on the
Gaussian imaging by thick lenses, stops, and work. 1 to 4 hours, or A to 1 unit.
l
relation between dynamical symmetries and
apertures, and intensity relations; interference; constants of the motion; use of conservation
interference spectroscopy and coherence; dif- laws to derive basic equations of fluid
fraction: Fresnel-Kirchhoff formulation,
218 Physics
dynamics; discussion of some applications. without appreciable background in biology 472. Special Topics inNuclear Physics
Mechanics course at the level of
Prerequisite: and chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 102 or Current research in nuclear physics; topics
PHYCS 326 or consent of instructor. '/: unit. equivalent, PHYCS 383 or 387 or equivalent, include one or more of: photon physics,
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. electron-nucleus scattering and nucleon
415. Introduction to Continuum Mechanics structure, Few-nucleon systems and nuclear
Basic information on stress, strain, and waves 455. Reactor Theory, I and neutron matter, nuclear astrophysics,
in an elastic solid, the Euler and Navier Stokes Same as NUC E 455. See NUC E 455. Meson physics, Relativistic nuclear physics,
equations, potential flow, vortex theory, vis- heavy-ion physics, Quarks in the nucleon and
cous flows, gas dynamics, characteristics, and 456. Reactor Theory, II in nuclei. Prerequisite: PHYCS 471 or consent
shock waves. Prerequisite: Concurrent registra- Same as NUC E 456. See NUC E 456. of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit.
tion in PHYCS 411 and 412, or equivalent. Vi
unit. 459. Asymptotics and Singular 475. Particle Physics, I
Perturbations in Engineering and Physics Basic calculations in elementary particle
417. Lie Groups and Their Physical Same as MATH, NUC
E and T A 459. See M theory. Quantum electrodynamics, quantum
Applications T AM 459. chromodynamics, and the Glashow-Weinberg-
Introduces Lie groups with emphasis on con- Salam theory of weak and electromagnetic in-
cepts and applications to physics problems; 462. Statistical Mechanics and Kinetic teractions as applied to the phenomenology
includes finite groups, three dimensional ro- Theory of particle decays and high energy reactions.
Single-particle distribution functions; classical
tation groups, classification and representa- Prerequisite: PHYCS 470; credit or concurrent
tion of Lie groups, integrations, and applica- and quantum mechanical systems, Boltzmarm registration in PHYCS 483 strongly recom-
tions to particle, nuclear, and condensed equation, virial theorem, and equations of state mended. In exceptional circumstances,
matter physics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 480 or for gases; formal theory: ensembles, identical PHYCS 470 may be taken concurrently. 1 unit.
consent of instructor. Vi unit. particles, thermodynamics of simple systems,
and distribution functions; nonequilibrium 476. Particle Physics, II
420.Nonlinear Dynamics problems; conservation laws and hydrody- Continuation of PHYCS 475. Current topics
Broad introduction to nonlinear dynamics of namic equations, sound waves, and transport in particle theory; topics change from year to
physical systems with varying degrees of coefficients; plasmas, normal Fermi fluid, su- year. Typically treats three or four different
complexity; surveys a variety of concepts perfluids, and systems with internal degrees subjects in depth. Prerequisite: PHYCS 475, or
associated with bifurcation phenomena, of freedom. Prerequisite: PHYCS 361 and el- consent of instructor. 1 unit.
mappings, nonlinear oscillations, chaotic ementary quantum mechanics, or consent of
behavior, strange attractors, solitons, and instructor. 1 unit. 480.Quantum Mechanics, I
topics of current interest. Prerequisite: MATH Second course in quantum mechanics for stu-
463. Liquid Helium and Superconductivity
280 or 285 or equivalent; PHYCS 326 or dents with a good background in wave me-
equivalent; or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Emphasizes fundamental physical phenom- chanics and atomic and molecular structure.
ena rather than detailed microscopic theory; Operators, state vectors, and the formal struc-
421. Advanced Nonlinear Dynamics normal Fermi liquids and normal liquid 3 He: ture of quantum theory; operator treatments
Analysis of the dynamics of spatially extended equilibrium properties, kinetic equation, col- of simple systems; angular momentum and
and other complex physical systems using lective modes, and finite temperature effects; vector addition coefficients; stationary state
analytical, experimental, computational, superfluid 4 He: equilibrium properties, two perturbation theory; introduction to scatter-
topological, and symbolic methods; examples fluid model, Bogoliubov's microscopic model, ing theory for particles without spin, partial
may involve mechanical, electrical, optical, condensates, and vortex lines; superconduc- wave analysis, and Born approximation; ex-
solid state, fluid, chemical, biological, and tivity: electrodynamic properties, Landau- amples taken from atomic, nuclear, and el-
network systems. Prerequisite: PHYCS 420. 1 Ginzburg theory, BCS theory, tunneling, ementary particle physics. Prerequisite: Senior-
unit. Josephson effect, and superfluid 3 He. Prereq- level atomic physics and quantum mechanics,
uisite: PHYCS 462 and 481, or consent of in- or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
430. Surface Physics structor. 1 unit.
Same as MATSE 482. See MATSE 482. 481. Quantum Mechanics, II
464. Phase Transitions Spin and identical particles, simple many-par-
435.Theory of Semiconductors and Phenomenology of phase transitions, scaling, ticle systems and elements of second-quanti-
Semiconductor Devices critical behavior, and multicriticality; Landau zation theory; time-dependent processes, ra-
Same as ECE 435. See ECE 435. theory of phase transitions; renormalization diative transitions, and quantization of the
group methods, including lattice models and electromagnetic field; scattering of particles
442. Classical Electromagnetic Radiation epsilon-expansion; numerical methods; with spin; polarization; introduction to the
Review of Maxwell's equations followed by a critical dynamics; and selected additional Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, and prop-
relativistic formulation of the electromagnetic topics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 462 or consent of erties of simple relativistic systems. Prerequi-
fieldand the motion of charged particles; instructor. 1 unit. site: PHYCS 480 or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
plane and guided waves; retarded potentials;
radiation from simple antennas; radiation 470. Introduction to Nuclear and Particle 483. General Field Theory
from accelerated charged particles; synchro- Physics Covers standard techniques of field theory as
tron radiation, bremsstrahlung, scattering, Nuclear systematics, nucleon-nucleon inter- used by experimenters and theorists; relativ-
and further topics. Prerequisite: PHYCS 411 action, shell model, and single particle and istic quantum mechanics of a single particle;
and 412, or equivalent; electromagnetism and collective excitations; hadron spectroscopy, Lagrangian field theories, perturbation theory,
special relativity at the level of PHYCS 336. 1 hadronic quantum numbers, quark-parton and calculation of lowest-order processes; in-
unit. model, and hadron dynamics; weak interac- troduction to Feynman diagrams and higher
tions. Prerequisite: PHYCS 480 and concurrent order processes; examples taken from quan-
450. Biomolecular Physics registration in PHYCS 481. 1 unit. tum electrodynamics, solid-state and elemen-
Same as BIOCH and BIOPH 450. Physical con- tary particle physics, and many-body theory.
cepts governing the structure and function of 471. Nuclear Reactions and Structure Prerequisite: PHYCS 481 or consent of instruc-
biological macromolecules; general proper- Experimental information on nuclear forces; tor. 1 unit.
ties, spatial structure, energy levels, dynam- the basis of the independent-particle model;
icsand functions, and relation to other com- the nuclear shell model; the nuclear ground 485. Advanced Field Theory
plex physical systems such as glasses; recent state; nuclear giant resonances; deformed nu- Quantization and Feynman path integral; gauge
research in biomolecular physics; physical clei; direct nuclear reactions; large-amplitude theories and renormalization; renormalization
techniques and concepts from theoretical nuclear motion; statistical description of the group with applications to particle physics and
physics emphasized. Designed for students nucleus. Prerequisite: PHYCS 470. 1 unit. critical phenomena; approximation methods
Plant Biology 219
and recent developments. Prerequisite: PHYCS as they relate to man. Lecture and discussion. ogy. 2 to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maxi-
483 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. 3 hours. Students may not receive credit for mum of 10 hours. Majors in any School of Life
both PLBIO 102 and 100. Sciences option may count toward graduation
489. Solid State Physics, I no more than acombined maximum of 10
Crystalline perfection, free electron gas, 234. Form and Function in Flowering hours of 290, 292, and 294 credit offered by:
screening, plasma oscillations, and dielectric Plants BIOPH; CSB; EEE; ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL;
response; Bloch electrons, Brillouin zones, and Lecture course on the physiological and mor- and PLBIO. These hours will not be counted
band structure; semiconductors, intrinsic and phological attributes that underlie the biosyn- as advanced hours in the option.
extrinsic, with applications; phonons, elastic- thesis, growth, and reproduction of flowering
ity, and anharmonicity; ferromagnetism and plants in relation to the environment. Prereq- 304. Evolutionary Survey of the Plant
second-order phase transitions; superconduc- uisite: PLBIO 100 or 102, or a year of biology; Kingdom
tivity. Prerequisite: PHYCS 361 or consent of CHEM 102 and 106. 3 hours. (Counts for ad- Lecture and laboratory course dealing with
instructor; and PHYCS 480. 1 unit. vanced hours in L A S.) the structure, reproduction, and evolutionary
origins of land plants as represented by liv-
490. Solid State Physics, II 260. Systematics of Flowering Plants ing mosses, liverworts, ferns, lycopods, horse-
Hartree-Fock theory and electron-electron Introduces the principles and methods of the tails,conifers, cycads, and flowering plants.
interactions; electron-phonon interactions; identification, naming, classification, system- Prerequisite: PLBIO 100; or BIOL 101, 121, or
electron dynamics and transport; BCS theory atics, and evolution of flowering plants; in- 251; or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
of superconductivity; elastic properties; cludes a survey of selected flowering plant
thermal properties due to anharmonicity; families with information on their interrela- 305. Plants and Global Change
defects in solids. Prerequisite: PHYCS 481 and tionships. Field trips are given as part of the Same as CPSC and NRES 305. See CPSC 305.
489. 1 unit. laboratories. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100; or BIOL
100, 101, or 121; or consent of the instructor. 4 330. Plant Physiology
497. Individual Study hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) Same as CPSC 330. General course concerned
Individual study in a subject not covered in with plant functions, including water rela-
course offerings may be arranged for credit 263. Plants and Their Uses tions, mineral nutrition, metabolism, growth,
by registration under this number. '/: to 4 units Same as ANTH 264. Consideration of plants and reproduction. Prerequisite: CHEM 231;
for full semester; V* to 2 units for half-semester. which are useful or harmful: their origins and PLBIO 100 or BIOL 122 or 251. 3 hours or V*
history, botanical relationships, chemical unit.
498. Seminar on Special Topics in Modern constituentswhich make them economically
Physics important, and their roles in prehistoric and 332. Photosynthesis
Lecture course in topics of current interest. modem cultures and civilizations. Prerequisite: Same as BIOPH 332. See BIOPH 332.
Several subjects are announced in each Time- PLBIO 100 or 102, or BIOL 121. 3 hours.
table. Among them are semiconductor phys- 333. Plant Physiology Laboratory
ics, magnetic resonance, surface physics, lat- 266. Environmental Botany Same as CPSC and NRES333. Laboratory
tice dynamics, band theory of solids, crystal Same as NRES 266. Discussion, lab and field course in plant physiology; a supplement to
imperfections, nuclear structure, field theory, course dealing with botanical natural history PLBIO 330 which serves the needs of those
elementary particle physics, advanced statis- and related environmental issues. Major topics interested in acquiring familiarity with
tical mechanics, plasma theory, astrophysics, include: diversity of biomes and habitats; techniques of experimental plant physiology.
atmospheric physics, group theory and appli- taxonomy and identification of major plant Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
cations. Prerequisite: Determined for each of- groups; impact of humans on habitats and in PLBIO 330 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
fering. See Timetable. Va to 1 unit. plants; and efforts to deal with that impact.
The Illinois flora and habitats are emphasized 335. Plant Development
499. Thesis Research and integrated into a global perspective of Mechanisms underlying plant development:
to 4 units. change, including those driven by geological, cytodifferentiation and the cell cycle, regula-
ecological, climatic, and anthropocentric tion of gene expression, induction, determi-
forces. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100 or 102, BIOL nation, morphogenesis, and pattern forma-
121, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. tion. Prerequisite: Introductory courses in
biochemistry, biology, or plant biology, and
290. Individual Topics calculus. 4 hours or 1 unit. Offered in alternate
For juniors and seniors who wish
study to years.
Plant Biology individual problems and topics not assigned

338. Plant Molecular Biology
in other courses. Prerequisite: 10 hours of
advanced work in plant biology or another Same as BIOCH 338. Presents the basic con-
Head John M. Cheeseman
of Department: biological science; junior or senior standing. 2 cepts of plant gene expression, the structure
Department Office: 265 Morrill Hall, 505 South to 5 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of and expression of the three plant genomes,
Goodwin Avenue, Urbana 5 hours. Majors inany School of Life Sciences and on plant vectors, plant vi-
special topics
Phone: 333-3260 option may count toward graduation no more ruses, and transposable elements. Prerequisite:
URL: www.life.uiuc.edu/plantbio than a combined maximum ofl0hoursof290, BIOCH 350 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
292, and 294 credit offered by: BIOPH; CSB; Va. unit. Offered in alternate years.
EEE; ENTOM; MCBIO; PHYSL; and PLBIO.
Plant Biology (PLBIO) 339.Experimental Techniques in
These hours will not be counted as advanced
hours in the option. Eukaryotic Molecular Biology
100. Plant Biology Laboratory course in plant molecular biology
Basic principles of growth and form, physiol- 292. Senior Thesis supplementing PLBIO 338 with techniques of
ogy, genetics, evolution,and ecology in plant Independent research for seniors in plant bi- plant organelle isolation, DN A extraction, cell
biology. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion. ology; prerequisite for graduation with dis- culture and recombinant DNA techniques.
4 hours. Students may not receive credit for tinction in plant biology and recommended Prerequisite: PLBIO 338 or equivalent; or
both PLBIO 100 and 102. for students intending graduate study. A the- consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
sis must be submitted for credit to be received,
102. Plants, Environment, and Man but graduation with distinction is not an au- 341. Field Ecology
Designed primarily to give the nonscience tomatic result of enrollment in PLBIO 292. Will Study of plant communities in various
student an introduction to plants, their role in substitute for PLBIO 290 in fulfilling indepen-
sections of North America during spring
the environment, and their relation to man. dent study requirement. Prerequisite: Candi- vacation or intersession. Trips rotate on a
Discussions and demonstrations emphasize three- to five-year basis. Outdoor cooking and
dacy for degree with distinction in plant biol-
practical aspects of plant biology and science camping; transportation in University cars.
220 Plant Pathology
Prerequisite: One of the following: PLBIO 260, Prerequisite: Graduate standing in plant biol-
366, or 381; consent of instructor. hour or V*
1 ogy, entomology, geography, or biology. A [
unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of Vh

hours or Vt unit. units.
345. Plant Anatomy 419. Discussions in Photosynthesis and Polish

Lecture and laboratory course dealing with Related Topics
the structural characteristics of mature and Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. or 'A unit.
developing cells, tissues, and organs of vas- May be repeated to a maximum of V/i units. (See Slavic Languages and Literature)
cular plants, with special emphasis on the
vegetative parts of flowering plants. Prerequi- 424. Plant Biochemistry
site: One year of plant biology or equivalent, Same as CPSC and NRES 424. See CPSC 424.
or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
425.Membrane Transport and Mineral
363. Plant Secondary Metabolism Nutrition in Plants
Lectures on the natural products of plants with Same as CPSC and NRES 425. See CPSC 425.
emphasis on biosynthesis, distribution and Political Science
function of relevant compounds of ecological, 438. Bioenergetics of Photosynthesis
pharmacological, toxicological, and economic Same as BIOPH 438. See BIOPH 438.
interest. Prerequisite: BIOCH 350 or consent of
Head of Department: Peter F. Nardulli
instructor. 3 hours or Va unit.

442. Environmental Plant Physiology Department Office: 361 Lincoln Hall, 702 South
Same as CPSC 442. Lecture course dealing Wright Street, Urbana
366. Field Botany with the interaction of plants and environment Phone: 333-3881
Identification and classification of native and at the level of the whole organism, extending URL: www.pol.uiuc.edu
naturalized flowering plants of eastern North to the cell and the community; emphasis on
America. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: heat and mass transfer, plant and soil poten-
tials, and effects of light on growth. Prerequi-
Political Science (POL S)
PLBIO 100 or consent of instructor. 5 hours or
1 unit. Offered in the summer session only. site: CHEM 231; general physics; general or
plant physiology; consent of instructor. 1 unit. 100. Introduction to Political Science
372. General Mycology Survey of major concepts and approaches
Structure, classification, and identification of 471. Advanced Mycology: Special Groups employed in the study of politics. 3 hours.
fungi, including those of economic impor- Several classes of fungi and their activities are
tance. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: One considered in successive semesters. Special 150. American Government: Organization
year of plant biology, entomology, microbiol- groups within these classes may be selected and Powers
ogy, or biology; or consent of instructor. 4 hours for concentrated study, depending upon the Historical development and organization of
or 1 unit. student's interest in mycology. Prerequisite: national, state, and local governments; the fed-
PLBIO 372 or consent of instructor. Vi unit. eral system; national and state constitutions;
381. Plant Ecology civil and political rights; party system; and
Principles of ecology exemplified by vegeta- 472. Systematics of Ascomycetes and Fungi nature, structure, powers, and procedure of
tion and environments of Illinois. Lecture and Imperfecti legislative, executive, and judicial depart-
laboratory. Prerequisite: PLBIO 260 or equiva- Same as PL PA 472. See PL PA 472. ments in state and nation. 3 hours.
lent. 5 hours or 1 unit.
488. Plant Pigments 198. Freshman Seminar
382. Functional Ecology of Trees Same as NRES 488. See NRES 488. Current topics in political science in the con-
Same as NRES 382. Lecture course providing text of the scope and method of political sci-
and morpho-
a synthesis of the physiological
490.Advanced Studies in Plant Biology ence. Participants are required to do indepen-
logicalmechanisms defining the ecological Not more than 2 units may be applied toward dent library research and present a report on
performance of trees and other woody plants the Graduate College master's degree require- a topic of their choice which is related to the
in natural communities. Practical experience ment of 3 units of course work at the 400-level. subject of the seminar. Prerequisite: Consent of
with field physiological measurements will be Work may be taken in the following areas: (a) instructor. 3 hours.
ecology; (b) evolution and systematics; (c)
provided. Prerequisite: PLBIO 100 or BIOL 121.
An additional course in plant ecology or plant molecular biology and genetics; (d) physiol- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
physiology (such as PLBIO 330, 381, or NRES ogy; and (e) ultrastrucrure. Vi to 2 units. 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
326) is recommended, or the consent of in-
structor. 3 hours or % unit.
499. Thesis Research 222. Introduction to Modern Africa
Individual work under supervision of mem- Same as AFRST, ANTH and SOC 222. See
410. Discussions in Plant Biology

bers of the staff in their respective fields. 0to4 AFRST 222.
units.
All graduate students in plant biology, except
230. Introduction to U.S. Racial and Ethnic
those with conflicting teaching assignments,
Politics
are required to register in and attend the
Same as AFRO and LLS 230. Efforts by racial
general seminar. or 'A unit. No credit given
except to those students presenting the results
and ethnic communities to organize to make
political demands, and by society as a whole
of their Ph.D. thesis research.
to allocate resources based on race or ethnicity
413. Discussions in Plant Physiology Plant Pathology will be examined. Topical focus will include
African Americans, Latinos, Asian Americans,
'A unit.
Native Americans, and white ethnics. The pri-
(See Crop Sciences) mary goal of the course will be to develop a
414. Discussions in Plant Morphology and
Taxonomy more comprehensive understanding of racial
'A unit. and ethnic politics by identifying commonali-
ties and differences among these groups and
418. Discussions in Plant Ecology and their relationship to the state. 3 hours.
Plant Geography
Developments in ecology and plant geogra- 235. Women in Politics
phy, with emphasis on one special division. Same as W S 235. Introduction to the political
status and roles of women. Topics include
Political Science 221
women's political socialization, voting 281. Introduction to International Security of political science; 3.5 GPA in political science;
behavior, and political participation; feminist and Arms Control consent of instructor. 3 hours. No more than 6
and anti-feminist politics; and contemporary Introduction designed for all students to ma- hours of credit may be earned by registration
legislative and public policy issues, such as jor issues of arms disarmament, and
control, in this course and in POL S 296. (Counts for
educational equity, equal rights legislation, international security. The military, socio-eco- advanced hours in L A S.)
and health care delivery for women. 3 hours. nomic, and political effects of nuclear and con-
ventional weapons, military strategy, the eth- 299. Government Internship
240. Introduction to Comparative Politics ics of modern
warfare, nuclear proliferation, Selected Government Internship participants
Basic concepts and principles of political and regional security issues will be studied. 3 together with faculty sponsor develop a pro-
analysis from a comparative perspective. hours. gram of study and research related to intern-
Prerequisite: POL S 100 or 150, or consent of ship assignment. Consult departmental un-
instructor. 3 hours. 282. Politics and Policy in the Vietnam dergraduate adviser. Prerequisite: Junior
War: Unit One Seminar standing; 3.0 grade average for most intern-
241. The Emerging Nations Introductory-level course dealing with con- ships; POL S 150 and one 300-level political
Introductory comparative consideration of the tinuing questions about the war in Vietnam science course appropriate to internship pro-
patterns of political development and of the and the era during which it was fought. Fo- gram; acceptance by faculty sponsor. to 6
policies and problems of the emerging nations cuses on official policy questions, such as the hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 12
of Asia, Africa, and Latin America; emphasis decision making process, the legality of the hours.
on the special characteristics of countries war, the question of war and lessons
crimes,
beginning their independent nationhood and for international relations. Domestic issues, 300. Socio-Economic Management as
the effects of these characteristics on the such as the rise and effect of the antiwar move- Public Policy
political systems of these lands and their role ment, are also discussed. Prerequisite: Allen Same as ACCY 322, B ADM and SOC S 300.
in the community of nations. Prerequisite: Hall residency or consent of Unit One direc- Examination of performance-oriented ap-
Three hours of political science or consent of tor. 3 hours. proaches to administration of public sector
instructor. 3 hours. organizations; private sector accountability
287. Nature, Society, and Democracy principles applied to governmental agencies;
243.Pan Africanism in the Americas, Same as NRES 287. See NRES 287. means of improving the performance of gov-
Europe, and Africa ernmental agencies; corporate social respon-
Same as AFRST and AFRO 243, and SOC 267. 290. Individual Study sibility; public policy implications of computer
Introduction to Pan African political move- Special topics not treated in regularly sched- usage and individual privacy; and actual cases
ments and ideologies from the Americas to uled courses; designed primarily for juniors reviewed and discussed. Prerequisite: Consent
continental Africa. Examines the political, so- and seniors. Prerequisite: Evidence of adequate of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
cial, economic, and ideological relationships preparation for such study; consent of faculty
and connections between Africans and then- member supervising the work; and approval 305. Municipal Government
descendants in the diaspora from an histori- of the department head. 1 to 4 hours. May be Growth of cities; their legal status; and
cal and comparative perspective. 3 hours. repeated. (Counts for advanced hours in municipal politics and organization in the
LAS.) United States. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
250. Introduction to Public Policy
Surveys the policy process including adop- 292. Senior Thesis in International 306. Municipal Problems
tion, implementation, and evaluation; each Relations Municipal administration in the United States;
student prepares a research paper: topics in- Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor; administrative organization; personnel
clude reviews of substantive policy issues senior standing; major in political science, problems; financial problems; city planning
such as crime, energy, environment, poverty, studying international relations. 3 to 5 hours. and housing; police and fire administration;
foreign policy, civil liberties, or economic regu- May be repeated. (Counts for advanced hours public health; and public utilities. Prerequisite:
lation. Prerequisite: POL S 100 or 150, or con- inLAS.) Senior standing, or junior standing with POL
sent of instructor. 3 hours. S 305 or ECON 101, or 6 hours of political
293. Honors Senior Thesis science. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
260. Introduction to Political Theory Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor;
Nature, structure, and purposes of political open only to seniors whose major is political 312. State Government
theory; uses major works on the problems of science and who have a general University Survey of the origins and evolution of state
political order, obedience, justice, liberty, and average of at least 3.0. 2 to 5 hours. May be government in the United States. Special em-
representation to distinguish and clarify repeated. (Counts for advanced hours in L A phasis is placed on the ways that state and
different theoretical approaches; designed to S.) local intergovernmental relations and citizen
be an introduction to ideas, not a historical participation have impacted in the contempo-
survey. Prerequisite: POL S 100 or 150, or 295. Special Topics in Contemporary Issues rary post-New Deal period. Topics include
consent of instructor. 3 hours. and Problems history, structure and political dynamics of
Study of a contemporary problem in public state constitutionalism, laws and the judiciary,
270. Introduction to Political Research policy, domestic or international. See Timetable state legislatures, political parties, organized
Principles of empirical research in political for current topics. Prerequisite: Sophomore interests, public administration, bureaucra-
science; emphasizes definition of research standing, 3 hours of political science, or con- cies,demographic dispersion and electoral
problems, principles and practices of measure- sent of instructor. 3 hours. May be repeated for patterns, conflicts, and coalitions. Examples
ment, use of data as evidence, and data analy- credit. from all fifty states will be included, with
sis; data-based analysis is conducted in the emphasis on the State of Illinois. Prerequisite:
Office of Computing and Communications for 296. Special Topics in Political Science POL S 100 or 150. 3 hours or V* unit.
the Social Sciences. Prerequisite: POLS 100 or Selected reading and research in political
150, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. science. See Timetable for current topics. 314. The Presidency
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; 6 hours Determinants and growth of presidential
280. Introduction to International Relations of political science; consent of instructor. 3 influence; presidential decision making; the
Structure and processes of international rela- hours. No more than 6 hours of credit may be president's role in the formulation and
tions, trends in international politics, and the earned by registration in this course and in POL implementation of public policy; the president
future of the international system in a setting S 297. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) and constituencies; and the president's roles
of conflict and crisis. Prerequisite: POL S 100 as legislator, party leader, and chief executive.
or 150, or consent of instructor; completion of 297. Honors Seminar Prerequisite: POL S 100 or 150. 3 hours, or Vi or
campus Composition I general education re- Research, reading, and discussion in selected 1 unit. Graduate credit is not given for both
quirement (applies to writing-intensive sec- topics and works in literature of political POLS 314 and 451.
tions only). 3 hours. science. Prerequisite: Senior standing; 18 hours
222 Political Science
315. Legislatures and Legislation 329. Electoral Behavior 342.Government and Politics in Latin
The legislative function in government; Study of the social and psychological motiva- America
structure and organization of American tions behind the individual voting decision, Survey of the origin and development of Latin
legislatures (national, state, and local); party with special emphasis on the relationships American political institutions; systems of
organization in legislatures; legislative between the voting decision and social stabil- government; public administrative systems;
procedure; pressure groups and lobbying; ity. Prerequisite: Six hours of political science. party government; and international policies
relation of legislature to other branches of 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Graduate credit is not of Latin American governments. Prerequisite:
government; and problems of legislative given for both POL S 329 and 455 or 456. Six hours of political science or consent of
reorganization. Prerequisite: Six hours of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
political science. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 331. British Government
Graduate credit is not given for both POL S Nature of the British Constitution; the Crown, 343. Political Systems and Structures of
315 and 452. Ministry, and Cabinet; Parliament and elec- Latin American Countries
tions; the party system; law and the courts; The political process of selected Latin Ameri-
317.The American Federal System local government; and the British Common- can countries at different levels of political
The nature, justification, and problems of wealth. Prerequisite: Six hours of political sci- development; stress on the interaction be-
federalism; coordination of governmental ence or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or tween political infrastructure and more for-
by contract, subsidies, and grants; and
efforts 1 unit. mal agencies of government; and may include
comparison of federal systems. Prerequisite: cross-national comparison of the function of
POL S 150. 3 hours, or '/> or 1 unit. Independence and
332. African such factors as political culture, party system,
Underdevelopment: 1945 to the Present bureaucracy, or the military establishment.
322. Politics and the Media Same as HIST 385. See HIST 385. Prerequisite: POL S 342 or consent of instruc-
Same as COMM 322 and SPCOM 325. See tor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
SPCOM 325. 335. Government and Politics of Russia
and Other Post-Soviet Successor States 345.Government and Politics in Sub-
325. Latina/Latino Politics Evolution, structure, and functioning of the Saharan Africa
Same as LLS 325. Examines the role of Latino Soviet system of government; the theories, Examines contemporary economic, social, and
electorates in shaping state and national structure,and functioning of the Communist political processes focusing on three basic
politics. Review of histories of Latino national party of the Soviet Union. Prerequisite: Six explanatory themes: historical patterns of
origin groups, examination of public policy hours of political science or consent of development; emerging patterns of class and
issues of concern to Latinos, successes and instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. interest; and leadership strategies. Prerequisite:
failures of Latino empowerment strategies, POL S 222 or 6 hours of political science or
and the electoral impact of Latino votes. Focus 336. Governments and Politics in Western consent of instructor. 3 hours or V2 to 1 unit.
will be primarily on Mexican Americans, Continental Europe
Puerto Ricans, and Cuban Americans and an Analysis of the major governmental systems 346. Government and Politics of East
assessment of the degree to which their of continental Europe; the evolution, structure, Central Europe
political agendas are likely to merge over the and functioning of the political institutions of Analysis of the origins of modem communism
coming years. Prerequisite: Six hours of France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, and the development of its doctrines; appli-
Political Science credit. 3 hours or 1 unit. and the Scandinavian countries. Prerequisite: cations of these doctrines in the practices of
Six hours of political science or consent of ruling Communist parties; emphasis alter-
326. American Political Parties instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. nates between European and non-European
Organization and operation of the American Communist systems, depending on course
party system; relations between national, 337. Government and Politics of China instructor. Prerequisite: POL S 240 or consent
state, and local organizations; state and Same as EALC
337. Introduction to the of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
national committees; the convention systems; government and politics of modern China.
the primary; and campaign methods and Prerequisite: Six hours of political science or 347. Governments and Politics of
finance. Prerequisite: POL S 150 or consent of consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. Southeast Asia
instructor. 3 hours, or A or 1 unit. Graduate
X
Same as AS ST 347. Comparative analysis of
credit is not given for both POL S 326 and 455 338.Governments and Politics in the the political development of the countries of
or 457. Middle East Southeast Asia, the lands to the east of India
Same as AS ST 338. Analysis of the transfor- and south emphasis on differing
of China;
327. Black Political Participation in the mation of Middle Eastern society from Mo- approaches governance and formation
to the
American Political Process rocco to Iran, as case studies in political mod- of public policy in these countries; and con-
Same as AFRO 327. Role of race in stimulating ernization; study of politics of the area with sideration of economic, social, historical, and
change American political life; types of
in special reference to causes and character of cultural influences on political development.
strategies employed in the civil rights struggle; modernization, role of leadership, ideologies Prerequisite: POL S 240 or consent of instruc-
how race affects Black electoral participation and institutions, methods and theories for tor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
and the broader political and economic analyzing political systems undergoing fun-
conditions of Black Americans. Prerequisite: damental transformation, and implications for 348. Government and Politics of Japan
POL S 150, or six hours of social science, or U. S. policy. Prerequisite: Six hours of political Same as EALC 348. Introduction to the
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or h to 1 unit. x science or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 government and politics of modern Japan.
or 1 unit. Prerequisite: POL S 240 or consent of instructor.
328. An Introduction to the Study of 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
Political Behavior 339. Islamand Society in the Modern
Analysis of the interrelations of political Middle East and North Africa 349. Governments and Politics of South
attitudes and public opinion formation; Same as RELST 308. See RELST 308. Asia
special attention to the substantive areas of Same as AS ST
349. Comparative analysis of
voting behavior, political leadership, and the 340. The German Political System the politicaldevelopment of India, Pakistan,
rise of political mass movements; and also a Structures and processes of postwar German Sri Lanka, and the lesser lands of South Asia;
review of the literature on democratic and politics, with primary emphasis on West emphasis on the differing approaches to gov-
authoritarian personality types. Prerequisite: Germany; special attention to foreign policy ernance and formation of public policy in
POL S 150 or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 formulation and problems (particularly these countries; and consideration of eco-
unit. Graduate credit is not given for both POL defense), the Berlin issue, reunification, and nomic, social, historical, geographical, and
S 328 and 456. relations with Eastern Europe. Knowledge of cultural influences on political development.
German helpful but not necessary. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: POL S 240 or consent of instruc-
Six hours of political science or consent of tor. 3 hours, or '/ or 1 unit.
instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Political Science 223
350. Law and Society 375. Politics of theGlobal Economy 387. National Security Policy
Introductory study from a social science Examines the interaction between politics and Examination of the organization and formu-
perspective of the nature of law, law makers, economics; locates ideologies and practices in lation of currentAmerican defense policy, the
and law appliers; the causes or inputs the context of international economic rela- theory and practice of deterrence, and the
determining law; and the effects or outputs tions. Considers such topics as international problems of disarmament and arms control.
which law in general produces. Prerequisite: trade, the global monetary order, multina- Prerequisite: POL S 280 or consent of instruc-
Junior standing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. tional corporations, economic aid relation- tor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
ships, and food and energy politics. Prerequi-

351. American Constitutional System site: POL S 240 or 280. 3 hours or 1 unit. 388. Government and Politics of the Global
Judicial interpretation of constitution; separa- Society
tion of governmental powers; relation of state 376. Comparative Political Economy Examines the basic concepts and politics as-
and national governments; control of inter- Examines the effect of domestic political pro- sociated with the emergence of the global so-
state commerce; and jurisdiction of courts. cesses on economic performance, including ciety.Students evaluate divergent theoretical
Prerequisite: POLS 150. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. monetary, fiscal, and trade policies. Topics explanations for the emergence of this new
Graduate credit is not given for both POL S include partisan influences on policy, interest politics and how and why the global society
351 and 453. group intermediation, political accountability governs itself. It examines the strengths and
for economic outcomes, and consequences of shortcomings of the nation-state, markets, and
354. The Judicial Process product and capital market internationaliza- democratization as responses to the impera-
Systematic analysis of legal, evidentiary, tion. Prerequisite: POL S 240 or 280 and ECON tives of order, welfare, and legitimacy in the
environmental, and personal factors that 101 or 103. 3 hours or 1 unit. governance of peoples and states. Prerequisite:
influence judicial decision making, with POL S 280 or equivalent or consent of instruc-
particular emphasis on the application of the 377. International Communications tor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
scientific method to the study of judicial Same as COMM 377. Interdisciplinary ap-
behavior. Prerequisite: POL S 150. 3 hours, or A l
proach communications; its
to international 389. Chinese Foreign Policy
or 1 unit. Graduate credit is not given for both and content; the role of international
structure Same as EALC 385. Analysis of the formula-
POL S 354 and 453. communications in conflict and conflict reso- tion, substance, and conduct of Chinese for-
lution; the semantics of international commu- eign policy, with emphasis on the period since
355. The Constitution and Civil Liberties and economic aspects
nication; the technical 1949; special attention to the forces shaping
Study of free speech, loyalty in a democratic mass communications; and
of international Chinese policy. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or con-
state, citizenship, freedom of religion, rights government-industry relations in communi- sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
of persons accused of crime, and government's cations. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or 6 hours of
responsibility to protect persons from racial social science, or consent of instructor. 3 hours, 390.Methods of Political Analysis
and religious discrimination; and special at- or Vi or 1 unit. Presentation of the analytic processes in the
tention to the role of law and judges. Prerequi- development of concepts, hypotheses, and
site: POL S 150. 3 hours, or '/i or 1 unit. 382. Contemporary American Foreign formu-
theories; discussion of the derivation,
Policies lation, and problems
specification of research
357. Human Rights Study of the major foreign policy decisions to be related to basic methodologies and
Same as SOC 357. See SOC 357. currently confronting the United States gov- modes of analysis; and applications to politi-
ernment: analysis of background, principal cal science. Prerequisite: POL S 270, or consent
359. Contemporary Supreme Court Policy issues, and alternative actions; formulation of of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
Making policies. Prerequisite: POLS 280 or consent of
Studies how the modern Supreme Court has instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 391. Topics in Non-Western Political
resolved major issues in American constitu- Thought
tional politics. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- 383. Soviet and Post-Soviet Foreign Policy Considers political thought outside of the
tor; POL S 351 or 355 or SOC 358. 3 hours or 1 Survey of Soviet foreign policy from 1917 to Greco-Roman, European, and North Ameri-
unit. the present, with emphasis upon the forces can tradition; each semester focuses on the
shaping this policy; special attention to the political thought of a specific region. 3 hours
361. Introduction to Public Administration interplay of ideology and national interest in or 1 unit. May be repeated as topics vary.
Development of administrative organization; policy formulation. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or
administration and the executive, legislature, consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 392. Socialist Political Theory
and judiciary; principles of organization, Origins, development, and recent modifica-
including line and staff relationships; the staff 384. International Relations tions of socialist theory from the late eigh-
services of finance and personnel; and formal Examination of contemporary international teenth century to the present; examination of
and informal control. Prerequisite: POL S 150. systems in terms of the types of actors and each contribution in terms of its goals, efficacy,
3 hours, or A
X
or 1 unit. their goals, various structures of power, and and subsequent influence; and discussion in-
the mechanisms of allocating resources and cluding Rousseau, Hegel, the Utopians, Marx
370. Selected Topics on Women and containing conflict. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or and Engels, Anarcho-Syndicalists, Lenin, Lux-
Politics consent of instructor. 3 hours, or A
l
or 1 unit. emburg, Trotsky, Mao, Guevara, and Garaudy.
Same as W S 370. Variable topics relating to Prerequisite: POL S 260 or consent of instruc-
the political roles and status of women, 385. International Law tor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
emphasizing the areas of comparative politics, Analyzes the concepts and bases of public
political theory, political behavior, and international law; topics include sources and 393. Classical Political Theory
international politics. See Timetable for current subjects of international law, as well as issues Consideration of major works of Greek and
topics. Prerequisite: POL S 235 or consent of of jurisdiction, territory, law of the sea, and Roman political theory, and especially of their
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated use of military force. Prerequisite: POL S 280 relevance to modern political analysis and
once for credit. or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. action. Prerequisite: POL S 260 or consent of
instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit.
371. International Organization 386. International War and Peace
General development and basic principles of Examination of the conditions that promote 395. Modern Political Theory
world organization; principles, structure, war and peace between states. General topics Critical analysis of political theories from the
methods, and actual operation of international covered are: historical patterns in warfare; sixteenth century to the present; focus on the
governmental institutions; and special atten- causes of war, including arms races and power development of conceptions of human nature,
tion to the United Nations and related agen- distributions; outcomes of war; and ap- the role of the state, justice, legitimacy,
cies and to their evolution from the League of proaches to peace. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or obligation, individual rights, equality, and
Nations system. Prerequisite: POL S 280 or con- consent of instructor. 3 hours, or V2 or 1 unit. mechanisms of maintenance and change.
sent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
.
224 Political Science
Prerequisite: POL S 260 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: SOC 387, POL S 427, or consent 451.Seminar on the United States
3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. of instructor. 2 unit. Presidency
Introduction to the literature and research
396. Topics in Contemporary Political 430.Proseminar in Comparative Politics topics on the American Presidency; includes
Theory Comparative political analysis in the context and mass
presidential relations with the public
Examines specific topics and writers of con- of the evolution of the social sciences and media, other governmental institutions and
temporary political theory. Recent themes modern political science, with emphasis on elites, and decision processes in the White
have included conceptions of power, rights, and their function
theories of political action House. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 2 unit.
justice, and radical political thought. Prereq- in contemporary comparative studies. This Graduate credit is not given for both POL S
uisite: POL S 260 or consent of instructor for course is designed as an introduction to area- 451 and 314.
political science students. No prerequisites for oriented seminars and generally is a prereq-
3rd or 4th year students from other depart- uisite for them. 2 unit. 452. Seminar on the U.S. Congress
ments or for graduate students. 3 hours, or Vi Traces the development of Congress as an in-
to 1 unit. May be repeated in the same semes- 431. Theories of Comparative Politics stitution with special attention to the role of
ter to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units, or may Study of a series ofmajor works in compara- norms; considers inrra-institutional aspects of
be repeated in subsequent semesters to a maxi- tive politics written since World War II, par- Congress including committee decision-mak-
mum of 9 hours or 3 units as topics vary. ticularly within the tradition of comparative- ing, floor voting, and leadership; examines
historical analysis. Discussion is organized congressional relationships with other actors
397.American Political Theory around core concepts and theoretical schools, including the presidency and Supreme Court,
Survey of American political thought from and obeys a roughly chronological order. Is- interest groups, and constituents. Prerequisite:
colonial rimes to the present. Prerequisite: POL sues of methodology will be stressed through- Graduate standing. 2 unit. Graduate credit is
S 260 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or 'A or out the seminar. Prerequisite: Completion of not given for both POL S 452 and 315.
1 unit. POL S 430 is recommended. 2 unit
453. Seminar on Law and Politics
398. Theory and Practice of Democratic 435.Global Democratization Legal institutions, legal decision-making, and
Government Study of the roles of domestic and interna- constitutional politics in the American setting;
Theories of the nature and conditions of de- tional factors, modes of transition, institu- includes both theoretical and methodological
mocracy; comparison and analysis of contem- tional choices and economic reforms in the aspects of the law and politics literature. Pre-
porary democratic institutions. Prerequisite: transition from authoritarian rule. Compari- requisite: Graduate standing. 1 unit. Graduate
POL S 260 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or sons are made of cases in Southern and East- credit for is not given for both POL S 453 and
h
x
or 1 unit. ern Europe, Latin America, East Asia, the POL S 351 or 354.
former Soviet Union, and others. Prerequisite:
400. Selected Topics in Political Theory Completion of POL S 430 or 431 is recom- 455. Seminar on Political Parties and
Reading, analysis, and discussion of selected mended. 2 unit. Elections
topics of political theory. Prerequisite: Consent Role of political parties and elections in the
of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated to a 440. Comparative Politics and the Political political process; traces the evolution of
maximum of 2 units. Process American parties as a political institution, as-
Comparative study of selected political sesses their impact upon the policy-making
401. History of Political Theories systems or of specific institutional forces that processes, and considers macro-level influ-
Reading and analysis of the leading political influence the making and application of public ences upon the electoral process. Prerequisite:
thinkers from the Greeks to the middle of the policy in several countries. The countries Graduate standing. 2 unit. Graduate credit is
seventeenth century. 1 unit. studied and the legal and extralegal political not given for both for POL S 455 and POL S
agencies considered vary according to the 326 or 329. 1 unit.
402. History of Political Theories person conducting the seminar. 2 unit. May
Readings and analysis of the leading political be repeated to a maximum of 3 units. 456.Seminar on Mass Political Behavior
thinkers from the middle of the seventeenth Covers the scholarly literature on, and the
century to the present. 2 unit. 441. Seminar in African Government and research techniques used to study, political
Politics participation, electoral behavior, political
410. Theory of Institutions Advanced research seminar. Focus will and public opinion. Prerequisite:
socialization,
Discussion of contemporary theories about the alternate among such topics in African politics Graduate standing. 2 unit. Graduate credit is
impact of democratic institutions on politics and
as: (a) the politics of agriculture, (b) state not given for both POL S 456 and 328 or 329.
and policy with applications throughout the society, (c) African political systems and the
politics of advanced industrial democracies. challenge of democratic practice, and (d) 457. Collective Action and Interest Groups
The seminar will cover six major schools: ra- political and economic crisis in Sub-Saharan Broad analysis of collective action, interest
tional-choice treatments, the new economics Africa. Prerequisite: POL S 222 and 345 or groups, and politics; examines the meaning
of organization, garbage can models, socio- consent of instructor. 2 unit. May be repeated of political interests and the forms they take;
logical approaches, historical institutionalism, as topics vary to a maximum of 3 units. reviews various approaches to the study of
and statism, and will contrast these both with
interest groups; analyzes the formation and
the old institutionalism and with approaches 442. Comparative Politics of Post-Soviet operation of interest groups; reviews research
to politics that minimize the importance of States in the policy areas of housing, agriculture,
institutions. 2 unit. Study of states which have experienced race, and gender at a variety of institutional
extended interludes of communist power, levels; examines innovation and change in
427. Introduction to Quantitative Political especially including the new states of the interest group politics and research. Prerequi-
Analysis former Soviet Union, the post-communist site: Graduate standing. 2 unit. Graduate credit
Introduction to problems of research design, regimes of Eastern Europe and China, through is not given for both POL S 457 and 326.
data collection, data analysis and interpreta- a comparative examination of political,
tion, sampling, and some simple measures of economic, and ethnonational problems of 459.Contemporary Governmental
statistical association and significance. 2 unit. regime transformation. Analytic and research Problems
papers required. Prerequisite: Completion of Special problems of current importance
428. Multivariate Analysis for Political
POL S 430 or 431 is recommended. 2 unit. designed especially for students majoring in
Scientists
political science. 2 unit. May be repeated to a
Applied use of extended analysis of variance; Proseminar in American
450. Politics maximum of 3 units.
multiple classification analysis, factor and Intensive analysis of major institutions and
small-space analysis, causal analysis, multiple processes of American politics (national, state, 460. Individual Behavior in Organizations
regression, and selected topics for research. and local); research on selected topics in Same as B ADM 410, PSYCH 453, and SOC
American government. 2 unit. 456. See B ADM 410.
Psychology 225
460. Organizational Sciences, I repeated under different instructors to a

Same as B ADM 410, PSYCH 453, and SOC maximum of 3 units.
456. See B ADM 410.
490. Proseminar in Political Behavior, I
461. Formation of Public Policy Interdisciplinary approaches to the analysis

Same as L I R 420. Examination of the institu-
tional and dynamic forces that shape the mak-
of political behavior; formation of opinions,
interests, roles, and personality; applications
Portuguese
ing of policy and its administration in the of organization theory to political institutions;
United States; separation of powers, pressure applications of conflict and bargaining theory (See Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese)
groups, administrative and legislative proce- to political processes; and systematic studies
dures, and judicial activity. 1 unit. of the distribution of values. 1 unit.
480. Scope and Theory in International 491. Proseminar in Political Behavior, II

Relations Continuation of POL S 490. Prerequisite: POL S
Deals with the field of international relations, 490. 1 unit.
its relationship to political science and the
other social sciences; treats the development 492. Problems of Explanation in Social
of the field by examining major theories and Science
approaches that have characterized it in the Special topics in the methodology of social Printmaking
past, but with emphasis on contemporary sciences, especially theory formation and
theories and concepts. 1 unit. theory testing. 1 unit. May be repeated as
topics vary to a maximum of 2 units. (See Art and Design, School of)
481. Methodology in International

Relations 493. Research in Selected Topics
Deals with major research methodologies in Research in selected topics by arrangement
contemporary international relations; includes with the instructor. /i to 3 units.
l
case studies, aggregate data, content analysis,

survey research, gaming and simulations, and 494. Dissertation Design Seminar
causal modeling; and presumes knowledge of Addresses the basic steps involved in the de-
basic international relations theory. Prerequi- velopment of a dissertation proposal; aims to Psychiatric Nursing
site: POL S 480. 1 unit. facilitate the completion of the dissertation
proposal for students who have passed the
(See Nursing)
483. International War qualifying examinations. Prerequisite: Success-
Focuses on the conditions that influence war ful completion of required qualifying exami-
and peace between nation-states. Considers nations. units.
various factors at different levels of analysis

and systematic)
(individual, national, dyadic, 495. Philosophical Bases of Political
in an attempt to understand why nations go Inquiry
to war. Readings will consist of current Definitions of the scope and subject matter of
political science; methodological issues in
research in this topic area (without ignoring,
however, certain "classical" theoretical political science; major conceptions of meth-
Psychology
approaches). Prerequisite: POL S 480. 1 unit. odology as embodied in current leading stud-
ies of politics; and the present state of research
Head of Department: Edward J. Shoben
484. International Organizations in political science. Prerequisite: Graduate Department Office: 308 Psychology Building,
General development and operations of standing. 1 unit.
603 East Daniel Street, Champaign
international organizations with special Phone: 333-0631
emphasis on United Nations and related 496. Research Design and Techniques
URL: www.psych.uiuc.edu
agencies. Focuses on activities in security, Indicates the relevance of certain research
economic, and social issue areas. Prerequisite: techniques for answering questions of concern
POLS 480.1 unit. in political science; indicates the range of tools Psychology (PSYCH)
available to the student; and includes discus-
485. International Political Economy sion of problems in concept formation. Pre-
100. Introduction to Psychology
Comprehensive introduction to major tradi- sents current methods of concept measure-
Study of human behavior with special refer-
tions in contemporary thought on the politi- ment in the context of political research
ence to perception, learning, memory, think-
cal structure and workings of the global problems. Prerequisite: POL S 495 or consent
ing, emotional life, and individual differences
economy. Presumes background knowledge of instructor. 1 unit.
in intelligence, aptitude, and personality; em-
pertaining to the workings of the international phasis on the scientific nature of psychologi-
economy and its institutions as well as famil- 498. The Logic of Political Inquiry:
cal investigations; and discussion of research
iarity with the assumptions and approaches Selected Topics
methods and the relation of their results to
of classical 1. P. E. thought and International Application of analytic principles and proce-
daily life and everyday problems. Lectures,
Relations theory. Prerequisite: POL S 480. 1 unit. dures developed in POL S 495 to such topics
discussions, and five hours of participation as
as patterns of explanation; current theoretical
a subject in psychological experiments. 4
486.Comparative Foreign Policies perspectives; group theory, functionalism,
hours. Credit not given for both PSYCH 100
is
Focuses on the formulation and implementa- systems theory, decision making, simulation,
and PSYCH 103.
tion of foreign policy within the state, first as etc; the logic of judicial decisions; and justifi-
an international phenomenon, and second as cations of political ideologies. This list is not
102. Psychology Orientation
a national one for specific states (e.g., United exhaustive, nor will all of these topics be in-
Lectures designed to acquaint the psychology
States, Russia, India, China, Japan, etc.). Pre- cluded each semester. Prerequisite: POL S 495.
major with the various specializations avail-
requisite: POL S 430 or 480. Vi or 1 unit. 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2
able in the field, career exploration proce-
units.
dures, and a wide range of opportunities of
489. International Relations: Special
special interest to psychology students. Rec-
Problems in Theory and Research 499. Thesis Research
ommended for freshmen in psychology.
Advanced seminar on special topics in to 4 units.
hours.
international relations. Prerequisite: POL S 480
or 481, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be
226 Psychology
103. Introduction to Experimental 230. Perception and Sensory Processes community programs; and employs examples
Psychology Survey of the experimental psychology of sen- from selected social systems (e.g., criminal
Surveys basic topics in experimental psychol- sory and perceptual processes and behavior; justice, education, employment, and mental
ogy; emphasizes perception, learning, memory, emphasis on the contribution of behavior sci- health). Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 103. 3 hours.
motivation, emotion, cognition, language de- ence to understanding subjective experience
velopment, and decision-making. Uses simple of the physical and social environment. Pre- 240. Psychology of Gender
laboratory experiments to investigate these requisite: An
introductory course in psychol- Same as W S 220. Conveys a basic knowledge
topics. 4 hours. Credit is not given for both ogy, physiology, or animal biology. 3 hours. of current research and issues in the psychol-
PSYCH 103 and PSYCH 100. ogy of gender. A wide range of topics includ-
231.Research Methods in Experimental ing biological, cognitive familial and societal
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Psychology influences on gender role formation and de-
2 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Studies experimental laboratory methods as velopment will be examined. Prerequisite:
related to applied and basic psychological PSYCH 100 or equivalent. 3 hours.
201. Introduction to Social Psychology questions; material includes: research meth-
Systematic study of social factors in individual odology, scientific problem solving, literature 245. Industrial Organizational Psychology
and group behavior; attention to social per- search, scientific writing, experimental design, Systematic study of the application of psycho-
ception, motivation, and learning; attitudes, basic data analysis, and research laboratory logical methods and principles in business and
norms, and social influence processes; the experience. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 103. 4 industry; emphasis on personnel selection and
development and dynamics of groups; and the hours. factors influencing efficiency. Prerequisite:
effects of social and cultural factors on the in- PSYCH 100 or 103; credit or concurrent regis-
dividual. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 103. 3 233. Descriptive Statistics tration in a statistics course. 3 hours.
hours. Credit is not given for both PSYCH 201 Descriptive statistics, including measures of
andSOC201. central tendency and dispersion, correlation, 248.Psychology of Learning and Memory
probability, transformations, and basic distri- Survey of basic phenomena in learning and
210.The Brain and the Mind bution theory; basic principles of sampling memory emphasizing experimental data from
Survey of current knowledge and speculation and research design. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 animal and human research. Prerequisite:
regarding the brain's role in perception, mo- or 103; college algebra or equivalent; or con- PSYCH 100 or 103. 3 hours.
tivation, sexual behavior, thinking, memory, sent of departmental academic adviser. 3
and learning, based upon human clinical data hours. Students may not receive credit for 250.Psychology of Personality
and research in animal models. Prerequisite: PSYCH 233 and PSYCH 235, ECON 171 or 172, Study of personality from various points of
PSYCH 100, 103, or consent of instructor. 3 SOC 185 or 385, STAT 100 or 210 or EDPSY view: biological, experimental, social, and
hours. 390. (Offered by correspondence only.) humanistic; surveys theory and empirical re-
search in the study of personality. Prerequisite:
211. Techniques of Biological Psychology 234. Inferential Statistics PSYCH 100, 103. 3 hours.
Introduction to research techniques used in Inferential statistics, including sampling
the physiological study of mental processes; distributions estimation, hypothesis testing, 258. Human Factors in Human-Machine
includes recording "brain waves," behavioral regression, correlation, and basic analysis of Systems
analysis of drug and lesion effects, anatomy variance procedures. Prerequisite: PSYCH 233. Same as AVI 258 and I E 240. Introduction to
of the brain, hormones and behavior, and re- 2 or 3 hours. Students who have earned credit human ergonomics, engineering psy-
factors,
lated topics. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent in ECON 171 or 173, STAT 100 or 210, SOC chology, history of ergonomics, human-machine
registration in PSYCH 210, or consent of in- 185, or EDPSY
390 receive 2 hours credit in relations, displays and controls, human-com-
structor. 2 or 3 hours. PSYCH may not receive credit
234. Students puter interaction, industrial and aviation sys-
for both PSYCH 234 and 235. (Offered by tems, physiology of work and anthropometrics,
214. Introduction to Aging correspondence only.) cognitive ergonomics, human reliability, human
Same as CHLTH, HDFS, LEIST, and REHAB as manual human-machine systems
controller,
214. See HDFS 214. 235. Introduction to Statistics design, prototyping, professional practice and
Development of skill and understanding in ethics, laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: PSYCH
216. Child Psychology 100, 103, or consent of instructor. 4 hours.
the application of statistical methods to prob-
Study of the psychological development of the lems in psychological research; topics include
child. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 103. 3 hours. descriptive statistics, probability, estimation, 260. American Sign Language
Credit is not given for both PSYCH 216 and basic inferential methods, regression, correla- Same as LING, SP ED, and SPSHS 260. See
EDPSY 236. tion, and basic analysisof variance proce- SP ED 260.
dures. Laboratory includes discussion of prob-
217. Comparative Development 290. Special Topics
lems and application of statistical methods to
Survey of phylogenetic and ontogenetic de- Supervised participation in research and
data from experiments and surveys. Prerequi-
velopment of behavior. The first part of the scholarly activities usually as an assistant to
site: PSYCH 100 or 103; college algebra or
course considers the comparative psychology an investigator. Prerequisite: Ten hours of
equivalent; or consent of departmental aca-
of representative phyla, with special empha- psychology or cognate area, or written consent
demic adviser. 2 or 5 hours. Students who have
sis on the development of sensorimotor coor- of instructor. 1 to 4 hours. May be repeated to
earned credit in ECON 171, 172, or 173, STAT
dination, motivation, and learning. The sec- a maximum of 9 hours.
100 or 210, SOC 185 or 385, or EDPSY 390 re-
ond half of the course is concerned with ceive 2 hours credit in PSYCH 235. Students
development of behavior in the individual or- 291. Honors Individual Study
may not receive credit for both PSYCH 235
ganism, with most attention devoted to be- Prerequisite: Junior standing;admission to
and either PSYCH 233 or 234.
havioral changes during the life span of ver- psychology honors program. 2 to 4 hours. May
tebrate organisms. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 238. Abnormal Psychology be repeated to a maximum of 10 hours.
103. 3 hours.
Conceptions and facts about disordered (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
behavior, including psychoses, neuroses, and
224. Cognitive Psychology
other patterns of psychological disturbance.
293. Honors Senior Thesis
Introduction to the psychological study of Planning, researching, and writing of an un-
PSYCH 100 or 103. 3 hours.
Prerequisite:
human information processing and memory; dergraduate honors thesis, under supervision
acquisition, retrieval, and forgetting; and 239. Community Psychology of a faculty member, on a problem of appro-
general knowledge, concepts, reasoning, and Redefines human and social problems and the priate scope and character. Prerequisite:
related issues in cognition. Prerequisite: PSYCH implications for social programs and policies; PSYCH 297. 2 fo 4 hours. (Counts for advanced
100orl03.3/iowrs. reviews the historical antecedents, conceptual hours in L A S.)
models, strategies and tactics of social and
Psychology 227
294. Individual Topics 306. Statistical Methods, I 315. Human Neuropsychology

Supervised independent investigation of Techniques in applied used in psy-
statistics Same as NEURO
325. Surveys how the
special topics in psychology; requires a written chological research, including simple linear neurological substrate of the human brain
report with a final copy submitted for regression, partial and multiple correlation, governs and influences cognition; biological
departmental records. Prerequisite: Ten hours and nonparametric methods; thorough review bases of language, memory, spatial processing,
of psychology or cognate area, or written and significance tests;
of statistical estimation and emotion; principles of brain organization,
consent of instructor. 3 to 4 hours. May be emphasizes applied statistics and statistical localization of function and individual
repeated to a maximum of 9 hours. (Counts computing. Introduces experimental design; differences; includes developmental and
for advanced hours in L A S.) one-way ANOVA. Prerequisite: Twelve hours clinical issues. Prerequisite: PSYCH 210 or
in psychology and PSYCH 235, or equivalent. equivalent. 3 hours, or '/: or 1 unit.
Honors Seminar
297. Junior 4 hours or 1 Students may not receive
unit.
Seminar on experimental methods and con- credit for both PSYCH 306 and SOC 386. 316. Introduction to the Psychology of
temporary psychological research. Prerequisite: Hearing
Junior standing and admission to departmen- 307. Statistical Methods, II Examines the physiology and psychophysics
tal honors program. to 4 hours. (Counts for Experimental design, including Latin Squares, of hearing from the micromechanics of the
advanced hours in L A S.) factorials, and nested designs; expected mean cochlea to the localization of sound and the
squares, analysis of covariance; emphasizes acoustics of concert halls, to understand how
298. Senior Honors Seminar the general linear model; introduces multi- the auditory system processes information to
Continuation of PSYCH 297. Prerequisite: variate methods, such as factor analysis, scal- create perceptions of acoustic events. Prereq-
PSYCH 297.4 hours. May be repeated.
to ing, classification, and clustering. Discrete uisite: PSYCH 210 or BIOL 303. 3 hours, or </z
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) multivariate analysis-mulriway contingency to 1 unit.
tables. Prerequisite: PSYCH 306. 4 hours or 1
300. Psychology for Medical Students and unit. Students may not receive credit for both 318.Psychology of the Infant
Health Professionals PSYCH 307 and SOC 387. Early infant behavior, emphasizing critical
Advanced treatment of psychological con- evaluation of the various research techniques;
cepts with an emphasis on their interaction 310.Hate Crimes: Perspectives on prenatal and perinatal influences, ontogeny of
with medicine. Topics include: perception, Intergroup Aggression and Violence psychological processes, environmental deter-
learning, memory, thinking, emotions, and Same as AFRO 310. See AFRO 310. minants, and infant assessment. Prerequisite:
individual differences; psychological theories PSYCH 216. 3 hours or 1 unit.
and data relevant to the analysis of illness and 311.Laboratory in Physiological
disease; decision making and medical prob- Psychology 320. Principles of Psychophysiology
lem solving. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of psy- Same as NEURO on classical
311. Research Same as NEURO 320. Theoretical and practi-
chology and a 3.0 GPA; and senior, graduate, and current problems; emphasis on the ner- cal aspects of human psychophysiology; mea-
or professional standing; or consent of instruc- vous and endocrine systems in information surement techniques and the application of
tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. processing and in the regulation of behavioral psychophysiological principles to problems in
adaptation; and examples from sensation, developmental, clinical, social, and experi-
302. Introduction to Clinical perception, motivation, emotion, and learn- mental psychology. Prerequisite: PSYCH 234 or
Neuropsychology ing. Laboratory. Prerequisite: PSYCH 211 and 235, six hours of psychology, and an introduc-
Fundamental concepts of clinical neuropsy- consent of instructor. 4 hours, or 'A or 1 unit. tory course in physiology. 3 hours or 1 unit.
chology will be introduced, and students will
learn the neuropsychological measures that 312. Neurobiology of Vision 321. Human Memory
are typically employed in assessment. The Same as NEURO324. Topics include physi- Advanced treatment of human memory. Ex-
course will take a developmental perspective, ological optics, the retina, cerebral cortex, ef- amines basic theory and methodology; types
and readings will address assessment issues fects of early visual experience on eye and of memory; semantic, episodic, procedural,
in childrenand adolescents as well as adults. brain development, and neural control of eye memory and events;
for language, places,
The course will be conducted as a lecture/ movements. Emphasis will be on aspects of knowledge and memory; autobiographical
seminar, with a focus on class participation. vision for which direct links can be drawn memory; exceptional memory; mnemonics.
Actual testing data will be distributed to the between psychology and neurobiology, such Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology at or
class, and discussion will focus on interpreta- as color vision, motion perceptions, and depth above 200 level, such as PSYCH 224 or 248.
tion and case conceptualization. Students will perception. Prerequisite: PSYCH 210, or an in- hours or 1 unit.
also be required to learn about and adminis- troductory course in neurobiology, or consent
ter tests. Prerequisite: PSYCH 31 5 or 304. 4 hours of instructor. Students should have knowledge 322. Introduction to Mental Retardation
or 1 unit. of the overall structure of the brain and how Same as REHAB, SOC W, and SP ED 322. See
neurons communicate. 3 hours or V* unit. SP ED 322.
Memory and Amnesia
303.
Same as NEURO 323. Examination of the 313. Psychopharmacology 323. Language Acquisition
nature of amnesia and what it teaches us about Same as NEURO 313.Behavioral and physi- Same as LING and COMM 323. Survey of
the organization of normal human memory. ological effects of chemicals either used thera- theory and research on the acquisition of lan-
Coverage will include studies of amnesia and peutically to treat psychological disorders or guage, concentrating on the acquisition of a
other circumscribed memory impairments in that may be abused for their psychotropic ef- first language by the young child. Prerequisite:
human patients, and other neuroscientific and fects; emphasizes mechanisms and models for Six hours of psychology or linguistics above
cognitive explorations of memory prompted the study of drug action. Prerequisite: PSYCH the 100-level, or consent of instructor. 3 hours
by the phenomena of amnesia. Prerequisite: 210, EEE 353, or BIOL 303; or consent of in- or 1 unit.
PSYCH 210 and/or PSYCH 224, or consent of structor. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.

instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 324. Psychology of Thinking
314. Brain, Learning, and Memory Survey of problems, experimental methods,
304. Cognitive Neuroscience Same as NEURO 314. Conveys a knowledge and research findings in human thinking;
Same as NEURO 304. Examination of research of current research on the physiological bases emphasis on concept formation, problem
concerned with identifying and characteriz- of learning and memory; considers a wide solving and decision making, and creativity.
ing the cognitive systems supporting such range of topics from molecular (e.g., cellular Prerequisite: PSYCH 235. 3 hours or 1 unit.
capacities as memory, attention, and visual morphological and functional plasticity) to

processing, and with understanding how such relatively molar (e.g., effects of clinical and 325. Psychology of Language
cognitive activities arise from the functioning experimental brain damage on learning and Survey of theory and research in the psychol-
of specific brain modules and brain mecha- memory processes). Prerequisite: PSYCH 210 ogy of language; topics include relation of lin-
nisms. Prerequisite: PSYCH 210 and/or PSYCH or BIOL 303; or PSYCH 248 or 348; or consent guistics and psychology, language develop-
224, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. ment, and influence of language on perception.
228 Psychology
memory, and thought. Prerequisite: Six hours ing on topic; consult Timetable. 3 hours, or '/: 350. Laboratory in Personality
of psychology or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated in same semester Study of personality emphasizing active par-
or 1 unit. Credit not given for both PSYCH 325 to a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. May be ticipation in designing, conducting, analyzing,
and LING 325. repeated in subsequent semesters to a maxi- and presenting of research; lectures concern
mum of 9 hours or 3 units. Repeated registra- the practical aspects of research methodology
327. Language and the Brain tions must be approved by instructor(s) or the and the philosophy of personality research;
Same as LING 327. How the
brain human department. and laboratory involves conducting original
supports using and learning language. Topics research in small groups. Prerequisite: PSYCH
covered: measuring brain activity during 337. Behavior Modification 235 or equivalent; and PSYCH 250 or consent
language; brain lateralization for language; Introduction to the principles and application of instructor; completion of campus Compo-
the effect of brain damage; language learning of behavior modification; includes methods sition I general education requirement (ap-
and language universals; communication and of behavioral assessment, positive and nega- plies to writing-intensive sections taken for
language in other animals; evolution of tive reinforcement, punishment and extinc- Composition II credit). 4 hours or 1 unit.
language. Prerequisite: One of PSYCH 210, 224, tion, token economics, programmed instruc-
248 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. tion, and desensitization; and emphasizes 352. Attitude Theory and Change
establishing behavioral objectives in the modi- Same as COMM and SOC 352. Comprehen-
329. Human-Computer Interaction fication of child and adult clinical problems. sive analysis of theories of attitude acquisi-
Laboratory Prerequisite: PSYCH 248. 3 hours or 1 unit. tion, organization, and change; emphasis on
Same as AVI 329 and
E 349. Examines basic
I attitude change through communication and
concepts, methodology, and critical skills 338. Psychology of Women effects of persuasive communication on pub-
needed in conducting research, evaluating Same as W S 338. Topics will include recent lic opinion. Prerequisite: PSYCH 201 or SOC
and designing human-computer interfaces. research and theory on women's social, per- 201, or a comparable course of introduction
Laboratory includes performing experiments sonality, and cognitive development across the to social psychology. 3 hours, or h
x
or 1 unit.
in human-computer interaction. Prerequisite: life span; achievement motivation and career
PSYCH 224, 258, or 356; and a course in development; the integration of work and 353. Social Cognition
computer science; or consent of instructor. 4 family; sexuality, partnering, and maternity; Analysis of theory and research on problems
hours or 1 unit. sexual victimization; gender and psychologi- related to the manner in which persons judge
cal adjustment; and selected topics in psycho- themselves and others on the basis of infor-
331. Laboratory in Cognitive Psychology therapy for women. Prerequisite: PSYCH 240. mation received; topics include impression
Examination of the methods used to study 3 hours or 1 unit. formation integration, determinants of inter-
human thought processes, including atten- personal attractions, and attribution processes.
tion, memory, decision-making, language and 340. Community Projects Prerequisite: PSYCH 201 and 235, or graduate
concepts. Students will learn to design, carry Principles of psychology applied to service standing, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1
out,and report research in cognitive psychol- problems in the community; students serve unit.
ogy. Prerequisite: PSYCH 224 or 248; and as nonprofessional mental health workers in
PSYCH 235. 4 hours or 1 unit. supervised experiences in schools, hospitals, 354. Small Group Behavior
and other nontraditional settings. Prerequisite: The nature of interpersonal transactions;
332.Research Methods in Social PSYCH 100 and 239; junior or senior standing; theories and methods for their investigation;
Psychology: Laboratory Methods and consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. and consideration of both individual and
Same as SOC 332. Lecture and laboratory in social determinants of such transactions.
the methods and techniques of social psycho- 341. Advanced Community Projects Prerequisite: PSYCH 201. 3 hours, or Vz or 1 unit.
logical research in laboratory settings. Prereq- Advanced discussion and practicum on prin-
uisite: PSYCH 201 or SOC 201; PSYCH 235 or ciples of psychology which may supplement 355. Industrial Social Psychology
SOC 185. 4 hours, or '/: or 1 unit. mental health and other human services in a Same as L I R 355. Social psychological
community. Students serve as nonprofessional research and theory applied to industrial
333. Research Methods in Social mental health workers in supervised experi- problems; emphasis on interaction and
Psychology: Natural Settings ences in school hospitals and other nontradi- communication theory, role theory, leadership
Methods and techniques of social psychologi- tional settings. Prerequisite: PSYCH 340 and theory, motivational and perceptual theory,
cal research in natural settings. Students for- consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. and group structure theory as an aid in
mulate and carry out research problems us- understanding and analyzing industrial
ing procedures appropriate for research in 342. Behavior-Genetic Analysis problems. Prerequisite: PSYCH 201 or 357. 3
natural settings. Prerequisite: PSYCH 201 or Same as ANTH 342and EEE 350. Concepts, hours, or 'A or 1 unit.
SOC 201; PSYCH 235, or SOC 185. 4 hours or 1 methods, and problems in the analysis of re-
unit. lations between genetic systems and behav- 356. Human Performance and Engineering
ior, including a historical and analytical ex- Psychology
335. Mathematical Formulations in amination of the scientific foundations of Same AVI 356 and I E 346. Human capa-
as
Psychological Theory racism. Prerequisite: ANTH 240 or BIOL 106, bilitiesand limitations in processing informa-
Illustration of mathematical formulations by 123 or 210. 3 hours or A
}
unit. tion; models and theories of signal detection,
studying quantitative treatments of various stimulus analysis, short-term memory, choice
psychological processes; emphasis on learn- Hormones and Behavior
343. reaction time, decision-making, attention, and
ing theory, psychophysical laws, and other Same as EEE 353 and NEURO 343. Survey of motor performance are evaluated with respect
selected topics; and the development of simple the behavioral effects of hormones in verte- to experimental data; emphasizes theory, al-
mathematical tools as required. Prerequisite: brates and invertebrates; emphasizes the ex- though implications for design of man-ma-
Elementary statistics of probability, elemen- tensive literature on hormonal effects on re- chine systems are considered. Prerequisite:
tary calculus, and 6 hours of psychology, or productive and social behavior. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or 103 or consent of instructor. 3
consent of instructor. 3 hours, or A or 1 unit. l
BIOL 121 or equivalent. 3 hours, or V* or I unit. /lours or 1 unit.
Students enrolled for graduate credit may
336. Topics in Clinical/Community write a term paper for an extra 'A unit credit. 357.Psychology of Industrial Relations
Psychology Same as L I R 357. An
analysis, in terms of the
Survey and critical review of subdisciplines 346. Psychophysiology in Exercise and behavior of individuals, of the causes and
in clinical/community psychology; concepts, Sport possible solutions of industrial conflict. Of-
methods, and assessments, intervention strat- Same as KINES 343. See KINES 343. fered in the special interest of industrial rela-
egies and tactics. Subdisciplines addressed tions, commerce, and engineering students.
will vary. See Timetable for current titles. Pre- 349. Social Psychology of Sport Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or equivalent. 3 hours,
requisite: PSYCH 238 or 239 or both depend- Same as KINES 347. See KINES 347. or '/i or 1 unit.
Psychology 229
359. The Social Psychology of pology, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 Prerequisite: Twelve hours of psychology. 1
Organization unit. unit.

Same as SOC 359. Analysis of the interrela-
tionships between social and psychological 375. Personnel Psychology 403. Categoriesand Concepts
factors, and organizational structure and pro- Introduces problems and research relevant to The psychology of human concepts, including
cess; emphasis on sources, consequences, and personnel issues in organizations. Topics in- concept learning, categorization, the structure
modes of resolution of intraindividual, clude: individual differences; selection of per- of concepts in memory and conceptual
intraorganizarional, and interorganizational sonnel; test theory; performance appraisal; development. Prerequisite: Graduate standing
conflict. Prerequisite: PSYCH 201. 3 hours or 1 equal employment opportunity legislation, in psychology or consent of the instructor. 1
unit. regulation, and litigation; assessing bias in unit.

selection. Prerequisite: PSYCH 235 or equiva-
360. Modern Viewpoints in Psychology lent, and either PSYCH 245 or B ADM
351. 3 404. Theories of Attention
Examines modem behaviorism, psychoanaly- hours, or Va or 1 unit. Systematic study of the psychology of atten-
sis, and cognitive psychology, viewed as con- tion, including focused and divided attention,
ceptions of man, styles of theorizing and in- 377. Philosophy of Psychology dual-task performance, attention and memory,
vestigative strategies; critically evaluates the Same as PHIL 377. See PHIL 377. attention and automatization, and skilled per-
more influential theories and research. Prereq- formance. The emphasis is primarily theoreti-
uisite: Six hours of psychology. 3 hours, or V2 381. Beginning Practicum in Mental Health cal, focusing on current approaches and the
or 1 unit. Didactic instruction and supervised practicum historical developments that led to them. Pre-
experience in a community treatment agency; requisite: Graduate standing in psychology or
362. Cognitive Development self-report, observational, and physiological consent of instructor. Vi or 1 unit.
Survey of theory and research on the devel- approaches to client assessment; and lecture-
opment memorial
of problem-solving skills, discussion and direct agency experience each 405. Neurochemistry
and metamemorial processes, logical thinking, week. 4 hours or 1 unit. Same as NEURO and PHYSL 405. The funda-
and language. Prerequisite: PSYCH 216 and mentals of neurochemistry and topics of cur-
235. 3 hours or 1 unit.
383. Advanced Practicum in Mental rent interest; detailed study of chemical trans-
Health, I mission, including metabolism, neuroanat-
363. Laboratory in Developmental Supervised practicum experiences in a omical distribution, pharmacology, and func-
Psychology community agency. 4 hours or 1 unit. tions of neurotransmitters. Lecture-seminar.
Experience in designing, carrying out, and Prerequisite: BIOCH 350, PSYCH 210, or con-
reporting an original research project. Prereq- 385. Advanced Practicum in Mental sent of instructor. V* unit.
uisite: PSYCH 216 and 235, or equivalent. 4 Health, II
hours or 1 unit.
Supervised practicum experiences in a 406. Psychological Scaling:
community agency. 4 hours or 1 unit. Unidimensional Methods
365. Personality and Social Development Same as SOC 406. Measurement of psycho-
Same as EDPSY 315. Major theories of person- 390. Laboratory in Psychological logical values; centrally concerned with how
ality and social development, with attention Measurement and Test Development subjective values of multiple physical dimen-
to processes of social learning, individual dif- The measurement of human behavior in sions combine to produce unidimensional
ferences in personality development, and out- psychological studies; the construction and subjective values; and includes conjoint and
comes of social development; applications to use of psychological tests; introduction to tests functional measurement theory and methods,
school, home, and other field settings. Prereq- of intelligence, achievement, personality, and theoretical models of judgment and the analy-
uisite: PSYCH 216 or EDPSY 236, or equiva- interest; and practice in test construction, sis of empirical structures, and applications
lent. 3 hours or 1 unit. administration, and validation. Lectures and of scaling models to problems in social, per-
laboratory. Prerequisite: A knowledge of sonality, perception, and cognitive psychol-
367. Introduction to Counseling and statistics equivalent to that from PSYCH 235. ogy. Prerequisite:PSYCH 307, SOC 387, or
Psychotherapy 4 hours or 1 unit. equivalent course in quantitative methods. 1
Same as EDPSY 360. See EDPSY 360. unit.
396. Seminar in Psychology
368. Psychology and Law: Civil Liberties Special topics in the field of psychology. 409. Psychological Scaling:
and Constitutional Issues in the Mental Prerequisite: Junior standing and consent of Multidimensional Methods
Health, Educational, and Criminal Justice instructor. 2 to 4 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be Same as SOC 409. Basic scaling theory; met-
Systems repeated to a maximum of 12 hours or 3 units. ric,nonmetric, and individual differences
Examines relationship of the administrative, multidimensional scaling models and meth-
civil, and criminal justice systems to educa- 398. Human Factors in the Design of odology, emphasizing underlying assump-
tional and mental health institutions; indi- Complex Systems tions and interpretation; and applications of
vidual rights, social issues, and psychologi- Same as I E 348. See I E 348.
scaling methods to measurement problems in
cal well being. Prerequisite: Six hours of social social and personality psychology, perception,
science. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. Note: The prerequisites stated below apply to cognition, and sociology. Prerequisite: PSYCH
graduate majors in psychology. Graduate stu- 307, SOC 387, or equivalent course in quanti-
372. Environmental Psychology dents minoring in psychology may, by spe- tative methods. 1 unit. PSYCH 406 is recom-
Same as NRES 370. See NRES 370. cial permission of instructors, enroll in certain
mended but not required.
of these courses without having met all the
373.Theory and Method in the Cross- prerequisites. 410.Advances in Psychobiology:
Cultural Study of Individual Social Introduction for Graduate Students
Behavior 402. Systematic Psychology Same as NEURO 410. Deals with the relevance
Same as ANTH 373. Centers on cross-cultural Analysis of methodological problems, includ- of biological psychology to the subdisciplines
study of substantive areas such as personal- ing forms and roles of models and theories, of psychology; topics include current theory
ity, motivation, socialization, interpersonal status of unobservable organismic events, and treatment of psychosis, neuropsychology
behavior, psychological environments, cogni- validation of measures and manipulations, movement disorders, human memory mod-
of
tion and cognitive development, ethnocen- possible forms of laws, forms of data lan- elsand the brain, hormones and sexuality, bio-
trism and stereotypes, and visual perception; guage, and status of private reports; evalua- rhythms in normal and abnormal behavior,
emphasis on methodological limitations and tion of the approaches to these problems pro-
physiology of sensing and perceiving, selec-
contributions of cross-cultural study; and dis- vided by several varieties of behaviorism, tive attention, and others. Prerequisite: PSYCH
cussion of current problems and research. Pre- standard and omnitheoretic views in the phi- 210 or consent of instructor. Vi to 1 unit. Con-
requisite: Six hours of psychology or anthro- losophy of science, and network methods. sent of instructor is required for more than '/:
unit.
230 Psychology
Advanced Physiological Psychology

411. symbolic processes, including meaning. Pre- Models of Decision and Choice
434.
Same as NEURO 411. Detailed examination requisite: Consent of instructor. '/: or 1 unit. Same as ACCY 495. Survey of mathematical
of the physiological mechanisms in behavior; and other formal models of human judgment
emphasis on research methodology and con- 426. Psychology of Reading and decision processes. Emphasizes differ-
temporary literature in the physiology of Same as EDPSY 416. See EDPSY 416. ences between normative and descriptive
motivation, learning, perception, and emo- models. Prerequisite: PSYCH 307. 1 unit.
tion; and includes laboratory demonstrations 427. Engineering Psychology
and problems. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of Same as AVI 427. Experimental psychology 435. Motivation and Morale in Industry
psychology, including PSYCH 311 or equiva- applied to the study of man-machine systems; Same as L I R 435. Concepts and methods in
lent. Vi or 1 unit. considers research issues, methodological the study of motivation of employees; deter-
matters, and principles of design and train- minants of employee attitudes and job satis-
414. Neurotoxicology ing in terms of contemporary aircraft, high- faction; and modification of attitudes and
Same as ENVST and V B 414. See V B 414. way, industrial, and health-care systems. Pre- morale. Prerequisite: Four units of graduate
requisite: PSYCH 258 or 356, or consent of credit in psychology or consent of instructor.
416. Perception instructor. 1 unit. 1 unit.
Systematic study of methods and research
findings in the field of human perception, 428. Cognitive Determinants of Behavior 438. Introduction to Clinical Psychology, I
together with an evaluation of theoretical Theoretical and experimental analyses of the Introduction to clinical psychology as a sci-
interpretations. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of role of decision processes and causal attribu- ence and profession. Considers psychody-
psychology. 1 unit. tions in the control of behavior; examines a namic, behavioral, and community perspec-
variety of subparadigms from several areas tives; emphasizes the conceptual foundations
418. Experimental Psychology of Learning, of psychology. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of of each approach. Required of all entering
II: Human Learning psychology. 1 unit. graduate students in clinical psychology. Pre-
Data and theories of verbal learning; verbal requisite: Consent of instructor required for all
mediators and their functions in learning and 429. Second Language Acquisition and students not admitted to graduate program
retention; transfer of training; short-term and Bilingualism in clinical psychology. 1 unit.
long-term memory; and conceptualizations of Same as LING 429. See LING 429.
the forgetting process. Prerequisite: Twelve 439. Introduction to Clinical Psychology, II
hours of psychology or consent of instructor. 430.Foundations of Industrial- Considers critical issues in the assessment and
1 unit. Organizational Psychology study of psychological and social dysfunction,
Same as L I R 430. Theoretical and empirical as manifested in adult psychopathology, child-
421. Knowledge Representation foundations of various content areas in indus- hood disorders, and community problems.
Surveys theories and data about the represen- trial-organizational psychology; sample top- Required of all entering graduate students in
tation of knowledge by human beings; exam- ics include employee selection and placement, clinical psychology. Prerequisite: Credit or con-
ines images, concepts, sematic features, propo- training, human factors engineering, work current registration in PSYCH 438; consent of
sitions, semantic nets, rules, parallel distrib- motivation, employee attitudes, leadership, instructor required for students not admitted
uted, procedural, schemas, mental models, and organizational theory. Prerequisite: Twelve to graduate program in clinical psychology. I
and theories. Prerequisite: Background in ei- hours of psychology or consent of instructor. unit.
ther cognitive psychology, linguistics, or arti- 1 unit.
ficial intelligence. 1 unit. 440. Social Development

431. Psychological Measurement in Same as EDPSY 440. See EDPSY 440.
ill. Models of Human Memory Industry
Detailed examination and comparison of hu- Application of psychometric methods and the and Behavior Dynamics
441. Personality
man memory models. Emphasis on under- finding of differential psychology to the Theory and research in personality, empha-
standing the central aspects of 5-8 recent mod- selection, classification, and performance sizing personality as individual differences
els and their similarities and differences. evaluation of industrial personnel. Prerequisite: among persons and personality as attributed
Prerequisite: PSYCH 224, 324, and 418, or con- PSYCH 307 or equivalent. 1 unit. to persons by others; explores the measure-
sent of instructor. 1 unit. ment, antecedents, and consequences of such
432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology differences and attributions. Prerequisite:
423. Problem Solving and Cognitive Skill Practicum Twelve hours of psychology. '/: or 1 unit.
Acquisition Supervised practice in mental health delivery Graduate credit is not allowed for both
Selected topics in how people solve problems services; includes assessment and modifica- PSYCH 350 and 441.
and learn cognitive skills. A broad range of tion of problem behaviors in short-term treat-
empirical findings will be discussed, along ment programs and beginning experience in 442. Skill, Expertise, and Mental Models in
with psychological and computational ac- school and community consultation; and em- Complex Systems
counts. Prerequisite: PSYCH 324 or consent of phasizes the development of skills in inter- Same as I E 442. See I E 442.
instructor. 1 unit. viewing, conceptualization of problem behav-
iors, report writing, and effective staff 445. Strategies of Clinical Intervention
424. Developmental Psycholinguistics interactions. Prerequisite: First-year graduate Critical survey of issues, principles, practice,
Same as COMM and LING 424. Examination standing in clinical psychology and credit or and research related to modifying human be-
of empirical and theoretical literature on the concurrent registration in PSYCH 438. 1 unit. havior; covers psychotherapeutic and somatic
acquisition of language; emphasis on univer- approaches; symptomatic relief and person-
sal patterns in the acquisition of a first lan- 433. Internship in Industrial/Organization ality-restructuring; goal-orientations; and in-
guage and on a consideration of explanations, Psychology dividual family, group, milieu, and preven-
both psychological and linguistic, for these Supervised practice in organizational practice tive community intervention. Prerequisite:
patterns. Prerequisite: LING 325, PSYCH 325 and research, implementation of programs, Concurrent registration in PSYCH 447 strongly
or 362, or consent of instructor. Vi or 1 unit. evaluation, feedback of survey results, applied recommended. 1 unit.
assessments, assistance in EAP programs, and
425. Psycholinguistics development of personnel guidelines; empha- 446. Laboratories in Clinical Psychology
Same as COMM and LING 425. Critical sur- sizes applications of principles and proce- Intensive practice in techniques of clinical as-
vey of methods and theories in the psycho- dures. Offered in special interest of graduate sessment and behavior modification with
logical study of the communication process; students in I/O psychology program. Prereq- emphasis on recent innovations; small sections
emphasis on linguistic, information-theory, and uisite: Graduate standing in Psychology, credit of the course formed according to the special-
learning-theory approaches; psycholinguistic or concurrent registration in PSYCH 430, and ized interests of students and staff. Prerequi-
analysis of language decoding and encoding; consent of instructor. 1 unit. site: PSYCH 432 and 445, or consent of instruc-
and the development and measurement of tor. '/: to 1 unit.

Psychology 231
447. Internship issues in the field. Prerequisite: Consent of 485.The Sampling of Human Populations
Supervised field experience in clinical psy- instructor. 1 unit. and Social Organizations
chology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Same as B ADM 435 and SOC 485. See B ADM
to 4 units. 460. Motivation and Personality 435.
Development in Children
450. Community Psychology and Social Theory, method, and research on the interac- 486. Multivariate Correlational Techniques
System Change tion of motivational, personality, and learn- in Educational Research
Intensive examination of the historical ante- ing processes and development in children; Same as EDPSY 485. See EDPSY 485.
cedents, conceptual models, strategic tactics, emphasis on experimental studies and a so-
and evaluation methods of planned social and cial learning theory approach. Class projects 488.Covariance Structure and Factor
ecological change; focuses on the role of the involve some laboratory work with children. Models
community psychologist in such endeavors; Prerequisite: Twelve hours of psychology; con- Same as EDPSY, SOC, and STAT 488. Intro-
and reviews interventions in several social sent of instructor. 2 unit. duction to covariance structure models, lin-
systems, such as criminal justice education, ear structural equations, and factor analysis;
employment, and mental health. Prerequisite: 463. Research Methods in Clinical and parameter estimation prob-
identification
PSYCH 239 or equivalent; graduate standing Psychology and Personality lems; assessing goodness-of-fit; use of com-
in psychology or consent of instructor. Vi or 1 The logical analysis of clinical inferences and puter packages LISTREL and EQS; applica-
unit. their role in research; problems and methods tions to a wide variety of social and behavioral
in the investigation of the development, science modeling problems. Prerequisite:
451. Theory and Method in Social dynamics, and structure of personality; and PSYCH 494, STAT 471, or SOC 387. 1 unit.
Psychology, I research in psychotherapy. Prerequisite:
First of two-course sequence for first-year PSYCH 306. 1 unit. 490. Individual Research
graduate students in social psychology. Ad- For graduate students who wish to conduct
vanced theoretical and research approaches to 464. Advanced Problems in the Study of research on special problems not included in
a broad range of issues in social psychology; Individual Social Behavior graduate theses. Prerequisite: Consent of
participation and seminar presentations by Intensive examination of current research into instructor. to 4 units.
social psychology program faculty. Student one or more of the following areas: social per-
participates in seminar presentations and deception and cognition, social motivation, so- 492. Psychology of Learning and
velops and conducts a research study in con- cial learning, and environmental factors in Instruction
junction with one or more faculty members. social behavior; critical examination of recent Same as EDPSY 492. See EDPSY 492.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. I unit. research and theoretical literature, and devel-
opment of research designs for selected cur- 493. Seminar
452. Theory and Method in Social rent issues. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Discussion of current topics in their historical
Psychology, II 2 unit. setting, with special emphasis on research
Second of a two-course sequence for first-year problems. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

graduate students in social psychology. Ad- 467. Personality Assessment to 2 unit.
vanced theoretical and research approaches to Methods and theory in the quantitative
assessment of personality; review of research 494. Multivariate Analysis in Psychology
a broad range of issues in social psychology;
participation and seminar presentations by findings and trends. Prerequisite: PSYCH 307 and Education
social psychology program faculty. Each stu- or equivalent. 2 unit.
Same as EDPSY and SOC 494. Examines the
dent participates in seminar presentations and principal methods of descriptive and inferen-
469. Cognitive Development used in the analysis of multiple
tial statistics
develops and conducts a research study in
conjunction with one or more faculty mem- Examination of laboratory investigations of measurements, emphasizing linear transfor-
cognitive development in children; emphasis mations, multiple regression, principal com-
bers. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
on current theories of cognition and language; ponents, multivariate analysis of variance,
453. Individual Behavior in Organizations and class projects involving some laboratory canonical correlation and variates, discrimi-
Same as B ADM 410, POL S 460, and SOC 456. work with children. Prerequisite: Twelve hours nant functions and variates, and conventional
See B ADM 410. of psychology; consent of instructor. 1 unit. procedures of factor analysis; involves both
theory and applications. Prerequisite: PSYCH
457.Theory and Research in 470. Principles and Methods of Teaching 307 or EDPSY 496; consent of instructor. 2 unit.
Organizational Psychology Psychology
Theory and research on the psychological pro- Designed for graduate students in psychol- 495. Theories of Measurement
cesses involving the demands of organizations ogy; areas considered include developing Same as EDPSY 495. See EDPSY 495.
on the behavior of individuals; emphasis on course objectives and content; developing and
the processes of power, authority, influence, presenting teaching-learning situations; 499. Thesis Research
evaluating the attainment of course objectives; to 4 units.
leadership, communications, decision mak-
ing, and organizational change. Prerequisite: advising and counseling students; ethics in
Consent of instructor. 2 unit. teaching; and research problems on the teach-
ing of psychology. Prerequisite: Second-year
458. Advanced Problems in Attitude graduate standing in psychology or consent
Research of instructor. to 1 unit.
Intensive analyses of recent developments in
attitude theoryand research; emphasis on the 471. Proseminar in Cognitive Science
attitude-behavior relationship; and examina- Same as ANTH and LING 470, C S 449 and
and attitude change
tion of theories of attitude EDPSY 471. See ANTH 470.
with respect to their utility in predicting and
changing social behavior. Prerequisite: Consent 472. The Methodology of Eye Movements
of instructor. 1 unit. in the Study of Cognition
Same as EDPSY 470. See EDPSY 470.
Advanced Problems
459. in Research on
Groups 483. Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Intensive examination of current research and Disorders, I
theory on structure, process, and performance Same as SPSHS 483. See SPSHS 483.
of groups; critical examination of recent

research and theoretical literature; and
development of research designs for related
232 Public Health Nursing
lightenment to the present, with emphasis on or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi-
their social and historical contexts. 3 hours. site: Consent of departmental honors adviser.
110. World Religions
Same as PHIL 110. Survey of the leading living 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
Public Health religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism, Christianity,
Nursing and Islam; examination of basic texts and of 200. Classical and Koine Greek Prose
philosophic theological elaborations of each Same as GRK 201. See GRK 201.
religion. 3 hours.
(See Nursing)
201. Hebrew Bible in English
111. Elementary Greek, I Analyzes the critical issues in the interpreta-
Same as GRK 101. See GRK 101. Hebrew Bible/Old

tion of the literature of the
Testament; surveys the history and religion of
112. Elementary Greek, II Ancient Israel with special reference to Israel's
Same as GRK 102. See GRK 102. setting in the ancient Near East. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing or consent of instructor.
120. A History of Judaism 3 hours.
Rehabilitation Same as HIST Examines the social,
120.
Counseling political, economic, and intellectual history of 202. New Testament in English
the Jews from Abraham to the present-day, Analyzes the literature of the New Testament
with particular attention to Jewish thought in its social and religious setting, with special
(See Community Health) and society. 3 hours. reference to the ministry and teaching of Jesus,
the emergence of the church as a sect within
121. Christianity: An Introduction ancient Judaism, and the development of
Typological and historical approaches to ma- Christian institutions in the Graeco-Roman
jor forms of Christianity: Eastern Orthodoxy, world. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or
Catholicism, and Protestantism. 3 hours. consent of instructor. 3 hours.
122. History of East Asian Religions 204. Classical and Koine Greek Prose, II
Same as EALC 122. Introduction to East Asian Same as GRK 202. See GRK 202.
Religious Studies religious traditions; emphasizes the ideas of
Confucianism, Taoism, and Buddhism in 205. Introduction to Classical Hebrew, I
China and their historical interactions. 3 hours. Same as HEBR 205. See HEBR 205.
Director of Program: Wayne T. Pitard
Program 3080 Foreign Languages
Office: 123. COMP H/Islam: An Introduction 220.Jewish Literary Responses to the
Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana History of Islamic throught from the time of Holocaust
Phone: 333-0473 Muhammad to the present, including the Same as ENGL 288 and YDSH 220. See YDSH
URL: www.lang.uiuc.edu/RelSt/Program/ prophet hood of Muhammad, the Qur'an, 220.
Home.html theology and law, mysticism and philosophy,
sectarian movements, modernism and legal 221. American Judaism
reform, and contemporary resurgence. 4 hours. Forms of Judaism in America: Reform, Con-
Religious Studies (RELST) servative, Reconstructionist, Orthodox, and
124. Islam:An Introduction Hasidic Judaism; the American rabbi; Zion-
101. The Bible as Literature History of Islamic thought from the time of ism in America; American Jewish communal
Same as ENGL 114. Themes and literary Muhammad to the present, including the life; national Jewish organizations; the Ameri-
genres in the Bible, emphasizing content prophet hood of Muhammad, the Qur'an, can synagogue; and the secular Jew. Prerequi-
important in Western culture. 3 hours. theology and law, mysticism and philosophy, site: completion of campus Composition I gen-
sectarian movements, modernism and legal eral education requirement. 3 hours.

104. Asian Mythology reform, and contemporary resurgence. 3 hours.
Same as AS ST 104. Introductory survey of the 223. The Qur'an (Koran) and Its
mythologies of India, China, and Japan. 3 130. Jewish Practices: A Religio-historical Interpreters
hours. Approach Introduction to the Qur'an (Koran), the holy
The major festivals and life-cycle rituals of scripture of Islam, examining its major
106. Archaeology and the Bible Judaism; focuses on sacred time, interaction doctrines, thematic development, literary
Examination of archaeological evidence, es- of external and internal factors producing style, and its relationship to pre-Qur'anic,
pecially from Syria-Palestine, and discussion change and conservatism, relationship of especially Biblical, traditions. Special attention
of its use in the interpretation of Biblical lit- ritual and theology, and the thematic devel- isgiven to various methods Muslims have
erature. 3 hours. opment inherent in the rituals. 3 hours. used to interpret the Qur'an. Prerequisite:
RELST 123 or 124. 3 hours. Students may not
108.The Sacred Mind: Religion and Jewish Storytelling: From the Russian
131. receive credit for both RELST 223 and 103.
Society in Western Thought from Shtetl toNew York
Antiquity to the Enlightenment Same as ENGL 123 and YDSH 120. See YDSH 224. Chinese Thought from Confucius to
Same as ANTH, PHIL, and SOC 108. Intro- 120. Mao
duction to classic writers and texts in West- Same as EALC and HIST 224. See HIST 224.
ern religious and social thought from antiq- Zen
132.
uity to the Enlightenment, with emphasis on Same as EALC 132. Introduces the history, Gods and Man in Modern Japanese
225.
their social and historical contexts. 3 hours. teachings, and practice of Zen Buddhism in Drama
China and Japan. 3 hours. Same as EALC and C LIT 225. See EALC 225.
109.The Secular Mind: Religion and
Society in Western Thought from the 160. Ancient Greek and Roman Religion 229. Religion and Society
Enlightenment to the Present Same as CLCIV 160. See CLCIV 160. Same as SOC 229. See SOC 229.
Same as ANTH, PHIL, and SOC 109. Intro-
duction to classic writers and texts in West- 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial 230. Philosophy of Religion: Introduction
ern religious and social thought from the En- Study of selected topics on an individually Same as PHIL 230. See PHIL 230.
Religious Studies 233
232. Ancient Greek Sanctuaries preparation for such study; consent of staff include: theoretical and empirical issues
Same as ARTHI 218 and CLCIV 232. See member supervising the work. 2 to 6 hours. related to the field, methodology for the study
CLCIV 232. May be repeated. of language of religion, analysis of religious
texts, criticalevaluation of the philosophical,
242. The Holocaust: Religious Responses 293. Honors Senior Thesis theological, and
linguistic perspectives on the
The theoretical foundation for ideas of na- Two-semester research project. Prerequisite: nature and function of the language of
tional and racial superiority which attended Senior majors in religious studies who are religion, and analysis of diverse forms and
the holocaust and responses to this phenom- eligible for graduating with distinction from styles of the language of religion. 3 hours or 1
enon by major Jewish and Christian thinkers, the program. 3 hours. Must be taken for two unit.
including Rubenstein, Buber, Fackenheim, semesters for a total of 6 hours. (Counts for
Berkowits, Reuther, and Wiesel. 3 hours. advanced hours in LAS.) 340. The Formation of Christian Thought
Study of major developments in early Chris-
251. Viking Mythology 294. Topics in Religious Thought tian thought (first four centuries) through dis-
Same as SCAN 251. See SCAN 251. Topics in contemporary theological problems. cussion of primary texts in translation. Prereq-
3 hours. uisite: RELST 201 and 202, or consent of
260. Mystics and Saints in Islam instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
Examines mystical concepts and practices in 295. Topics in Asian Religions
Islam through the ages, through the lives and Same as EALC 295. Topics inHinduism, 342. History of Early Judaism
writings of important mystics and Sufi holy Buddhism, Taoism, and other Asian religious Same as HIST 300. The history of Judaism
men and women, as well as the integration of traditions. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or from Ezra to the rise of Islam: Hellenism and
mysticism and the Sufi Orders into Muslim consent of instructor. 3 hours. May be repeated Judaism, varieties of Judaism, Palestinian
society and Islamic orthodoxy. 3 hours. No as topics vary to a maximum of 6 hours. Judaism and its documents, Babylonian
knowledge of Islam or foreign language is Judaism, the rabbis, and popular Jewish
required. 296. Special Topics in the History of culture. Prerequisite: Credit in one course in
Judaism religious studies at the 200- or 300-level, or
268. Religious Rebellions and Messianic 3 hours. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit.
Movements in History hours.
Same as HIST 268. See HIST 268. 343. Ancient Near Eastern Cultures
298. Special Topics in Biblical Examines the literature and religious practice
and Experience in the Arts
269. Spirituality Interpretation of the great civilizations of the Near East, par-
of theMiddle Ages Detailed interpretation of selected books of the ticularly the Sumerian, Assyro-Babylonian,
Same as ARTHI and HIST 269. See ARTHI 269. May be repeated
Bible. 3 hours. as topics vary Egyptian, Canaanite and Hittite cultures. Pre-
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) to a maximum of 6 hours. requisite: RELST 201 or equivalent. 3 hours or
% unit.
282. Muslims and Christians: Interactions 301. Introductory Coptic, I
and Reactions Same as COP 301 and LING 314. See COP 301 345. History of Jews in the Diaspora
Explores the complexity of Muslim-Christian Same as HIST 345. See HIST 345.
interactions since early Islam, including theo- 302. Introductory Coptic, II
logical and philosophical exchanges, debates, Same as COP 302 and LING 315. See COP 302. 362. Philosophy of Religion
polemics, interfaith dialogue, perceptions of Same as PHIL 324. See PHIL 324.
each other, Muslim minorities in the West, and 303. Women in Muslim Societies
Christian minorities in the Muslim world, and Same as ANTH, HIST, and W S 303. Examina- 363. Religion in Anthropological
the relationship of religion to culture. 3 hours. tion of gender ideologies and social realities Perspective
affecting the lives of women in various Mus- Same as ANTH 363. See ANTH 363.
283. Jewish Sacred Literature lim countries. Prerequisite: A course in Islam
Same as C LIT and ENGL 283. Literary study or the Middle East, or consent of instructor. 3 368. Religions of Africa
of the major post-biblical sacred texts of Juda- hours or 1 unit. Same as ANTH 368. See ANTH 368.
ism; includes readings in translation from
Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmudim, midrashim, 304. Medieval Civilization 381. American Intellectual and Cultural
piyyutim, and mystical treatises. Emphasizes Same as HIST 304. See HIST 304. History to 1865
nature, history, function, and development of Same as HIST 371. See HIST 371.
literary patterns and forms and the relation- The Age of the Renaissance
305.
ships between form and content in these texts. Same as HIST 305. See HIST 305. 382. American Intellectual and Cultural
3 hours. History since 1859
306. The Age of the Protestant and Catholic Same as HIST 372. See HIST 372.
Modern Jewish Literature
284. Reformation, 1500-1648
Same as C LIT and ENGL 284. See ENGL 284. Same as HIST 306. See HIST 306. 384. Buddhist Meditation
Same as EALC 380. Examines classical systems
286. Introduction to Hinduism 308. Islamand Society in the Modern of Buddhist meditation and their relation to
Elements of Hindu thought and practice; Middle East and North Africa Buddhist psychology and world view. Prereq-
selected topics presented in historical order Same as POL S 339. Examines the role of Islam uisite: RELST 287, or consent of instructor. 3
and in the context of Indian cultural history in contemporary politics, the contemporary hours or V* unit.
(including the present). 3 hours. resurgence of Islam, and the articulation of
Islamic approaches to the new economic order, 388. History and Thought of Chinese
287. Introduction to Buddhism nationalism, and the changing role of women. Buddhism
Same as EALC 287. Thematic approach to the Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of Survey of the history of Chinese Buddhism
history of Buddhism from its origin in India instructor. 3 hours or V* unit. since its introduction; analysis of Buddhological
to its spread throughout China and Japan; trends and styles; and the sociocultural milieu
exploreshow the doctrinal and social devel- 312. Readings in Sanskrit, I of Chinese Buddhism and its place in the to-
opment of Buddhism in East Asia is related to Same as SANSK 303. See SANSK 303. tal history of ideas and lifestyles. Prerequisite:
the process of cultural adaptation. 3 hours. RELST 287 and 288, or consent of instructor. 3
313. Readings in Sanskrit, II
hours, or Va or 1 unit.
290. Independent Study Same as SANSK 304. See SANSK 304.
Special topics not treated in regularly sched- 490. Independent Study
uled courses; designed primarily for upper-
329. Language of Religion
Special topics not treated in regularly sched-
classmen. Prerequisite: Evidence of adequate
Same as LING and SPCOM 329. Introduction uled courses; for graduates. Prerequisite: Evi-
to the study of the language of religion; topics
234 Rhetoric
dence of adequate preparation for such study litical science, economics, sociology, and cul-
and consent of staff member supervising the ture of the area. 3 hours.
work. 2 to 12 units. May be repeated.
Study or Research
290. Individual
Directed reading or research on selected
Consent of instructor
topics. Prerequisite: Scandinavian
supervising the work. 3 hours. May be
repeated in separate semesters to a maximum
of 6 hours. (See Germanic Languages and Literature)
Rhetoric 295. Senior Seminar

Interdisciplinary seminar normally taken in
(See English) the senior year. Involving faculty in a number
of disciplines, this course approaches under-
standing Russia and Eastern Europe, and the
methodologies of its study, through questions
of identities, cultural values, and change.
Taught in conjunction with REES 450. Prereq-
uisite: Declared major in Russian and East Sculpture
European Studies or consent of instructor; jun-
ior or senior standing. 3 hours. May be re-
peated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts for
Romance Linguistics advanced hours in L A S.)
450. Seminar in Russian and East European

(See Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese) Studies
Interdisciplinary seminar required for candi-
dates for the Master of Arts in REES. Team-
taught, focusing each year on an introduction
to Russian and East European studies as a dis-
Serbo-Croatian
cipline, plussurveys of four distinct areas of
scholarly inquiry in the field. 1 unit. (See Slavic Languages and Literature)
490. Individual Study or Research

Rural Sociology Directed reading or research on selected topics
for graduate students. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor supervising the work. '/» to 2 units.
(See Human and Community Development) May be repeated in the same or separate
semesters to a maximum of 2 units.
495. Independent Research Project

Slavic Languages
Designed to meet the research paper require- and Literature
ment for the M. A. in Russian and East Euro-
pean Studies; taken under supervision of a
faculty member in the Russian and East Eu-
Acting Head of Department: Maurice Friedberg
Russian ropean Center. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Department Office: 3092 Foreign Languages
M.A. program in REES, and consent of the Di- Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
Phone: 333-0680
(See Slavic Languages and Literature) rector of the Russian and East European Stud-
ies Center. 1 unit. Does not count as an area
URL: www.lang.uiuc.edu/slavic/home.html
studies core course.
Including Bulgarian (BULG), Czech (CZECH),
499. Thesis Research Polish (POL), Russian (RUSS), Serbo-Croatian
Designed to meet the thesis requirement for (S CR), Slavic (SLAV), and Ukrainian (UKR)
the M.A. in Russian and East European

Studies; taken under supervision of a faculty
Bulgarian (BULG)
Russian and East member in the Russian and East European
Center. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the M.A.
European Studies program in REES, and consent of the Director 381. Structure of Modern Bulgarian
of the Russian and East European Center. to Analysis of the sound system and grammar
2 units. May be repeated in separate semesters of the contemporary Bulgarian language.
Director of Department: Mark Steinberg Prerequisite: RUSS 214 or equivalent. 3 hours
to a maximum of 2 units. Approved for S/U
Department Office: 104 International Studies orVt unit.
grading only. Does not count as an area studies
Building, 910 South Fifth Street, Champaign
core course.
Phone: 333-1244 382. Readings in Bulgarian Literature
URL: www.uiuc.edu/unit/reec Reading, analysis, and discussion of selected
excerpts from Bulgarian literature, scientific
prose, and the press. Prerequisite: BULG 381
Russian and East European Studies or consent of instructor. 3 hours or, V* or 1 unit.
(REES)
200. Introduction to Russia and Central

Sanskrit Czech (CZECH)
Eurasia
Survey of the societies and states formerly (See Linguistics) 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
constituted as the Soviet Union. Interdiscipli- 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
nary and team-taught; combines lectures, dis-
cussions, and films covering the history, po-
Slavic Languages and Literature 235
383.The Structure of Modem Czech 386. Readings in Polish 115. Russian Masterpieces in Translation, I
Analysis of the sound system and grammar Reading and analysis of selected texts. Introduction to major works from the medi-
of the contemporary Czech language with Prerequisite: POL 385 or consent of instructor. eval period to 1880 in the context of Russian
some its historical development.
reference to 3 hours or Va unit. history and European literature. 3 hows. No
Prerequisite: Knowledge of another Slavic knowledge of Russian required.
language, preferably Russian, or consent of
instructor. 3 hours or ¥> unit. Russian (RUSS) 116.Russian Masterpieces in Translation, II
Introduction to major works from 1880 to the
384.Readings in Czech Note: Courses taught in Russian are 211, 213, present in the context of Russian history and
Reading and analysis of selected texts. 214, 215, 216, 301, 313, 314, 376, and 422. European literature. 3 hours. No knowledge
Prerequisite: CZECH 383, or consent of of Russian required.
3
instructor. 3 hours or /i unit. 101. First- Year Russian, I
Oral-aural practice and elements of grammar, 119. Introduction to Russian and Soviet
reading, and writing. For students who have Film
Polish (POL) no credit in Russian. 4 hours. Students may not Survey of major films, film makers, and trends
receive credit for both RUSS 101 and 121. from Tolstoi adaptations through the revolu-
101. Elementary Polish, I tionary Eisenstein to current satire. Weekly
Oral and written work on basic pronunciation, 102. First- Year Russian, II film screenings. 2 hours. No knowledge of
grammar, and vocabulary. For students with Continuation of RUSS 101 Oral-aural practice
.
Russian required.
no prior work in Polish. 4 hours. and elements of grammar, reading, and
writing. Prerequisite: RUSS 101. 4 hours. 121. Beginning Russian for Reading
102.Elementary Polish, II Survey of all grammar and basic vocabulary
Continuation of POL 101. Prerequisite: POL 103. Second-Year Russian, I in one semester, in preparation for the reading
101. 4 hours. Oral-aural practice, systematic functional of Russian prose in RUSS 200. No emphasis
grammar, reading, and writing. Prerequisite: on speaking or writing: all exercises and tests
103. Intermediate Polish, I RUSS 102 or equivalent. 4 hours. are from Russian to English. 3 hours. Students
Grammar review, conversation practice, may not receive credit for both RUSS 121 and
written exercises, and selected readings. 104. Second-Year Russian, II 101.
Prerequisite: POL 102 or equivalent. 4 hours. Systematic review of the structure of Russian
covered in RUSS 101-103 through class 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
104. Intermediate Polish, II lectures, drills, and homework exercises. Study of selected topics on an individually
Continuation of POL 103. Prerequisite: POL Prerequisite: RUSS 103. 4 hours. arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
103. 4 hours. or to Cohn Scholars. Prerequisite: Consent of
105. Conversational Russian departmental honors adviser. lto3 hours. May
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Service course to the professional colleges. be repeated once.
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Introduction to and practice in speaking and
reading Russian. Course is designed for the 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
215. Introduction to Polish Literature, I applied use of daily living in contemporary 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
Reading and discussion of representative Russia and includes topics of interest to
prose and poetry works of Polish authors since students studying business, agriculture, 200. Intermediate Reading and Translation
1863. All readings are in the original language; engineering, and the sciences. Does not serve Development of rapid reading comprehension
the course emphasis is in the development of as a prerequisite for advanced courses in and vocabulary acquisition; includes unadapted
language skills. Prerequisite: POL 104 or Russian without departmental approval that nonfiction texts in various humanities and sci-
consent of instructor. 3 hours. usually requires a proficiency examination at ence fields. Class discussion entirely in En-
may not receive
the 104 level. 3 hours. Students glish. Prerequisite: RUSS 104 or 121. 3 hours.
216. Introduction to Polish Literature, II
credit for RUSS 105, and for RUSS 101 and 102.
Reading and discussion of representative 213. Russian Composition, I
prose and poetry works of Polish authors to 111. Intensive First- Year Russian Grammar review; training in writing Russian;
1863. All readings are in the original language; Accelerated course; covers material of RUSS translation from English and free composition.
the course emphasis is development of
in the 101 and 102 in one semester. Allows for more Prerequisite: RUSS 104 or consent of instructor.
language skills. Prerequisite: POL 215 or efficient scheduling, more effective drilling, 3 hours.
consent of instructor. 3 hours. and quicker mastery of basic grammar and
vocabulary. 8 hours. 214. Intermediate Composition and
345. Polish Literature in Translation, I Conversation, II
Same as C LIT 335. Critical survey, in transla- 112. Intensive Second-Year Russian Practice in intermediate-level speaking,
tion, of Polish literature from the Middle Ages Accelerated course; covers material of RUSS listening, reading, and writing, based upon
to the end of the nineteenth century; special 103 and 104 in one semester. Allows for more advanced grammar and conversation topics
attention given to the works in their cultural efficient scheduling, more effective drilling, and upon readings from current fiction and
context. 3 hours or 1 unit. and quicker mastery of intermediate grammar nonfiction. Students are expected to write
and vocabulary. Prerequisite: RUSS 102 or 111. essays and give oral reports based on in-class
346. Polish Literature in Translation, II assignments and outside interests. Prerequisite:
8 hours.
Same as C
LIT 336. Critical study, in transla- RUSS 213, or consent of department. 3 hours.
tion, of modern Polish fiction, drama, poetry, 113. Russian Civilization through (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
and essay, from Young Poland to the "New Literature
Wave"; their contribution to literary styles and The civilization of pre-Soviet Russia as 215. Introduction to Russian Literature, I
genres in Poland and abroad; special emphasis reflected in Russian literature of the time. 3 Reading and analysis of 20th century Russian
on Wyspianski, Witkiewicz, and Gombrowicz. hours. literary texts; conducted in Russian. Prerequi-
3 hours or 1 unit. site: Three years of college Russian or consent
114. Soviet and Post-Soviet Societies of instructor. 3 hours.

385. The Structure of Modern Polish Through Literature
Analysis of the sound system and grammar The political, cultural, and social realities of 216. Introduction to Russian Literature, II
of the contemporary Polish language. Prereq- the Soviet Union and its successor states as Reading and analysis of 19th-century Russian
uisite: Knowledge of another Slavic language reflected in the pertinent literature. 3 hours. literary texts; conducted in Russian. Prerequi-
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or lA unit. site: Three years of college Russian or consent
of instructor. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced

hours in LAS.)
236 Slavic Languages and Literature
222. Dostoevsky and Tolstoy essays and give oral reports based on what 355. Russian Long Fiction
Same as C LIT 248. The art and thought of two they read in class and on their outside Survey of the evolution of the Russian novel
and the world's, greatest novelists.
of Russia's, interests. Prerequisite: RUSS 313 or consent of and short novel, with emphasis on major
Readings and discussions in English. 3 hoars. instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit. authors. Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or 116, or
(May count for advanced hours in L A S. See consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit.
LAS Handbook.) 315. Nineteenth-Century Literature in Offered in alternate years.
Translation
225. Soviet and Post-Soviet Russian Same as C LIT 337. Study of major Russian 360. Studies in Russian Literature and
Literature writers from Pushkin through Chekhov; no Society
Same as C LIT 249. Major works since 1917 knowledge of Russian required. 3 hours, or Vt Same as C LIT 340. Role of Russian literature
by Mayakovsky, Babel, Olesha, Bulgakov, or 1 unit. in the social, political, and intellectual life of
Sholokhov, and others; readings and discus- Russia from the 1840s to the present. Prerequi-
sion in English. 3 hours. (May count for ad- 317. Twentieth-Century Literature in site: Junior standing. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
vanced hours in L A S. See LAS Handbook.) Translation

Same as C LIT 338. Study of major Russian 375.Russian Literary Translation
271. Introduction to Second Language writers from 1900 to the present; no knowl- Theory and practice of literary translation in
Learning and Teaching edge of Russian required. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 Russia from the eighteenth century to the
Same as FR, GER, HUMAN, LAT, and SPAN unit. present; "literal" versus "creative" translation;
271. See HUMAN 271. and practical work in translation into English
324. Russian Modernism of various Russian literary texts. Prerequisite:
275.Developing and Implementing Same as C LIT 357. Representative works of RUSS 214 or 216, or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vt
Communicative Language Teaching the period 1880 to 1917, with emphasis on or 1 unit.
Same as FR, GER, LAT, and SPAN 275. See Chekhov, Gorky, and Blok; readings for
SPAN 275. nonmajors and class discussions in English. 376.Russian Literary Criticism and Theory
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of Surveys major figures and approaches in
278. Current Issues in Secondary Language instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Russian literary theory and criticism from the
Teaching eighteenth century to the present. Prerequisite:
Same as FR, GER, LAT, and SPAN 278. See 335. Russian Drama RUSS 212 or 214; or equivalent proficiency. 3
SPAN 278. Same as C LIT 368. Historical survey of hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Taught in Russian.
Russian dramatists and their works, from the
290.Readings in Russian origins in folk and liturgical playlets through 400. Beginning Russian for Graduate
Individual topics or projects chosen in classicism, Gogol, Ostrovsky, Chekhov, and Students
consultation with a Slavic Department Stanislavsky to Meierhold and the Soviet Basic grammar and vocabulary; introduction
representative. Prerequisite: RUSS 104 or drama. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent to thereading of Russian texts in the sciences
equivalent proficiency. 1 to 4 hours. May be of instructor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. and the humanities. Designed for graduate
repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. students preparing to offer a reading knowl-
338.Modern Russian Poetry edge of Russian for the Ph.D. 3 hours. No
293. Honors Senior Thesis Study of major Russian poets and their works graduate credit.
Intended primarily for candidates for honors from romanticism to the present. Historical
in Russian but open to other seniors. Prerequi- background, textual analysis, and connections 401.Readings in Russian for Graduate
site: Senior standing. 2 hours. May be repeated. with Western European poetry. Prerequisite: Students
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) RUSS 216 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Reading and translation of general and indi-
Vt or 1 unit. vidually specialized materials, to increase
307. Structure of Russian speed, accuracy, and vocabulary; designed for
The syntax and morphology of modern 344.Pushkin and Russian Romanticism graduate students preparing to offer a read-
Russian. Prerequisite: Three years of Russian Study of major authors of the romantic period, ing knowledge of Russian for the Ph.D. Pre-
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit. with the inclusion of several lesser authors, requisite: RUSS 400 or equivalent. 3 hours. No
such as Mikhail Lermontov. Historical back- graduate credit.
308. Russian Phonetics and Pronunciation ground, textual analysis, and connections with
Study of the Russian sound system; training Western European romanticism. Prerequisite: 406.Russian Morphology
in the improvement of pronunciation and RUSS 115 or 116 or consent of instructor. 3 Survey of the various parts of speech of
intonation. Prerequisite: Three years of Russian hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Offered in alternate years. modem standard literary Russian with special
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or ¥* unit. emphasis on the nominal and verbal systems.
345. Nineteenth-Century Russian Realism Prerequisite: RUSS 307 or equivalent. 1 unit.
313. Advanced Composition and Study of the major texts of nineteenth century
Conversation, I Russian realism, including works by Turgenev, 408. Russian Phonology
Practice in advanced speaking, listening, Goncharov, Nekrasov, Dostoevsky, and Same as LING 408. The sound pattern of
reading, and writing, based upon reading Tolstoy. Historical background, relevant intel- Russian in synchronic and diachronic
its
selected from current fiction and nonfiction, lectual currents, textual analysis, and connec- aspects. Prerequisite: RUSS 308 or equivalent.
and covering a wide variety of styles; literary, tions with Western European realist authors. 1 unit.
conversational, scientific, etc. Course taught Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or 116, or consent of in-
in Russian. Students are expected to write structor. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Offered in al- 410.Old Russian Literature
essays and give oral reports based on what ternate years. Reading and analysis of texts with historical
they read in class and on their outside and literary commentary. Prerequisite: SLAV
interests. Prerequisite: Three years of college 354. Russian Short Fiction 405 or equivalent. 3 unit
Russian or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt Survey of the evolution of the Russian short
unit. story/novella with the emphasis on major 412. Literature of the Eighteenth Century
authors such as Tolstoy and Chekhov. Histori- Reading of texts; historical and literary
314. Advanced Composition and cal background, textual analysis, and connec- background of the period. 1 unit.
Conversation, II
tions with the Western tradition of short fic-
Practice in advanced speaking, listening, tion. Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or 116, or consent 417. History of the Russian Language
reading, and writing, based upon reading of instructor. 3 hours, or A
3
or 1 unit. Offered in Historical grammar, origin, and development
selected from current fiction and nonfiction, alternate years. of the literary language. Prerequisite: SLAV 380
and covering wide variety of styles: literary,
a or 405 or equivalent. 1 unit.
conversational, scientific, etc. Course taught
in Russian. Students are expected to write
Slavic Languages and Literature 237
422. Russian Emigre Literature 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 491. Individual Topics
Seminar of the most influential Russian 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours. Prerequisite: Graduate standing with a major
emigre poets, prose writers, and critics: or minor in Russian; consent of department.
Adamovich, Aldanov, Bunin, Hippius, Georgy 319. Studies in Russian and East European 'A to 2 units.
Ivanov, Poplavsky, Remizov, Solzhenitsyn, Cinema
Teffi, Tsvetaeva, Nabokov, and Zaytsev. Same as CINE, COMM, and SPCOM 319. 499. Thesis Research
Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 2 unit. Taught Study and analysis of major film makers, to 4 units.
in Russian. genres, trends, and theories, including the
1920's Soviet avant garde and the Polish and
463. College Teaching of Foreign Czech "New Wave" since 1953; lectures, Ukrainian (UKR)
Languages discussions, screenings, term paper. No
Same as E I L, FR,GER, ITAL, PORT, and reading knowledge of Russian required, 101. Basic Ukrainian, I
SPAN 463. See FR 463. except for majors in Slavic Languages and Oral and written work on basic pronunciation,
Literature. Prerequisite: RUSS 119; or a college grammar, and vocabulary. For students with
481.Seminar in Linguistic and level course REES or in CINE; or consent of no previous study of Ukrainian. 4 hours.
Psychological Foundations of Language instructor. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
Teaching 102. Basic Ukrainian, II
Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, and 352. Topics in Russian Literature and Continuation of UKR 101. Prerequisite: UKR
SPAN 481. See FR 481. Slavic Literature 101 or equivalent proficiency. 4 hours.
Selected topics in the literatures of Russia and
Eastern Europe. Topics covered will range 103. Intermediate Ukrainian, I
Serbo-Croatian (S CR) from in-depth studies of specific authors, time Completion of grammar, oral drills, and
periods, and thematic discussions of specific written exercises. Prerequisite: UKR 102 or
101. Basic Serbian or Croatian, I genre and literary traditions. Readings in equivalent. 4 hours.
Oral and written work on pronunciation, English unless specified. Prerequisite: Two
grammar, and vocabulary. For students with years of literature, preferably Russian or East 104. Intermediate Ukrainian, II
no previous study of Serbian or Croatian. 4 European; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Selected readings in contemporary Ukrainian
hours. 1 unit. May be repeated in same semester to a
literature. Prerequisite: UKR 103 or equivalent.
maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. May be 4 hours.

102. Basic Serbian or Croatian, II repeated in separate semesters to a maximum
Continuation of S CR 101. Prerequisite: S CR 115. Ukrainian Culture
of 9 hours or 3 units.
101 or equivalent proficiency. 4 hours. Course situates Ukrainian culture in the broad
377. East European Literatures context of Slavic nations. Acquaints students
103. Intermediate Serbian or Croatian, I Same as C LIT 377. Examines masterpieces of with Ukrainian culture from the origins of
Completion of grammar; written and oral Czech, Polish, and Yugoslav literatures from Kievan Rus' in the Middle Ages to the present.
exercises aimed at active command of the medieval times to the present in English Includes highlights of historical-cultural
language. Prerequisite: S CR 102 or equivalent translation. Representative works are by events, an overview of literature and of the
proficiency. 4 hours. Capek, Kundera, Mickiewicz, Milosz, Andric, arts, as well as an outline of history in Ukrai-
and others. Attention given to the European nian folklore. No knowledge of Ukrainian re-
104. Intermediate Serbian or Croatian, II context and national traditions. Prerequisite: quired. 3 hours.
Selected readings in Serbian or Croatian One course in Slavic literature. 3 hours, or %
literature and culture. Prerequisite: S CR 103 or 1 unit.
118. Ukrainian Literature in Translation
or equivalent proficiency. 4 hours. Critical survey of major works in Ukrainian
380. Introduction to Slavic Linguistics literature from the beginnings to the modern
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Same as LING 380. The development of Com- period in light of their historical and cultural
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. mon Slavic from Indo-European and its rela- background; lectures and readings in English.
tionship to contemporary Slavic languages. 3 hours.
392. Structure of Modern Serbian or
Prerequisite: Knowledge of a Slavic language.
Croatian
3 hours, or % or 1 unit.
Analysis of the sound system and grammar 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
of the contemporary Serbian or Croatian Study and Research in
language. Prerequisite: Knowledge of another Slavic Languages and Literatures Ukrainian Literature in Translation
398.
Slavic language or consent of instructor. 3 Introduction to methods and resources for
Critical survey of major works in Ukrainian
hours or % unit.
study and research in Slavic languages, literature from the beginnings to the modern
Russian literature, and Russian language period in light of their historical and cultural
393. Readings in Serbian and Croatian background; lectures and readings in English.
teaching. 2 hours, or 'A or Vz unit.
Reading and analysis of selected texts. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: S CR 392 or consent of instructor. 382. Computer-Based Foreign Language
3 hours, or V* or 1 unit.
Teaching
Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN,
Slavic (SLAV)
ITAL, PORT, and SPAN 382, and LING 386.
See HUMAN382.
117. Russian and East European Science 405. Old Church Slavonic
Fiction Analysis of grammar and reading of texts.
Survey of the science fiction writing of Russia Prerequisite: Knowledge of a Slavic language.
and the countries of Eastern Europe since 3 unit.
1750, with particular emphasis on the post-
World War II period. The role of the science 425. Seminar in Slavic Literature
fiction tradition in the respective national Selected subjects in Russian and Slavic prose,
The influence on Russian and East
cultures. poetry, drama, and literary criticism. Topics
European science fiction of Anglo-American vary. 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum
science fiction. All readings are in English. 3 of 3 units.
hours.
238 Social Science
303. Delivery of Health Care: Problems and 319. Social Work and the Public School
Perspectives Social work services in schools as a process in
The wide range of factors —ecological, social, school-community-pupil relations; focuses on
cultural, medical, organizational, economic, the school as a social system; includes educa-
—
and political which influence health care in tion as a continuum from pre-school to adult-
Social Science a complex nation like the United States; hood, financing and other major problem ar-
attention to perspectives from various fields eas, education, legislation, policies, and
of study. Prerequisite: Junior standing and service needs, some current education inno-
Office: Peter F. Nardulli consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. vations; contains content related to meeting
Address: 361 Lincoln Hall, 702 South Wright the needs of exceptional children and their
Street, Urbana 310. Social Welfare Policy and Services families in the public schools. Prerequisite:
Phone: 333-3881 Criticalstudy of the income maintenance sys- Graduate standing in social work or consent
URL: www.pol.uiuc.edu tem in the United States as a response to the of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
problems of inequality of opportunity and
income, poverty, and income security; consid- 320. Prevention and Treatment of
Social Science (SOC S) eration of alternative approaches with discus- Substance Abuse
sion of the social worker's role in the system. Multidimensional factors associated with
300. Socio-Economic Management as 3 hours or 1 unit. treatment and prevention of addiction in
Public Policy society are examined. Emphasis is placed on
Same as ACCY 322, B ADM and POL S 300. 313. Social Services for Health and the relationship between drug use and a broad
See POL S 300. Rehabilitation range of social circumstances associated with
Psychological and sociological impact of ill- the socio-economic status, race /ethnicity, and
ness and disability on the individual, the fam- gender. Particular attention is given to policy
ily, and the community, emphasizing the so- and service issues regarding the treatment and
cial worker's role in medical and rehabilitation pevention of drug abuse from an ecological
settings. Prerequisite: Admission to MSW
pro- perspective (i.e., the social environments,
gram, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. physical settings, and community contexts
Social Work 314. Social Services in Mental Health and
that support or inhibit the development of
drug problems). Prerequisite: Admission to
Retardation MSW program or consent of instructor. 3 hours
Dean of School of Social Work: Doner Kagle
Jill Examination of comprehensive community or 1 unit.
School Office: 1207 West Oregon Street, Urbana mental health services as they evolve from
Phone: 333-2261 definitions of the problems and changes in 322. Introduction to Mental Retardation
URL: www.social.uiuc.edu federal and state social policy; the concept of Same as PSYCH, REHAB, and SP ED 322. See
normalization and its criteria for program SP ED 322.
evaluation; and changing roles of mental
Social Work (SOC W) health professionals, paraprofessionals, and 327. Research Methods in Social Work
consumers in policy making and service Practice
100. Contemporary Social Work delivery. Prerequisite: Admission to MSW Objectives of research pertaining to social
Broad survey of the field of social welfare; program, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 work practice; design of experiments; mea-
introduction to social services, social welfare unit. surement and methods of collecting data; de-
organizations, major social problems and sign of questionnaires and schedules; meth-
target population groups, and the methods 315. Social Work Services for the Aged ods of data analysis including statistical
employed in service to individuals, groups, Social needs of older people in the context of hypothesis testing and applications of infer-
and communities; and includes the range of developing services and income transfer ential techniques; interpretation of results; and
personnel and skills in social work agencies, benefits; identifies major issues in social preparation of reports. Prerequisite: An intro-
and the means of education and training for service delivery; and reviews methods of ductory course in statistics; and for fall semes-
social work. 3 hours. intervention on behalf of older people in terms ter enrollment is limited to social work stu-
of both skill required and policy implications. dents. 3 hours or 1 unit.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Prerequisite: Admission to MSW program, or
1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 351.Human Behavior and Social
Environment, I
297. Asian Families in America 316. Social Services for Children and Current research and theory concerning the
Offers a comparative analysis of Asian Families environmental influences on individual
families as they cope and adapt to American Child and family welfare policies and practice behavior; the family, small group, community,
society. Examines: 1) how families from four in relation to social services which support, and social organization and the social and
major Asian-American groups (Chinese, supplement, or substitute for parental care of cultural causes and effects of discrimination.
Indian, Japanese and Korean) function in children; practice and policy issues in relation The social work practice context of each unit
American society; 2) how these families to the state's responsibility for guardianship, of content is a central focus. Prerequisite: For
compare to families in their country of origin; juvenile court, employment of children and fall semester enrollment is limited to social
and 3) how these families are similar to or young persons, and regulation of child-care work students. 3 hours or 1 unit.
differentfrom the "typical American" family. facilities; and consideration of trends and
Includes visits to Asian cultural institutions issues in family and child welfare planning. 357. Health Planning
and with Asian families. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Admission to MSW program, or Same as CHLTH 357. See CHLTH 357.
300. Methods of Social Work Intervention 400. Comparative Analysis of Approaches
Examination of the methods of social work 318. Special Problems to Casework
intervention (casework, group work, and Small group seminar for independent study Systematic and critical examination of selected
community organization) utilized in various of a topic or topics of special interest in the approaches, conceptualizations, procedures,
social work agencies and social welfare field of social welfare; emphasis on examina- and techniques in casework theory and prac-
settings; emphasis on understanding of the tion and discussion and current
of significant tice; includes the employment of a framework
values, knowledge, principles, and processes social welfare issues and problems. Prerequi- for the analysis and assessment of the vari-
of social work practice. Prerequisite: Admission site: Credit or concurrent registration in SOC ous approaches, study of research related to
to MSW program. 3 hours or 1 unit. W 300; consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. process and outcome, and identification of
practice issues. Prerequisite: SOC W 300. 1 unit.
Social Work 239
401. Comparative Approaches to Social 427. Service Accounting in Social Welfare 451. Women: Society and Social Welfare
Group Work Practice Examines different types of services, to whom Issues
Social work practice theory in social group they are provided at what costs and with what Same as W
S 451. Examination and critical
work through comparative study of various within a systems perspective, consid-
results; evaluation of current research on theory
practice approaches; includes the utilization ers methods of describing, reporting, and concerning the environmental influences on
of the group work method in contemporary measuring client and target population char- women's behavior and application of these
social work practice, practice principles, and acteristics, services,and resources; and in- ideas in practice and policy; attention given
the use of group process. Prerequisite: SOC W cludes allocation of scarce resources among to both dynamics of victimization and change
300. 2 unit. competing demands and practice in specific strategies as they affect women and children
methods. Prerequisite: SOC W
327 or equiva- in the social welfare system; emphasis on
402. Comparative Approaches in lent. 2 unit. issues of special concern to poor and minority
Community Organization Practice women. Prerequisite: SOC W
351 or consent of
Principles and methods which characterize 428. Family Therapy Seminar and instructor. 1 unit.
identifiable approaches used in community Practicum
organization practice at neighborhood, The principles, issues, and practices of family 452. Human Growth and Behavior and the
community, state, and other levels. Prerequisite: therapy; examines and compares major Social Environment, II: Psychosocial
Graduate standing in social work; SOC W 300 theoretical concepts; and enables students to Disorders
or consent of instructor. 2 unit. learn how to do family therapy by studying Interrelationship of physical, emotional, learn-
theory and applying it in an actual practice ing,and social aspects of behavior disorders,
405. Behavior Modification in Social Work experience. Prerequisite: SOC W 400 or consent and implications for the patient, family, and
Examination of conceptual ideas about of instructor. 2 unit. community; psychopathology, including neu-
behavior modification and their usefulness in roses, psychoses, character disorders, organic
working with clinical problems of concern to 431. Practice in Organizational Settings conditions, psychophysiologic disorders, and
the social worker; focuses on intervention with Critical analysis of social work practice: the mental retardation; and diagnosis and treat-
individuals and families and the application agency's target population and clientele, task ment methods, including psychotherapy, so-
of behavioral principles in working with environment, structure, functions, task defi- matic and drug therapies, and social work.
groups, institutions, and communities; and nitions, monitoring and planning mecha- Prerequisite: SOC W 351 or equivalent. 2 unit
emphasizes the development of a systematic nisms; methods of service delivery; ethical and
approach for applying behavior modification legal considerations in service delivery; the 461. Special Studies in Social Work, I
principles in actual practice situations. impact of racism, ethnocentrism, and sexism Independent or group study in areas of special
Prerequisite: SOC W 300. 2 unit. on socialwork practice. Section for school so- interest; application of social work principles
cial work students contains content related to to special problems or settings. Prerequisite:
406. Intervention with Children and meeting the needs of exceptional children and Consent of instructor. l
A to 2 units.
Adolescents their families in the public schools. Prerequi-
Examination and critical evaluation of selected site: Concurrent registration in SOC W 468. 2 462. Special Studies in SocialWork, II
methods/approaches of intervention; re- unit. Independent or group study in areas of special
search on their effectiveness and application interest; application of social work principles
to specific problems of children and adoles- 432. Practice Evaluation to special problems or settings. Prerequisite:
cents that come to the attention of social work- Evaluation of social work practice: defining Consent of instructor. Vi to 2 units.
ers and other helping professionals; attention practice problems; operationalizing goals and
given to remediation and prevention. Prereq- objectives; developing hypotheses; designing 468. Field Instruction, II
uisite: SOC W
351 or equivalent, and SOC W evaluation plans to test hypotheses; describing The student is assigned to field instructors for
300 or consent of instructor. 2 unit. interventions; collecting, analyzing, and learning experiences in social agencies and
interpreting data; and presenting results. communities. Such experiences include the
407. School Social Work Practice Students complete an evaluation of some use of knowledge and understanding in
Ecological systems approach to social work aspect of their own practice or their agency's analyses of case and problem situations and
intervention within the public school system; program. Prerequisite: SOC W
431; concurrent in direct service to agency clientele. Prerequi-
examination of practice principles, issues, and registration in SOC W 469. 2 unit. site: Consent of instructor. 1 to 2 units.
strategies for organizational change, collabo-

rative team work with school and community 435. Supervision/Consultation/Staff 469. Field Instruction, III
professionals,and intervention, especially Development The student is assigned to field instructors for
group work, with students and families; con- The philosophy, objectives, principles, and learning experiences in social agencies and
tains content related to meeting the needs of methods of social work supervision, consul- communities. Such experiences include the
exceptional children and their families. Pre- tation, and training for staff development; use of knowledge and understanding in
requisite: SOC W
300 and graduate status, or analysis of similarities and differences in roles, analyses of case and problem situations and
consent of instructor. 2 unit knowledge, and skills required with empha- in direct service to agency clientele. Prerequi-
sison the teaching-learning-evaluating com- site: SOC W 468. 2 to 2 units.
420. Social Welfare Planning ponents; and issues arising from agency set-
Examination of the interactional, interper- ting, changing legislation and program 484. National Social Welfare Policy, I
sonal, and political aspects of social welfare provisions, and relationships to social welfare Analyzes alternative concepts of social policy,
planning in a variety of settings and under a administration. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- the policy formulation process, and con-
number of auspices; formulation of models for ing in social work or consent of instructor. 1 straints on policy development in the United
social welfare planning. Prerequisite: Admis- unit. States; examines approaches to assessment of
sion to MSW program or consent of instruc- social policies. 2 unit.
tor. 2 unit. 439. Theory of Social Work Interventions
Presents theory for social work interventions 485. National Social Welfare Policy, II
426. Social Welfare Administration with individuals, families, groups, and com- Emphasis on the case approach within the
Principles and process of administration and munities and organizations; critically analyzes context of basic political and governmental
management of social welfare organizations, different theoretical frameworks for such in- processes which influence the development,
including review of organization theory, terventions; and examines the conceptual enactment, and application of national policy;
policy formulation, agency structure and staff links between theory, process, outcome, and analytical study of the background, legislative
organization, and budgeting. Prerequisite: evaluations. Prerequisite: SOC W
400, 401, and amendments, judicial interpretations,
history,
Admission to MSW
program or consent of 402. 2 unit. and operation of major national acts compris-
instructor. 2 unit. ing our national social welfare policy, or bear-
ing directly on social welfare such as the So-
240 Sociology
cial Security Act, the Employment Act, the Sociology (SOC) rary theorists. Prerequisite: Sophomore stand-
Civil Rights Acts, and the Economic Oppor- ing. 3 hours.
tunity Act. Prerequisite: SOC W 484 or consent 100. Introduction to Sociology
of instructor. Vi to 2 units. 201. Introduction to Social Psychology
Examination of how societies grow and
The social context of individual and interper-
change; reciprocal effects of economic, politi-
489. SocialWork and the Law cal,community, familial, and scientific insti-
sonal behavior. Observation, experimental,
Legal procedures and issues of special tutions on each other and on individual life
and survey studies of: socialization; language
relevance to social work practice; includes acquisition and use; sources and changes of
changes; and social conflict, problems of bu-
legal provisions related to poverty, family self concept; social interaction; emotions; co-
reaucratic growth and planned and un-
development and crises, racial and ethnic ordination of interpersonal behavior; indi-
planned social change. 4 hours.
minorities, institutionalized persons, crime vidual and interpersonal aggression, violence,
and delinquency, legal authority of social 108. The Sacred Mind: Religion and and control; and adoption or rejection of in-
agencies, and regulation of the profession. Society in Western Thought from novations through social networks. Prerequi-
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in social work Antiquity to the Enlightenment site: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. Credit is not

Same as ANTH, PHIL, and RELST 108. See given for both SOC and PSYCH 201.
RELST 108.
490. Advanced Child Welfare 206. Political Sociology
The unifying theme is strengthening families, 109.The Secular Mind: Religion and Study of power relations within and between
establishing permanent and/or stable homes Society in Western Thought from the the state, bureaucracy, community, social
for children and youth, and preparing young Enlightenment to the Present classes, and elites in the United States and
people for independent living. The class is Same as ANTH, PHIL, and RELST 109. See other countries. 3 hours.
conducted in a seminar format, and priority RELST 109.
isgiven to the stimulation of analytical think- 218. Technology and Society
ing between and among seminar participants 122. Africa in World Perspective Examines the social and cultural origins of
and the application of new ideas to child wel- Examination of Africa in the context of the modern technology and technological inno-
fare practice. The goal of the course is to fa- world-economy, with particular attention vation; the effects of technology and its change
cilitate critical analysis of the knowledge base placed upon enduring cultural and material on society. Topics include the impact of tech-
of child welfare. Prerequisite: SOC W 316; ad- relationships with Europe and North America.
nology on beliefs and values, accommodation
mission to the MSW program or consent of 3 hours.
and resistance to change, and technology and
instructor. 1 unit. the Third World. 3 hours.
131. Social Problems
491. Research Seminar Origin of problems; consequences of amelio- 222. Introduction to Modern Africa
Seminar for students preparing research rative strategies. Typical topics include crime, Same as AFRST, ANTH, and POL S 222. See
projects, either in groups or individually; mental illness, drug use, suicide, sexual be- AFRST 222.
experience in the application of research havior, violence, and intergroup conflict. 3
methods to current social work problems. 223. Social Stratification
hours.
Prerequisite: SOC W
327 or equivalent. 1 to 2 Inequities in power, prestige, income, privi-
units. 145. Introduction to Women's Studies in lege,and lifestyles in the United States and
the Social Sciences other countries; class and status as determi-
493. Seminar: Design of Social Work Same as HDFS 145 and W S 112. See W S 112. nants of group interests, ideologies, and in-
teraction; and effects of social change and
Research
Issues and problems in social work research; The Construction of Science
150. mobility. Prerequisite: SOC 100. 3 hours.
includes proof and verification, generalizability, What scientists actually do; readings, discus-
and use of scaling and of judgments; and de- sions, and essay projects to develop an under- 225. Race and Ethnicity
sign of original research study. Prerequisite: standing of both the technical and social as- Same as AFRO 225. Sociological and social-
Admission to Ph.D. program and SOC W 327, pects of scientific practice, what is distinctive
psychological analysis of minority groups; il-
or consent of instructor. lustrative material drawn from representative
1 unit. about science as well as illuminating the in-
racial, ethnic, and status groups. Prerequisite:
terrelation of science with other elements of
494. Individual Research our culture; includes a cultural analysis of SOC 100. 3 hours.
Course designed to enhance the research
is technology. Prerequisite: For students in the
skills of doctoral students in social work 227. Latina/ Latinos in Contemporary
Campus Honors Program; others may enroll
through research collaboration with a faculty United States Society
with the consent of instructor and the Direc-
member. Prerequisite: SOC W
493. 1 unit. May tor of the Honors Program. 3 hours.
Same as LLS 227. Examines the incorporation
be repeated in separate semesters to a of the major Latina /Latino subgroups into
maximum of 2 units. 185. Introduction to Social Statistics United States society, surveys the major
theoretical approaches that have been used in
Same as GEOG
185. First course in social
499. Thesis Research students without mathematics
statistics for
the social sciences to explain majority-Latino
Research and writing of doctoral thesis. to 4 relations, and provides an empirical overview
beyond the high school level; topics include
units. the role of statistics in social science inquiry,
of how major social institutions affect the daily
measures of central tendency and dispersion, lives of Larina/Latinos. Prerequisite: LLS 100
simple correlation techniques, contingency or SOC 100, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
analysis, and introduction to statistical

229. Religion and Society
inference; includes the statistical analysis of
social science data using personal computers.
Same as RELST
229. The social construction
and maintenance of religious belief and action;
4 hours. Students may not receive credit for
Sociology SOC 1 85 if they have already received credit the problem of theodicy; religious anomie and
alienation; secularization, modernization, and
for a college level introductory statistics
religious pluralism. 3 hours.
course.
Head of Department: John J. Lie
Department Office: 326 Lincoln Hall, 702 South 231. Juvenile Delinquency
Wright Street, Urbana Historical change in definitions of delin-
Phone: 333-1950 quency, its causes and control; gangs; the ju-
URL: www.soc.uiuc.edu venile justice system; treatment of offenders;
200. Introduction to Sociological Theory
Analysis of such classical theorists as Marx, and preventive programs. Prerequisite: SOC
100. 3 hours.
Weber, Durkheim, and Mead and contempo-
Sociology 241
240. Crowds, Social Movements, and finding and using sociology literature, mea- 314.Race and Ethnic Issues in Family
Violence surement, sampling, survey research, field Sociology and Education
Crowd formation and participation; recurring methods, use of available data, quantitative Same as AFRO, EPS, and HDFS 314. See E P
forms of individual and social behavior in data analysis and presentation, and computer S314.
crowds; routine and problematic crowd dis- resources for research. Prerequisite: SOC 100
persal; social movement origins and partici- and 185. 4 hours. 315. Sociology of Education
pation; growth and organization; strategies, Same as E P S 315. See E P S 315.
tactics, and consequences for participants and 287. Asian American Experiences
society; origins and consequences of racial, Same as ANTH 287. See ANTH 287. 317. Sociology of Law
prison, sports and festival riots, and of vio- Social origins and consequences of law and
lent confrontations between protest move- 290. Individual Study legal process, emphasizing problems of legal
ments and the police. 3 hours. Individual study or research project. Prereq- change and structure and function of legal
uisite: Six hours of sociology; written consent sanctions. Law and law-like phenomena in
243. Social Perspectives on the Family of instructor on form available in 326 Lincoln primitive and modern societies. Prerequisite:
Examines the societal forces shaping aspects Hall. 2 to 6 hours. May be repeated. SOC 100 or six hours of anthropology, social
of stable and changing family relations in the geography, political science, or sociology. 3
U.S. and other countries; focuses on social- 291. Honors Individual Study hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
structural factors affecting marriage, divorce, Prerequisite: Open only to seniors in the
cohabitation, child-bearing, the division of sociology major who have an overall GPA of 322. Global Racial Formation and
work and authority, and other features of life. 3.3 or higher and therefore may be eligible for Stratification
Prerequisite: SOC 100. 3 hours. departmental distinction. 3 hours. May be Examines the social construction of racial con-
repeated. (Counts for advanced hours in LA sciousness and communities as a global pro-
249. Sport and Modern Society S.) cess. Moves from the creation of a Black/
Same as KINES 249. See KINES 249. White global divide with slavery and colonial-
295. Junior-Senior Honors Seminar ism to contemporary stratification, identity,
251. Social Aspects of Mass Intensive scrutiny of current literature on one and movements. Prerequisite: SOC 122, or 225,
Communications selected topic. Critical reading and discussion or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Same as COMM and JOURN 251 See COMM .

followed by writing essays and research
251. proposals. Subject will shift yearly. There may The Philosophy of Social Science
325.
be community work as an aspect of this Same as ANTH 329 and PHIL 375. See PHIL
264. Introduction to Medical Sociology course; consult the Timetable for details. 375.
Sociology of health and illness behavior and For sociology majors only. Student
Prerequisite:
the social structure of systems which deliver must have at least 3.5 GPA in sociology courses 331. Criminology
health care services; includes social constraints and consent of instructor. 3 hours. May be Nature and extent of crime; past and present
on illness, the illness role, medical organiza- repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. (Counts theories of crime causation; criminal behavior
tions and professions, and the application of for advanced hours in LAS.) in the United States and its relation to
the illness model to deviant forms of behav- personal, structural, and cultural conditions.
ior. Prerequisite: SOC 100. 3 hours. 296. Special Topics Prerequisite: SOC 280 and 231, or consent of
Prerequisite: SOC 100 and consent of instructor. instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
265. Contemporary Korean Society 3 hours. May be repeated as topics vary.

Same as EALC 265. See EALC 265. 332.Research Methods in Social
299. Internship Psychology: Laboratory Methods
267.Pan Africanism in the Americas, Selected internship opportunities in which Same as PSYCH 332. See PSYCH 332.
Europe, and Africa student and faculty member develop a pro-
Same as AFRO, AFRST, and POL S 243. See gram of study and research related to intern- 335. Ethnography of Local Cultures
POL S 243. ship. Consult departmental undergraduate Same as ANTH and EDPSY 335. See EDPSY
adviser. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; 335.
270. Population Issues 3.0 GPA SOC ; 100, 185, and six additional
Same as R SOC 270. Examines the current hours in sociology; acceptance of faculty mem- 338. Geography of Health Care
world population situation; the historical and ber and Director of Undergraduate Studies. Same as GEOG 338. See GEOG 338.
current patterns of birth, death, migration, to 3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of
marriage, contraception, and abortion; and the 6 hours.
The Organization of Health Care
339.
world food and energy resources, crowding, Same as CHLTH 356. See CHLTH 356.
and problems of overpopulation. 3 hours. 301. European Working Class History: 1750
to the Present
340. Social Movements
275. Community Same as HIST and L I R 301 See HIST
. 301 Origins and development of groups in
Sociological analyses of community, focussing
promoting and resisting change, resource
on the social composition, dynamics, uses, 302. Sex Roles mobilization, strategies and tactics, individual
value systems, and other cultural features and Same as HDFS and W S 302. See HDFS 302. and social consequences. Prerequisite: SOC 100
collective action processes of various commu- or six hours of anthropology, social geography,
303. Gender Stratification political science, or sociology. 3 hours, or Vi or
nity types. The modern and continuing trans-
formation of communities, including disinte- Integrates sociological and feminist theories 1 unit.
gration, social construction, and intentional of stratification by first critiquing mainstream

formation, as well as persistence. Students do stratification literature and discussing the 341.Crowds and Collective Action
inadequacies of subsequent approaches, then Contemporary theory and research on the life
a small-scale community study. An intensive
comparing and contrasting various feminist course of temporary gatherings, including re-
writing course. Prerequisite: Completion of
perspectives on the links between work, ligious, sport, political, and selected other so-
campus Composition I general education re-
family, and the state. Students will identify cial gatherings. Assembling and dispersing
quirement; SOC 100 and 185. 3 hours.
potential sources of gender bias within specific processes, and recurring forms of collective
280. Social Research Methods social institutions. Prerequisite: SOC 280 or action within the intervening gatherings. Plan-
Introduction to the foundations of social re- equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or ning, mobilization, coordination, and social
search and to the major types of research meth- 1 unit. control of complex gatherings. Consequences
ods employed in sociology. Provides exposure of gatherings for participants and society. Pre-
to the major tools and terminology of social 304.Thought and Society in Early Modern requisite: SOC 280 or equivalent, and either
research, including the use ofcomputers in Europe, 1789-Present
sociology. Topics include: research design, Same as HIST 346. See HIST 346.
242 Sociology
SOC 201, 206, or 240; or consent of instructor. 200 or 218, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or topics include: analysis of categorical data
3 hours or 1 unit. 1 unit. (loglinear modelling, probit analysis, etc.);
geometric interpretation of matrices; factor
343. Social Change in Developing Areas 373. Latin American Social and Political analysis and index construction; canonical
Same as R SOC 343. See R SOC 343. Institutions analysis; discriminant analysis; unobserved
Class structures, family, kinship, religious, variables and structural equation models;
345.Communication in Environmental economic, and political institutions; trends in issues in model and estimation.
specification
Social Movements urbanization, ecological organization, and Applies computing programs such
statistical
Same as AGCOM 348, NRES 358, and ENVST population. Prerequisite: SOC 280 or consent as ECTA and LISREL to social science data.
345.SeeAGCOM348. of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Prerequisite: SOC 386 or equivalent. 3 hours or
1 unit. Students may not receive credit for both
346. Sociology of Sport 380. Methods of Field Research SOC 387 and PSYCH 307.
Same as KINES 349. See KINES 349. Instruction, training, and supervised practice
in methods of field research as a basic tool of 388. Demographic Methods
347. Environmental Sociology sociology; emphasis on the role of the field Introduction to statistical and mathematical
Same as ENVST and R SOC 347. Examination researcher as participant, observer, and inter- procedures in population analysis; the
of historical and modern consequences of viewer in various kinds of research settings, gathering, processing, and evaluating of
environmental alteration and pollution and and on approaches to and applications of field registration and census data; the life table
resource limitations on human populations in data. Prerequisite: SOC 280 or consent of in- model; and procedures of mortality and
the context of various social change theories. structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. fertility analysis and population projections.
Explores the environmental movement, Prerequisite: SOC 280 and either SOC 264 or
population explosion, the "limits to growth" 381. Survey Research 270, or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
debate, and the impacts of environmental Principles and applications of social science
change on food production, land, and water survey research methods; class project design- 396. Special Topics
quality. Prerequisite: SOC 100, R SOC 110, or ing and conducting a sample survey; training Prerequisite:SOC 100 or six hours of anthro-
equivalent; and SOC 280 or equivalent; or and experience in analysis of survey data; pology, social geography, political science, or
consent of instructor. 3 hours or ¥a unit. sampling, questionnaire construction, inter- sociology. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated
viewing and data reduction, and file manage- as topics vary.
349. Science, Technology, and ment; and direct use of the computer in sur-
Environmental Policy vey data analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 280 or 400. Classical Sociological Theory
Same as NRES 349. See NRES 349. consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Analysis of major classical sociological theo-
rists of the nineteenth and early twentieth cen-
Theory and Change
352. Attitude 385. Social Statistics, I turies, stressing the social, historical, and
Same as COMM and PSYCH 352. See PSYCH Intermediate course in the theory and appli- philosophic foundations of sociological theory;
352. methods to social science
cation of statistical primary emphasis on Marx, Durkheim, and
data. Coverage includes overviews of mea- Weber. Prerequisite: SOC 200 or equivalent. 1
Human Rights
357.
surement issues, the logic of hypothesis test- unit.
Same as POL S 357. Examines the idea of hu- ing and estimation, the general linear model,
man rights: human rights in liberal democra- one-way analysis of variance, correlation, and 401. Contemporary Sociological Theory
cies, especially in the United States; in pre-
regression. The core of the course is multiple Major theorists and schools of thought since
industrial societies; in totalitarian states. Stud-
regression analysis and its extensions. Topics World War I with emphasis on the contempo-
ies human rights and cultural evolution; jus-
include dummy variable analysis, statistical rary period; includes functionalism, exchange
tification of human rights. Prerequisite: SOC interaction, model assumptions and viola- theory, conflict theory, symbolic interaction,
100 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1
tions, nonlinear and logistic regression, and and phenomenology. Prerequisite: SOC 400 or
unit.
an introduction to path analysis. Emphasis on equivalent. 1 unit.
the application of statistical computing pack-

359. The Social Psychology of 406. Psychological Scaling:
ages (e. g., SPSS) and the substantive inter-
Organization Unidimensional Methods
pretation of results. Prerequisite: SOC 185 or
Same as PSYCH 359. See PSYCH 359. equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit. Students may not Same as PSYCH 406. See PSYCH 406.
receive credit for both this course and another
364. Population Trends and Patterns 409. Psychological Scaling:
course with a primary focus on applied mul-
Introduction to contemporary demographic Multidimensional Methods
tiple regression analysis such as ECON 173,
patterns and their historical development;
STAT 320, or PSYCH 306. Graduate students Same as PSYCH 409. See PSYCH 409.
transition theory and other models of demo-
graphic change; components of population
must incorporate research literature involving
statistical analysis from their discipline into
410.Core Seminar in Science, Technology,
growth and distribution; and trends and dif- Information, and Medicine Studies
their assignments and class discussions.
ferentials in mortality and fertility. Prerequi- Same as HIST 410. Major issues and perspec-
site: SOC 270 and 280, or consent of instruc-
386. Social Statistics, II tives in social studies of science and technol-
tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. and
Examines social science applications of the ogy, including information technology
general linear model and its extensions; top- medicine. 1 unit.
366. Sociology of Scientific Knowledge
ics include: model specification; ordinary and
Sociological analysis of the production, evalu- 414. Seminar on Social Interaction
generalized least squares; multicollinearity;
ation, theimpact of social interests on the de-
selection of predictors; interaction of variables
Same as COMM
414. Analysis of social
velopment of scientific knowledge, Kuhn's interaction based on the social psychology of
and nonlinear regression; panel and time-
analysis of science, the social shaping of tech- C. H. Cooley, G. H. Mead, and W. I. Thomas;
series data; measurement error; path analy-
nology, the rationality debate. Prerequisite: presentation of problems of theory, concepts,
sis; recursive and nonrecursive structural
SOC 200 or 218, or consent of instructor. 3 and method. Prerequisite: 1 unit of graduate
equation models. Applies statistical comput-
hours or 1 unit. credit in sociology. 1 unit.
ing packages (e.g., SPSS) to social science data.
367. Seminar in Sociology of Technology Prerequisite:SOC 385 or equivalent. 3 hours or
416. Survey Research Methods, II
1 unit. Students may not receive credit for both
Explores important contemporary perspec- Laboratory course in survey research methods
tives on the nature of technoscience (science-
SOC 386 and PSYCH 306.
to provide students with advanced training
based technology), its origins and patterns of and experience in problem formulation and
387. Social Statistics, III
development, and the distinctive social forms computerized data analysis using statistical
Examines social science applications of
within which it is embedded. Prerequisite: SOC packages, e.g., SPSS; under staff guidance, a
discrete and continuous multivariate analysis;
Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese 243
student will select a topic and write a 490. Individual Topics in Sociology 103. Intermediate Italian
professional-level paper. 1 unit. Three to ten Supervised individual investigation or study Rapid reading, review of grammar, composi-
hours of laboratory time per week. of a topic not covered by regular courses; topic tion, and conversation. Prerequisite: ITAL 102
selected by the student and the proposed plan or two years of high school Italian. 4 hours.
Community Studies Theory
417. of study must be approved by the adviser and
Same as HCD and U P 417. See HCD 417. the staff member who supervises the work. V* 104. Intermediate Italian
to 2 units. Continuation of ITAL 103. Prerequisite: ITAL
418. Seminar in Industrial and Economic 103 or three years of high school Italian. 4
Sociology 494. Multivariate Analysis in Psychology hours.
Same as LIR 418. See L I R418. and Education
Same as EDPSY and PSYCH 494. See PSYCH 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
421. Demography and Human Ecology 494. Study of selected topics on an individually
Classicand contemporary issues and perspec- arranged basis. Open only to honors majors
tives in demography and human ecology, 499. Thesis Research or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi-
emphasizing the relationship between demo- to 4 units. site: Consent of departmental honors adviser.
graphic phenomena and social life and on the 1 to 3 hours. May be repeated once to a maxi-
ecological approach to social organization; mum of 6 hours.
demographic change, analytic methods in
demography, fertility, mortality, and migra- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
tion; new research developments. Prerequisite: lto5 hours. May be repeated.
Graduate standing, or consent of instructor. 1
unit. Spanish, Italian, and 200. Introduction to the

Literature
Study of Italian
422. Recent Developments in Transnational Portuguese Emphasis on methodology for critical analysis
Studies of literary texts and on major periods and
Intensive study of a selected area in transna- movements in their cultural and historical
Head of Department: Ronald W. Sousa
tional sociology, e.g., diasporas, global politi- contexts. Prerequisite: ITAL 104 or consent of
Department Office: 4080 Foreign Languages
cal economy, global environmental studies, instructor. 3 hours.
Building, 707 South Mathews Avenue, Urbana
transnational racial stratification, etc. Prereq-
Phone: 333-3390 Review of
uisite:Graduate standing and consent of in- 208. Practical Italian
URL: www.lang.uiuc.edu/sip Reviews major challenges in Italian grammar,
structor. 1 unit. May be repeated in the same
or separate semesters to a maximum of 2 units with particular emphasis on the verb system
Inlcuding Catalan (CATAL), Italian (ITAL), (major tenses and moods, morphology, and
as topics vary.
Portuguese (PORT), Romance Linguistics aspect) and areas of contrast with English.
423. Social Psychology (RMLNG), and Spanish (SPAN) Prerequisite: ITAL 104 or equivalent. 3 hours.
Development of social psychology; contempo-
rary theoretical and methodological perspec- 210. Advanced Grammar
Catalan (CATAL)
tives; selected areas of research. Prerequisite: Study of the structure of modern Italian in
Graduate standing, or consent of instructor. 1 both its phonological and syntactic aspects for
unit.
291. Intensive Catalan Language the student who already has a functional
Intensive introduction to the Catalan lan- command of the language, with an emphasis
425. Feminist Scholarship in the Social guage, appropriate for students familiar with on developing ability to analyze and interpret
Sciences: Theory and Research another Romance language; emphasizes ac- grammatical structures. Prerequisite: ITAL 208
Same as W S 402. See W S 402. quisition of the four basic skills (listening, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. (Counts for
speaking, writing, and reading) in order to advanced hours in L A S.)
445. Sociology of Leisure achieve competence in the language. Prereq-
Same as LEIST 445. See LEIST 445. uisite: Basic reading knowledge of another 220. Conversation, I
Romance language is helpful but not abso- Training in oral-aural skill and in writing.
456. Organizational Sciences, I lutely necessary. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
Same asB ADM 410, POL S 460, and PSYCH in ITAL 208. 3 hours.
453. See B ADM 410. 302. Studies in Catalan Literature
Studies selected aspects of Catalan literature; 222. Conversation, II
456. Individual Behavior in Organizations taught in Catalan. Topics will be selected from Continuation of ITAL 220. Prerequisite: ITAL
Same as B ADM 410, POL S 460, and PSYCH among the major chronological periods and 220 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
453. See B ADM 410. genres of Catalan literature, such as the 20th-
century novel, Ramon Llull, and Ausias Middle Ages
240. Italian Civilization of the
474.Survey Methods in Marketing March. The intention is to offer the student an and Renaissance
Research in-depth view instead of an introductory over- Same as C LIT 240. The development of
Same as B ADM 431. See B ADM 431. view. Prerequisite: CATAL 291, or equivalent. Medieval Italian civilization in a literary
3 hours or % May be repeated as topics
unit. context from the Sicilian School of love poetry
482. Recent Developments in Sociology vary to a maximum of 6 hours or 1 Vi units. to the early Renaissance in Florence; lectures
Intensive study of selected topics based on and readings are in English. 3 hours.
contemporary works of major importance in
the development of sociological theory. 2 unit. Italian (ITAL) 280. Italian for Business and the
May be repeated as topics vary. Professions
101. Elementary Italian Builds preexisting language skills through the
485. The Sampling of Human Populations 4 hours. For students who have no credit in study of Italian business practices: financial
and Social Organizations Italian. systems, transactions, banking, import/export
Same as B ADM 435 and PSYCH 485. See B and commercial correspondence. Prerequisite:
ADM 435. 102. Elementary Italian ITAL 208 or equivalent. 3 hours. (Counts for
Continuation of ITAL 101. Prerequisite: ITAL advanced hours in LAS.)
488. Covariance Structure and Factor 101 or one year of high school Italian. 4 hours.
Models 290. Special Topics in Italian Studies
Same as EDPSY, PSYCH, and STAT 488. See Selected substantive readings for independent
PSYCH 488. study on a given special topic of Italian litera-
ture, culture, language, or linguistics. Prereq-
I
244 Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
uisite: ITAL 104 and consent of instructor. 2 to 340. Modem Italian Novel 495. Special Topics in Italian
4 hours. May be repeated. (Counts for ad- Appreciation of the modern Italian novel Independent study/research under the direc-
vanced hours in L A S.) through a close reading of some representative member. May or may not ful-
tion of a faculty
works (e.g., Verga, Moravia, Vittorini, Pavese). requirements for a particular degree pro-
fill
291.Honors Senior Thesis Prerequisite: ITAL 200 or consent of instructor. gram in Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese.
For candidates for honors in Italian. 2 hours. 3 hours or A
3
unit. Consult graduate adviser. !4 to 1 unit. May be
May be repeated. (Counts for advanced hours repeated in same or subsequent semesters to
inLAS.) 342. Modern Italian Poetry a maximum of 2 units.
Appreciation of modem Italian poetry through
300. Italian for Speakers of Romance a close reading of some representative works 499. Thesis Research
Languages (e.g., D' Annunzio, Pascoli, Montale, Quasimodo, to 4 units.
Accelerated language learning course de- Saba, Ungaretti, Novissimi, Zanzotto). Prerequi-
signed for speakers of Romance languages. site: ITAL 200 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or
The focus will be primarily on those linguis- V* unit. Portuguese (PORT)
ticsstructures specific to Italian which differ
significantly from equivalents in other Ro- 350. Italian Syntax and Phonology 101. Elementary Portuguese, I
mance languages. Early emphasis on produc- Introduction to the essential syntactic and For students who have no credit in Portu-
tion skills; comprehension-based skills will be phonological structures of Modern Standard guese. 4 hours.
introduced in rapid succession. Intended for Italian in combination with appropriate dis-
students who have no credit in Italian. Prereq- cussion of corresponding linguistic concepts. 102. Elementary Portuguese, II
uisite: Native or near-native proficiency in a Prerequisite: ITAL 210 and 302, or consent of Continuation of PORT 1 01 Prerequisite:
. PORT
Romance language (SPAN, FR, PORT, or instructor. 3 hours or % unit. 101. 4 hours.
RMLNG.) 3 hours or % unit.
360. Principles of Language Testing 103. Intermediate Portuguese
302. Composition and Stylistics Same as E I L, FR, GER, SPAN, and PORT 360. Rapid reading, review of grammar, composi-
Refinement of written discourse for academic See E L 360. tion, and conversation. Prerequisite: PORT 102
and professional expectations and require- or two years of high school Portuguese. 4
ments. In addition to quizzes and a final ex- 362. Introduction toRomance Linguistics hours.
amination, a major, formal paper on an as- Same as FR, LING, PORT, RMLNG, and SPAN
signed topic will be required. Prerequisite: ITAL 362. See SPAN 362. 104. Intermediate Portuguese
210 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. 3 Continuation of PORT 103. Prerequisite: PORT
hours orV* unit. 380. Classroom Language Acquisition 103 or three years of high school Portuguese.
Same as E I L, FR, GER, PORT, and SPAN 380. 4 hours.
306. Italian Culture See SPAN 380.
Introduction to factors that have shaped 191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
present-day Italy; basic concepts contributing 382. Computer-Based Foreign Language Study of selected topics on an individually
to understanding its present social and Teaching arranged basis. Prerequisite: Consent of
cultural development; taught in Italian. Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN, departmental honors adviser. lto3 hours. May
Prerequisite: ITAL 200 or 220, or consent of PORT, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. be repeated once to a maximum of 6 hours.
instructor. 3 hours or % unit. See HUMAN 382. Open only to honors majors or to Cohn
Scholars and Associates.
313. Dante 389. Theoretical Foundations of Second
Same as C
LIT 313. Interpretation of Dante's Language Acquisition 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
Divine Comedy with special attention to its Same as FR 381, and E I L, GER, LING, PORT, 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
position in the medieval world; a knowledge and SPAN 389. See E I L389.
of Italian not required. 3 hours or % unit. 200.Advanced Grammar
462.Seminar in Romance Linguistics The study of the structure of modern Portu-
314. Petrarch and Boccaccio: Literature of Same as FR, LING, PORT, RMLNG, and SPAN guese in both its phonological and syntactic
the Italian Middle Ages 462. See SPAN 462. aspects for the student who already has a func-
Same as C LIT 314. Studies in Petrarch and tionalcommand of the language, with empha-
Boccaccio; nonmajors in Italian may read the 463. College Teaching of Foreign sison developing ability to analyze and inter-
works in translation; lectures are in English. Languages pret grammatical structures. Prerequisite:
Prerequisite: Fulfillment of campus rhetoric Same as E I L, FR, GER, PORT, RUSS, and PORT 104 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
requirement. 3 hours or 34 unit. SPAN 463. See FR 463.
210. Composition and Conversation, I
320. Masterpieces of Italian Renaissance 471.Proseminar in Foreign Language Prerequisite: PORT 1 04 or consent of instructor.
Literature Teaching 3 hours.
Same as C LITReading of masterpieces
320. Same as SPAN and PORT 471. See SPAN 471.
of the 1400 and 1500s and a study of their 212. Composition and Conversation, II
predecessors and influence; nonconcentrators

481.Seminar in Linguistic and Prerequisite: PORT 210 or consent of instructor.
Psychological Foundations of Language 3 hours.
in Italian may read the works in translation;
lectures are in English. Content rotates.
Teaching
Prerequisite: Fulfillment of campus rhetoric
Same as E I L, FR, GER, PORT, RUSS, and 220.Readings in Portuguese
requirement. 3 hours or }A unit. May be
SPAN 481. See FR 481. Readings and discussion in Portuguese of a
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours or 1 Vi units variety of texts by leading Luso-Brazilian
487. Pragmatics and Cross-Cultural writers covering various genres and themes.
with consent of instructor.
Communication Designed to emphasize reading skills and
330. From Baroque to Romanticism
Same as E I L 456, and PORT and SPAN 487. discussion, rather than literary criticism.
See E I L 456. Prerequisite: PORT 104 or equivalent. 3 hours.
Major literary developments in Italy from the
end of the Renaissance to the New Italy of the
488. Seminar in Second Language Learning 234. Brazilian Women's Words in
Risorgimento (Baroque, Arcadia, Enlighten-
ment, Neoclassicism, Romanticism). Prerequi-
Same as GER PORT, , and SPAN 488. See Translation
site: ITAL 200 or consent of instructor. 3 hours
SPAN 488. Same as W S 234. Study of gender, race, and
or % unit.
class in Brazil through the study of these issues
as documented by women's voices. Beginning
with an analysis of the early representation of
women during the Portuguese colonization of be repeated for credit as topics vary to a maxi- Arts and Sciences foreign language require-
the new world up to the present through mum of 2 units. ment. Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or 122, or equiva-
translations of contemporary literature lent placement score. 4 hours. Credit is not
written by women. Class is writing intensive Seminar in Romance Linguistics
462. given for both SPAN 103 and 125.
and requires no knowledge of Portuguese Same as FR, HAL, LING, RMLNG, and SPAN
language. 3 hours. 462. See SPAN 462. 122. Elementary Spanish
Second-semester Spanish course for all
300. Intensive Portuguese for Speakers of 463. College Teaching of Foreign students who did not take SPAN 101 at this
Romance Languages Languages University. Prerequisite: SPAN 101 elsewhere
Accelerated language learning course de- Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, RUSS, and or assignment by placement exam. 4 hours.
signed for speakers of Romance languages. SPAN 463. See FR 463.
Focus will be primarily on those linguistics 125. Beginning Spanish for Heritage
structures specific to Portuguese which differ 471.Proseminar in Foreign Language Speakers
significantly from equivalents in other Ro- Teaching Introduction to Spanish orthography, syntax,
mance languages. Early emphasis on produc- Same as SPAN and ITAL 471. See SPAN 471. and vocabulary for students of Hispanic
tion skills; comprehension-based skills will be background who have had little or no formal
481.Seminar in Linguistic and training in the Spanish language. Prerequisite:
introduced in rapid succession. Prerequisite:
Psychological Foundations of Language Consent of instructor. 4 hours. SPAN 125 and
Native or near-native proficiency in a Ro-
Teaching 127, together, fulfill the LAS foreign language
mance language (Spanish, French, Italian, or
Rumanian). 3 hours or % unit. Credit is not
Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, RUSS, and requirement.
given for both PORT 300 and PORT 101 and
SPAN 481. See FR 481.
102.
127. Intermediate Spanish for Heritage
487. Pragmatics and Cross-Cultural Speakers
304. Luso-Brazilian Culture
Communication Review at the intermediate level of Spanish
Affords a broad understanding of the origins

Same as E I L 456, and HAL and SPAN 487. orthography, syntax, and vocabulary for
See E I L 456. students of Hispanic background who have
of Luso-Brazilian civilization and culture.
Prerequisite: PORT 212 and 220, or equivalent. little or no formal training in the Spanish
488. Seminar in Second Language Learning language, and an introduction to the study of
3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
Same as GER, HAL, and SPAN 488. See SPAN U.S. Hispanic minority literature. This course
488. the Liberal Arts and Sciences foreign
306. Brazilian Film fulfills
Study of the evolution of Brazilian cinema language requirement. SPAN 125

Prerequisite:
495. Special Topics in Portuguese and
through selected films to explore the nature or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Students may
Brazilian Literature
and development of contemporary Brazilian receive a total of 4 hours of credit for SPAN
Independent study/research under the direc-
aesthetics. Prerequisite: PORT 210 or 212; PORT 127, 140, 160, and 180.
member. May or may not ful-
tion of a faculty
220 recommended. 3 hours or % unit.
fill requirements for a particular degree pro-
140. El Mundo Hispano-Americano
310. Studies in Brazilian Literature
gram in Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese. Introduction to Las Americas Hispanas (Mexico,
Consult graduate adviser. 'A to 1 unit. May be Central and South America, and the Carib-
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 hours or
repeated in same or subsequent semesters to
% May be repeated
unit. as topic varies to a bean), their geography, cultures and language
maximum of 6 hours or 1 '/: units.
a maximum of 2 units. varieties. Taught entirely in Spanish, this
course seeks to develop students' use of Span-
320. Studies in Portuguese Literature ish in an academic context. Prerequisite: SPAN
to 4 units.
Consent of instructor. 3 hours or
Prerequisite: 103 or equivalent. 4 hours. Recommended for
Vi unit. May be repeated as topic varies to a students who plan to major or minor in Span-
maximum of 6 hours or 1 Vz units. Romance Linguistics (RMLNG) ish. Students may receive a total of 4 hours of
credit for SPAN 127, 140, 160, and 180.
360. Principles of Language Testing
Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, and SPAN 360. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 160. Introduction to Spanish Grammar
See E I L 360. 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. Introduction to the major structures of Span-
ish, from a linguistic perspective. Taught en-
362. Introduction toRomance Linguistics 362. Introduction to Romance Linguistics
tirely in Spanish, this course seeks to develop
Same as FR, ITAL, LING, RMLNG, and SPAN Same as FR, ITAL, LING, PORT and SPAN
students' formal knowledge of Spanish gram-
362. See SPAN 362. 362. See SPAN 362. mar. Prerequisite: SPAN 103 or equivalent. 4
hours. Recommended for students who plan
Classroom Language Acquisition 462. Seminar jn Romance Linguistics
380. to major or minor in Spanish. Students may
I L, FR, GER, ITAL, and SPAN
Same as FR, ITAL, LING, PORT and SPAN
Same as E 380. receive a total of 4 hours of credit for SPAN
See SPAN 380. 462. See SPAN 462.
127, 140, 160, and 180.
382. Computer-Based Foreign Language 180. Intermediate Spanish for Business

Spanish (SPAN)
Teaching Introduction to the lexicon, linguistic struc-
Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN, tures, and culture of business from a Hispanic
ITAL, SLAV, and SPAN 382, and LING 386. 101. Elementary Spanish
prspective. The development of functional use
See HUMAN 382. For students who have no university credit in
of Spanish within the business context is the
Spanish. 4 hours.
major focus of the course. Prerequisite: SPAN
389. Theoretical Foundations of Second 103 or equivalent. 4 hours. Recommended for
Language Acquisition 102. Elementary Spanish
students who want to take SPAN 280. Students
Same as FR 381, and E I L, GER, ITAL, LING, Continuation of SPAN 101. Prerequisite: SPAN
101 at the University of Illinois at Urbana-
who plan to major or minor in Spanish should
and SPAN 389. See E I L 389. take SPAN 160 or 140. Students may receive a
Champaign. All other second semester
total of 4 hours of credit for SPAN 127, 140,
410. Seminar in Brazilian Literature Spanish students should enroll in SPAN 122.
160, and 180.
Advanced study of literary movements, ma- 4 hours.
jor writers, and intellectual and cultural ideas
191. Freshman Honors Tutorial
in Brazilian literature; subject matter varies 103. Intermediate Spanish
Study of selected topics on an individually
each time the course is offered. Prerequisite: Continued development of reading, writing
PORT 310 or consent of instructor. 1 unit. May and conversational skills. Followed by SPAN
or to Cohn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi-
140, 160, or 180, this course fulfills the Liberal
3
246 Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
site Consent of departmental honors adviser. and historical contexts

cultural, artistic, social, 256.Spanish American Literature, II: Major
1 to May be repeated once.
3 hours. and the methodology for reading those texts Works and Writers
through literary analysis appropriate for a Study of major writers and representative
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar variety of genres: novel, drama, poetry, short works of Spanish American literature from
1-5 hours. May be repeated. story, essay; focuses on literature written 1875 until the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 214,
before 1700. Prerequisite: SPAN 200 (or 225 and 227. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced
200. Readings in Hispanic Literature and advanced placement credit for 200) and SPAN hours in L A S.)
Culture 210. Concurrent enrollment in SPAN 214
Readings and discussion in Spanish of a vari- strongly recommended. 3 hours. No advanced 260. Introduction to Hispanic Linguistics
ety of texts by leading Hispanic and Hispanic- placement credit. SPAN 225 and 227 must be Introduction to Spanish phonology, syntax,
American writers covering genres and themes; taken in sequence. sociolinguistics, dialectology, and history of
designed to emphasize reading, discussion, the language; includes an overview and
and enjoyment rather than literary criticism. 227. Introduction to the Study of Hispanic opportunity to examine an issue in each area
Open to non-Spanish majors. Prerequisite: Literature, II in detail. Prerequisite: SPAN 210. 3 hours.
SPAN 140 or 160 or equivalent. 3 hours. Credit Introduction to the literatures of both Spain (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
may be received by Advanced Placement and Spanish America; emphasizes the major
"Language" or "Literature" examination. periods and movements in the light of cul- 271. Introduction to Second Language
Does not count for credit toward the major. tural, artistic, social, and historical contexts Learning and Teaching
and the methodology for reading those texts Same as FR, GER, HUMAN, LAT, and RUSS
The Chicano Experience
202. through literary analysis appropriate for a 271 Introduction to models of communication
.
Same as LLS 202. Surveys literary work, film, variety of genres: novel, drama, poetry, short and communicative competence, contempo-
essay, autobiography, historical narratives, story, essay; focuses on literature written af- rary approaches to language teaching, current
and art in order to gain insight into the ter 1700. Prerequisite: SPAN 225; credit or con- research in second language acquisition, and
multifaceted nature of Chicano/Chicana current registration in SPAN 214. 3 hours. No issues and perspectives on languages testing.
identity and experience. Lecture and readings advanced placement credit. SPAN 225 and 227 Includes 24 early field experiences in local
are in English. 3 hoars. Does not count toward must be taken in sequence. schools. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and
the major in Spanish. enrollment in a teacher education curriculum,
230. Introduction to Translation or consent of instructor. Early field experiences
Review of Spanish
210. Practical Theory and practice of written translations of require Illinois State criminal background
Review of major challenges in Spanish nontechnical texts from English to Spanish check (see Council on Teacher Education for
grammar, including the verb system (major and Spanish to English; brief study of concepts questions). 4 hours.
tenses and moods, morphology, and aspect), and objectives of translation; analysis of
areas of contrast with English, and some examples and exercises; term project in 275.Developing and Implementing
lexical/semantic issues. Prerequisite: SPAN 140 translation selected in consultation with Communicative Language Teaching
or 160 or equivalent. 3 hours. instructor. Prerequisite: SPAN 210. 2 hours. Same as FR, GER, LAT, and RUSS 275. Course
focuses on the development of appropriate
212. Advanced Spanish Grammar 240. Culture of Spain language teaching materials based on theory
Intensive study and analysis of Spanish Survey of Spanish civilization from the and research in classroom language learning.
grammar including tense, aspect, and mood; beginning to present times. Prerequisite: SPAN Emphasis is on skill development and testing
morphological problems; syntactic variation; 210 and 214, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. as well as lesson planning. Includes 28 early
style in oral and written expression; brief (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) field experiences in the form of microteachings
discussion of dialectal variation. Prerequisite: and observations in local schools. Prerequisite:
SPAN 210; senior standing or consent of 242. Topics in U.S. Latina/Latino Literature SPAN 271 and enrollment in a teacher
instructor. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours Same as LLS 242. Survey of literature by and education curriculum, or consent of instructor.
in LAS.) about people of Mexican, Puerto Rican, and 4 hours.
Cuban descent in the United States. Taught in
214. Spanish Composition English. 3 hours. 277. Spanish Grammar for Communicative
Basic composition course; problems of written Language Teaching
Spanish and principles of Spanish stylistic 244. Hispanic Literature and Culture Survey of major Spanish syntactic and
patterns; weekly written exercises. Prerequisite: Same as C LIT 244. Topics in major areas of morphological patterns with particular
SPAN 210 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Hispanic literature and culture; topics vary. emphasis on the acquisition of Spanish
Will count towards major only to satisfy grammar by non-native speakers. Students
216. Introduction to Spanish Phonetics culture requirement. Taught in English. 3 will develop a sensitivity for appropriate
Practical, introductory course to Spanish hours. May not be repeated more than twice teaching of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite:
phonetics, stressing practice in pronunciation. for credit. SPAN 271 or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
May be offered as intensive eight- week course. Required for teacher education majors.
Prerequisite: SPAN 140 or 160 or equivalent. 2 250.Spanish Literature, I: Major Works
hours. and Writers 278. Current Issues in Secondary Language
Introduction to selected Medieval and Golden Teaching
220. Oral Spanish Age texts. Prerequisite: SPAN 214, 225, and 227. Same as FR, GER, LAT, and RUSS 278. Course
Practice in speaking Spanish; to be taken 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) provides an overview of some day-to-day is-
concurrently with or subsequent to SPAN 210; sues in contemporary language teaching in the
meets four hours per week. Prerequisite: SPAN 252.Spanish Literature, II: Major Works secondary context. Topics include discipline
140 or 160 or equivalent. 3 hours. and Writers and classroom management, organization,
Introduction to selected texts from 1700 to the lesson planning, standards, technology,
222. Intensive Spoken Spanish SPAN 214, 225 and 227.
present. Prerequisite: among others. Course meets for the first eight
Intensive oral contact with Spanish; meets four hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) weeks of the spring semester and requires an
hours per week. SPAN 220 or
Prerequisite:
eight-hour time block of time one day per
consent of instructor. 3 hours. May be repeated. 254.Spanish American Literature, I: Major week for on-site work in a secondary class-
Works and Writers room setting for a total of 42 early field expe-
225. Introduction to the Study of Hispanic Study of major writers and representative Enrollment in a teacher
riences. Prerequisite:
Literature, I
works of Spanish American literature from education program and completion of SPAN
Introduction to the literatures of both Spain Pre-Columbian times until 1875. Prerequisite: 271 and 278. 4 hours.
and Spanish America; emphasizes the major SPAN 214, 225, and 227. 3 hours. (Counts for
periods and movements in the light of advanced hours in L A S.)
280.Spanish for Industry and Commerce, I 322. Spanish Literature from 1898 to 1939 360. Principles of Language Testing
Introduction to vocabulary of Hispanic Study of representative authors of the Gen- Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, and PORT 360.
commerce; composition of business letters and erations of 1898 and 1927 with particular em- See E I L 360.
similar texts. Prerequisite: SPAN 180, or consent phasis on literary experimentalism (symbol-
of instructor. 3 hours. ism, impressionism, surrealism, etc.) and the 362. Introduction to Romance Linguistics
historical and ideological currents of the pe- Same as FR, ITAL, LING, PORT, and RMLNG
290. Advanced Readings in Spanish riod as related to Spanish literature. Prerequi- 362. Comparative and historical analysis of the
Directed reading course intended to develop site: SPAN 252 or equivalent. 3 hours or A3
unit. Romance languages. Prerequisite: Four semes-
an advanced student's interest in a special area ters of a Romance language or Latin, or
of Hispanic linguistics or literature (author, 324. Contemporary Spanish Literature equivalent; LING 200, SPAN 260, FR 316, or
genre, period, group of works, etc. ). Topics to Study of the representative authors, genres, equivalent. 3 hours or A
3
unit.
be chosen in consultation with an adviser. and literary modalities in the literature of
Only topics not covered in regular offerings Spain since the Spanish Civil War; particular 364. History of the Spanish Language
will be considered. Prerequisite: SPAN 260 for emphasis on the neo-realist, existentialist 3 Ziours or % unit.
linguistics topics; and any two of SPAN 250, (tremendista) novel, and the social novel and
252, 254, or 256 for literature topics. I to 3 hours. theatre, as well as on social and experimental 380. Classroom Language Acquisition
Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, and PORT 380.
May be repeated for credit as topics vary. trends in all genres since the mid-1960s and
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) in the post-Franco era. Prerequisite: SPAN 252 Provides for an introduction to the context,
or equivalent. 3 hours or Vt unit. process(es), and product of classroom lan-
291. Special Topics for Honors Students guage acquisition; emphasis is placed upon
For candidates for honors in Spanish; inten- 330. Colonial Spanish American Literature research, research findings, and implications
sive study of topics in Hispanic literature or Intensive study of Colonial Spanish American of research. Prerequisites: HUMAN 279, LING
Consent of instructor
linguistics. Prerequisite: literature from the chronicles through the 200, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 3
and of departmental honors adviser. 1 to 3 literature of Emancipation; topics include the hours or 3
A unit.
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 development of genres and their adaptations,

hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) presence of indigenous cultures, conrrastive 382. Computer-Based Foreign Language
poetics, relationship of socioeconomic and Teaching
299. Study Abroad literary development, and independence. Same as CLCIV, E I L, FR, GER, HUMAN,
Lectures, discussions, seminars, and practical Prerequisite: SPAN 254 or equivalent. 3 hours ITAL, PORT, and SLAV 382 and LING 386. See
work in Spanish language, literature, history, or Vt unit. HUMAN 382.
culture, and civilization in Spain and Latin
America. SPAN 104 or equivalent.
Prerequisite: 340. Spanish-American Novel 389. TheoreticalFoundations of Second
0-18 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of Major movements and writers in the devel- Language Acquisition
36 hours in separate semesters. (May count opment of the Spanish-American novel from Same as FR 381, and E I L, GER, ITAL, LING,
for advanced hours in L A S. Consult the its beginnings to the present. Prerequisite:
and PORT 389. See E I L 389.
departmental adviser for details.) SPAN 254 and 256, or equivalent. 3 hours or %
390. Topics in Hispanic Studies
unit.
300. Introduction to Medieval Spanish Topical studies of Hispanic literature or lin-
Literature 342. Spanish-American Drama guistics beyond the scope of regular offerings
Historical and cultural background for the Intensive and analytical study of the works at the 300-level. Prerequisite: Corresponding
Middle Ages; selected readings in medieval of principal playwrights of the modern and introductory course at the 300-level, or con-
literature from the Jarchas to the Corbacho. contemporary periods in Spanish America. sent of instructor. 3 hours or 3A unit. May be
Prerequisite: SPAN 250 or equivalent. 3 hours Prerequisite: SPAN 254 and 256, or equivalent. repeated as topics vary to a maximum of 9
or Vi unit. 3 hours or Vt unit. hours or 2Vt units.
302. Medieval Literature 344. Spanish- American Short Story 400. Beginning Spanish for Graduate
In-depth study of selected major works of lit- Intensive and analytical study of the principal Students
erature through 1550, surveying the principal cuentistas of Spanish America. Prerequisite: Basic grammar and vocabulary; reading
currents of pertinent scholarship; special em- SPAN 254 and 256, or equivalent. 3 hours or Va practice. 4 hours. No graduate credit.
phasis on the position of Spanish medieval unit.

literature in the broader context of European
401. Readings in Spanish for Graduate
literature in both the Latin and the various 346.Spanish-American Poetry Students
vernacular languages. Prerequisite: SPAN 300. Major poets and movements in the develop- Continuation of SPAN 400; special readings
in the critical literature of several disciplines.
3 hours or % unit. ment of Spanish-American poetry from the
Colonial Period to the present. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: SPAN 400 or consent of instructor.
310. Literature of the Golden Age SPAN 254 and 256, or equivalent. 3 hours or Vt 4 hours. No graduate credit.
Study of authors and genres of the Golden unit.
Age. Prerequisite: SPAN 250 or equivalent. 3 404. Seminar in Medieval Literature
hours or % unit 352. Spanish Syntax Research work in medieval Spanish literature;
Systematic introduction to the foundations of theory and practice. Topics vary. Prerequisite:
314. Cervantes: Don Quixote Spanish syntax based on standard and more SPAN 300, 302, or equivalent. 1 unit. May be
Introduction to Don Quixote, to its relationship recent treatments of Spanish and syntactic repeated for credit as topics vary to a maxi-
to other selected masterpieces of the Golden theory. Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or consent of mum of 2 units.
Age, and to the main currents and forms of instructor. 3 hours or A
l
unit.
Golden Age prose. Prerequisite: SPAN 250 or 410. Seminar in Golden Age Literature
equivalent. 3 hours or % unit. 354. Spanish Phonology Same as C LIT 404. Prerequisite: SPAN 310 or
Systematic introduction to the sound struc- equivalent. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit
320. Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism tures of Spanish, concentrating on recent con- as topics vary to a maximum of 2 units.
Study of representative authors and genres of tributions of theoretical linguistics to the un-
the nineteenth century; particular emphasis derstanding of the phonology of Spanish in 420. Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature
on the neoclassical comedy, romantic drama its standard and selected dialectal varieties.
Study of problems in the works of a major
writer or group of writers of the eighteenth or
and poetry, and the realistic novel. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: SPAN 350. 3 hours or Vs unit.
nineteenth centuries. Prerequisite: SPAN 320.
SPAN 250 and 252 or equivalent. 3 hours or %
1 unit. May be repeated for credit as topics
unit.
vary for a maximum of 2 units.
248 Special Education
422. Seminar in Twentieth-Century 487. Pragmaticsand Cross-cultural 260.American Sign Language

Spanish Literature Communication Same as LING, PSYCH and SPSHS 260.
Investigation of literary problems presented Same as HAL and SPAN 487, and E I L 456. Beginning course in American Sign Language
by the Spanish novel, drama, poetry and /or See E I L 456. (ASL), the language developed and used by
essay since 1900. Prerequisite: SPAN 324 or the deaf community of North America;
equivalent. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit 488. Seminar in Second Language Learning consists of a preparatory phase to attune
as topics vary to a maximum of 2 units. Same as GER, ITAL, and PORT 488. Treats students to communication in the manual-
specific topics in second language learning visual mode, followed by instruction and
432. Seminar in Spanish-American Poetry that are of current research and /or theoreti- extensive practice in basic sign vocabulary,
Prerequisite: SPAN346 or equivalent. 1 unit. cal interest. Topics vary from semester to se- sentence structure, elementary conversation,
May be repeated for credit as topics vary to a mester. Prerequisite: SPAN 380 or equivalent and the literature of the ASL community. 3
maximum of 2 units. or consent of instructor. 1unit. May be re- hours.
peated as topics vary to a maximum of 4 units.
440.Seminar in the History of Ideas 291. Thesis
Major topics in Hispanic intellectual history; 495. Special Topics in Spanish Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours.
sample topics include El ensayo como Genero Independent study/research under the direc-
instrumental de las ideas, El peso de la identidad tion of a faculty member. May or may not ful- 292. Thesis
cultural, Corrientes ideologicas coloniales, and fill requirements for a particular degree pro- Prerequisite: Senior standing. 2 hours.
Idealismo y realismo. 1 unit. May be repeated gram in SPAN, ITAL and PORT. Consult
for credit as topics vary to a maximum of 2 graduate adviser. 'A tol unit. May be repeated 305.Teaching Students with Special Needs
units. insame or subsequent semesters to a maxi- in the Regular Classroom
mum of 2 units. Examination of issues in educating students
442. Seminar in Special Topics of Hispanic with special needs: service delivery models,
Literature 499. Thesis Research roles of teachers and related service provid-
Selected topics in Hispanic literature not to 4 units. ers, student assessment, curriculum individu-
previously covered in existing courses. 1 unit. alization, instructional strategies, manage-
May be repeated for credit as topics vary to a ment problem behaviors, and program
of
maximum of 4 units. evaluation. Prerequisite: SP ED 205 or consent
of instructor. 2 hours or h
x
unit. Concurrent
450. Seminar in Spanish Synchronic enrollment in ED PR 232 or consent of instruc-
Linguistics tor. Students may not receive credit for both
Selected topics of Spanish phonology, syntax Special Education this course and SP ED 308.
and sociolinguistics in the light of present-day
linguistic theory. Prerequisite: Graduate 308.Teaching Students with Learning and
standing in Spanish or consent of instructor. Head of Department: Adelle M. Renzaglia Behavior Problems in the Regular
1 unit. May be repeated for credit as topics Department Office: 288 Education Building, Classroom
vary to a maximum of 4 units. 1310 South Sixth Street, Champaign Examination of the role of the general
Phone: 333-0260 classroom teacher in educating students with
452. Seminar in Spanish Diachronic URL. www.ed.uiuc.edu/COE/SPED learning and behavior problems. Topics
Linguistics include: identifying and describing learning
Selected topics on the development of Spanish and behavior problems, classroom behavior
and its dialects in the light of present-day Special Education (SP ED) management techniques, remediation of
historical methods. Prerequisite: Consent of academic skill deficits, and measuring and
instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated for credit 117. Exceptional Children evaluating pupil progress. 3 hours or 1 unit.
as topics vary to a maximum of 2 units. Introduction to the study of children who are
different than the average in mental, physi- 314. Applications in Assessment of Young
Seminar in Romance Linguistics
462. cal, and social characteristics, including a Children with Special Needs
Same as FR, HAL, LING, PORT, and RMLNG study of the characteristics of such children Practice in designing and applying assessment
462. Selected topics in comparative Romance and the adaptation of educational procedures devices and procedures and in using them to
linguistics. Prerequisite: SPAN 362 and consent to their abilities and disabilities. Prerequisite: make educational decisions for children with
of instructor. 1 unit. May be repeated as topics Sophomore standing or PSYCH 100. 3 hours. special needs, birth through kindergarten age.
vary. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent registration
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar in SP ED424 or consent of instructor. 2 or 4
463. College Teaching of Foreign 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Students will be required
Languages to complete an extensive field based compo-
Same as E I L, FR, GER, HAL, and PORT, and 205. Introduction to Serving Students with nent in order to receive 4 hours or 1 unit credit.
RUSS 463. See FR 463. Special Needs
Topics include the history of services for 316. The Gifted Child in School and
471. Proseminar in Foreign Language students with special needs, the legal bases Society
Teaching for special education, the characteristics of Consideration of persons in society exhibit-
Same as HAL and PORT 471 In-depth explo-. students with special needs, the referral ing gifted behavior; who they are, their physi-
ration of fundamental concepts in foreign lan- process for students who may be eligible for cal, psychological, social, and educational
guage teaching; designed for departmental special services, and the nature of learning characteristics, and society's needs and pro-
Teaching Assistants; topics include classroom disabilities. 1 hour. visions for them. The major portion of the
discourse, teaching approaches, reading, lis- course is devoted to the consideration and
tening, writing, and principles of language 249. Independent Study evaluation of instructional and administrative
testing. Prerequisite: Teaching assistantship in Study of problems not considered in other adjustments that should be made for the gifted
the Department of SPAN, HAL, and PORT, courses; designed for students who excel in in the educational structure. Prerequisite:
or consent of instructor. 2 unit. self-direction and intellectual curiosity. EDPSY 211 or 236. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit.
Prerequisite: Upperclassman; upper five
481. Seminar in Linguistic and percent of class in GPA; demonstrated writing 322. Introduction to Mental Retardation
Psychological Foundations of Language competence, research potential, scholarly Same as PSYCH, REHAB, and SOC W 322.
Teaching attitude, and interest as attested to by Study of the history and current status of the
Same as E I L, FR, GER, ITAL, PORT, and RUSS instructors; consent of adviser and staff social, emotional, physical, and learning char-
481. See FR 481. member who supervises the work. 2 hours. acteristics and problems of persons with men-
Special Education 249
tal and diagnosis;

retardation; identification planning family-focused interventions and 410. Legal Aspects of Disabilities
available services and provisions; and educa- exploring strategies for working with parents Study of the legal rights of individuals with
tional programs and lifelong processes of ad- in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: Practicum disabilities and their families, with emphasis
aptation for these individuals and their fami- experience or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or on educational aspects; interrelationship of
lies. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or SP ED 117; or A or and
X
1 unit. constitutional, statute, administrative,
equivalent. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. case law at the federal, state, and local levels.
345. Transition Planning and Vocational Case study simulations and mock due process
324. Tests and Measurements in Special Training for Individuals with Disabilities hearings are included. 1 unit.
Education Same as REHAB and HRE 345. Provides an
Interpretation of norm- and criterion-refer- orientation to transition planning and voca- 411. Drugs in Special Education
enced tests for special populations including tional training as integrated components of General survey of psychoactive drugs used
their reliability and validity; selection and secondary-level education curriculum. Topics extensively with children in special education,
design of observation systems; application of include transition planning practices and par- including reasons for the prescription, behav-
measurement and other assessment data to ticipants, vocational assessment methods, ioral effects as observed in the classroom, ef-
make instructional decisions for children and supported employment concepts and issues, fects on the child's behavior at home, issues
young adults with disabilities. 2 hours or Vz and vocational training strategies and pro- concerning the use of the drugs, and litiga-
unit. grams. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- tion about these issues. 1 unit.
istration in SP ED 335, or consent of instruc-
332. Characteristics and Methods of tor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 417. Programs for Students with Special
Educating Students with Multiple Needs
Disabilities 350. Introduction to Early Childhood Introduction to special education: character-
Focuses upon the physical and educational Special Education istics, assessment, and teaching methodology
characteristics of individuals with multiple Overview of the history, trends, and issues of for students with learning and other disabili-
disabilities, particularly those with physical the field of Early Childhood Special Educa- ties; methodology is directed to the regular
disabilities and other health and sensory tion with particular attention to federal and classroom teacher of students with special
impairments; covers educational curricula, state policy, service system models, and pro- needs. Prerequisite: Provisional teaching certi-
teaching methods, and other educational fessional roles and ethics. Emphasis is on cur- fication or completion of student teaching; or
considerations such as working with parents, rent research, theory, and practice. Prerequi- consent of instructor. 1 unit.
medical personnel, and support staff, and site: Junior standing. 2 hours or Vi unit.
educational adaptations. 3 hours or 1 unit. 420. The Social Psychology of Persons with
359.Workshop and Laboratory in Disabilities
335. Behavior Analysis for Teachers: Curriculum and Methodology Same as REHAB 420. See REHAB 420.
Applications with Exceptional Individuals Intensive exploration of curriculum develop-
Remediation of behavior problems of excep- ment in specialized areas of education. Re- 421. Administration and Supervision of
tional students and adults using applied be- quests for initiation of course sections are Special Education
havior analysis techniques; includes defining, made by faculty or students. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi Examination of administrative and supervi-
observing, recording, charting, and evaluat- or 1 unit. sory practices in educating children with dis-
ing behavior change and application of behav- abilities and gifted children in public and pri-
ioral procedures to remediate behavior prob- 360. Communications Strategies for vate schools; application of administrative
lems in the classroom. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Persons with Severe Intellectual and/or theory to special education programs. De-
Physical Disabilities signed for graduate students in education
336. Systematic Instruction for Students Focuses upon issues and intervention strate- administration or special education preparing
with Special Needs gies that can impact the communication skills to direct special education programs. Prereq-
Elements of data-based instruction emphasiz- of persons with moderate or severe intellec- uisite: SP ED 417; EOL 450; or consent of in-
ing educational planning for individuals with tual and/or physical disabilities. Specific as- structor. 1 unit.
special needs; includes task and developmen- sessment and intervention strategies are dis-
tal analysis, writing instructional programs, cussed as they relate to both verbal and 422. Theories of Academic Remediation
and individualization of instruction. Covers augmentative communication. 4 hours, or Vi Examination of the major theoretical ap-
infancy to young adults; mild to severe dis- or 1 unit. proaches in the areas of mild disabilities and
abilities. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- their critical evaluation in light of research.
istration in SP ED 335, or consent of instruc- 365. Intervention Issues and Practices with Topics include: assessment and remediation
tor. 4 hours or 1 unit. Young Children with Disabilities strategies, critical evaluation of research, and
Introduction to the field of early childhood issues in mild disabilities. 1 unit.
337. Curriculum Development and special education, including its history and
Classroom Organization for Students with major issues; instructional methods used in 424. Supervised Practice in Special
Moderate and Severe Handicaps teaching and facilitating development in Education
Curriculum design, development, and adap- young children with disabilities are covered Supervised practice in one or more settings in
tation for students with moderate and severe in depth. Prerequisite: Concurrent registration which students with mild to severe disabilities
disabilities; includes the following basic cur- in SP ED 424 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, are served; practicum settings may include
riculum areas: domestic/home living, self- or Vi or 1 unit. day, residential, special, and regular schools
care, socialization, community living, leisure which serve students with disabilities.
and recreation, and functional academics; a 385.Development of Individual Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate
focus is on providing instruction in these ar- Differences in Children from Birth to Six program in special education; consent of
and an
eas in inclusive educational settings; Years of Age supervising faculty member. Vi to 2 units.
emphasis throughout the course is on the Examines major developmental themes in
evaluation of curriculum and program effec- young children from birth to six. Emphasizes 425. Principles and Practices of
tiveness. Prerequisite: SP ED 336. 4 hours or I individual differences resulting from environ- Collaborative Resource Teaching
unit. mental and biological factors that influence Focuses on effective instructional practices for
development, including those resulting from teachers of students with mild learning and
338. Families of Children with Special disabilities. Focuses on integration among behavior problems. Trains teachers in direct
Needs multiple domains of development. Prerequi- service delivery models for collaborative
The impact of children with special needs on site: Graduate standing or consent of instruc- resource teaching. 1 unit.
their families; models for the study of family tor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
systems are applied to understanding families
of children with special needs; emphasis on
250 Speech and Hearing Science
426. Theories and Practice of Collaboration vanced time series designs; includes making Speech and Hearing Science (SPSHS)
for Special Educators accurate and reliable assessment of objective
Focuses on aspects of collaborative resource behaviors and designing experiments that fea- 102. Human Communication: Systems,
and consultant teacher services that go beyond ture interpretable comparisons among inter- Processes, and Disorders
direct instruction services; emphasis on ventions and credible generalizability to sub- Examines broad perspectives of theories and
training resource room teachers to work as jects, settings, and time periods other than
information regarding normal and abnormal
collaborative consultants to regular classroom those specifically studied. Classic and current communication: how speech and language
teachers, parents, and paraprofessionals. 2 exemplars of these designs are studied and develop, how people hear, how they produce
unit. critiqued in depth. 1 unit.
speech and what can go wrong; addresses the
impact of speech and hearing science on
438. Interdisciplinary Team Approaches to 490. Seminar for Advanced Students of
society, culture, and modern technologies. 3
Planning and Intervention for Children Education
hours.
with Special Needs Seminar in the education of individuals with
Study of roles and functions of teams in early special needs; open only to persons who have 198. Freshman Seminar
intervention and special education service been admitted for doctoral study. Sections Special experimental seminar or independent
delivery; considers models of team process may be offered in the following fields: (d) study course intended to cover topics not
within and between service settings; explores program planning and orientation and (t) treated by regular course offerings; open to
dynamics of interaction on teams, including teacher education. to 2 units. undergraduates at any level. Requests for ac-
approaches to decision-making, communica- tivation of this course may be made by stu-
tion, and conflict resolution; examines profes- 491. Field Study and Thesis Seminar
dents or by faculty and should be directed to
sional roles and tasks of team members in the Planning field studies and thesis problems by
the head of the academic department con-
intervention process. Prerequisite: Practicum doctoral candidates; students present their
cerned. While credit toward graduation is
experience or consent of instructor. Vi orl unit. studies at each of four stages: (1 ) the inception,
normally granted, credit toward satisfying
delimitation, tentative design stage; (2) the
specific college ordepartmental requirements
449. Independent Study proposed design stage; (3) the revised design
iscontingent upon approval by the appropri-
Self-directive, independent study, that is, de- stage; and (4) the final design stage. Students
ate college or departmental committee. to 9
velops the individual's ability as an indepen- are expected to analyze all presentations
hours. May be repeated.
dent student and enables the student to pur- critically. lto2 units. Limited to students who
sue needed study in a field in which ap- have been admitted for doctoral study. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
propriate courses are not being offered dur- 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated.
ing a given semester. Prerequisite: Approval of 492. Concepts and Issues in Special
study outline by adviser and the department Education, I 201. General Phonetics
head prior to enrollment. '/: or 1 unit. May be Roles and competencies for special education Same as SPCOM 201. Basic principles of
repeated for credit with consent of adviser and leadership positions; includes literature phonetic study; includes observation and
department head. critique, and preparation and presentation of
representation of pronunciation, ear training,
a major review paper in an area of research and practice in transcription. 3 hours.
450. Methods of Educational Inquiry interest. Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral
Same as C & I and EDPSY 450. See C & 1 450. studies in special education, or consent of 260. American Sign Language
instructor. 2 unit. Same as LING, PSYCH, and SP ED 260. See
456. Problems and Trends in Special SP ED 260.
Education 493. Concepts and Issues in Special
Introduction to significant problems, points of Education, II 290. Individual Study
view, and trends in the field concerned; Seminar in currentconcepts and issues Individual investigation of special problems.
explores significant research related to relating to all children with special needs; Prerequisite: Ten hours of speech and hearing
organization, content, and techniques in the introduction to grant proposal writing; and science, and written approval by the faculty
field in question. Students are encouraged to introduction to journal reviewing; requires members who will supervise the student's
design/propose/conduct special studies in critical review of key readings and preparation work. 2 to 4 hours. May be repeated to a
approved areas. 2 to 2 units. of a literature review of a topic of current maximum of 6 hours.
research in special education. Prerequisite: SP
Development and Characteristics
465. of ED 492 or consent of instructor. 2 unit. 291. Honors Course
Young Children with Special Needs Individual study leading either to a thesis or
Examines characteristics of children with ma- 499. Thesis Research to departmental honors. Prerequisite: Senior
jor biological risk conditions and disabilities, Individual direction of research and thesis standing; a cumulative grade point of 3.5 or
on the impact of these
birth to six, with a focus writing. to 4 units. consent of the head of the department. 2 hours.
conditions on development; briefly examines May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours.
interventions used by a variety of profession-
als in addressing specific developmental 302. Manual Communication, I
needs of children with a variety of disabili- Study of methods of manual communication
ties. Prerequisite: EDPSY 236 or equivalent. Vi with hearing impaired individuals; analysis
or 2 unit. of the language of signs and finger spelling in
466. Early Childhood Special Education:

Speech and Hearing relation to origins, development, and struc-
ture; and extensive practice in manual com-
Organizing for Early Intervention Science munication. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
Program issues and research on the efficacy tor. 2 hours or A
X
unit.
of various program models for young children
Head of Department: Peter J. Alfonso
with special needs from infancy to six; impli- 375. Speech Science, I
Department Office: 901 South Sixth Street,
cations for program organization variables
Champaign Same as SPCOM and LING 375. Introduction
such as space, personnel roles, and curricu- to the anatomic and physiologic characteris-
Phone: 333-2230
lum. Prerequisite: SP ED 365, and concurrent tics of the normal speech and hearing mecha-
URL: www.shs.uiuc.edu
enrollment in SP ED 424 or consent of instruc- nisms. 4 hours or 1 unit.
tor. Vz or 2 unit.
376. Speech Science, II
483. Single SubjectResearch Design Same as SPCOM and LING 376. Consider-
Same as EDPSY 483. Study of the analysis of ation of the physiology of the speaking act,
behavior in one or a few subjects using ad- the acoustical characteristics of voice and of
Speech and Hearing Science 251
speech sounds, and the hearing of speech. 400.Experimental Phonetics I: Speech 420.Language Science
Consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1
Prerequisite: Physiology Study of recent research and theory in
unit. Same as LING 475. Theoretical consideration neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics, and
of speech as motor behavior; special reference sociolinguistics. Intensive examination of data
378.Hearing Science to physiological investigations of normal res- collection and analysis procedures in language
Acoustics, anatomy, and physiology of the piration, pronation, and supralaryngeal ar- acquisition, and interpretation of research
auditory system; psychophysical methods; ticulation; and survey of the experimental lit- results relative to different age groups.
and a consideration of auditory theories and erature in articulatory phonetics. Prerequisite: Implications for clinical practice and clinical
mechanics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. 1 unit. research in language disorders are addressed.
3 hours or '/: unit. Prerequisite: SPSHS 383 or equivalent, or
401.Experimental Phonetics II: Speech consent of instructor. 1 unit.
Development of Spoken Language
383. Acoustics and Perception
Same as SPCOM 383. Study of the correlates of Same as LING 476. Theoretical consideration 430. Language Disorders in Preschool
language development from the prelinguistic of speech as an acoustical phenomenon; Children
period to adulthood. Prerequisite: Consent of special reference to acoustical investigations Advanced study of early language milestones,
instructor. 3 hours, or '/: or 1 unit. of the laryngeal source and radiated speech processes, and theories; examination of the
signal; and survey of the experimental nature and character of disordered language
384. Introduction to Stuttering literature in acoustic phonetics and speech acquisition in preschool children, and evalu-
Study of the theoretical and research literature perception. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ation of current theory and intervention re-
concerning the causes, diagnosis, and treat- 1 unit. search in the area. Prerequisite: SPSHS 383 or
ment of stuttering and an analysis of clinical equivalent, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
procedures in stuttering therapy. Prerequisite: 410. Seminar in Stuttering
Consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Advanced study of stuttering disorders; topics 431. Language Disorders in School-Age
vary, but emphasis is placed on measurement, Children
385. Speech Pathology, I clinical evaluation, and therapeutic methods. Advanced study of the nature of language
Study of the symptoms, causes, and treatment Prerequisite: A course in stuttering. 1 unit. impairments and language/learning disabili-
of articulation disorders. Prerequisite: Consent ties found in the school-age population, and
of instructor. 3 hours or Vi unit. 411. Development and Disorders of ramifications for academic success and social
Phonology and Articulation development; critical review of theoretical
386. Language Disorders in Children Survey of basic knowledge concerning normal models and empirical evidence of language
Definition, etiology,and description of various and deviant phonological development, and learning in older children; evaluation of re-
types of language disorders in children; principles for applying this knowledge to the search in the diagnosis and treatment of lan-
assessment and intervention of these clinical assessment and remediation of phonological guage impairments in older children. Prereq-
cases. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 disorders. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. uisite: SPSHS 383 or equivalent, or consent of
hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 1 unit. instructor. 1 unit.
388.Speech Pathology, II 413. Voice Disorders and Alaryngeal 432.Aphasia and Related Disorders
Study of the symptoms, causes, and treatment Speech Advanced study of the communication dis-
of voice disorders. Prerequisite: SPSHS 385 or Advanced study and critical analysis of the orders resulting from neurological impair-
consent of instructor. 3 fours, or Vi or 1 unit. literature pertaining to anatomic, physiologic, ments in adults: critical analysis of the research
acoustic, and psychological bases of voice literature, examination of current theories re-
389. Appraisal in Speech Pathology pathology and laryngectomy. Includes meth- garding aphasia and related disorders; evalu-
Introduction to principles of diagnosis; ods of diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite: ation of existing paradigms of diagnosis and
discussion of administration, scoring, and SPSHS 375, 376, 388 or equivalent or consent intervention. Prerequisite: SPSHS 472 or con-
interpretation of tests utilized during speech of instructor. 1 unit. sent of instructor. 1 unit.
and language evaluation. Prerequisite: SPSHS
383 and 385, or consent of instructor. 3 hours 414. Orofacial Anomalies 435.Advanced Language Diagnostics
or h
x
unit. Evaluation of current theories and interven- Advanced study of the diagnosis' of language
tion research associated with cleft palate and disorders in children from infancy through
390. Introduction to Hearing Disorders and orofacial anomalies. Advanced study and adolescence; particular emphasis on critical
Audiometry critical analysis of speech, dental, and surgi- evaluation of current methods in assessment,
Review of the history of audiology as a cal treatment procedures. Prerequisite: SPSHS the development of problem-solving skills,
profession; study of symptoms, causes, and 375, 376 or equivalent or consent of instruc- and the application of computer technology
treatment of hearing losses; and principles and tor. 1 unit. in language analysis. Prerequisite: SPSHS 389
application of basic audiometry. 4 hours or 1 and 420 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
unit. 415.Normal and Disordered Swallowing 1 unit.
Study of the anatomy, physiology, and
393.Aural Habilitation and Rehabilitation pathophysiology of the oral and pharyngeal 436. Speech and Language Clinical
Principles and methods of clinical and stages of swallowing and critical review of the Methods in the Schools
classroom retraining of the hard-of-hearing; research literature pertaining to methods for Study of methods and materials used in the
includes lip reading, auditory training, speech diagnosis and treatment of dysphagia. schools bv the speech and language clinician.
disorders and conservation, and counseling. Prerequisite: SPSHS 375 or equivalent and Prerequisite: SPSHS 388. Vi unit.
Required in curriculum of teacher training in SPSHS 472, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
speech and hearing science. Prerequisite: 440. Psychoacoustics
Consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 416. Motor Speech Disorders Advanced study of physical nature of sound
Study of the etiology and symptomatology of and its measurement; theory and practice of
399. Quantitative Reasoning in Speech and pediatric and adult speech problems resulting psychophysics, including the various aspects
Hearing Science from neurological impairment, and critical of psychoacoustics (sensitivity, masking,
Introduction to experimental designs and review of the research literature pertaining to loudness, pitch, binaural hearing, speech
methods of statistical analysis in speech and methods for assessment and treatment of perception) and the nonlinear nature of the
hearing research. Prerequisite: Graduate these disorders. Prerequisite: SPSHS 375 or auditory system. Prerequisite: SPSHS 378 or
standing or consent of instructor. 3 hours, or equivalent and SPSHS 472, or consent of equivalent. 1 unit.
Vi or 1 unit.
instructor. 1 unit.
252 Speech Communication
450. Assessment of Audition and Auditory the development and fitting of hearing aids, 491. Seminar in Hearing Disorders
Disorders tactile aids,cochlear implants, and assistive Principles and methods of clinical manage-
Study of technical and clinical aspects of au- listening devices. Prerequisite: SPSHS 453 or ment of all types of hearing disorders; survey
diological assessment and auditory disorders; consent of instructor. 1 unit. of current literature and research. The follow-
critical analysis of clinical and experimental ing topics are offered in rotation, one or two
literature; laboratory experience in audiologi- 459.Advanced Clinical Practicum in each semester: automatic audiometry, aural
cal assessment techniques. Prerequisite: SPSHS Audiological Assessment and rehabilitation, and hearing aids and amplifi-
378, 390, or equivalent or consent of instruc- (Re)Habilitation cation. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1
tor. 1 unit. Supervised assessment and management of unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
patients. Includes audiological evaluation units.
451. Electrophysiologic Indices of Audition techniques; treatment counseling; hearing aid
and Balance selection, evaluation, and dispensing; and 495. Special Problems
Study of technical and clinical aspects of aural rehabilitation therapy. External place- Investigation of speech and hearing projects
electrophysiologic measures of audition and ment in a variety of sites is available as well not included in theses. Prerequisite: Consent
balance; critical analysis of clinical and as in the departmental Audiology Clinic. Pre- of head of the department. Vi to 2 units.
experimental literature; laboratory experience requisite: Graduate standing, plus SPSHS 378,
in electrophysiologic techniques. Prerequisite: 390, 393, or equivalent course work and con- 496. Proseminar in Speech and Hearing
SPSHS 378, 390, 450 or equivalent or consent sent of instructor. 'A to 1 unit. Science
of instructor. 1 unit. Required seminar for all graduate students;
471. Communication Disorders in involves reporting of ongoing research of
452. Diagnosis of Hearing Impairments in Multicultural Populations faculty, visiting researchers, and students.
Infants and Young Children Seminar focuses on theory, research, and units.
Study of the major etiologies underlying hear- clinical issues related to communication
ing impairments encountered in the pediatric disorders in multicultural populations. Topics 499. Thesis Research
population, program models for infants and include culture, dialect, bilingualism, and Individual research in the various areas of
young children at risk for hearing impairment, other clinical considerations that affect speech and hearing science. 0to4 units.
behavioral and physiologic issues in assess- assessment and treatment of children and
ment and evaluation of residual hearing, and adults from multicultural populations who
selection of hearing aids and other sensory have speech, language, or hearing disorders.
prosthetic devices. Prerequisite: SPSHS 450. 1 Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
unit.
472. Neural Bases of Speech and Language
453. Hearing Aids and Amplification Advanced study of neuroanatomy and neu- Speech
Study of technical and clinical aspects of per- rophysiology with emphasis on current re-
sonal hearing aids and amplification devices; search pertaining to nervous system structures
Communication
survey of clinical and experimental literature; and functions important for speech and lan-
laboratory experience in electroacoustic and guage. Critical analyses of current theories of Head of Department: D. L. Swanson
real-ear measurement, earmold impressions the function of neural mechanisms utilized in Department Office: 244 Lincoln Hall, 702 South
and modification procedures, and solving fit- speech and language. Prerequisite: SPSHS 375 Wright Street, Urbana
ting problems. Prerequisite: SPSHS 450. 1 unit. and 376, or equivalent, or consent of instruc- Phone: 333-2683
tor. 1 unit.
URL: www.spcomm.uiuc.edu
454. Seminar in Advanced Audiological
Assessment 473.Seminar in Counseling and
Seminar on current research in advanced au- Communication Disorders Speech Communication (SPCOM)
diology, with emphasis on experimental and Focuses on counseling principles, theories,
clinical protocols involving electrophysiologic and methods useful to the speech-language
101. Principles of Effective Speaking
and behavioral measures in areas including pathologist and audiologist when working
Preparation and presentation of short infor-
newborn auditory screening using evoked with communication disordered individuals
mative and persuasive speeches; emphasis on
potentials, intraoperative and intensive care and their families. Issues related to ethics, val-
the selection and organization of material,
unit monitoring, brain-mapping, event-re- ues, grief, culture, familv systems, the impact
methods of securing interest and attention,
lated potentials, central auditory assessment, of disability, referral sources, and techniques
and the elements of delivery. 3 hours. Credit is
and computerized assessment of balance func- for interviewing and counseling are discussed. not given for both SPCOM 101 and either 111
tion. Prerequisite: SPSHS 451 or equivalent, or Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit.
or 112.
475. Advanced Clinical Practicum in
102. Introduction to Speech
455.Communication and Language Speech-Language Pathology Communication
Problems of the Hearing Impaired Supervised management of clients demon-
Survey of the questions probed, the methods
Advanced course in the problems and proce- strating a variety of communicative disorders.
employed, and the current status of knowl-
dures involved in the acquisition of language Participation in diagnosis of problems and
edge in the speech communication discipline;
and communication by persons with severe planning of treatment. External placement in
provides opportunities to understand the
hearing impairment, particularly those with a variety of outside sites. Prerequisite: Gradu-
range of concerns and to explore specific ar-
profound prelingual deafness; emphasis on ate standing, plus SPSHS 201 or equivalent
eas of interest of the field. 4 hours.
research and measurement in the develop- and consent of instructor. !4 to 1 unit.
ment of speech, speechreading, residual hear- 111. Verbal Communication
ing, reading, written language, and manual 477. Clinical Sociolinguistics
Principles and practice in communication;
communication, including finger spelling and Clinical application of sociolinguistic concepts
stress on fundamentals of exposition in
the language of signs; and stress on the appli- for communicatively impaired populations. writing and speaking. The Campus rhetoric
cations of recent approaches in linguistics and Focuses on language difference, and utilizes
requirement is fulfilled by this course in
psycholinguistics to language development. technological strategies needed for assessment
conjunction with SPCOM 112. 3 hours. Credit
Consent of and intervention with linguistically diverse
is not given for both SPCOM 111 and 112, and
Prerequisite: instructor. 1 unit.
populations. Includes computer analysis of
any other course or sequence of courses that
456. Seminar in Sensory Prosthetic Devices talk data from language disordered and
fulfills the Composition I requirement (i.e.,
for Individuals with Hearing Loss linguistically different speakers Consent of
RHET and 102; 103 and 104; 108; E S
100; 101
Seminar on current research in signal process- instructor. 1 unit.
L 114 and 115). Credit is also not given for both
ing approaches and experimental protocols for
SPCOM 111-112 and 101. SPCOM 111-112 may
Speech Communication 253
not be taken by students who have completed 201. General Phonetics preparation and delivery of short persuasive
the University's Composition I requirement. Same as SPSHS 201. See SPSHS 201. speeches. Prerequisite: SPCOM 101; junior
standing. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours
112. Verbal Communication 204. Speech for Teachers inLAS.)
Theory and practice of communication; stress Course in teaching methods designed for
on deliberation and fundamentals of persua- prospective teachers who are nonspeech 223. Argumentation: Theory and Practice
sion through speaking and writing. The cam- communication majors; discussion of methods Study of the theory of argument, e.g., evi-
pus rhetoric requirement is fulfilled by this and materials available for teaching speech dence, reasoning, and construction of briefs;
course in conjunction with SPCOM 111. Pre- and directing extracurricular speech activities. practice in formal and informal forms of de-
requisite:SPCOM 111. 3 hoars. Credit is not 3 hours. bate and public discourse on current public
given for both SPCOM 111-112 and any other questions. Prerequisite: SPCOM 101; sopho-
course or sequence of courses that fulfills the 207. Analysis of Screen Genre more standing. By consent of the head of the
Composition I requirement (i.e., RHET 100; General introduction theory and analy-
to the department, the prerequisite may be waived
101 and 102; 103 and 104; 105; 108; E S L 114 sis of filmand television genre; detailed study for superior students, including James Schol-
and 115). Credit is not given for both SPCOM of one or two representative types of genres ars. 3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L
111-112 and 101. SPCOM 111-112 may not be (genres vary from semester to semester). Con- AS.)
taken bv students who have completed the siders aesthetic, ideological, cultural, and his-
campus' Composition I requirement. torical views of genre. Students are required 230. Interpersonal Communication
to view a limited number of films and televi- Study of communication theory and its appli-
113. Group Discussion and Conference sion programs outside of class. Prerequisite: cation to interpersonal relations; extensive
Leadership Sophomore standing and SPCOM 102 or 177, discussion of problems of conflict and misun-
Study of leadership, group process, and or one course in film. 3 hours. derstanding in personal affairs to facilitate the
interpersonal relations in the small group, development of knowledge, insights, and
conference, and the public forum; emphasis and the Rhetoric of Film
208. Ideology skills in the processes of face-to-face interac-
on practice in leading and participation in Examines the nature and communicative tion. Prerequisite: SPCOM 101 and sophomore
various types of public discussion and functions of the ideological content of narra- standing; by consent of the head of the depart-
conference, with materials drawn from current tive cinema, with emphasis on the Hollywood ment, the prerequisite may be waived for su-
public questions. Prerequisite: Sophomore film; considers ideological dimensions of film perior students, including James Scholars. 3
standing. By consent of the head of the as communication, explicit and implicit ideo- hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.)
department the prerequisite may be waived dimensions of the Hollywood social
logical
for superior students, including James problem film, relationship of genre and ide- 247. Teaching of
Speech
Scholars. 3 hours. ology,and the ideology of the institution of Study of methods and materials used in
cinema. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and teaching speech in the high school. Prerequisite:
120. Advanced Oral Communication one course in speech communication or film. Senior standing. 3 hours.
Advanced principles of speech preparation 3 hours.
and presentation; special problems and types 251. Communication Problems in Public
of speeches; and considerable practice in com- 210. TheRhetorical Tradition Information Management
position and delivery of speeches. Prerequisite: Survey of major trends in the development of Study of communication problems and
SPCOM 101 or equivalent. 3 hours. rhetorical theory from Homer to the present. practices involved in the management of
3 hours. (Counts for advanced hours in LAS.) public information. Considers functions,
141. Oral Interpretation contexts, and evaluation of public information
Same as THEAT 180. Oral reading for under- 211.Business and Professional Speaking efforts. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and
standing, appreciation, and communication. Study, preparation, and presentation of the one course in SPCOM. 3 hours.
3 hours. chief types of business speeches; special at-
tention to conferences, sales talks, interviews, 252. The Rhetoric of Dissent
142. Group Oral Interpretation of and job applications. Prerequisite: SPCOM 101. Study of the rhetorical strategies and tactics
Literature 2 hours. employed in selected cases of dissent in
Same as THEAT 181. Study of modern modes American political and social life. Prerequisite:
of group presentation of literature; emphasis 212. Introduction to Organizational SPCOM 101 or 102, or consent of instructor. 3
on practice in script preparation, directing, Communication hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
and performance in chamber theatre and Considers major theories, research questions,
readers' theatre. Prerequisite: SPCOM 141 or and approaches. Prerequisite: SPCOM 102. 3 253.Case Studies in Public Discourse
consent of instructor. 2 hours. hours. Detailed examination of selected cases of
significant public discourse. Prerequisite:
161. Fundamentals of Acting 213. Persuasion and the Arts SPCOM 101 or 102, or consent of instructor. 3
Same as THEAT 170. See THEAT 170. Introduction to the study of narrative films, hours.
theatre, fiction, and poetry as vehicles of
177. The Arts of Public Discourse indirect and overt persuasion. 3 hours. 254.Freedom of Speech and the Ethics of
The nature and forms of practical and artistic Speech Communication
public speech, including adaptations for the 220. VerbalCommunication for Business Examination of the nature and variety of
mass audience. 4 hours. and the Professions responses to value questions concerning
Advanced topics in oral and written compo- communication; includes a survey of the
178. Introduction to Theatre Arts sition, including: the nature of policy-oriented evolution of and current controversies in
Same as THEAT 178. See THEAT 178. communication; analysis and formulation of freedom of speech. Prerequisite: SPCOM 101
positions on issues of professional, personal, or 102, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
191. Freshman Honors Tutorial or public interest; designand presentation of (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.)
Study of selected topics on an individually written and oral messages addressed to vary-
arranged basis. Open only to honors majors ing tasks and audiences. Prerequisite: Comple- 255. Directing: Script Preparation
or to Conn Scholars and Associates. Prerequi- tion of campus Composition I general educa- Same as THEAT 281. See THEAT 281.
site: Consent of departmental honors adviser. tion requirement. 3 hours.
1 to 3 hours. May be repeated once. 290. Individual Study
221. Persuasion Individual investigation of special problems.
199. Undergraduate Open Seminar Study of the processes of motivation as Twelve hours of speech commu-
Prerequisite:
5 hours. applied to speeches intended to influence nication; a GPA of
3.25; and consent of head
group opinion and action; practice in the of department. 2 hours. May be repeated to a
254 Speech Communication
maximum of 4 hours. (Counts for advanced Junior standing or consent of instructor. 3 329. Language of Religion
hours in LAS.) hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Same as RELST and LING 329. See RELST 329.
291.Honors Individual Study 315. Greek, Roman, and Medieval 332. Women and Language
Individual investigation of special problems. Rhetorical Theory Same as LING and W
S 332. Study of actual
Prerequisite:Twelve hours of speech commu- Same as CLCIV 315. Examination of the and perceived differences and similarities in
nication; a GPA of 3.50; and consent of head development of rhetorical theory, criticism, the use of language by women and by men;
of department. 2 hours. May be repeated to a and pedagogy in Western thought; analysis emphasizes the social contexts of speech. Pre-
maximum of 4 hours. (Counts for advanced of the contributions of major figures and requisite: A course in speech communication
hours in L A S.) works from Homer to the Renaissance. or linguistics, or equivalent. 3 hours or 1 unit.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
293. Honors Senior Thesis instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 335. Interpersonal Communication
Individual study leading to a thesis for honors Processes
in the Department of Speech Communication. 317. Contemporary Rhetorical Theory Same as COMM 335. Study of the major pro-
Senior standing; a GPA of 3.50;
Prerequisite: Coverage of the major contributors to rhetori- cesses involved in an individual's adjustment
and consent of head of department. 2 hours. cal theory from James and Winans to the to the communication situations of everyday
May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. present. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. emphasis on the development of interper-
life;
(Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) sonal competency and orientations, social per-
319. Studies in Russian and East European ception, interpersonal sentiment and hostil-
296. Special Topics in Speech Cinema ity, trust, and the social context as factors
Communication Same as CINE, COMM, and SLAV 319. See influencing the understanding and evaluation
Special topics in speech communication not SLAV 319. of interpersonal messages. 3 hours, or Vi or 1
treated in regularly scheduled courses. See unit.
Timetable for current topics. Prerequisite: 320. Argumentation and Public Decision
Sophomore standing and one course in speech Making 342. Oral Interpretation of Poetry
communication; or consent of instructor. 3 Study of the philosophical, logical, and Analysis and oral presentation of literature
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 psychological bases of public decision making representative of various poetic forms.
hours. (Counts for advanced hours in L A S.) through discussion and debate. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: SPCOM 141. 3 hours, or Vi or I
SPCOM 223 or consent of instructor. 3 hours, unit.

Media
308. Cultural Analysis of Screen or Vi or 1 unit.
Same as COMM 308. Study of theories and 344. Criticism of the Oral Interpretation of
methods for analyzing the cultural signifi- 321. Theories of Persuasion Literature
cance and influence of the content of film and Survey of theories of persuasion derived from Examination of theories of aesthetics and
television media; detailed application to one rhetorical, philosophical, and psychological practical criticism and their application to the
or two particular dimensions of the relation- sources and their application to persuasive criticism of specific examples of the oral
ship of screen media to culture (applications discourse. Prerequisite: SPCOM 221 or gradu- performance of literature. Prerequisite: SPCOM
vary from semester to semester and are cho- ate standing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. 141 or graduate standing, or consent of
sen to highlight current issues in cultural instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
analysis of media). Students are required to 'ill. Renaissance and Modem Rhetorical
view a limited number of films and television Theory 345. Oral Interpretation of Prose Fiction
programs outside of class. Prerequisite: Significant movements in the development of Same as THEAT 376. Modern concepts
SPCOM 207 or 208 or 213; or consent of in- rhetorical theory in England, France, and underlying the relationship of interpretation
structor. 3 hours or 1 unit. America from 1500 to the present. Prerequisite: to the reader's experience of literature;
Senior standing. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. discussions, reports, and oral interpretations
311. Organizational Communication of prose forms (including chamber theatre and
Assessment 323. Rhetorical Criticism readers' theatre). Prerequisite: SPCOM 141 or
Organizational communication theory ap- Methods and judging persua-
of interpreting consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
plied to the assessment of communication sive discourse with emphasis on political

practices in organizations; systematic proce- speaking and writing; lectures and practice in 350. Selected Topics in the History and
dures for diagnosing communication prob- criticism. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg- Criticism of Public Discourse
lems and facilitating effective communication istration in SPCOM 322 or 350. 3 hours, or Vi Study of selected periods and genres of public
in organizations. Extensive use of case stud- or 1 unit. discourse in historical context, including
ies. Students conduct a communication audit British, American, French, Russian, German,
of an organization. Prerequisite: SPCOM 212.

324. Persuasion in the Campaign and Chinese, and Japanese. Prerequisite: One
3 hours or 1 unit.
Movement course in rhetorical criticism or consent of
Consideration of factors central to the sus- instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be
312. Organizational Communication tained persuasive campaign or movement; repeated as topics vary to a maximum of 12
Processes special attention to the nature and functions hours or 4 units.
Advanced study of theory and research in of persuasion in the political campaign. Pre-
organizational communication; considers requisite: SPCOM 221 or 321, or consent of in- 353. Criticism of Contemporary Public
such topics as communication networks, su- structor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Discourse
perior-subordinate communications, task-re- Rhetorical criticism of selected aspects of
lated and social information processing, and
325. Politicsand the Media contemporary public communication. 3 hours,
communicating with the external environ- Same as COMM and POL S 322. Examines the or Vi or 1 unit.
interaction between the media and politics in
ment. Prerequisite: SPCOM 212. 3 hours or 1
unit.
the United States and elsewhere, with special 374. Introduction to Empirical Research
emphasis on the constitutional protection of Methods in Speech Communication
313. Interpersonal Communication: the media, politics of media control, impact Introduction to descriptive and experimental
Discussion and Interview of the media on such political processes as methods in speech communication; intended
Advanced study of theory, research, tech- elections and policymaking, international to produce understanding and critical evalu-
niques, and training methods in interviewing news agencies and communications satellites, ation of research designs. 3 hours or Vi unit.
and group discussion; emphasis on empirical and quest for a new international information
research findings concerning communication order. Prerequisite: POL S 150, or six hours of 375. Speech Science, I
processes in face-to-face groups. Prerequisite: social science; or consent of instructor. 3 hours, Same as LING and SPSHS 375. See SPSHS 375.
or Vi to 1 unit.
Statistics 255
376. Speech Science, II 438.Seminar in Rhetorical Theory 309. Actuarial Statistics, II

Same as LING and SPSHS 376. See SPSHS 376. Study of special topics in the history of Same as MATH 309. Continuation of STAT
rhetorical theory. 2 unit. May be repeated for 308. Examines parametric point and interval
Development of Spoken Language
383. a maximum of 4 units. estimation, including maximum likelihood
Same as SPSHS 383. See SPSHS 383. estimation, sufficiency, completeness, and
468. Seminar in Theatre History Bayesian estimation; hypothesis testing; lin-
396. Combined Undergraduate/Graduate Same as THEAT 406. See THEAT 406. ear models; regression and correlation. Prereq-
Seminar uisite: STAT 308. 4 hours or 1 unit. Credit is not
Seminar on advanced topics in speech com- 474. Experimental Design in Speech given for both STAT 309 and 311
munication not treated in regularly scheduled Communication Research
courses; see Timetable for current topics. Pre- Detailed treatment of major issues and options 310. Introduction to Mathematical
requisite: Junior standing and two courses in in designs speech communica-
employed in Statistics and Probability, I
speech communication, or consent of instruction research. Prerequisite: SPCOM 374 or Same as MATH363. Introduction to math-
tor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. May be repeated to equivalent; introductory statistics course. Vi ematical statistics that develops probability as
a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units. or 1 unit. needed; includes the calculus of probability,
random variables, expectation, distribution
405. Writing Studies I: Social Contexts and 495. Special Problems functions, central limit theorem, point estima-
Functions of Writing Individual investigation of special projects not tion,confidence intervals, and hypothesis test-
Same as ENGL and C & I 463. Reviews
405, included in theses. Prerequisite: Consent of ing. Offers a basicone-semester introduction
theory and research on the social and historical head of department. Vi to 2 units. Open to to statistics and also prepares students for
development of writing systems, including master's candidates for a maximum of 1 unit, STAT 311. Prerequisite: MATH
242 or 245, or
consideration of the relationship between oral and to doctoral candidates for 1 or 2 units. equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
and written language, writing and other
graphic representation systems, alternative 499. Thesis Research 311. Introduction to Mathematical
technologies, the evolution of writing systems, to 4 units. Statistics and Probability, II
and the social functions of literacy. Prerequisite: Same as MATH 364. Continuation of STAT
Admission to the graduate programs of a unit 310. Includesmoment-generating functions,
offering the graduate specialization in Writing transformations of random variables, normal
Studies, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. sampling theory, sufficiency, best estimators,
maximum likelihood estimators, confidence
406. Writing Studies II: Writing Processes intervals, most powerful tests, unbiased tests,
and Their Development Statistics and chi-square tests. Prerequisite: STAT 310; or
Same as ENGL 406 and C & I 464. Reviews STAT 100 and MATH 361. 3 hours or 1 unit.
theory and research on the acquisition of Credit is not given for both STAT 311 and 309.
writing, including consideration of cognitive Head of Department: Adam T. Martinsek
processes employed during writing, the Department Office: 101 Illini Hall, 725 South 320. Methods of Applied Statistics
acquisition of writing competence, assessment Wright Street, Champaign Same as MATH 369. Systematic, calculus-
of writing skill, and methods of instruction in Phone: 333-2167 based coverage of the more widely used meth-
basic and advanced written communication URL: www.stat.uiuc.edu ods of applied statistics, including simple and
skills. Prerequisite: SPCOM 405, or consent of multiple regression, correlation, analysis of
instructor. 1 unit. variance and covariance, multiple compari-
Statistics (STAT)
sons, goodness of fit tests, contingency tables,
429. Seminar Speech Communication
in nonparametric procedures, and power of tests;
Special topics in speech communication. 100. Statistics emphasizes when and why various tests are
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. May Same as MATH 161. First course in probabil- appropriate and how they are used. Prerequi-
be repeated to a maximum of 4 units. ity and statistics at a precalculus level; empha- site: STAT 308 or 310, MATH
130 or 134 or
sizes basic concepts, including descriptive sta- equivalent, and knowledge of basic matrix
430.Contemporary Theories of Oral elementary probability, estimation, and
tistics,
manipulations; or consent of instructor. 3 hours
Communication hypothesis testing in both nonparametric and or 1 unit.
Systematic study of speech making and dis- normal models. Prerequisite: MATH 112. 3
cussion as related to contemporary views of hours. Credit is not given for both STAT 100 324. Analysis of Variance
communication; examination of the theoreti- and any one of the following: ECON 171 or Same as MATH
365. Estimation and hypoth-
cal literature and experimental evidence. Pre- 172, PSYCH 233, 234, or 235, or SOC 385. eses testing in linear models; one-, two-, and
requisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. higher-way layouts; incomplete layouts;
290. Individual Study analysis of covariance; and random effects
436. Seminar in Theories and Procedures of Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, lor 2 hours.
models and mixed models. Prerequisite: Credit
Discussion May be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours.
or concurrent registration in MATH 315 and
Intensive examination of selected problems of STAT 311. 3 hours or 1 unit.
communication in small, task-oriented groups; 291. Honors Individual Study
evaluation of special instrumental forms, such Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 or 2 hours.
325. Applied Regression and Design
as the unstructured group, the work group, May be repeated to a maximum of 8 hours. Explores linear regression, least squares
the panel, and the lecture-forum; critical estimates, F-tests, analysis of residuals,
analysis of recent research in group commu- 308. Actuarial Statistics, I
regression diagnostics, transformations,
nication as a means of making decisions and Same as MATH 308. Examines elementary
model building, factorial designs, randomized
of changing attitudes and behavior. Prerequi- theory of probability, including independence,
complete block designs, Latin squares, and
site: SPCOM 313 or equivalent. 1 unit. conditional probability, and Bayes' theorem;
split plot designs. Computer work is an
combinations and permutations; random vari- STAT
integral part of the course. Prerequisite:
437. The Analysis of Interpersonal ables, expectations, and probability distribu-
311.3 hours or I unit.
Interaction tions; joint and conditional distributions; func-
Same as COMM 437. Exploration of theory, tions of random variables; sampling; central 326. Sampling and Categorical Data
methodology, and empirical findings of de- limit theorem. Prerequisite: MATH 242 or 245, Sampling: simple random, stratified, system-
scriptive and experimental approaches to the or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. Credit is not atic, cluster, and multistage sampling. Cat-
analysis of verbal and nonverbal interaction given for both STAT 308 and either MATH 361 egorical data: multiway contingency tables,
processes, in both laboratory and naturalistic or STAT 310. maximum likelihood estimation, goodness-of-
settings. Prerequisite: SPCOM 335 or consent fit tests, model selection, logistic regression.
of instructor. 1 unit.
. ..
256 Technical Systems Management
Computer work is an integral part of the 326, and 411; or consent of instructor. 3 hours
course. Prerequisite: STAT 311. 3 hours or 1 unit. or 1 unit.
327. Statistical Consulting 451. Theory of Probability, I
Students, working in groups under the Same as MATH 451 . See MATH 451
supervision of the instructor, consult with
452. Theory of Probability,
Technical Systems
faculty and graduate students through the II
Statistical Consulting Service; readings from Same as MATH 452. See MATH 452. Management
literature on consulting. Prerequisite: STAT 325
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. 453. Probability and Measure, I
(See Agricultural Engineering)
Same as MATH 481. Measures and probabili-
Computing
328. Statistical ties; and expectation; convergence
integration
Same as MATH 393. Examines statistical pack- theorems and inequalities for integrals and
ages, numerical analysis for linear and non- expectations; independence; convergence in
linear models, graphics, and random number probability, almost surely, and mean; Three
generation and Monte Carlo methods. Prereq- Series Theorem; laws of large numbers. Pre-
uisite: STAT 311 or equivalent; knowledge of requisite: MATH 347 or consent of instructor.
a programming language. 3 hours or 1 unit. 1 unit. Credit is not given for both STAT 453
and either MATH 441 or 451.
Theatre
Time Series Analysis
329.
Same as MATH 394. Studies theory and data 454. Probability and Measure, II
analysis for stationary and pre-starioned time Same as MATH 482. Measure extensions, Head of Department: Robert Graves
series; examines auto-regressive moving av- Lebesque-Stielrjes measure, Kolmogorov con-
Department Office: 4-122 Krannert Center for
erage model building and statistical tech- sistency theorem; conditional expectation,
the Performing Arts, 500 South Goodwin
niques; and discusses spectral model build- conditional probability, martingales; distribu-
Avenue, Urbana
ing and statistical analysis using windowed tion functions and characteristic functions;
Phone: 333-3538
periodograms and Fast Fourier Transforma- convergence in distribution; Central Limit URL: www.thearre.uiuc.edu/theatre
tions. Prerequisite: STAT 311. 3 hours or 1 unit. Theorem; Brownian Motion. Prerequisite:
MATH 481 1 unit. Credit is not given for both
330. Topics in Applied Statistics STAT 454 and either MATH 451 or 452. Theatre (THEAT)
Same as MATH 368. Formulation and analy-
sis of mathematical models for random phe- 455. Applied Stochastic Processes
100. Practicum, I
nomena; extensive involvement with the Same as MATH 461 . See MATH 461 Practical work in acting and theatre manage-
analysis of real data; and instruction in statis- ment, and in the design, construction, and
tical and computing techniques as needed. 463. Information Theory
handling of scenery, lighting, sound, proper-
Prerequisite: STAT 311 or 320; or consent of in- Same as C S 478 and ECE 463. See ECE 463.
ties, costumes, and makeup for public perfor-
structor. 3 hours or be taken for
1 unit. May mance. Forty hours of production activity to
471. Multivariate Analysis
credit more than once with consent of instruc- be arranged for each credit hour. Prerequisite:
tor.
Same as MATH 471. Inference in multivariate
statistical populations emphasizing the Consent of instructor for nontheatre majors.
1 to 3 hours. May be repeated to a maximum
351. Introduction to Probability Theory, I
multivariate normal distribution; derivation
of 12 hours.
Same as MATH 361. See MATH 361. of tests, estimates, and sampling distributions;
and examples from the natural and social
109. Dramatic Analysis
356. Introduction to Probability Theory, II sciences. Prerequisite: STAT 311 and MATH
Introduction to the study of plays for theatre
Same as MATH 366. See MATH 366. 315, or consent of instructor. 1 unit.
practitionersemploying analytical methods
475. Large Sample Theory and plays from modem theatre. Requires pa-
358. Mathematical Modeling in Life
per or project assignments for each play. Pre-
Sciences Limiting distribution of maximum likelihood
requisite: Consent of instructor for nontheatre
Same as ANSCI and BIOL 358. See ANSCI 358. estimators, likelihood ratio test statistics, U-
majors. 3 hours.
statistics, M-, L-, and R-estimators, nonpara-
410. Mathematical Statistics, I metric test statistics, Von Mises differentiable
Modern Theatre
110. Literature of the
Distributions, transformations, order-statis- statistical functions; asymptotic relative effi-
Introduction to the principal modes of
tics,exponential families, sufficiency, delta- ciencies; asymptotic expansions. Prerequisite:
dramatic expression from around 1870 to the
method, Edgeworth expansions; uniformly STAT 411 and either MATH 451 or STAT 454.
present day. Prerequisite: Completion of
minimum variance unbiased estimators, Rao- 1 unit.
campus Composition I general education
Blackwell theorem, Cramer- Rao lower bound,
requirement; and THEAT 109 or consent of
information inequality; equivariance. Prereq- 478. Topics in Statistics
uisite: STAT 311. 1 unit. Same as MATH 478. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. 1 unit.
120. Basic Theatre Practice: Scenecraft
411.Mathematical Statistics, II
Introduction to stage scenecraft techniques:
Bayes estimates, minimaxity, admissibility; 488. Covariance Structure and Factor
basic carpentry, rigging, scene painting, and
maximum likelihood estimation, consistency, Models
technical drafting. Practical experience on
asymptotic efficiency; testing and confidence Same as EDPSY, PSYCH and SOC 488. See
realized productions required. Prerequisite: For
intervals; Neyman-Pearson lemma, uniformly PSYCH 488.
nontheatre majors, consent of instructor. 2
most powerful tests; likelihood ratio tests and
490. Reading Course hours.
large-sample approximation; nonparametrics.
Prerequisite: STAT 410. 1 unit. Directed reading on various topics. Prerequi-
121. Basic Theatre Practice: Costume
site: Consent of instructor, lor 2 units. May be
repeated, subject to approval by the student's

Technology
425. Current Research in Applied and
Introduction to stage costume design and
Computational Statistics adviser.
technology: approach to design, basic costume
Various topics, such as ridge regression; ro-
499. Thesis Research skills, and craft techniques. Practical experi-
bust regression; jackknife, bootstrap, cross-
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. to 4 units. ence on realized productions required. Prereq-
validation and resampling plans; E-M algo-
uisite: For nontheatre majors, consent of in-
rithm; projection pursuit; all with a strong
structor. 2 hours.
computational flavor. Prerequisite: STAT 325,
Theatre 257
122. Basic Theatre Practice: Lighting 180. Oral Interpretation of the semester. 3 to 8 hours. Students must
Technology Same as SPCOM 141. See SPCOM 141. register for all sections to receive credit.
Introduction to stage lighting design and prac-
tice: approach to lighting design, basic light- 181. Group Oral Interpretation of 254. Acting Studio, II
ing technology, light plots, and instrument Literature Development of the actors' skills for musical
schedules. Practical experience on realized Same as SPCOM 142. See SPCOM 142. theatre through the study of dance for actors,
productions required. Prerequisite: For non- movement body alignment and
for the stage,
theatre majors, consent of instructor. 2 hours. 182. Acting: Movement awareness, continued vocal training empha-
Basic physical training for expressive body sizing singing, and analysis and performance
123. Basic Theatre Practice: Makeup awareness and dynamics. Prerequisite: THEAT of British and American musical materials. A
Introduction to stage makeup techniques: 175, or consent of instructor. 2 hours. performance is given at the end of the semes-
basic makeup painting, practice in corrective, ter. Prerequisite: THEAT 253. 3 to 8 hours. Stu-
aging, and character makeup and introduction 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar dents must register for all sections to receive
to creating facial hair and wigs. Practical 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. credit.
experience on realized productions required.
210. Stage Electronics 255. Acting Studio, III
Prerequisite: For nontheatre majors, consent of
Laboratory course to familiarize the beginning Major emphasis on acting in Shakespearean
theatre student with current wiring practices and other Elizabethan drama; training in stage
125. Graphic Skills and control techniques related to theatrical combat, sword and rapier; concentration on
Introduction to drawing, drafting, and model electronic control systems. 3 hours. speech for Shakespeare and the classical stage.
building for the theatre. Drawing and draft- A performance is given at the end of the
223. Stage Mechanics, I
THEAT 254. 3
ing supplies are required. Prerequisite: For semester. Prerequisite: to 8 hours.
Studies traditional materials, techniques, and
nontheatre majors, consent of instructor. 3 Students must register for all sections to
hours.
processes used in executing scenery for the receive credit.
theatre. Prerequisite: THEAT 120 or consent of
170. Fundamentals of Acting instructor. 4 hours. 256. Acting Studio, IV

Same as SPCOM 161 Study of the methods of
. Study of the techniques of acting for the
224. Stage Mechanics, II camera; scenes are recorded on audio-visual
acting, with emphasis on basic acting tech-
niques; role of character in relation to play as
Examines newly accepted and developing tape; special topics include speech for the
and emotional values techniques, processes, and materials used in microphone and unarmed combat
a whole, the internal of for the
the play,and their interpretation by means of
constructing and rigging stage scenery. stage. A performance is given at the end of
voice and action. 3 hours.
Prerequisite: THEAT 223. 4 hours. the semester. Prerequisite: THEAT 255. 1 to 8
hours. Students must register for all sections
175. Improvisation in Acting
225. Scene Design, I
to receive credit.
Exploration and communication of experience Projects and lectures addressing basic techni-
cal and aesthetic skills of scene design. 3 hours.
through speech and action on the stage. 263. Theatre of the Black Experience
Prerequisite: THEAT 170. 3 hours. Surveys the Black Theatre Movement's history
227. Senior Projects in Design, I
and literature, and studies dramatic works
176. Relationships in Acting
Professional studio and independent projects
focused on the black experience through the
for student designers specializing in stage
Behavior in stage performance explored on the rehearsal and performance of representative
scenery, lighting, or costume design. Prereq-
basis of the actor's relationship with self, with works of black dramatists. 3 hours. May be
uisite: Consent of instructor. 6 hours.
objects, and with other players; emphasizes repeated to a maximum of 9 hours.
analysis of playscript to discover action,
228. Senior Projects in Design, II
environment, and relationships. Prerequisite: 281. Directing: Script Preparation
THEAT 175; or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Continuation of THEAT 227. Prerequisite:
Same as SPCOM 255. Methods of script
THEAT 227. 6 hours.
analysis and the development of production
177. Acting:The Author, The Play and The concepts; explorative projects culminate in the
230. Technical Direction
Role readying of a script for rehearsal. Prerequisite:
Studies in theatre production organization
Beginning scene work with special emphasis THEAT 170, or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
and technical direction. 3 hours.
on analysis of plays, roles, characterization,
and application of skills learned through 291. Individual Topics
231. Introduction to Stage Lighting
improvisation and relationships in acting. Individual projects and problems. Prerequisite:
Studio course analyzing current lighting prac-
Prerequisite: THEAT 176. 3 hours.
tices and equipment by means of production
Consent of instructor. 2 hours.
oriented assignments. 3 hours.

178. Introduction to Theatre Arts 292. Individual Topics
Same as SPCOM 178. Introduction to models
232. Advanced Lighting Design
Individual projects and problems. Prerequisite:
of theatre production, including approaches Consent of instructor. 2 hours.
Lighting design for the proscenium, arena,
to playwriting, acting, design, directing,
and thrust stage. Prerequisite: THEAT 231, or
theatre history, minority theatre, plays by 300. Practicum, II
consent of instructor. 3 hours.
women, and the integration of these elements Advanced practical work in acting; theatre
in theatrical production. Lectures, discussions, management; the design, construction, and
233. Stage Drafting
and attendance at three Department of Theatre handling of scenery, lighting, sound, proper-
Drafting for scenery construction and rigging.
productions is required. 3 hours. ties, costumes, and makeup for public perfor-
Prerequisite: THEAT 125. 4 hours.
mance. Prerequisite: For nontheatre majors,
179. Acting: Voice
242. Introduction to Costuming consent of instructor. 3 to 3 hours, or A or Vi l
Fundamentals of voice and speech produc- unit. May be repeated to a total of 12 hours or
Introduction and practice of basic sewing,
tion. Deals with the fundamental elements 2 units.
craft, fabrication, dyeing and patterning skills
involved in vocal production and good clear
required to construct and accessorize period
speech. Through exercises, the vocal and 312. Theatre Dance, I
theatrical costumes. 3 hours.
speech mechanisms are developed and ap- Same as DANCE 312. See DANCE 312.
plied to the delivery of text. Prerequisite: For 253. Acting Studio, I
nontheatre majors, consent of instructor. 2 313. Theatre Dance, II
Acting in twentieth century plays. Concen-
hours. trated training in American dialects and de-
Same as DANCE 313. See DANCE 313.
velopment of movement skills and mask char-
acterization. A performance is given at the end
258 Theatre
314. Premodern Chinese Drama THEAT 225 or consent of instructor. 3 hours or through the study of plays/productions.
Same as EALC 313. See EALC 313. 1 unit. Prerequisite: THEAT 178. 4 hours or 1 unit.
323. Stage Mechanics, III 337.Scene Painting Techniques 351. History of Theatre in Western Society, I
Study advanced scenery methods and
in Techniques and practice of scene painting; lab Examines the role of theatre in Western culture
materials, including advanced woodworking, time required. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- as a reflection of economic, political, and social
plastic-craft, and rigging. Prerequisite: THEAT tor. 2 hours or Vi unit. forces from its prehistoric origins through the
223 and 224, or consent of instructor. 4 hours Renaissance. Prerequisite: One year of college
or 1 unit. 338.Rendering Techniques for the Stage dramatic literature and junior standing, or
Perspective techniques for the stage; model consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
324. Stage Mechanics, IV building; developing the perspective sketch.
Advanced study in the design and construc- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 hours or 352. History of Theatre in Western Society,II
tion of moving scenic elements. Prerequisite: Vi unit. Examines the role of theatre in Western culture
THEAT 323 or consent of instructor. 2 hours or as a reflection of economic, political, and social
Vz unit. 339. Property Management and Design forces from the late Renaissance to the present.
Principles of stage property design, planning Prerequisite: One year of college dramatic
325. Advanced Scene Design, I and management. Prerequisite: THEAT 120 or literature and junior standing, or consent of
Advanced problems in scene design for consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit. the instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
nonproscenium theaters (Section A) and tele-
vision, film, and industrial design (Section B). 340. Lighting Design for Dance 353. Creative Dramatics for Children
Prerequisite: THEAT 225, or consent of instruc- Survey of conceptual technique and practice Study of the subject matter and techniques of
tor. 4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of dance lighting; also nontraditional lighting creative dramatics for children with laboratory
of 8 hours; cannot repeat a section already problems including disco, rock, cabaret, and application. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
taken. industrial shows. Prerequisite: THEAT 231 or 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
232, or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit.
326. Advanced Scene Design, II 354. Theatre for the Child Audience
Advanced problems in scene design for pe- 341. History ofDance, II Study of the history, objectives, and techniques
riod and style plays (Section A) and develop- Survey of tracing the development of dance of play production for the child audience;
ment of professional portfolio (Section B). Pre- from the rise of Romanticism through the laboratory application. Prerequisite: Consent of
requisite: THEAT 325, or consent of instructor. twentieth century. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 hours, or Vi or 1 unit.
4 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
hours; cannot repeat a section already taken. 355. History of the American Musical
342.Costume Patterning Theatre, I
330. Theatre Sound Technology Methods of draping and drafting patterns for History of the American musical from its ear-
Exploration of audio production techniques period theatrical costumes. 3 hours or 1 unit. liest forms including ballad opera, extrava-
and equipment, as related to theatre sound. ganza, minstrelsy, and operetta, to the devel-
Related topics include acoustics, electronics, 343.Costume Draping opment of the modern musical of the early
and music. Prerequisite: Junior standing or Development of patterns for theatrical cos- 20th century. Prerequisite: Junior standing, or
MFA design major, or consent of instructor. 3 tumes through advanced draping techniques. consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
hours, or % unit. Extensive lab work culminating in draping
and constructing six complete period cos- 356. History of the American Musical
331. Sound Design tumes. Attendance at 10 professional fitting Theatre, II
Introduction to sound reproduction, record- sessions at the Krannert Center for the Per- History of the American musical in the 20th
ing, and basic systems design as applied to forming Arts Costume Shop is required. Pre- century, studied through the contribution of
the modern theatre. Prerequisite: THEAT 330. requisite: THEAT 342. 4 hours and 1 unit. the major composers, lyricists, and director/
3 hours or % unit. choreographers. Prerequisite: THEAT 355, or
345. Costume History for the Stage, I
332. Stage Management Surveys theatrical costume and fashion of
Studies the principles and the craft of produc- major periods; emphasizes relationships to 358. Social Issues Theatre
tion stage management. Prerequisite: Sopho- styles of art and dramaturgy, social milieu, and Same as W S 358. Research, writing, and
more standing in a theatre curriculum or con- production design. Prerequisite: Consent of production of original plays that address
sent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. selected health and social issues on the UIUC
campus in cooperation with the Counseling
334.Video Lighting and Production 346. Costume History for the Stage, II and Health Center. Course will emphasize
Study and practical application of basic Continuation of THEAT 345. Prerequisite: training in acting and in the methods of peer
television techniques with primary emphasis THEAT 345 or equivalent. 4 hours or 1 unit. education and discussion facilitation. 3 hours
on lighting. Trips will be made to local or 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
television stations as well as major studios in 347. Costume Rendering hours or 2 units. Graduate students will be
Chicago to meet with lighting directors. Studio course in costume rendering tech- required to develop additional projects to be
Prerequisite: THEAT 231 and 232. 3 hours or % niques: analysis of costume figure, rendering approved and assessed by instructor.
unit. Cost of field trips will be paid by student. of fabrics, exploration of various rendering
media. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 3 361. Development of Theatrical Forms, I
335. Lighting for theMusical Stage hours or I unit. History of the drama and theatre of ancient
Emphasis on lighting design for musicals, Greece and Rome, the Middle Ages, and the
opera, and music concerts. Field trips will be 348. Costume Fabrication Italian and English Renaissance. Prerequisite:
made to area productions. Prerequisite: THEAT Explores, through design projects, the appro- One year of college dramatic literature and
231 and 232, or equivalent. 3 hours or 2 unit. priateness of various fabrics for specific cos- junior standing, or consent of instructor. 4
Cost of field trips will be paid by student. tumes determined by historical accuracy, style, hours or 1 unit.
and constructability. Prerequisite: THEAT 345,
336. History of Decor 346, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. 362.Development of Theatrical Forms, II
Comparative survey of forms, motifs and de- History of the drama and theatre of the
sign from the Egyptian to the Contemporary. 350. Multi-Ethnic Theatre
Spanish Renaissance, seventeenth-century
Emphasis is on the relation between design Focuses on the history and aesthetics of France, the English Restoration, the eighteenth
for the stage and the cross disciplinary influ- African, Asian, African Americans, Asian and nineteenth centuries in Europe and
ences in period form. The process of research Americans, Latinos, and Native Americans America, and Asia. Prerequisite: THEAT 361 or
for stage design is included. Prerequisite:
Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 259
equivalent and consent of instructor. 4 hours 406. Seminar in Theatre History tion; centroids and center of mass; applications
or 1 unit. Same as SPCOM 468. Studies in the history of of statics in design. Prerequisite: PHYCS 111;
the theatre. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. credit or concurrent registration in MATH 242
363. Ibsen in Translation 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 or 245. 2 hours. Students may not receive credit
Same as C LIT and SCAN 363. See SCAN 363. units. for both T A M150 and 152.
364. Strindberg in Translation 411. Colloquium in Advanced Design and 152. Engineering Mechanics I — Statics
Same as C LIT and SCAN 364. See SCAN 364. Theatre Technology Forces, moments, couples; resultants of force
Projects in design for the theatre or
in theatre systems; equilibrium analysis and free-body
365. History of American Theatre technology, including stage scenery, costum- diagrams; analysis of forces acting on mem-
Surveys the development of American theatre makeup, projections, and sound
ing, lighting, bers of trusses, frames, etc.; shear-force and
as a cultural, social, political, and economic and stage systems. Prerequisite: Candidacy for bending-moment distributions; Coulomb fric-
institution from the colonial era to the present. MFA in theatre with design and technology tion; centroids, center of mass, moment of in-
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of specialty, or consent of instructor. 2 or 2 units. ertia, polar moment of product of in-
inertia,
instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units. ertia; virtual work; hydrostatic pressure;
applications of statics in design. Prerequisite:
371. Contemporary Theatrical Forms 415. Proseminar in Theatre Practice PHYCS or concurrent registration
111; credit
Study of post- World War I theatre, including Review of contemporary theatre practice in in MATH 242 or 245. 3 hours. Students may
the New Stagecraft, expressionism, Brecht and the United States and Western Europe, survey not receive credit for both T A M
150 and 152.
epic theatre, theatre of the absurd, and later of methods in production research, and
developments. Prerequisite: One year of college advanced instruction in theatre specialties. 195. Mechanics in the Modern World
dramatic literature and junior standing, or Prerequisite: Admission to graduate study in Freshman introduction to engineering me-
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. theatre. Vt or 1 unit. chanics and its role in modern engineering
analysis and design. Lecture-project format.
372. Introduction to Theatre Management 471. Colloquium in Acting 1 hour.
Introduction to the basic practices of theatre Intensive professional training in acting, dy-
and management with emphasis on
arts namics, voice and speech, and theatre move- 199.Undergraduate Open Seminar
management, arts marketing, and the
facilities ment with a different focus each semester on lto5 hours. May be repeated.
financial problems in the performing arts. one particular period of dramatic literature.
Prerequisite: Junior standing in theatre or Prerequisite: Candidacy for MFA in theatre 201. Introduction to Mechanics for
consent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. with acting specialty, or consent of instructor. Technology and Management
V* to 2 units. Students must register for all sec- Introduction to engineering mechanics
376. Oral Interpretation of Prose Fiction (statics, dynamics, solid mechanics, and fluid
tions to receive credit. May be repeated to a
Same as SPCOM 345. See SPCOM 345. maximum of 12 units. mechanics) and the role that mechanics plays
in engineering analysis and design. Lecture-
382. Rehearsal: Directing and Acting 491. Special Problems discussion format with laboratory sessions.
Techniques Individual research in selected topics by Prerequisite: Junior standing in the College of
Laboratory to explore director-actor interac- arrangement with the instructor. 'A to 2 units. Commerce and Business Administration. 3
tion in productive rehearsals. Three scenes of hours.
differing styles and genres developed each 495. Creative Project
semester. Prerequisite: THEAT 176, 281, or con- Open to MFA candidates in theatre only. 1 to 2 206.Mechanics of Materials and Fluids
sent of instructor. 3 hours or 1 unit. Course may units. Same as MATSE 206. Topics from statics, me-
be repeated up to 9 hours or 3 units. chanics of materials, and fluid mechanics per-
499. Thesis Research tinent to the fields of metallurgical engineer-
385. Preparation for Auditions to 4 units. ing, ceramic engineering, and materials
Each actor, through extensive research, pre- science and engineering: force resultants,
pares a portfolio of audition pieces for the stressesand strains produced in elastic bod-
opportunities imminent before and after ies,microscopic effects of different loading
graduation for resident companies, commer- states (tension, compression, torsion and
cial productions, and film, or professional
bending) on def ormable bodies, beam stresses
graduate schools. Prerequisite: THEAT 253, and and deflections, introduction to three-dimen-
254; or consent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Theoretical and sional stresses and and strain-
strains, stress
rate relationships for Newtonian and non-
390. Professional Internship Applied Mechanics Newtonian fluids, conservation equations
Professional employment with an approved
(control volume analysis) for fluid flow,
host institution in an area related to the
Head of Department: Hassan Aref
Reynolds number, and slow inertial and tur-
student's academic program; exposure to pro-
Department Office: 213 Talbot Laboratory, 104 bulent flows. Course is tailored for students
fessional situations in which the commercial
South Wright Street, Urbana with interests in materials science and engi-
theatre operates. Full documentation of intern-
Phone: 333-2322 neering. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent reg-
ship activities required. Prerequisite: Junior,
URL: www.tam.uiuc.edu istration in MATSE 201, or consent of instruc-
senior or graduate standing in theatre; con-
tor. 4 hours. Students may not receive credit
sent of Internship Coordinator. to 14 hours,
or to 3 units. May be repeated in the same or Note: Credit is allowed for only one of T A M for both T A M
206 and either T A 221 orM
150, 152, or 154. Credit is not allowed for both 235.
subsequent semesters as topics vary.
TAM212andTAM154. —
212. Engineering Mechanics II Dynamics
404. Studies in Theatre History: Twentieth
Kinematics and dynamics of the three-dimen-
Century
Theoretical and Applied Mechanics sional motion of particles; kinematics and
Examines selected movements and contribu-
(TA M) dynamics of the plane motion of rigid bodies;
tors to the theatre from the late nineteenth-
century to the contemporary period. Prereq-
methods —
of work energy and impulse
momentum; moving reference frames. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. May be 150. Introduction to Statics
uisite: T A M 150 or 152; MATH 242 or 245. 3
repeated to a maximum of 2 units with con- Forces, moments, couples; resultants of force
tours.
sent of instructor. systems; equilibrium analysis and free-body
diagrams; analysis of forces acting on mem-
bers of trusses, frames, etc.; shear-force and
bending-moment distributions; Coulomb fric-
260 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics
221. Introduction to Solid Mechanics of linearized single-degree-of-freedom and 335. Intermediate Fluid Mechanics
Relationship between internal stresses and multidegree-of-freedom discrete systems; Analytical solution methods for problems
deformations produced by external forces act- weakly nonlinear vibrations; parametric involving ideal and real fluids: potential flow
ing on deformable bodies, and design prin- resonance; introduction to Hamiltonian theory, boundary-layer theory; surface waves,
ciples based on mechanics of solids: normal dynamics; rigid-body motions. Prerequisite: T vortex dynamics, and compressible flows.
stresses, shear stresses,and deformations pro- A M 212; MATH 285 or 341; MATH 225 or 315. Prerequisite: T A M
235, M
E 211, or A E 210; A
duced by tensile, compressive, torsional and 4 hours or 1 unit. MATH 280. 4 hours or 1 unit.
bending loading of members; beam deflec-
tions; elastic energy and impact; multidimen- 321. Intermediate Solid Mechanics 360. Introduction to Continuum Mechanics
sional stress states; and buckling of columns. Analysis of stress and strain (definitions, Tensor algebra and analysis; kinematics of
Prerequisite: T AM 150, 152, or 154; MATH 242 transformation of axes, equilibrium equations continua; mass, force, stress, and the general
or 245. 3 hours. and symmetry of the stress tensor); linear balance laws of continuum mechanics; intro-
materials, Hooke's law; strain energy, poten- duction to constitutive equations. Prerequisite:
222. SolidMechanics Design tial energy, energy principles and methods; T AM 221 and MATH 280. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Design problems and projects intended to ac- two-dimensional problems in elasticity (tor- Students in Theoretical and Applied Mechan-
company T A M 221. Primarily for Engineer- sion, axisymmetric problems); the finite-ele- ics may not receive graduate credit for this
ing Mechanics majors. Other students meet- ment method for two- and three-dimensional course, except by petition to the Graduate Pro-
ing the prerequisites may enroll with consent boundary-value problems in linear elasticity; gram Committee.
of instructor. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent plasticity (introduction, yield criteria, elastic-
TA
registration in M
221; sophomore stand- plastic behavior, limit-load calculations); lin- 370. Introduction to Computational
ing in Engineering Mechanics or consent of ear-elastic fracture mechanics (introduction, Mechanics
instructor. 1 hour. Griffith's approach, stress intensity factor, en- Same as CSE 350. Introduction to modern
ergy release rate). Prerequisite: T A 221 andM computational mechanics: mappings and
224. Mechanical Behavior of Materials MATH 280. 4 hours. Students may not receive iterative methods; stability; convergence;
Same as CEE 210. Mechanical behavior of en- credit for both T A M
321 and A A E 220. consistency; numerical and symbolic solutions
gineering materials, including metals, ceram- of ordinary and partial differential equations;
ics, polymers, concrete, wood, bitumens, and 324. Flow and Fracture of Structural Metals finite-difference methods; the finite-element
asphaltic concretes; explanations of macro- Micromechanisms at the atomic, single-crys- method; spectral methods. Applications to
scopic behavior in terms of phenomena at the tal, and polycrystal levels and their use in ex- problems in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics
microscopic level. Lecture-lab format. Prereq- plaining the deformation and failure charac- and dynamics. Prerequisite: MATH 285 or 341;
uisite: Completion of Composition I general teristics of metals; elastic deformation, and C S 101. 3 hours, or Va or 1 unit. Graduate
education requirement; T A M 221 . 4 hours. dislocation mechanics, plastic deformation students receive 1 unit credit upon successful
and strengthening mechanisms, fracture me- completion of an additional computational
235. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics chanics and fracture mechanisms, fatigue, project.
Fluid statics; continuity, momentum and en- creep; design criteria; special topics. Prerequi-
ergy principles via control volumes; ideal and site: TAM 224, CEE 210, MATSE 306, or M E 373. Fundamentals of Engineering
real fluid flow; introduction to the Navier- 231; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. Acoustics
Stokes equation; similitude; laminar and tur- Same as ECE 373. See ECE 373.
bulent boundary layers; closed-conduit flow, 326. Experimental Stress Analysis
open-channel flow, and turbomachinery. Lec- Basic theories for measuring stresses and de- 393. Independent Study
ture-lab format. Prerequisite: T AM
212. 4 hours. formations in load-carrying engineering com- Individual studies in any area of theoretical
ponents; use of optical, electrical, and me- and applied mechanics. Prerequisite: Advanced
292. Design and Analysis in Engineering chanical instrumentation; laboratory sessions undergraduate or graduate standing; consent
Practice on brittle coatings, electrical resistance strain of instructor. 1 to 4 hours, or Va to 1 unit. May
Examples of mechanical design problems that gages, photoelasticity, and moire interferom- be repeated in the same semester to a maxi-
occur in engineering practice and the proce- etry. Lecture-lab format. Prerequisite: T AM mum of 8 hours or 2 units. May be repeated
dures and issues involved in solving them; 221. 3 hours or Va unit. in subsequent semesters to a maximum of 12
technical aspects and societal ramifications of hours or 3 units.
the design process; intellectual property, eth- 327. Deformation and Fracture of
ics; probability and statistics; case studies; stu- Polymeric Materials 400. Seminar
dent discussion of design-related issues at dif- Same as A A E 327. Mechanical behavior of Lectures and discussion on current topics in
ferent levels; design project reports and amorphous and semi-crystalline polymers; theoretical and applied mechanics. Required
presentations; student teams. Prerequisite: Jun- overview of polymer structure, properties and of all graduate students each semester. Va unit.
ior standing in engineering; or consent of in- processing; polymer linear viscoelasticity us-
structor. 3 hours. ing Boltzmann superposition and mechanical 414. Advanced Linear Elastodynamics and
models; measurement of viscoelastic proper- Vibrations
299. Senior Thesis ties; polymeric yield phenomena; fracture and Same as M
E 414. Review of theory of
Thesis investigation of special subjects in me- craze formation; impact and fatigue. Prerequi- multidegree-of-freedom systems; problems in
chanics, including theoretical and/or experi- site: T A M
224, CEE 210 or M
E 231; or con- the free and forced vibration of continuous lin-
mental research. Prerequisite: Senior standing; sent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. —
ear elastic structures rods, beams, mem-
approval of the head of the department. 3 branes, plates, and three-dimensional solid and
hours. 328.Mechanical Behavior of Composite fluid bodies; Lagrangian densities, Sturm-
Materials Liouville problems, time and frequency do-
308. Fluid Mechanics of Convective Heat Same as A A E 328. Introduction to the mains, damping, Green's functions, elastic
Transfer behavior of composite materials and their use waves; propagation and modal analysis; mod-
Same as M E 308. See M E 308. in engineering structures: behavior and eling of damping in structures; and response
properties of the constituent fibers and of complex structures. Prerequisite: T A M 312,
312. Intermediate Dynamics and matrices, micromechanical predictions of 441, 442 and 451; or equivalent. 1 unit.
Vibrations composite properties, anisotropic elasticity,
Lagrangian mechanics of dynamical systems behavior of composite laminae, classical 417. Stochastic Structural Dynamics
with an emphasis on vibrations; constraints lamination theory; fracture mechanisms, Same as A A E 452. See A A E 452.
and generalized coordinates; motion in failure theories; behavior of composite plates
accelerating frames, conservation laws and and beams. Prerequisite: T A M
224, CEE 210
425. Advanced Composite Material
invariance of the Lagrangian; particle motion or ME 231; or consent of instructor. 3 hours or Structures
Same as A A E 425. See A A E 425.
in one dimension, the two-body problem, Va unit.
central-force motion; free and forced vibration
Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 261
426. Manufacturing of Advanced Polymer inhomogeneous turbulence, transport models, MATH 455 or equivalent; and T AM 414 or
Matrix Composite Materials large-eddy simulations. Prerequisite: TAM 335 431 or 451.1 unit.
Same as A A E, and M
E 426. See A A E 426. or 432. I unit.
459.Asymptotics and Singular
429. Theory of Linear and Nonlinear 439. Turbulence and Complex Flows Perturbations in Engineering and Physics
Viscoelasticity Seminar Same as MATH, NUC E, and PHYCS 459.
Same as A A E 429. See A A E 429. Weekly seminar on current research topics in Advanced methods of perturbation theory
turbulent and other complex flows: theoretical and asymptotic analysis, with examples
431. Fluid Mechanics,
I —
Inviscid Flow modeling, numerical analysis, computational drawn from classical dynamics, fluid mechan-
Dynamics of fluids in the limit of zero techniques, experimental investigations. ics, and wave propagation: asymptotics of in-
viscosity: governing equations of motion, Recommended for graduate students in fluid tegrals, singular perturbation theory (bound-
kinematics and vorticity transport; general mechanics. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in ary layers, matched asymptotic expansions,
theory of irrotational flow, including two- engineering, physics, mathematics, or related composite expansions), multiple scales, sum-
dimensional potential flow, the complex field. Vi unit. mation of series; special topics. Prerequisite:
potential, and three-dimensional potential MATH 346 or equivalent; T A M 441 or equiva-
flow; applications to thin airfoil theory and 441. Mathematical Methods for Engineers, I lent; or consent of instructor. 2 unit.
free streamline theory; inviscid flows with Vector and tensor algebra, introduction to
vorticity. Vortex dynamics; water wave theory; complex-variable methods; ordinary differen- 460. Continuum Mechanics
and aspects of inviscid compressible flow. tial equations, qualitative questions of exist- Unified treatment of modern continuum me-
Prerequisite: T A M
335 or equivalent; MATH ence and uniqueness; analytic solution meth- chanics: mathematical preliminaries; review
280; MATH 285 or 341. 2 unit ods, numerical methods, power-series of kinematics and general balance laws; gen-
solution and special functions; eigenvalue eral theory of mechanical constitutive equa-
432. Fluid Mechanics, II —Viscous Flow problems, Green's functions, Laplace trans- tions, including material constraints and ma-
Dynamics of flow in which viscosity is forms, stability of solutions; engineering ap- terial symmetry. Prerequisite: TAM 451, or
dominant, and the development
significant or plications drawn from mechanics. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 1 unit.
and use of and numerical tools for
theoretical MATH 280; and MATH 285 or 341. 1 unit.
practitioners of modern fluid mechanics; 462. Plasticity
physics of viscous layers that arise in both 442. Mathematical Methods for Engineers, II Phenomenological and mathematical formu-
high- and low-Reynolds-number flows; Continuation of T A M
441. Modeling, in- lation of the constitutive laws of plasticity;
dimensional analysis, exact solutions to the equalities, elements of functional analysis; yield criteria and their experimental verifica-
Navier-Stokes equations; jets and wakes; partial differential equations, existence and tion; plastic stress-strain relations and their
microhydrodynamics; fluid stability; and an uniqueness, second-order equations; hyper- associated flow rules; correspondence be-
introduction to turbulence. Prerequisite: TAM bolic conservation laws; numerical methods, tween rate-independent and rate-dependent
335 or equivalent; MATH 280; MATH 285 or eigenfunction expansions, integral transforms, plasticity; solutions to basic boundary-value
341. 1 unit. fundamental solutions; engineering applica- problems, including plane problems and those
tions drawn from mechanics. Prerequisite: involving cylindrical and spherical symme-
436. Instability and Transition to TAM 441. 1 unit. tries; variational and minimum principles;
Turbulence limit analysis; plane-strain problems and crys-
Stability of fluid motion: linearized flow equa- Advanced Physical Acoustics
445. tal plasticity; finite-strain theory. Prerequisite:
tions and normal-mode analysis, Kelvin- Same as ECE 445. See ECE 445. TAM 451 ; T A M 452 or consent of instructor.
Helmholtz instability, inviscid and viscous 1 unit.
theory of parallel shear flow, Squire's and 451. Solid Mechanics, I
Rayleigh's inflection-point theorems, second- Mechanics of elastic deformable bodies, based 470.Advanced Numerical Methods for
ary instability theory; critical layers; bound- on the fundamental concepts of modern con- Computational Fluid Mechanics
ary-layer stability; Orr-Sommerfeld equations, tinuum mechanics: kinematics, balance laws, Same as CSE 460. Highly accurate and reli-
Tollmien-Schlichting waves; nonparallel constitutive equations; classical small-defor- able techniques for large-scale numerical
theory, centrifugal instabilities, Benard con- mation theory; formulation of initial-bound- simulations of fluid flows: spectral numerical
vection; nonlinear theory and transition to ary-value problems of linear elastodynamics methods, including Fourier and other func-
turbulence; bifurcations, Landau's theory; and boundary-value problems of linear tional expansions, Galerkin and collocation
routes to chaos, strange attractors; transition elastostatics; variation formulations, mini- projections, domain decompositions and the
modeling, prediction, and control; boundary- mum principles; applications of theory to en- solution of partial differential equations, es-
layer receptivity, experimental evidence. Pre- gineering problems. Prerequisite: TAM 221; pecially the Navier-Stokes equations; high-
requisite: TAM 432. 1 unit. MATH 280; MATH
285 or 341. 1 unit. resolution methods for the solution of hyper-
bolic conservation laws with discontinuous
437. Experimental Methods of Fluid 452. Solid Mechanics, II solutions, and issues related to implementa-
Mechanics Continuation of T A M 451 . Selected topics in tion on supercomputers. Prerequisite: TAM
Methods and techniques for measurement linear elasticity (including St. Venant beam 370 or equivalent; TAM 442 or equivalent; or
and analysis of data used in experimentaJ fluid theory and plane problems of elastostatics), consent of instructor. 1 unit.
mechanics: signal processing, electronics and plasticity (including yield surfaces, von Mises
electro-optics; fluid mechanical properties; and Tresca yield criteria, Drucker's stability 474. Advanced Finite-Element Methods
experimental signal processing; random data postulate, J,-flow theory, perfect plasticity, Same as CSE 417. Advanced theory and
and signal analysis; analog and digital data limit analysis, and slip-line theory), and frac- applications of the finite-element method, as
processing; dynamic similarity, self-preserva- ture mechanics (including linear elastic analy- needed for research in computational science
tion;pressure measurement, thermal an- sis, fracture criteria for elastic brittle fracture, and engineering: applications to mechanics of
emometry, laser-Doppler velocimetry; flow and elastic-plastic fracture). Prerequisite: TAM solids and fluids, thermal problems, etc.;
visualization, particle-image velocimetry. Lec- 451. 1 unit. variational foundations of the finite-element
ture-lab format. Prerequisite: TAM 335, 431, method, error estimates and adaptive analysis;
or 432. 1 unit. 458. Wave Motion finite-element methods for parabolic and
Linear waves in one-dimensional homoge- hyperbolic problems; mixed finite-element
438. Turbulence neous and inhomogeneous media (both solids methods; and applications to systems of
Instability and origins of chaotic motion in and fluids), linear elastic waves in a homoge- equations. Prerequisite: A A E 320, TAM 370,
fluid flow; Reynolds averaging and statistical neous halfspace, scalar waves in a layer and in CEE 478, C S 355, M E 345, or equivalent; or
description of turbulence, correlations and a layered halfspace, nonlinear diffusive waves, consent of instructor. 1 unit.
spectral dynamics of homogeneous turbu- nonlinear dispersive waves and the inverse
lence, anisotropic flows, coherent structures, scattering transform. Prerequisite: TAM 441 or
262 Ukrainian
485. Fracture Mechanics 108.Planning Policy and Law correlation between poverty and all forms of
Unified analytical treatment of modern frac- Case methods illustrate basic constitutional, discrimination. Includes a description of gov-
ture problems: macroscopic theories used to statutory and judicial legal concepts and ernment programs in aid to the poor and ad-
determine the static strength of bodies contain- policy options with which professionals are dresses the inequality between blacks and
ing cracks; Griffith criterion, linear-elastic frac- involved including; environmental, social, whites. Students are assigned team projects
ture mechanics, elastic-plastic fracture mechan- and economic planning. 3 hours. and write individual evaluation papers in ar-
ics models; small-scale yielding results and eas such as: health care planning, housing
their implications; general yielding; interfacial 116. Analytical Planning Research homelessness and community organizing, ra-
fracture; fracture control; micromechanisms of Methods cial discrimination, gender discrimination,
fracture. Prerequisite: T A M 324 or MATSE 340; Numerical and statistical analysis of data for and racism on campuses. Prerequisite: Sopho-
T AM 441; T AM 451; T AM
452 or consent of planning, forecasting, and decision making. more standing; majors in Urban Planning
instructor. 1 unit. Data and problems framed from planning must have taken U P 101. 3 hours.
cases and resulting in professional quality
490. Micromechanical Behavior of analytical memoranda. Includes use of 290. Planning Internship
Materials microcomputer analytical software. 4 hours. Professionally supervised field experience in
Advanced analysis of modern engineering public and private planning or development
materials with emphasis on relating micro- 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar agencies; designed to introduce students to
structural phenomena to the mechanics of 1 to 5 hours. May be repeated. professional employment and actual planning
material behavior: prediction of elastic and practice. Students work in a department-
thermal properties of materials with hetero- 203. Cities, Regions, and Social Science approved agency of their own choice either
geneous microstructure (such as composites), Planning implications of economic, geo- during the summer session or part-time
micromechanics of failure and damage, tough- graphic, political, and social structure of cit- during a regular semester. At least two weeks
ening mechanisms, mechanics of phase trans- ies and regions; introduces social science theo- of full-timeemployment or its equivalent is
formations; and current topics in materials ries to understand and analyze cities and required for each semester hour of credit.
research (such as high-temperature response regions. Students use computer simulation Summary reports are submitted by both
and ferroelasticity). Prerequisite: Undergradu- and databases to analyze a city or region. Pre- employer and student. Prerequisite: Senior
ate course in material sciences; TA M 451. 1 requisite: U P 101, ECON 102, and U P 116 or standing or consent of instructor. to 6 hours.
unit. equivalent. 3 hours. No more than 8 hours of U P 290 may be
applied toward the Bachelor's degree.
493. Advanced Independent Study (Special 205. Ecological Systems in Planning
Problems) Basic ecological principles pertinent to plan- 297. Special Problems
Analytical, experimental, or computational ning and management. Examination of prob- Special projects, research, and independent
studies in one or more areas of theoretical and lems that arise from inadequate consideration reading. Prerequisite: Consent of head of
applied mechanics, including solid mechan- of structure and function of ecological sys- department. 2 to 6 hours.
ics, behavior of materials, fluid mechanics, tems, and approaches to ecological restoration
dynamics, applied mathematics, and compu- and environmentally sound planning. Appli- 305.Environmental Planning in a
tational science and engineering. !4 to 2 units cations of principles to case studies drawn Watershed Context
(summer: Vt to 1 unit). from urban planning, natural resource man- Uses the watershed as the basic organizing
agement, and sustainable development. 3 concept in environmental planning and man-
499. Thesis Research hours. Students who have earned credit in EEE agement; methods for assessing watershed
0to4 units. 105 may not receive credit in U P 205. boundaries, geology, soils, and surface and
groundwater system processes. Emphasizes
210. Economics of the Environment ecological implications of patterns of land use
Same as ACE, ECON, ENVST, and NRES 210. on functional and qualitative aspects of wa-
See ACE 210. tershed systems. All-day field trip required.
Prerequisite: U P205 or equivalent, or consent
212. Graphic and Written Communication of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
for Planners
Ukrainian Covers the graphic and verbal skills required 308. Law and Planning Implementation
in effectively communicating planning infor- Cases, legislation, and materials illustrative of
(See Slavic Languages and Literature) mation and ideas: freehand and computer- the social, economic, and environmental
based graphics, policy argumentation, inte- interrelationships of land-use planning and
gration of verbal and graphic communication. the dynamic role of law as asystem of
Prerequisite: Completion of campus Composi- controlled conflict; traditional and emerging
tion I general education requirement and U concepts of zoning, subdivision regulation,
P101 or consent of instructor. 4 hours. housing codes, and review procedures.
Prerequisite: Undergraduates must have senior
216.Planning Analysis standing. 3 hours, or }
A or 1 unit.
Urban and Regional Provides an introduction to methods
lyzing situations that require a planning re-
for ana-
Planning sponse. Methods instructed include systems

309.Planning Negotiation
Examination and simulation of negotiation
modeling, benefit-cost analysis, budgetary concepts and techniques as an ad hoc or inte-
analysis, decision analysis, and forecasting grated element of a planning process. Case
Head of Department: Christopher Silver
techniques. Prerequisite: U P 116 or an intro- assignments and exercises are used to supple-
Department Office: 111 Temple Buell Hall, 611
ductory statistics course. 3 hours. ment readings. Prerequisite: Upper division or
Taft Drive, Champaign
Phone: 333-3890 graduate standing. 4 hours or 1 unit.
247. Planning Workshop, I
URL: www.urban.uiuc.edu
Field work dealing with selected physical 318. Fundamentals of Geographic
and /or social planning problems. Prerequisite: Information Systems for Planners
Urban and Regional Planning (U P) U P 205, 212, 260, and 316. 6 hours. Detailed introduction to the design and use
of computerized geographic information sys-
260. Social Inequality and Social Welfare tems, focusing on their significance for plan-
101.Planning of Cities and Regions
Planning ning. Emphasizes GIS within an institutional
Survey of city and regional planning as related
Examines the state of social welfare programs setting, covering not only fundamental tech-
to problems and programs of urbanization
and planning in the United States and high nical concepts, but also organizational, man-
and resource development. 3 hours.
Urban and Regional Planning 263
agement, and legal issues. Students will be mental issues. Mathematical level does not 394. Special Topics in Urban and Regional
introduced to GIS applications and products exceed introductory calculus, but careful Planning
through readings, videos, demonstrations, analysis is stressed along with limits, indirect Seminar on topics of current interest, as
and exercises. Computer laboratory work is effects, efficiency, dynamics and lags, and eq- announced in the Timetable. 2 to 6 hours, or Vi
included. Prerequisite: U P 116, GEOG 185, LA uity. Prerequisite: Two semesters of science and to VA units. May be repeated to a maximum
180, or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 1 unit. one semester of calculus, or consent of instruc- of 12 hours or 4 units.
tor. 3 hours or 4
3
unit.
320. Planning for Historic Preservation 401.Development of American Planning
Survey of the preservation movement in 347. Land Use Planning Workshop Thought
relation to urban planning; techniques for Small group field work applying principles Promotes an understanding of concepts and
selection of sites and definition of districts; and techniques to specific land use problems principles that have shaped the evolution of
funding, regulation, and implementation in selected jurisdictions. Prerequisite: U P 247 Urban and Regional Planning as practiced in
measures; and case studies of preservation or graduate standing. 4 or 6 hours, or 1 or 1 Vi the United States during the last two centuries.
plans and programs. Prerequisite: At least units. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Urban
Junior standing. 3 hours, or V* or 1 unit. Planning. % unit.
348. Environmental Planning Workshop
326. Urban Design and Planning Methods Small group field work applying planning 402. Planning Problems and Cases
Concepts and techniques of urban analysis, theory, principles, and techniques to specific Individual and team experiences in solving
plan making, and implementation essential environmental problems of selected jurisdic- problems that require creative application of
for effective interdisciplinary work in urban tions. Prerequisite: U P 247 or graduate stand- knowledge and of planning processes to all
design; case studies of major types of large- ing. 4 or 6 hours, or 1 or l'/i units. aspects of human settlements; emphasizes
scale projects. Prerequisite: Undergraduates professional skills, including graphics,
must have senior standing. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 349. Environmental Management and computer analysis, writing, and presentation;
unit. Planning Simulation also, reviews of planning cases. Prerequisite:
Management of environmental resources for U P 308, 401, 403, and 405, or equivalent
327. Preservation Planning Workshop a large urban area using computer assisted preparation; and concurrent registration in U
Small group field work dealing with applica- gaming simulation techniques; focuses on the P 406; or consent of instructor. Vi toVA units.
tion of planning principles and techniques to law, technology, administration, and politics May be repeated to a maximum of 1 Vi units.
actual preservation planning problems in a associated with environmentally sensitive Approved for S/U grading.
nearby community or area. Prerequisite: U P decisions that require interrelated responses
247, 320, or consent of instructor. 3 to 6 hours, and development of consistent strategies. 403. Land Use and Site Development
orVt tolVi units. May be repeated to a maxi- Prerequisite: U P 308, 342, 401, or consent of Planning
mum of 12 hours or 3 units. instructor. 2 or 4 hours, or Vi or 1 unit. Develop skills and understanding of land use
and site development from an environmental
Urban Transportation Planning
330. 373. Housing and Urban Policy Planning and physical perspective within the context
Same as CEE 330. Role of transportation in The role of housing in American social policy of comprehensive planning; including labo-
urban development and planning; character- planning: economic modeling of the housing ratory and field work. Prerequisite: Admission
istics of urban-person transportation systems market, emphasizing supply and demand to the Master of Urban Planning curriculum
and methods of analysis and forecasting of functions and private market imperfections; or consent of instructor. Vn unit. Concurrent
urban-person transportation demand; trans- and analysis of public policies for housing as enrollment in other MUP core courses is in-
portation systems management and capital they affect special consumer groups (the poor, tended.
improvement programming; and emphasis on the elderly, and the minorities). Prerequisite:
the needs and activities of metropolitan plan- U P 260 or equivalent. 3 hours, or % or 1 unit. 404. Urban Structure and Functions
ning organizations. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. Historical overview of urbanization process,
374. Neighborhood Planning forces, and factors; concepts and models of
Land Resource Evaluation
341. Examines rationale and techniques for plan- urban structure; economic, social, and political
Same as L A 341 See L A 341
. ning at the neighborhood level; the major so- perspectives; images, visions, and perceptions
cial, political, and economic issues that con- of urban environments; cities of the world.
342. Seminar on Environmental Policy and found public and private sector efforts to Includes one-day field trip. Prerequisite:
Law revitalize distressed neighborhoods. Prerequi- Graduate standing in department of Urban
Identification and analysis of environmental site: U P 260 or equivalent. 3 hours, or 3
A or 1 Planning. % unit.
issues and legal developments primarily at the unit.
state and federal levels. Prerequisite: U P 308 405. Economic Analysis of Public Plans
or equivalent. 3 hours, or Vt or 1 unit. 375.Regional Environmental Management and Policies
Simulation Techniques of policy analysis and evaluation;
344. SocialImpact Assessment Same as ACE CEE 341, ENVST 341, and
319, includes microeconomic concepts, cost-benefit
Same as ENVST, LA, LEIST, NRES, and R SOC GEOG 341. See CEE 341. and planning-pro-
analysis, cost-effectiveness,
344. See LEIST 344. gramming-budgeting systems; and examines
378. Community Development Workshop selected public policies in areas such as trans-
345. Urban Economic Development and Application of community development prin- portation, environmental control, health, edu-
Fiscal Packaging ciples and techniques to the solution of envi- cation, housing, and local finance. Prerequisite:
Public-private-partnerships in urban eco- ronmental, economic, and social problems fac- Consent of instructor. Vt unit.
nomic development, including study of po- ing low income urban communities. Partic-
tentials, problems, and projects; financing ur- ipants collaborate with neighborhood leaders 406.Urban and Regional Analysis
ban economic development through federal to produce stabilization plans promoting busi- Same as GEOG 406. Economic and demo-
grant programs, tax increment financing and ness development, job generation, housing graphic analysis of regional growth and
other means. Prerequisite: U P 203 or equiva- improvement, and municipal service delivery. change; emphasizes forecasting and impact
lent. 3 /lours, or % or 1 unit. Involves small group projects and off-campus studies. Topics include data sources, economic
field work. Prerequisite: For undergraduates, base studies, population estimation and pro-
346. EcologicalNumeracy: Planning completion of U P 247, and consent of instruc- economic impact analysis, and em-
jection,
Analysis of Environmental Issues tor. For graduate students, completion of U P ployment projection; practical application of
Same as GEOG and NRES 346. Course devel- 402, and consent of instructor. 6 hours or Vh methods to a study area. Prerequisite: Introduc-
ops simple calculations,
skills of estimation, units. tory statistics such as SOC 185 or GEOG 185
and modeling understand and participate
to
or consent of instructor. V* unit.
in the debate about a wide range of environ-
264 Veterinary Biosciences
Community Studies Theory

417. and methods for solution treated in depth, but veterinary, allied and applied health and
Same as HCD, and SOC 417. See HCD 417. the emphasis is on applications to planning medical students. Prerequisite: BIOL 120 or
problems such as transportation, land use, and equivalent, or consent of instructor. 4 hours.
419. InformationManagement and Spatial environmental management. Specific themes
Analysis with GIS change from year to year. Prerequisite: U P 405 201. Cat-Human Gross Anatomy
Advanced course in geographic information and 406, or consent of instructor. 1 unit. Weekly lab-discussion explaining and dem-
systems emphasizing application of GIS to onstrating the essential differences between
problems involving spatial analysis. Building 487. Qualitative Research Methodology cat and human gross anatomy. Prerequisite:
upon fundamental concepts, students learn to Same as GEOG 487. Students use individual BIOL 120 or equivalent, or consent of instruc-
use GIS software frequently found in planning research to practice qualitative methods of tor. 1 hour.Concurrent registration in V B 200
practice. Also prepares students to use GIS in studying social interaction. Includes field is required.
research requiring management and analysis research and historical/archival research
of geographic data. Extensive use of comput- methods; project areas include community 300. Gross Anatomy, I
ing workstations. Prerequisite: U P 318 or con- development, environment, and landscape. The systemic and topographic study of the
sent of instructor. I unit. Discussion is divided between 1) readings on anatomy of the dog with special reference to
issues such as techniques and research design, cat and exotics, as it relates to veterinary medi-
440. Public Involvement in Resource social theory, ethnocentrism, and combining cine, by lecture and discussion-laboratory dis-
Management and Environmental Planning qualitative with quantitative research and 2) section. Prerequisite: Registration in the veteri-
Same as ENVST, L A, LEIST, NRES, and R SOC student research reports. Prerequisite: Consent nary curriculum or consent of instructor. 5
440. See NRES 440. of instructor. 1 unit. hours or lVt unit.
445. Spatial Design Methods 490. Professional Internship 301. Veterinary Histology
Same as L A 442. See L A 442. Summer, part-time, or other professional-level Lecture-laboratory consideration of basic
employment in the field of planning, usually microscopy, cytology, and histology of tissues
446. Land Use Policy and Planning in an area of concentration; exposure to the and the major organ systems of domestic and
Examines a variety of approaches to land use social, political, and institutional setting in laboratory animals. Prerequisite: Registration
policy and planning, from both a theoretical which planning operates; and full documen- in the veterinary curriculum or consent of
and an applied perspective. Explores differ- tation of internship activities required. Prereq- instructor. 5 hours or l'A unit.
ent values in American land use policy, recent uisite: Consent of instructor. units.
evolution of land use policy. Taught as a semi- 302. Gross Anatomy, II
Previous course or experience
nar. Prerequisite: 494. Seminar Study of the systematic and topographic
in land use, urban, or environmental planning, Selected topics in urban and regional plan- anatomy of the large domestic animals, in-
or consent of instructor. 1 unit. ning; several sections each semester. Prerequi- cluding reference to diagnostic and surgical
site: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. procedures, by lecture and dissection labora-
456. Regional Science Methods: Economic tory. Prerequisite: V B 300 or consent of instruc-
and Demographic 497. Urban Planning Research tor. 4 hours or 1 unit.
Same as GEOG 456. See GEOG 456. Independent study in selected urban and
regional planning topics. Prerequisite: Consent 305. Veterinary Developmental Anatomy
457. Seminar In Regional Science of instructor and head of the department. 'A Lecture-discussion of the development of
Same as GEOG 457. See GEOG 457. to 1 unit. No more than 4 units may be applied domestic animals from fertilization through
toward the Master of Urban Planning degree. organ formation. Prerequisite: Registration in
480. Advanced Planning Theory the veterinary curriculum or consent of
Recent advances in planning, policy-making, 498. Master's Project instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
and decision-making theories as they relate Major independent or small-group project,
to the efficient use of land and to the complex conducted in lieu of a master's thesis. 306. Veterinary Orthopedic Biomechanics
interrelationships among the major uses of Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 Vi units. Same as BIOEN 306. Explores the relationship
land, i.e., housing, transportation, agriculture; between the biology and mechanics of the
specific applications vary annually, reflecting 499. Thesis Research musculoskeletal system and its role in the
the students' dissertation research topics. Pre- Prerequisite: Graduate standing in urban and pathobiology and treatment of orthopedic dis-
requisite: U P 401 , 403, and 404; or equivalents. regional planning; consent of the head of the eases utilizing the techniques of morphology
1 unit. department. to 4 units. and mechanical engineering; interdisciplinary
course for both life science and engineering
483. Historical Ecology of Human students. Prerequisite: BIOL 122 and PHYSL
Settlements 101, or equivalents; or consent of instructor. 3
Same as GEOG and L A 483. Explores the hours or % unit.
reciprocal relationship between human
settlement and ecology as a basis for planned 307.Comparative Gross Anatomy of
change. Combines scientific and historical
accounts of ecosystems; analyzes the historical
Veterinary Caged, Laboratory, and Exotic Vertebrates
Lecture and laboratory-discussion of the
interaction of land use change and the ecology Biosciences topographical anatomy of caged, laboratory,
of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. Focuses and exotic vertebrates more commonly seen
on Illinois and the Midwest; includes role of by veterinarians. Prerequisite: V B 300 and 302,
Head David R. Gross
of Department:
Native Americans and European settlers in or consent of instructor. 2 or 3 hours, or Vt or '/i
Department 516 Veterinary Medicine
Office:
midwestern ecosystems and the importance unit.
Basic Sciences Building, 2001 South Lincoln
of gender and race in examining society and
Avenue, Urbana
ecological change. Prerequisite: Graduate 310. Neurobiology
Phone: 333-2506
standing and consent of instructor. 1 unit. Introduction to the science of neurobiology,
both neuroanatomy and neurophysiology and
485.Advanced Formal Modeling in their importance to an understanding of the
Veterinary Biosciences (V B)
Planning normal integrative nervous system of domes-
Seminar on formal models used to analyze tic and laboratory animals. Prerequisite: Reg-
planning problems and planning behavior.
200. An Introduction to Gross Anatomy
istration in the veterinary curriculum or con-
Includes static and dynamic, linear and Same as ANSCI 247. Study of mammalian
sent of instructor. 3 hours or Vt unit.
gross anatomy, by lecture and laboratory
nonlinear, and deterministic and stochastic
dissection of the near-term fetal pig, designed
optimization models. Derivations of models
for pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, and pre-
Veterinary Biosciences 265
311. Aquatic Animal Medicine presentation of therapeutic principles; and 361. Specimen Preparation for
Course covers the biology and medicine of nutritional aspects of the etiology, prevention, Transmission Electron Microscopy
representative aquatic animals including: and treatment of specific disease conditions. Same as CPSC 361 Theory and practice of bio-
.
cetaceans, crocodilians, Florida Manatee, Prerequisite: Third-year standing in veterinary logical specimen preparation for transmission
freshwater and marine fish and invertebrates, curriculum or consent of instructor. 2 hour. electron microscopy. The course is designed
sea turtles, pinnipeds, and sharks. Special to expose and allow the students to experi-
emphasis is placed on extended off-campus 329.Advanced Veterinary Toxicology ence the numerous methodologies used in the
(3 weeks) field trips and student interactions Small Animals preparation of biological specimens for trans-
with aquatic animal medicine processionals. Lecture/discussion and laboratory course mission electron microscopy and present the
Senior standing in professional
Prerequisite: which focuses on differential diagnosis of rationale for choosing specific and appropri-
veterinary curriculum. 2Vi hours. Approved toxicants which commonly affect small ate procedures. Prerequisite: Junior standing
forS/U grading. animals, grouped based on toxicant types and six hours of life sciences, or consent of
(insecticides, human drugs, metals, poisonous instructor. CHEM 102 is highly recommended.
315. Physiology, I plants, others). Emphasizes therapeutic 2 hours or Vi unit.
Lecture-discussion and laboratories on the considerations, including lavage, as well as
physiology of the endocrine, reproductive, field investigation methods. Prerequisite: V B 367. Radiology and Radiobiology
and renal systems. Prerequisite: First-year 320 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 2 Same as V C M 367. See V C M 367.
standing in the veterinary curriculum or hour or 'A unit.
consent of instructor. 4 hours or 2 unit. 378. Veterinary Clinical Orientation
330.Advanced Veterinary Toxicology Same as V C M and VP 378. See V C M 378.
316. Physiology, II Large Animals
Lecture-discussion and laboratories: Physiol- Lecture/ discussion and laboratory course 392. Special Problems
ogy of cardiovascular, respiratory and gastro- which focuses on differential diagnosis of Individual research on a special problem cho-
intestinal systems, acid-base balance, and car- toxicants which commonly affect large sen in consultation with the instructor and
diopulmonary aspects of exercise in domestic animals, grouped based on toxicant types department head. Prerequisite: Registration in
animals. Prerequisite: Admission to the veteri- (insecticides, feed additives, metals, plants, veterinary curriculum with GPA of 4.0 or
nary professional curriculum or consent of the mycotoxins, others). Emphasizes therapeutic above, or consent of instructor. 2 to 3 hours, or
instructors. 4Vi hours. procedures, and residues in foods of animal 'A to % unit. May be repeated to a maximum
origin. Includes field investigation and of 6 hours or 1 Vi units.

318. Pharmacology, I detoxification procedures. Prerequisite: V B 320
Lecture-discussion on the general principles or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 2 hour 394. Veterinary Bioscience
of pharmacology and analysis of the action of or 'A unit. Basicand applied study including orientation
chemical agents on physiological processes. and research on pertinent initial and continu-
Prerequisite: For professional students, second- 331. Introduction to Poisons in Plants and ing problems for veterinary medical students.
year standing in the veterinary curriculum. 2 h
x
Plant-Derived Materials These studies are elective to the CVM profes-
hours. Focuses on identification and toxicology of sional curriculum. Prerequisite: Registration in
poisonous plants as well as mycotoxins and the veterinary curriculum or consent of in-
319.Pharmacology, II pesticides that may contaminate plant mate- structor. 2 to 3 hours. May be repeated to a
Lecture-discussion on the action of chemical rials. Includes wild, ornamental, and food- maximum of 6 hours.
agents on physiological processes and disease- producing plants. Involves field trips both on
producing organisms. Prerequisite: V B 318 or and off campus. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Advanced Endocrinology
412.
equivalent. 3 hours or V* unit. veterinary medical curriculum or consent of Same as ANSCI and PHYSL 412. See PHYSL
instructor. 2 or 2 hours, or V* or Vi unit. For the 412.
320. Toxicology higher credit, students must submit an addi-
Discusses the mechanisms of action, clinical, 414. Neurotoxicology
tional proposal paper.
diagnostic, and therapeutic aspects of chemi- Same as ENVST and PSYCH 414. Examines
cal and plant toxicants in domestic animals. 333. Pesticide Toxicology toxic responses of the mammalian nervous
Prerequisite: V B 319 or equivalent. 2 hours or Same as ENVST 333. See ENVST 333. system to xenobiotics (therapeutic agents,
Vi unit. drugs of abuse, toxins, environmental and in-
349. Basic Toxicology dustrial chemicals) from the molecular and
323. Veterinary —
Thanatology Grief Same as CPSC, ENVST 349, and FSHN 380. cellular levels to the behavioral level. Also
Management in Veterinary Medicine See FSHN 380. covers neuroteratology, sensitive periods for
Comprehensive study of veterinary thanatol- neurotoxicity, and the potential role of envi-
ogy, as it relates to the chronic care manage, 352. Scanning Electron Microscopy ronmental factors /xenobiotics in the etiology
terminal illness and / or death of a companion Laboratory of nervous system disorders. Prerequisite:
animal. The psychosocial dynamics of thana- Same as BIOL 352. See BIOL 352. Credit or concurrent registration in BIOCH
tology relative to human grief and bereave- 350 or 352, and V B 310 or equivalent. >A unit.
ment, with an emphasis on professional stress 353.Transmission Electron Microscopy
management for the care-giver. 2 hour. Laboratory 416. Developmental Toxicology
Same as BIOL 353. See BIOL 353. Same as ENVST 416. See ENVST 416.
324. Nutritional Aspects of Large Animal
Medicine 360. Transmission Electron Microscope 431. Advanced Reproductive
Clinical aspects of nutritional deficiencies, Optics and Operation Endocrinology
imbalances, and toxicities in cattle, horses, Same as CPSC 360. Introduction to basic Same as ANSCI and PHYSL 431. See ANSCI
sheep, and swine; presentation of therapeutic principles, applications, and operation of the 431.
principles; and nutritional aspects of the transmission electron microscope to students
etiology, prevention, and treatment of specific in the life sciences, agriculture, veterinary Advanced Reproductive Physiology
432.
disease conditions. Prerequisite: Third-year medicine, and related fields. The course is Same as ANSCI 432. See ANSCI 432.
standing in veterinary curriculum or consent designed to give a thorough understanding
of instructor. 2 hours. of the fundamental principles and operation 433. Laboratory Methods in Reproductive
of the transmission electron microscope. Physiology

326. Nutritional Aspects of Small Animal Prerequisite: Junior standing and six hours of Same as ANSCI and PHYSL 433. See ANSCI
Medicine life sciences, or consent of instructor. 2 hours 433.
Clinical aspects of nutritional deficiences, or Vi unit.

imbalances, and toxicities in small animals;
266 Veterinary Clinical Medicine
450. Detection and Analysis of Specific with environmental contamination; nature 304. Equine Medicine and Surgery
Gene Transcripts: A Practical Laboratory and biological consequences of host-toxicant Clerkship in Equine Medicine and Surgery for
Course interactions from the perspective of chronic VM-4 professional students. Prerequisite:
Gives participants the background informa- and subclinical effects. Prerequisite: V B 465 or Fourth-year standing or equivalent in veteri-
tion and hands-on experience in the method- ENVST 331; or consent of instructor. % unit. nary medicine professional curriculum. 2Vi
ologies necessary to utilize cloned genes for hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 12'/:
the detection and quantitation of specific 467. Principles of Drug and Toxicant hours.
mRNA transcripts in RN A extracted from tis- Evaluation
sue or cell culture samples. Methodologies Comprehensive discussion of the factors 305. Food Animal Medicine and Surgery
covered will include: recombinant plasmid involved in the development of new drugs, Clerkship in Food Animal Medicine and Sur-
propagation, cDNA probe isolation and iso- the evaluation of drug safety and efficacy, and gery for VM-4 professional students. Prereq-
topic labeling, RN A isolation, Poly A+ mRNA the analysis of the results of clinical trials. uisite: Fourth-year standing or equivalent in
selection, gel separation and transfer of RNA V B 318, 349, or equivalent; and
Prerequisite: veterinary medicine professional curriculum.
to a membrane (Northern blot), hybridization credit or concurrent registration in CPSC 340 2Vi hours. May be repeated to a maximum of
of specific gene probes to membrane bound or BIOL 371. 3
/4 unit. 12V4 hours.
RNA (Northern hybridization), detection and
quantitation of hybridization signal. These 490.Seminar 306. Production Medicine/Theriogenology
basic methodologies are widely applicable to Required of all graduate students whose Clerkship in Production Medicine/Therio-
different experimental systems. They allow an major is veterinary biosciences. or Va unit. genology for VM-4 professional students. Pre-
investigator to monitor the effects of physi- requisite: Fourth-year standing or equivalent
ological manipulations, to animals or cultured

492. Special Problems in veterinary medicine professional curricu-
cells, at the molecular level. Prerequisite: Con- Basic and applied study including orientation lum. 2Vi hours. May be repeated to a maxi-
sent of instructor. 1 unit.
and research on pertinent initial and continu- mum of 12 /: 1
hours.
ing problems in the student's area of interest.
461. Analytical Methods: Analysis of Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Va tol unit. 307. Small Animal Surgery
Drugs in Biological Fluids Clerkship in Small Animal Surgery for VM-4
Review of methods used in the detection of 496. Interdisciplinary Toxicology Seminar professional students. Prerequisite: Fourth-year
drugs/metabolites and toxins in biological flu- Same as ENVST and VP 496. See VP 496. standing or equivalent in veterinary medicine
ids and tissues; emphasis on current labora- professional curriculum. 2Vi hours. May be
499. Thesis Research repeated to a maximum of \2Vi hours.
tory methods and procedures (spectropho-
Individual direction of research and thesis
tometry, chromatography, immunoassay,
writing. to 4 units. 309.Small Animal Internal Medicine
sample preparation, method validation) used
Clerkship in Small Animal General Medicine
in various aspects of pharmacologic/toxico-
logic research requiring quantitation of
for VM-4 professional students. Prerequisite:
Fourth-year standing or equivalent in veteri-
drugs/toxins. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc-
tor. 1 unit.
nary medicine professional curriculum. 2Vi
hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 /: 1
463. Radioisotopes in Biological Research: hours.

Principles and Practice Veterinary Clinical
310. Specialty Medicine
Variable credit course consisting of
The first half is
two
a practical study of the ra-
parts:
Medicine Clerkship in Cardiology, Dermatology, Oncol-
(1)
dioisotopes most commonly used in biologi-
ogy, and Neurology for VM-4 professional stu-
dents. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing or
cal and chemical research, including proce- Interim Head of Department: Ann L. Johnson
equivalent in veterinary medicine professional
dures for their safe handling; (2) The last half Department Office: 244 Small Animal Clinic,
curriculum. 2Vz hours. May be repeated to a
of the course covers examples of radioisotope 1008 West Hazelwood Drive, Urbana
applications in biology and medicine. Prereq- Phone: 333-5310 maximum of 12'/2 hours.
uisite: Quantitative chemistry; one year each URL: www.cvm.uiuc.edu/adinin/organization.

315. Clinical Ophthalmology
of mathematics, physics and biology, or con- html#vcm
sent of instructor. 'A orl unit(Vi unit for first
An elective clerkship in clinical ophthalmol-
ogy for VM-4 professional students. Prerequi-
seven weeks of course: 1 unit for entire 15 week
Veterinary Clinical Medicine (V C M) site:Fourth-year standing or equivalent in
course).
veterinary professional curriculum and with
prior consent of the instructor. 1 to 2V: hours.
464.Comparative Clinical Pharmacology 301. Clinical and Laboratory Practice
Lecture-discussion of the clinical use in ani- Clerkship in veterinary clinical medicine and
May be repeated in the same or separate se-
mals of human and veterinary drugs, includ- mesters to a maximum of 10 hours. Approved
surgery for VM-4 professional students. Pre-
for S/U grading only.
ing current literature review on pharmacody- requisite: Fourth-year standing or equivalent
namic species differences, novel indications, in veterinary medicine professional curricu-
323. Problem Based Learning in Oncologic
and contrast of therapeutic alternatives. Pre- lum. Some sections may require the consent
Medicine
requisite: DVM or equivalent, or consent of of the instructor. 2'/2 hours. May be repeated
Case-based approach to veterinary cancer
instructor. % unit. to a maximum of 10 hours. medicine. Small group discussion sessions
will allow students to diagnose and prescribe
465.Comparative Disposition of 302. Clinical Anesthesiology
treatment for patients presented with com-
Xenobiotics Clerkship in clinical anesthesiology for VM-4
Lecture-discussion concerning the fate of
monly occurring malignancies. Prerequisite:
professional students. Prerequisite: Fourth-year
Senior veterinary students or consent of in-
foreign chemicals in various species of standing or equivalent in veterinary medicine
structor. 1 hour or Va unit.
animals; principles of absorption, distribution, professional curriculum. 2Vi hours. May be
biotransformation, and excretion of drugs and repeated to a maximum of 12'/: hours.
325. Exotic Animal Health and Husbandry
and pharmacokinetics and factors
toxicants;
Basic health, husbandry, nutrition, handling,
which modify these processes. Prerequisite: 303. Diagnostic Imaging
VM-4 and restraint techniques for exotic animals
BIOCH 353 and V B 320, or equivalent. 1 unit. Clerkship in Diagnostic Imaging for
which veterinarians are likelv to encounter in
professional students. Prerequisite: Fourth-year
private practice. Each topic area will be
466. Comparative Environmental standing or equivalent in veterinary medicine
Toxicology and Drug Resistance covered through lecture, with a laboratory
professional curriculum. 2VS hours. May be
The chemistry, action, and disposition of section when feasible. Field trips will include
repeated to a maximum of 12'/: hours.
selected toxic substances at levels associated
a local pet store, the Shedd Aquarium, and a
Veterinary Clinical Medicine 267
Chicago zoo. Prerequisite: Third or fourth-year 349. Horse Behavior Management 363. Small Animal Dermatology
standing in veterinary curriculum. 2 hours. second-year veterinary
Prerequisite: First- or First half of the course presents a systematic
student status or consent of instructor. 2 hours. approach to small animal dermatologic diag-
327. Practice Management for Veterinarians Approved for S/U grading only. noses and therapeutics; the second half deals
Principles of managing a private veterinary with immunological disorders, seborrheic
practice including practice evaluation, financ- 350. Clinical Small Animal Dentistry syndromes, hereditary disorders, cutaneous
owning and operating a
ing, legal formats for Clerkship in small animal dentistry for VM-4 neoplasms, and feline dermatology. Prerequi-
practice, economics, personnel management, professional students. Students will assist in site: VC M 331 or equivalent, or consent of
accounting and record keeping, and market- the diagnosis and treatment of dogs and cats instructor. 1 hour.
ing. Prerequisite: Third- or fourth-year stand- with dental disease. The psychomotor skills
ing in veterinary curriculum. 3 hour. laboratory will be available for students prac- 366. Clinicaland Laboratory Practice
ticing dental procedures on models and fro- Clinicaland laboratory practice in diagnosis,
330. Companion Animal Medicine, I zen specimens. Prerequisite: Fourth-year stand- treatment, and prophylaxis of animal diseases.
Pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and ing or equivalent in veterinary professional Third-year standing in veterinary
Prerequisite:
prophylaxis of diseases of the eye and nervous curriculum and with prior consent of instruc- curriculum. 2 hours.
system. Prerequisite: Registration in the tor. lto2 hours. May be repeated in the same
veterinary curriculum or consent of instructor. or subsequent semesters to a maximum of 4 367.Radiology and Radiobiology
2 tours. hours. Same as V B 367. General principles of
radiology and radiobiology techniques and
331.Companion Animal Medicine, II 351. Introduction to Surgery application to the diagnosis and therapy of
Pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, pro- Surgical principles including sterile technique, animal diseases; lectures and discussions.
phylaxis of infectious diseases, endocrine dis- hemostasis, tissue handling, and wound Third-year standing in veterinary
Prerequisite:
orders, diseases of the skin, and gastrointesti- healing with emphasis on clinical application curriculum or consent of instructor. 3 hours.
nal diseases. Prerequisite: Registration in the in domestic animals; laboratory covers
veterinary curriculum or consent of instruc- demonstrations and practice of surgical 371. The Evolution and Principles of
tor. 3 hours. principles. Prerequisite: Third-year standing in Surgery
veterinary curriculum. 1 hour. Studies the evolution of surgery from an em-
332. Companion Animal Medicine, III piric craft to a scientific discipline. Prerequi-
Pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and 352. General Small Animal Surgery site: Second-year standing in veterinary cur-
prophylaxis of diseases of bloodforming Surgical procedures of major body systems, riculum. 1 hour.
organs, and of the cardiovascular, respiratory, emphasizing preoperative, operative, and
and urinary systems. Prerequisite: Registration postoperative patient care, together with 372. Veterinary Jurisprudence
in the veterinary curriculum or consent of appropriate laboratory practice. Prerequisite: Principles of law of importance to members
instructor. 3 hours. Third-year standing in veterinary curriculum of the veterinary profession; animal disease
or consent of instructor; V C M
351 1 Vi hours. and related regulatory laws and their admin-
333. Companion Animal Medicine, IV istration; and federal procedure under animal
Pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and 353. General Large Animal Surgery disease, food, and meat inspection laws. Pre-
prophylaxis of diseases of horses and caged Surgical procedures of major body systems, requisite: Second-year standing in veterinary
birds. Prerequisite: Registration in the veteri- emphasizing preoperative, operative, and curriculum. 1 hour.
nary curriculum or consent of instructor. 2 postoperative patient care, together with
hours. appropriate laboratory practice. Prerequisite: 373. Small Animal Urology
Third-year standing in veterinary curriculum Anatomic and physiologic basis for urologic
334. Food Animal General Medicine and or consent of instructor; V C M
351 1 Vi hours. examination of the dog and cat; discussions
Herd Health Management integrate lesions, pathogenesis, and signs of
Diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of 354. Special Small Animal Surgery disease and stress the pathophysiologic basis
infectious and management related diseases Lecture and clinical demonstrations on surgi- of diagnosis and therapy in small animal
of food animals. Prerequisite: Third-year cal diseases and their diagnosis, operative urology. Prerequisite: VCM 332 or consent of
standing in Veterinary Medicine. 5 hours. treatment, and after care, together with appro- instructor. 1 hour or 'A unit.
priate laboratory practice. Prerequisite: Third-

335.Advanced Veterinary Cardiology year standing in veterinary curriculum or con- 375.Theriogenology
Emphasizes the application of electrocardio- sent of instructor; V C M 352. 2Vi hours. Examines principles of animal reproduction,
graphy and various cardiac imaging modali- and obstetrics of all species of
fertility,
ties(echocardiography, angiography) for the 355. Special Large Animal Surgery domestic animals, emphasizing farm animals;
evaluation of companion animals with cardio- Lecture and clinical demonstrations on surgi- lectures, discussion, and laboratory practice
vascular disease. Prerequisite: Credit or con- cal diseases and their diagnosis, operative in obstetrics, pregnancy diagnosis, and male
current enrollment in V C M
332. 1 hour. treatment, and after care, together with appro- and female infertility. Prerequisite: Third-year
priate laboratory practice. Prerequisite: Third- standing in veterinary curriculum. 4 hours.
340. Avian Medicine and Surgery year standing in veterinary curriculum or con-
Diagnosis, pathophysiology, and treatment of sent of instructor; VC M 353. 2Vi hours. 376. Veterinary Anesthesiology and Fluid
medical and surgical diseases in companion Therapy
birds. Prerequisite: V C M 325. 1 Vi hours. 357. Equine Podiatry Principles of veterinary anesthesiology em-
Pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and phasizing clinical application of anesthetic
344. Introduction to Concepts of Swine prevention of diseases of the equine foot; techniques and procedures in domestic ani-
Herd material presented in a patient discussion/ mals; clinical pharmacology of preanesthetic,
Elective course which introduces sophomore problem-solving format. Prerequisite: V C M anesthetic and related drugs, anesthetic and
veterinary students to the swine industry and 355. 2 hour or V* unit. physiologic monitoring equipment, and
herd health. Sixteen lecture-group discussion shock; teaches fluid and electrolyte therapy
hours. Prerequisite: Second-year standing in 362. Clinical and Laboratory Practice with overall emphasis on maintenance of ho-
veterinary curriculum. 1 hour. Clinical and laboratory practice in diagnosis, meostasis in anesthetized animals. Prerequisite:
treatment, and prophylaxis of animal diseases; Third-year standing in veterinary curriculum.
348. Veterinary Cytopathology lectures, quizzes, and demonstrations. Prereq- 2 hours.
Same as VP 348. See VP 348. Third-year standing in veterinary cur-
uisite:
riculum. 2 hours.
.
268 Veterinary Clinical Medicine
377. Disease Prevention and Therapy in 385. Advanced Radiographic 395. Beef Cattle Economics, Management,
Swine Production Interpretation: Large Animal and Herd Health
Course designed to introduce senior veteri- In-depth study of radiographic diagnosis ap- Study of management systems and the eco-
nary students to practices and procedures plied to large animals, primarily equine; lec- nomic factors that influence the cattle indus-
used in swine practice. Critical analysis of the ture, case study, and discussion centering on try; health programs for beef cattle emphasiz-
various phases of pork production, economic anatomic areas, e.g foot, fetlock, metacarpus/
, ing the herd approach and the veterinarian's
requirements and current production prob- metatarsus, carpus, tarsus, upper limb joints, role in the beef cattle industry. Prerequisite:
lems will be addressed, with special empha- and head and neck. Prerequisite: V C 367 or M Fourth-year standing in veterinary curricu-
sis on the veterinarian's role in herd and the equivalent. 2 hours. lum. 1 hour.
swine industry. Lectures, laboratories, and
held trips. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing 386. Advanced Radiographic Interpretation 398.Advanced Small Animal Dentistry
in veterinary curriculum. 2 hours. — Small Animal Recognition and appropriate treatment of
Exercise in systematic interpretation of small various types of feline and canine dental
378. Veterinary Clinical Orientation animal radiographs. Prerequisite: VC M 367 diseases will be discussed. The laboratories
Same as V B and VP 378. Lectures and discus- or equivalent. 2 hours. will be utilized to assist students in the
sions involving case material illustrating the determination of the appropriate diagnosis
interrelationships between the basic sciences 387.Advanced Veterinary Anesthesiology based on dental radiographs, photographs,
and medicine and sur-
their applications in Lectures cover mechanical ventilators and the and models. Oral surgery, periodontic, and
gery. Prerequisite: First-year standing in the physiologic effects of mechanical ventilation endodontic therapy will also be performed in
veterinary curriculum. 1 hour. on acid-base status, cardiopulmonary function the laboratory. Prerequisite: V C M 352. 1 hour,
and other homeostaric mechanisms in anes- or 'A unit.
379. Advanced Veterinary Ophthalmology thetized animals; high frequency ventilation
Anatomic, physiologic, pathologic, and phar- in relation to other forms of mechanical respi- 399. Special Senses
macologic considerations in eye diseases and ratory support; recently developed anesthetic Studies the structure, development, and
their treatments; instrumentation and meth- agents, techniques, and their clinical applica- function of the eye and ear; discusses specific
ods of study of ocular structure, physiology, tions; interactions between non-anesthetic pharmacologic agents and selected anatomical
and diseases; and laboratories devoted to tech- drugs and their effects on surgical patient re- abnormalities which alter normal physiologic
niques of examination of the eye and surgical sponse to anesthetic and anesthetic-related processes. Prerequisite: Registration in the
procedures used in treatment of eye diseases. agents. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in veterinary curriculum. 1 hour.
Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing in veteri- veterinary curriculum or consent of instruc-
nary curriculum. 1 or 2 hours (1 hour if taking tor. 1 hour or !4 unit. 400. Difficult Case Conference
lecture only; 2 hours if taking lecture and lab), or House Officers (Clinicians in Training) will
% unit. 388. Human Interactions with Nonhuman present clinical cases presented to the Veteri-
—
Animals Issues and Answers nary Medicine Teaching Hospital in a lecture/
380.Dairy Herd Health Management Study of human interaction with, behavior discussion format with supporting literature.
Study of dairy cattle practice, including toward, and treatment of nonhuman animals. Analysis of decisions and clinical interpreta-
economics, enterprise, management, herd and Prerequisite: Registration in the veterinary tion will be the focus of the discussion. Pre-
individual cow health, reproduction, and curriculum or consent of instructor. 1 hour. requisite: DVM
degree and graduate status in
disease control. Prerequisite: Third-year the College of Veterinary Medicine, or consent
standing in veterinary curriculum. 1 hour. 389. Small Animal Diagnostic of instructor. 'A unit. Maybe repeated in sepa-
Instrumentation rate semesters as topics vary to a maximum
381.Advanced Equine Internal Medicine Training in the use of special medical and sur- of 3 units.
Advanced instruction in case management, gical diagnostic techniques, including endos-
laboratory data interpretation, decision- copy, and various biopsy techniques. Prereq- 411.Seminars in Production/Population
making regarding therapeutics, and advanced uisite: Fourth-year standing in veterinary Medicine
diagnostic techniques. Prerequisite: V C 333 M curriculum. 1 hour. Same as VP 411. See VP 411
or consent of instructor, lor 2 hours, or 'A or Vi
units. 391. Advanced Orthopedics: Fracture 422. Advanced Topics in Comparative
Fixation Theriogenology
382. Exotic Pets Advanced instruction in the pathophysiology Advanced study on the principles and practice
Principles of restraint, diagnosis, and medi- of bone fracture and healing, techniques of of theriogenology in domestic and non-
cal and surgical treatment of diseases of small fracture fixation, and complications of fracture domestic animals. Prerequisite: DVM or
exotic mammals, reptiles, and fish kept as pets. repair. Prerequisite:V C M
354; third-year equivalent and consent of instructor. 'A unit.
Fourth-year standing in veteri-
Prerequisite: standing in the veterinary curriculum. 1 hour. May be repeated in separate semesters to a
nary curriculum. 1 hour. maximum of 1 units. '/:

383.Advanced Soft Tissue Surgery Individual research on a special problem cho- 451. Introduction to Surgery for Research
Advanced instruction in the pathophysiology, sen in consultation with the instructor and Surgical principles including sterile technique,
diagnosis and treatment of soft tissue surgical department head. Prerequisite: Registration in hemostasis, tissue handling, instrumentation,
disorders of the small animal patient. Lectures veterinary curriculum with GPA of 3.0 or and wound closure and healing are taught
will incorporate clinical case presentations above, or consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours, or with emphasis on application in domestic and
and discussion. The laboratory sessions will Vi to 3A units. May be repeated to a maximum laboratory animals. Laboratory covers dem-
be used to teach surgical procedures which of 6 hours or 1 unit. onstration and practice of surgical principles.
are commonly performed in small animal Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of
clinical practice and which are not taught in 394. Veterinary Clinical Medicine instructor. V* unit. Students mav not receive
the core curriculum. Prerequisite: Concurrent To be used to designate a trial or experimen- credit for both this course and VC M 351.
registration in VC M 354. 1 hour. tal course for five or more students, designed
to be an elective in the CVM professional cur- 477. Recent Advances in Large Animal
384. Client Relations riculum. The course can be taught under this Internal Medicine
Introduction to client relations, including designation for two years or two offerings, Seminar series devoted to intense study of
techniques of effective verbal and nonverbal whichever time is greater. Prerequisite: Regis- pathophysiologic and current therapeutic
communication and applications of these tration in the veterinary curriculum or con- aspects of selected topics in large animal
techniques for veterinary students. 1 hour. sent of instructor. lto3 hours. May be repeated internal medicine. Prerequisite: degree or DVM
to a maximum of 6 hours. equivalent or consent of instructor. A unit. l
Mav be repeated to a maximum of 1 '/: units.

Veterinary Pathobiology 269
484.Current Concepts in Comparative Veterinary Pathobiology (VP) sitology, and microbiology, or consent of in-
Surgery structors (graduate students). 4 hours or 1 unit.
Advanced study of topics concerning the 290.Undergraduate Research
pathophysiology, diagnosis, and current 335. Special Pathology
Laboratory and /or field studies selected in
therapv of diseases which are treated with Disease processes including specific diseases
consultation with a faculty mentor. Prerequi-
surgical procedures. Prerequisite: or DVM site: Consent of instructor. I to 5 hours. May be
affecting organs and anatomic systems. Pre-
equivalent or consent of instructor. 'A unit. requisite: Second-year standing in veterinary
repeated in subsequent semesters to a maxi-
May be repeated to a maximum of 1 unit. curriculum or consent of instructor. 4 hours or
mum of 10 hours.
1 unit.
488. Advances in Veterinary Dermatology 310.Immunogenetics and
Series of lectures, seminars, and discussions 337. Veterinary Virology
Immunophysiology
devoted study of pathophysi-
to the intense Fundamental principles of animal virology;
Same as ANSCI and BIOL 31 0. See ANSCI 31 0.
ologic aspects of the integument and related mechanisms of virus-cell and virus-host inter-
systems including: structure and functions, 316. Ecological Parasitology
actions; explores properties of the major
endocrinology, immunology, microbiology, Same as EEE 316. See EEE 316. groups of animal virus in relation to replica-
virology, parasitology, pharmacology, oncol- tion and pathogenesis of viral disease. Lecture
ogy, and miscellaneous disorders. Students 326. Parasitologic Techniques and and laboratory. Prerequisite: First-year stand-
enrolling for '/: unit credit will also partici- Systematics ing in the veterinary curriculum or consent of
pate in weekly critiques of current literature. Survey of taxonomy of animal parasites; instructor. 2 hours or >/> unit.
Prerequisite: DVM
degree or equivalent and structures used for taxonomy are studied after
consent of instructor. 'A or Vz units. May be collection, preservation, and preparation of
338. Veterinary Clinical Pathology
repeated to a maximum of 2 units. Duplicate parasite specimens. Prerequisite: VP 333 or Discusses the function and interpretation of
registration is permitted up to 1 unit. equivalent. 3 hours or % unit.
hematological, chemical, and certain other
procedures, including exfoliative cytology, as
490.Seminar 330. VeterinaryMedical History, Ethics, aids in the diagnosis of animal diseases; em-
Required of all graduate students whose and Orientation phasizes the correlation of laboratory findings
major is Veterinary Clinical Medicine. or 'A Introduction to the history, recent develop- with fundamental changes and clinical mani-
units. ments, scope, and trends of veterinary medi- festations of disease. Prerequisite: Second-year
cal education, practice, research, public health, standing in veterinary curriculum. 4 hours.
491. Recent Advances in Veterinary and other areas; functions, obligations, and
Internal Medicine organization of the profession. Prerequisite:
339. Veterinary Clinical Pathology
Series of lectures, seminars, and discussions First-year standing in veterinary curriculum.
Laboratory
devoted to intense study of new pathophysi- 1 hour.
Introduction to veterinary clinical pathology
ologic aspects of selected topics in veterinary laboratory techniques in hematology, urinaly-
internal medicine. Each semester isdevoted 331. Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology sis, coagulation, clinical biochemistry and cy-
to three topics. Prerequisite: DVM degree or Studies the properties of bacteria and fungi tology, including sample procurement and
equivalent, and consent of instructor. or V* responsible for diseases of domestic and wild handling, equipment, and methodology. Pre-
units. May be repeated to a maximum of 1 Vi animals; emphasizes epidemiology, pathogen- requisite: Second-year status in College of Vet-
units. esis, morphological and cultural characteris- erinary Medicine or consent of instructor. 1
tics of bacteria and fungi, and diagnosis. Pre- hour.
492. Special Problems standing in veterinary
requisite: First-year
Basic and applied study including orientation curriculum or consent of instructor. 4 hours or 341.Food Safety and Public Health
and research on pertinent initial and continu- 1 unit.
Introduction to public health; diseases of
ing problems in the student's area of interest. animals transmissible to man; and procedures
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. '/» to 1 unit. Immunology
332. Veterinary and techniques used in inspection of food of
Fundamental principles of immunology; animal origin. Prerequisite: Second-year
493. Advanced Topics in Veterinary mechanisms and functions of the humoral and standing in veterinary curriculum or consent
Clinical Medicine cell-mediated immune responses; role of the of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
Instruction in advanced diagnosis, therapeu- immune system in protection against infec-
and research methodologies in 343. Diseases of Poultry
tic modalities, tious diseases and tumors; immune dysfunc-
the areas of small animal internal medicine, tions and diseases of immunologic origins. The causes, symptoms, lesions, prevention,
small animal surgery, equine and food ani- Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: First-year
and treatment of noninfectious and infectious
mal medicine and surgery, ophthalmology, standing in the veterinary curriculum or con- diseases of domestic birds; lectures, quizzes,
theriogenology, radiology, and clinical phar- sent of instructor. 2 hours or Vi unit.
and PLATO demonstrations. Prerequisite:
macology. Prerequisite: DVM
degree or equiva- Third-or fourth-year standing in veterinary
consent of instructor. A to 1 unit.
lent; l
May be 333. Veterinary Parasitology curriculum or consent of instructor. 2 hours.
repeated to a maximum of 2 units. Protozoan, arthropod, helminth parasites af-
fecting domestic animals and humans; lec-
346. Principles of Laboratory Animal
499. Thesis Research tures, discussions, and laboratory. Prerequisite:
Science I
to 4 units. Second-vear standing in veterinary curricu- Same as BIOL and ANSCI 355. First of two
lum or 20 hours in chemistry or animal biol- course series. Addresses fundamental issues
in Laboratory Animal Sciences including his-
ogy, or both; consent of instructor. 5 hours or 1
tory, regulatory aspects, ethical consider-
unit.
ations, and basic biology and husbandry of
334. General Pathology common laboratory animal species. Prerequi-

and systemic reactions site: Second or third-year standing in the vet-
Cellular, organic, to
Veterinary acute and chronic injury related to infections, erinary professional curriculum, registration
in the graduate college, or consent of instruc-
circulatory disturbances, intoxications,
Pathobiology parasitisms, immunologic disorders, meta- tor. 1 hour or Vt unit.
bolic disturbances, and disturbances of

growth; lectures, demonstrations, and labora- 348. Veterinary Cytopathology
Head of Department: Wanda Haschek-Hock Same as V C M 348. Evaluation of slides
Department 2522 Veterinary Medicine tories; microscope required (for those not in
Office:
the professional curriculum). Prerequisite: Sec-
prepared from body fluids, aspirates of
Basic Sciences Building, 2001 South Lincoln
ond-year standing in the veterinary curricu- abnormal skin or subcutaneous lesions,
Avenue, Urbana
aspirates of internal organs, tracheal washes,
Phone: 333-2449 lum or 25 hours of histology, physiology, para-
and bronchial alveolar lavages for the purpose
URL: ww.cvm.uiuc.edu/vpweb/vphome
270 Veterinary Pathobiology
of determining the etiology of abnormal eight to ten projects covering e-mail, listservs or equivalent epidemiology course (requires
lesions or organ dysfunction. Microscopes are and newsgroups, telnet, FTP, bibliographic third-year standing in the professional cur-
furnished. Prerequisite: VP 338, third or fourth- database and World Wide Web searching, Web riculum); or consent of instructor. 3 hours or V*
year standing in the veterinary curriculum. 2 page authoring and publication, personal units.
hours. spreadsheets, and databases. Formal instruc-
tion and project submission via the Internet. 394. Veterinary Pathobiology
350. Epidemiology Weekly help sessions available on-site. Prereq- To be used experimen-
to designate a trial or
Principles and uses of epidemiology and Enrollment in the College of Veterinary
uisite: tal course for five or more students, designed
biostatistics in the practice of veterinary Medicine professional curriculum. 2 hours. to be an elective in the CVM
professional cur-
medicine. Prerequisite: Second-year standing riculum. The course can be taught under this
in veterinary curriculum. 2 hours or Vz unit. 371. Epidemiology and the Media designation for two years or two offerings,
Same as CHLTH 371 Seminar based on
. stu- whichever time is greater. Prerequisite: Regis-
355.Animal Necropsy Procedures dent presentation of current epidemiological tration in the veterinary curriculum or con-
Instruction and practice in the performance topics, followed by class discussion. Topics sent of instructor. lto3 hours. May be repeated
of postmortem dissections; emphasizes the originate from popular media accounts, com- to a maximum of 6 hours.
recognition of macroscopic pathologic bined with information from original scien-
changes on the assessment of their effects tific communications. Outside speakers pro- 411.Seminars in Production/Population
and on their diagnostic significance. For vide alternative views about the role of the Medicine
nonpathology majors only. Prerequisite: VP media in presenting scientific issues. Prereq- Same as V C M 411 Discussion of selected top-
.
334 and 335, and V C M

371; or equivalent; uisite: One semester of epidemiology. 1 hour, icsand journal articles related to production
and consent of instructor. 2 or 2 hours, or 'A or V* unit to V2 unit. and population medicine, i.e. health and dis-
or Vi unit. May be repeated to a maximum ease control/prevention decisions that are
of 6 hours or 1 Vi units. Epidemiology
374. Principles of based on improving productivity, profitabil-
Same as CHLTH, ENVST and MED S 374. See ity, and maintaining populations of animals.
356. Principles of Laboratory Animal CHLTH 374. Requires presentation of a formal seminar to
Science II receive a letter grade. Prerequisite: Graduate
Same as BIOL and ANSCI 356. Continuation 378. Veterinary Clinical Orientation standing in CVM; VP 350 or equivalent epi-
of VP 346. Additional topics include labora- Same as V B and V C M 378. See V C M 378. demiology course (requires third-year stand-
tory animal diseases, biohazard control, gno- ing in the professional curriculum) and con-
tobiology, and animal models of human dis- 380.Molecular Mechanisms of Bacterial sent of instructors; for graduate students
ease. Prerequisite: VP 346 or equivalent, or Pathogenesis outside CVM, consent of instructors required.
consent of instructor. 1 hour or Vi unit. Introduction of current research literature on 1 hour or Vi unit. May be repeated in separate
host-microbe interactions. The molecular ba- semesters to a maximum of 4 hours or 1 unit.
360. The Biology of Emerging Infectious sis for disease arising from these interactions Approved for S/U grading.
Diseases will be stressed. Prerequisite: One or more 300-
Discusses the biology of emerging and re- or 400-level courses in microbiology, immu- 412. Seminars in Eukaryotic Microbiology
emerging infectious disease pathogens; nology, or biochemistry, and consent of in- Discussion of selected journal articles about
examples of various bacterial, parasitic, and structor. 2 hours or Vi unit. findings in the areas of molecular biology,
viral pathogens are presented to characterize immunology, cell biology, and biochemistry
the diverse mechanisms and factors that 391. Biostatistics of eukaryotic microorganisms. Pathogenic and
enable these agents to emerge; possible Same as BIOL and CHLTH 391. Application nonpathogenic organisms will be discussed,
corrective and /or preventative approaches are of statistical methods to epidemiology, clini- i. e. Trypanosomatids, toxoplasma, malaria,
:
VP 331 or MCBIO 326;

explored. Prerequisite: cal and diagnostic medicine, and laboratory Pneumocystis, Candida, neurospora, etc. Re-
VP 332 or CSB 308; and VP 337 or MCBIO 351; biomedical experiments. Topics include de- quires the presentation of a formal seminar.
or consent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. scriptive statistics and graphics, reliability, Prerequisite: VP 437 and/or consent of instruc-
sample size estimation, contingency table tor. A unit. May be repeated in separate se-
]
368. Clinical Rotation in Laboratory analysis, analysis of group differences, sur- mesters to a maximum of 1 unit.
Animal Medicine vival analysis, correlation, and linear regres-
Elective clerkship in laboratory animal medi- sion. Emphasizes use of computerized statis- 413. Biomedical Grant Proposal Writing
cine for VM-4
professional students. The ob- ticalsoftware in biomedical data analysis. 4 Objective of the course is to help develop skills
jective is to provide the senior veterinary stu- hours or 1 unit. Students may not receive credit in grant seeking and proposal writing. General
dent a broad practical exposure to the for both VP 391 and CPSC 340 or BIOL 371 or information about identification of funding
specialty of laboratory animal medicine. Pre- EDPSY 390. agencies, areas of research and program
requisite: Fourth-year standing or equivalent priorities, components of a grant application,
in the veterinary medicine professional cur- 392. Special Problems internal institutional review process (i.e.,
riculum. 2Vi hours. May be repeated in same Individual research on a special problem cho- animal care and recombinant DNA), formats,
semester to a maximum of 5 hours. sen in consultation with the instructor and and the review process will be given. The
department head. Prerequisite: Registration in major assignment will consist of a grant
369. Veterinary Diagnostic Medicine veterinary curriculum with GPA of 3.0 or proposal writing project carried out with close
For VM-4 professional students, a veterinary above, or consent of instructor. 1 to 3 hours, or consultation of the instructor. Prerequisite:
diagnostic medicine clerkship in the Veteri- 'A to % unit May be repeated to a maximum
.
Consent of instructor. 3A unit. Due to the
nary Diagnostic Laboratory. Prerequisite: of 6 hours or 1 unit. nature of this course, enrollment will be
Fourth-year standing or its equivalent in vet- limited.
erinary medical professional curriculum. 1 A l 393. Economics of Food Animal Health
to 3 hours. May be repeated in the same or Concepts and procedures for economically 414. Free Radicals in Biology
separate semesters to a maximum of 4 /: 1
driven decision-making with special empha- Same as BIOCH 414. Discussion of oxygen
hours. sis on veterinary medicine. Topics will include: radical reactions in simple chemical and bio-
partial budgeting, enterprise budgeting, chemical systems, the role of defenses against
370.Computer-Based Information break-even analysis, decision analysis, pro- oxidative stress, physiological, pharmacologi-
Competency for Veterinarians duction economics, computer modeling, and cal, toxicological, and pathological aspects of
Introduction to computer-mediated commu- benefit-cost analysis. Published scientific lit- oxygen radicals. Prerequisite: Consent of in-
nication and information management tools erature will be reviewed to provide practical structor. 1 unit.
of special interest to veterinary students and examples of economic decision-making in
veterinarians. Satisfactory /unsatisfactory optimizing animal health management. Pre-
grading based on successful completion of requisite: Graduate standing in CVM; VP 350
Veterinary Pathobiology 271
415. Mechanisms of Microbial Infections 437. Molecular and Immunoparasitology or consent of instructor. 'A unit. May be re-
Newer concepts of host-microorganism The molecular basis of parasite function and peated in subsequent semesters to a maximum
relations; emphasis on the dynamics and host/ parasite interaction with emphasis on of 2 units.
pathogenic mechanisms of microorganisms, recent developments. Topics include cell bi-
immune responses and defense factors of the ology of parasites, molecular approach to ra- 455. Comparative Oncology
host, and pathogenesis of specific infections. tional chemotherapy, genetic and immuno- Comparative study of the nature of mamma-
Lectures, discussions, laboratory, and special logic mechanisms of parasite survival, lian and avian neoplasms based on general
problems. Prerequisite: MCBIO 326 or VP 332, diagnosis, and vaccine development. Special and special methods of tumor identification
or equivalent; consent of instructor. % or 1 attention to AIDS-related parasitic diseases. and classification; lectures, demonstrations,
unit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1 unit. and laboratory. Prerequisite: VP 334 and 335,
416. Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases 442. Laboratory Animal Medicine
Same as CHLTH 476. Ecology of infection and Weekly rounds, weekly or biweekly
clinical 456. Exotic and Wild Animal Diagnostic
disease; spread of disease and modes of trans- facilitiesrounds, and supervised clinical Pathology, I
mission; methods of control; socioeconomic experience. Topics include: biology and Instruction in the performance of necropsy
consideration; selected diseases: malaria, husbandry of laboratory animals; diagnosis, examinations on exotic and wild animals;
Lyme disease, anaplasmosis, schistosomiasis, treatment, and prevention of disease of emphasizes recognition, interpretation, oral
salmonellosis, pseudorabies, AIDS. Student laboratory animals; principles of animal use presentations, and written descriptions of
presentations. Prerequisite: Epidemiology class in research and teaching; and management gross and histologic lesions; emphasizes his-
(VP 350, CHLTH 374 or equivalent), or con- and design of laboratory animal facilities. tologic features of lesions. For pathology ma-
sent of instructor. 3 hours or % unit. Prerequisite: DVM or equivalent or consent of VP 334 and 335; V C
jors only. Prerequisite: M
instructor. '/» to Va unit. May be repeated to a 369 or equivalent; consent of instructor. 14 or
417. Principles and Methods of Veterinary maximum of 4 units. Vi unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 22
Epidemiology units.
Same as CHLTH 477. Theoretical and applied 444.Immunobiological Methods
principles of veterinary epidemiology; quan- Same as ANSCI 444. Laboratory exercises, 457. Exotic and Wild Animal Diagnostic
and computer-based methodology for
titative demonstrations, and discussions of methods Pathology, II
evaluating disease risk, prognosis, and treat- and techniques in cellular immunology and Instruction in the use of supplemental
ment at the individual and population level. immunobiology. Prerequisite: CSB 308 or diagnostic data in the areas of bacteriology,
A veterinary degree is not required for enroll- MCBIO 327; or equivalent survey course in clinical pathology, immunology, parasitology,
ment. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing. immunology or immunochemistry, or consent toxicology, and virology in arriving at
'A unit. of instructor. '/: unit. Registration is permit- differential and definitive diagnoses of wild
ted by authorization of instructor. and exotic animals. Pathogenesis of gross and
418. Concepts and Topics in Immunology histologic lesions and mechanisms of lesion
Same as BIOL 418. Newer concepts and theo- 445. Veterinary Diagnostic Pathology, I development are emphasized. For pathology
ries in the field of immunology, including Instruction in the performance of necropsy majors only. Prerequisite: VP 456 or equivalent
theories of antibody formation and immuno- examinations; emphasizes recognition, inter- or consent of instructor. to '/: unit. May be
logical tolerance, regulation of the immune pretation, oral presentations, and written de- repeated to a maximum of 2 /; units.1
response, biosynthesis and structure of anti- scriptions of gross and histologic lesions; em-
bodies, and evolutionary aspects of the im- phasizes histologic features of lesions. For 458. Exotic and Wild Animal Pathology
mune response. Lectures and discussion. Pre- pathology majors only. Prerequisite:VP 334 and Seminar
Consent of instructor; MCBIO 327
requisite: 335, V C M
369 or equivalent; consent of in- Discussion of selected pathologic and clinico-
and CSB 308 recommended. '/; unit. structor. to Va unit. May be repeated to a pathologic material pertaining to exotic and
maximum of 2Vi units. wild animals and presentation of a formal
419.Mechanisms of Viral Pathogenesis seminar. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment
Same as MCBIO 419. Lecture-discussion on 446. Veterinary Diagnostic Pathology, II in VP 456 or 457 or consent of instructor. to
topics of molecular mechanisms of viral Instruction in the use of supplemental diag- 'A unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 1 Vi
pathogenesis. Mechanisms of infection, nostic data in the areas of bacteriology, clini- units.
virulence, viral spread, interaction with the cal pathology, immunology, parasitology, toxi-
immune system, persistence, and other host- cology, and virology in arriving at differential 459. Surgical Pathology
parasite relationships are covered using and emphasizes patho-
definitive diagnoses; Discusses and interprets disease processes of
modern literature and in depth exploration of genesis of gross and histologic lesions and domestic animals; emphasizes interpretation
several animal virus systems. Prerequisite: mechanisms of lesion development. Prerequi- of pathologic changes in tissue specimens ob-
MCBIO 330 and either MCBIO 351 or VP 337; site: VP 445 or equivalent, or consent of in- tained during surgical procedures; correlates
BIOCH 350, 352 or 353; consent of instructor. structor. to Vi unit. May be repeated to a structure, function, and prognosis. Prerequisite:
A
3
unit. maximum of 2'/: units. VP 445 and 455, or equivalent; consent of in-
structor. to Vi unit. May be repeated to a
420. Applied Epidemiology 447.Pathology Seminar maximum of 2 /: 1
units.
Same as CHLTH 478. See CHLTH 478. Discusses selected pathologic and clinico-
pathologic material; requires presentation of 475. Veterinary Information Technology
Techniques in
426. Statistical a formal seminar. Prerequisite: Credit or and Computer Applications
Epidemiological Research concurrent registration in VP 445, and consent Veterinary applications of word processing,
Same as CHLTH and ENVST 427, and MED of instructor. or 'A unit. May be repeated to spreadsheet, database, statistical, and health
S 463. See CHLTH 427. a maximum of 1 '/: units. management software packages and various
methods of information access and retrieval
427. Parasitology and Epidemiology 450. Concepts in Pathology will be complemented by lecture/discussion
Seminar Prerequisite: DVM
degree or MS in Biology; and computer laboratory sessions. Prerequisite:
Discussion of selected historic and current consent of instructor. 1 unit. Two years of work experience as a veterinarian
literature related to parasitology. Prerequisite: (post-graduate DVM) or consent of instructor;
VP 333; or concurrent registration in any one 451. Interpretive Cytopathology priority will be given to students enrolled in
of these courses. '4 unit May be repeated to a
. Discusses selected cytologic material. Empha- the Executive Veterinary Program. 'A unit.
maximum of Vi unit. sizes recognition, interpretation, oral presen-
tation, and written description of cytology
case materials. Prerequisite: VP 338 and 348 or
equivalent, and diagnostic cytology training
272 Women's Studies
476. Communication and Veterinary 490.Seminar 112. Introduction to Women's Studies in

Consultation Required of all graduate students whose the Social Sciences
Utilization of communication as a tool in vet- major is veterinary pathobiology. or A unit.
l
Same HDFS and SOC 145. The impact of
as
erinary consultation and management. Skills culture and society on gender roles, including
will be developed in oral and written com- 491. Design and Analysis of Biomedical socialization and identity formation, as
munication through assigned presentations, Experiments expressed in life-styles, marriage and family
technical reports, newsletters, and business Same as BIOL 491. Principles of sampling, alternatives, and patterns of education and
letters.Veterinary applications will be empha- treatment assignment, and statistical analysis employment. 3 hours.
sized. Prerequisite: Two years of work experi- applied to biomedical experiments; major
ence as a veterinarian (post-graduate DVM) emphases include sample size determination, 114.Contemporary Issues in Women's
or consent of instructor; priority will be given dose-response functions, single and multifac- Studies
to students enrolled in the Executive Veteri- tor designs, randomized blocks and repeated Explores the most recent debate and research
nary Program. 'A unit. measures, and analysis of covariance. Prereq- related to contemporary issues which affect
uisite: CPSC 340 or BIOL 371 or BIOL, CHLTH, primarily women. Reviews issues related to
477. Veterinary Leadership and NUTRS or VP 391, or consent of instructor. 1 sexual and domestic violence, gender social-
Organizational Behavior unit. ization, feminization of poverty, women's
Leadership principles and organizational health, sexual harassment, work and family,
theory with practical application to veterinary 492. Special Problems politics, and media influences from a multi-
management and consultation. Includes Basic and applied study including orientation discipline and multicultural perspective. 3
individual, interpersonal, and organizational and research on pertinent initial and continu- hours.
influences focusing on current issues in the ing problems in the student's area of interest.
veterinary profession. Prerequisite: Two years Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. !4 tol unit. 199. Undergraduate Open Seminar
of work experience as a veterinarian (post- 1 to May be repeated.
5 hours.
graduate DVM) or consent of instructor; 496. Interdisciplinary Toxicology Seminar
priority will be given to students enrolled in Same as ENVST and V B 496. Interdisciplinary 201. Introduction to Feminist Theory
the Executive Veterinary Program. Vi unit. seminar on topics within the area of toxicol- Interdisciplinary introductory survey of
ogy; topics vary each semester. Seminars are feminist theory. Traces developments in
478. Veterinary Business Management presented by faculty, visiting lecturers, and feminist theory and explores contemporary
Instruction in and application of the principles students based upon their study, research, debates. 3 hours.
of veterinary businessmanagement including and /or professional activities in the selected
economics, decision making, financial man- topic area. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 202. Women and Gender in Pre-Modern
agement, marketing, and legal issues. Empha- 'A unit. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 Europe
sis on specific practice type (small animal, units. Same as HIST 202. See HIST 202.
food animal, equine) depending on interest of
students. Prerequisite: Two years of work ex- 498. Nonthesis Research 219. Women in Japanese Literature
Independent research to fulfill requirement for Same as EALC and C LIT 219. See EALC 219.
perience as a veterinarian (post-graduate
DVM) or consent of instructor; priority will nonthesis alternative in Master of Science
program only. Prerequisite: Must be enrolled 220. Psychology of Gender
be given to students enrolled in the Executive
Veterinary Program. 1 unit. in the departmental graduate program. 'A to Same as PSYCH 240. See PSYCH 240.
2 units. May be repeated in subsequent
479. Advanced Concepts in Swine Health semesters to a maximum of 2 units. Students 225. Women in Prehistory
Management, I may not receive credit for both VP 498 and Same as ANTH 225. See ANTH 225.
Instruction on the biostatistics involved in the 499.
234. Brazilian Women's Words in
effective analysis of swine production records,
499. Thesis Research Translation
diagnostic tests, and clinical trials. Applica-
0to4 units.
Same as PORT 234. See PORT 234.
tion of epidemiology principles in a swine
production setting. Practical diagnostic, treat-
235. Women in Politics
ment, and preventive procedures for disease Same as POL S 235. See POL S 235.
conditions related to swine production. Pre-
requisite: Two years of work experience as a 240. Sex and Gender in Classical Antiquity
veterinarian (post-graduate DVM) or consent Same as CLCTV 240 and C LIT 262. See CLCTV
of instructor; priority will be given to students 240.
enrolled in the Executive Veterinary Program. Women's Studies
A
3
unit. 245. Women in the Labor Market
Same as ECON 245. See ECON 245.
480. Advanced Concepts in Swine Health Director of Program: Sonya Michel
Management, II Program Office: 911 South Sixth Street, Cham- Women: Histories and Cultures
250. Black
paign
Illustrate effective methods to monitor and Same as AFRO 250. Interdisciplinary study of
analyze the effects environmental conditions Phone: 333-2990
black women's multiple histories and varied
have on swine health and productivity. De- URL: www.womstd.uiuc.edu women from North
cultures including black
sign and implementation of programs to en- America, Africa, and the Caribbean. Prerequi-
sure product quality and consumer safety.
Women's Studies (W S) site: AFRO 100 or W
S 111 or 112 or consent of
Swine nutrition and lean growth modeling for instructor. 3 hours.
optimal use of rations and providing nutri-
tional consultation to swine producers. Evalu- 111. Introduction to Women's Studies in 260. US History of Medicine
ation, development, and application of genetic
the Humanities Same as HIST 250. See HIST 250.
programs for swine production. Prerequisite: Interdisciplinary introduction to women and
Two years of work experience as a veterinar- gender. Analysis of representations of women 261. Women in East Asia
ian (post-graduate DVM) or consent of in- (including race, class, and sexuality) in Same as EALC 261. See EALC 261.
structor; priority will be given to students popular culture, painting, film, literature,
enrolled in the Executive Veterinary Program. music, history, religion. 3 hours. 262. Cultural Images of Women
1 unit. Same as ANTH 262. See ANTH 262.
263. Introduction toWomen and the Visual
Arts in Western Culture
Yiddish 273
271. African-American Women's History and Western Europe, Asia, and Africa. Prereq-
Same as AFRO and HIST 271. See HIST 271. uisite: One course in Women's Studies or one
course in international social, economic, or
272.Women, Men, and Gender in political development, or consent of instruc-
American Society to 1877 tor. 3 hours or 1 unit.
396. Seminar in Women's Studies
273. Women, Men and Gender in American Interdisciplinary seminar on special topics in
Society since 1877 women's studies. Prerequisite: W S 111 or 112,
Same as HIST 273. See HIST 273. and two courses in women's studies at the 200-
300 levels; junior standing; or consent of
280. Women Writers instructor. 3 hours, or Vi to 1 unit. May be
Same as ENGL 280. See ENGL 280. repeated once as topics vary.
286. Women in Popular Film and 401. Feminist Scholarship in the

Television Humanities: Theory and Method
Same as COMM 256. See COMM 256. Interdisciplinary graduate-level course in
feminist theory, with an emphasis on the hu-
290. Individual Study manities. Explores current debates in feminist
Special topics not treated in regularly sched- theory as they pertain to humanities disci-
uled classes. Prerequisite: One course in At least one graduate-level
plines. Prerequisite:
Women's Studies; consent of instructor. 0to3 humanities course or consent of instructor. 1
unit.
hours. Students may register in this course
more than once in the same term. 402. Feminist Scholarship in the Social
Sciences: Theory and Research
302. Sex Roles Same as SOC 425. Interdisciplinary feminist
Same as HDFS and SOC 302. See HDFS 302. theory and research course with emphasis on
the social sciences. Examines theoretical,
303.
methodological, and empirical research on
Same as ANTH, HIST, and RELST 303. See
sex, gender, and women in the social sciences.
RELST 303. Undergraduate statistics; at least
Prerequisite:
one graduate-level social science course or
324. Gender and Race in Contemporary
consent of instructor. A graduate-level course
Architecture
in social science research methods is strongly
Same as ARCH 324. See ARCH 324.
recommended. 1 unit.
Women and Language

332.
Same as LING and SPCOM 332. See SPCOM 451. Women: Society and Social Welfare
Issues
332.
Same as SOC W 451. See SOC W 451.
Women's Health
335.
460. Feminist Media Studies: Feminist
Same as CHLTH 309. See CHLTH 309.
Theory, the Media, and the Politics of the
338. Psychology of Women Popular
Same as PSYCH 338. See PSYCH 338. Same as COMM
460. See 460. COMM
341. Applications of Sex Role Theory to 463. Feminist Theory in Anthropology
Counseling Same as ANTH 463. See ANTH 463.
Same as EDPSY 341. See EDPSY 341.
342. Body, Culture, and Society

Same as KINES 342. See KINES 342.
Gender and Physical Activity

346.
Same as KINES 346. See KINES 346. Yiddish
358. Social Issues Theatre
Same as THEAT 358. See THEAT 358. (See Germanic Languages and Literature)
370. Selected Topics on Women and

Politics
Same as POL S 370. See POL S 370.
375. Women and Society in Scandinavian
Literature
Same as C LIT and SCAN 375. See SCAN 375.
380.Gender Roles and International

Development
Interdisciplinary seminar examining theoreti-
cal and empirical research on gender and the
transformation of social and economic struc-
tures. Students will develop a comparative
perspective on issues of women and public
policy by contrasting and comparing such
policies in North and South America, Eastern
274 Index
Aviation, 39 Human Resource Education, 144

Bamana. See African Languages Special Education, 248
Biochemistry, 41 Electrical and Computer Engineering, 101
Bioengineering, 42 Engineering, College of
Biology, 42 Aeronautical and Astronautical
Biophysics, 44 Engineering, 4
Index Bridge Program, 45 Bioengineering, 42
Bulgarian, 234 Ceramic Engineering, 172
Accountancy, 1
Business, 45 Civil and Environmental Engineering, 55
Advanced Study, Center for, 3

Business Administration, 46 Computational Science and Engineering,
Advertising, 3 Business and Technical Writing, 107 69
Aeronautical and Astronautical Computer Science, 70
Engineering, 4 Campus Honors Program, 49 Electrical and Computer Engineering, 101
African Languages, 167 Catalan, 243 Engineering, 107

Cell and Structural Biology, 49 Engineering Honors, 108
African Studies, 6
Afro- American Studies, 7 Ceramic Engineering, 172 General Engineering, 124
Agricultural and Consumer Economics, 8
Chemical Engineering, 50 Industrial Engineering, 183
Agricultural Communications, 141 Chemical Sciences, School of Manufacturing Engineering, 172

Agricultural, Consumer and Environmental Biochemistry, 41 Materials Science and Engineering, 173
Sciences, College of Chemical Engineering, 50 Mechanical Engineering, 185
Agricultural and Consumer Economics, 8
Chemistry, 52 Nuclear Engineering, 208
Agricultural Communications, 141 Chemistry, 52 Physics, 216
Agricultural Education, 142 Chinese, 85 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, 259
Agricultural Engineering, 12 Cinema Studies, 55 Engineering Honors, 108
Animal Sciences, 15 Cinematography, 28 English
Crop Sciences, 74 Civil and Environmental Engineering, 55 Business and Technical Writing, 107
Classical Civilization, 60 English, 109
Food Science and Human Nutrition, 119
Human and Community Development, Classics Rhetoric and Composition, 111
142 Classical Civilization, 60 English as an International Language
Human Development and Family Coptic, 61 English as a Second Language, 112
Studies, 143
Greek, 61 English as an International Language, 113
Natural Resources and Environmental Latin, 62 Entomology, 114
Sciences, 201
Commerce and Business Administration, Environmental Studies, 115
Nutritional Sciences, 212 College of
Plant Pathology, 77 Accountancy, 1 Finance, 116
Rural Sociology, 144 Business, 45 Fine and Applied Arts, College of
Technical Systems Management, 13 Business Administration, 46 Architecture, School of, 24
Agricultural Education, 142 Economics, 90 Art and Design, General Professional
Agricultural Engineering, 12 Finance, 116 Courses in, 30
Agricultural Engineering, 12 MBA Program Administration, 183 Art and Design, Introduction to, 28
Technical Systems Management, 13 Communications, College of Art Education, 30
Air Force Aerospace Studies, 14 Advertising, 3 Art Painting, 34
Animal Sciences, 15 Communications, 62 Cinematography, 28
Anthropology, 18 Journalism, 148 Crafts, 29
Applied Life Studies, College of Community Health Dance, 82

Community Health, 65 Community Health, 65 Fine and Applied Arts, 118
Kinesiology, 149 Rehabilitation Counseling, 66 Graphic Design, 31
Leisure Studies, 162 Comparative Literature, 67 History of Art, 31
Rehabilitation Counseling, 66 Computational Science and Engineering, 69 Industrial Design, 33
Speech and Hearing Science, 250 Computer Science, 70 Landscape Architecture, 155
Arabic, 168 Coptic, 61 Music, 192
Architecture, School of, 24 Crafts, 29 Photography, 35
Armed Forces Crop Sciences, 74 Printmaking, 36
Air Force Aerospace Studies, 14 Crop Sciences, 74 Sculpture, 36
Military Science, 190 Plant Pathology, 77 Theatre, 256
Naval Science, 207 Curriculum and Instruction, 78 Urban and Regional Planning, 262
Art and Design, School of Czech, 234 Food Science and Human Nutrition, 119
Art and Design, General Professional French, 121
Courses in, 30 Dance, 82
Art and Design, Introduction to, 28 General Engineering, 124
Art Education, 30 East Asian Languages and Cultures Geography, 126
Art Painting, 34 Asian Studies, 85 Geology, 128
Cinematography, 28 Chinese, 85 Germanic Languages and Literature
Crafts, 29
East Asian Languages and Cultures, 86 German, 131
Graphic Design, 31 Japanese, 87 Germanic, 133
History of Art, 31 Korean, 88 Scandinavian, 133
Industrial Design, 33 Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution, 88 Yiddish, 133
Photography, 35 Economics, 90 Graduate College, 134
Printmaking, 36 Education, College of Graphic Design, 31
Sculpture, 36 Curriculum and Instruction, 78 Greek, 61
Art Education, 30 Educational Organization and Leader-
Art Painting, 34 ship, 94 Hebrew, 169
Asian Studies, 85 Educational Policy Studies, 96 Hindi, 170
Astronomy, 36 Educational Practice, 98 History, 134
Atmospheric Sciences, 38 Educational Psychology, 99 History of Art, 31
Index 275
Human and Community Development Japanese, 87 Naval Science, 207

Agricultural Communications, 141 Korean, 88 Neuroscience, 208
Agricultural Education, 142 Latin, 62 Nuclear Engineering, 208
Human and Community Development, Latin American and Caribbean Studies, Nursing
142 157 Medical-Surgical Nursing, 211
Human Development and Family Latina/Latino Studies, 157 Nursing Sciences, 211
Studies, 143 Liberal Arts and Sciences, 1 64 Psychiatric Nursing, 211
Rural Sociology, 144 Linguistics, 167 Public Health Nursing, 211
Human Development and Family Studies, Mathematics, 176 Nutritional Sciences, 212
143 Microbiology, 189
Human Resource Education, 144 Molecular and Cellular Biology, 191 Persian, 172
Humanities, 146 Molecular and Integrative Physiology, Philosophy, 213
191 Photography, 35
Icelandic (Old). See Scandinavian Neuroscience, 208 Physics, 216
Industrial Design, 33 Persian, 172 Plant Biology, 219
Industrial Engineering, 183 Philosophy, 213 Plant Pathology, 77
Integrative Biology, 147 Plant Biology, 219 Polish, 235
Italian, 243 Polish, 235 220
Political Science,
Political Science, 220 Portuguese, 244
Japanese, 87 Portuguese, 244 Printmaking, 35
Journalism, 148 Psychology, 225 Psychiatric Nursing, 211
Religious Studies, 232 Psychology, 225
Kinesiology, 149 Rhetoric and Composition, 111 Public Health Nursing, 211
Korean, 88 Romance Linguistics, 245
Russian, 235 Quechua. See Latin American and Caribbean
Labor and Industrial Relations, 153 Russian and East European Studies, 234 Studies
Landscape Architecture, 155 Sanskrit, 172
Latin, 62 Scandinavian, 133 Rehabilitation Counseling, 66
Latin American and Caribbean Studies, 157 Serbo-Croatian, 237 Religious Studies, 232
Latina/Latino Studies, 157 Slavic, 238 Rhetoric and Composition, 111
Law, 158 Social Science, 238 Romance Linguistics, 245
Leisure Studies, 162 Sociology, 240 ROTC. See Armed Forces
Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of Spanish, 245 Rural Sociology, 144
African Languages, 167 Speech Communication, 252 Russian, 235
African Studies, 6 Statistics, 255 Russian and East European Studies, 234
Afro- American Studies, 7 Ukrainian, 237
Anthropology, 18 Women's Studies, 272 Sanskrit, 172
Arabic, 168 Library and Information Science, 164 Scandinavian, 133
Asian Studies, 85 Life Sciences, School of Sculpture, 36
Astronomy, 36 Cell and Structural Biology, 49 Serbo-Croatian, 237
Atmospheric Sciences, 38 Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution, 88 Slavic Languages and Literature
Biochemistry, 41 Entomology, 114 Bulgarian, 234
Biology, 42 Microbiology, 189 Czech, 234
Biophysics, 44 Molecular and Integrative Physiology, Polish, 235
Bridge Program, 45 191 Russian, 235
Bulgarian, 234 Neuroscience, 208 Serbo-Croatian, 237
Business and Technical Writing, 107 Lingala. See African Languages Slavic, 238
Catalan, 243 Linguistics Ukrainian, 237
Cell and Structural Biology, 49 African Languages, 167 Social Science, 238
Chemical Engineering, 50 Arabic, 168 Social Work, 238
Chemistry, 52 Hebrew, 168 Sociology, 240
Chinese, 85 Hindi, 169 Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
Cinema Studies, 55 Linguistics, 169 Catalan, 243
Classical Civilization, 60 Persian, 172 Italian, 243
Comparative Literature, 67 Sanskrit, 172 Portuguese, 244
Coptic, 61 Romance Linguistics, 245
Czech, 234 Manufacturing Engineering, 172 Spanish, 245
East Asian Languages and Cultures, 86 Materials Science and Engineering Special Education, 248
Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution, 88 Ceramic Engineering, 172 Speech and Hearing Science, 250
English, 109 Materials Science and Engineering, 173 Speech Communication, 252
English as a Second Language, 112 Mathematics, 176 Statistics, 255
English as an International Language, 113 MBA Program Administration, 183 Swahili. See African Languages
Entomology, 114 Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Swedish. See Scandinavian
French, 121 Industrial Engineering, 183
Geography, 126 Mechanical Engineering, 185 Technical Systems Management, 13
Geology, 128 Medical Sciences, 188 Theatre, 256
German, 131 Medical-Surgical Nursing, 211 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, 259
Germanic, 133 Microbiology, 189
Greek, 61 Military Science, 190 Ukrainian, 237
Hebrew, 169 Molecular and Cellular Biology, 191 Urban and Regional Planning, 262
Hindi, 170 Molecular and Integrative Physiology, 191
History, 134 Music, 192 Veterinary Medicine, College of
Humanities, 146 Veterinary Biosciences, 264
Integrative Biology, 147 Natural Resources and Environmental Veterinary Clinical Medicine, 266
Italian, 243 Sciences, 201 Veterinary Pathobiology, 269
continued on next page
276 Appendix A
Wolof. See African Languages

Women's Studies, 272
Yiddish, 133
Zulu. See African Languages

Appendix A
Language Offerings
The following is a complete list of the languages regularly offered, together with the unit
responsible for offering the course. Consult the listing for the unit for the specific courses
offered in the language.
Language Unit responsible for the language
African Languages Linguistics

Arabic Linguistics
Bamana Linguistics
Bulgarian Slavic Languages and Literature
Catalan Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
Chinese East Asian Languages and Cultures
Coptic Classics
Czech Slavic Languages and Literature
French French
German Germanic Languages and Literature
Gothic Germanic Languages and Literature
Greek (Ancient) Classics
Hebrew Linguistics
Hindi/Urdu Linguistics
Icelandic (Old) Germanic Languages and Literature
Italian Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
Japanese East Asian Languages and Cultures
Korean East Asian Languages and Cultures
Latin Classics
Lingala Linguistics
Persian Linguistics
Polish Slavic Languages and Literature
Portuguese Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
Quechua Latin American and Caribbean Studies
Russian Slavic Languages and Literature
Sanskrit Linguistics
Serbo-Croatian Slavic Languages and Literature
Spanish Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese
Swahili Linguistics
Swedish Germanic Languages and Literature
Ukrainian Slavic Languages and Literature
Wolof Linguistics
Yiddish Germanic Languages and Literature
Zulu Linguistics
Other languages may be offered by tutorial in the following units:
East Asian Languages and Cultures

Germanic Languages and Literature
Latin American and Caribbean Studies
Linguistics
Appendix B 277
CHLTH Community Health LLS Latino/Latina Studies Program

CHP Campus Honors Program MATH Mathematics
C&I Curriculum and Instruction MATSE Materials Science and
CINE Cinema Studies Engineering
CLCIV Classical Civilization MBA Master of Business
CLIT Comparative Literature Administration
Appendix B COMM Communications MCB Molecular and Cellular Biology
COP Coptic MCBIO Microbiology
CPSC Crop Sciences ME Mechanical Engineering
CS Computer Science MEDS Medical Sciences
Rubric Abbreviations CSB Cell and Structural Biology METE Metallurgical Engineering
CSE Computational Science and MFGE Manufacturing Engineering
Following is a list of official rubric abbrevia-
Engineering MILS Military Science
tions for courses currently approved for of-

CZECH Czech MUSIC Music
fering on the Urbana-Champaign campus of
DANCE Dance NEURO Neuroscience
the University of Illinois.
DLAW Discovery Program in Law NRES Natural Resources and
EALC East Asian Languages and Environmental Sciences
Cultures NS Naval Science
AAE Aeronautical and Astronautical ECE Electrical and Computer NUCE Nuclear Engineering
Engineering Engineering NUMC Maternal-Child Nursing
ACCY Accountancy ECON Economics NUMS Medical-Surgical Nursing
ACE Agricultural and Consumer ED PR Educational Practice NUPH Public Health Nursing
Economics EDPSY Educational Psychology NUPS Psychiatric Nursing
ACES Agricultural, Consumer and EDUC Education NUSC Nursing Sciences
Environmental Sciences EEE Ecology, Ethology, and Evolution NUTRS Nutritional Sciences
ADV Advertising EIL English as an International PERS Persian
AFAS Air Force Aerospace Studies Language PHIL Philosophy
AFLNG African Languages ENG Engineering PHYCS Physics
AFRO Afro- American Studies ENGH Engineering Honors PHYSL Physiology
AFRST African Studies ENGL English PLBIO Plant Biology
AGCOM Agricultural Communications ENTOM Entomology PL PA Plant Pathology
AGE Agricultural Engineering ENVST Environmental Studies POL Polish
AGED Agricultural Education EOL Educational Organization and POLS Political Science
ANSCI Animal Sciences Leadership PORT Portuguese

ANTH Anthropology EPS Educational Policy Studies PSYCH Psychology
ARAB Arabic ESL English as a Second Language REES Russian and East European
ARCH Architecture FAA Fine and Applied Arts Studies
ARTCI Cinematography FIN Finance REHAB Rehabilitation Education
ARTCR Crafts FR French RELST Religious Studies
ART&D Introduction to Art and Design FSHN Food Science and Human RHET Rhetoric and Composition
ARTED Art Education Nutrition RMLNG Romance Linguistics
ARTGD Graphic Design GC Graduate College RSOC Rural Sociology
ARTGP General Professional Courses in GE General Engineering RUSS Russian
Art and Design GEOG Geography SANSK Sanskrit
ARTHI History of Art GEOL Geology SCAN Scandinavian
ARTID Industrial Design GER German SCR Serbo-Croatian
ARTPA Painting GMC Germanic SLAV Slavic
ARTPH Photography GRK Greek soc Sociology
ARTPR Printing HCD Human and Community socs Social Science
ARTSC Sculpture Development socw Social Work
AS ST Asian Studies HDFS Human Development and SPAN Spanish
ASTR Astronomy Family Studies SPCOM Speech Communication
ATMOS Atmospheric Sciences HEBR Hebrew SPED Special Education
AVI Aviation HINDI Hindi SPSHS Speech and Hearing Science
BADM Business Administration HIST History STAT Statistics
BIOCH Biochemistry HRE Human Resource Education TAM and Applied

Theoretical
BIOEN Bioengineering HUMAN Humanities Mechanics
BIOL Biology IB Integrative Biology THEAT Theatre
BIOPH Biophysics IE Industrial Engineering TSM Technical Systems Management
BR Bridge Program HAL Italian UKR Ukrainian
B&TW Business and Technical Writing JAPAN Japanese UP Urban and Regional Planning
BULG Bulgarian JOURN Journalism VB Veterinary Biosciences
BUS Business KINES Kinesiology VCM Veterinary Clinical Medicine
CAS Center for Advanced Study KOREA Korean VM Veterinary Medicine Courses
CATAL Catalan LA Landscape Architecture VP Veterinary Pathobiology
CATH Roman Catholic LAS Liberal Arts and Sciences VPD Veterinary Pathobiology
CEE Civiland Environmental LAST Latin American and Caribbean Discovery
Engineering Studies ws Women's Studies
CERE Ceramic Engineering LAT Latin YDSH Yiddish
CIC Committee on Institutional LAW Law
Cooperation LEIST Leisure Studies
CHE Chemical Engineering LING Linguistics
CHEM Chemistry LIR Labor and Industrial Relations
CHIN Chinese LIS Library and Information Science
SPRINGFIELD CAMPUS: Office of Enrollment Services, P.O. Box
19243F URL: http://
20, Springfield, IL 62794-9243, (217) 206-6626.
www.uis.edu/
Reference copies of this publication are available at Illinois public li-

braries, high schools,and community colleges. Copies of the Programs
>A/here to Write orTelephone of Study and Courses catalogs may be purchased at or ordered by mail
for Information from the Illini Union Bookstore, 809 South Wright Street, Champaign,
IL 61820.
ADMISSION FOR UNDERGRADUATES (and to obtain timetables):

Admissions and Records, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
901 West Illinois Street, Urbana, IL 61801, (217) 333-0302.
URL: http/ / www.oar.uiuc.edu/
ADMISSIONS INFORMATION AND APPLICATIONS FOR GRADU-

ATE STUDENTS: Graduate College, University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, 202 Coble Hall, 801 South Wright Street, Champaign, IL
61820, 333-0035; or the prospective department.
(217)
URL: hrtp:/ / www.grad.uiuc.edu
CAMPUS INFORMATION: Information Desk, Illini Union, Univer-

Urbana-Champaign, 115 Illini Union, 1401 West Green
sity of Illinois at
Street, Urbana, IL 61801, (217) 333-1NFO (4636). URL: http://
www.uiuc.edu /
CAMPUS LIFE AND STUDENT WELFARE: Office of the Dean of Stu-

dents, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 300 Turner Stu-
dent Services Building, 610 East John Street, Champaign, IL 61820,
(217) 333-0050. URL: http://www.odos.uiuc.edu
CAMPUS TELEPHONE NUMBERS: University Telephone Directory

Assistance, (217) 333-1000.
EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE: Student Financial Aid, University of

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Student Services Arcade, 620 East John
Street,Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-0600. URL: http://
www.osfa.uiuc.edu/employ.htm
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE: Student Financial Aid, University of Illi-

nois at Urbana-Champaign, Student Services Arcade, 620 East John
Street, Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-0100. URL: http://
www.osfa.uiuc.edu /
GRADUATE STUDENT MINORITY AFFAIRS: Graduate College Mi-

nority Student Affairs Office, University of Illinois at Urbana-Cham-
paign, 201 Coble Hall, 801 South Wright Street, Champaign, IL 61820,
(217) 333-4860. URL: http:/ / www.grad.uiuc.edu/minorifyaffairs/
HOUSING: Housing /Housing Information, Uni-

Office of Certified
Urbana-Champaign, 400 Clark Hall, 1203 South
versity of Illinois at
Fourth Street, Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-1420. URL: http://
www.housing.uiuc.edu /
MOTOR VEHICLE AND BICYCLE REGISTRATION: Campus Park-

ing and Transportation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
1110 West Springfield, Urbana, IL 61801, (217) 333-3530. URL: http:/ /
www.parking.uiuc.edu /
OTHER INFORMATION: Public Affairs, University of Illinois at Ur-

bana-Champaign, Swanlund Administration Building, 601 East John
Street, Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-5010. URL: http://
www.uiuc.edu/unit/pa/
STUDENTS WITH PERMANENT DISABILITIES: Rehabilitation Edu-

cation Services, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1207 South
Oak Street, Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-4602. URL: http://
www.rehab.uiuc.edu /
VETERANS' EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS: Veterans' Educational Ben-

University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Student Services
efits,
Acade, 620 East John Street, Champaign, IL 61820, (217) 333-0100.
CJ-IICAGO CAMPUS: Admissions and Records, University of Illinois

at Chicago, 1200 West Harrison, Suite 1100, Chicago, IL 60607-7161,
(312) 996-4350. URL: http://www.uic.edu/
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS
URBANA
3 0112 042447489
IIHHI
*"

Courses Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Courses Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Courses Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C.

TO RENEW, CALL (217) 333-8400.

When renewing by phone, write new due date

The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Since its founding in 1867, the University of Illinois at Urbana-

phabetically by rubric. For instance, the Department of English lists its

The commitment of the University to the most fundamental principles

crimination or harassment against any person because of race, color,

Students considering enrollment in Military Science, Naval Science, or

Information contained herein is for informational purposes only and is

For a list of official rubric abbreviations (e.g., ACCY for Accountancy),

300. Professional Development Workshop equivalent; and ACCY 304 or consent of

299. Senior Research Accounting Systems Design

skills and attitudes. Prerequisite: ACCY 202 or 3 hours orVa unit.

199. Undergraduate Open Seminar 383; B ADM 202; consent of department.

May be repeated in separate semesters to a

390. Advanced Creative Strategy and

391. Advertising Management: Planning

Aeronautical and Astronautical Engineering

Head of Department: Michael B. Bragg

or Vt or 1 unit. elastic flutter of straight and swept wings;

onstrated. Prerequisite: A A E 250 or T A 312.M many contexts (historical, cultural, religious,

438. Fundamentals of Combustion 251. Elementary Zulu, I

Theory Literature Same as AFLNG 304. See AFLNG 304.

tial differential equations; introduction to peoples. 3 hours.

334. Intermediate Swahili, II

339.Advanced Topics in Kiswahili breadth of the black Americas in South

(See Human and Community Development) 243. Agricultural Finance

and comprehensive farm plan required; see Same as ECON

Same as NRES 348. Valuation methods and 3 hours, or % or 1 unit.

The economics of agricultural development methods models in agricultural

490. Current Enrollment available to agricultural engineering students.

1 hour or !4 unit). Credit is not given for both

structures, materials, utilities, environmental

matic, economic and cultural contexts. Explo-

giate judging contests. Prerequisite: ANSCI 211. tensive horse production. An

320. Nutrition and Digestive Physiology of Animal Behavior

Women in Muslim Societies

and kinesthetic dimensions of

Introduction to concepts and social aspects of

455. Archaeological Approaches to Cultural kinship theory, as well as contemporary

thropology, computer science, educational Formal fundamentals of architectural design;

MATH 120. 4 hours. architecture and urban design. Prerequisite:

Ink Painting) requisite: ARTCI 180 or consent of instructor.

380. Cinematography 262.Metal Technology 288. Glass, I

384. Glass ogy of the exceptional child in conjunction 118. Drawing, II

May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Introduction to technical drawing skills as

dents, including learning disabled. 2 hours. mum of 4 units.

Programs a maximum of 6 hours or 2 units.

The selection and arrangement of content for

280. Professional Seminar in Art Education 117. Drawing, I

346. Recent American Painting and Links practical experience of model-making

Problems Directed individual creative activity or design.

Art Painting (ARTPA)

282. Intermediate Lithography 230. Figure Modeling 391.Advanced Sculpture Techniques

151. Sculpture, I 259. Advanced Sculpture Materials and

niques including construction, modeling, Projects in various permanent materials;

ences. waves, tides. Prerequisite: MATH 242 and

with particular emphasis on the dynamics of radiative transfer in a stratified inhomoge-

Same as CSE 466 and C S 405. Intended to give